Category: Oceanic History

  • The Lemurian Influence

    The Lemurian Influence


    Note: This session was for a private group from Japan during their 1993 visit to Sedona. The original tape, (#130) includes a Japanese translation. Germane: All right, this is Germane with greetings to you.

    We’d like to begin by giving you a little bit of the history of Sedona and you could certainly consider it an ancient history. During the time period that you know of as Lemuria, the area of Sedona was a series of islands. Now, we would consider this to be ancient Lemuria. During this period of time, there were many different types of beings who inhabited your world. There were some physical beings like yourselves, but there were also many beings in different dimensional realities, as well. It was a very populated area on many different dimensional levels.

    Within the cliffs that you see here now, in those ancient days, there were dwellings, interdimensionally, where many of these beings lived. Even now, some of those beings still live within the cliffs. Humans would see them as spirit forms. They would not seem physical to you. And to them, you are equally alien. During the latter time of the ancient days of Lemuria, the civilizations here were peaceful for long periods of time. But toward the end of the Lemurian civilization, the beings were aware that some type of dramatic change was coming.

    The Lemurian Consciousness Has Been Kept Alive

    Now the end of the Lemurian civilization occurred at the same time as the end of the Atlantean civilization, but even though the physical civilization ended, the consciousness of Lemuria has never gone. It is kept alive in the earth of your planet so that you will never forget your ancient past. All of the indigenous peoples, the Indians in this area of the world – United States, South America, Canada – are the memory-carriers of the Lemurian civilization. They have memories of the ancient ways locked within them. Even though those memories remain locked, the energy itself is felt on the planet. One day those memories will be unlocked. Toward the end of the Lemurian civilization, the physical beings were aware that there was going to be a great change in the land mass. There was a decision that all of the precious knowledge from Lemuria would somehow be stored on the Earth for later use. For about 300 years before the end of the Lemurian civilization, these physical beings began preparing for a cataclysm. They began different ways of record storage. One thing they did was to program what they called “seed crystals.” These seed crystals are programmed with the knowledge of ancient Lemuria. They were scattered throughout your planet. Some of these crystals were put in areas of your world that were rich in crystalline growth. That way, the seed crystals could program the crystals that would grow throughout time. This is how you will find crystals that have knowledge stored within them, for when you place one crystal in proximity to another, there can be an information transfer between them.

    So that was one way that Lemurian information was preserved. Another way was by the creation of stories that were documented in hieroglyphs on walls or on stone tablets. Most of these are still kept hidden deep within the Earth. Now before the Earth changes happened, many people volunteered to go deep within the Earth and wait until the Earth changes had subsided. Once the Earth changes stabilized, their mission was then to come from the inner Earth onto the planet and begin seeding this civilization.

    Many of your Native peoples on Earth have ancient myths that say they emerged through a hole in the Earth. Several Native American tribes claim that their beginnings were inside the Earth and then they came out onto the surface. There are places on your planet called cenote. They are very, very deep holes filled with water. Those of you who have been in the Yucatan have seen one at Chichen Itza. However, there is another cenote here, outside of Sedona [Montezuma’s Well]. That cenote was one of the major emergence points for these beings who were underground and then came out when the Earth changes subsided. The legends of the Native Americans in this area do say that. And we would suggest that you take a short visit there, for it is very rare that one of these emergence points from the inner Earth is actually seen on the surface.

    When the Earth changes subsided and these beings emerged to the surface, they saw some interesting things. This period of time we’re talking about is the what you call the Great Flood. It was also the time of the destruction of Atlantis. When they finally emerged on the surface, they saw that great devastation had occurred. Many, many humans did not survive. A lot of the animal species that were present did not survive either. What many of the Native peoples did find were groups of beings who were fighting over territory. In the present day, you would call those beings extraterrestrials, but in ancient days, those beings were called gods. They were not necessarily revered as gods, but they were seen as superior beings. These gods were primarily light-skinned, or what you’d call Caucasian. The native Lemurians had a darker, thicker skin. When these ancient peoples emerged to the surface and saw these gods fighting, they knew that it was not time to release the Lemurian information. They felt that the Lemurian information would be used for power struggles rather than for peace. And so, at that point, they decided that they would hold the knowledge very securely until they felt that the world would not use it for power struggles.

    Native Americans Protect the Ancient Knowledge

    The holders of that information now are the Native American people, as well as Polynesian tribes from the northern and southern Pacific. And even though this happened so long ago and they may have forgotten what it is they were protecting, there is an inner knowingness deep within them, for they are still the protectors of the Earth. This is something that they know on a cellular level. The knowledge they hold will not be released until they see the white man or the other people beginning to live in peace. The Native American prophecies reflect this idea. Even though they don’t consciously know that they hold this information, or that they will help release it, through their prophecies they give information that talks about when the knowledge will be needed. So there will be an automatic process that will occur. When your Earth begins healing and peace begins to be spread upon your world, energetically they will begin releasing the memories and the information. When they see that the healing of the Earth is beginning and that peace is the primary important thing to humans, they will then energetically and unconsciously begin releasing the information. If you were to meet a Native American on the street and you asked him for the information, he would not know of what you speak. Very few know what it is that they are protecting. It is usually passed among the elders in the tribe and it doesn’t go any further.

    Now, a question that you may have in your mind is, what is the nature of this information? We can tell you with certainty that it is nothing you don’t already know. A lot of the information simply is universal truth. Some of the information has to do with ways to control the environment. When we say control the environment, we do not mean for negative or greedy purposes, but we are talking about knowledge that will keep the environment balanced. What is now known as the Indian Rain Dance is a current version of the ancient knowledge of how to control the environment.

    Now you can see that if that type of information went into the minds of people who would use it for manipulation, it could cause a lot of damage. The basic idea of the information has to do with maintaining oneness with the environment. It has to do with walking as one with the Earth, and it has to do with the harnessing of Earth’s power. The Earth is a powerful being indeed, more powerful than any of your nuclear reactors. If that energy were harnessed and used for negative purposes, it would mean the destruction of your planet, so that knowledge is buried deep within the Native peoples.

    This does not mean that none of you carry it. At this point, the races and the different peoples on your planet have intermixed very much. Each of you has some of this knowledge within you. Some of you have, perhaps, a little bit more than others. Imagine all this knowledge as one big jigsaw puzzle, and imagine that each of you has separate pieces of the jigsaw puzzle. The knowledge will be unlocked when all of your pieces come together. And so, in that sense, there is a built-in safety mechanism. When you come to places like Sedona, that inner knowledge you carry gets activated.

    Sedona is one of the places that can activate that inner knowledge strongly. There is one thing that all of you will realize when you leave Sedona, even if you’re not conscious of it. That one thing is that you will feel more connected to or more a part of the Earth. You will take a little piece of Sedona with you when you leave, and it will help you to maintain your Earth connection. Please know that what you are exposed to in present-day Native American philosophy is different from that of the ancient days, but locked deep within the present-day information is the ancient information. So we ask you to be conscious of being a living extension of the Earth. Be a part of the Earth more than you ever have before. When you become part of the Earth, you resonate at a certain frequency that matches the Earth’s vibration; then a doorway opens between you and the Earth. When that doorway opens the ancient knowledge is passed to you. The vibration of the Earth’s energy helps to trigger that knowledge which is within you.

    The Doorway Will Open

    What we are about to say may sound like a paradox. It was very important that humans got further and further away from the land, over time. By getting further away from being one with the land, you’ve actually been protecting the ancient information which can be activated only when you’re one with the Earth, for that’s when the doorway opens. But that cycle is now beginning to come to a close. More and more people are beginning to feel drawn to the Earth, and as they do so, they begin matching their vibrations with those of the Earth. Then the doorway will open. But the doorway will not open until the planet is ready for the knowledge. As that doorway opens, you’re going to notice several things. You’re going to notice more and more people feeling inexplicably drawn to places where there is a lot of land or earth. You may find more and more people moving from the cities. You’re also going to notice more respect for the Earth. These things are beginning to happen now. There’s a very strong environmental concern on your planet. You’re seeing people be very concerned about recycling. This is saying that you’re now coming back closer to the Earth. As you begin respecting the Earth more, you will be feeling inner energy even more strongly, and that door will start opening a little bit.

    You’re also going to notice a change in the consciousness of your people. They will become less focused on their immediate world and become more focused on the world as a whole. All of these things are beginning to happen. This is an indication that you’re beginning to open the doorway. You’re also going to find an even stronger interest in Native American studies or indigenous peoples’ studies, let us say. That will be another way to get your people back to the land. The growth that you experience goes into the mass consciousness and helps the whole, so even though this seems like a personal journey for you, you are also being of service. When you spend time being close to the Earth and tell your friends about it, they too will be touched. Even the person who sits next to you on the subway will somehow, even in a small way, be benefitted. This is how the union of your planet will be brought about – by each of you following your own vision quest.

    So we would like to take this opportunity to thank each and every one of you for the gifts that you are giving your Earth and the mass consciousness. The energy at play is very healing. When you are hiking and you’re laughing and you’re banging your drums and you’re having fun, that is tremendously healing.

    We would like to take this opportunity to open the discussion for questions.

    I am really glad to hear what you are saying about reconnecting to the Earth, opening the doorway to the Earth. I’m overwhelmed with emotions because I have been receiving visions about the knowledge. I was meditating when a vision of a green meadow in America came to my mind. The words “Great Spirit” came to my mind and the American way in harmony with Mother Nature was in my mind, too. I feel that I was a Native American Indian in a past life.

    The vision of the green field was a way for you to begin resonating with the Earth. That experience was specifically orchestrated by your higher self in order to allow you to begin matching your vibration with the vibration of the Earth. Once you match your vibration with that of the Earth, you’re naturally going to have recollections of other lives or experiences when your vibration was matched to the Earth’s. So you were preparing yourself to open up and receive even more knowledge of your past. These past-life feelings come from your higher self, from the Earth, from many different places.

    We’ll suggest an exercise for you. When you’re doing ceremony, close your eyes for a moment and pretend to think of another time when you did something very similar. Let yourself play again. What you receive will be the emotion of another life, an Indian life. Pretend that you can feel the emotion you might have felt hundreds of years ago. That’s going to help to open the doors, too.

    I read somewhere that there are other types of crystals that were used as healing crystals in Lemuria. Are those different from the seed crystals?

    A seed crystal is like a computer. The laser wand crystals do not so much hold data as transform energy. If you were using a laser wand crystal to heal someone, when you put it over the person, it would draw out negativity, transmute that negative energy and give it back to the person as positive, healing energy. That is one way to use it. Crystals are the types of tools that will work with you through your imagination, so you can direct them to do whatever you’d like them to do.

    So the seed crystals are totally different from laser crystals?

    Well, they have an almost identical molecular structure. The main difference is on the meta-atomic level, so by sight, you may not be able to tell the difference, but intuition could tell you.

    Are seed crystals being discovered in the world and are there many of them?

    Sometimes you will go into a crystal shop and find a seed crystal. They are rare.

    Is there any way to distinguish a seed crystal from ordinary crystals?

    They have a frosty look, and it’s hard to tell whether it’s on the surface or if it penetrates all the way through. They look like frosty ice.

    Does this mean that the crystal is not transparent but cloudy inside?

    It’s not what you would consider cloudy quartz, when you would think that the inside is cloudy. The seed crystals look almost like they’re cloudy on the surface and they feel different. They’re rougher.

    I have heard that some ancient civilizations used devices that would constitute a computer, in present terms. Were they using seed crystals in order store information?

    They were using a similar type of crystal. There are just some very slight differences. The crystals used as seed crystals are programmed to give off the information in a different way or on a different frequency from those used simply for data storage. When seed crystals release information to other crystals, they have to release it at a certain frequency – almost like on a radio dial – so that the other crystals can pick it up and then incorporate the information. The other crystals operate on a slightly different frequency.

    You’re speaking of seed crystals, sometimes available in crystal shops, that have been seeded by some other consciousness, is this correct?

    Yes.

    We’re speaking of Lemurians, correct?

    Yes, but Atlanteans also. There are Atlantean and Lemurian seed crystals.

    Could these seed crystals that are rather small actually be seeded with access codes that would allow access to the large seed crystals that are not yet discovered or are still buried? In other words, need they contain all the knowledge themselves?

    Very good. The answer to that is yes. The smaller seed crystals can have a certain frequency password that can allow the user to gain access to the “mainframe,” the larger crystals deep within the Earth that store all the data. One uses the small crystals to open a doorway to the large crystals, kind of like getting information out of mainframe databanks by using your personal computer to go into them with a password.

    Now you will like this. The place that you call Shambhala holds these huge, what we would call mainframe, crystals.

    I felt a lot of energy around Cathedral Rock, but when I first went to Bell Rock, I felt a blockage of energy and I felt the same way yesterday. Is it because I have a problem that I could not get the energy from Bell Rock?

    We would say that Bell Rock is the masculine and Cathedral Rock represents the feminine. Your feminine energy, or your inner female, was like a hungry sponge when you went to Cathedral Rock. It sucked up all of that feminine energy. You’ve been traveling for such a long time and using a lot of masculine energy. The Earth will always give you what you need, so you were being fed the feminine energy. Because you’ve been using so much of your masculine energy over the past month, your vibration was matched to Bell Rock so you really didn’t notice a big difference.

    The energy of Bell Rock is best accessed through physical movement, whereas the energy of the other vortex are best accessed through meditation.

    Very good point, yes. We would agree.

    So, it’s best to climb Bell Rock.

    Some people, like the channel, who just sit on Bell Rock find the energy too intense. She needs to move in order to move the energy through.

    I would like to know why the people in this group got together.

    Well, you’ve made journeys similar to this before. It may seem like somewhat of an esoteric answer, but when you travel with certain people, the combination of your energies can act as a key to unlock a door. If all of you think about each other and the journeys you’ve taken around the planet with one other person, you have literally formed a network of your energy around the planet. It’s as if you have paved a road around the planet. As the road gets paved and you walk along it, separately or together, you’re going to be performing a lot more service for the planet than you realize. You’ve all traveled together as Native Americans. That’s pretty obvious. But when you traveled together back then, you were seekers. You were young on the path. This time, though you may disagree with us, you’re not those young seekers. You are, in this journey, giving back what was given to you so long ago. You don’t have to do anything specific to accomplish this. By simply being your natural self and being joyful, you are returning the gift.

    A Life Shared Long Ago

    Just to satisfy your curiosity a little bit, we’ve just gotten an interesting story to tell you. We perceive a life, perhaps 1,200 years ago in this area, or more accurately in the Grand Canyon. All of you were Native American and you had gone down deep within the canyon for your journey and then followed what is now called the Colorado River. We perceive that you were fairly young. The particular tribe that you belonged to allowed a vision quest to occur when children entered adolescence, but this type of vision quest you didn’t do alone. You did it with those close to you. And so all of you went on this vision quest. We see you sitting by a fire. You are sitting up against a wall in the canyon. The picture is very clear. We see one of you poking the fire with a stick. You are very emotional. You are almost crying. You are thanking the Great Spirit for bringing all of you together. You are feeling that if you died right at that moment, you would have lived a full, rich life. All of you agree and it becomes very emotional. It was then that the gratitude welled up within you so very strongly. All of you vowed that someday you would give back to the universe that which was given to you. That’s what you’re doing now.

    But, we’ll tell you a little secret. You enjoy doing it so much that you’ve done it a couple more times also, in a couple of different lives. There are two who are not here now who were there then. Those two are not alive now, but they are serving as guides for all of you.

    Can you tell us who those two people are who are serving as guides now?

    Do you mean in the form they are in now, as they serve as guides? First of all, we will say one thing about guides. Their appearance really doesn’t matter to them, so they will take an appearance that is meaningful for you. We see one of these two people very clearly. He’s taking the form of a very old Indian man. In the lifetime we were just telling you about, he was there with you around the fire as a young man. Later, in that life, he became Medicine Man. He was with each of you in that life when you died, and he led you into the other world. So he lived longer than the rest of you lived. As each of you died, he communed with your spirits and he made a promise that he would always be connected to you. You may call him Thunder Bear.

    Were we Hopi back then?

    We would say that you were a tribe that was connected to the Hopi, yes. The Hopi tribe has often split itself off into other groups. But we would say of all the tribes that we could name, Hopi would be the closest.

    I have been intuitively feeling a connection with Lazaris and Babaji while making this journey. These two entities that you mention who are serving as spirit guides for this journey, are they connected to those beings?

    There is a connection, but we’d have to describe it. Lazaris is a group consciousness, like what you call Germane. Even though you can represent Babaji as a person, we would call the Babaji consciousness a group, as well. Those two energy consciousnesses have strong connections to Lemuria, for they were some of the guiding forces who helped to preserve information. And so, as you are beginning to access that information, it’s very likely that you would be attracted to Lazaris or Babaji. All of you will attract to you the entities that you have connections to from the past.

    I would like to know about that particular vision of which you just spoke. I have a feeling that all the people who joined were boys. Were there any women or girls who took part in the vision quest?

    You are right that they were all male, yes. However, if you remember, we said there were two who are not here with you now and we told you about one of them who is manifesting as the old Indian guide. The other was the twin sister of one of you. She was a sickly person and she could not go on these types of outings. At least traditionally, the journeys were either for all women or all men. But she wanted to be with you very badly. So she projected herself to you through her consciousness while you were making the journey. In a sense she was with you, but not physically. There was a very strong bond between you. And so she, as the second guide, is appearing to you as a young Indian woman. You may refer to her as Little Deer. She was called Little Deer because she was so frail.

    When we were walking in the ruins today, you said that there was a deer in the area, and I would really like to see a deer. I think that had something to do with this spirit guide.

    Yes.

    I would like to place crystals in an area where they would help to release the ancient knowledge that has been buried.

    Well, here’s an exercise for you. When all of you were Native Americans, you were always taught or you always knew to read the signs of nature to know when it was appropriate to do something. Tomorrow, take one or two of those crystals with you, and be aware of the signs from the universe that will tell you when it is time to bury the crystal. The sign will be manifested in nature somehow. It might be an intriguing formation of rocks or it might be the sighting of an animal. Become the Indian that you are, and you will know where to put it. We sense that you may come in contact with one or two places that will be appropriate. We can’t give you more information than that, since it is your vision.

    I used to expend a lot of energy trying to force things to happen, but I found it was not necessary. Just being myself and being one with the universe is all I need to do. I was really overwhelmed with emotion when I became aware that I am indeed God.

    Yes, you’ve just opened that doorway a little further.

    Earlier tonight we were telling you how certain people who were alive in Lemuria volunteered to go underground to wait until the Earth changes subsided and then emerge. Some people emerged in Sedona, some in the Mt. Shasta area of California, some emerged in the Himalayas, some in Britain, and some in Peru. There is a very complex series of underground tunnels that run between some of these areas.

    There is an underground tunnel connecting Peru and the Himalayas?

    Yes. It is in existence but it is camouflaged.

    We often hear a story about Shambhala existing underground. Are these tunnels similar to the idea of Shambhala?

    Yes, the Shambhala would be considered, to use an analogy, the train station that connects all the tunnels.

    Are the tunnels completely intact? Are they maintained?

    Some of them disintegrated, but there are primary ones that are still in existence and are maintained by those living underneath them.

    Why were the tunnels built and who built them?

    To some degree, they were not built, but naturally formed.

    So they are like natural, connecting underground caverns?

    Yes, and to be more specific, when a planet is formed they often leave connecting points between vortex areas. The best way to describe this would be as follows. Let’s say you have a planet that’s just being formed and it’s very hot and it’s spinning rapidly. As the energy of that planet begins to be formed, natural vortex areas appear, or energy fields are formed. If a vortex point forms here, there will always be one on the opposite side, as well, so those vortex points are energetically connected. They’re connected through the Earth.

    So as the planet was forming, the Earth formed around those vortex points which are natural tunnels leading from one point to another. When a planet forms, there are nearly always natural tunnels that connect major energy centers. So they are natural, yes, but they’ve been maintained all the time.

    If vortex points shift on your planet, then some of the old tunnels may disintegrate.

    But if we go into the belly of the planet, the pressure will change and the temperature will become hotter. What will the effect of those conditions be?

    You are never meant to go into those tunnels in this vibrational thinking. When we talk about the journeys you’ve taken through the tunnels, we speak of times when you were not of this frequency. Your frequency was very different. It was more accelerated. Things like that do not affect an entity who is more accelerated in his vibration. Also, some of those tunnels are not as deep as you would think they are. They are probably only in the mantle part of the Earth and that is about as thick as the shell of an egg is in relation to the entire egg. It is, relatively speaking, a very, very thin area.

    But that seems contrary to what you said about the tunnels connecting energy points on the other side of the planet.

    Yes, it is often difficult to describe this because it does entail some interdimensional movement. This will be challenging, but let me try. It may be a discussion on gravity. Your perceptions of reality are very much connected to the Earth’s gravitational field. When you change your relationship to the Earth’s gravitational field, you change your perceptions of reality. As you enter the Earth, you’re changing your relationship to the gravitational field. It becomes much more interdimensional. It’s not linear, so if you try to think of it as linear, as if you’d be going through the very hot center of the Earth, it wouldn’t make sense. But the definitions of time and space become different when you enter the Earth.

    Perhaps you might have heard of Admiral Byrd, who supposedly flew his plane into the tunnels of the Earth. He saw so many things that should not have been there because when he entered the Earth, he disconnected from the relationship of time and space as you know them on the surface. So his experiences cannot be looked at with your perception of reality. It won’t “fit.”

    In a sense, going into the Earth and going out into space are the same thing. It basically means that you change your perception of time and space. We hope that was not too complicated.

    So if an entity could pass through the underground tunnels, would that entity be a highly evolved being?

    Not necessarily. We could say alternate life forms. Their reality is very different from yours. Different does not necessarily mean superior. You move through air and fish move through water in your reality. There are different rules for different environments. There have been some negatively oriented groups who have attempted to use these tunnels. The higher your vibration, the more easily you will be able to access the tunnels. A more negatively oriented being could not pass from one point to another.

    In all structures that have a shell such as the Earth, the vortexes will have the most direct relationship with each other across the crust, not through the center of the Earth. For instance if you set off a nuclear bomb on one part of the Earth, the shock waves will travel around the crust and meet on the other side more quickly than they will travel through the planet. So the vortexes have their relationship to each other through the medium of the crust, not through the molten center of the Earth. Now, I don’t want to make an absolute statement, but the relationship we’re talking about that allowed the tunnel system to be formed occurs through the crust. It is the nature of a sphere.

    I heard that the energy grid system that we used to have is changing, that Earth is now forming a new grid system. Is this so?

    Yes, this is so. The journeys that all of you make are helping to change the grid.

    So am I correct in saying that the location of the vortexes will not change but the location of the grids will change?

    First, let’s say that in the past the vortex locations have changed because a lot of it has to do with the tilt of the Earth on its axis. So it’s possible that they can change, but we don’t perceive a high probability that they will unless your Earth makes a dramatic shift on its axis. The way that the grid is changing can be explained as follows.

    We like to talk about this grid as being like a tapestry that’s wrapped around your planet. Imagine that this tapestry has a very simple design on it. What is happening is that the tapestry is going from a simple design to a more complex one, so it’s allowing more of the facets of who all of you are to be seen, or reflected, in the grid, in the tapestry.

    We wish you magnificent dreams this night. Much love to each of you and good night.

    Note: This session appeared in the June, 1993 edition of The Sedona Journal of Emergence. © 1994 by Royal Priest Research, All Rights Reserved. For more information, write to us c/o PO Box 30973, Phoenix, Arizona 85046.


     

  • Lemuria – A Reflection

    Lemuria – A Reflection


    Germane, a group consciousness energy, states that “his” orientation is from a realm of integration that does not have a clear-cut density/dimensional level. The term “germane” in the English language means “significant relevance” or “coming from the same source”. Germane therefore chose this term to somewhat personify his energy. Neither male nor female, he views us as evolving to become him as we begin the process of physical, emotional, mental and spiritual integration, which leads us back to the Source of All.

    Note: This tape was from a session for a Japanese tour group touring both Sedona and Santa Fe. This is an excerpt from the complete tape which includes a Japanese translation.

    Germane: Greetings to you. This is Germane. We’re going to tell you a little story. Approximately 14,000 years ago, the culture known as Lemuria was thriving. There were also other cultures on Earth, such as Atlantis, which were thriving as well. The holy people or the prophets of the Lemurian culture began to be aware that something was going to be changing. They began receiving information that the Earth was going to go through a very dramatic shift. The shift that they were referring to was what you call the Great Flood. You’ve also called it the destruction of Atlantis. These holy people of Lemuria were very much in touch with the land. They were the ancient ancestors of the Native Americans. They began to be aware that it was very important that the knowledge from Lemuria be preserved. And so for about 2,000 to 3,000 years, they were preparing for this great cataclysm. They began spreading their teachings about the Earth and about mankind’s history to as many people as they possibly could. They believed that if they could spread this information to as many people as possible, the information would be stored within the cells of the human bodies. Then it would never be forgotten.

    They also began to store information in crystals. These crystals were taken deep within the Earth to be stored and preserved. These ancient Lemurians also began to create detailed maps of the underground tunnels that existed between power points on your planet. They also took the time to prepare their plans. They knew that they would receive a sign telling them it was time to go underground before the floods came. So they prepared themselves for these several thousand years to be the sacred keepers of the records of Earth. They knew it was very important that the information they held be saved for when the waters receded, otherwise the entire history of Earth and the sacred teachings of the Lemurians would have been lost forever.

    These holy people received their signs and began going underground. This occurred approximately one year before the flood. While underground, they learned to live there and use the underground environment for their sustenance. They built very supportive and loving communities underground. During that year, they did the final work involved in preserving some of the knowledge that they knew needed to be preserved.

    Then the flood came. All these people who were underground were safe from the waters, even though many, many people on the surface of the Earth perished. When the waters receded, the people emerged from underground. The land they once knew was now very different. This emergence from the Earth is the point at which the Native Americans’ creation history begins. In a very literal sense, they did emerge from the Earth. Most of the native peoples have lost the exact literal memory of this emergence, but within the highest ranks of the shamans, this knowledge is still passed on.

    Now, we tell this story from the point of view of the Native Americans, but they were not the only people who went underground. The holy people all around this planet went underground. For instance, the Aborigines in Australia and those who were later to become the Druids in England were all preserving their knowledge underground as well. The Druids were preserving the ancient Atlantean information, as were the Egyptians. But the native peoples of the Pacific area, including Asia, were preserving the Lemurian information. These native peoples, even today, hold within themselves this sacred knowledge. Some of it is conscious but most of it lies in the subconscious. The Ainu of Japan are one of the tribes that preserved some of the knowledge. There was a great cooperation among all of these peoples on Earth to make sure that the sacred teachings were never lost.

    The Ancient Knowledge – Is Rising to Consciousness

    The prophets also knew that when the new time came, after the flood, mankind would move away from the sacred teachings. The prophets knew that there would be a very long period of time during which the teachings would have to be kept hidden. They knew that one day that cycle would end and the teachings would once again emerge from each and every person. That is what is happening now for all of you. You are drawn to visit places like the Native American sacred spots or Peru or Egypt because you are feeling this ancient knowledge beginning to rise to the surface within you, and you seek to find a vehicle through which that memory can be activated.

    As the memory is activated in each of you, it will not necessarily take the form of information. Instead, it will simply take the form of your own spiritual and inner wisdom. The ancients never had religion and never felt the need to make someone else believe the way they did. That pattern happened only after the flood. The ancients all had an inner wisdom and an inner spirituality that was never discussed or argued about. Even though everyone is unique and has his or her own spiritual beliefs, ultimately those beliefs all are the same idea on the most basic level.

    Those basic beliefs are the belief in a higher power, love and respect for each other and love and respect for the Earth. That is the very basic foundation of spirituality. That was the spirituality of the ancients, and that is the spirituality that is awakening within you. It doesn’t matter whether you are Buddhist, Shinto or Christian. All that matters is that basic foundation of spirituality. Belief in a higher power, love and respect for each other and love and respect for the Earth. It is really that simple. As you travel to these hallowed spots and you get back in touch with the Earth, that’s how the spirituality gets awakened within you.

    Do not underestimate the power of the experiences you have while you are on this trail. They awaken within you something that was lying asleep for quite a long time. Reincarnationally, you are those ancient Lemurians. You are fulfilling your agreements by being here now and helping in the awakening. You all carry those memories within you. Honor that and trust that you do have them within you.

    The question that has been asked of us so many times is, What’s going to happen now? Is there going to be another cataclysm like the flood? How is this new awareness going to be activated on Earth? You are all working very hard on an energetic level so that you will not bring about another cataclysm. We do not perceive that you are going to experience another flood or destructive earthquake.

    This time the change is going to happen within you. You are going to experience, in a sense, your own personal internal earthquake, your own crumbling of belief systems that no longer serve you. So in a sense, there is going to be destruction and the ending of a cycle but it’s not going to take place around you in the physical world; it’s going to take place in an even more powerful place – within you. So do not fear if old things you carry begin falling away. Do not fear if old relationships can no longer be the same. Most of all, do not fear exploring the unknown, for the deeper you go within, the more profoundly you are going to experience this. Know that all that happens to you, even the things that may be disturbing, is part of your own personal release of the old. As you are releasing the old, you will be exposed to new ideas. They may feel strange or foreign to you, but just keep yourself open and allow whatever is there to come to you before you assume that it is not for you. Stay open and explore.

    During this tour, the ancient energies that you are exposed to are going to accelerate this process even more, for it is time now for the awakening to happen. You have all chosen to be the pioneers who help to lead the planet in this age.

    There is a very powerful site in Santa Fe called Bandolier. To describe what the energy is like there is very difficult, so please bear with us. Bandolier is one of the places on Earth that integrates the star energy and the ancient Earth energy, so when you visit there, you may feel strong ET energy, but at the same time you may feel the presence of the Earth Mother very strongly too. It is very important that on each planet there be sacred spots that integrate both the star and the planet energy. Bandolier is one such place. There are many. For instance in Japan you have Mount Kurama. So as you are walking through Bandolier, feel your feet planted firmly on the ground and at the same time feel your star connection.

    One of the themes of your time in Sedona has been grounding. You allowed yourself to take a very difficult hike. You succeeded because you allowed the Earth to support you. You became one with the Earth. From the Earth you drew strength, and it is the strength that is now going to help you as you go to the second part of the tour. The energy of Santa Fe is going to be different but it is very closely connected to what you experienced this morning. When the tour is over you will see how they fit together.

    We would like to take some time to answer your questions, but first we would simply like to congratulate all of you on the great acceleration you have all experienced in the past few days. So many things have moved within you. You cannot really understand how much has occurred within you with your mind, but you will notice, when you go back to your normal life in Japan, that things have changed.

    Earlier, I felt that I knew exactly when all the people were going to leave the place we were exploring.

    That experience, especially with the crowds, was showing you what it’s like to be one with the Earth. You knew when the crowd was going to disappear because you could sense the energy of the Earth. You were a part of the environment, and that is exactly what the ancients experienced. The Native Americans do something called the Rain Dance. Today much of the significance of that ceremony has been lost; today the belief is that the dance makes it rain. However, in the ancient days, the Rain Dance was very much like what you experienced with the crowds. The Native Americans would do a Rain Dance not because they wanted it to rain, but because they could sense the energy of the environment and they were moved to become part of the environment and celebrate the rain. There is a subtle difference. We hope we have explained it. You experienced that feeling of being one with the Earth. It was very important to bring up that ancient knowledge.

    What is the significance of the Snake People?

    The Snake People are very, very ancient. They existed approximately 5,000 to 6,000 years ago. They were descendants of the Lemurians, in particular, descendants of the original record-keepers of Lemuria. The snake, in terms of symbology, has always been used on Earth to mean wisdom, so you find many cultures around Earth in which the snake, as a symbol, plays a very important role. Now today, you were taken to a place called Montezuma’s Well. The myth is that that was one of the emergence points of the ancient Lemurian/Native American. Sedona is one of the places that was first inhabited by the people who were keeping the records. After they emerged, their civilization lived mostly high in the cliffs. At that time Sedona was a chain of islands, so they had to live on higher ground. This original group that came from beneath the Earth lived here and, of course, procreated, so there were many generations here. The Snake People are descendants of those original ones from beneath the Earth.

    Now you’ve all seen the large amount of quartz crystal that is in the red rock, and you all know that quartz crystal can hold information and knowledge. Sedona was chosen as an emergence point because of all the quartz crystal in the area. It would be very easy to use all the quartz crystal in the rock to hold the knowledge of Lemuria, so the Snake People living in this area were committed to programming that knowledge into the rocks. This is why so many people are now drawn to Sedona. Anyone who has a Lemurian connection will naturally be drawn here. All of you, at one time or another, belonged to the Snake People tribe.

    Are there any ruins of Lemurian temples in the Sedona area?

    There are some physical remains of those temples but they are so eroded now that you really couldn’t recognize them as remains of a temple. However, energetically those temples still exist. They can only be accessed on the inner planes through your dream state or through your meditations, but they are still very active. That’s another reason why people feel so drawn to come to Sedona. They have traveled here in other states of consciousness so even though their physical bodies haven’t been here, they feel familiar with it. There are many Lemurian temples here interdimensionally. Is there any connection between those who survived the Great Flood and extraterrestrials?

    What a wonderful and creative question. No one has ever asked this before, and it is one of the particular areas of interest for us. We assume that a good number of you have read The Prism of Lyra, but we will attempt to keep it very simple in case you haven’t. The people who went underground during the flood could be associated with what we call the Sirians or the Sirian energy. Their symbol was the snake. They were the keepers of knowledge throughout. As to whether there were people who survived the flood on the surface, the answer is yes. You have a Biblical story about a man named Noah who built an ark. That story is very true with one exception. There was not just one Noah but many people around the planet who built arks or boats to survive the flood. So when the flood finally receded, there were those who had gone underground and there were those who had stayed aboveground. And yet there was contact.

    Among those who stayed aboveground, there were two factions. There was one faction that we would say was oriented toward the energy from Sirius. Those people had a love for mankind and a desire for peace and knowledge. But there was another faction that was more aligned with what we would call the Lyran influence. They were the ones who wanted power. Some of those people were the ones in powerful positions in Atlantis. Now we’re talking about those who stayed aboveground. For the most part, those who went underground were all of one orientation.

    Native Americans Have Remained Separate to Preserve the Knowledge

    All through history, you have had conflict between the knowledge-keepers and those hungry for power. That still happens today. So as soon as the floods receded, the conflicts started again. That is why the people who are now considered Native American did not integrate themselves with the rest of the world. They kept themselves separate in order to assure that the knowledge would be preserved; they allowed the power struggle to continue while they simply sat back and tried to preserve the knowledge. You can see that is happening now. But the cycle is finishing, because so many of you now are beginning to realize how important that spiritual knowledge is. As more and more of you begin a spiritual search, those in power will have to change their ways because they won’t be able to manipulate people anymore. So your individual search for your own spiritual truth eventually affects the entire planet. This time on your planet that you are calling a new age is the completion of many thousands of years of conflict. We perceive that the conflict will be healed.

    How long did people live underground? How long were their lives?

    When the flood receded, about half of those who were underground emerged. Half stayed underground because they were not quite sure it was safe to emerge. Those who emerged saw that conflict was already beginning on the surface once again, so they retreated and kept to themselves. They refused to become part of that conflict. That’s why today there is such a division between Western society and the native peoples. The Native Americans do not want to play the game of conflict. The people who stayed underground remained there for several more generations. At one point, half of the half emerged, but there was still a group who remained underground. They are still there. They are the people you call the Inner Earth people. They have evolved quite rapidly over the past several thousand years. They have built their own society totally independent of yours, and in a sense they have mutated to allow themselves to adapt to life below the surface. They do not want to play the game of conflict either. Their lives are quite long, a life span averaging approximately 600 to 800 years. They do not procreate at the rate you do so there is no population problem.

    In terms of the longevity of people during the period of the flood, their life span was longer than yours. It really depended upon the genetic characteristics of the individual. If a person had a genetic makeup based on a strong extraterrestrial background, he had a longer life span. This information is spoken about very clearly in the Bible. It is given that the ages of certain Biblical figures are well over 100 years, like Moses. Some are given quite long lifetimes. Those records are out there.

    Over time, as you all have evolved away from being a part of the Earth, your life spans have gotten shorter. This is because when you are one with the Earth, you channel the life force of the Earth and it rejuvenates you. But when you cut yourself off from your life force, you deteriorate faster. This is why Native Americans have such long life spans and yogis who live up in the Himalayas do, too. They have, as much as they could, kept their connections with Earth. Your life span will grow longer the more you reconnect with the Earth. As your consciousness changes, your life span will grow.

    Meditation

    Now allow yourself to sit comfortably and close your eyes. Take three deep breaths. We’re going to take you through the chakras very quickly.

    Imagine a red ball of energy at the base of your spine and let it begin to spin. Imagine an orange ball of energy below your navel and allow that to begin to spin.

    Imagine a yellow ball of energy at your solar plexus and allow that to begin to spin.

    Imagine a green ball of energy at your heart and allow that to begin to spin.

    Imagine a blue ball of energy at your throat and allow that to begin to spin.

    Imagine an indigo ball of energy at your third eye and allow that to begin to spin.

    Imagine a violet ball of energy at the top of your head and allow that to begin to spin.

    In your mind’s eye now look down at your feet. Imagine that you are wearing leather moccasins. You are walking along a dusty path. Imagine the sound of your feet as you walk along the path. Become aware that you are walking in single file as a group. You step as one. The steps are the beat of the heart of the Earth.

    Now I’m going to help you access your group energy, for your group has a very powerful connection. In the next few days you will learn how to access the power of these energies. For now, feel as if there is a golden thread that is running through each of you around this circle and connecting you together. It is as if we breathe as one. It is as if your hearts beat as one. There is strong trust among all of you.

    This night, we’re all going to meet in the dream state. In the dream state, you are going to begin activating the memory of your group connection. When you awaken tomorrow morning, the energy will be different. You will perceive your connections as stronger. You will feel a new and different powerful energy. Allow yourself to take three deep breaths. Continue to feel that golden thread that runs through all of you and that connects you to God. When you go to sleep tonight, that thread will become even more powerful.

    Now slowly bring your consciousness back to the room. When you feel ready you may open your eyes. Your energy is accelerating. You are changing and growing so very fast we hardly recognize you. We look forward to seeing you again. Much love and good dreams this evening.

    Note: This session appeared in the September 1993 issue of the Sedona Journal of Emergence. © 1994 by Royal Priest Research, All Rights Reserved. This manuscript may be copied for private distribution, but may not be sold.

    USED BY PERMISSION

    For more information on available tapes, transcripts, books, and videos, contact Lyssa Royal.

    Love is the answer…


     

  • 1928: Who Lived in America 50,000 Years Ago?

    1928: Who Lived in America 50,000 Years Ago?


    By Col. James Churchward

    Sculptured Tablets Recently Discovered in Mexico Present Startling Evidence of Prehistoric Civilization on the American Continent, Founded by Colonizers From the Lost Motherland of Mu, in the Pacific Ocean

    (This article is not presented authoritatively but rather for its original theories as to the origin of the human race ? theories which Col. Churchward has long maintained to interested audiences)

    A long-forgotten language, giving the history of a hitherto unknown race, has been unearthed in Mexico. Slabs of stone and carved monuments give us at last the history of mankind on the American continent, so long hidden. These recently discovered tablets have resisted the deciphering efforts of the world?s most famous archaeologists. Through studies of that now sunken continent, the Land of Mu, the Motherland of Man, I have found the key and am able to tell in rough outline the story of a prehistoric race whose possible existence has been so long denied.

    Fifty thousand years ago, or more, before the early cave dwellers of Spain had inscribed their records in cavern paintings, and of course long before the first rudiments of civilization appeared in Egypt, a small craft sailed forth from the continent that then existed in the middle of the Pacific Ocean. It sailed into the rising sun, manned by a crew of blond sailors whose mil-white skin and blue eyes marked them as natives of the Land of Mu, the birthplace of mankind. After sailing for ?a moon?s journey? (twenty-eight days) they sighted land ? land which we now know as North America, but nameless then with no trace of human beings.

    file14aa_smThe little crew found a safe landing at the mouth of one of the rivers that flow from the present Mexico territory into the Pacific Ocean. They explored the land, found it fertile, then returned to the Continent of Mu. They sailed eastward again, this time accompanied by a large band of fellow colonizers. From this beginning grew a great nation that flourished until overtaken by the catastrophe I shall describe.

    How do we know these things?

    Through the splendid archaeological work of William Niven, in Mexico City, over two thousand lava tablets have been found, embedded in pits and quarries near Mexico City. Great astonishment was expressed by world-famous archaeologists when they were confronted with these pieces of stone on which there were inscribed characters to them absolutely indecipherable. They surmised that here was some portentous message which might reveal the story of primitive ancient man in America. But it was still a mystery because they did not have the key.

    Fortunately I saw as I looked at these tablets that the secret was not to be kept from us after all. In the seventies of the nineteenth century I had spent laborious years deciphering strange scrolls found in India, scrolls that told of the Motherland of Man, Mu, that continent which was swallowed up by the waves of the Pacific. The characters on the Mexican tablets were the same as those I had seen in India!

    A little study convinced me that the men who had engraved the tablets were in close connection with Mu.

    Unfortunately one of the most important symbols ? the eyes- cannot be deciphered in the companion tablet to the one here reproduced, as the carving is badly mutilated. If we could be sure they were closed eyes, we would know they symbolize the ancients? ?sleep? ? in other words, death. But there are plenty of other symbols hidden in this elaborate carving. The rectangular mouth is the hieratical (sacred) letter ?M? of the motherland, Mu. The chin is shaped like a square ?U,? and from the top of the ?U? branches extend out, ending in suns, one on each side. This lets us know that the story the serpent is trying to tell is concerned directly with earth, not the mysteries of heaven.

    Now notice in the illustration that the whole chin seems to be resting on top of an urn, or jar. This urn symbolizes the body of the earth, and the U-shaped top (in which the chin of the serpent rests) signifies an abyss or bottomless gulf. The decorations on the urn (one on each side, and near its bottom), are glyphs that read ?Returned to the bosom of his forefathers in the region of darkness.?
    Of course this does not demonstrate at length how I found the details of the story which I stated at the beginning of this article ? that is too long a deciphering process to explain here. But it gives an idea of the type of symbol which I had to deal with and find the key to unlock. There are many more tablets which I have not yet deciphered, but enough is now known to piece out the heroic story of prehistoric man on our continent, the colonizers and daring sailors from the Land of Mu.

    It appears that the colonizers found all conditions favorable for them ? at first. The population grew rapidly, great stone structures were erected in what we now call the Valley of Mexico, and a flourishing civilization was one its way, when, without warning, a tremendous cataclysmic wave washed in from the ocean and then swept out to see again, leaving behind it a chaos of boulders, gravel and sand, under which men, cattle and buildings were buried forever.

    Undaunted by this blow from nature, the Motherland sent out more of her sons to recolonize the land. Incredible as it may seem, the same drama was enacted three times more, and after each wave of destruction there came a fresh expedition of colonizers.

    Meanwhile events were shaping themselves underneath the continent in a way that was to put an end to this game of destruction and reconstruction. A great gas chamber, hundreds of miles long, was being tapped under the valley ? a gas chamber of the same kind that proved the final undoing of the Motherland itself. It was tapped by passages leading from active volcanic centres still lower down.

    We do not know the exact process, but we can be sure that the valley crust at last split in several places, broken by the enormous pressure of the gases beneath and the fighting civilization found itself confronted, not with a tidal wave of water but with waves of molten lava which scorched the countryside. Then the valley floor, weakened throughout, collapsed altogether, and prehistoric man of America disappeared into a bottomless gulf of flame. The few survivors, from whom we get the fragmentary records of the volcanic stone tablets, were doubtless unable to rebuild a civilization on what was left of their land. Meanwhile the Motherland too sank from sight beneath the ocean, and the story drew to its close.
    It is not to be wondered at, then, that orthodox scientific doctrine has held that America was never the scene of very early human activity. Nature had closed the book of records with a seal of steam and fire, and it is only now that we have permitted to reopen it.

    Too much credit cannot be given to Niven for his painstaking, often discouraging work in excavating around obscure little Mexican villages and farms. Without this essential discovery, mankind might have gone on indefinitely believing that America was discovered only at a comparatively late period in our geological history.

    Will we find this far-off civilization possessed may characteristics of our own? Will we find that its people were so cultured, so advanced in intelligence that they may take their place beside us to-day and not be regarded as savages? Did they master secrets of nature, tens of thousands of years ago, that were lost in the cataclysm, never to be rediscovered?
    We know that the land whence they originally came, Mu, reached a high level of achievement before its work was blotted out in its collapse into a gas chamber. Answers to these questions await a further analysis of the Mexican lava tablets. It seems to me not impossible that when the record is finally told, at least some of the answers will be in the affirmative.
    The World Magazine
    March 4, 1928


     

  • The Lost Continent

    The Lost Continent

    The Lost Continent

    by Cutcliffe Hyne

    [1900]


    Contents    Start Reading    Page Index    Text (Zipped)


    “[The] story is not burdened with the sentimentality and didacticism that oppress so many novels of this group…The author does not try to project our modern Western moral code on people of an ancient and supposedly different culture”–L. Sprague de Camp, Lost Continents.This lively Victorian-era Atlantis story is one of the best of the genre, per Lin Carter, Sprague de Camp, and others. However, IMHO, naming the principal character Deucalion in an Atlantis story is sort of giving away the ending. Hyne’s Atlantis is loosely based on Donnelly’s conception, a continent in the middle of the Atlantic which disappears under the waves ‘in a single day.’ Hyne adds interest by setting the story in the last decadent years of Atlantis. The evil queen Phorenice is voracious and cruel, and Deucalion, ostensibly the upholder of duty and tradition, is morally ambiguous. The barbarians are literally at the gate. Dinosaurs, plesiosaurs, and mammoths are depicted as surviving in Atlantis. There is a tragic love triangle, evil sorcery, lots of swordplay, and a rousing naval battle. On one level, it’s swashbuckling fun in the vein of Robert E. Howard’s Conan. On another level, it’s an attempt to explain a whole bunch of mythology by sourcing it from Atlantis, and creating some new myths in the process. This idea has obviously remained in the popular culture.

    Charles John Cutcliffe Wright Hyne (b. 1866, d. 1944) was a British writer of serialized magazine fiction at the end of the 19th century. The Lost Continent was first published in the American Pearson’s Magazine from July to December 1899. Pearson’s was the first to publish the ‘speculative fiction’ of H.G. Wells and H. Rider Haggard in the US, and the Hyne Atlantis serial was a standout. Hyne went on to publish numerous other works, all in the adventure genre, but The Lost Continent was the high point of his career. The book version was published in 1900, and apparently sold well; this edition is still in demand by collectors. The novel was reprinted in a highly abridged form in the December 1944 issue of Famous Fantastic Mysteries. In 1972 it was finally reprinted unabridged in the Ballantine Books Adult Fantasy line, with an introduction by Lin Carter, and Cutcliffe unfortunately mispelled as Cutliffe on the cover and title page. This etext was scanned from a printing of the first, 1900 edition.


    Title Page
    Contents
    Illustrations
    Prefatory. The Legatees of Deucalion
    Chapter I. My Recall
    Chapter II. Back To Atlantis
    Chapter III. A Rival Navy
    Chapter IV. The Welcome of Phorenice
    Chapter V. Zaemon’s Curse
    Chapter VI. The Biters of the City Walls
    Chapter VII. The Biters of the Walls (Further Account)
    Chapter VIII. The Preacher From the Mountains
    Chapter IX. Phorenice, Goddess
    Chapter X. A Wooing
    Chapter XI. An Affair With the Barbarous Fishers
    Chapter XII. The Drug of Our Lady the Moon
    Chapter XIII. The Burying Alive of Naïs
    Chapter XIV. Again the Gods Make Change
    Chapter XV. Zaemon’s Summons
    Chapter XVI. Siege of the Sacred Mountain
    Chapter XVII. Naïs The Regained
    Chapter XVIII. Storm of the Sacred Mountain
    Chapter XIX. Destruction of Atlantis
    Chapter XX. On the Bosom of the Deep
    Advertisements


     

    THE LOST CONTINENT

    Cutcliffe Hyne

    Illustrated

    Harper & Brothers

    New York and London

    MDCCCC

    [1900]

    Scanned, proofed and formatted at sacred-texts.com by John Bruno Hare, November 2007. This text is in the public domain in the US because it was published prior to 1923.

    Title Page


    Frontispiece: “A GREAT MAN-EATING BIRD” [P. 150


    Verso


    Front cover and spine


    Cover of the December 1944 issue of Famous Fantastic Mysteries, featuring an abridged text of The Lost Continent


    Cover of the Ballantine edition of 1972: Note misspelling of Cutcliffe.

    Dedicated
    to
    ALFRED LEWIS JONES


    CONTENTS

    CHAPTER PAGE
    PREFATORY. THE LEGATEES OF DEUCALION

    1

    I.

    MY RECALL

    15

    II.

    BACK TO ATLANTIS

    31

    III.

    A RIVAL NAVY

    45

    IV.

    THE WELCOME OF PHORENICE

    57

    V.

    ZAEMON’S CURSE

    73

    VI.

    THE BITERS OF THE CITY WALLS

    95

    VII.

    THE BITERS OF THE WALLS (FURTHER ACCOUNT)

    115

    VIII.

    THE PREACHER FROM THE MOUNTAINS

    130

    IX.

    PHORENICE, GODDESS

    146

    X.

    A WOOING

    161

    XI.

    AN AFFAIR WITH THE BARBAROUS FISHERS

    181

    XII.

    THE DRUG OF OUR LADY THE MOON

    201

    XIII.

    THE BURYING ALIVE OF NAÏS

    223

    XIV.

    AGAIN THE GODS MAKE CHANGE

    241

    XV.

    ZAEMON’S SUMMONS

    261

    XVI.

    SIEGE OF THE SACRED MOUNTAIN

    273

    XVII.

    NAÏS THE REGAINED

    295

    XVIII.

    STORM OF THE SACRED MOUNTAIN

    314

    XIX.

    DESTRUCTION OF ATLANTIS

    333

    XX.

    ON THE BOSOM OF THE DEEP

    349


    ILLUSTRATIONS

    “A GREAT MAN-EATING BIRD”

    Frontispiece

    “I DROVE IN THE LANCE AT ITS OOZY EYE’”

    Facing p. 42

    “TOB WITH HIS BLOODY AYE”

    ”      54

    “THE GREAT CAVE-TIGER”

    ”     104

    “THE BOUND MAN WAS SHOT AWAY”

    ”     126

    “BACK WITH YOU, OUTSIDE THIS CIRCLE”

    ”     162

    “‘WE TWO KEPT A CIRCLE AROUND US”

    ”     194

    “‘SHE FLUNG HER ARMS ABOUT MY NECK”

    ”     250


    PREFATORY

    THE LEGATEES OF DEUCALION

    WE were both of us not a little stiff as the result of sleeping out in the open all that night, for even in Grand Canary the dew-fall and the comparative chill of darkness are not to be trifled with. For myself, on these occasions I like a bit of a run as an early refresher. But here on this rough ground in the middle of the island there were not three yards of level to be found, and so as Coppinger proceeded to go through some sort of dumb-bell exercises with a couple of lumps of bristly lava, I followed his example. Coppinger has done a good deal of roughing it in his time, but being a doctor of medicine among other things—he takes out a new degree of some sort on an average every other year—he is great on health theories, and practises them like a religion.

    There had been rain two days before, and as there was still a bit of stream trickling along at the bottom of the barranca, we went down there and had a wash, and brushed our teeth. Greatest luxury imaginable, a tooth-brush, on this sort of expedition.

    “Now,” said Coppinger when we had emptied our

    p. 2

    pockets, “there’s precious little grub left, and it’s none the better for being carried in a local Spanish newspaper.”

    “Yours is mostly tobacco ashes.”

    “It’ll get worse if we leave it. We’ve a lot more bad scrambling ahead of us.”

    That was obvious. So we sat down beside the stream there at the bottom of the barranca, and ate up all of what was left. It was a ten-mile tramp in to the fonda at Santa Brigida, where we had set down our traps; and as Coppinger wanted to take a lot more photographs and measurements before we left this particular group of caves, it was likely we should be pretty sharp set before we got our next meal and our next taste of the patron’s splendid old country wine. My faith, if only they knew down in the English hotels in Las Palmas what magnificent wines one could get—with diplomacy—up in some of the mountain villages, the old vintages would become a thing of the past in a week.

    Now, to tell the truth, the two mummies he had gathered already quite satisfied my small ambition. The goat-skins in which they were sewn up were as brittle as paper, and the poor old things themselves gave out dust like a puff-ball whenever they were touched. But you know what Coppinger is. He thought he’d come upon traces of an old Guanche university, or sacred college, or something of that kind, like the one there is on the other side of the island, and he wouldn’t be satisfied till he’d ransacked every cave in the whole face of the cliff. He’d plenty of stuff left for the flash-light thing, and twenty-eight

    p. 3

    more films in his kodak, and said we might as well get through with the job then as make a return journey all on purpose. So he took the crowbar, and I shouldered the rope, and away we went up to the ridge of the cliff where we had got such a baking from the sun the day before.

    Of course these caves were not easy to come at, or else they would have been raided years before. Coppinger, who on principle makes out he knows all about these things, says that in the old Guanche days they had ladders of goat-skin rope which they could pull up when they were at home, and so keep out undesirable callers; and as no other plan occurs to me, perhaps he may be right. Anyway the mouths of the caves were in a more or less level row thirty feet below the ridge of the cliff, and fifty feet above the bottom; and Spanish curiosity doesn’t go in much where it cannot walk.

    Now laddering such caves from below would have been cumbersome, but a light knotted rope is easily carried, and though it would have been hard to climb up this, our plan was to descend on each cave mouth from above, and then slip down to the foot of the cliffs, and start again ab initio for the next.

    Coppinger is plucky enough, and he has a good head on a height, but there is no getting over the fact that he is portly and nearer fifty than forty-five. So you can see he must have been pretty keen. Of course I went first each time, and got into the cave mouth, and did what I could to help him in; but when you have to walk down a vertical cliff face fly-fashion, with only a thin bootlace of a rope for

    p. 4

    support, it is not much real help the man below can give, except offer you his best wishes.

    I wanted to save him as much as I could, and as the first three caves I climbed to were small and empty, seeming to be merely store-places, I asked him to take them for granted, and save himself for the rest. But he insisted on clambering down to each one in person, and as he decided that one of my granaries was a prison, and another a pot-making factory, and another a school-room for young priests, he naturally said he hadn’t much reliance on my judgment, and would have to go through the whole lot himself. You know what these thorough-going archæologists are for imagination.

    But as the day went on and the sun rose higher, Coppinger began clearly to have had enough of it, though he was very game, and insisted on going on much longer than was safe. I must say I didn’t like it. You see, the drop was seldom less than eighty feet from the top of the cliffs. However, at last he was forced to give it up. I suggested marching off to Santa Brigida forthwith, but he wouldn’t do that. There were three more cave openings to be looked into, and if I wouldn’t do them for him, he would have to make another effort to get there himself. He tried to make out he was conferring a very great favor on me by offering to take a report solely from my untrained observation, but I flatly refused to look at it in that light. I was pretty tired also; I was soaked with perspiration from the heat; my head ached from the violence of the sun; and my hands were cut raw with the rope.

    p. 5

    Coppinger might be tired, but he was still enthusiastic. He tried to make me enthusiastic also. “Look here,” he said, “there’s no knowing what you may find up there, and if you do lay hands on anything, remember it’s your own. I shall have no claim whatever.”

    “Very kind of you, but I’ve got no use for any more mummies done up in goat-skin bags.”

    “Bah! That’s not a burial cave up there. Don’t you know the difference yet in the openings? Now be a good fellow. It doesn’t follow that because we have drawn all the rest blank, you won’t stumble across a good find for yourself up there.”

    “Oh, very well,” I said, as he seemed so set on it; and away I stumbled over the fallen rocks, and along the ledge, and then scrambled up by that fissure in the cliff which saved us the two-mile round which we had had to take at first. I wrenched out the crowbar, and jammed it down in a new place, and then away I went over the side, with hands smarting worse at every new grip of the rope. It was an awkward job swinging into the cave mouth, because the rock above overhung, or else (what came to the same thing) it had broken away below; but I managed it somehow, although I landed with an awkward thump on my back, and at the same time I didn’t let go the rope. It wouldn’t do to have lost the rope then: Coppinger couldn’t have flicked it in to me from where he was below.

    Now from the first glance I could see that this cave was of different structure to the others. They were for the most part mere dens, rounded out anyhow:

    p. 6

    this had been faced up with cutting-tools, so that all the angles were clean, and the sides smooth and flat. The walls inclined inward to the roof, reminding me of an architecture I had seen before but could not recollect where, and, moreover, there were several rooms connected up with passages. I was pleased to find that the other cave-openings which Coppinger wanted me to explore were merely the windows or the doorways of two of these other rooms.

    Of inscriptions or markings on the walls there was not a trace, though I looked carefully, and, except for bats, the place was entirely bare. I lit a cigarette and smoked it through—Coppinger always thinks one is slurring over work if it is got through too quickly—and then I went to the entrance where the rope was, and leaned out, and shouted down my news.

    He turned up a very anxious face. ” Have you searched it thoroughly?” he bawled back.

    “Of course I have. What do you think I’ve been doing all this time?”

    “No, don’t come down yet. Wait a minute. I say, old man, do wait a minute. I’m making fast the kodak and the flash-light apparatus on the end of the rope. Pull them up, and just make me half a dozen exposures, there’s a good fellow.”

    “Oh, all right,” I said, and hauled the things up, and got them inside. The photographs would be absolutely dull and uninteresting, but that wouldn’t matter to Coppinger. He rather preferred them that way. One has to be careful about halation in photographing these dark interiors, but there was a

    p. 7

    sort of ledge like a seat by the side of each doorway, and so I lodged the camera on that to get a steady stand, and snapped off the flash-light from behind and above.

    I got pictures of four of the chambers this way, and then came to one where the ledge was higher and wider. I put down the camera, wedged it level with scraps of stone, and then sat down myself to recharge the flash-light machine. But the moment my weight got on that ledge there was a sharp crackle, and down I went half a dozen inches.

    Of course I was up again pretty sharply, and snapped up the kodak just as it was going to slide off to the ground. I will confess, too, I was feeling pleased. Here, at any rate, was a Guanche cupboard of sorts, and as they had taken the trouble to hermetically seal it with cement, the odds were that it had something inside worth hiding. At first there was nothing to be seen but a lot of dust and rubble, so I lit a bit of candle and cleared this away. Presently, however, I began to find that I was shelling out something that was not cement. It chipped away, in regular layers, and when I took it to the daylight I found that each layer was made up of two parts. One side was shiny stuff that looked like talc, and on this was smeared a coating of dark toffee-colored material, that might have been wax. The toffee-colored surface was worked over with some kind of pattern.

    Now I do not profess to any knowledge on these matters, and as a consequence took what Coppinger had told me about Guanche habits and acquirements

    p. 8

    as more or less true. For instance, he had repeatedly impressed upon me that this old people could not write, and having this in my memory, I did not guess that the patterns scribed through the wax were letters in some obsolete character, which, if left to myself, probably I should have done. But still at the same time I came to the conclusion that the stuff was worth looting, and so set to work quarrying it out with the heel of my boot and a pocket-knife.

    The sheets were all more or less stuck together, and so I did not go in for separating them further. They fitted exactly to the cavity in which they were stored, but by smashing down its front I was able to get at the foot of them, and then I hacked away through the bottom layers with the knife till I got the bulk out in one solid piece. It measured some twenty inches by fifteen, by fifteen, but it was not so heavy as it looked, and when I had taken the remaining photographs I lowered it down to Coppinger on the end of the rope.

    There was nothing more to do in the caves then, so I went down myself next. The lump of sheets was on the ground, and Coppinger was on all fours beside it. He was pretty nearly mad with excitement.

    “What is it?” I asked him.

    “I don’t know yet. But it is the most valuable find ever made in the Canary Islands, and it’s yours, you unappreciative beggar; at least what there is left of it. Oh, man, man, you’ve smashed up the beginning, and you’ve smashed up the end of some history that is probably priceless. It’s my own fault.

    p. 9

    [paragraph continues]I ought to have known better than set an untrained man to do important exploring work.”

    “I should say it’s your fault if anything’s gone wrong. You said there was no such thing as writing known to these ancient Canarios, and I took your word for it. For anything I knew the stuff might have been something to eat.”

    “It isn’t Guanche work at all,” said he, testily. “You ought to have known that from the talc. Great Heavens, man, have you no eyes? Haven’t you seen the general formation of the island? Don’t you know there’s no talc here?”

    “I’m no geologist. Is this imported literature then?”

    “Of course. It’s Egyptian: that’s obvious at a glance. Though how it’s got here I can’t tell yet. It isn’t stuff you can read off like a newspaper. The character’s a variant on any of those that have been discovered so far. And as for this waxy stuff spread over the talc, it’s unique. It’s some sort of a mineral, I think: perhaps asphalt. It doesn’t scratch up like animal wax. I’ll analyze that later. Why they once invented it and then let such a splendid notion drop out of use is just a marvel. I could stay gloating over this all day.”

    “Well,” I said, “if it’s all the same for you, I’d rather gloat over a meal. It’s a good ten miles hard going to the fonda, and I’m as hungry as a hawk already. Look here, do you know it is four o’clock already? It takes longer than you think, climbing down to each of these caves, and then getting up again for the next.”

    p. 10

    Coppinger spread his coat on the ground, and wrapped the lump of sheets with tender care, but would not allow it to be tied with a rope for fear of breaking more of the edges. He insisted on carrying it himself, too, and did so for the larger part of the way to Santa Brigida, and it was only when he was within an ace of dropping himself with sheer tiredness that he condescended to let me take my turn. He was tolerably ungracious about it too. “I suppose you may as well carry the stuff,” he snapped, “seeing that after all it’s your own.”

    Personally, when we got to the fonda, I had as good a dinner as was procurable, and a bottle of that old Canary wine, and turned in to bed after a final pipe. Coppinger dined also, but I have reason to believe he did not sleep much. At any rate I found him still poring over the find next morning, and looking very heavy-eyed, but brimming with enthusiasm.

    “Do you know,” he said, “that you’ve blundered upon the most valuable historical manuscript that the modern world has ever yet seen? Of course, with your clumsy way of getting it out, you’ve done an infinity of damage. For instance, those top sheets you shelled away and spoiled, contained probably an absolutely unique account of the ancient civilization of Yucatan.”

    “Where’s that, anyway?”

    “In the middle of the Gulf of Mexico. It’s all ruins to-day, but once it was a very prosperous colony of the Atlanteans.”

    “Never heard of them. Oh yes, I have though.

    p. 11

    [paragraph continues]They were the people Herodotus .wrote about, didn’t he? But I thought they were mythical.”

    “They were very real, and so was Atlantis, the continent where they lived, which lay just north of the Canaries here.”

    “What’s that crocodile sort of thing with wings drawn in the margin?”

    “Some sort of beast that lived in those bygone days. The pages are full of them. That’s a cave-tiger. And that’s some sort of colossal bat. Thank goodness he had the sense to illustrate fully, the man who wrote this, or we should never have been able to reconstruct the tale, or at any rate we could not have understood half of it. Whole species have died out since this was written, just as a whole continent has been swept away and three civilizations quenched. The worst of it is, it was written by a highly educated man who somewhat naturally writes a very bad fist. I’ve hammered at it all the night through, and have only managed to make out a few sentences here and there,”—he rubbed his hands appreciatively. “It will take me a year’s hard work to translate this properly.”

    “Every man to his taste. I’m afraid my interest in the thing wouldn’t last as long as that. But how did it get there? Did your ancient Egyptian come to Grand Canary for the good of his lungs, and write it because he felt dull up in that cave?”

    “I made a mistake there. The author was not an Egyptian. It was the similarity of the inscribed character which misled me. The book was written by one Deucalion, who seems to have been a priest

    p. 12

    or general—or perhaps both—and he was an Atlantean. How it got there I don’t know yet. Probably that was told in the last few pages, which a certain vandal smashed up with his pocket-knife, in getting them away from the place where they were stowed.”

    “That’s right, abuse me. Deucalion, you say? There was a Deucalion in the Greek mythology. He was one of the two who escaped from the Flood: their Noah, in fact.”

    “The swamping of the continent of Atlantis might very well correspond to the Flood.”

    “Is there a Pyrrha then? She was Deucalion’s wife.”

    “I haven’t come across her yet. But there’s a Phorenice, who may be the same. She seems to have been the reigning Empress, as far as I can make out at present.”

    I looked with interest at illustrations in the margin. They were quite understandable, although the perspective was all wrong. “Weird beasts they seem to have had knocking about the country in those days. Whacking big size, too, if one may judge. By Jove! that’ll be a cave-tiger trying to pull down a mammoth. I shouldn’t care to have lived in those days.”

    “Probably they had some way of fighting the creatures. However, that will show itself as I get along with the translation.” He looked at his watch—”I suppose I ought to be ashamed of myself, but I haven’t been to bed. Are you going out?”

    “I shall drive back to Las Palmas. I promised a man to have a round at golf this afternoon.”

    “Very well, see you at dinner. I hope they’ve

    p. 13

    sent back my dress-shirts from the wash. Oh, Lord! I am sleepy.”

    I left him going up to bed, and went outside and ordered a carriage to take me down, and there I may say we parted for a considerable time. A cable was waiting for me in the hotel at Las Palmas to go home for business forthwith, and there was a Liverpool boat in the harbor which I just managed to catch as she was steaming out. It was a close thing, and the boatmen made a small fortune out of my hurry.

    Now Coppinger was only an hotel acquaintance, and as I was up to the eyes in work when I got back to England, I’m afraid I didn’t think very much more about him at the time. One doesn’t with people one just meets casually abroad like that. And it must have been at least a year later that I saw by a paragraph in one of the papers, that he had given the lumps of sheets to the British Museum, and that the estimated worth of them was ten thousand pounds at the lowest valuation.

    Well, this was a bit of revelation, and as he had so repeatedly impressed on me that the things were mine by right of discovery, I wrote rather a pointed note to him mentioning that he seemed to have been making rather free with my property. Promptly came back a stilted letter beginning, “Doctor Coppinger regrets,” and so on, and with it the English translation of the wax-upon-talc MSS. He “quite admitted” my claim, and “trusted that the profits of publication would be a sufficient reimbursement for any damage received.”

    p. 14

    Now I had no idea that he would take me unpleasantly like this, and wrote back a pretty warm reply to that effect; but the only answer. I got to this was through a firm of solicitors, who stated that all further communications with Dr. Coppinger must be made through them.

    I will say here publicly that I regret the line he has taken over the matter; but as the affair has gone so far, I am disposed to follow out his proposition. Accordingly the old history is here printed; the credit (and the responsibility) of the translation rests with Dr. Coppinger; and whatever revenue accrues from readers, goes to the finder of the original talc-upon-wax sheets, myself.

    If there is a further alteration in this arrangement, it will be announced publicly at a later date. But at present this appears to be most unlikely.

     

     

     


    THE LOST CONTINENT

    CHAPTER I

    MY RECALL

    THE public official reception was over. The sentence had been read, the name of Phorenice the Empress adored, and the new Viceroy installed with all that vast and ponderous ceremonial which had gained its pomp and majesty from the ages. Formally, I had delivered up the reins of my government; formally, Tatho had seated himself on the snake-throne, and had put over his neck the chain of gems which symbolized the supreme office; and then, while the drums and the trumpets made their proclamation of clamor, he had risen to his feet for his first state progress round that gilded council chamber, as Viceroy of the Province of Yucatan.

    With folded arms and bended head I followed him between the glittering lines of soldiers, and the brilliant throng of courtiers, and chiefs, and statesmen. The roof-beams quivered to the cries of “Long live Tatho!” “Flourish the Empress!” which came forth as in duty bound, and the new ruler acknowledged

    p. 16

    the welcome with stately inclinations of the head. In turn he went to the three lesser thrones of the lesser governors—in the East, the North, and the South, and received homage from each as the ritual was; and I, the man whom his coming had deposed, followed with the prescribed meekness in his train.

    It was a hard task, but we who hold the higher offices learn to carry before the people a passionless face. Once, twenty years before, these same fine obeisances had been made to me; now the Gods had seen fit to make fortune change. But as I walked bent and humbly on behind the heels of Tatho, though etiquette forbade noisy salutations to myself, it could not inhibit kindly glances, and these came from every soldier, every courtier, and every chief who stood there in that gilded hall, and they fell upon me very gratefully. It is not often that the fallen meet such tender looks.

    The form goes, handed down from immemorial custom, that on these great ceremonial days of changing a ruler, those of the people being present may bring forward petitions and requests; may make accusations against their retiring head with sure immunity from his vengeance; or may state their own private theories for the better government of the State in the future. I think it may be pardoned to my vanity if I record that not a voice was raised against me, or against any of the items of my twenty years of rule. Nor did any speak out for alterations in the future. Yes, even though we made the circuit for the three prescribed times, all present showed their approval in generous silence.

    p. 17

    Then, one behind the other, the new Viceroy and the old, we marched with formal step over golden tiles of that council hall beneath the pyramid, and the great officers of state left their stations and joined in our train; and at the farther wall we came to the door of those private chambers which an hour ago had been mine own.

    Ah, well! I had no home now in any of those wondrous cities of Yucatan, and I could not help feeling a bitterness, though in sooth I should have been thankful enough to return to the Continent of Atlantis with my head still in its proper station.

    Tatho gave his formal summons of “Open ye to the Viceroy,” which the ritual commands, and the slaves within sent the massive stone valves of the door gaping wide. Tatho entered, I at his heels; the others halted, sending valedictions from the threshold; and the valves of the door clanged on the lock behind us. We passed on to the chamber beyond, and then, when for the first time we were alone together, and the forced etiquette of courts was behind us, the new Viceroy turned with meekly folded arms, and bowed low before me.

    “Deucalion,” he said, “believe me that I have not sought this office. It was thrust upon me. Had I not accepted, my head would have paid forfeit, and another man—your enemy—would have been sent out as viceroy in your place. The Empress does not permit that her will shall ever be questioned.”

    “My friend,” I made answer, “my brother in all but blood, there is no man living in all Atlantis or her territories to whom I had liefer hand over my government.

    p. 18

    [paragraph continues]For twenty years now have I ruled this country of Yucatan, and Mexico beyond, first under the old King, and then as minister to this new Empress. I know my colony like a book. I am intimate with all her wonderful cities, with their palaces, their pyramids, and their peoples. I have hunted the beasts and the savages in the forests. I have built roads, and made the rivers so that they will carry shipping. I have fostered the arts and crafts like a merchant; I have discoursed, three times each day, the cult of the Gods with mine own lips. Through evil years and through good have I ruled here, striving only for the prosperity of the land and the strengthening of Atlantis, and I have grown to love the peoples like a father. To you I bequeath them, Tatho, with tender supplications for their interest.”

    “It is not I that can carry on Deucalion’s work with Deucalion’s power, but rest content, my friend, that I shall do my humble best to follow exactly on in your footsteps. Believe me, I came out to this government with a thousand regrets, but I would have died sooner than take your place had I known how vigorously the supplanting would trouble you.”

    “We are alone here,” I said, “away from the formalities of formal assemblies, and a man may give vent to his natural self without fear of tarnishing a ceremony. Your coming was something of the suddenest. Till an hour ago, when you demanded audience, I had thought to rule on longer; and even now I do not know for what cause I am deposed.”

    “The proclamation said: ‘We relieve our well-beloved

    p. 19

    [paragraph continues]Deucalion of his present service, because we have great need of his powers at home in our kingdom of Atlantis.’”

    “A mere formality.”

    Tatho looked uneasily round the hangings of the chamber, and drew me with him to its centre, and lowered his voice.

    “I do not think so,” he whispered. “I believe she has need of you. There are troublous times on hand, and Phorenice wants the ablest men in the kingdom ready to her call.”

    “You may speak openly,” I said, “and without fear of eavesdroppers. We are in the heart of the pyramid here, built in every way by a man’s length of solid stone. Myself, I oversaw the laying of every course. And besides, here in Yucatan, we have not the niceties of your old-world diplomacy, and do not listen, because we count it shame to do so.”

    Tatho shrugged his shoulders. “I acted only according to mine education. At home, a loose tongue makes a loose head, and there are those whose trade it is to carry tales. Still, what I say is this: The throne shakes, and Phorenice sees the need of sturdy props. So she has sent this proclamation.”

    “But why come to me? It is twenty years since I sailed to this colony, and from that day I have not returned to Atlantis once. I know little of the old country’s politics. What small parcel of news drifts out to us across the ocean reads with slender interest here. Yucatan is another world, my Tatho, as you in the course of your government will learn, with new interests, new people, new everything. To us here

    p. 20

    [paragraph continues]Atlantis is only a figment, a shadow, far away across the waters. It is for this new world of Yucatan that I have striven through all these years.”

    “If Deucalion has small time to spare from his government for brooding over his fatherland, Atlantis, at least, has found leisure to admire the deeds of her brilliant son. Why, sir, over yonder at home, your name carries magic with it. When you and I were lads together, it was the custom in the colleges to teach that the men of the past were the greatest this world has ever seen; but to-day this teaching is changed. It is Deucalion who is held up as the model and example. Mothers name their sons Deucalion, as the most valuable birth-gift they can make. Deucalion is a household word. Indeed, there is only one name that is near to it in familiarity.”

    “You trouble me,” I said, frowning. “I have tried to do my duty for its own sake, and for the country’s sake, not for the pattings and fondlings of the vulgar. And besides, if there are names to be in every one’s mouth, they should be the names of the Gods.”

    Tatho shrugged his shoulders. “The Gods? They occupy us very little these latter years. With our modern science, we have grown past the tether of the older Gods, and no new one has appeared. No, my Lord Deucalion, if it were merely the Gods who were your competitors on men’s lips, your name would be a thousand times the better known.”

    “Of mere human names,” I said, “the name of this new Empress should come first in Atlantis, our lord the old King being now dead.”

    p. 21

    “She certainly would have it so,” replied Tatho; and there was something in his tone which made me see that more was meant behind the words. I drew him to one of the marble seats, and bent myself familiarly towards him. “I am speaking,” I said, “not to the new Viceroy of Yucatan, but to my old friend Tatho, a member of the Priests’ Clan, like myself, with whom I worked side by side in a score of the smaller home governments, in hamlets, in villages, in smaller towns, in greater towns, as we gained experience in war and knowledge in the art of ruling people, and so tediously won our promotion. I am speaking in Tatho’s private abode, that was mine own not two hours since, and I would have an answer with that plainness which we always then used to one another.”

    The new Viceroy sighed whimsically. “I almost forget how to speak in plain words now,” he said. “We have grown so polished in these latter days, that mere bald truth would be hissed as indelicate. But for the memory of those early years, when we expended as much law and thought over the ownership of a hay-byre as we should now over the fate of a rebellious city, I will try and speak plain to you even now, Deucalion. Tell me, old friend, what is it?”

    “What of this new Empress?”

    He frowned. ” I might have guessed your subject,” he said.

    “Then speak upon it. Tell me of all the changes that have been made. What has this Phorenice done to make her throne unstable in Atlantis?”

    p. 22

    Tatho frowned still. “If I did not know you to be as honest as our Lord the Sun, your questions would carry mischief with them. Phorenice has a short way with those who are daring enough to discuss her politics for other purpose than politely to praise them.”

    “You can leave me ignorant if you wish,” I said, with a touch of chill. This Tatho seemed to be different from the Tatho I had known at home—Tatho my workmate, Tatho who had read with me in the College of Priests, who had run with me in many a furious charge, who had labored with me so heavily that the peoples under us might prosper. But he was quick enough to see my change of tone.

    “You force me back to my old self,” he said, with a half-smile, “though it is hard enough to forget the caution one has learned during this last twenty years, even when speaking with you. Still, whatever may have happened to the rest of us, it is clear to see that you at least have not changed, and, old friend, I am ready to trust you with my life if you ask it. In fact, you do ask me that very thing when you tell me to speak all I know of Phorenice.”

    I nodded. This was more like the old times, when there was full confidence between us. ” The Gods will it now that I return to Atlantis,” I said, “and what happens after that the Gods alone know. But it would be of service to me if I could land on her shores with some knowledge of this Phorenice, for at present I am as ignorant concerning her as some savage from Europe or mid-Africa.”

    “What would you have me tell?”

    p. 23

    “Tell all. I know only that she, a woman, reigns, where, by the ancient law of the land, a man should rule; that she is not even of the Priestly Clan from which the law says all rulers must be drawn; and that, from what you say, she has caused the throne to totter. The throne was as firm as the everlasting hills in the old King’s day, Tatho.”

    “History has moved with pace since then, and Phorenice has spurred it. You know her origin?”

    “I know only the exact little I have told you.”

    “She was a swine-herd’s daughter from the mountains, though this is never even whispered now, as she has declared herself to be a daughter of the Gods, with a miraculous birth and upbringing. As she has decreed it a sacrilege to question this parentage, and has ordered to be burned all those that seem to recollect her more earthly origin, the fable passes current for truth. You see the faith I put in you, Deucalion, by telling you what you wish to learn.”

    “There has always been trust between us.”

    “I know; but this habit of suspicion is hard to cast off, even with you. However, let me put your good faith between me and the torture further. Zaemon, you remember, was governor of the swineherd’s province, and Zaemon’s wife saw Phorenice and took her away to adopt and bring up as her own. It is said that the swine-herd and his woman objected; perhaps they did; anyway, I know they died; and Phorenice was taught the arts and graces, and brought up as a daughter of the Priestly Clan.”

    “But still she was an adopted daughter only,” I objected.

    p. 24

    “The omission of the ‘adopted’ was her will at an early age,” said Tatho, dryly, “and she learned early to have her wishes carried into fact. It was notorious that before she had grown to fifteen years she ruled not only the women of the household, but Zaemon also, and the province that was beyond Zaemon.”

    “Zaemon was learned,” I said, “and a devout follower of the Gods, and searcher into the higher mysteries; but, as a ruler, he was always a flabby fellow.”

    “I do not say that opportunities have not come usefully in Phorenice’s way, but she has genius as well. For her to have raised herself at all from what she was, was remarkable. Not one woman, out of a thousand, placed as she was, would have grown to be aught higher than a mere wife of some sturdy countryman, who was sufficiently simple to care nothing for pedigree. But look at Phorenice: it was her whim to take exercise as a man-at-arms and practise with all the utensils of war; and then, before any one quite knows, how or why it happened, a rebellion had broken out in the province, and here was she, a slip of a girl, leading Zaemon’s troops.”

    “Zaemon, when I knew him, was a mere derision in the field.”

    “Hear me on. Phorenice put down the rebellion in masterly fashion, and gave the conquered a choice between sword and service. They fell into her ranks at once, and were faithful to her from that moment. I tell you, Deucalion, there is a marvellous fascination about the woman.”

    p. 25

    “Her present historian seems to have felt it.”

    “Of course I have. Every one who sees her comes under her spell. And frankly, I am in love with her also, and look upon my coming here as detestable exile. Every one near to Phorenice, high and low, loves her just the same, even though they know it may be her whim to send them to execution next minute.”

    Perhaps I let my scorn of this appear.

    “You feel contempt for our weakness? You were always a strong man, Deucalion.”

    “At any rate you see me still unmarried. I have found no time to palter with the fripperies of i women.”

    “Ah, but these colonists here are crude and un-fascinating. Wait till you see the ladies of the court, my ascetic.”

    “It comes to my mind,” I said, dryly, “that I lived in Atlantis before I came out here, and at that time I used to see as much of court life as most men. Yet then, also, I felt no inducement to marry.”

    Tatho chuckled. ” Atlantis has changed so that you would hardly know the country to-day. A new era has come over everything, especially over the other sex. Well do I remember the women of the old King’s time, how monstrous uncomely they were, how little they knew how to walk or carry themselves, how painfully barbaric was their notion of dress. I dare swear that your ladies here in Yucatan are not so provincial to-day as ours were then. But you should see them now at home. They are delicious. And above all in charm is the Empress. Oh, Deucalion,

    p. 26

    you shall see Phorenice in all her glorious beauty and her magnificence one of these fine days soon, and believe me you will go down on your knees and repent.”

    “I may see, and (because you say so) I may alter my life’s ways. The Gods make all things possible. But for the present I remain as I am, celibate, and not wishful to be otherwise; and so in the meantime I would hear the continuance of your history.”

    “It is one long story of success. She deposed Zaemon from his government in name as well as in fact, and the news was spread, and the Priestly Clan rose in its wrath. The two neighboring governors were bidden join forces, take her captive, and bring her for execution. Poor men! they tried to obey their orders; they attacked her surely enough, but in battle she could laugh at them. She killed both, and made some slaughter among their troops; and to those that remained alive and became her prisoners she made her usual offer—the sword or service. Naturally they were not long over making their choice: to these common people one ruler is much the same as another: and so again her army was reinforced.

    “Three times were bodies of soldiery sent against her, and three times was she victorious. The last was a final effort. Before, it had been customary to despise this adventuress who had sprung up so suddenly. But then the priests began to realize their peril, to see that the throne itself was in danger, and to know that if she were to be crushed they would have to put forth their utmost. Every man

    p. 27

    who could carry arms was pressed into the service. Every known art of war was ordered to be put into employment. It was the largest army, and the best equipped army that Atlantis then had ever raised, and the Priestly Clan saw fit to put in supreme command their general, Tatho.”

    “You!” I cried.

    “Even myself, Deucalion. And mark you, I fought my utmost. I was not her creature then.; and when I set out (because they wanted to spur me to the uttermost) the High Council of the priests pointed out my prospects. The King we had known so long, was ailing and wearily old; he was so wrapped up in the study of the mysteries, and the joy of closely knowing them, that earthly matters had grown nauseous to him; and at any time he might decide to die. The Priestly Clan uses its own discretion in the election of a new king, but it takes note of popular sentiment; and a general who at the critical time could come home victorious from a great campaign, which moreover would release a harassed people from the constant application of arms, would be the idol of the moment. These things were pointed out to me solemnly and in the full council.”

    “What! they promised you the throne?”

    “Even that. So you see I set out with a high stake before me. Phorenice I had never seen, and I swore to take her alive, and give her to be the sport of my soldiery. I had a fine confidence in my own strategy then, Deucalion. But the old Gods, in whom I trusted then, remained old, and taught me no new thing. I drilled and exercised my army according

    p. 28

    to the forms you and I learned together, old comrade, and in many a tough fight found to serve well; I armed them with the choicest weapons we knew of then, with sling and mace, with bow and spear, with axe and knife, with sword and the throwing fire; their bodies I covered with metal plates; even their bellies I cared for, with droves of cattle driven in the rear of the fighting troops.

    “But, when the encounter came, they might have been men of straw for all the harm they did. Out of her own brain Phorenice had made fire-tubes that cast a dart which would kill beyond two bowshots, and the fashion in which she handled her troops dazzled me. They threatened us on one flank, they harassed us on the other. It was not war as we had been accustomed to it. It was a newer and more deadly game, and I had to watch my splendid army eaten away as waves eat a sand-hill. Never once did I get a chance of forcing close action. These new tactics that had come from Phorenice’s invention were beyond my art to meet or understand. We were eight to her one, and our close-packed numbers only made us so much the more easy for slaughter. A panic came, and those who could fled. Myself, I had no wish to go back and earn the axe that waits for the unsuccessful general. I tried to die there fighting where I stood. But death would not come. It was a fine mêlée, Deucalion, that last one.”

    “And so she took you?”

    “I stood with three others back to back, with a ring of dead round us, and a ring of the enemy hemming us in. We taunted them to come on. But

    p. 29

    at hand-to-hand courtesies we had shown we could hold our own, and so they were calling for fire-tubes with which they could strike us down in safety from a distance. Then up came Phorenice. ‘What is this to-do?’ says she. ‘We seek to kill Lord Tatho, who led against you,’ say they. ‘So that is Tatho?’ says she. ‘A fine figure of a man indeed, and a pretty fighter seemingly, after the old manner. Doubtless he is one who would acquire the newer method. See now, Tatho,’ says she, ‘it is my custom to offer those I vanquish either the sword (which, believe me, was never nearer your neck than now) or service under my banner. Will you make a choice?’

    “‘Woman,’ I said, ‘fairest that ever I saw, finest general the world has ever borne, you tempt me sorely by your qualities, but there is a tradition in our Clan that we should be true to the salt we eat. I am the King’s man still, and so I can take no service from you.’

    “‘The King is dead,’ says she. ‘A runner has just brought the tidings, meaning them to have fallen into your hands. And I am the Empress.’

    “‘Who made you Empress?’ I asked.

    “‘The same most capable hand that has given me this battle,’ says she. ‘It is a capable hand, as you have seen: it can be a kind hand also, as you may learn if you choose. With the King dead, Tatho is masterless man now. Is Tatho in want of a mistress?’

    “‘Such a glorious mistress as you,’ I said, ‘yes.’ And from that moment, Deucalion, I have been her

    p. 30

    slave. Oh, you may frown; you may get up from this seat and walk away if you will. But I ask you this: keep back your worst judgment of me, old friend, till after you have seen Phorenice herself in the warm and lovely flesh. Then your own ears and your own senses will be my advocates, to win me back your old esteem.”

     

     


    CHAPTER II

    BACK TO ATLANTIS

    THE words of Tatho were no sleeping draught for me that night. I began to think that I had made somewhat a mistake in wrapping myself up so entirely in my government of Yucatan, and not contriving to keep more in touch with events that were passing at home in Atlantis. For many years past it had been easy to see that the mariner folk who did traffic across the seas spoke with restraint, and that only what news the Empress pleased was allowed to ooze out beyond her borders. But, as I say, I was fully occupied with my work in the colony, and had no curiosity to pull away a veil intentionally placed. Besides, it has always been against my principles to put to the torture men who had received orders for silence from their superiors, merely that they shall break these orders for my private convenience.

    However, the iron discipline of our Priestly Clan left me no choice of procedure. As was customary, I had been deprived of my office at a moment’s notice. From that time on, all papers and authority belonged to my successor, and, although by courtesy I might be permitted to remain as a guest in the pyramid that had so recently been mine, to see another sunrise, it was clearly enjoined that I must leave the territory

    p. 32

    then at the topmost of my speed and hasten to report in Atlantis.

    Tatho, to give him credit, was anxious to further my interests to the utmost in his power. He was by my side again before the dawn, putting all his resources at my disposal.

    I had little enough to ask him. “A ship to take me home,” I said, “and I shall be your debtor.”

    The request seemed to surprise him. “That you may certainly have if you wish it. But my ships are foul with the long passage, and are in need of a careen. If you take them, you will make a slow voyage of it to Atlantis. Why do you not take your own navy? The ships are in harbor now, for I saw them there when we came in. Brave ships they are too.”

    “But not mine. That navy belongs to Yucatan.”

    “Well, Deucalion, you are Yucatan; or, rather, you were yesterday, and have been these twenty years.”

    I saw what he meant, and the idea did not please me. I answered stiffly enough that the ships were owned by private merchants, or belonged to the State, and I could not claim so much as a ten-slave galley.

    Tatho shrugged his shoulders. “I suppose you know your own policies best,” he said, “though to me it seems but risky for a man who has attained to a position like yours and mine not to have provided himself with a stout navy of his own. One never knows when a recall may be sent, and, through lack of these precautions, a life’s earnings may very well be lost in a dozen hours.”

    “I have no fear for mine,” I said, coldly.

    p. 33

    “Of course not, because you know me to be your friend. But had another man been appointed to this viceroyalty, you might have been sadly shorn, Deucalion. It is not many fellows who can resist a snug hoard ready and waiting in the very coffers they have come to line.”

    “My lord Tatho,” I said, “it is clear to me that you and I have grown to be of different tastes. All of the hoard that I have made for myself in this colony, few men would covet. I have the poor clothes you see me in this moment, and a box of drugs such as I have found useful to the stomach. I possess also three slaves, two of them scribes and the third a sturdy savage from Europe, who cooks my victual and fills for me the bath. For my maintenance during my years of service here I have bled the State of a soldier’s ration and nothing beyond; and if in my name any man has mulcted a creature in Yucatan of so much as an ounce of bronze, I request you as a last service to have that man hanged for me as a liar and a thief.”

    Tatho looked at me curiously. “I do not know whether I admire you most or whether I pity. I do not know whether to be astonished or to despise. We had heard of much of your uprightness over yonder in Atlantis, of your sternness and your justice, but I swear by the old Gods that no soul guessed you carried your fancy so far as this. Why, man, money is power. With money and the resources money can buy, nothing could stop a fellow like you; while without it you may be tripped up and trodden down irrevocably at the first puny reverse.”

    p. 34

    “The Gods will choose my fate.”

    “Possibly; but for mine, I prefer to nourish it myself. I tell you with frankness that I have not come here to follow in the pattern you have made for a viceroyalty. I shall govern Yucatan wisely and well to the best of my ability; but I shall govern it also for the good of Tatho, the viceroy. I have brought with me here my navy of eight ships and a personal body-guard. There is my wife also, and her women and her slaves. All these must be provided for. And why indeed should it be otherwise? If a people is to be governed, it should be their privilege to pay handsomely for their prince.”

    “We shall not agree on this. You have the power now, and can employ it as you choose. If I thought it would be of any use, I should like to supplicate you most humbly to deal with lenience when you come to tax these people who are under you. They have grown very dear to me.”

    “I have disgusted you with me, and I am grieved for it. But even to retain your good opinion, Deucalion—which I value more than that of any man living—I cannot do here as you have done. It would be impossible, even if I wished it. You must not judge all other men by your own strong standard; a Tatho is by no means a colossus like a Deucalion. And, besides, I have a wife and children, and they must be provided for, even if I neglect myself.”

    “Ah, there,” I said, “it does seem that I possess the advantage. I have no wife to clog me.”

    He caught up my word quickly. “It seems to

    p. 35

    me you have nothing that makes life worth living. You have neither wife, children, riches, cooks, retinue, dresses, nor anything else in proportion to your station. You will pardon my saying it, old comrade, but you are plaguey ignorant about some matters. For example, you do not know how to dine. During every day of a very weary voyage, I have promised myself, when sitting before the meagre sea victual, that presently the abstinence would be more than repaid by Deucalion’s welcoming feast. Oh, I tell you, that feast was one of the vividest things that ever came before my eyes. And then when we get to the actuality, what was it? Why, a country farmer every day sits down to more delicate fare. You told me how it was prepared. Well, your savage from Europe may be lusty, and perchance is faithful, but he is a devil-possessed cook. Gods! I have lived better on a campaign.

    “I know this is a colony here, without any of the home refinements; but if in the days to come, the deer of the forest, the fish of the stream, and the other resources of the place are not put to better use than heretofore, I shall see it my duty as ruler to fry some of the kitchen staff alive in grease so as to encourage better cookery. Gods! Deucalion, have you forgotten what it is to have a palate? And have you no esteem for your own dignity? Man, look at your clothes. You are garbed like a herdsman, and you have not a gaud or a jewel to brighten you.”

    “I eat,” I said, coldly, “when my hunger bids me, and I carry this one robe upon my person till it is worn out and needs replacement. The grossness of

    p. 36

    excessive banqueting, and the effeminacy of many clothes are attainments that never met my fancy. But I think we have talked here over long, and there seems little chance of our finding agreement. You have changed, Tatho, with the years, and perhaps I have changed also. These alterations creep imperceptibly into one’s being as time advances. Let us part now, and, forgetting these present differences, remember only our friendship of twenty years agone. That for me, at any rate, has always had a pleasant savor when called up into the memory.”

    Tatho bowed his head. “So be it,” he said.

    “And I would still charge myself upon your bounty for that ship. Dawn cannot be far off now, and it is not decent that the man who has ruled here so long should walk in daylight through the streets on the morning after his dismissal.”

    “So be it,” said Tatho. “You shall have my poor navy. I could have wished that you had asked me something greater.”

    “Not the navy, Tatho; one small ship. Believe me, more is wasted.”

    “Now there,” said Tatho, “I shall act the tyrant. I am viceroy here now, and will have my way in this. You may go naked of all possessions: that I cannot help. But depart for Atlantis unattended, that you shall not.”

    And so, in fine, as the choice was set beyond me, it was in the Bear, Tatho’s own private ship, with all the rest of his navy sailing in escort, that I did finally make my transit.

    But the start was not immediate. The vessels lay

    p. 37

    moored against the stone quays of the inner harbor, gutted of their stores, and with crews exhausted, and it would have been suicide to have forced them out then and there to again take the seas.

    So the courtesies were fulfilled by the craft whereon I abode hauling out into the entrance basin, and anchoring there in the swells of the fairway; and forthwith she and her consorts took in wood and water, cured meat and fish ashore, and refitted in all needful ways with all speed attainable.

    For myself there came then, as the first time during twenty busy years, a breathing space from work. I had no further connection with the country of my labors; indeed, officially, I had left it already. Into the working of the ship it was contrary to rule that I should make any inspection or interest, since all sea matters were the exclusive property of the Mariners’ Guild, secured to them by royal patent, and most jealously guarded.

    So there remained to me in my day hours, to gaze (if I would) upon the quays, the harbors, the palaces, and the pyramids of the splendid city before me, which I had seen grow stone by stone from its foundations; or to roam my eye over the pastures and the grain lands beyond the walls, and to look longingly at the dense forests behind, from which field by field we had so tediously ripped our territory.

    Would Tatho continue the work so healthily begun? I trusted so, even in spite of his selfish words. And at all hours, during the radiance of our Lord the Sun, or under the stare of night, I was free to pursue that study of the higher mysteries, on which we of

    p. 38

    the Priests’ Clan are trained to set our minds, without aid of book or instrument, of image or temple.

    The refitting of the navy was gone about with speed. Never, it is said, had ships been reprovisioned and caulked and remanned with greater speed for the over-ocean voyage. Indeed, it was barely over a month from the day that they brought up in the harbor, they put out beyond the walls, and began their voyage eastward over the hill and dale of that ocean.

    Rowing-slaves from Europe for this long passage of sea are not taken now, owing to the difficulty in provisioning them, for modern humanity forbids the practice of letting them eat one another according to the home custom of their continent; sails alone are but an indifferent stand-by; but modern science has shown how to extract force from the Sun, when He is free from cloud, and this (in a manner kept secret by mariners) is made to draw sea-water at the forepart of the vessel, and eject it with such force at the stern that she is appreciably driven forward, even with the wind adverse.

    In another matter also has navigation vastly improved. It is not necessary now, as formerly, to trust wholly to a starry night (when beyond sight of land) to find direction. A little image has been made, and is stood balanced in the forepart of every vessel, with an arm outstretched, pointing constantly to the direction where the Southern Cross lies in the heavens. So, by setting an angle, can a just course be correctly steered. Other instruments have they also for finding a true position on the ocean wastes,

    p. 39

    for the newer mariner, when he is at sea, puts little trust in the Gods, and confides mightily in his own thews and wits.

    Still, it is amusing to see these tarry fellows, even in this modern day, take their last farewell of the harbor town. The ship is stowed, and all ready for sea, and they wash and put on all their bravery of attire. Ashore they go, their faces long with piety, and seek some obscure temple whose God has little flavor with shore folk, and here they make sacrifice with clamor and lavish outlay. And, finally, there follows a feast in honor of the God, and they arrive back on board, and put to sea for the most part drunken, and all heavy and evil-humored with gluttony and their other excesses.

    The voyage was very different to my previous seagoing. There was no creeping timorously along in touch with the coasts. We stood straight across the open gulf in the direction of home, came up with the band of the Carib Islands, and worked confidently through them, as though they had been sign-posts to mark the sea highway; and stopped only twice to replenish with wood, water, and fruit. These commodities, too, the savages brought us freely, so great was their subjection, and in neither place did we have even the semblance of a fight. It was a great certificate of the growing power of Atlantis and her finest over-sea colony.

    Then boldly on we went across the vast ocean beyond, with never a sacrifice to implore the Gods that they should help our direction. One might feel censure towards those rugged mariners for their impiety,

    p. 40

    but one could not help an admiration for their lusty skill and confidence.

    The dangers of the desolate sea are dealt out as the Gods will, and man can only take them as they come. Storms we encountered, and the mariners fought them with stubborn endurance; twice a blazing stone from Heaven hissed into the sea beside us, though without injuring any of our ships; and, as was unavoidable, the great beasts of the sea hunted us with their accustomed savagery. But only once did we suffer material loss from these last, and that was when three of the greater sea-lizards attacked the Bear, the ship whereon I travelled, at one and the same time.

    The hour of their onset was during the blazing midday heat, and the Sun being at the full of His power, our machines were getting full force from Him. The vessel was travelling forward faster than a man on dry land could walk. But for power of escape she might as well have been standing still when the beasts sighted her. There were three of them, as I have said, and we saw them come up over the curve of the horizon, beating the sea into foam with their flappers, and waving their great necks like masts as they swam. Our navy was spread out in a long line of ships, and in olden days each of the beasts would have selected a separate prey, and proceeded for it; but, like man, these beasts have learned the necessities of warfare, and they hunt in pack now and do not separate their forces.

    It was plain they were making for our ship, and Tob, the captain, would have had me go into the

    p. 41

    aftercastle, and there be secure from their marauding. He was responsible to the lord Tatho, he said, for my safe conduct; it was certain that the beasts would contrive to seize some of the ship’s company before they were satiated; and if the hap came to the lord Deucalion, he (the captain) would have to give himself voluntarily to the beasts then, to escape a very painful death at Tatho’s hands later on.

    However, my mind was set. A man can never have too much experience in fighting enemies, whether human or bestial, and the attack of these creatures was new to me, and I was fain to learn its method. So I gave the captain a letter to Tatho, saying how the matter lay (and for which, it may be mentioned, the rude fellow seemed little enough grateful), and stayed in my chair under the awning.

    The beasts surged up to us with champing jaws, and all the shipmen stood armed on their defence. They came up alongside, two females (the smaller) on one flank of the ship, the giant male by himself on the other. Their great heads swooped about, as high as the yards that held the sails, and the reek from them gave one physical sickness.

    The shipmen faced the monsters with a sturdy courage. Arrows were useless against the smooth, bull-like hides. Even the throwing fire could not so much as singe them; nothing but twenty axe blows delivered on an attacking head together could beat it back, and even these succeeded only through sheer weight of metal, and did not make so much as the scratch of a wound.

    During all time beasts have disputed with man

    p. 42

    the mastery of the earth, and it is only in Atlantis and Egypt and Yucatan that man has dared to hold his own, and fight them with a mind made strong by many previous victories. In Europe and mid-Africa the greater beasts hold full dominion, and man admits his puny number and force, and lives in earth crannies and the higher tree-tops, as a fugitive confessed. And upon the great oceans the beasts are lords, unchecked.

    Still here, upon this desolate sea, although the giant lizards were new to me, it was a pleasure to pit my knowledge of war against their brute strength and courage. Ever Wince the first men did their business upon the great waters, they fulfilled their instincts in fighting the beasts with desperation. Hiding coward-like in a hold was useless, for if this enemy could not find men above decks to glut them, they would break a ship with their paddles, and so all would be slain. And so it was recognized that the fight should go forward as desperately as might be, and that it could only end when the beasts had got their prey and had gone away satisfied.

    It was in a one-sided conflict after this fashion then, that I found myself, and felt the joy once more to have my thews in action. But after my axe had got in that dozen lusty blows, which, for all the harm they did, might have been delivered against some city wall, or, indeed, against the Ark of the Mysteries itself, I sought about me till I found a lance, and with that made very different play.

    The eyes of these lizards are small, and set deep in a bony socket, but I judged them to be vulnerable,

    “‘I DROVE IN THE LANCE AT ITS OOZY EYE’”
    Click to enlarge

    “‘I DROVE IN THE LANCE AT ITS OOZY EYE’”

    p. 43

    and it was upon the eyes of the beast that I made my attack. The decks were slippery with the horrid slime of them. The crew surged about in their battling, and, moreover, constantly offered themselves as a rampart before me by reason of Tob, the captain’s, threats. But I gave a few shrewd progues with the lance to show that I did not choose my will to be overridden, and presently was given room for manœuvre.

    Deliberately I placed myself in the sight of one of the lizards, and offered my body to its attack. The challenge was accepted. It swooped like a dropping stone, and I swerved and drove in the lance at its oozy eye. I thanked the Gods then that I had been trained with the lance till certain aim was a matter of instinct with me. The blade went true to its mark and stuck there, and the shaft broke in my hand. The beast drew off, blinded and bellowing, and beating the sea with its paddles. In a great cataract of foam I saw it bend its great long neck, and rub its head (with the spear still fixed) against its back, thereby enduring new agonies, but without dislodging the weapon. And then presently, finding this of no avail, it set off for the place from which it came with extraordinary quickness, and rapidly grew smaller against the horizon.

    The male and the other female lizard had also left us, but not in similar plight. Tob, the captain, seeing my resolve to take hazards, deliberately thrust a shipman into the jaws of each of the others, so that they might be sated and get them gone. It was clear

    p. 44

    that Tob dreaded very much for his own skin if I came by harm, and I thought with a warming heart of the threats that Tatho must have used in his kind anxiety for my safety. It is pleasant when one’s old friends do not omit to pay these little attentions.

     

     


    CHAPTER III

    A RIVAL NAVY

    NOW when we came up with the coasts of Atlantis, though Tob, with the aid of his modern instruments, had made his landfall with most marvellous skill and nearness, there still remained some ten days more journey in which we had to retrace our course, till we came to that arm of the sea up which lies the great city of Atlantis, the capital.

    The sight of the land, and the breath of earth and herbage which came off from it with the breezes, were, I believe, under the Gods, the means of saving the lives of all of us. For, as is necessary with long cross-ocean voyages, many of our ship’s companies had died, and still more were sick with scurvy through the unnatural tossing, or (as some have it) through the salt, unnatural food inseparable from shipboard. But these last the sight and the smells of land heartened up in extraordinary fashion, and from being helpless logs, unable to move even under blows of the scourge, they became active again, able to help in the shipwork, and lusty (when the time came) to fight for their lives and their vessels.

    From the moment that I was deposed in Yucatan, despite Tatho’s assurances, there had been doubts in my mind as to what nature would be my reception in

    p. 46

    [paragraph continues]Atlantis. But I had faced this event of the future without concern: it was in the hands of the Gods. The Empress Phorenice might be supreme on earth; she might cause my head to be lopped from its proper shoulders the moment I set foot ashore; but my Lord the Sun was above Phorenice, and if my head fell, it would be because He saw best that it should be so. On which account, therefore, I had not troubled myself about the matter during the voyage, but had followed out my calm study of the higher mysteries with an unloaded mind.

    But when our navy had retraced sufficiently the course that had been overrun, and came up with the two vast headlands which marked the entrance to the inland waters, there, a bare two days from the Atlantis capital, we met with another navy which was beyond doubt waiting to give us a reception. The ships were riding at anchor in a bay which lent them shelter, but they had scouts on the high land above, who cried the alarm of our approach, and when we rounded the headland, they were standing out to dispute our passage.

    Of us there were now but five ships, the rest having been lost in storms, or fallen behind because all their crews were dead from the scurvy; and of the strangers there were three fine ships, and three galleys of many oars apiece. They were clean and bright and black; our ships were storm-ragged and weather-worn, and had bottoms that were foul with trailing ocean weed. Our ships hung out the colors and signs of Tatho and Deucalion openly and without shame, so that all who looked might know their origin and

    p. 47

    errand; but the other navy came on without banner or antient, as though they were some low creatures feeling shame for their birth.

    Clear it seemed also that they would not let us pass without a fight, and in this there was nothing uncommon; for no law carries out over the seas, and a brother in one ship feels quite free to harry his brother in another vessel if he meets him out of earshot of the beach—more especially if that other brother be coming home laden from foray or trading tour. So Tob, with system and method, got our vessel into fighting trim, and the other four captains did the like with theirs, and drew close in to us to form a compact squadron. They had no wish to smell slavery, now that the voyage had come so near to its end.

    Our Lord the Sun shone brilliantly, giving full speed to the machines, as though He was fully willing for the affair to proceed, and the two navies approached one another with quickness, the three galleys holding back to stay in line with their consorts. But when some bare hundred ship-lengths separated us, the other navy halted, and one of the galleys drawing ahead, flew green branches from her masts, seeking for a parley.

    The course was unusual, but we in our sea-battered state were no navy to invite a fight unnecessarily. So in hoarse sea-bawls word was passed, and we too halted, and Tob hoisted a withered stick (which had to do duty for greenery), to show that we were ready for talk, and would respect the person of an ambassador.

    p. 48

    The galley drew on, swung round, and backed till its stern rasped on our shield rail, and one of her people clambered up and jumped down upon our decks. He was a dandily rigged-out fellow, young and lusty, and all healthy from the land and land victual, and he looked round him with a sneer at our sea-tatteredness, and with a fine self-confidence. Then seeing Tob, he nodded as one who meets an acquaintance. “Old pot-mate,” he said, “your woman waits for you up by the quay-side in Atlantis yonder, with four youngsters at her heels. I saw her not half a month ago.”

    “You didn’t come out here to tell me home news,” said Tob; “that I’ll be sworn. I’ve drunk enough pots with you, Dason, to know your pleasantries thoroughly.”

    “I wanted to point out to you that your home is still there, with your wife and children ready to welcome you.”

    “I am not a man that ever forgets it,” said Tob, grimly; “and because I’ve got them always at the back of my mind, I’ve sailed this ship over the top of more than one pirate, when, if I’d been a single man, I might have been e’en content to take the hap of slavery.”

    “Oh, I know you’re a desperate enough fellow,” said Dason, “and I’m free to confess that if it does come to blows we are likely to lose a few men before we get you and your cripples here and your crazy ships comfortably sunk. Our navy has its orders to carry out, and the cause of my embassage is this: we wish to see if you will act the sensible part and give

    p. 49

    us what we want, and so be permitted to go on your way home, with a skin that is unslit and dry.”

    “You have come to the wrong bird here for a plucking,” said Tob, with a heavy laugh. “We took no treasure or merchandise on board in Yucatan. We stayed in harbor long enough to cure our sea victual and fill with wood and water, and no longer. We sail back as we sailed out, barren ships. You will not believe me, of course; I would not have believed you had our places been changed; but you may go into the holds and search if you choose. You will find there nothing but a few poor sailormen half in pieces with the scurvy. No, you can steal nothing here but blows, Dason, and we will give you those with but little asking.”

    “I am glad to see that you state your cargo at such slender value,” said the envoy, “for it is the cargo I must take back with me on the galley, if you are to earn your safe conduct to home.”

    Tob knit his brows. ” You had better speak more plain,” he said. “I am a common sailor, and do not understand fancy talk.”

    “It is clear to see,” said Dason, “that you have been set to bring Deucalion back to Atlantis as a prop for Phorenice. Well, we others find Phorenice hard enough to fight against without further reinforcements, and so we want Deucalion in our own custody to deal with after our own fashion.”

    “And if I do the miser, and deny you this piece of my freight?”

    The spruce envoy looked round at the splintered ship and the battered navy beside her. “Why, then,

    p. 50

    [paragraph continues]Tob, we shall send you all to the fishes in very short time, and instead of Deucalion standing before the Gods alone, he will go down with a fine ragged company limping at his heels.”

    “I doubt it,” said Tob, “but we shall see. As for letting you have my lord Deucalion, that is out of the question. For see here, pot-mate Dason; in the first place, if I went to Atlantis without Deucalion, my other lord, Tatho, would come back one of these days, and in his hands I should die by the slowest of slow inches; in the second, I have seen my lord Deucalion kill a great sea-lizard, and he showed himself such a proper man that day that I would not give him up against his will, even to Tatho himself; and in the third place, you owe me for your share in our last wine-bout ashore, and I’ll see you with the nether Gods before I give you aught till you’ve settled that score.”—

    “Well, Tob, I hope you’ll drown easy. As for that wife of yours, I’ve always had a fancy for her myself, and I shall know how to find a use for the woman.”

    “I’ll draw your neck for that, you son of a European,” said Tob; “and if you do not clear off this deck I’ll draw it here. Go!” he cried, “you father of monkey children! Get away, and let me fight you fairly, or by my honor I’ll stamp the inwards out of you, and make your silly crew wear them as necklaces.”

    Upon which Dason went to his galley.

    Promptly Tob set going the machine on our own Bear, and bawled his orders right and left to the

    p. 51

    other ships. The crew might be weak with scurvy, but they were quick to obey. Instantly the five vessels were all started, and, because our Lord the Sun was shining brightly, got soon to the full of their pace. The whole of our small navy converged, singling out one ship of their opponents, and she, not being ready for so swift an attack, got flurried, and endeavored to turn and run for room, instead of trying to meet us bows on. As a consequence, the whole of our five ships hit her together on the broadside, tearing her planking with their underwater beaks, and sinking her before we had backed clear from the engage.

    But if we thus brought the enemy’s number down to five, and so equal to our own, the advantage did not remain with us for long. The three nimble galleys formed into line: their boatswain’s whips cracked as the slaves bent to their oars, and presently one of our own ships was gored and sunk, the men on her being killed in the water without hope of rescue.

    And then commenced a tight-locked mêlée that would have warmed the heart of the greatest warrior alive. The ships and the galleys were forced together and lay savagely grinding one another upon the swells, as though they had been sentient animals. The men on board of them shot their arrows, slashed with axes, thrust and hacked with swords, and hurled the throwing fire. But in every way the fight converged upon the Bear. It was on her that the enemy spent the fiercest of their spite; it was to the Bear that the other crews of Tatho’s navy rallied as their own vessels caught fire, or were sunk or taken.

    p. 52

    Battle is an old acquaintance with us of the Priestly Clan, and for those of us who have had to carve out territories for the new colonies, it comes with enough frequency to cloy even the most chivalrous appetite. So I can speak here as a man of experience. Up till that time, for half a life-span, I had heard men shout “Deucalion” as a battle-cry, and in my day had seen some lusty encounters. But this sea-fight surprised even me in its savage fierceness. The bleak, unstable element which surrounded us; the swaying decks on which we fought; the throwing fire, which burned flesh and wood alike with its horrid flame; the great, gluttonous, man-eating birds that hovered in the sky overhead; the man-eating fish that swarmed up from the seas around, gnawing and quarrelling over those that fell into the waters, all went to make up a circumstance fit to daunt the bravest men-at-arms ever gathered for an army.

    But these tarry shipmen faced it all with an indomitable courage, and never a cry of quailing. Life on the seas is so hard, and (from the beasts that haunt the great waters) so full of savage dangers, that Death has lost half his terrors to them through sheer familiarity. They were fellows who from pure lust for a fray would fight to a finish among themselves in the taverns ashore; and so here, in this desperate sea-battle, the passion for killing burned in them, as a fire stone from Heaven rages in a forest; and they took even their death-wounds laughing.

    On our side the battle-cry was “Tob!” and the name of this obscure ship-captain seemed to carry a confidence with it for our own crews that many a

    p. 53

    well-known commander might have envied. The enemy had a dozen rallying cries, and these confused them. But as their other ship commanders one by one were killed, and Dason remained, active with mischief, “Dason!” became the shout which was thrown back at us in response to our “Tob!”

    However, I will not load my page with further long account of this obscure sea-fight, whose only glory was its ferocity. One by one all the ships of either side were sunk, or lay with all their people killed, till finally only Dason’s galley and our own Bear were left. For the moment we were being mastered. We had a score of men remaining out of all those that manned the navy when it sailed from Yucatan, and the enemy had boarded us and made the decks of the Bear the field of battle. But they had been over busy with the throwing fire, and presently, as we raged at one another, the smoke and the flame from the sturdy vessel herself let us very plainly know that she was past salvation.

    But Tob was nothing daunted. “They may stay here and fry if they choose,” he shouted, with his great boisterous laugh, “but for ourselves the galley is good enough now. Keep a guard on Deucalion, and come with me, shipmates!”

    “Tob!” our fellows shouted in their ecstasy of fighting madness, and I too could not forbear sending out a “Tob!” for my battle-cry. It was a change for me not to be leader, but it was a luxury for once to fight in the wake of this Tob, despite his uncouthness of mien and plan. There was no stopping this new rush, though progress still was slow. Tob with

    p. 54

    his bloody axe cut the road in front, and we others, with the lust of battle filling us to the chin, raged like furies in his wake. Gods! but it was a fight.

    Ten of us won to the galley, with the flames and the smoke from the poor Bear spurting at our heels. We turned and stabbed madly at all who tried to follow, and hacked through the grapples that held the vessels to their embrace. The sea-swells spurned the Bear away.

    The slaves chained to the rowing-galley’s benches had interest neither one way nor the other, and looked on the contest with dull concern, save when some stray missile found a billet among them. But a handful of the fighting men had scrambled desperately on board of the galley after us, preferring any fate to a fiery death on the Bear, and these had to be dealt with promptly. Three, with their fighting fury still red-hot in them, had most wastefully to be killed out of mischief’s way; five, who had pitched their weapons into the sea, were chained to oar looms, in place of slaves who were dead; and there remained only Dason to have a fate apportioned.

    The fight had cooled out of him, and he had thrown his arms to the sea, and stood sullenly ready for what might befall; and to him Tob went up with an exulting face.

    “Ho, pot-mate Dason,” cried he, “you made a lot of talk an hour ago about that woman of mine, who lives with her brats on the quay-side in Atlantis yonder. Now, I’ll give you a pleasant choice; either I’ll take you along home, and tell her what you said before the whole ships’ company (that are for the

    “TOB WITH HIS BLOODY AXE”
    Click to enlarge

    “TOB WITH HIS BLOODY AXE”

    p. 55

    most part dead now, poor souls!), and I’ll leave her to perform on your carcass as she sees fit by way of payment; or, as the other choice, I’ll deal with you here now myself.”

    “I thank you for the chance,” said Dason, and knelt and offered his neck to the axe. So Tob cut off his head, sticking it on the galley’s beak as an advertisement of what had been done. The body he threw over the side, and one of the great man-eating birds that hovered near picked it up and flew away with it to its nest among the crags. And so we were free to get a meal of the fruits and the fresh meats which the galley offered, while the oar-slaves sent the galley rushing onward towards the capital.

    There was a wine-skin in the aftercastle, and I filled a horn and poured some out at Tob’s feet in salutation. “My man,” I said, “you have shown me a fight.”

    “Thanks,” said he, “and I know you are a judge. ’Twas pretty while it lasted; and, seeing that my lads were, for the most, scurvy-rotten, I will say they fought with credit. I have lost my lord Tatho’s navy, but I think Phorenice will see me righted there. If those that are against her took so much trouble to kill my lord Deucalion before he could come to her aid, I can fancy she will not be niggard in her joy when I put Deucalion safe, if somewhat dented and blood-bespattered, on the quay.”

    “The Gods know,” I said, for it is never my custom to discuss policies with my inferiors, even though etiquette be for the moment loosened, as ours was then by the thrill of battle. “The Gods will decide

    p. 56

    what is best for you, Tob, even as They have decided that it is best that I should go on to Atlantis.”

    The sailor held a horn filled from the wine-skin in his hand, and I think was minded to pour a libation at my feet, even as I had done at his. But he changed his mind, and emptied it down his throat instead. “It is thirsty work, this fighting,” he said, “and that drink comes very useful.”

    I put my hand on his blood-smeared arm. “Tob,” I said, “whether I step into power again, or whether I go to the block to-morrow, is another matter which the Gods alone know, but hear me tell you now, that if a chance is given me of showing my gratitude, I shall not forget the way you have served me in this voyage, and the way you have fought this day.”

    Tob filled another brimming horn from the wineskin and splashed it at my feet. “That’s good enough surety for me,” he said, “that my woman and brats never want from this day onward. The lord Deucalion for the block, indeed!”


    CHAPTER IV

    THE WELCOME OF PHORENICE

    NOW I can say it with all truth that, till the rival navy met us in the mouth of the gulf, I had thought little enough of my importance as a recruit for the Empress. But the laying in wait for us of those ships, and the wild ferocity with which they fought so that I might fall into their hands, were omens which the blindest could not fail to read. It was clear that I was expected to play a lusty part in the fortunes of the nation.

    But if our coming had been watched for by enemies, it seemed that Phorenice also had her scouts; and these saw us from the mountains, and carried news to the capital. The arm of the sea at the head of which the vast city of Atlantis stands, varies greatly in width. In places where the mountains have overboiled, and sent their liquid contents down to form hard stone below, the channel has barely a river’s wideness, and then beyond, for the next half-day’s sail, it will widen out into a lake, with the sides barely visible. Moreover, its course is winding, and so a runner who knows his way across the flats and the swamps, and between the smoking hills which lie along the shore, and did not get overcome by fire-streams, or water, or wandering beasts, could carry

    p. 58

    news overland from sea-coast to capital far speedier than even the most shrewdly whipped of galleys could ferry it along the water.

    Of course there were heavy risks that a lone traveller would not make a safe passage by this land route, if he were bidden to sacrifice all precautions to speed. But Phorenice was no niggard with her couriers. She sent a corps of twenty to the headland that overlooks the sea-entrance to the straits; they started with the news, each on his own route; and it says much for their speed and cleverness, that no fewer than seven of these agile fellows came through scathless with their tidings, and of the others it was said that quite three were known to have survived.

    Still, about this we had no means of knowing at the time, and pushed on in the fancy that our coming was quite unheralded. The slaves on the galley’s row-banks were for the most part savages from Europe, and the smell of them was so offensive that the voyage lost all its pleasures; and as, moreover, the wind carried with it an infinite abundance of small grit from some erupting fire mountain, we were anxious to linger as little as possible. Besides, if I may confess to such a thing without being unduly degraded, although by my priestly training I had been taught stoicism, and knew that all the future was in the hands of the Gods, I was frailly human still to have a very vast curiosity as to what would be the form of my own reception at Atlantis. I could imagine myself taken a formal prisoner on landing, and set on a formal trial to answer for my cure of the colony of Yucatan; I could imagine myself

    p. 59

    stepping ashore unknown and unnoticed, and after a due lapse being sent for by the Empress to take up new duties; but the manner of my real welcome was a thing I did not even guess at.

    We came in sight of the peak of the sacred mountain, with its glare of eternal fires which stand behind the city, one morning with the day’s break, and the whips of the boatswains cracked more vehemently, so that those offensive slaves should give the galley a final spurt. The wind was adverse, and no sail could be spread, but under oars alone we made a pretty pace, and the sides of the sacred mountain grew longer, and presently the peaks of the pyramids in the city, the towers of the higher buildings, began to show themselves as though they floated upon the gleaming water. It was twenty years since I had seen Atlantis last, and my heart glowed with the thought of treading again upon her paving stones.

    The splendid city grew out of the sea as we approached, and to every throb of the oars the shores leaped nearer. I saw the temple where I had been admitted first to manhood; I saw the pyramid in whose heart I had been initiated to the small mysteries; and then (as the lesser objects became discernible) I made out the house where a father and a mother had reared me, and my eyes became dim as the memories rose.

    We drew up outside the white walls of the harbor, as the law was, and the slaves panted and sobbed in quietude over the oar-looms. For vessels thus stationed there is, generally, a sufficiency of waiting, for a port-captain is apt to be so uncertain of his own

    p. 60

    dignity that he must e’en keep folks waiting to prove it to them. But here for us it might have been that the port-captain’s boat was waiting. The signal was sounded from the two castles at the harbor’s entrance, the chain which hung between them was dropped, and a ten-oared boat shot out from behind the walls as fast as oars could drive her. She raced up alongside and the questions were put:

    “That should be Dason’s galley?”

    “It was,” said Tob.

    “Oh, I saw Dason’s head on your beak,” said the port-captain. “You were Tatho’s captain?”

    “And am still. Tatho’s fleet was sent by Dason and his friends to the sea-floor, and so we took this stinking galley to finish the voyage in, seeing that it was the only craft left afloat.”

    The port-captain was roving his eye over the group of us who stood on the after-deck. “I fear me, captain, that you’ll have but a dangerous reception. I do not see my lord Deucalion. Or does he come with some other navy? Gods, captain, if you have let him get killed while under your charge, the Empress will have the skin torn slowly off you living.”

    “What with Phorenice and Tatho both so curious for his welfare,” said Tob, “my lord Deucalion seems but a dangerous passenger. But I shall save my hide this voyage.” He jerked at me with his thumb. “He’s there to put in a word for me himself.”

    The port-captain stared for a moment as if unbelieving, and then, as though satisfied, made obeisance like a fellow well used to ceremonial. “I trust my lord, in his infinite strength, will pardon my sin

    p. 61

    in not knowing him by his nobleness before. But truth to tell, I had looked to see my lord more suitably apparelled.”

    “Pish,” I said; “if I choose to dress simply, I cannot object to being mistaken for a simple man. It is not my pleasure to advertise my quality by the gauds on my garb. If you think amends are due to me, I pray of your charity that this inquisition may end.”

    The fellow was all bows and obsequiousness. “I am the humblest of my lord’s servants,” he said. “It will be my exceeding honor to pilot my lord’s galley into the berth appointed in harbor.”

    The boat shot ahead, and our galley-slaves swung into stroke again. Tob watched me with a dry smile as he stood directing the men at the helms.

    “Well,” I said, humoring his whim, “what is it?”

    “I’m thinking,” said Tob, “that my lord Deucalion will remember me only as a very rude fellow when he steps ashore among all this fine gentility.”

    “You don’t think,” said I, “anything of the kind.”

    “Then I must prove my refinement,” said Tob, “and not contradict.” He picked up my hand in his huge, hard fist, and pressed it. “By the Gods, Deucalion, you may be a great prince, but I’ve only known you as a man. You’re the finest fighter of beasts and men that walks this world to-day, and I love you for it. That spear-stroke of yours on the lizard is a thing the singers in the taverns shall make chants about.”

    We drew rapidly into the harbor, the soldiers in

    p. 62

    the entrance castle blowing their trumpets in welcome as we passed between them. The captain of the port had run up my banner to the mast-head of his boat, having been provided with one apparently for this purpose of announcement, and from the quays, across the vast basin of the harbor, there presently came to us the noises of musicians, and the pale glow of welcoming fires, dancing under the sunlight. I was almost awed to think that an Empress of Atlantis had come to such straits as to feel an interest like this in any mere returning subject.

    It was clear that nothing was to be done by halves. The port-captain’s boat led, and we had no choice but to follow. Our galley was run up alongside the royal quay and moored to its posts and rings of gold, all of which are sacred to the reigning house.

    “If Dason could only have foreseen this honor,” said Tob, with grisly jest, “I’m sure he’d have laid in a silken warp to make fast on the bollards instead of mere plebeian hemp. I’m sure there’d be a frown on Dason’s head this minute, if the sun hadn’t scorched it stiff. My lord Deucalion, will you pick your way with niceness over this common ship, and tread on the genteel carpet they’ve spread for you on the quay yonder?”

    The port-captain heard Tob’s rude banter and looked up with a face of horror, and I remembered, with a small sigh, that colonial freedom would have no place here in Atlantis. Once more I must prepare myself for all the dignity of rank, and make ready to tread the formalities of vast and gorgeous ceremonial.

    p. 63

    But, be these things how they may, a self-respecting man must preserve his individuality also; and though I consented to enter a pavilion of crimson cloth, specially erected to shelter me till the Empress should deign to arrive, there my complaisance ended. Again the matter of clothes was harped upon. The three gorgeously caparisoned chamberlains, who had inducted me to the shelter, laid before me changes of raiment bedecked with every imaginable kind of frippery, and would have me transform myself into a popinjay in fashion like their own.

    Curtly enough, I refused to alter my garb; and when one of them stammeringly referred to the Empress’s tastes I asked him with plainness if he had got any definite commands on this paltry matter from her mightiness.

    Of course he had to confess that there were none.

    Upon which I retorted that Phorenice had commanded Deucalion, the man, to attend before her, and had sent no word of her pleasure as to his outer casing.

    “This dress,” I said, “suits my temper well. It shields my poor body from the heat and the wind, and, moreover, it is clean. It seems to me, sirs,” I added, “that your interfering savors somewhat of an impertinence.”

    With one accord the chamberlains drew their swords and pushed the hilts towards me.

    “It would be a favor,” said their spokesman, “if the great lord Deucalion would take his vengeance now, instead of delivering us to the tormentors hereafter.”

    p. 64

    “Poof!” I said; “the matter is forgotten. You make too much of a little.”

    Nevertheless, their action gave me some enlightenment. They were perfectly in earnest in offering me the swords, and I recognized that this was a different Atlantis that I had come home to, where a man had dread of the torture for a mere difference concerning the cut of a coat.

    There was a bath in the pavilion, and in that I regaled myself gladly, though there was some paltry scent added to the water that took away half its refreshing power; and then I set myself to wait with all outward composure and placidity. The chamberlains were too well-bred to break into my calm, and I did not condescend to small talk. So there we remained, the four of us, I sitting, they standing, with our Lord the Sun smiting heavily on the scarlet roof of the pavilion, while the music blared, and the welcoming fires dispersed their odors from the great paved square without, which faced upon the quay.

    It has been said that the great should always collect dignity by keeping those of lesser degree waiting their pleasure, though for myself I must say I have always thought the stratagem paltry and beneath me. Phorenice also seemed of this same opinion, for (as she herself told me later) at the moment that Tob’s galley was reported as having its flank against the marble of the royal quay, at that precise moment did she start out from the palace. The gorgeous procession was already marshalled, bedecked, and waiting only for its chiefest ornament; and as soon as she

    p. 65

    had mounted to her steed, trumpets gave the order, and the advance began.

    Sitting in the doorway of the pavilion, I saw the soldiery who formed the head of this vast concourse emerge from the great broad street where it left the houses. They marched straight across to give me the salute, and then ranged themselves on the farther side of the square. Then came the Mariners’ Guild, then more soldiers, all making obeisance in their turn, and passing on to make room for others. Following were the merchants, the tanners, the spear-makers, and all the other acknowledged guilds, deliberately attired (so it seemed to me) that they might make a pageant; and while most walked on foot, there were some who proudly rode on beasts which they had tamed into rendering them this menial service.

    But presently came the two wonders of all that dazzling spectacle. From out of the eclipse of the houses there swung into the open no less a beast than a huge bull mammoth. The sight had sufficient surprise in it almost to make me start. Many a time during my life had I led hunts to kill the mammoth, when a herd of them had raided some village or corn-land under my charge. I had seen the huge brutes in the wild ground, shaggy, horrid, monstrous; more fierce than even the cave-tiger or the cave-bear; most dangerous beast of all that fight with man for dominion of the earth, save only for a few of the greater lizards. And here was this creature, a giant even among mammoths, yet tame as any well-whipped slave, and bearing upon its back a great half-castle of gold, stamped with the outstretched hand, and bedecked

    p. 66

    with silver snakes. Its murderous tusks were gilded, its hairy neck was garlanded with flowers, and it trod on in the procession as though assisting at such pageantry was the beginning and end of its existence. Its tameness seemed a fitting symbol of the masterful strength of this new ruler of Atlantis.

    Simultaneously with the mammoth there came into sight that other and greater wonder, the mammoth’s mistress, the Empress Phorenice. The beast took my eye at the first, from its very uncouth hugeness, from its show of savage power restrained; but the lady who sat in the golden half-castle on its lofty back quickly drew away my gaze, and held it immovable from then onward with an infinite attraction.

    I stood to my feet when the people first shouted at Phorenice’s approach, and remained in the porch-way of my scarlet pavilion till her vast steed had halted in the centre of the square, and then I advanced across the pavement towards her.

    “On your knees, my lord,” said one of the chamberlains behind me, in a scared whisper.

    “At least with bent head,” urged another.

    But I had my own notions of what is due to one’s own self-respect in these matters, and I marched across the bare open space with head erect, giving the Empress gaze for gaze. She was clearly summing me up. I was frankly doing the like by her. Gods! but those few short seconds made me see a woman such as I never imagined could have lived.

    I know I have placed it on record earlier in this writing that, during all the days of a long official

    p. 67

    life, women have had no influence over me. But I have been quick to see that they often had a strong swaying power over the policies of others, and as a consequence I have made it my business to study them even as I have studied men. But this woman who sat under the sacred snakes in her golden half-castle on the mammoth’s back fairly baffled me. Of her thoughts I could read no single syllable. I could see a body slight, supple, and beautifully moulded; in figure rather small. Her face was a most perfect book of cleverness, yet she was fair, too, beyond belief, with hair of a lovely ruddiness, cut short in the new fashion, and bunching on her shoulders. And eyes! Gods! who could plumb the depths of Phorenice’s eyes, or find in mere tint a trace of their heaven-made color?

    It was plain, also, that she in her turn was searching me down to my very soul, and it seemed that her scrutiny was not without its satisfaction. She moved her head in little nods as I drew near, and when I did the requisite obeisance permitted to my rank, she bade me, in a voice loud and clear enough for all at hand to hear, never to put forehead on the ground again on her behalf so long as she ruled in Atlantis.

    “For others,” she said, “it is fitting that they should do so, once, twice, or several times, according to their rank and station, for I am Empress, and they are all so far beneath me; but you are Deucalion, my lord; and though till to-day I knew you only from pictures drawn with tongues, I have seen you now, and have judged for myself. And so I make this decree: Deucalion is above all other men in

    p. 68

    [paragraph continues]Atlantis, and if there is one who does not render him obedience, that man is enemy also of Phorenice, and shall feel her anger.”

    She made a sign, and a stair was brought, and then she called to me, and I mounted and sat beside her in the golden half-castle under the canopy of royal snakes. The girl who stood behind in attendance fanned us both with perfumed feathers, and at a word from Phorenice the mammoth was turned, bearing us back towards the royal pyramid by the way through which it had come. At the same time also all the other machinery of splendor was put in motion. The soldiers and the gaudily bedecked civil traders fell into procession before and behind, and I noted that a body of troops, heavily armed, marched on each of the mammoth’s flanks.

    Phorenice turned to me with a smile. “You piqued me,” she said, “at first.”

    “Your majesty overwhelms me with so much notice.”

    “You looked at my steed before you looked at me. A woman finds it hard to forgive a slight like that.”

    “I envied you the greatest of your conquests, and do still. I have fought mammoths myself, and at times have killed, but I never dared even to think of taking one alive and bringing it into tameness.”

    “You speak boldly,” she said, still smiling, “and yet you can turn a pretty compliment. Faugh! Deucalion, the way these people fawn on me gives me a nausea. I am not of the same clay as they are, I know; but just because I am the daughter of Gods they must needs feed me on the pap of insincerity.”

    p. 69

    So Tatho was right, and the swineherd was forgotten. Well, if she chose to keep up the fiction she had made, it was not my part to contradict her. Rightly or wrongly, she was Empress, and without competitor, and anyway I was her servant.

    “I have been pining this long enough for a stronger meat than they can give,” she went on, “and at last I have sent for you. I have been at some pains to procure my tongue-pictures of you, Deucalion, and though you do not know me yet, I may say I knew you with all thoroughness even before we met. I can admire a man with a mind great enough to forego the silly gauds of clothes, or the excesses of feasts, or the pamperings of women.” She looked down at her own silks and her glittering jewels. “We women like to carry colors upon our persons, but that is a different matter. And so I sent for you here to be my minister, and bear with me the burden of ruling.”

    “There should be better men in broad Atlantis.”

    “There are not, my lord, and I who know them all by heart tell you so. They are all enamoured of my poor person; they weary me with their empty phrases and their importunities; and, though they are always brimming with their cries of service, their own advancement and the filling of their own treasuries ever comes first with them. So I have sent for you, Deucalion, the one strong man in all the world. You at least will not sigh to be my lover?”

    I saw her watching for my answer from the corner of her eyes. “The Empress,” I said, “is my mistress, and I will be an honest minister to her. With

    p. 70

    [paragraph continues]Phorenice, the woman, it is likely that I shall have little enough to do. Besides, I am not the sort that sports with this toy they call love.”

    “And yet you are a personable man enough,” she said, rather thoughtfully. “But that still further proves your strength, Deucalion. You at least will not lose your head through weak infatuation for my poor looks and graces.” She turned to the girl who stood behind us. “Ylga, fan not so violently.”

    Our talk broke off then for the moment, and I had time to look about me. We were passing through the chief street in the fairest, the most wonderful city this world has ever seen. I had left it a score of years before, and was curious to note its increase.

    In public buildings the city had certainly made growth; there were new temples, new pyramids, new palaces, and statuary everywhere. Its greatness and magnificence impressed me more strongly even than usual, returning to it as I did from such a distance of time and space, for, though the many cities of Yucatan might each of them be princely, this great capital was a place not to be compared with any of them. It was imperial and gorgeous beyond descriptive words.

    Yet most of all was I struck by the poverty and squalor which stood in such close touch with all this magnificence. In the throngs that lined the streets there were gaunt bodies and hungry faces everywhere. Here and there stood one, a man or a woman, as naked as a savage in Europe, and yet dull to shame. Even the trader, with trumpery gauds on his coat,

    p. 71

    aping the prevailing fashion for display, had a scared, uneasy look to his face, as though he had forgotten the mere name of safety, and hid a frantic heart with his tawdry outward vauntings of prosperity.

    Phorenice read the direction of my looks.

    “The season,” she said, “has been unhealthy of recent months. These lower people will not build fine houses to adorn my city, and because they choose to live on in their squalid, unsightly kennels, there have been calentures and other sicknesses among them, which make them disinclined for work. And then, too, for the moment, earning is not easy. Indeed, you may say trade is nearly stopped this last half-year, since the rebels have been hammering so lustily at my city gates.”

    I was fairly startled out of my decorum.

    “Rebels!” I cried, “who are hammering at the gates of Atlantis? Is the city in a state of siege?”

    “Of their condescension,” said Phorenice, lightly, “they are giving us holiday to-day, and so, happily, my welcome to you comes undisturbed. If they were fighting, your ears would have told you of it. To give them their due, they are noisy enough in all their efforts. My spies say they are making ready new engines for use against the walls, which you may sally out to-morrow and break if it gives you amusement. But for to-day, Deucalion, I have you, and you have me, and there is peace round us, and some prettiness of display. If you ask for more I will give it you.”

    “I did not know of this rebellion,” I said, “but as your Majesty has made me your minister, it is

    p. 72

    well that I should know all about its scope at once. This is a matter we should be serious upon.”

    “And do you think I cannot take it seriously also?” she retorted. “Ylga,” she said to the girl that stood behind, “set loose my dress at the shoulder.”

    And when the attendant had unlinked the jewelled clasp (as it seemed to me with a very ill grace), she herself stripped down the fabric, baring the pure skin beneath, and showing me just below the curve of the left breast a bandage of blood-stained linen.

    “There is a guarantee of my seriousness yesterday, at any rate,” she said, looking at me sidelong. “The arrow struck on a rib, and that saved me. If it had struck between, Deucalion would have been standing beside my funeral-pyre to-day instead of riding on this pretty steed of mine which he admires so much. Your eye seems to feast itself most on the mammoth, Deucalion. Ah, poor me. I am not one of your shaggy creatures, and so it seems I shall never be able to catch your regard. Ylga,” she said to the girl behind, “you may link my dress up again with its clasp. My lord Deucalion has seen wounds before, and there is nothing else here to interest him.”


    CHAPTER V

    ZAEMON’S CURSE

    IT appeared that for the present, at any rate, I was to have my residence in the royal pyramid. The glittering cavalcade drew up in the great paved square which lies before the building, and massed itself in groups. The mammoth was halted before the doorway, and when a stair had been brought, the trumpets sounded, and we three who had ridden in the golden half-castle under the canopy of snakes, descended to the ground.

    It was plain that we were going from beneath the open sky to the apartments which lay inside the vast stone mazes of the pyramid, and without thinking, the instinct of custom and reverence that had become part of my nature caused me to turn to where the towering rocks of the Sacred Mountain frowned above the city, and make the usual obeisance, and offer up in silence the prescribed prayer. I say I did this thing unthinking, and as a matter of common custom, but when I rose to my feet, I could have sworn I heard a titter of laughter from somewhere in that fancifully bedecked crowd of onlookers.

    I glanced in the direction of the scoffers, frowningly enough, and then I turned to Phorenice to demand their prompt punishment for the disrespect.

    p. 74

    [paragraph continues]But here was a strange thing. I had looked to see her in the act and article of rising from an obeisance; but there she was, standing erect, and had clearly never touched her forehead to the ground. Moreover, she was regarding me with a queer look, which I could not fathom.

    But whatever was in her mind, she had no plan to bawl it about then before the people collected in the square. She said to me: “Come,” and, turning to the doorway, cried for entrance, giving the secret word appointed for the day. The ponderous stone blocks which barred the porch swung back on their hinges, and with stately tread she passed out of the hot sunshine into the cool gloom beyond, with the fan-girl following decorously at her heels. With a heaviness beginning to grow at my heart, I too went inside the pyramid, and the stone doors, with a sullen thud, closed behind us.

    We did not go far just then. Phorenice halted in the hall of waiting. How well I remembered the place, with the pictures of kings on its red walls, and the burning fountain of earth-breath which blazed from a jet of bronze in the middle of the flooring and gave it light. The old King that was gone had come this far of his complaisance when he bade me farewell as I set out twenty years before for my viceroyalty in Yucatan. But the air of the hall was different to what it had been in those old days. Then it was pure and sweet. Now it was heavy with some scent, and I found it languid and oppressive.

    “My minister,” said the Empress, “I acquit you

    p. 75

    of intentional insult; but I think the colonial air has made you a very simple man. Such an obeisance as you showed to that mountain not a minute since has not been made since I was sent to reign over this kingdom.”

    “Your Majesty,” I said, “I am a member of the Priests’ Clan and was brought up in their tenets. I have been taught, before entering a house, to thank the Gods, and more especially our Lord the Sun, for the good air that He and They have provided. It has been my fate more than once to be chased by streams of fire and stinking air among the mountains during one of their sudden boils, and so I can say the prescribed prayer upon this matter straight from my heart.”

    “Circumstances have changed since you left Atlantis,” said Phorenice, “and when thanks are given now, they are not thrown at those old Gods.”

    I saw her meaning, and almost started at the impiety of it. If this was to be the new rule of things, I would have no hand in it. Fate might deal with me as it chose. To serve truly a reigning monarch, that I was prepared for; but to palter with sacrilege, and accept a swineherd’s daughter as a God, who should receive prayers and obeisances, revolted my manhood. So I invited a crisis.

    “Phorenice,” I said, “I have been a priest from my childhood up, revering the Gods, and growing intimate with their mysteries. Till I find for myself that those old things are false, I must stand by that allegiance, and if there is a cost for this faithfulness, I must pay it.”

    p. 76

    She looked at me with a slow smile. “You are a strong man, Deucalion,” she said.

    I bowed.

    “I have heard others as stubborn,” she said, “but they were converted.” She shook out the ruddy bunches of her hair, and stood so that the light of the burning earth-breath might fall on the loveliness of her face and form. “I have found it as easy to convert the stubborn as to burn them. Indeed, there has been little talk of burning. They have all rushed to conversion, whether I would or no. But it seems that my poor looks and tongue are wanting in charm to-day.”

    “Phorenice is Empress,” I said, stolidly, “and I am her servant. To-morrow, if she gives me leave, I will clear away this rabble which clamors outside the walls. I must immediately commence to prove my uses.”

    “I am told you are a pretty fighter,” said she. “Well, I hold some small skill in arms myself, and have a conceit that I am something of a judge. Tomorrow we will take a taste of battle together. But to-day I must carry through the honorable reception I have planned for you, Deucalion. The feast will be set ready soon, and you will wish to make ready for the feast. There are chambers here selected for your use, and stored with what is needful. Ylga will show you their places.”

    We waited, the fan-girl and I, till Phorenice had passed out of the glow of the light-jet, and had left the hall of waiting through a doorway among the shadows of its farther angle, and then (the girl taking

    p. 77

    a lamp and leading) we also threaded our way through the narrow mazes of the pyramid.

    Everywhere the air was full of perfumes, and everywhere the passages turned and twisted and doubled through the solid stone of the pyramid, so that strangers might have spent hours—yes, or days—in search before they came to the chamber they desired. There was a fine cunningness about those forgotten builders who set up this royal pyramid. They had no mind that kings should fall by the hand of vulgar assassins who might come in suddenly from outside. And it is said also that the king of the time, to make doubly sure, killed all that had built the pyramid, or seen even the lay of its inner stones.

    But the fan-girl led the way with the lamp swinging in her hand, as one accustomed to the mazes. Here she doubled, there she turned, and here she stopped in the middle of a blank wall to push a stone, which swung to let us pass. And once she pressed at the corner of a flagstone on the floor, which reared up to the thrust of her foot, and showed us a stair steep and narrow. That we descended, coming to the foot of an inclined way which led us upward again; and so by degrees we came unto the chamber which had been given for my use.

    “There is raiment in all these chests which stand by the walls,” said the girl, “and jewels and gauds in that bronze coffer. They are Phorenice’s first presents, she bid me say, and but a small earnest of what is to come. My lord Deucalion can drop his simplicity now, and fig himself out in finery to suit the fashion.”

    p. 78

    “Girl,” I said, sharply, “be more decorous with your tongue, and spare me such small advice.”

    “If my lord Deucalion thinks this a rudeness, he can give a word to Phorenice, and I shall be whipped. If he asks it, I can be stripped and scourged before him. The Empress will do much for Deucalion just now.”

    “Girl,” I said, “you are nearer to that whipping than you think for.”

    “I have got a name,” she retorted, looking at me sullenly from under her black brows. “They call me Ylga. You might have heard that as we rode here on the mammoth, had you not been so wrapped up in Phorenice.”

    I gazed at her curiously. “You have never seen me before,” I said, “and the first words you utter are those that might well bring trouble to yourself. There is some object in all this.”

    She went and pushed to the massive stone that swung in the doorway of the chamber. Then she put her little jewelled fingers on my garment and drew me carefully away from the air-shaft into the farther corner. “I am the daughter of Zaemon,” she said, “whom you knew.”

    “You bring me some message from him?”

    “How could I? He lives in the priests’ dwellings on the mountain you did obeisance to. I have not put eyes on him these two years. But when I saw you first step out from that red pavilion they had pitched at the harbor side, I—I felt a pity for you, Deucalion. I remembered you were my father’s, Zaemon’s friend, and I knew what Phorenice had

    p. 79

    in store. She has been plotting it all these two months.”

    “I cannot hear words against the Empress.”

    “And yet—”

    “What?”

    She stamped her sandal upon the stone of the floor. “You must be a very blind man, Deucalion, or a very daring one. But I shall not interfere further; at least, not now. I shall watch, and if at any time you seem to want a friend I will try and serve you.”

    “I thank you for your friendship.”

    “You seem to take it lightly enough. Why, sir, even now I do not believe you know my power, any more than you guess my motive. You may be first man in this kingdom, but let me tell you I rank as second lady. And remember, women stand high in Atlantis now. Believe me, my friendship is a commodity that has been sought with frequence and industry.”

    “And, as I say, I am grateful for it. You seem to think little enough of my gratitude, Ylga; but, credit me, I never have bestowed it on a woman before, and so you should treasure it for its rarity.”

    “Well,” she said, “my lord, there is an education before you.” She left me then, showing me how to call slaves when I wished for their help, and for a full minute I stood wondering at the words I had spoken to her. Who was this daughter of Zaemon that she should induce me to change the habit of a lifetime?

    The slaves came at my bidding, and showed themselves anxious to deck me with a thousand foolishnesses

    p. 80

    in the matter of robes and gauds, and (what seemed to be the modern fashion of their class) holding out the virtues of a score of perfumes and unguents. Their manner irritated me. Clean I was already, and shaved; my hair was trim, and my robe was unsoiled; and, considering these pressing attentions of theirs something of an impertinence, I set them to beat one another as a punishment, promising that if they did not do it with thoroughness, I would hand them on to the brander to be marked with stripes which would endure. It is strange, but a common menial can often surpass even a rebellious general in power of ruffling one.

    I had seen many strange sights that day, and undergone many new sensations; but of all the things which came to my notice, Phorenice’s manner of summoning the guests to her feast surprised me most. Nay, it did more; it shocked me profoundly; and I cannot say whether amazement at her profanity, or wonder at her power, was for the moment strongest in my breast. I sat in my chamber awaiting the summons, when gradually, growing out of nothing, a sound fell upon my ear which increased in volume with infinitely small gradations, till at last it became a clanging din which hurt the ear with its fierceness; and then (I guessed what was coming) the whole massive fabric of the pyramid trembled and groaned and shook, as though it had been merely a child’s wooden toy brushed about by a strong man’s sandal.

    It was the portent served out yearly by the chiefs of the Priests’ Clan on the Sacred Mountain, when

    p. 81

    they bade all the world take count of their sins. It was the sacred reminder that from roaring, raging fire, and from the agony of monstrous earth-tremors, man had been born, and that by these same agencies he would eventually be swallowed up—he and the sins within his breast. And here the Empress was prostituting its solemnities into a mere call to gluttony, and sign for ribald laughter and sensuous display.

    But how had she acquired the authority to do this thing? Who was she that she should tamper with those dimly understood powers, the forces that dwell within the liquid heart of our mother earth? Had there been treachery? Had some member of the Priests’ Clan forgotten his sacred vows, and babbled to this woman matters concerning the holy mysteries? Or had Phorenice discovered a key to these mysteries with her own agile brain?

    If that last was the case, I could continue to serve her with silent conscience. Though she might be none of my making, at least she was Empress, and it was my duty to give her obedience. But if she had suborned some weaker member of the Clan on the Sacred Mount, that would be a different matter. For be it remembered that it was one of the elements of our constitution to preserve our secrets and mysteries inviolate, and to pursue with undying hatred both the man who had dared to betray them and the unhappy recipient of his confidence.

    It was with very undecided feelings, then, that I obeyed the summons of the earth-shaking, and bade the slaves lead me through the windings of the pyramid

    p. 82

    to the great banqueting-hall. The scene there was dazzling. The majestic chamber with its marvellous carvings was filled with a company decked out with all the gauds and colors that fancy could conceive. Little reeked they of the solemn portent which had summoned them to the meal, of the death and misery that stalked openly through the city wards without, of the rebels which lay in leaguer beyond the walls, of the neglected Gods and their clan of priests on the Sacred Mountain. They were all gluttonous for the passions of the moment: it was their fashion and conceit to look at nothing beyond.

    Flaming jets of earth-breath lit the great hall to the brightness of mid-day; and when I stepped out upon the pavement, trumpets blared, so that all might know of my coming. But there was no roar of welcome. “Deucalion,” they lisped with mincing voices, bowing themselves ridiculously to the ground so that all their ornaments and silks might jangle and swish. Indeed, when Phorenice herself appeared, and all sent up their cries and made lawful obeisance, there was the same artificiality in the welcome. They meant well enough, it is true; but this was the new fashion. Heartiness had come to be accounted a barbarism by this new culture.

    A pair of posturing, smirking chamberlains took me in charge, and ushered me with their flimsy golden wands to the dais at the farther end. It appeared that I was to sit on Phorenice’s divan, and eat my meat out of her dish.

    “There is no stint to the honor the Empress puts upon me,” I said, as I knelt down and took my seat.

    p. 83

    She gave me one of her queer, sidelong looks. “Deucalion may have more beside, if he asks for it prettily. He may have what all the other men in the known world have sighed for, and what none of them will ever get. But I have given enough of my own accord; he must ask me warmly for those further favors.”

    “I ask,” I said, “first, that I may sweep the boundaries clear of this rabble which is clamoring against the city walls.”

    “Pah!” she said, and frowned. “Have you appetite only for the sterner pleasures of life? My good Deucalion, they must have been rustic folk in that colony of yours. Well, you shall give me news now of the toothsomeness of this feast.”

    Dishes and goblets were placed before us, and we began to eat, though I had little enough appetite for victual so broken and so highly spiced. But if this finicking cookery and these luscious wines did not appeal to me, the other diners in that gorgeous hall appreciated it all to the full. They sat about in groups on the pavement beneath the light-jets like a tangle of rainbows for color, and according to the new custom they went into raptures and ecstasies over their enjoyment. Women and men both, they lingered over each titillation of the palate as though it were a caress of the Gods.

    Phorenice, with her quick, bright eyes, looked on, and occasionally flung one or another a few words between her talk with me, and now and again called some favored creature up to receive a scrap of viand from the royal dish. This the honored one would

    p. 84

    eat with extravagant gesture, or (as happened twice) would put it away in the folds of his clothes as a treasure too dear to be profaned by human lips.

    To me this flattery appeared gross and disgustful, but Phorenice, through use, perhaps, seemed to take it as merely her due. There was, one had to suppose, a weakness in her somewhere, though truly to the outward seeing none was apparent. Her face was strong enough, and it was subtle also, and, moreover, it was wondrous comely. All the courtiers in the banqueting-hall raved about Phorenice’s face and the other beauties of her body and limbs; and though not given to appreciation in these matters, I could not but see that here at least they had a groundwork for their admiration; for surely the Gods have never favored mortal woman more highly. Yet lovely though she might be, for myself I preferred to look upon Ylga, the girl, who, because of her rank, was privileged to sit on the divan behind us as immediate attendant. There was an honesty in Ylga’s face which Phorenice’s lacked.

    They did not eat to nutrify their bodies, these feasters in the banqueting-hall of the royal pyramid, but they all ate to cloy themselves, and they strutted forth new usages with every platter and bowl that the slaves brought. To me some of their manners were closely touching on disrespect. At the half-way of the meal a gorgeous popinjay—he was a governor of an out-province driven into the capital by a rebellion in his own lands—this gorgeous fop, I say, walked up between the groups of feasters with flushed face and unsteady gait, and did obeisance before the divan.

    p. 85

    [paragraph continues]“Most astounding Empress,” cried he, “fairest among the Goddesses, Queen regnant of my adoring heart, hail!”

    Phorenice with a smile stretched him out her cup. I looked to see him pour respectful libation, but no such thing. He set the drink to his lips and drained it to the final drop. “May all your troubles,” he cried, “pass from you as easily, and leave as pleasant a flavor.”

    The Empress turned to me with one of her quick looks. “You do not like this new habit?”

    To which I replied bluntly enough that to pour out liquor at a person’s feet had grown through custom to be a mark of respect, but that drinking it seemed to me mere self-indulgence, which might be practised anywhere.

    “You still keep to the old austere teachings,” she said. ” Our newer code bids us enjoy life first, and order other things so as not to meddle with our more immediate pleasure.”

    And so the feast went on, the guests practising their gluttonies and their absurdities, and the guards standing to their arms round the circuit of the walls as motionless and as stern as the statues carven in the white stone beyond them. But a term was put to the orgie with something of suddenness. There was a stir at the farther doorway of the banqueting-hall, and a clash, as two of the guards joined their spears across the entrance. But the man they tried to stop—or perhaps it was to pin—passed them unharmed, and walked up over the pavement between the lights and the groups of feasters. All looked round at him;

    p. 86

    a few threw him ribald words; but none ventured to stop his progress. A few, women chiefly, I could see shuddered as he passed them by, as though a wintry chill had come over them; and in the end he walked up and stood in front of Phorenice’s divan, and gazed fixedly on her, but without making obeisance.

    He was a frail old man, with white hair tumbling on his shoulders, and ragged white beard. The mud of wayfaring hung in clots on his feet and legs. His wizened body was bare save for a single cloth wound about his shoulders and his loins, and he carried in his hand a wand with the Symbol of our Lord the Sure glowing at its tip. That wand went to show his caste, but in no other way could I recognize him.

    I took him for one of those ascetics of the Priests’ Clan, who had forsworn the steady nurtured life of the Sacred Mountain, and who lived out in the dangerous lands among the burning hills, where there is daily peril from falling rocks, from fire streams, from evil vapors, from sudden fissuring of the ground, and from other movements of those unstable territories, and from the greater lizards and other monstrous beasts which haunt them. These keep constant in the memory the might of the Holy Gods, and the insecurity of this frail earth on which we have our resting-place, and so the sojourners there become chastened in the spirit, and gain power over mysteries which even the most studious and learned of other men can never hope to attain.

    A silence filled the room when the old man came to his halt, and Phorenice was the first to break it. “Those two guards,” she said, in her clear, carrying

    p. 87

    voice, “who held the door, are not equal to their work. I cannot have imperfect servants: remove them.”

    The soldiers next in the rank lifted their spears and drove them home, and the two fellows who had admitted the old man fell to the ground. One shrieked once, the other gave no sound: they were clever thrusts both.

    The old man found his voice, thin, and high, and broken. “Another crime added to your tally, Phorenice. Not half your army could have hindered my entrance had I wished to come, and let me tell you that I am here to bring you your last warning. The Gods have shown you much favor; They gave you merit by which you could rise above your fellows, till at last only the throne stood above you. It was seen good by those on the Sacred Mountain to let you have this last ambition, and sit on this throne that has so long and honorably been filled by the ancient kings of Atlantis.”

    The Empress sat back on the divan smiling. “I seemed to get these things as I chose, and in spite of your friends’ teeth. I may owe to you, old man, a small parcel of thanks, though that I offered to repay; but for my lords the priests, their permission was of small enough value when it came. I would have you remember that I was as firm on the throne of Atlantis as this pyramid stands upon its base when your worn-out priests came up to give their tottering benediction.”

    The old man waved aside her interruption. “Hear me out,” he said. “I am here with no trivial message.

    p. 88

    [paragraph continues]There is nothing paltry about the threat I can throw at you, Phorenice. With your fire-tubes, your handling of troops, and your other fiendish clevernesses, you may not be easy to overthrow by mere human means, though, forsooth, these poor rebels who yap against your city walls have contrived to hold their ground for long enough now. It may be that you are becoming enervated; I do not know. It may be that you are too wrapped up in your feastings, your dressings, your pomps, and your debaucheries, to find leisure to turn to the art of war. It may be that the man’s spirit has gone out from your arm and brain, and you are a woman once more—weak, and pleasure-loving; again I do not know.

    “But this must happen: You must undo the evil you have done; you must give bread, to the people who are starving, even if you take it from these gluttons in this hall; you must restore Atlantis to the state in which it was intrusted to you: or else you must be removed. It cannot be permitted that the country should sink back into the lawlessness and barbarism from which its ancient kings have digged it. You hear, Phorenice. Now give me true answer.”

    “Speak him fair. Oh! for the sake of your fortune, speak him fair,” came Ylga’s voice in a hurried whisper from behind us. But the Empress took no notice of it. She leaned forward on the cushions of the divan with a knit brow.

    “Do you dare to threaten me, old man, knowing what I am?”

    “I know your origin,” he said, gravely, “as well

    p. 89

    as you know it yourself. As for my daring, that is a small matter. He need be but a timid man who dares to say words that the High Gods put on his lips.”

    “I shall rule this kingdom as I choose. I shall brook interference from no creature on this earth, or beneath it, or in the sky above. The Gods have chosen me to be Their regent in Atlantis, and They do not depose me through such creatures as you. Go away, old man, and play the fanatic in another court. It is well that I have an ancient kindliness for you, or you would not leave this place unharmed.”

    “Now, indeed, you are lost,” I heard Ylga murmur from behind, and the old man in front of us did not move a step. Instead, he lifted up the Symbol of our Lord the Sun, and launched his curse. “Your blasphemy gives the reply I asked for. Hear me now make declaration of war on behalf of Those against whom you have thrown your insults. You shall be overthrown and sent to the nether Gods. At whatever cost the land shall be purged of you and yours, and all the evil that has been done to it while you have sullied the throne of its ancient kings. You will not amend, neither will you yield tamely. You vaunt that you sit as firm on your throne as this pyramid reposes on its base. See how little you know of what the future carries. I say to you that, while you are yet Empress, you shall see this royal pyramid which you have polluted with your debaucheries torn tier from tier, and stone from stone, and scattered as feathers spread before a wind.”

    p. 90

    “You may wreck the pyramid,” said Phorenice, contemptuously. “I myself have some knowledge of the earth forces, as I have shown this night. But though you crumble every stone above us now and around into grit and dust, I shall still be Empress. What force can you crazy priests bring against me that I cannot throw back and destroy?”

    “We have a weapon that was forged in no mortal smithy,” shrilled the old man, “whereof the key is now lodged in the Ark of the Mysteries. But that weapon can be used only as a last resource. The nature of it even is too awful to be told in words. Our other powers will be launched against you first, and for this poor country’s sake I pray that they may cause you to wince. Yet rest assured, Phorenice, that we shall not step aside once we have put a hand to this matter. We shall carry it through, even though the cost be a universal burning and destruction. For know this, daughter of the swineherd, it is agreed among the most High Gods that you are too full of sin to continue unchecked.”

    “Speak him fairly,” Ylga urged from behind. “He has a power at which you cannot even guess.”

    The Empress made to rise, but Ylga clung to her skirt. “For the sake of your fame,” she urged, “for the sake of your life, do not defy him.” But Phorenice struck her fiercely aside, and faced the old man in a tumult of passion. “You dare call me a blasphemer, who blaspheme yourself? You dare cast slurs upon my birth, who am come direct from the most high Heaven? Old man, your craziness protects you in part, but not in all. You shall be

    p. 91

    whipped. Do you hear me? I say, whipped. The lean flesh shall be scourged from your scraggy bones, and you shall totter away from this place as a red and bleeding example for those who would dare traduce their Empress. Here, some of you, I say, take that man, and let him be whipped where he stands.”

    Her cry went out clearly enough. But not a soul among those glittering feasters stirred in his place. Not a soldier among the guards stepped from his rank. The place was hung in a terrible silence. It seemed as though no one within the hall dared so much as to draw a breath. All felt that the very air was big with fate.

    Phorenice, with her head crouched forward, looked from one group to another. Her face was working. “Have I no true servants,” she asked, “among all you pretty lip-servers?”

    Still no one moved. They stood, or sat, or crouched like people fascinated. For myself, with the first words he had uttered, I had recognized the old man by his voice. It was Zaemon, the weak governor who had given the Empress her first step towards power; that earnest searcher into the mysteries, who knew more of their powers, and more about the hidden forces, than any other dweller on the Sacred Mountain, even at that time when I left for my colony. And now, during his strange hermit life, how much more might he not have learned? I was torn by warring duties. I owed much to the Priests’ Clan, by reason of my oath and membership; it seemed I owed no less to Phorenice. And, again, was Zaemon the truly accredited envoy of the high council of the

    p. 92

    priests of the Sacred Mountain? And was the Empress of a truth deposed by the High Gods above, or was she still Empress, and still the commander of my duty? I could not tell, and so I sat in my seat awaiting what the event would show.

    Phorenice’s fury was growing. “Do I stand alone here?” she cried. “Have I pampered you creatures out of all touch with gratitude? It seems that at least I want a new chief to my guards. Ho! who will be chief of the guards of the Empress?”

    There was a shifting of eyes, a hesitation. Then a great burly form strode up from the farther end of the hall, and a perceptible shudder went up from all the others as they watched him.

    “So, Tarca, you prefer to take the risks, and remain chief of the guard yourself?” she said, with an angry scoff. “Truly there did not seem to be many thrusting forward to strip you of the office. I shall have a fine sorting up of places in payment for this night’s work. But for the present, Tarca, do your duty.”

    The man came up, obviously timorous. He was a solidly made fellow, but not altogether unmartial, and though but little of his cheek showed above his decorated beard, I could see that he paled as he came near to the priest. “My lord,” he said, quietly, “I must ask you to come with me.”

    “Stand aside!” said the old man, thrusting out the Symbol in front of him. I could see his eyes gather on the soldier and his brows knit with a strain of will.

    Tarca saw this too, and I thought he would have

    p. 93

    fallen, but with an effort he kept his manhood, and doggedly repeated his summons. “I must obey the command of my mistress, and I would have you remember, my lord, that I am but a servant. You must come with me to the whip.”

    “I warn you!” cried the old man. “Stand from out of my path, you!”

    It must have been with the courage of desperation that the soldier dared to use force. But the hand he stretched out dropped limply back to his side the moment it touched the old man’s bare shoulder, as though it had been struck by some shock. He seemed almost to have expected some such repulse; yet when he picked up that hand with the other, and looked at it, and saw its whiteness, he let out of him a yell like a wounded beast. “Oh, Gods!” he cried, “not that. Spare me!”

    But Zaemon was glowering at him still. A twitching seized the man’s face, and he put up his sound hand to it and plucked at his beard, which was curled and plaited after the new fashion of the day. A woman standing near screamed as the half of the beard came off in his fingers. Beneath was silver whiteness over half his face. Zaemon had smitten him with a sudden leprosy that was past cure.

    Yet the punishment was not ended even then. Other twitchings took him on other parts of the body, and he tore off his armor and his foppish clothes, and always where the bare flesh showed, there had the horrid plague written its white mark; and in the end, being able to endure no more, the man fell to the pavement and lay there writhing.

    p. 94

    Zaemon said no further word. He lifted the Symbol before him, set his eyes on the farther door of the banqueting-hall, and walked for it directly, all those in his path shrinking away from him with open shudders. And through the valves of the door he passed out of our sight, still wordless, still unchecked.

    I glanced up at Phorenice. The loveliness of her face was drawn and haggard. It was the first great reverse, this, she had met with in all her life, and the shock of it, and the vision of what might follow after, dazed her. Alas, if she could only have guessed at a tenth of the terrors which the future had in its womb, Atlantis might have been saved even then.


    CHAPTER VI

    THE BITERS OF THE CITY WALLS

    HERE then was the manner of my reception back in the capital of Atlantis, and some first glimpse at her new policies. I freely confess to my own inaction and limpness; but it was all deliberate. The old ties of duty seemed lost, or at least merged in one another. Beforetime, to serve the king was to serve the Clan of the Priests, from which he had been chosen, and whose head he constituted. But Phorenice was self-made, and appeared to be a rule unto herself; if Zaemon was to be trusted, he was the mouthpiece of the Priests, and their Clan had set her at defiance; and how was a mere honest man to choose on the instant between the two?

    But cold argument told me that governments were set up for the good of the country at large, and I said to myself that there would be my choice: I must find out which rule promised best for Atlantis, and do my poor best to prop it into full power. And here at once there opened up another path in the maze: I had heard some considerable talk of rebels; of another faction of Atlanteans who, whatever their faults might be, were at any rate strong enough to beleaguer the capital; and before coming to any final decision, it would be as well to take their claims in balance

    p. 96

    with the rest. So, on the night of that very same day on which I had just replanted my foot on the old country’s shores, I set out to glean for myself tidings on the matter.

    No one inside the royal pyramid gainsaid me. The banquet had ended abruptly with the terrible scene that I have set down above on these tablets, for with Tarca writhing on the floor, and thrusting out the gruesome scars of his leprosy, even the most gluttonous had little enough appetite for further gorging. Phorenice glowered on the feasters for a while longer in silent fury, but saying no further word; and then her eyes turned on me, though softened somewhat.

    “You may be an honest man, Deucalion,” she said, at length, “but you are a monstrous cold one. I wonder when you will thaw?” And here she smiled. “I think it will be soon. But for now I bid you farewell. In the morning we will take this country by the shoulders, and set it in some new order.”

    She left the banqueting-hall then, Ylga following; and, taking precedence of my rank, I went out next, while all others stood and made salutation. But I halted by Tarca first, and put my hand on his unclean flesh. “You are an unfortunate man,” I said, “but I can admire a brave soldier. If relief can be gained for your plague, I will use interest to procure it for you.”

    The man’s thanks came in a mumble from his wrecked mouth, and some of those near shuddered in affected disgust. I turned on them with a black brow. “Your charity, my lords, seems of as small

    p. 97

    account as your courage. You affected a fine disbelief of Zaemon’s sayings, and a simpering contempt for his priesthood, but when it comes to laying a hand on him, you show a discretion which, in the old days, we should have called by an ugly name. I had rather be Tarca, with all his uncleanness, than any of you now as you stand.”

    With which leave-taking I waited coldly till they gave me my due salutation, and. then walked out of the banqueting-hall without offering a soul another glance. I took my way to the grand gate of the pyramid, called for the officer of the guard, and demanded exit. The man was obsequious enough, but he opened with some demur.

    “My lord’s attendants have not yet come up?”

    “I have none.”

    “My lord knows the state of the streets?”

    “I did twenty years back. I shall be able to pick my way.”

    “My lord must remember that the city is beleaguered,” the fellow persisted. “The people are hungry. They prowl in bands after nightfall, and—I make no question that my lord would conquer in a fight against whatever odds, but—”

    “Quite right. I covet no street scuffle to-night. Lend me, I pray you, a sufficiency of men. You will know best what are needed. For me, I am accustomed to a city with quiet streets.”

    A score of sturdy fellows were detailed off for my escort, and with them in a double file on either hand, I marched out from the close perfumed air of the pyramid into the cool moonlight of the city. It was

    p. 98

    my purpose to make a tour of the walls and to find out somewhat of the disposition of these rebels.

    But the Gods saw fit to give me another education first. The city, as I saw it during that night walk, was no longer the old capital that I had known, the just accretion of the ages, the due admixture of comfort and splendor. The splendor was there, vastly increased. Whole wards had been swept away to make space for new palaces and new pyramids of the wealthy, and I could not but have an admiration for the skill and the brain which had made possible such splendid monuments.

    And, indeed, gazing at them there under the silver of the moonlight, I could almost understand the emotions of the Europeans and other barbarous savages which cause them to worship all such great buildings as Gods, since they deem them too wonderful and majestic to be set up by human hands unaided.

    Still, if it was easy to admire, it was simple also to see plain advertisement of the cost at which these great works had been reared. From each grant of ground, where one of these stately piles earned silver under the moon, a hundred families had been evicted and left to harbor as they pleased in the open; and, as a consequence, now every niche had its quota of sleepers, and every shadow its squad of fierce wild creatures, ready to rush out and rob or slay all wayfarers of less force than their own.

    Myself, I am no pamperer of the common people. I say that, if a man be left to hunger and shiver, he will work to gain him food and raiment; and if not, why then he can die, and the State is well rid of a

    p. 99

    worthless fellow. But here beside us, as we marched through many wards, were marks of blind oppression; starved dead bodies, with the bones starting through the lean skin, sprawled in the gutter; and indeed it was plain that, save for the favored few, the people of the great capital were under a most heavy oppression.

    But at this, though I might regret it abominably, I could make no strong complaint. By the ancient law of the land all the people, great and small, were the servants of the king, to be put without question to what purposes he chose; and Phorenice stood in place of the king. So I tried to think no treason, but with a sigh passed on, keeping my eyes above the miseries and the squalors of the roadway, and sending out my thoughts to the stars which hung in the purple night above, and to the High Gods which dwelt among them, seeking, if it might be, for guidance for my future policies. And so in time the windings of the street brought us to the walls, and, coursing beside these and giving fitting answer to the sentries who beat their drums as we passed, we came in time to that great gate which was a charge to the captain of the garrison.

    Here it was plain there was some special commotion. A noise of laughter went up into the still night air, and with it now and again the snarl and roar of a great beast, and now and again the shriek of a hurt man. But whatever might be afoot, it was not a scene to come upon suddenly. The entrance gates of our great capital were designed by their ancient builders to be no less strong than the walls themselves.

    p. 100

    [paragraph continues]Four pairs of valves were there, each a monstrous block of stone two man-heights square, and a man-height thick, and the wall was doubled to receive them, inclosing an open circus between its two parts. The four gates themselves were set one at the inner, one at the outer side of each of these walls, and a hidden machinery so connected them that of each set one could not open till the other was closed; and as for forcing them without war engines, one might as foolishly try to push down the royal pyramid with the bare hand.

    My escort made outcry with the horn which hung from the wall inviting such a summons, and a warder came to an arrow-slit, and did inspection of our persons and business. His survey was according to the ancient form of words, which is long, and this was made still more tedious by the noise from within, which ever and again drowned all speech between us entirely.

    But at last the formalities had been duly complied with, and he shot back the massive bars and bolts of stone, and threw ajar one monstrous stone valve of the door. Into the chamber within—a chamber made from the thickness of the wall between the two doors—I and my fellows crowded, and then the warder with his machines pulled to the valve which had been opened, and came to me again through the press of my escort, bowing low to the ground.

    “I have no vail to give you,” I said, abruptly. “Get on with your duty. Open me that other door.”

    “With respect, my lord, it would be better that I should first announce my lord’s presence. There is

    p. 101

    a baiting going forward in the circus, and the tigers are as yet mere savages, and no respecters of persons.”

    “The what?”

    “The tigers, if my lord will permit them the name. They are baiting a batch of prisoners with the two great beasts which the Empress (whose name be adored) has sent here to aid us keep the gate. But if my lord will, there are the ward-rooms leading off this passage, and the galleries which run out from them commanding the circus, and from there my lord can see the sport undisturbed.”

    Now, the mere lust for killing excites only disgust in me, but I suspected the orders of the Empress in this matter, and had a curiosity to see her scheme. So I stepped into the warder’s lodge, and on into the galleries which commanded the circus with their arrow-slits. The old builders of the place had intended these for a second line of defence; for, supposing the outer doors all forced, an enemy could be speedily shot down in the circus, without being able to give a blow in return, and so would only march into a death-trap. But as a gazing-place on a spectacle they were no less useful.

    The circus was bright lit by the moonshine, and the air which came in to me from it was acid with the reek of blood. There was no sport in what was going forward: as I said, it was mere killing, and the sight disgusted me. I am no prude about this matter. Give a prisoner his weapons, put him in a pit with beasts of reasonable strength, and let him fight to a finish if you choose, and I can look on there and

    p. 102

    applaud the strokes. The war prisoner, being a prisoner, has earned death by natural law, and prefers to get his last stroke in hot blood than to be knocked down by the headsman’s axe. And it is any brave man’s luxury either to help or watch a lusty fight. But this baiting in the circus between the gates was no fair battle like that.

    To begin with, the beasts were no fair antagonists for single men. In fact, twenty men armed might well have fled from them. When the warder said tigers, I supposed he meant the great cats of the woods. But here, in the circus, I saw a pair of the most terrific of all the fur-bearing land beasts, the great tigers of the caves—huge monsters, of such ponderous strength that in hunger they will oftentimes drag down a mammoth, if they can find him away from his herd.

    How they had been brought captive I could not tell. Hunter of beasts though I had been for all my days, I take no shame in saying that I always approached the slaying of a cave-tiger with stratagem and infinite caution. To trap it alive and bring it to a city on a chain was beyond my most daring schemes, and I have been accredited with more new things than one. But here it was in fact, and I saw in these captive beasts a new certificate for Phorenice’s genius.

    The purpose of these two cave-tigers was plain: while they were in the circus, and loose, no living being could cross from one gate to the other. They were a new and sturdy addition to the defences of the capital. A collar of bronze was round the throat

    p. 103

    of each, and on the collar was a massive chain which led to the wall, where it could be played out or hauled in by means of a windlass in one of the hidden galleries. So that at ordinary moments the two huge beasts could be tethered, one close to either end of the circus, as the litter of bones and other messes showed, leaving free passageway between the two sets of doors.

    But when I stood there by the arrow-slit, looking down into the moonlight of the circus, these chains were slackened (though men stood by the windlass of each), and the great striped brutes were prowling about the circus with the links clanking and chinking in their wake. Lying stark on the pavement were the bodies of some eight men, dead and uneaten; and though the cave-tigers stopped their prowlings now and again to nuzzle these, and beat them about with playful paw-blows, they made no pretence at commencing a meal. It was clear that this cruel sport had grown common to them, and they knew there were other victims yet to be added to the tally.

    Presently, sure enough, as I watched, a valve of the farther gate sprung back an arm’s-length, and a prisoner, furiously resisting, was thrust out into the circus. He fell on his face, and after one look around him lay resolutely still, with eyes on the ground passively awaiting his fate. The ponderous stone of the gate clapped to in its place; the cave-tigers turned in their prowlings; and a clatter of wagers ran to and fro among the watchers behind the arrow-slits.

    It seemed there were niceties of cruelty in this

    p. 104

    wretched game. There was a sharp clank as the windlasses were manned, and the tethering chains were drawn in by perhaps a score of links. One of the cave-tigers crouched, lashed its tail, and launched forth on a terrific spring. The chain tautened, the massive links sang to the strain, and the great beast gave a roar which shook the walls. It had missed the prone man by a hand’s breadth, and the watchers behind the arrow-slits shrieked forth their delight. The other tiger sprang also and missed, and again there were shouts of pleasure, which mingled with the bellowing voices of the beasts. The man lay motionless in his form. One more cowardly, or one more brave, might have run from death, or faced it; but this poor prisoner chose the middle course—he permitted death to come to him, and had enough of doggedness to wait for it without stir.

    The great cave-tigers were used, it appeared, to this disgusting sport. There were no more wild springs, no more stubbings at the end of the massive chains. They lay down on the pavement, and presently began to purr, rolling on to their sides and rubbing themselves luxuriously. The prisoner still lay motionless in his form.

    By slow degrees the monstrous brutes each drew to the end of its chain and began to reach at the man with outstretched forepaw. The male could not touch him; the female could just reach him with the far tip of a claw; and I saw a red scratch start up in the bare skin of his side at every stroke. But still the prisoner would not stir. It seemed to me that they must slack out more links of one of the tiger’s

    “THE GREAT CAVE-TIGER”
    Click to enlarge

    “THE GREAT CAVE-TIGER”

    p. 105

    chains, or let the vile play linger into mere tediousness.

    But I had more to learn yet. The male tiger, either taught by his own devilishness, or by those brutes that were his keepers, had still another ruse in store. He rose to his feet and turned round, backing against the chain. A yell of applause from the hidden men behind the arrow-slits told that they knew what was in store; and then the monstrous beast, stretched to the utmost of its vast length, kicked sharply with one hind paw.

    I heard the crunch of the prisoner’s ribs as the pads struck him, and at the same moment the poor wretch’s body was spurned away by the blow, as one might throw a fruit with the hand. But it did not travel far. It was clear that the she-tiger knew this manœuvre of her mate’s. She caught the man on his bound, nuzzling over him a minute, and then tossing him high into the air, and leaping up to the full of her splendid height after him.

    Those other onlookers thought it magnificent; their gleeful shouts said as much. But for me, my gorge rose at the sight. Once the tigers had reached him, the man had been killed, it is true, without any unnecessary lingering. Even a light blow from those terrific paws would slay the strongest man living. But to see the two cave-tigers toying with the poor body was an insult to the pride of our race.

    However, I was not there to preach the superiority of man to the beasts, and the indecency and degradation of permitting man to be unduly insulted. I had come to learn for myself the new balance of things

    p. 106

    in the kingdom of Atlantis, and so I stood at my place behind the arrow-slit with a still face. And presently another scene in this ghastly play was enacted.

    The cave-tigers tired of their sport, and first one and then the other fell once more to prowling over the littered pavements, with the heavy chains scraping and chinking in their wake. They made no beginning to feast on the bodies provided for them. That would be for afterwards. In the present, the fascination of slaughter was big in them, and they had thought that it would be indulged further. It seemed that they knew their entertainers.

    Again the windlass clanked, and the tethering chains drew the great beasts clear of the doorway; and again a valve of the farther door swung ajar, and another prisoner was thrust struggling into the circus. A sickness seized me when I saw that this was a woman, but still, in view of the object I had in hand, I made no interruption.

    It was not that I had never seen women sent to death before. A general, who has done his fighting, must in his day have killed women equally with men; yes, and seen them earn their death-blow by lusty battling. Yet there seemed something so wanton in this cruel, helpless sacrifice of a woman prisoner, that I had a struggle with myself to avoid interference. Still it is ever the case that the individual must be sacrificed to a policy, and so, as I say, I watched on, outwardly cold and impassive.

    I watched too (I confess it freely) with a quickening heart. Here was no sullen, submissive victim

    p. 107

    like the last. She may have been more cowardly (as some women are), she may have been braver (as many women have shown themselves); but, at any rate, it was clear that she was going to make a struggle for her life, and to do vicious damage, it might be, before she yielded it up. The watchers behind the arrow-slits recognized this. Their wagers, and the hum of their appreciation, swept loudly round the ring of the circus.

    They stripped their prisoners, before they thrust them out to this death, of all the clothes they might carry, for clothes have a value; and so the woman stood there bared-limbed in the moonlight.

    She clapped her back to the great stone door by which she had entered, and faced fate with glowing eye. Gods! there have been times in early years when I could have plucked out sword and jumped down, and fought for her there for the sheer delight of such a battle. But now policy restrained me. The individual might want a helping hand, but it was becoming more and more clear that Atlantis wanted a minister also; and before these great needs, the lesser ones perforce must perish. Still, be it noted that, if I did not jump down, no other man there that night had sufficient manhood remaining to venture the opportunity.

    My heart glowed as I watched her. She picked a bone from the litter on the pavement and beat off its head by blows against the wall. Then with her teeth she fashioned the point to still further sharpness. I could see her teeth glisten white in the moon rays as she bit with them.

    p. 108

    The huge cave-tigers, which stood as high as her head as they walked, came nearer to her in their prowlings, yet obviously neglected her. This was part of their accustomed scheme of torment, and the woman knew it well. There was something intolerable in their noiseless, ceaseless paddings over the pavement. I could see the prisoner’s breasts heave as she watched them. A terror such as that would have made many a victim sick and helpless.

    But this one was bolder than I had thought. She did not wait for a spring: she made the first attack herself. When the she-tiger made its stroll towards her, and was in the act of turning, she flung herself into a sudden leap, striking viciously at its eye with her sharpened bone. A roar from the onlookers acknowledged the stroke. The cave-tiger’s eye remained undarkened, but the puny weapon had dealt it a smart flesh wound, and with a great bellow of surprise and pain it scampered away to gain space for a rush and a spring.

    But the woman did not await its charge. With a shrill scream she sped forward, running at the full of her speed across the moonlight directly towards that shadowed part of the encircling wall within whose thickness I had my gazing-place; and then, throwing every tendon of her body into the spring, made the greatest leap that surely any human being ever accomplished, even when spurred on by the utmost of terror and desperation. In an after day I measured it, and though of a certainty she must have added much to the tally by the sheer force of her run, which drove her clinging up the rough surface of the

    p. 109

    wall, it is a sure thing that in that splendid leap her feet must have dangled a man-height and a half above the pavement.

    I say it was prodigious, but then the spur was more than the ordinary, and the woman herself was far out of the common both in thews and intelligence; and the end of the leap left her with five fingers lodged in the sill of the arrow-slit from which I watched. Even then she must have slipped back if she had been left to herself, for the sill sloped, and the stone was finely smooth; but I shot out my hand and gripped hers by the wrist, and instantly she clambered up with both knees on the sill, and her fingers twined round to grip my wrist in her turn.

    And now you will suppose she gushed out prayers and promises, thinking only of safety and enlargement. There was nothing of this. With savage panting wordlessness she took fresh grip on the sharpened bone with her spare hand, and lunged with it desperately through the arrow-slit. With the hand that clutched mine she drew me towards her, so as to give the blows the surer chance, and so unprepared was I for such an attack, and with such fierce suddenness did she deliver it, that the first blow was near giving me my quietus. But I grappled with the poor frantic creature as gently as might be—the stone of the wall separating us always—and stripped her of her weapon, and held her firmly captive till she might calm herself.

    “That was an ungrateful blow,” I said. “But for my hand you’d have slipped and be the sport of a tiger’s paw this minute.”

    p. 110

    “Oh, I must kill some one,” she panted, “before I am killed myself.”

    “There will be time enough to think upon that some other day; but for now you are far enough off meeting further harm.”

    “You are lying to me. You will throw me to the beasts so soon as I loose my grip. I know your kind: you will not be robbed of your sport.”

    “I will go so far as to prove myself to you,” said I, and called out for the warder who had tended the doors below. “Bid those tigers be tethered on a shorter chain,” I ordered, “and then go yourself outside into the circus, and help this lady delicately to the ground.”

    The word was passed and these things were done, and I too came out into the circus and joined the woman, who stood waiting under the moonlight. But the others who had seen these doings were by no means suited at the change of plan. One of the great stone valves of the farther door opened hurriedly, and a man strode out, armed and flushed. “By all the Gods!” he shouted. “Who comes between me and my pastime?”

    I stepped quietly to the advance. “I fear, sir,” I said, “that you must launch your anger against me. By accident I gave that woman sanctuary, and I had not heart to toss her back to your beasts.”

    His fingers began to snap against his hilt.

    “You have come to the wrong market here with your qualms. I am captain here, and my word carries, subject only to Phorenice’s nod. Do you hear that? Do you know too that I can have you

    p. 111

    tossed to those striped gate-keepers of mine for meddling in here without an invitation?” He looked at me sharp enough, but saw plainly that I was a stranger. “But perhaps you carry a name, my man, which warrants your impertinence?”

    “Deucalion is my poor name,” I said, “but I cannot expect you will know it. I am but newly landed here, sir, and when I left Atlantis some score of years back, a very different man to you held guard over these gates.” He had his forehead on my feet by this time. “I had it from the Empress this night that she will to-morrow make a new sorting of this kingdom’s dignities. Perhaps there is some recommendation you would wish me to lay before her in return for your courtesies?”

    “My lord,” said the man, “if you wish it, I can have a turn with those cave-tigers myself now, and you can look on from behind the walls and see them tear me.”

    “Why tell me what is no news?”

    “I wish to remind my lord of his power; I wish to beg of his clemency.”

    “You showed your power to these poor prisoners; but, from what remains here to be seen, few of them have tasted much of your clemency.”

    “The orders were,” said the captain of the gate, as though he thought a word might be said here for his defence—”the orders were, my lord, that the tigers should be kept fierce and accustomed to killing.”

    “Then, if you have obeyed orders, let me be the last to chide you. But it is my pleasure that this

    p. 112

    woman be respited, and I wish now to question her.”

    The man got to his feet again with obvious relief, though still bowing low.

    “Then if my lord will honor me by sitting in my room that overlooks the outer gate, the favor will never be forgotten.”

    “Show the way,” I said, and took the woman by the fingers, leading her gently. At the two ends of the circus the tigers prowled about on short chains, growling and muttering.

    We passed through the door into the thickness of the outer wall, and the captain of the gate led us into his private chamber, a snug enough box overlooking the plain beyond the city. He lit a torch from his lamp and thrust it into a bracket on the wall, and bowing deeply and walking backwards, left us alone, closing the door in place behind him. He was an industrious fellow, this captain, to judge from the spoil with which his chamber was packed. There could have come very few traders in through that gate below without his levying a private tribute; and so, judging that most of his goods had been unlawfully come by, I had little qualm at making a selection. It was not decent that the woman, being an Atlantean, should go bereft of the dignity of clothes, as though she was a mere savage from Europe; and so I sought about among the captain’s spoil for garments that would be befitting.

    But, as I busied myself in this search for raiment, rummaging among heaps and bales, with a hand and eye little skilled in such business, I heard a sound

    p. 113

    behind which caused me to turn my head, and there was the woman with a dagger she had picked from the floor, in the act of drawing it from the sheath.

    She caught my eye and drew the weapon clear, but seeing that I made no advance towards her, or move to protect myself, waited where she was, and presently was took with a shuddering.

    “Your designs seem somewhat of a riddle,” I said. “At first you wished to kill me from motives which you explained, and which I quite understood. It lay in my power next to confer some small benefit upon you, in consequence of which you are here, and not—shall we say?—yonder in the circus. Why you should desire now to kill the only man here who can set you completely free, and beyond these walls, is a thing it would gratify me much to learn. I say nothing of the trifle of ingratitude. Gratitude and ingratitude are of little weight here. There is something far greater in your mind.”

    She pressed a hand hard against her breasts. “You are Deucalion,” she gasped; “I heard you say it.”

    “I am Deucalion. So far, I have known no reason to feel shame for my name.”

    “And I come of those,” she cried, with a rising voice, “who bite against this city, because they have found their fate too intolerable with the land as it is ordered now. We heard of your coming from Yucatan. It was we who sent the fleet to take you at the entrance to the gulf.”

    “Your fleet gave us a pretty fight.”

    “Oh, I know, I know. We had our watchers on a

    p. 114

    the high land who brought us the tidings. We had an omen even before that. Where we lay with our army before the walls here, we saw great birds carrying off the slain to the mountains. But where the fleet failed, I saw a chance where I, a woman, might—”

    “Where you might succeed?” I sat me down on a pile of the captain’s stuffs. It seemed as if that here at last I should find a solution for many things.

    “You carry a name?” I asked.

    “They call me Naïs.”

    “Ah!” I said, and signed to her to take the clothes that I had sought out. She was curiously like, so both my eyes and hearing said, to Ylga, the fan-girl of Phorenice, but as she had told me of no parentage I asked for none then. Still her talk alone let me know that she was bred of none of the common people, and I made up my mind towards definite understanding. “Naïs,” I said, “you wish to kill me. At the same time I make no doubt you wish to live on yourself, if only to get credit from your people for what you have done. So here I will make a contract with you. Prove to me that my death is for Atlantis’ good, and I swear by our Lord the Sun to go out with you beyond the walls, where you can stab me and then get you gone. Or else—”

    “I will not be your slave.”

    “I do not ask you for service. Or else, I wished to say, I shall live so long as the High Gods wish, and do my poor best for this country. And for you—I shall set you free to do your best also. So now, I pray you, speak.”


    CHAPTER VII

    THE BITERS OF THE WALLS (FURTHER ACCOUNT)

    “YOU will set me free,” she said, regarding me from under her brows, “without any further exactions or treaty?”

    “I will set you free exactly on those terms,” I answered, “unless indeed we here decide that it is better for Atlantis that I should die, in which case the freedom will be of your own taking.”

    “My lord plays a bold game.”

    “Tut, tut,” I said.

    “But I shall not hesitate to take the full of my bond, unless my theories are most clearly disproved to me.”

    “Tut,” I said, “you women, how you play out the time needlessly. Show me sufficient cause, and you shall kill me where and how you please. Come, begin the accusation.”

    “You are a tyrant.”

    “At least I have not paraded my tyrannies in Atlantis these twenty years. Why, Naïs, I did but land yesterday.”

    “You will not deny you came back from Yucatan for a purpose?”

    “I came back because I was sent for. The Empress gives no reasons for her recalls. She states

    p. 116

    her will; and we who serve her obey without question.”

    “Pah! I know that old dogma.”

    “If you discredit my poor honesty at the outset like this, I fear we shall not get far with our unravelling.”

    “My lord must be indeed simple,” said this strange woman, scornfully, “if he is ignorant of what all Atlantis knows.”

    “Then simple you must write me down. Over yonder in Yucatan we were too well wrapped up in our own parochial needs and policies to have leisure to ponder much over the slim news which drifted out to us from Atlantis—and, in truth, little enough came. By example, Phorenice (whose office be adored) is a great personage here at home; but over there in the colony we barely knew so much as her name. Here, since I have been ashore, I have seen many new wonders; I have been carried by a riding mammoth; I have sat at a banquet; but in what new policies there are afoot, I have yet to be schooled.”

    “Then, if truly you do not know it, let me repeat to you the common tale. Phorenice has tired of her unmated life—”

    “Stay there. I will hear no word against the Empress.”

    “Pah! my lord, your scruples are most decorous. But I did no more than repeat what the Empress had made public by proclamation. She is minded to take to herself a husband, and nothing short of the best is good enough for Phorenice. One after another has been put up in turn as favorite—and

    p. 117

    been found wanting. Oh, I tell you, we here in Atlantis have watched her courtship with jumping hearts. First it was this one here, then it was that one there; now it was this general just returned from a victory, and a day later he had been packed back to his camp, to give place to some dashing governor who had squeezed increased revenues from his province. But every ship that came from the west said that there was a stronger man than any of these in Yucatan, and at last the Empress changed the wording of her vow. ‘I’ll have Deucalion for my husband,’ said she, ‘and then we will see who can stand against my wishes.’”

    “The Empress (whose name be adored) can do as she pleases in such matters,” I said, guardedly; “but that is beside the argument. I am here to know how it would be better for Atlantis that I should die?”

    “You know you are the strongest man in the kingdom.”

    “It pleases you to say so.”

    “And Phorenice is the strongest woman?”

    “That is beyond doubt.”

    “Why, then, if the Empress takes you in marriage, we shall be under a double tyranny. And her rule alone is more cruelly heavy than we can bear already.”

    “I pass no criticism on Phorenice’s rule. I have not seen it. But I crave your mercy, Naïs, on the new-comer into this kingdom. I am strong, say you, and therefore I am a tyrant, say you. Now to me this sequence is faulty.”

    “Who should a strong man use strength for, if not

    p. 118

    for himself? And if for himself, why that spells tyranny. You will get all your heart’s desires, my lord, and you will forget that many a thousand of the common people will have to pay for them.”

    “And this is all your accusation?”

    “It seems to be black enough. I am one that has a compassion for my fellow-men, my lord, and because of that compassion you see me what I am today. There was a time, not long passed, when I slept as soft and ate as dainty as any in Atlantis.”

    I smiled. “Your speech told me that much from the first.”

    “Then I would I had cast the speech off, too, if that is also a livery of the tyrants’ class. But I tell you I saw all the oppression myself from the oppressor’s side. I was high in Phorenice’s favor then.”

    “That, too, is easy of credence. Ylga is the fan-girl to the Empress now, and second lady in the kingdom, and those who have seen Ylga could make an easy guess at the parentage of Naïs.”

    “We were the daughters of one birth; but I do not count with either Zaemon or Ylga now. Ylga is the creature of Phorenice, and Phorenice would have all the people of Atlantis slaves and in chains, so that she might crush them the easier. And as for Zaemon, he is no friend of Phorenice’s; he fights with brain and soul to drag back the old authority to those on the Sacred Mountain; and that, if it come down on us again, would only be the exchange of one form of slavery for another.”

    “It seems to me you bite at all authority.”

    p. 119

    “In fact,” she said, simply, “I do. I have seen too much of it.”

    “And so you think a rule of no-rule would be best for the country?”

    You have put it plainly in words for me. That is my creed to-day. That is the creed of all those yonder, who sit in the camp and besiege this city. And we number on our side, now, all in Atlantis save those in the city and a handful on the priests’ Mountain.”

    I shook my head. “A creed of desperation, if you like, Naïs, but, believe me, a silly creed. Since man was born out of the quakings and the fevers of this earth, and picked his way among the cooler places, he has been dependent always on his fellowmen. And where two are congregated together, one must be chief, and order how matters are to be governed—at least, I speak of men who have a wish to be higher than the beasts. Have you ever set foot in Europe?”

    “No.”

    “I have. Years back I sailed there, gathering slaves. What did I see? A country without rule or order. Tyrants there were, to be sure, but they were the beasts. The men and the women were the rudest savages, knowing nothing of the arts, dressing in skins and uncleanness, harboring in caves and the tree-tops. The beasts roamed about where they would, and hunted them unchecked.”

    “Still, they fought you for their liberty?”

    “Never once. They knew how disastrous was their masterless freedom. Even to their dull, savage

    p. 120

    brains it was a sure thing that no slavery could be worse; and to that state you and your friends and your theories will reduce Atlantis, if you get the upper hand. But, then, to argue in a circle, you will never get it. For to conquer, you must set up leaders, and once you have set them up, you will never pull them down again.”

    “Aye,” she said, with a sigh, “there is truth in that last.”

    The torch had filled the captain’s room with a resinous smoke, but the flame was growing pale. Dawn was coming in grayly through a slender arrow-slit, and with it ever and again the glow from some mountain out of sight, which was shooting forth spasmodic bursts of fire. With it also were mutterings of distant falling rocks, and sullen tremblings, which had endured all the night through, and I judged that earth was in one of her quaking moods, and would probably during the forthcoming day offer us some chastening discomforts.

    On this account, perhaps, my senses were stilled to certain evidences which would otherwise have given me a suspicion; and also, there is no denying that my general wakefulness was sapped by another matter. This woman, Naïs, interested me vastly out of the common; the mere presence of her seemed to warm the. organs of my interior; and while she was there, all my thoughts and senses were present in the room of the captain of the gate in which we sat.

    But of a sudden the floor of the chamber rocked and fell away beneath me, and in a tumult of dust and litter and bales of the captain’s plunder I fell

    p. 121

    down (still seated on the flag-stone) into a pit which had been digged beneath it. With the violence of the descent, and the flutter of all these articles about my head, I was in no condition for immediate action; and while I was still half-stunned by the shock, and long before I could get my eyes into service again, I had been seized and bound and half-strangled with a noose of hide. Voices were raised that I should be despatched at once out of the way; but one in authority cried out that killing me at leisure, and as a prisoner, promised more genteel sport; and so I was thrust down on the floor, while a whole army of men trod in over me to the attack.

    What had happened was clear to me now, though I was powerless to do anything in hinderance. The rebels, with more craft than any one had credited to them, had driven a galley from their camp under the ground, intending so to make an entrance into the heart of the city. In their clumsy ignorance, and having no one of sufficient talent in mensuration, they had bungled sadly both in direction and length, and so had ended their burrow under this chamber of the captain of the gate. The great flag-stone in its fall had, it appeared, crushed four of them to death, but these were little noticed or lamented. Life was to them a bauble of the slenderest price, and a horde of others pressed through the opening, lusting for the fight, and reeking nothing of their risks and perils.

    Half-choked by the foul air of the galley, and trodden on by this great procession of feet, it was little enough I could do to help my immediate self much less the more distant city. But when the chief

    p. 122

    mass of the attackers had passed through, and there came only here and there one eager to take his share at storming the gate, a couple of fellows plucked me up out of the mud on the floor, and began dragging me down through the stinking darkness of the galley towards the pit that gave it entrance.

    Twenty times we were jostled by others hastening to the attack, either from hunger for fight, or from appetite for what they could steal. But we came to the open at last; and half-suffocated though I was, I contrived to do obeisance, and say aloud the prescribed prayer to the most High Gods in gratitude for the fresh air which They had provided.

    Our Lord the Sun was on the verge of rising for His day, and all things were plainly shown. Before me were the monstrous walls of the capital, with the heads of its pyramids and higher buildings showing above them. And on the walls the sentries walked calmly their appointed paces, or took shelter against arrows in the casemates provided for them.

    The din of fighting within the gate rose high into the air, and the heavy roaring of the cave-tigers told that they too were taking their share of the mêlée.

    But the massive stonework of the walls hid all the actual engagement from our view, and which party was getting the upper hand we could not even guess.

    But the sounds told how tight a fight was being hammered out in those narrow boundaries, and my veins tingled to be once more back at the old trade, and to be doing my share.

    But there was no chivalry about the fellows who held me by my bonds. They thrust me into a small

    p. 123

    temple near by, which once had been a fane in much favor with travellers, who wished to show gratitude for the safe journey to the capital, but which now was robbed and ruined; and they swung to the stone entrance gate and barred it, leaving me to commune with myself. Presently, they told me, I should be put to death by torments. Well, this seemed to be the new custom of Atlantis, and I should have to endure it as best I could. The High Gods, it appeared, had no further use for my services in Atlantis, and I was not in the mood then to bite very much at their decision. What I had seen of the country since my return had not enamoured me very much with its new conditions.

    The little temple in which I was gaoled had been robbed and despoiled of all its furnishments. But the light-slits, where at certain hours of the day the rays of our Lord the Sun had fallen upon the image of the God, before this had been taken away, gave me vantage places from which I could see over the camp of these rebel besiegers, and a dreary prospect it was. The people seemed to have shucked off the culture of centuries in as many months, and to have gone back for the most part to sheer brutishness. The majority harbored on the bare ground. Few owned shelter, and these were merely bowers of mud and branches.

    They fought and quarrelled among themselves for food, eating their meat raw, and their grain (when they had it) unground. Many who passed my vision I saw were even gnawing the soft inside of tree bark.

    p. 124

    The dead lay where they fell. The sick and the wounded found no hand to tend them. Great man-eating birds hovered above the camp or skulked about, heavy with gorging, among the hovels, and no one had public spirit enough to give them battle. The stink of the place rose up to heaven as a foul incense inviting a pestilence. There was no order, no trace of strong command anywhere. With three hundred well-disciplined troops it seemed to me that I could have sent those poor desperate hordes flying in panic to the forest.

    However, there was no very lengthy space of time granted me for thinking out the policy of this matter to any great depth. The attack on the gate had been delivered with suddenness; the repulse was not slow. Of what desperate fighting took place in the galleries, and in the circus between the two sets of gates, the detail will never be told in full.

    At the first alarm the great cave-tigers were set loose, and these raged impartially against keeper and foe. Of those that went in through the tunnel, not one in ten returned, and there were few of these but what carried a bloody wound. Some, with the ruling passion still strong in them, bore back plunder; one trailed along with him the head of the captain of the gate; and among them they dragged out two of the warders who were wounded, and whom revenge had urged them to take as prisoners.

    Over these two last a hubbub now arose, that seemed likely to boil over into blows. Every voice shouted out for them what he thought the most repulsive fate. Some were for burning, some for skinning,

    p. 125

    some for impaling, some for other things: my flesh crept as I heard their ravenous yells. Those that had been to the trouble of making them captive were still breathless from the fight, and were readily thrust aside; and it seemed to me that the poor wretches would be hustled into death before any definite fate was agreed upon, which all would pass as sufficiently terrific. Never had I seen such a disorderly tumult, never such a leaderless mob. But, as always has happened, and always will, the stronger men by dint of louder voices and more vigorous shoulders got their plans agreed to at last, and the others perforce had to give way.

    A band of them set off running, and presently returned at snail’s-pace, dragging with them (with many squeals from ungreased wheels) one of those huge war engines with which besiegers are wont to throw great stones and other missiles into the cities they sit down against. They ran it up just beyond bowshot of the walls, and clamped it firmly down with stakes and ropes to the earth. Then setting their lean arms to the windlasses, they drew back the great tree which formed the spring till its tethering place reached the ground, and in the cradle at its head they placed one of the prisoners, bound helplessly, so that he could not throw himself over the side.

    Then the rude, savage, skin-clad mob stood back, and one who had appointed himself engineer knocked back the catch that held the great spring in place.

    With a whir and a twang the elastic wood flung upward, and the bound man was shot away from its

    p. 126

    tip with the speed of a lightning flash. He sang through the air, spinning over and over with inconceivable rapidity, and the great crowd of rebels held their breath in silence as they watched. He passed high above the city wall, a tiny mannikin in the distance now, and then the trajectory of his flight began to lower. The spike of a new-built pyramid lay in the path of his terrific flight, and he struck it with a thud whose sound floated out to us afterwards, and then he toppled down out of our sight, leaving a red stain on the whiteness of the stone as he fell.

    With a roar the crowd acknowledged the success of their device, and bellowed out insults to Phorenice, and insults to the Gods: a poor frantic crowd they showed themselves. And then with ravening shouts they fell upon the other captive warder, binding him also into a compact, helpless missile, and meanwhile getting the engine into gear again for another shot.

    But for my part I saw nothing of this disgusting scene. I heard the bolt grate stealthily against the door of the little temple in which I was imprisoned, and was minded to give these brutish rebels somewhat of a surprise. I had rid myself of my bonds handily enough; I had rubbed my limbs to that perfect suppleness which is always desirable before a fight; and I had planned to rush out as soon as the door was swung, and kill those that came first with fist blows on the brow and chin.

    They had not suspected my name, it was clear, for my stature and garb were nothing out of the ordinary; but if my bodily strength and fighting power had been sufficient to raise me to a viceroyalty like

    “THE BOUND MAN WAS SHOT AWAY”
    Click to enlarge

    “THE BOUND MAN WAS SHOT AWAY”

    p. 127

    that of Yucatan, and let me endure alive in that government throughout twenty hard-battling years, why, it was likely that this rabble of savages would see something that was new and admirable in the practice of arms before the crude weight of their numbers could drag me down. Nay, I did not even despair of winning free altogether. I must find me a weapon from those that came up to battle, with which I could write worthy signatures, and I must attempt no standing fight. Gods! but what a glow the prospect did send through me as I stood there waiting.

    A vainer man, writing history, might have said that always, before everything else, he held in mind the greater interests before the less. But for me—I prefer to be honest, and own myself human. In my glee at that forthcoming fight—which promised to be the greatest and most furious I had known in all a long life of battling I will confess that Atlantis and her differing policies were clean forgot. I should go out an unknown man from that little cell of a temple, I should do my work, and then, whether I took freedom with me, or whether I came down at last myself on a pile of slain, these people would guess, without being told the name, that here was Deucalion. Gods! what a fight we would have made!

    But the door did not open wide to give me space for my first rush. It creaked gratingly outward on its pivots, and a slim hand and a white arm slipped inside, beckoning me to quietude. Here was some woman. The door creaked wider, and she came inside.

    “Naïs,” I said.

    p. 128

    “Silence, or they will hear you, and remember. At present those who brought you here are killed, and unless by chance some one blunders into this robbed shrine, you will not be found.”

    “Then if that is so, let me go out and walk among these people as one of themselves.”

    She shook her head.

    “But, Naïs, I am not known here. I am merely a man in very plain and mud-stained robe. I should be in no ways remarkable.”

    A smile twitched her face. “My lord,” she said, “wears no beard; and his is the only clean chin in the camp.”

    I joined in her laugh. “A pest on my want of foppishness then. But I am forgetting somewhat. It comes to my mind that we still have unfinished that small discussion of ours concerning the length of my poor life. Have you decided to cut it off from risk of further mischief, or do you propose to give me further span?”

    She turned to me with a look of sharp distress. “My lord,” she said, “I would have you forget that silly talk of mine. This last two hours I thought you were dead in real truth.”

    “And you were not relieved?”

    “I felt that the only man was gone out of the world—I mean, my lord, the only man who can save Atlantis.”

    “Your words give me a confidence. Then you would have me go back and become husband to Phorenice?”

    “If there is no other way.”

    p. 129

    “I warn you I shall do that, if she still so desires it, and if it seems to me that that course will be best. This is no hour for private likings or dislikings.”

    “I know it,” she said, “I feel it. I have no heart now save only for Atlantis. I have schooled myself once more to that.”

    And at present I am in this lone little box of a temple. A minute ago, before you came, I had promised myself a pretty enough fight to signalize my changing of abode.”

    “There must be nothing of that. I will not have these poor people slaughtered unnecessarily. Nor do I wish to see my lord exposed to a hopeless risk. This poor place, such as it is, has been given to me as an abode, and if my lord can remain decorously till nightfall in a maiden’s chamber, he may at least be sure of quietude. I am a person,” she added, simply, “that in this camp has some respect. When darkness comes, I will take my lord down to the sea and a boat, and so he may come with ease to the harbor and the water-gate.”


    CHAPTER VIII

    THE PREACHER FROM THE MOUNTAINS

    IT was long enough since I had found leisure for a parcel of sleep, and so during the larger part of that day I am free to confess that I slumbered soundly, Naïs watching me. Night fell, and still we remained within the privacy of the temple. It was our plan that I should stay there till the camp slept, and so I should have more chance of reaching the sea-beach without disturbance.

    The night came down wet, with a drizzle of rain, and through the slits in the temple walls we could see the many fires in the camp well cared for, and men and women in skins and rags toasting before them, with steam rising as the heat fought with their wetness. Folk seated in discomfort like this are proverbially alert and cruel in the temper, and Naïs frowned as she looked on the inclemency of the weather.

    “A fine night,” she said, “and I would have sent my lord back to the city without a soul here being the wiser; but in this chill, people sleep sourly. We must wait till the hour drugs them sounder.”

    And so we waited, sitting there together on that pavement so long unkissed by worshippers, and it

    p. 131

    was little enough we said aloud. But there can be good companionship without sentences of talk.

    But as the hours drew on the night began to grow less quiet. From the distance some one began to blow on a horn or a shell, sending forth a harsh raucous note incessantly. The sound came nearer, as we could tell from its growing loudness, and the voices of those by the fires made themselves heard, railing at the blower for his disturbance. And presently it became stationary, and standing up we could see through the slits in the walls the people of the camp rousing up from their uneasy rest, and clustering together round one who stood and talked to them from the pedestal of a war engine.

    What he was declaiming upon we could not hear, and our curiosity on the matter was not keen. Given that all who did not sleep went to weary themselves with this fellow, as Naïs whispered, it would be simple for me to make an exit in the opposite direction.

    But here we were reckoning without the inevitable busybody. A dozen pairs of feet splashing through the wet came up to the side of the little temple, and cried loudly that Naïs should join the audience. She had eloquence of tongue, it appeared, and they feared lest this speaker who had taken his stand on the war engine should make schisms among their ranks unless some skilled person stood up also to refute his arguments.

    Here, then, it seemed to me that I must be elbowed into my skirmish by the most unexpected of chances, but Naïs was firmly minded that there should be no

    p. 132

    fight, if courage on her part could turn it. “Come out with me,” she whispered, “and keep distant from the light of the fires.”

    “But how explain my being here?”

    “There is no reason to explain anything,” she said, bitterly. “They will take you for my lover. There is nothing remarkable in that: it is the mode here. But oh! why did not the Gods make you wear a beard, and curl it, even as other men? Then you could have been gone and safe these two hours.”

    “A smooth chin pleases me better.”

    “So it does me,” I heard her murmur as she leaned her weight on the stone which hung in the doorway, and pushed it ajar; “your chin.”

    The ragged men outside—there were women with them also—did not wait to watch me very closely. A coarse jest or two flew (which I could have found good heart to have repaid with a sword-thrust) and they stepped off into the darkness, just turning from time to time to make sure we followed. On all sides others were pressing in the same direction—black shadows against. the night; the rain spat noisily on the camp-fires as we passed them; and from behind us came up others. There were no sleepers in the camp now; all were pressing on to hear this preacher who stood on the pedestal of the war engine; and if we had tried to swerve from the straight course, we should have been marked at once.

    So we held on through the darkness, and presently came within earshot.

    Still it was little enough of the preacher’s words we could make out at first. “Who are your chiefs?”

    p. 133

    came the question at the end of a fervid harangue, and immediately all further rational talk was drowned in uproar. “We have no chiefs,” the people shouted; “we are done with chiefs; we are all equal here. Take away your silly magic. You may kill us with magic if you choose, but rule us you shall not. Nor shall the other priests rule. Nor Phorenice. Nor anybody. We are done with rulers.”

    The press had brought us closer and closer to the man who stood on the war engine. We saw him to be old, with white hair that tumbled on his shoulders, and a long white beard, untrimmed and uncurled. Save for a wisp of rag about the loins, his body was unclothed, and glistened in the wet.

    But in his hand he held that which marked his caste. With it he pointed his sentences, and at times he whirled it about, bathing his wet, naked body in a halo of light. It was a wand whose tip burned with an unconsuming fire, which glowed and twinkled and blazed like some star lent down by the Gods from their own place in the high heaven. It was the Symbol of our Lord the Sun, a credential no one could forge, and one on which no civilized man would cast a doubt.

    Indeed, the ragged frantic crew did not question for one moment that he was a member of the Clan of Priests, the Clan which from time out of numbering has given rulers for the land, and even in their loudest clamors they freely acknowledged his powers. “You may kill us with your magic, if you choose,” they screamed at him. But stubbornly they refused to come back to their old allegiance. “We have suffered

    p. 134

    too many things these later years,” they cried. “We are done with rulers now for always.”

    But for myself I saw the old man with a different emotion. Here was Zaemon that was father to Naïs, Zaemon that had seen me yesterday seated on the divan at Phorenice’s elbow, and who to-day could denounce me as Deucalion if so he chose. These rebels had expended a navy in their wish to kill me four days earlier, and if they knew of my nearness, even though Naïs were my advocate, her cold reasoning would have little chance of an audience now. The High Gods who keep the tether of our lives hide Their secrets well, but I did not think it impious to be sure that mine was very near the cutting then.

    The beautiful woman saw this too. She even went so far as to twine her fingers in mine and press them as a farewell, and I pressed hers in return, for I was sorry enough not to see her more. Still, I could not help letting my thoughts travel with a grim gloating over the fine mound of dead I should build before these ragged, unskilled rebels pulled me down. And it was inevitable this should be so. For of all the emotions that can ferment in the human heart, the joy of strife is keenest, and none but an old fighter, face to face with what must necessarily be his final battle, can tell how deep this lust is embroidered into the very foundations of his being.

    But for the time Zaemon did not see me, being too much wrapped in his outcry, and so I was free to listen to the burning words which he spread around him, and to determine their effect on the hearers.

    The theme he preached was no new one. He told

    p. 135

    that ever since the beginning of history, the Gods had set apart one Clan of the people to rule over the rest and be their priests, and until the coming of Phorenice these had done their duties with exactitude and justice. They had fought invaders, carried war against the beasts, and studied earth-movements so that they were able to foretell earthquakes and eruptions, and could spread warnings that the people might be able to escape their devastations. They are no self-seekers; their aim was always to further the interest of Atlantis, and so do honor to the kingdom on which the High Gods had set their special favor. Under the Priestly Clan Atlantis had reached the pinnacle of human prosperity and happiness.

    “But,” cried the old man, waving the Symbol till his wet body glistened in a halo of light, “the people grew fat and careless with their easy life. They began to have a conceit that their good fortune was earned by their own puny brains and thews, and was no gift from the Gods above; and presently the cult of these Gods became neglected, and Their temples were barren of gifts and worshippers. Followed a punishment. The Gods in Their inscrutable way decreed that a wife of one of the priests (that was a governor of no inconsiderable province) should see a woman child by the way-side, and take it for adoption. That child the Gods in their infinite wisdom fashioned into a scourge for Atlantis, and you who have felt the weight of Phorenice’s hand, know with what completeness the High Gods can fashion their instruments.

    “Yet, even as They set up, so can they throw

    p. 136

    down, and those that shall debase Phorenice are even now appointed. The old rule is to be re-established; but not till you who have sinned are sufficiently chastened to cry to it for relief.” He waved the mysterious glowing Symbol before him. “See,” he cried, in his high, old, quavering voice, “you know the unspeakable Power of which that is the sign, and for which I am the mouthpiece. It is for you to make decision now. Are the Gods to throw down this woman who has scorned Them and so cruelly trodden on you? Or are you to be still further purged of your pride before you are ripe for deliverance?”

    The old priest broke off with a gesture, and his ragged white beard sank on to his chest. Promptly a young man, skin clad and carrying his weapon, elbowed up through the press of listeners, and jumped on to the platform beside him. “Hear me, brethren!” he bellowed, in his strong young voice. “We are done with tyrants. Death may come, and we all of us here have shown how little we fear it. But own rulers again we will not, and that is our final say. My lord,” he said, turning to the old man with a brave face, “I know it is in your power to kill me by magic if you choose, but I have said my say, and can stand the cost if needs be.”

    “I can kill you, but I will not,” said Zaemon. “You have said your silliness. Now go you to the ground again.”

    “We have free speech here. I will not go till I choose.”

    “Aye, but you will,” said the old man, and turned

    p. 137

    on him with a sudden tightening of the brows. There was no blow passed; even the Symbol, which glowed like a star against the night, was not so much as lifted in warning; but the young man tried to retort, and, finding himself smitten with a sudden dumbness, turned with a spasm of fear, and jumped back whence he had come. The crowd of them thrilled expectantly, and when no further portent was given, they began to shout that a miracle should be shown them, and then perchance they would be persuaded back to the old allegiance.

    The old man stooped and glowered at them in fury. “You dogs!” he cried, “you empty-witted dogs! do you ask that I should degrade the powers of the Higher Mysteries by dancing them out before you as though they were a mummers’ show? Do you tickle yourselves that you are to be tempted back to your allegiance? It is for you to woo the Gods who are so offended. Come in humility, and I take it upon myself to declare that you will receive fitting pardon and relief. Remain stubborn, and the scourge, Phorenice, may torment you into annihilation before she in turn is made to answer for the evil she has put upon the land. There is the choice for you to pick at.”

    The turmoil of voices rose again into the wetness of the night, and weapons were upraised menacingly. It was clear that the party for independence had by far the greater weight, both in numbers and lustiness; and those who might, from sheer weariness of strife, have been willing for surrender, withheld their word through terror of the consequence. It was a fine

    p. 138

    comment on the freedom of speech, about which these unruly fools had made their boast, and, with a sly malice, I could not help whispering a word on this to Naïs as she stood at my elbow. But Naïs clutched at my hand, and implored me for caution. “Oh, be silent, my lord,” she whispered back, “or they will tear you in pieces. They are on fire for mischief now.”

    “Yet a few hours back you were for killing me yourself,” I could not help reminding her.

    She turned on me with a hot look. “A woman can change her mind, my lord. But it becomes you little to remind her of her fickleness.”

    A man in the press beside me wrenched round with an effort, and stared at me searchingly through the darkness. “Oh!” he said, “a shaved chin. Who are you, friend, that you should cut a beard instead of curling it? I can see no wound on your face.”

    I answered him civilly enough that, with “freedom” for a watchword, the fashion of my chin was a matter of mere private concern. But as that did not satisfy him, and as he seemed to be one of those quarrelsome fellows that are the bane of every community, I took him suddenly by the throat and the shoulder, and bent his neck with the old, quick turn, till I heard it crack, and had unhanded him before any of his neighbors had seen what had befallen. The fierce press of the crowd held him from slipping to the ground, and so he stood on there where he was, with his head nodded forward, as though he had fallen asleep through heaviness, or had fainted

    p. 139

    through the crushing of his fellows. I had no desire to begin that last fight of mine in a place like this, where there was no room to swing a weapon nor chance to clear a battle ring.

    But all this time the lean preacher from the mountains was sending forth his angry anathemas, and still holding the strained attention of the people. And next he set forth before them the cult of the Gods in the ancient form as is prescribed, and they (with old habit coming back to them) made response in the words and in the places where the old ritual enjoins. It was a weird enough sight, that time- honored service of adoration, forced upon these wild people after so long a period of irreligion.

    They warmed to the old words as the high shrill voice of the priest cried them forth, and as they listened, and as they realized how intimate was the care of the Gods for the travails and sorrows of their daily lives, so much warmer grew their responses.

    “. . . . Who stilled the burning of the mountains, and made cool places on the earth for us to live!—Praise to the most high gods.

    Who took away the poisonous vapors, and gave us sweet air that we might breathe!—Praise to the most high gods.

    Who gave us mastery over the lesser beasts and us sweet air that we might breathe!—Praise to the most high gods. . . .”

    It thrilled one to hear their earnestness; it sorrowed one to know that they would yet be obdurate and not return to their old allegiance. For this is the way with these common people; they will work up

    p. 140

    an enthusiasm one minute, and an hour later it will have fled away and left them cold and empty.

    But Zaemon made no further calls upon their loyalty. He finished the prescribed form of sentences, and stepped down from off the platform of the war engine with the Symbol of our Lord the Sun thrust out resolutely before him. To all ordinary seeming the crowd had been Tacked so that no further compression was possible, but before the advance of the Symbol the people crushed back, leaving a wide lane for his passage.

    And here came the turning point of my life. At first, like, I take it, every one else in that crowd, I imagined that the old man, having finished his mission, was making a way to return to the place from which he had come. But he held steadily to one direction, and as that was towards myself, it naturally came to my mind that, having dealt with greater things, he would now settle with the less; or, in plainer words, that having put his policy before the swarming people, he would now smite down the man he had seen but yesterday seated as Phorenice’s minister. Well, I should lose that final fight I had promised myself, and that mound of slain for my funeral bed. It was clear that Zaemon was the mouth-piece of the Priests’ Clan, duly appointed; and I also was a priest. If the word had been given on the Sacred Mountain to those who sat before the Ark of the Mysteries that Atlantis would prosper more with Deucalion sent to the Gods, I was ready to bow to the sentence with submissiveness. That I had regret for this mode of cutting off, I will not deny. No man

    p. 141

    who has practised the game of arms could abandon the promise of such a gorgeous final battle without a qualm of longing.

    But I had been trained enough to show none of these emotions on my face, and when the old man came up to me, I stood my ground and gave him the salutation prescribed between our ranks, which he returned to me with circumstance and accuracy. The crowd fell back, being driven away by the ineffable force of the Symbol, leaving us alone in the middle of a ring. Even Naïs, though she was a priest’s daughter, was ignorant of the Mysteries, and could not withstand its force. And so we two men stood there alone together, with the glow of the Symbol bathing us and lighting up the sea of ravenous faces that watched.

    The people were quick to put their natural explanation on the scene. “A spy!” they began to roar out. “A spy! Zaemon salutes him as a priest!”

    Zaemon faced round on them with a queer look on his grim old face. “Aye,” he said, “this is a priest. If I give you his name, you might have further interest. This is the Lord Deucalion.”

    The word was picked up and yelled among them with a thousand emotions. But at least they were loyal to their policy; they had decided that Deucalion was their enemy; they had already expended a navy for his destruction; and now that he was ringed in by their masses, they lusted to tear him into rags with their fingers. But rave and rave though they might against me, the glare from the Symbol drove them shuddering back as though it had been a lava-stream;

    p. 142

    and Zaemon was not the man to hand me over to their fury until he had delivered formal sentence as the emissary of our Clan on the Sacred Mount. So the end was not to be yet.

    The old man faced me and spoke in the sacred tongue, which the common people do not know. “My brother,” he said, “which have you come to serve—Deucalion or Atlantis?”

    “Words are a poor thing to answer a question like that. You will know all of my record. According to the Law of the Priests, each ship from Yucatan will have carried home its sworn report to lay at the feet of their council, and before I went to that viceroyalty, what I did was written plain here on the face of Atlantis.”

    “We know your doings in the past, brother, and they have found approval. You have governed well, and you have lived austerely. You set up Atlantis for a mistress, and served her well; but then, you have had no Phorenice to tempt you into change and fickleness.”

    “You can send me where I shall see her no more, if you think me frail.”

    “Yes, and lose your usefulness. No, brother, you are the last hope which this poor land has remaining. All other human means that have been tried against Phorenice have failed. You have returned from over seas for the final duel. You are the strongest man we have, and you are our final champion. If you fail, then only those terrible Powers which are locked within the Ark of the Mysteries remain to us, and though it is not lawful to speak even in this

    p. 143

    hidden tongue of their scope, you at least have full assurance of their potency.”

    I shrugged my shoulders. ” It seems that you would save time and pains if you threw me to these wolves of rebels, and let them end me here and now.”

    The old man frowned on me angrily. “I am bidding you do your duty. What reason have you for wishing to evade it?”

    “I have in my memory the words you spoke in the pyramid, when you came in among the banqueters. ‘Phorenice,’ was your cry, ‘while you are yet Empress, you shall see this royal pyramid, which you have polluted with your debaucheries, torn tier from tier, and stone from stone, and scattered as feathers before a wind.’ It seems that you foresee my defeat.”

    The old man shuddered. “I cannot tell what she may force us to do. I spoke then only what it was revealed to me must happen. Perhaps when matters have reached that pass she will repent and submit. But in the meanwhile, before we use the more desperate weapons of the Gods, it is fitting that we should expend all human power remaining to us. And so you must go, my brother, and play your part to the utmost.”

    “It is an order. So I obey.”

    “You shall be at Phorenice’s side again by the next dawn. She has sent for you from Yucatan as a husband, and as one who (so she thinks, poor human conqueror) has the weight of arm necessary to prolong her tyrannies. You are a priest, brother, and you are a man of convincing tongue. It will

    p. 144

    be your part to make her stubborn mind see the invincible power that can be loosed against her, to point out to her the utter hopelessness of prevailing against it.”

    “If it is ordered, I will do these things. But there is little enough chance of success. I have seen Phorenice, and can gauge her will. There will be no turning her once she has made a decision. Others have tried; you have tried yourself; all have failed.”

    “Words that were wasted on a maiden may go home to a wife. You have been brought here to be her husband. Well, take your place.”

    The order came to me with a pang. I had given little enough heed to women through all of a busy life, though when I landed, the taking of Phorenice to wife would not have been very repugnant to me if policy had demanded it. But the matters of the last two days had put things in a different shape. I had seen two other women who had strangely attracted me, and one of these had stirred within me a tumult such as I had never felt before among my economies.

    To lead Phorenice in marriage would mean a severance from this other woman eternally, and I ached as I thought of it. But though these thoughts floated through my system and gave me harsh wrenches of pain, I did not thrust my puny likings before the command of the council of the priests. I bowed before Zaemon, and put his hand to my forehead. “It is an order,” I said. “If our Lord the Sun gives me life, I will obey.”

    “Then let us begone from this place,” said Zaemon,

    p. 145

    and took me by the arm and waved a way for us with the Symbol. No further word did I have with Naïs, fearing to embroil her with these rebels who clustered round, but I caught one hot glance from her eyes, and that had to suffice for farewell. The dense ranks of the crowd opened, and we walked away between them scathless. Fiercely though they lusted for my life, brimming with hate though they made their cries, no man dared to rush in and raise a hand against me. Neither did they follow. When we reached the outskirts of the crowd, and the ranks thinned, they had a mind, many of them, to surge along in our wake; but Zaemon whirled the Symbol back before their faces with a blaze of lurid light, and they fell to their knees grovelling, and pressed on us no more.

    The rain still fell, and in the light of the camp fires as we passed them the wet gleamed on the old man’s wasted body. And far before us through the darkness loomed the vast bulk of the Sacred Mountain, with the ring of eternal fires encincturing its crest. I sighed as I thought of the old peaceful days I had spent in its temples and groves.

    But there was to be no more of that studious leisure now. There was work to be done, work for Atlantis which did not brook delay. And so when we had progressed far out into the waste, and there was none near to view (save only the most High Gods), we found the place where the passage was, whose entrance is known only to the Seven among the priests; and there we parted, Zaemon to his hermitage in the dangerous lands, and I by this secret way back into the capital.


    CHAPTER IX

    PHORENICE, GODDESS

    NOW the passage, though its entrance had been cunningly hidden by man’s artifice, was one of those veins in which the fiery blood of our mother, the Earth, had aforetime coursed. Long years had passed since it carried lava streams, but the air in it was still warm and sulphurous, and there was no inducement to linger in transit. I lit me a lamp which I found in an appointed niche, and walked briskly along my ways, coughing, and wishing heartily I had some of those simples which ease a throat that has a tendency to catarrh. But, alas! all that packet of drugs which were my sole spoil from the viceroyalty of Yucatan were lost in the sea-fight with Dason’s navy, and since landing in Atlantis there had been little enough time to think of the refinements of medicine.

    The network of earth-veins branched prodigiously, and if any but one of us Seven Priests had found a way into its recesses by chance, he would have perished hopelessly in the windings, or have fallen into one of those pits which lead to the boil below. But I carried the chart of the true course clearly in my head, remembering it from that old initiation of twenty years back, when, as an appointed viceroy,

    p. 147

    [paragraph continues]I was raised to the highest degree but one known to our Clan, and was given its secrets and working implements.

    The way was long, the floor was monstrous uneven, and the air, as I have said, bad; and I knew that day would be far advanced before the signs told me that I had passed beneath the walls, and was well within the precincts of the city. And here the vow of the Seven hampered my progress; for it is ordained that under no circumstances, whatever the stress, shall egress be made from this passage before mortal eye. One branch after another did I try, but always found loiterers near the exits. I had hoped to make my emergence by that path which came up inside the royal pyramid. But there was no chance of coming up unobserved here; the place was humming like a hive. And so, too, with each of the five next outlets that I visited. The city was agog with some strange excitement.

    But I came at last to a temple of one of the lesser Gods, and stood behind the image for a while making observation. The place was empty; nay, from the dust which robed all the floors and the seats of the worshippers, it had been empty long enough; so I moved all that was needful, stepped out, and closed all entry behind me. A broom lay unnoticed on one of the pews, and with this I soon disguised all route of footmark, and took my way to the temple door. It was shut, and priest though I was, the secret of its opening was beyond me.

    Here was a pretty pass. No one but the attendant priests of the temple could move the mechanism

    p. 148

    which closed and opened the massive stone which filled the doorway; and if all had gone out to attend. this spectacle, whatever it might be, that was stirring the city, why there I should be no nearer enlargement than before.

    There was no sound of life within the temple precincts; there were evidences of decay and disuse spread broadcast on every hand; but according to the ancient law there should be eternally one at least on watch in the priests’ dwellings; so down the passages which led to them I made my way. It would have surprised me little to have found even these deserted. That the old order was changed I knew, but I was only then beginning to realize the ruthlessness with which it had been swept away, and how much it had given place to the new.

    However, there can be some faithful men remaining even in an age of general apostasy; and on making my way to the door of the dwelling (which lay in the roof of the temple) I gave the call, and presently it was opened to me. The man who stood before me, peering dully through the gloom, had at least remained constant to his vows, and I made the salutation before him with a feeling of respect.

    His name was Ro, and I remembered him well. We had passed through the sacred college together, and always he had been known as the dullard. He had capacity for learning little of the cult of the Gods, less of the arts of ruling, less still of the handling of arms; and he had been appointed to some lowly office in this obscure temple, and had risen to being its second priest and one of its two custodians merely

    p. 149

    through the desertion of all his colleagues. But it was not pleasant to think that a fool should remain true where cleverer men abandoned the old beliefs.

    Ro did before me the greater obeisance. He wore his beard curled in the prevailing fashion, but it was badly done. His clothing was ill-fitting and un-brushed. He always had been a slovenly fellow. “The temple door is shut,” he said, “and I only have the secret of its opening. My lord comes here, therefore, by the secret way, and as one of the Seven. I am my lord’s servant.”

    “Then I ask this small service of you. Tell me, what stirs the city?”

    “That impious Phorenice has declared herself Goddess, and declares that she will light the sacrifice with her own divine fire. She will do it, too. She does everything. But I wish the flames may burn her when she calls them down. This new Empress is the bane of our Clan, Deucalion, these latter days. The people neglect us; they bring no offerings; and now, since these rebels have been hammering at the walls, I might have gone hungry if I had not some small store of my own. Oh, I tell you, the cult of the true Gods is wellnigh oozed quite out of the land.”

    “My brother, it comes to my mind that the priests of our Clan have been limp in their service to let these things come to pass.”

    “I suppose we have done our best. At least, we did as we were taught. But if the people will not come to hear your exhortations, and neglect to adore the God, what hold have you over their religion?

    p. 150

    [paragraph continues]But I tell you, Deucalion, that the High Gods try our own faith hard. Come into the dwelling here. Look there on my bed.”

    I saw the shape of a man, untidily swathed in reddened bandages.

    “This is all that is left of the poor priest that was my immediate superior in this cure. It was his turn yesterday to celebrate the weekly sacrifice to our Lord the Sun within the circle of His great stones. Faugh! Deucalion, you should have seen how he was mangled when they brought him back to me here.”

    “Did the people rise on him? Has it come to that?”

    “The people stayed passive,” said Ro, bitterly, “what few of them had interest to attend; but our Lord the Sun saw fit to try His minister somewhat harshly. The wood was laid; the sacrifice was disposed upon it according to the prescribed rites; the procession had been formed round the altar, and the drums and the trumpets were speaking forth, to let all men know that presently the smoke of their prayer would be wafted up towards Those that sit in the great places in the heavens. But then, above the noise of the ceremonial, there came the rushing sound of wings, and from out of the sky there flew one of those great featherless man-eating birds, of a bigness such as seldom before has been seen.”

    “An arrow-shot in the eye or a long-shafted spear receives them best.”

    “Oh, all men know what they were taught as children, Deucalion; but these priests were unarmed,

    p. 151

    according to the rubric, which ordains that they shall intrust themselves completely to the guardianship of the High Gods during the hours of sacrifice. The great bird swooped down, settling on the wood pyre, and attacked the sacrifice with beak and talon. My poor superior here, still strong in his faith, called loudly on our Lord the Sun to lend power to his arm, and sprang up on the altar with naught but his teeth and his bare hands for weapons. It may be that he expected a miracle—he has not spoken since, poor soul, in explanation—but all he met with were blows from leathery wings, and rakings from talons which went near to disembowelling him. The bird brushed him away as easily as we could sweep aside a fly, and there he lay bleeding on the pavement beside the altar, while the sacrifice was torn and eaten in the presence of all the people. And then when the bird was glutted, it flew away again to the mountains.”

    “And the people gave no help?”

    “They cried out that the thing was a portent, that our Lord the Sun was a God no longer if He had not power or thought to guard His own sacrifice; and some cried that there was no God remaining now, and others would have it that there was a new God come to weigh on the country, which had chosen to take the form of a common man-eating bird. But a few began to shout that Phorenice stood for all the Gods now in Atlantis, and that cry was taken up till the stones of the great circle rang with it. Some may have made proclamation because they were convinced; many because the cry was new, and pleased them; but I am sure there were not a few who joined

    p. 152

    in because it was dangerous to leave such an outburst unwelcomed. The Empress can be hard enough to those who neglect to give her adulation.”

    “The Empress is Empress,” I said, formally, “and her name carries respect. It is not for us to question her doings.”

    “I am a priest,” said Ro, “and I speak as I have been taught, and defend the Faith as I have been commanded. Whether there is a Faith any longer, I am beginning to doubt. But, anyway, it yields a poor enough livelihood nowadays. There have been no offerings at this temple this five months past, and if I had not a few jars of corn put by, I might have starved for anything the pious of this city cared. And I do not think that the affair of that sacrifice is likely to put new enthusiasm into our cold votaries.”

    “When did it happen?”

    “Twenty hours ago. To-day Phorenice conducts the sacrifice herself. That has caused the stir you spoke about. The city is in the throes of getting ready one of her pageants.”

    “Then I must ask you to open the temple doors and give me passage. I must go and see this thing for myself.”

    “It is not for me to offer advice to one of the Seven,” said Ro, doubtfully.

    “It is not.”

    “But they say that the Empress is not overpleased at your absence,” he mumbled. “I should not like harm to come in your way, Deucalion,” he said, aloud.

    p. 153

    “The future is in the hands of the most High Gods, Ro, and I at least believe that They will deal out our fates to each of us as They in their infinite wisdom see best, though you seem to have lost your faith. And now I must be your debtor for a passage out through the doors. Plagues! man, it is no use your holding out your hand to me. I do not own a coin in all the world.”

    He mumbled something about “force of habit,” as he led the way down towards the door, and I responded tartly enough about the unpleasantness of his begging customs. “If it were not for your sort and your customs, the Priests’ Clan would not be facing this crisis to-day.”

    “One must live,” he grumbled, as he pressed his levers, and the massive stone in the doorway swung ajar.

    “If you had been a more capable man, I might have seen the necessity,” said I, and passed into the open and left him. I could never bring myself to like Ro.

    A motley crowd filled the street which ran past the front of this obscure temple, and all were hurrying one way. With what I had been told, it did not take much art to guess that the great stone circle of our Lord the Sun was their mark, and it grieved me to think of how many venerable centuries that great fane had upreared before the weather and the earth tremors, without such profanation as it would witness to-day. And also the thought occurred to me, “Was our Great Lord above drawing this woman on to her destruction? Would He take some vast and final act

    p. 154

    of vengeance when she consummated her final sacrilege?”

    But the crowd pressed on, thrilled and excited, and thinking little (as is a crowd’s wont) on the deeper matters which lay beneath the bare spectacle. From one quarter of the city walls the din of an attack from the besiegers made itself clearly heard from over the houses, and the temples and the palaces intervening, but no one heeded it. They had grown callous, these townsfolk, to the battering of rams, and the flight of fire-darts, and the other emotions of a bombardment. Their nerves, their hunger, their desperation were strung to such a pitch that little short of an actual storm could stir them into new excitement over the siege.

    All were weaponed. The naked carried arms in the hope of meeting some one whom they could overcome and rob; those that had a possession walked ready to do a battle for its ownership. There was no security, no trust; the lesson of civilization had dropped away from these common people as mud is washed from the feet by rain, and in their new habits and their thoughts they had gone back to the grade from which savages like those of Europe have never yet emerged. It was a grim commentary on the success of Phorenice’s rule.

    The crowd merged me into their ranks without question, and with them I pressed forward down the winding streets, once so clean and trim, now so foul and mud-strewn. Men and women had died of hunger in these streets these latter years, and rotted where they lay, and we trod their bones underfoot

    p. 155

    as we walked. Yet rising out of this squalor and this misery were great pyramids and palaces, the like of which for splendor and magnificence had never been seen before. It was a jarring admixture.

    In time we came to the open space in the centre of the city, which even Phorenice had not dared to encroach upon with her ambitious building schemes, and stood on the secular ground which surrounds the most ancient, the most grand, and the barest of all this world’s temples

    Since the beginning of time, when man first emerged among the beasts, our Lord the Sun has always been his chiefest God, and legend says that He raised this circle of stones Himself to be a place where votaries should offer Him worship. It is the fashion among us moderns not to take these old tales in a too literal sense; but for myself, this one satisfies me. By our wits we can lift blocks weighing six hundred men, and set them a the capstones of our pyramids. But to uprear the stones of that great circle would be beyond all our art, and much more would it be impossible to-day to transport them from their distant quarries across the rugged mountains.

    There were nine-and-forty of the stones, alternating with spaces, and set in an accurate circle, and across the tops of them other stones were set, equally huge. The stones were undressed and rugged; but the huge massiveness of them impressed the eye more than all the temples and daintily tooled pyramids of our wondrous city. And in the centre of the circle was that still greater stone which formed the altar, and round which was carved, in the rude chiselling

    p. 156

    of the ancients, the snake and the outstretched hand.

    The crowd which bore me on came to a stand-still before the circle of stones. To trespass beyond this is death for the common people; and for myself, although I had the right of entrance, I chose to stay where I was for the present, unnoticed among the mob, and wait upon events.

    For long enough we stood there, our Lord the Sun burning high and fiercely from the clear blue sky above our heads. The din of the rebels’ attack upon the walls came to us clearly, even above the gabble of the multitude; but no one gave attention to it. Excitement about what was to befall in the circle mastered every other emotion.

    I learned afterwards that so pressing was the rebels’ attack, and so destructive the battering of their new war engines, that Phorenice had gone off to the wall s first to lend awhile her brilliant skill for its repulse, and to put heart into the defenders. But as it was, the day had burned out to its middle and scorched us intolerably, because the noise of the drums and horns gave advertisement that the pageant had formed in procession; and of those who waited in the crowd, many had fainted with exhaustion and the heat, and not a few had died. But life was cheap in the city of Atlantis now, and no one heeded the fallen.

    Nearer and nearer drew the drums and the braying of the other music, and presently the head of a glittering procession began to arrive and dispose itself in the space which had been set apart. Many a thousand poor starving wretches sighed when they

    p. 157

    saw the wanton splendor of it. But these lords and these courtiers of this new Atlantis had no concern beyond their own bellies and their own backs, except for their one alien regard—their simpering affection for Phorenice.

    I think, though, their loyalty for the Empress was real enough; and it was not to be wondered at, since everything they had came from her lavish hands. Indeed, the woman had a charm that cannot be denied; for when she appeared, riding in the golden castle (where I also had ridden) on the back of her monstrous shaggy mammoth, the starved, sullen faces of the crowd brightened as though a meal and sudden prosperity had been bestowed upon them; and without a word of command, without a trace of compulsion, they burst into spontaneous shouts of welcome.

    She acknowledged it with a smile of thanks. Her cheeks were a little flushed, her movements quick, her manner high-strung, as all well might be, seeing the horrible sacrilege she had in mind. But she was undeniably lovely; yes, more adorably beautiful than ever with her present thrill of excitement; and when the stair was brought, and she walked down from the mammoth’s back to the ground, those near fell to their knees and gave her worship, out of sheer fascination for her beauty and charm.

    Ylga, the fan-girl, alone of all that vast multitude round the Sun temple, contained herself within her formal paces and duties. She looked pained and troubled. It was plain to see, even from the distance where I stood, that she carried a heavy heart under the jewels of her robe. It was fitting, too, that this

    p. 158

    should be so. Though she had been long enough divorced from his care and fostered by the Empress, Ylga was a daughter of Zaemon, and he was the chiefest of our Lord the Sun’s ministers here on earth. She could not forget her upbringing now at this supreme moment when the highest of the old Gods was to be formally defied. And perhaps also (having a kindness for Phorenice) she was not a little dreadful of the consequences.

    But the Empress had no eye for one sad look among all the sea of glowing faces. Boldly and proudly she strode out into the circle, as though she had been the duly appointed priest for the sacrifice. And after her came a knot of men, dressed as priests, and bearing the victim. Some of these were creatures of her own, and it was easy to forgive mere ignorant laymen, won over by the glamour of Phorenice’s presence. But some, to their shame, were men born in the Priests’ Clan, and brought up in the groves and colleges of the Sacred Mountain, and for their apostasy there could be no palliation.

    The wood had already been stacked on the altar-stone in the due form required by the ancient symbolism, and the Empress stood aside while those who followed did what was needful. As they opened out, I saw that the victim was one of the small, cloven-hoofed horses that roam the plains—a most acceptable sacrifice. They bound its feet with metal gyves, and put it on the pyre, where, for a while, it lay neighing. Then they stepped aside, and left it living. Here was an innovation.

    The false priests went back to the farther side of

    p. 159

    the circle, and Phorenice stood alone before the altar. She lifted up her voice, sweet, tuneful, and carrying, and though the din of the siege still came from over the city, no ear there lost a word of what was spoken.

    She raised her glance aloft, and all other eyes followed it. The heaven was clear as the deep sea, a gorgeous blue. But as the words came from her, so a small mist was born in the sky, wheeling and circling like a ball, although the day was windless, and rapidly growing darker and more compact. So dense had it become that presently it threw a shadow on part of the sacred circle that soothed it into twilight, though all without, where the people stood, was still garish day. And in the ball of mist were little quick stabs and splashes of noiseless flame.

    She spoke not in the priests’ sacred tongue—though such was her wicked cleverness that she may very well have learned it—but in the common speech of the people, so that all who heard might understand; and she told of her wondrous birth (as she chose to name it), and of the direct aid of the most High Gods, which had enabled her to work so many marvels. And in the end she lifted both of her fair white arms towards the blackness above, and with her lovely face set with the strain of will, uttered her final cry:

    “O my high Father, the Sun, I pray You now to acknowledge me as Your very daughter. Give this people a sign that I am indeed a child of the Gods and no frail mortal. Here is sacrifice unlit, where mortal priests with their puny fires had weekly, since the foundation of this land, sent savory smoke towards

    p. 160

    the sky. I pray You send down the heavenly fire to burn this beast here offered, in token that though You still rule on high, You have given me Atlantis to be my kingdom, and the people of the Earth to be my worshippers.”

    She broke off and strained towards the sky. Her face was contorted. Her limbs shook. “O mighty Father,” she cried, “who hast made me a God and an equal, hear me! hear me!”

    Out of the black cloud overhead there came a blinding flash of light, which spat downward on to the altar. The cloven-hoofed horse gave one shrill neigh, and one convulsion, and fell back dead. Flames crackled out from the wood-pile, and the air became rich with the smell of burning flesh. And lo! in another moment the cloud above had melted into nothingness, and the flames burned pale, and the smoke went up in a thin blue spiral towards the deeper blueness of the sky.

    Phorenice the Empress stood there before the great stone, and before the snake and the outstretched hand of life which were inscribed upon it, flushed, exultant, and once more radiantly lovely; and the knot of priests within the circle, and the great mob of people without, fell to the ground adoring.

    “Phorenice, Goddess!” they cried. “Phorenice, Goddess of all Atlantis!”

    But for myself, I did not kneel. I would have no part in this apostasy, so I stood the


    CHAPTER X

    A WOOING

    A MURMUR quickly sprang up round me, which grew into shouts. “Kneel,” one whispered, “kneel, sir, or you will be seen.” And another cried: “Kneel, you without beard, and do obeisance to the only Goddess, or by the old Gods I will make myself her priest and butcher you!” And so the shouts arose into a roar.

    But presently the word “Deucalion” began to be bandied about, and there came a moderation in the zeal of these enthusiasts. Deucalion, the man who had left Atlantis twenty years before to rule Yucatan, they might know little enough about, but Deucalion who rode not many days back beside the Empress in the golden castle beneath the canopy of snakes, was a person they remembered; and when they weighed up his possible ability for vengeance, the shouts died away from them limply.

    So when the silence had grown again, and Phorenice turned and saw me standing alone among all the prostrate worshippers, I stepped out from the crowd and passed between two of the great stones, and went across the circle to where she stood beside

    p. 162

    the altar. I did not prostrate myself. At the prescribed distance I made the salutation which she herself had ordered when she made me her chief minister, and then hailed her with formal decorum as Empress.

    “Deucalion, man of ice,” she retorted.

    “I still adhere to the old Gods!”

    “I was not referring to that,” said she, and looked at me with a sidelong smile.

    But here Ylga came up to us with a face that was white and a hand that shook, and made supplication for my life. “If he will not leave the old Gods yet,” she pleaded, “surely you will pardon him? He is a strong man, and does not become a convert easily. You may change him later. But think, Phorenice, he is Deucalion; and if you slay him here for this one thing, there is no other man within all the marches of Atlantis who could so worthily serve—”

    The Empress took the words from her. “You slut,” she cried out, “I have you near me to appoint my wardrobe and carry my fan, and do you dare to put a meddling finger in my policies? Back with you, outside this circle, or I’ll have you whipped. Aye, and I’ll do more. I’ll serve you as Zaemon served my captain, Tarca. Shall I point a finger at you, and smite your pretty skin with a sudden leprosy?”

    The girl bowed her shoulders and went away cowed, and Phorenice turned to me. “My lord,” she said, “I am like a young bird in the nest that has suddenly found its wings. Wings have so many uses that I am curious to try them all.”

    “‘BACK WITH YOU, OUTSIDE THIS CIRCLE’”
    Click to enlarge

    “‘BACK WITH YOU, OUTSIDE THIS CIRCLE’”

    p. 163

    “May each new flight they take be for the good of Atlantis.”

    “Oh,” she said, with an eye-flash, “I know what you have most at heart. But we will go back to the pyramid, and talk this out at more leisure. I pray you now, my lord, conduct me back to my riding beast.”

    It appeared then that I was to be condoned for not offering her worship, and so putting public question on her deification. It appeared also that Ylga’s interference was looked upon as untimely, and, though I could not understand the exact reasons for either of these things, I accepted them as they were, seeing that they forwarded the scheme that Zaemon had bidden me carry out.

    So when the Empress lent me her fingers—warm, delicate fingers they were, though so skilful to grasp the weapons of war—I took them gravely, and led her out of the great circle, which she had polluted with her trickeries. I had expected to see our Lord the Sun take vengeance on the profanation while it was still in act; but none had come: and I knew that He would choose His own good time for retribution, and appoint what instrument He thought best, without my raising a puny arm to guard His mighty honor.

    So I led this lovely, sinful woman back to the huge red mammoth which stood there tamely in waiting, and the smell of the sacrifice came after us as we walked. She mounted the stair to the golden castle on the shaggy beast’s back, and bade me mount also and take seat beside her. But the place of the fan-girl

    p. 164

    behind was empty, and what we said as we rode back through the streets there was none to overhear.

    She was eager to know what had befallen me after the attack on the gate, and I told the tale, laying stress on the worthiness of Naïs, and uttering an opinion that with care the girl might be won back to allegiance again. Only the commands that Zaemon laid upon me, when he and I spoke together in the sacred tongue, did I withhold, as it is not lawful to repeat these matters save only in the High Council of the Priests itself as they sit before the Ark of the Mysteries.

    You seem to have an unusual kindliness for this rebel Naïs,” said Phorenice.

    “She showed herself to me as more clever and thoughtful than the common herd.”

    “Aye,” she answered, with a sigh that I think was real enough in its way, “an Empress loses much that meaner woman gets as her common due.”

    “In what particular?”

    “She misses the honest wooing of her equals.”

    “If you set up for a Goddess—” I said.

    “Pah! I wish to be no Goddess to you, Deucalion. That was for the common people; it gives me more power with them; it helps my schemes. All you Seven higher priests know that trick of calling down the fire, and it pleased me to filch it. Can you not be generous, and admit that a woman may be as clever in finding out these natural laws as your musty elder priests?”

    “Remains that you are Empress.”

    “Nor Empress either. Just think that there is a woman seated beside you on this cushion, Deucalion,

    p. 165

    and look upon her, and say what words come first to your lips. Have done with ceremonies, and have done with statecraft. Do you wish to wait on as you are till all your manhood withers? It is well not to hurry unduly in these matters: I am with you there. Yet who but a fool watches a fruit grow ripe, and then leaves it till it is past its prime?”

    I looked on her glorious beauty, but as I live it left me cold. But I remembered the command that had been laid upon me, and forced a smile. “I may have been fastidious,” I said, “but I do not regret waiting this long.”

    “Nor I. But I have played my life as a maid time enough. I am a woman, ripe and full-blooded, and the day has come when I should be more than what I have been.”

    I let my hand clench on hers. “Take me to husband then, and I will be a good man to you. But, as I am bidden speak to Phorenice the woman now, and not to the Empress, I offer fair warning that I will be no puppet.”

    She looked at me sidelong. “I have been master so long that I think it will come as enjoyment to be mastered sometimes. No, Deucalion, I promise that—you shall be no puppet. Indeed, it would take a lusty lung to do the piping if you were to dance against your will.”

    “Then as man and wife we will live together in the royal pyramid, and we will rule this country with all the wit that it has pleased the High Gods to bestow on us. These miserable differences shall be swept aside; the rebels shall go back to their

    p. 166

    homes, and hunt, and fight the beasts in the provinces, and the Priests’ Clan shall be pacified. Phorenice, you and I will throw ourselves brain and soul into the government, and we will make Atlantis rise as a nation that shall once more surpass all the world for peace and prosperity.”

    Petulantly she drew her hand away from mine. “Oh, your conditions, and your Atlantis! You carry a crudeness in these colonial manners of yours, Deucalion, that palls on one after the first blunt flavor has worn away. Am I to do all the wooing? Is there no little thrill of love under all your ice?”

    “In truth, I do not know what love may be. I have had little enough speech with women all these busy years.”

    “We were a pair, then, when you landed, though I have heard sighs and protestations from every man that carries a beard in all Atlantis. Some of them tickled my fancy for the day, but none of them have moved me deeper. No, I also have not learned what this love may be from my own personal feelings. But, sir, I think that you will teach me soon, if you go on with your coldness.”

    “From what I have seen, love is for the poor and the weak, and for those of flighty emotions.”

    “Then I would that another woman were Empress, and that I were some ill-dressed creature of the gutter that a strong man could pick up by force and carry away to his home for sheer passion. Ah! How I could revel in it! How I could respond if he caught my whim!” She laughed. “But I should

    p. 167

    lead him a sad life of it if my liking were not so strong as his.”

    “We are as we are made, and we cannot change our inwards which move us.”

    She looked at me with a sullen glance. “If I do not change yours, my Deucalion, there will be more trouble brewed for this poor Atlantis that you set such store upon. There will be ill doings in this coming household of ours if my love grows for you, and yours remains still unborn.”

    I believe she would have had me fondle her there in the golden castle on the mammoth’s shaggy back, before the city streets packed with curious people. She had little enough appetite for privacy at any time. But for the life of me I could not do it. The Gods know I was earnest enough about my task, and They know also how it repelled me. But I was a true priest that day, and I had put away all personal liking to carry out the commands which the council had laid upon me. If I had known how to set about it, I would have fallen in with her mood. But where any of those shallow, bedizened triflers about the court would have been glibly in his element, I stuck for lack of a dozen words.

    There was no help for it but to leave all, save what I actually felt, unsaid. Diplomacy I was trained in, and on most matters I had a glib enough tongue. But to palter with women was a lightness I had always neglected, and if I had invented would-be pretty speeches out of my clumsy inexperience, Phorenice would have seen through the fraud on the instant. She had been nurtured during these

    p. 168

    years of her rule on a pap of these silly protestations, and could weigh their value with an expert’s exactness.

    Nor was it a case where honest confession would have served my purpose better. If I had put my position to her in plain words, it would have made relations worse. And so perforce I had to hold my tongue, and submit to be considered a clown.

    “I had always heard,” said she, “that you colonists in Yucatan were far ahead of those in Egypt in all the arts and graces. But you, sir, do small credit to your viceroyalty. Why, I have had gentry front the Nile come here, and you might almost think they had never left their native shores.”

    “They must have made great strides these last twenty years, then. When last I was sent to Egypt to report, the blacks were clearly masters of the land, and our people lived there only on sufferance. Their pyramids were puny, and their cities nothing more than forts.”

    “Oh,” she said, mockingly, “they are mere exiles still, but they remember their manners. My poor face seemed to please them; at least they all went into raptures over it. And for ten pleasant words one of them cut off his own right hand. We made the bargain, my Egyptian gallant and I, and the hand lies dried on some shelf in my apartment to-day as a pleasant memento.”

    But here, by a lucky chance for me, an incident occurred which saved me from further baiting. The rebels outside the walls were conducting their day’s attack with vigor and some intelligence. More than

    p. 169

    once during our procession the lighter missiles from their war engines had sang up through the air and split against a building, and thrown splinters which wounded those which thronged the streets. Still there had been nothing to ruffle the nerves of any one at all used to the haps of warfare, or in any way to hinder our courtship. But presently, it seems, they stopped hurling stones from their war engines, and took to loading them with carcasses of wood lined with the throwing fire.

    Now against stone buildings these did little harm, save only that they scorched horribly any poor wretch that was within splash of them when they burst; but when they fell upon the rude wooden booths and rush shelters of the poorer folk, they set them ablaze instantly. There was no putting out these fires.

    These things also would have given to either Phorenice or myself little enough of concern, as they are the trivial and common incidents of every siege; but the mammoth on which we rode had not been so properly schooled. When the first blue whiff of smoke came to us down the windings of the street, the huge red beast hoisted its trunk, and began to sway its head uneasily. When the smoke drifts grew more dense, and here and there a tongue of flame showed pale beneath the sunshine, it stopped abruptly and began to trumpet.

    The guards who led it tugged manfully at the chains which hung from the jagged metal collar round its neck, so that the spikes ran deep into its flesh, and reminded it keenly of its bondage. But the beast’s terror at the fire, which was native to its

    p. 170

    constitution, mastered all its new-bought habits of obedience. From time unknown men have hunted the mammoth in the savage ground, and the mammoth has hunted men; and the men have always used fire as a shield, and mammoths have learned to dread fire as the most dangerous of all enemies.

    Phorenice’s brow began to darken as the great beast grew more restive, and she shook her red curls viciously. “Some one shall lose a head for this blundering,” said she. “I ordered to have this beast trained to stand indifferent to drums, shouting, arrows, stones, and fire, and the trainers assured me that all was done, and brought examples.”

    I slipped my girdle. “Here,” I said, “quick. Let me lower you to the ground.”

    She turned on me with a gleam. “Are you fearful for my neck then, Deucalion?”

    “I have no mind to be bereaved before I have tasted my wedded life.”

    “Pish! There is little enough of danger. I will stay and ride it out. I am not one of your nervous women, sir. But go you, if you please.”

    “There is little enough chance for that now.”

    Blood flowed from the mammoth’s neck where the spikes of the collar tore it, and with each drop, so did the tameness seem to ooze out from it also. With wild squeals and trumpetings it turned and charged viciously down the way it had come, scattering like straws the spearmen who tried to stop it, and mowing a great swathe through the crowd with its monstrous progress. Many must have been trodden under foot, many killed by its murderous trunk, but only their

    p. 171

    cries came to us. The golden castle, with its canopy of royal snakes, was swayed and tossed so that we two occupants had much ado not to be shot off like stones from a catapult. But I took a brace with my feet against the front and one arm around a pillar, and clapped the spare arm round Phorenice, so as to offer myself to her as a cushion.

    She lay there contentedly enough, with her lovely face just beneath my chin, and the faint scent of her hair coming in to me with every breath I took; and the mammoth charged madly on through the narrow streets. We had outstripped the taint of smoke, and the original cause of fear, but the beast seemed to have forgotten everything in, its mad panic. It held furiously on with enormous strides, carrying its trunk aloft, and deafening us with its screams and trumpetings. We left behind us quickly all those who had trod in that glittering pageant, and we were carried helplessly on through the wards of the city.

    The beast was utterly beyond all control. So great was its pace that there was no alternative but to try and cling on to the castle. Up there we were beyond its reach. To have leaped off, even if we had avoided having brains dashed out or limbs smashed by the fall, would have been to put ourselves at once at a frightful disadvantage. The mammoth would have scented us immediately, and turned (as is the custom of these beasts), and we should have been trampled into pulp in a dozen seconds.

    The thought came to me that here was the High Gods’ answer to Phorenice’s sacrilege. The mammoth was appointed to carry out Their vengeance

    p. 172

    by dashing her to pieces, and I, their priest, was to be human witness that justice had been done. But no direct revelation had been given me on this matter, and so I took no initiative, but hung on to the swaying castle, and held the Empress against bruises in my arms.

    There was no guiding the brute: in its insanity of madness it doubled many times upon its course, the windings of the streets confusing it. But by degrees we left the large palaces and pyramids behind, and got among the quarters of artisans, where weavers and smiths gaped at us from their doors as we thundered past. And then we came upon the merchants’ quarters where men live over their storehouses that do traffic with the people over seas, and then down an open space there glittered before us a mirror of water.

    “Now here,” thought I, “this mad beast will come to sudden stop, and as like as not will swerve round sharply and charge back again towards the heart of the city.” And I braced myself to withstand the shock, and took fresh grip upon the woman who lay against my breast. But with louder screams and wilder trumpetings the mammoth held straight on, and presently came to the harbor’s edge, and sent the spray sparkling in sheets among the sunshine as it went with its clumsy gait into the water.

    But at this point the pace was very quickly slackened. The great sewers, which science devised for the health of the city in the old King’s time, vomit their drainings into this part of the harbor, and the solid matter which they carry is quickly deposited as an impalpable sludge. Into this the

    p. 173

    huge beast began to sink deeper and deeper before it could halt in its rush, and when with frightened bellowings it had come to a stop, it was bogged irretrievably. Madly it struggled, wildly it screamed and trumpeted. The harbor water and the slime were churned into one stinking compost, and the golden castle in which we clung lurched so wildly that we were torn from it and shot far away into the water.

    Still there, of course, we were safe, and I was pleased enough to be rid of the bumpings.

    Phorenice laughed as she swain. “You handle yourself like a sore man, Deucalion. I owe you something for lending me the cushion of your body. By my face! There’s more of the gallant about you when it comes to the test than one would guess to hear you talk. How did you like the ride, sir? I warrant it came to you as a new experience.”

    “I’d liefer have walked.”

    “Pish, man! you’ll never be a courtier. You should have sworn that with me in your arms you could have wished the bumping had gone on forever. Ho, the boat there! Hold your arrows. Deucalion, hail me those fools in that boat. Tell them that, if they hurt so much as a hair of my mammoth, I’ll kill them all by torture. He’ll exhaust himself directly, and when his flurry’s done we’ll leave him where he is, to consider his evil ways for a day or so, and then haul him out with windlasses, and tame him afresh. Pho! I could not feel myself to be Phorenice if I had no fine, red, shaggy mammoth to take me out for my rides.”

    p. 174

    The boat was a ten-slave galley, which was churning up from the farther side of the harbor as hard as well-plied whips could make oars drive her; but at the sound of my shouts the soldiers on her foredeck stopped their arrow-shots, and the steersman swerved her off on a new course to pick us up. Till then we had been swimming leisurely across an angle of the harbor, so as to avoid landing where the sewers outpoured; but we stopped now, treading the water, and were helped over the side by most respectful hands.

    The galley belonged to the captain of the port, a mincing figure of a mariner, whose highest appetite in life was to lick the feet of the great; and he began to fawn and prostrate himself at once, and to wish that his eyes had been blinded before he saw the Empress in such deadly peril.

    “The peril may pass,” said she. “It’s nothing mortal that will ever kill me. But I’ve spoiled my pretty clothes, and shed a jewel or two, and that’s annoying enough, as you say, good man.”

    The silly fellow repeated a wish that he might be blinded before the Empress was ever put to such discomfort again.

    But it seemed she could be cloyed with flattery. “If you are tired of your eyes,” said she, “let me tell you that you have gone the way to have them plucked out from their sockets. Kill my mammoth, would you, because he has shown himself a trifle frolicsome? You and your sort want more education, my man. I shall have to teach you that port-captains and such small creatures are very easy to

    p. 175

    come by, and very small value when got, but that my mammoth is mine—mine, do you understand?—the property of Goddess Phorenice, and as such is sacred.”

    The port-captain abased himself before her. “I am an ignorant fellow,” said he, “and heaven was robbed of its brightest ornament when Phorenice came down to Atlantis. But if reparation is permitted me, I have two prisoners in the cabin of the boat here who shall be sacrificed to the mammoth forthwith. Doubtless it would please him to make sport with them, and spill out the last lees of his rage upon their bodies.”

    “Prisoners you’ve got, have you? How taken?”

    “Under cover of last night they were trying to pass in between the two forts which guard the harbor mouth. But their boat fouled the chain, and by the light of the torches the sentries spied them. They were caught with ropes and put in a dungeon. There is an order not to abuse prisoners before they have brought before a judgment.”

    “It was my order. Did these prisoners offer to buy their lives with news?”

    “The man has not spoken. Indeed, I think he got his death-wound in being taken. The woman fought like a cat also, so they said in the fort, but she was caught without hurt. She says she has got nothing that would be of use to tell. She says she has tired of living like a savage outside the city, and moreover that, inside, there is a man for whose nearness she craves most mightily.”

    “Tut!” said Phorenice. “Is this a romance we

    p. 176

    have swum to? You see what affectionate creatures we women are, Deucalion.” The galley was brought up against the royal quay and made fast to its golden rings. I handed the Empress ashore, but she turned again and faced the boat, her garments still yielding up a slender drip of water. “Produce your woman prisoner, master captain, and let us see whether she is a runaway wife, or a lovesick girl mad after her sweetheart. Then I will deliver judgment on her, and as like as not will surprise you all with my clemency. I am in a mood for tender romance to-day.”

    The port-captain went into the little hutch of a cabin with a white face. It was plain that Phorenice’s pleasantries scared him. “The man appears to be dead, your Majesty. I see that his wounds—”

    “Bring out the woman, you fool. I asked for her. Keep your carrion where it is.”

    I saw the fellow stoop for his knife to cut a lashing, and presently who should he bring out to the daylight but the girl I had saved from the cave-tigers in the circus, and who has so strangely drawn me to her during the hours that we had spent afterwards in companionship. It was clear, too, that the Empress recognized her also. Indeed, she made no secret about the matter, addressing her by name and mockingly making inquiries about the ménage of the rebels, and the success of the prisoner’s amours.

    “This good port-captain tells me that you made a most valiant attempt to return, Naïs, and for an excuse you told that it was your love for some man in

    p. 177

    the city here which drew you. Come now, we are willing to overlook much of your faults if you will give us a reasonable chance. Point me out your man, and if he is a proper fellow, I will see that he weds you honestly. Yes, and I will do more for you, Naïs, since this day brings me to a husband. Seeing that all your estate is confiscate as a penalty for your late rebellion, I will charge myself with your dowry and give it back to you. So come, name me the man.”

    The girl looked at her with a sullen brow. “I spoke a lie,” she said; “there is no man.”

    I tried myself to give her advocacy. “The lady doubtless spoke what came to her lips. When a woman is in the grip of a rude soldiery, any excuse which can save her for the moment must serve. For myself, I should think it like enough that she would confess to having come back to her old allegiance, if she were asked.”

    “Sir,” said the Empress, “keep your peace. Any interest you may show in this matter will go far to offend me. You have spoken of Naïs in your narrative before; and although your tongue was shrewd and you did not say much, I am a woman and I could read between the lines. Now regard, my rebel, I have no wish to be unduly hard upon you, though once you were my fan-girl, and so your running away to these ill-kempt malcontents, who beat their heads against my city walls, is all the more naughty. But you must meet me half-way. You must give an excuse for a leniency. Point me out the man you would wed, and he shall be your husband to-morrow.”

    p. 178

    “There is no man.”

    “Then name me one at random. Why, my pretty Naïs, not ten months ago there were a score who would have leaped at the chance of having you for a wife. Drop your coyness, girl, and name me one of those. I warrant you that I will be your ambassadress and will put the matter to him with such delicacy that he will not make you blush by refusal.”

    The prisoner moistened her lips. “I am a maiden, and I have a maiden’s modesty. I will die as you choose, but I will not do this indecency.”

    “Well, I am a maiden too, and though because I am Empress also, questions of State have to stand before questions of my private modesty, I can have a sympathy for yours—although in truth I did not obtrude unduly when you were my fan-girl, Naïs. No, come to think of it, you liked a tender glance and a pretty phrase as well as any when you were f an-girl. You have grown wild and shy among these savage rebels, but I will not punish you for that.

    “Let me call your favorites to memory now. There was Tarca, of course; but Tarca had a difference with that ill-dressed father of yours, and wears a leprosy on half his face instead of that beard he used to trim so finely. And then there is Tatho; but Tatho is away over-seas. Eron, too, you liked once; but he lost an arm in fighting t’other day, and I would not marry you to less than a whole man. Ah, by my face! I have it, the dainty exquisite, Rota! He is the husband! How well I remember the way he used to dress in a change of garb each day to catch your

    p. 179

    proud fancy, girl. Well, you shall have Rota. He shall lead you to wife before this hour to-morrow.”

    Again the prisoner moistened her lips. “I will not have Rota, and spare me the others. I know why you mock me, Phorenice.”

    “Then there are three of us here who share one knowledge.” She turned her eyes upon me. Gods! who ever saw the like of Phorenice’s eyes, and who ever saw them lit with such a fire as burned within them then? “My lord, you are marrying me for policy; I am marrying you for policy, and for another reason which has grown stronger of late, and which you may guess at. Do you wish still to carry out the match?”

    I looked once at Naïs, and then I looked steadily back at Phorenice. The command given by the mouth of Zaemon from the high council of the Sacred Mountain had to outweigh all else, and I answered that such was my desire.

    “Then,” said she, glowering at me with her eyes, “you shall build me up the pretty body of Naïs beneath a throne of granite as a wedding gift. And you shall do it too with your own proper hands, my Deucalion, while I watch your devotion.”

    And to Naïs she turned with a cruel smile. “You lied to me, my girl, and you spoke truth to the soldiers in the harbor forts. There is a man here in the city you came after, and he is the one man you may not have. Because you know me well, and my methods very thoroughly, your love for him must be very deep or you would not have come. And so, being here, you shall be put beyond mischief’s reach.

    p. 180

    [paragraph continues]I am not one of those who see luxury in fostering rivals.

    “You came for attention at the hands of Deucalion. By my face! you shall have it. I will watch myself while he builds you up living.”


    CHAPTER XI

    AN AFFAIR WITH THE BARBAROUS FISHERS

    SO this mighty Empress chose to be jealous of a mere woman prisoner!

    Now my mind has been trained to work with a soldierly quickness in these moments of stress, and I decided on my proper course on the instant the words had left her lips. I was sacrificing myself for Atlantis by order of the high council of the priests, and, if needful, Naïs must be sacrificed also, although in the same flash a scheme came to me for saving her.

    So I bowed gravely before the Empress, and said I, “In this, and in all other things where a mere human hand is potent, I will carry out your wishes, Phorenice.” And she on her part patted my arm, and fresh waves of feeling welled up from the depths of her wondrous eyes. Surely the Gods won for her half her schemes and half her battles when they gave Phorenice her shape, and her voice, and the matters which lay within the outlines of her face.

    By this time the merchants and the other dwellers adjacent to this part of the harbor, where the royal quay stands, had come down, offering changes of raiment and houses to retire into. Phorenice was all graciousness, and though it was little enough I

    p. 182

    cared for mere wetness of my coat, still that part of the harbor into which we had been thrown by the mammoth was not over savory, and I was glad enough to follow her example. For myself, I said no further word to Naïs, and refrained even from giving her a glance of farewell. But a small sop like this was no meal for Phorenice, and she gave the port-captain strict orders for the guarding of his prisoner before she left him.

    At the house into which I was ushered they gave me a bath, and I eased my host of the plainest garment in his store, and he was pleased enough at getting off so cheaply. But I had an hour to spend outside on the pavement listening to the distant din of bombardment before Phorenice came out to me again, and I could not help feeling some grim amusement at the face of the merchant who followed. The fellow was clearly ruined. He had a store of jewels and gauds of the most costly kind, which were only in fraction his own, seeing that he had bought them (as the custom is) in partnership with other merchants. These had pleased Phorenice’s eye, and so she had taken all and disposed them on her person.

    “Are they not pretty?” said she, showing them to me. “See how they flash under the sun. I am quite glad now, Deucalion, that the mammoth gave us that furious ride and that spill, since it has brought me such a bonny present. You may tell the fellow here that some day, when he has earned some more, I will come and be his guest again. Ah! they have brought us litters, I see. Well, send one away and do you share mine with me, sir. We must

    p. 183

    play at being lovers to-day, even if love is a matter which will come to us both with more certainty tomorrow. No, do not order more bearers. My own slaves will carry us handily enough. I am glad you are not one of your gross, overfed men, Deucalion. I am small and slim myself, and I do not want to be husbanded by a man who will overshadow me.”

    “Back to the royal pyramid?” I asked.

    “No, nor to the walls. I neither wish to fight nor to sit as Empress to-day, sir. As I have told you before, it is my whim to be Phorenice, the maiden, for a few hours, and if some one I wot of would woo me now, as other maidens are wooed, I should esteem it a luxury. Bid the slaves carry us round the harbor’s rim, and give word to these starers that, if they follow, I will call down fire upon them as I did upon the sacrifice.”

    Now I have seen something of the unruliness of the streets myself, and I had gathered a hint also from the officer at the gate of the royal pyramid that night of Phorenice’s welcoming banquet. But as whatever there was in the matter must be common knowledge to the Empress, I did not bring it to her memory then. So I dismissed the guard which had come up, and drove away with a few sharp words the throng of gaping sight-seers who always, silly creatures, must needs come to stare at their betters; and then I sat in the litter in the place where I was invited, and the bearers put their heads to the pole.

    They swung away with us along the wide pavement which runs between the houses of the merchants and the mariner folk and the dimpling waters of

    p. 184

    the harbor; and I thought somewhat sadly of the few ships that floated on that splendid basin now, and of the few evidences of business that showed themselves on the quays. Time was when the ships were berthed so close that many had to wait in the estuary outside the walls, and memorials had been sent to the King that the port should be doubled in size to hold the glut of trade. And that, too, in the old days of oar and sail, when machines drawing power from our Lord the Sun were but rarely used to help a vessel speedily along her course.

    The Egypt voyage and a return was a matter of a year then, as against a brace of months now; and of three ships that set out, one at least could be reckoned upon succumbing to the dangers of the wide waters and the terrible beasts that haunt them. But in those old days trade roared with lusty life, and was ever growing wider and more heavy. Your merchant then was a portly man and gave generously to the Gods. But now all the world seemed to be in arms, and, moreover, trade was vulgar. Your merchant, if he was a man of substance, forgot his merchandise, swore that chaffering was more indelicate than blasphemy, and curled his beard after the new fashion, and became a courtier. Where his father had spent anxious days with cargo tally and shipmaster, the son wasted hours in directing sewing men as they adorned a coat, and nights in vaporing at banquets.

    Of the smaller merchants who had no substance laid by, taxes and the constant bickerings of war had wellnigh ground them into starvation. Besides,

    p. 185

    with the country in constant uproar, there were few markets left for most merchandise, nor was there aught made now which could be carried abroad. If your weaver is pressed as a fire-tube man he does not make cloth, and if your farmer is playing at rebellion, he does not buy slaves to till his fields. Indeed, they told me that a month before my return, as fine a cargo of slaves had been brought into harbor as ever came out of Europe, and there was nothing for it but to set them ashore across the estuary, and leave them free to starve or live in the wild ground there as they chose. There was no man in all Atlantis who would hold so much as one more slave at a gift.

    But though I was grieved at this falling away, all schemes for remedy would be for afterwards. It would only make ill worse to speak of it as we rode together in the litter. I was growing to know Phorenice’s moods enough for that. Still, I think that she too had studied mine, and did her best to interest me between her bursts of trifling. We went out to where the westernmost harbor wall joins the land, and there the panting bearers set us down. She led me into a little house of stone which stood by itself, built out on a promontory where there is a constant run of tide; and when we had been given admittance, after much unbarring, she showed me her new gold collectors.

    In the dry knowledge taught in the colleges and groves of the Sacred Mountain it had been a common fact to us that the metal gold was present in a dissolved state in all sea-water, but of plans for dragging

    p. 186

    it forth into yellow hardness none had ever been discussed. But here this field-reared upstart of an Empress had stumbled upon the trick as though it had been written in a book.

    She patted my arm laughingly as I stared curiously round the place. “I tell all others in Atlantis that only the Gods have this secret,” said she, “and that They gave it to me as one of Themselves. But I am no Goddess to you, am I, Deucalion? And, by my face! I have no other explanation of how this plan was invented. We’ll suppose I must have dreamed it. Look! the sea-water sluices in through that culvert, and passes over these rough metal plates set in the floor, and then flows out again yonder in its natural course. You see the yellow metal caught in the ridges of the plates? That is gold. And my fellows here melt it with fire into bars, and take it to my smiths in the city. The tides vary constantly, as you priests know well, as the quiet moon draws them; and it does not take much figuring to know how much of the sea passes through these culverts in a month, and how much gold to a grain should be caught in the plates. My fellows here at first thought to cheat me, but I towed two of them in the water once behind a galley till the cannibal fish ate them, and since then the others have given me credit for—for what do you think?”

    “More divinity.”

    “I suppose it is that. But I am letting you see how it is done. Just have the head to work out a little sum, and see what an effect can be gained. You will be a God yet yourself, Deucalion, with these

    p. 187

    silly Atlanteans, if only you will use your wit and cleverness.”

    Was she laughing at me? Was she in earnest? I could not tell. Sometimes she pointed out that her success and triumphs were merely the reward of thought and brilliancy, and next moment she gave me some impossible explanation and left me to deduce that she must be more than mortal or the thing could never have been found. In good truth, this little woman with her supple mind and her supple body mystified me more and more the longer I stayed by her side; and more and more despairing did I grow that Atlantis could ever be restored by my agency to peace and the ancient Gods, even after I had carried out the commands of the high council and taken her to wife.

    Only one plan seemed humanly possible, and that was to curb her further mischievousness by death, and then leave the wretched country naturally to recover. It was just a dagger-stroke, and the thing was done. Yet the very idea of this revolted me, and when the desperate thought came to my mind (which it did ever and anon), I hugged to myself the answer that if it were fitting to do this thing, the High Gods in Their infinite wisdom would surely have put definite commands upon me for its carrying out.

    Yet such was the fascination of Phorenice that, when presently we left her gold collectors and stumbled into such peril that a little withholding of my hand would have gained her a passage to the nether Gods, I found myself fighting when she called upon

    p. 188

    me as seldom I have fought before. And though, of course, some blame for this must be laid upon that lust of battle which thrills even the coldest of us when blows begin to whistle and war-cries start to ring, there is no doubt also that the pleasure of protecting Phorenice, and the distaste for seeing her pulled down by those rude, uncouth fishers, put special nerve and vehemence into my blows.

    The cause of the matter was the unrest and the prevalency to street violence which I have spoken of above, and the desperate poverty of the common people, which led them to take any risk if it showed them a chance of winning the wherewithal to purchase a meal. We had once more mounted the litter, and once more the bearers, with their heads beneath the pole, bore us on at their accustomed swinging trot. Phorenice was telling me about her new supplies of gold. She had made fresh sumptuary laws, it appeared.

    “In the old days,” said she, “when yellow gold was tediously dredged up grain by grain from river gravels in the dangerous lands, a quillful would cost a rich man’s savings, and so none but those whose high station fitted them to be so adorned could wear golden ornaments. But when the sea-water gave me gold here by the double handful a day, I found that the price of these river hoards decreased; and one day—could you credit it?—a common fellow, who was one of my smiths, came to me wearing a collar of yellow gold on his own common neck. Well, I had that neck divided as payment for his presumption; and as I promised to repeat the division promptly on

    p. 189

    all other offenders, that special species of forwardness seems to be checked for the time. There are many exasperations, Deucalion, in governing these common people.”

    She had other things to say upon the matter, but at this point I saw two clumsy boats of fishers paddling to us from over the ripples, and at the same time among the narrow lanes which led between the houses on the other side of us savage-faced men were beginning to run after the litter in threatening clusters.

    “With permission,” I said, “I will step out of the conveyance and scatter this rabble.”

    “Oh, the people always cluster round me. Poor ugly souls, they seem to take a strange delight in coming to stare at my pretty looks. But scatter them. I have said I did not wish to be followed. I am taking holiday now, Deucalion, am I not, while you learn to woo me?”

    I stepped to the ground. The rough fishers in the boats were beginning to shout to those who dodged among the houses to see to it that we did not escape, and the numbers who hemmed us in on the shore side were increasing every moment. The prospect was unpleasant enough. We had come out beyond the merchants’ quarter, and were level with those small huts of mud and grass which the fishing population deem sufficient for shelter, and which has always been a spot where turbulence might be expected. Indeed, even in those days of peace and good government in the old King’s time, this part of the city had rarely been without its weekly riot.

    p. 190

    The life of the fishermen is the most hard that any human toilers have to endure. Violence from the winds and waves, and pelting from fire-stones out of the sky are their daily portion; the great beasts that dwell in the seas hunt them with savage persistence, and it is a rare day when at least some one of the fishers’ guild fails to come home to answer the tally. Moreover, the manner which prevails of catching fish is not without its risks.

    To each man there is a large sea-fowl taken as a nestling and trained to the work. A ring of bronze is round its neck to prevent its swallowing the spoil for which it dives, and for each fish it takes and flies back with to the boat, the head and tail and inwards are given to it for a reward, the ring being removed while it makes the meal.

    The birds are faithful, once they have got a training, and are seldom known to desert their owners; but, although the fishers treat them more kindly than they do their wives, or children of their own begetting, the life of the birds is precarious like that of their masters. The larger beasts and fish of the sea prey on them as they prey on the smaller fish; and so, whatever care may be lavished upon them, they are most liable to sudden cutting off.

    And here is another thing that makes the life of the fisher most precarious: if his fishing-bird be slain, and the second, which he has in training, also come by ill fortune, he is left suddenly bereft of all utensils of livelihood, and (for aught his guild-fellows care) he may go starve. For these fishers hold that the Gods of the sea regulate their craft, and that if one

    p. 191

    is not pleasing to Them, They rob him of his birds; after which it would be impious to have any truck or dealing with such a fellow; and accordingly he is left to starve or rob as he chooses.

    All of which circumstances tend to make the fishers rude, desperate men, who have been forced into the trade because all other callings have rejected them. They are fellows, moreover, who will spend the gains of a month on a night’s debauch, for fear that the morrow will rob them of life and the chance of spending; and, moreover, it is their one point of honor to be curbed in no desire by an ordinary fear of consequences. As will appear.

    I went quickly towards the largest knot of these people, who were skulking behind the houses, leaving the litter halted in the path behind me, and I bade them sharply enough to disperse. “For an employment,” I added, “put your houses in order, and clean the fish offal from the lanes between them. Tomorrow I will come round here to inspect, and put this quarter into a better order. But for to-day the Empress, (whose name be adored) wishes for a privacy; so cease your staring.”

    “Then give us money,” said a shrill voice from among the huts.

    “I will send you a torch in an hour’s time,” I said, grimly, “and rig you a gallows, if you give me more annoyance. To your kennels, you!”

    I think they would have obeyed the voice of authority if they had been left to themselves. There was a quick stir among them. Those that stood in the sunlight instinctively slipped into the shadow,

    p. 192

    and many dodged into the houses and cowered in dark corners out of sight. But the men in the two hide-covered fisher-boats that were paddling up called them back with boisterous cries.

    I signed to the litter-bearers to move on quickly along their road. There was need of discipline here, and I was minded to deal it out myself with a firm hand. I judged that I could prevent them following the Empress, but if she still remained as a glittering bait for them to rob, and I had to protect her also, it might be that my work would not be done so effectively.

    But it seems I was presumptuous in giving an order which dealt with the person of Phorenice. She bade the bearers stand where they were, and stepped out, and drew her weapons from beneath the cushions. She came towards me strapping a sword on to her hip, and carrying a well-dinted target of gold on her left forearm. “An unfair trick,” cried she, laughing. “If you will keep a fight to yourself now, Deucalion, where will your greediness carry you when I am your shrinking, wistful little wife? Are these fools truly going to stand up against us?”

    I was not coveting a fight, but it seemed as if there would be no avoidance of it now. The robe and the glittering gauds of which Phorenice had recently despoiled the merchant drew the eyes of these people with keen attraction. The fishers in the boats paddled into the surf which edged the beach, and leaped over-side and left the frail basket-work structures to be spewed up sound or smashed, as chance ordered. And from the houses, and from the filthy

    p. 193

    lanes between them, poured out hordes of others, women mixed with the men, gathering round us threateningly.

    “Have a care,” shouted one on the outskirts of the crowd. “She called down fire for the sacrifice once to-day, and she can burn up others here if she chooses.”

    “So much the more for those that are left,” retorted another. “She cannot burn all.”

    “Nay, I will not burn any,” said Phorenice, “but you shall look upon my sword play till you are tired.”

    I heard her say that with some malicious amusement, knowing (as one of the Seven) how she had called down the fires of the sky to burn that cloven-hoofed horse offered in sacrifice, and knowing too, full well, that she could bring down no fire here. But they gave us little enough time for wordy courtesies. Their Empress never went far unattended, and, for aught the wretches knew, an escort might be close behind. So what pilfering they did it behooved them to get done quickly.

    They closed in; jostling one another to be first, and the reek of their filthy bodies made us cough. A grimy hand launched out to seize some of the jewels which flashed on Phorenice’s breast, and I lopped it off at the elbow, so that it fell at her feet, and a second later we were engaged.

    “Your back to mine, comrade,” cried she, with a laugh, and then drew and laid about her with a fine dexterity. Bah! but it was mere slaughter, that first bout.

    p. 194

    The crowd hustled inward with such greediness to seize what they could that none had space to draw back elbow for a thrust, and we too kept a circle round us by sheer whirling of steel. It is necessary to do one’s work cleanly in these bouts, as wounded left on the ground unnoticed before one are as dangerous as so many snakes. But as we circled round in our battling I noted that all of Phorenice’s quarry lay peaceful and still. By the Gods! but she could play a fine sword, this dainty Empress. She touched life with every thrust.

    Yes, it was plain to see, now an example was given, that the throne of Atlantis had been won, not by a lovely face and a subtle tongue alone; and (as a fighter myself) I did not like Phorenice the less for the knowledge. I could but see her out of the corner of my eye, and that only now and again, for the fishers, despite their ill-knowledge of fence and the clumsiness of their weapons, had heavy numbers and most savage ferocity; and as they made so confident of being able to pull us down, it required more than a little hard battling to keep them from doing it. Aye, by the Gods! it was at times a fight my heart warmed to; and if I had not contrived to pluck a shield from one fool who came too vaingloriously near me with one, I could not swear they would not have dragged me down by sheer ravening savageness.

    And always above the burly uproar of the fight came very pleasantly to my ears Phorenice’s cry of “Deucalion!” which she chose as her battle shout. I knew her, of course, to be a past mistress of the art

    “‘WE TWO KEPT A CIRCLE, AROUND US’”
    Click to enlarge

    “‘WE TWO KEPT A CIRCLE, AROUND US’”

    p. 195

    of compliment, and it was no new thing for me to hear the name roared out above a battle din; but it was given there under circumstances which were peculiar, and for the life of me I could not help being tickled by the flattery.

    Condemn my weakness how you will, but I came very near then to liking the Empress of Atlantis in the way she wished. And as for that other woman who should have filled my mind, I will confess that the stress of the moment and the fury of the engagement had driven both her and her strait completely out beyond the marches of my memory. Of such frail stuff are we made, even those of us who esteem ourselves the strongest.

    Now it is a temptation few men born to the sword can resist, to throw themselves heart and soul into a fight for a fight’s sake, and it seems that women can be bitten with the same fierce infection. The attack slackened and halted. We stood in the middle of a ring of twisted dead, and the rest of the fishers and their women who hemmed us in shrank back out of reach of our weapons.

    It was the moment for a truce, the moment when a few strong words would have sent them back cowering to their huts, and given us free passage to go where we chose. But no; this Phorenice must needs sing a hymn to her sword and mine, gloating over our feats and invulnerability; and then she must needs ask payment for the bearers of her litter whom they had killed, and then speak balefully of the burnings and the skinnings and the sawings asunder with which this fishers’ quarter would be treated in

    p. 196

    the near future, till they learned the virtues of deportment and genteel manners.

    “It makes your backs creep, does it?” said Phorenice. “I do not wonder. This severity must have its unpleasant side. But why do you not put it beyond my power to give the order? Either you must think yourselves Gods or me no Goddess, or you would not have gone on so far. Come, now, you nasty-smelling people, follow out your theory, and if you make a good fight of it, I swear by my face I will be lenient with those who do not fall.”

    But there was no pressing up to meet our swords. They still ringed us in, savage and sullen, beyond the ring of their own dead, and would neither run back to the houses nor give us the game of further fight. There was a certain stubborn bravery about them that one could not but admire, and for myself I determined that next time it became my duty to raise troops I would catch a handful of these men and teach them handiness with the utensils of war and train them to loyalty and faithfulness. But presently from behind their ranks a stone flew, and though it whizzed between the Empress and myself, and struck down a fisher, it showed that they had brought a new method into their attack, and it behooved us to take thought and meet it.

    I looked round me up and down the beach. There was no sign of a rescue. “Phorenice,” I said, in the court tongue, which these barbarous fishers would know little enough of, “I take it that a whiff of the sea-breeze would come very pleasant after all this warm play. As you can show such pretty sword-work,

    p. 197

    will you cut me a way down to the beach, and I will do my poor best to keep these creatures from snapping at our heels?”

    “Oh!” cried she, “then I am to have a courtier for a husband, after all. Why have you kept back your flattering speeches till now? Is that your trick to make me love you?”

    “I will think out the reason for it another time.”

    “Ah, these stern, commanding husbands,” said she, “how they do press upon their little wives!” and with that leaped over the ring of dead before her, and cut and stabbed a way through those that stood between her and the waters which creamed and crashed upon the beach. Gods! what a charge she made. It made me tingle with admiration as I followed sideways behind her, guarding the rear. And I am a man that has spent so many years in battlings that it takes something far out of the common to move me to any enthusiasm in this matter.

    There were two boats creaking and washing about in the edge of the surf, but in one, happily, the wicker-work which made its frame was crushed by the weight of the waves into a shapeless bundle of sticks, and would take half a day to replace. So that, let us but get the other craft afloat, and we should be free from further embroiling. But the fishers were quick to see the object of this new manœuvre. “Guard the boat!” they shouted. “Smash her! Slit her skin with your knives! Tear her with your fingers! Swim her out to sea! Oh, at least take the paddles!”

    But if these clumsy fishers could run, Phorenice

    p. 198

    was like a legged snake for speed. She was down beside the boat before any could reach it, laughing and shouting out that she could beat them at every point. Myself, I was slower bf foot; and, besides, there were some that offered me a fight on the road, and I was not wishful to balk them; and, moreover, the fewer we left clamoring behind, the fewer there would be to speed our going with their stones. Still, I came to the beach in good order, and laid hands on the flimsy boat and tipped her dry.

    “Fighting is no trade for me,” I cried, “while you are here, Phorenice. Guard me my back and walk out into the water.”

    I took the boat, thrusting it afloat and wading with it till two lines of the surf were past. The fishers swarmed round us, active as fish in their native element, and strove mightily to get hands on the boat and slit the hides which covered it with their eager fingers. But I had a spare hand and a short stabbing-knife for such close-quarter work, and here, there, and everywhere was Phorenice the Empress, with her thirsty, dripping sword. By the Gods! I laughed with sheer delight at seeing her art of fence.

    But the swirl of a great fish into the shallows, and the squeal of a fisher as he was dragged down and borne away into the deep, made me mindful of foes that no skill can conquer and no bravery avoid. Without taking time to give the Empress a word of warning, I stooped and flung an arm round her, and threw her up out of the water into the boat, and then thrust on with all my might, driving the flimsy craft out to sea, while my legs crept under me for

    p. 199

    fear of the beasts which swam invisible beneath the muddied waters.

    To the fishers, inured to these horrid perils by daily association, the seizing of one of their number meant little, and they pressed on, careless of their dull lives, eager only to snatch the jewels which still flaunted on Phorenice’s breast. Of the vengeance that might come after they reeked nothing; let them but get the wherewithal for one night’s good debauch, and they would forget that such a thing as the morning of a morrow could have existence.

    Two fellows I caught and killed, that, diving down beneath, tried to slit the skin of the boat out of sight under the water; and Phorenice cared for all those that tried to put a hand on the gunwales. Yes, and she did more than that. A huge long-necked turtle that was stirred out of the mud by the turmoil came up to daylight, and swung its great horn-lipped mouth to this side and that, seeking for a prey. The fishers near it dodged and dived. I, thrusting at the stern of the boat, could only hope it would pass me by, and so offered an easy mark. It scurried towards me, champing its noisy lips, and beating the water into spray with its flippers.

    But Phorenice was quick with a remedy and a rescue. She passed her sword through one of the fishers that pressed her, and then thrust the body towards the turtle. The great neck swooped towards it; the long slimy feelers which protruded from its head quivered and snuffled; and then the horny green jaws crunched on it, and drew it down out of sight.

    The boat was in deep water now, and Phorenice

    p. 200

    called upon me to come in over the side, she the while balancing nicely so that the flimsy thing should not be overset. The fishers had given up their pursuit, finding that they earned nothing but lopped off arms and split faces by coming within swing of this terrible sword of their Empress, and so contented themselves with volleying jagged stones in the hopes of stunning us or splitting the boat. However, Phorenice crouched in the stern, holding the two shields—her own golden target and the rough hide buckler I had won—and so protected both of us while I paddled; and though many stones clattered against the shields, and hit the hide covering of the boat, so that it resounded like a drum, none of them did damage, and we drew quickly out of their range.


    CHAPTER XII

    THE DRUG OF OUR LADY THE MOON

    OUR Lord the Sun was riding towards the end of His day, and the smoke from a burning mountain fanned black and forbidding before His face. Phorenice wrung the water from her clothes and shivered. “Work hard with those paddles, Deucalion, and take me in through the water-gate and let me be restored to my comforts again. That merchant would rue if he saw how his pretty garments were spoiled, and I rue too, being a woman, and remembering that he at least has no others I can take in place of these.” She looked at me sidelong, tossing back the short red hair from her eyes. “What think you of my wisdom in coming where we have come without an escort?”

    “The Empress can do no wrong.” I quoted the old formula with a smile.

    “At least I have shown you that I can fight. I caught you looking your approval of me quite pleasantly once or twice. You were a difficult man to thaw, Deucalion, but you warm perceptibly as you keep on being near me. La, sir, we shall be a pair of rustic sweethearts yet if this goes on. I am glad I thought of the device of going near those smelly fishers.”

    p. 202

    So she had taken me out in the litter unattended for the plain purpose of inviting a fight and showing me her skill at arms, and perhaps, too, of seeing in person how I also carried myself in a moment of stress. Well, if we were to live on together as husband and wife, it was good that each should know to a nicety the other’s powers; and, also, I am too much of an old battler and too much enamoured with the glorious handling of arms to quarrel very deeply with any one who offers me a tough up-standing fight. Still, for the life of me, I could not help comparing Phorenice with another woman. With a similar chance open before us, Naïs had robbed me of the struggle through a sheer pity for those squalid rebels who did not even call her chieftain; while here was this Empress frittering away twoscore of the hardiest of her subjects merely to gratify a whim.

    Yet, loyal to my vow as a priest, and to the commands set upon me by the high council on the Sacred Mountain, I tried to put away these wayward thoughts and comparisons. As I rowed over the swingings of the waves towards the forts which guard the harbor’s mouth, I sent prayers to the High Gods to give my tongue dexterity, and They through Their love for the country of Atlantis, and the harassed people whom it was my deep desire to serve, granted me that power of speech which Phorenice loved. Her eyes glowed upon me as I talked.

    This beach of the fishers where we had had our passage at arms is safe from ship attack from without, by reason of a chain of jagged rocks which spring up from the deep and run from the harbor side to the

    p. 203

    end of the city wall. The fishers know the passes, and can oftentimes get through to the open water beyond without touching a stone; or if they do see a danger of hitting on the reef, leap out and carry their light boats in their hands till the water floats them again. But here I had neither the knowledge nor the dexterity, and, thought I, now the High Gods will show finally if They wish this woman who has defiled Them to reign on in Atlantis, and if also They wish me to serve as her husband.

    I cried these things in my heart, and waited to receive the omen. There was no half-answer. A great wave rose in the lagoon behind us, a wave such as could have only been caused by an earth tremor, and on its sleek back we were hurled forward and thrown clear of the reefs with their seaweeds licking round us, without so much as seeing a stone of the barrier. I bowed my head as I rode on towards the harbor forts. It was plain that not yet would the High Gods take vengeance for the insults which this lovely woman had offered Them.

    The sentries in the two forts beat drums at one another in their accustomed rotation, and in the growing dusk were going to pay little enough attention to the fishing boat which lay against the great chain clamoring to have it lowered. But luckily a pair of officers were taking the air of the evening in a stone-dropping turret of the roof of the nearer fort, and these recognized the tone of our shouts. They silenced the drums, torches were lowered to make sure of our faces, and then with a splash the great chain was dropped into the water to give us passage.

    p. 204

    A galley lay inside, nuzzling the harbor wall, and presently the ladder of ropes was let down from the top of the nearest fort, and a crew came down to man the oars. There were the customary changes of raiment too, given as presents by the officers of the fort, and these we put on in the cabin of the galley in place of the sodden clothes we wore. There are fevers to be gained by carrying wet clothes after sunset, and though from personal experience I have learned that these may be warded off with drugs, I noticed with some grim amusement that the Empress had sufficiently little of the Goddess about her to fear very much the ailments which are due to frail humanity.

    The galley rowed swiftly across the calm waters of the harbor, and made fast to the rings of gold on the royal quay; and while we were waiting for litters to be brought, I watched a lantern lit in the boat which stood guard over Phorenice’s mammoth. The huge red beast stood shoulder-deep in the harbor water, with trunk upturned. It was tamed now, and the light of the boat’s lantern fell on the little ripples sent out by its tremblings. But I did not choose to intercede or ask mercy for it. If the mammoth sank deeper in the harbor mud and was swallowed, I could have borne the loss with equanimity.

    To tell the truth, that ride on the great beast’s back had impressed me unfavorably. In fact, it put into me a sense of helplessness that was wellnigh intolerable. Perhaps circumstances have made me unduly self-reliant: on that others must judge. But I will own to having a preference for walking on my own proper feet, as the Gods in fashioning our

    p. 205

    shapes most certainly intended. On my own feet I am able to guard my own head and neck, and have done on four continents, throughout a long and active life, and on many a thousand occasions. But on the back of that detestable mammoth, pah! I grew as nervous as a child or a dastard.

    However, I had little enough leisure for personal megrims just then. While we waited, Phorenice asked the port-captain (who must needs come up officiously to make his salutations) after the disposal of Naïs, and was told that she had been clapped into a dungeon beneath the royal pyramid, and the officer of the guard there had given his bond for her safe keeping.

    “It is to be hoped he understands his work,” said the Empress. “The pretty Naïs knows the pyramid better than most, and it may be he will be sent to the tormentors for putting her in a cell which had a secret outlet. You would feel pleasure if the girl escaped, Deucalion?”

    “Assuredly,” said I, knowing how useless it would be to make a secret of the matter. “I have no enmity against Naïs.”

    But I have,” said she, viciously, “and I am still minded to lock your faith to me by that wedding gift you know of.”

    “The thing shall be done,” I said. “Before all, the Empress of Atlantis.”

    “Poof! Deucalion, you are too stiff and formal. You ought to be mightily honored that I condescend to be jealous of your favors. Your hand, sir, please, to help me into the litter. And now come in beside

    p. 206

    me and keep me warm against the night air. Ho! you guards there with the torches! Keep farther back against the street walls. The perfume you are burning stifles me.”

    Again there was a feast that night in the royal banqueting-hall; again I sat beside Phorenice on the raised dais which stands beneath the symbols of the snake and the outstretched hand. What had been. taken for granted before about our forthcoming relationship was this time proclaimed openly; the Empress herself acknowledged me as her husband that was to be; and all that curled and jewelled throng of courtiers hailed me as greater than themselves, by reason of this woman’s choice. There was method, too, in their salutation. Some rumor must have got about of my preference for the older and simpler habits, and there was no drinking wine to my health after the new and (as I considered) impertinent manner. Decorously each lord and lady there came forward, and each in turn spilled a goblet at my feet; and when I called any up, whether man or woman, to receive titbits from my platter, it was eaten simply and thankfully, and not kissed or pocketed with any extravagant gesture.

    The flaring jets of earth-breath showed me, too, so I thought, a plainer habit of dress and a more sober mien among this thoughtless mob of banqueters. And, indeed, it must have been plain to notice, for Phorenice, leaning over till the ruddy curls on her shoulder brushed my face, chided me in a playful whisper as having usurped her high authority already.

    p. 207

    “Oh, sir,” she pleaded, mockingly, “do not make your rule over us too ascetic. I have given no orders for this change, but to-night there are no perfumes in the air; the food is so plain that I have half a mind to burn the cook; and as for the clothes and gauds of these diners, by my face! they might have cone straight from the old King’s reign before I stepped in here to show how tasteful could be colors on a robe or how pretty the glint of a jewel. It’s done by no orders of mine, Deucalion. They have swung round to this change by sheer courtier instinct. Why, look at the beards of the men! There is not half the curl about many of them to-day that they showed with such exquisiteness yesterday. By my face! I believe they’d reap their chins to-morrow as smooth as yours, if you go on setting the fashions at this prodigious rate and I do not interfere.”

    “Why hinder them if they feel more cleanly shaven?”

    “No, sir. There shall be only one clean chin where a beard can grow in all Atlantis, and that shall be carried by the man who is husband to the Empress. Why, my Deucalion, would you have no sumptuary laws? Would you have these good folk here and the common people outside imitate us in every cut of the hair and every fold of a garment which it pleases us to discover? Come, sir, if you and I chose to say that our sovereignty was marked only by our superior strength of arm and wit, they would hate us at once for our arrogance; whereas, if we keep apart to ourselves a few mere personal decorations, these become just objects to admire and pleasantly envy.”

    p. 208

    “You show me that there is more in the office of a ruler than meets the eye.”

    “And yet they tell me, and indeed show me, that you have ruled with some success.”

    “I employed the older method. It requires a Phorenice to invent these nicer flights.”

    “Flatterer!” said she, and smote me playfully with the back of her little fingers on my arm. “You are becoming as great a courtier as any of them. You make me blush with your fine pleasantries, Deucalion, and there is no fan-girl here to-night to cool my cheek. I must choose me another fan-girl. But it shall not be Ylga. Ylga seems to have more of a kindness for you than I like, and if she is wise she will go live in her palace at the other side of the city, and there occupy herself with the ordering of her slaves and the making of embroideries. I shall not be hard on Ylga unless she forces me, but I will have no woman in this kingdom treat you with undue civility.”

    “And how am I to act,” said I, falling in with her mood, “when I see and hear all the men of Atlantis making their protestations before you? By your own confession they all love you as ardently as they seem to have loved you hopelessly.”

    “Ah, now,” she said, “you must not ask me to do impossibilities. I am powerful, if you will. But I have no force which will govern the hearts of these poor fellows on matters such as that. But if you choose, you make proclamation that I am given now body and inwards to you, and if they continue to offend your pride in this matter, you may take your

    p. 209

    culprits and give them over to the tormentors. Indeed, Deucalion, I think it would be a pretty attention to me if you did arrange some such ceremony. It seems to me at present,” she added, with a frown, “that the jealousy is too much on one side.”

    “You must not expect that a man who has been divorced from love for all of a busy life can learn all its niceties in an instant. Myself, I was feeling proud of my progress. With any other school-mistress than you, Phorenice, I should not be near so forward. In fact (if one may judge by my past record), I should not have begun to learn at all.”

    “I suppose you think I should be satisfied with that? Well, I am not. I can be finely greedy over some matters.”

    The banquet this night did not extend to inordinate length. Phorenice had gone through much since last she slept, and though she had declared herself Goddess in the meantime, it seemed that her body remained mortal as heretofore. The black rings of weariness had grown under her wondrous eyes, and she lay back among the cushions of the divan with her limbs slackened and listless. When the dancers came and postured before us, she threw them a jewel and bade them begone before they had given a half of their performance; and the poet, a silly swelling fellow who came to sing the deeds of the day, she would not hear at all.

    “To-morrow,” she said, wearily, “but for now grant me peace. My lord Deucalion has given me much food for thought this day, and presently I go to my chamber to muse over the future policies of

    p. 210

    this State throughout the night. To-morrow come to me again, and if your poetry is good and short, I will pay you surprisingly. But see to it that you are not long-winded. If there are superfluous words, I will pay you for those with the stick.”

    She rose to her feet then, and when the banqueters had made their salutation to us, I led her away from the banqueting-hall and down the passages with their secret doors which led to her private chambers. She clung on my arm, and once when we halted while a great stone block swung slowly ajar to let us pass, she drooped her head against my shoulder. Her breath came warm against my cheek, and the loveliness of her face so close at hand surpasses the description of words. I think it was in her mind that I should kiss the red lips which were held so near to mine, but willing though I was to play the part appointed, I could not bring myself to that. So when the stone block had swung, she drew away with a sigh, and we went on without further speech.

    “May the High Gods treat you tenderly,” I said, when we came to the door of her bedchamber.

    “I am my own God,” said she, “in all things but one. By my face! you are a tardy wooer, Deucalion. Where do you go now?”

    “To my own chamber.”

    “Oh, go then, go.”

    “Is there anything more I could do?”

    “Nothing that your wit or your will would prompt you to. Yes, indeed, you are finely decorous, Deucalion, in your old-fashioned way, but you are a mighty poor wooer. Don’t you know, my man, that

    p. 211

    a woman esteems some things the more highly if they are taken from her by rude force?”

    “It seems I know little enough about women.”

    “You never said a truer word. Bah! And I believe your coldness brings you more benefit in a certain matter than any show of passion could earn. There, get you gone, if the atmosphere of a maiden’s bedchamber hurts your rustic modesty; and your Gods keep you, Deucalion, if that’s the phrase, and if you think They can do it. Get you gone, man, and leave me solitary.”

    I had taken the plan of the pyramid out of the archives before the banquet and learned it thoroughly, and so was able to thread my way through its angular mazes without pause or blunder. I, too, was heavily wearied with what I had gone through since my last snatch of sleep, but I dare set apart no time for rest just then. Naïs must be sacrificed in part for the needs of Atlantis; but a plan had come to me by which it seemed that she need not be sacrificed wholly; and to carry this through there was need for quick thought and action.

    Help came to me also from a quarter I did not expect. As I passed along the tortuous way between the ponderous stones of the pyramid, which led to the apartments that had been given me by Phorenice, a woman glided up out of the shadows of one of the side passages, and when I lifted my hand-lamp, there was Ylga.

    She regarded me half-sullenly. “I have lost my place,” she said, “and it seems I need never have spoken. She intended to have you all along, and it

    p. 212

    was not a thing like that which could put her off. And you—you just think me officious, if, indeed, you have ever given me another thought till now.”

    “I never forget a kindness.”

    “Oh, you will learn that trick soon now. And you are going to marry her—you! The city is ringing with it. I thought at least you we’re honest, but when there is a high place to be got by merely taking a woman with it, you are like the rest. I thought, too, that you would be one of those men who would have a distrust for that ruddy hair. And, besides,. she is little.”

    “Ylga,” I said, “you have taught me that these walls are full of crannies and ears. I will listen to no word against Phorenice. But I would have further converse with you soon. If you still have a kindness for me, go to the chamber that is mine and wait for me there. I will join you shortly.”

    She drooped her eyes. “What do you want of me, Deucalion?”

    “I want to say something to you. You will learn who it concerns later.”

    “But is it—is it fitting for a maiden to come to a man’s room at this hour?”

    “I know little of your conventions here in this new Atlantis. I am Deucalion, girl, and if you still have qualms, remembering that, do not come.”

    She looked up at me with a sneer. “I was foolish,” she said. “My lord’s coldness has grown into a proverb, and I should have remembered it. Yes; I will come.”

    “Go now, then,” said I, and waited till she had

    p. 213

    passed on ahead and was out of sight and hearing. With Ylga to help me, my tasks were somewhat lightened and their sequence changed. In the first instance, now, I had got to make my way with as little delay and show as possible into a certain sanctuary which lay within the temple of our Lady the Moon. And here my knowledge as one of the Seven stood me in high favor.

    All the temples of the city of Atlantis are in immediate and secret connection with the royal pyramid, but the passages are little used, seeing that they are known only to the Seven and to the Three above them, supposing that there are three men living at one time sufficiently learned in the highest of the high mysteries to be installed in that sublime degree of the Three. And, even by these, the secret ways may only be used on occasions of the greatest stress, so that a generation well may pass without their being trodden by a human foot.

    It was with some trouble and after no little experiment that I groped my way into this secret alley; but once there, the rest was easy. I had never trodden it before certainly, but the plan of it had been taught me at my initiation as one of the Seven, and the course of the windings came back to me now with easy accuracy. I walked quickly, not only because the air in those deep crannies is always full of lurking evils, but also because the hours were fleeting, and much must be done before our Lord the Sun again rose to make another day.

    I came to the spy-place which commands the temple, and found the holy place empty, and, alas! dust-covered,

    p. 214

    and showing little trace that worshippers ever frequented it these latter years. A vast stone of the wall swung outward and gave me entrance, and presently (after the solemn prayer which is needful before attempting these matters), I took the metal stair from the place where it is kept, and climbed to the lap of the Goddess; and then, pulling the stair after me, climbed again upward till my length lay against her calm mysterious face.

    A shivering seized me as I thought of what was intended, for even a warrior hardened to horrid sights and deeds may well have qualms when he is called upon to juggle with life and death and years and history, with the welfare of his country in one hand, and the future of a woman who is as life to him in the other. But again I told myself that the hours flew, and laid hold of the jewel which is studded into the forehead of the image with one hand, and then stretching out, thrust at a corner of the eyebrow with the other. With a faint creak the massive eyeball below, a stone that I could barely have covered with my back, swung inward. I stepped off the stair and climbed into the gap. Inside was the chamber which is hollowed from the head of the Goddess.

    It was the first time I had seen this most secret place, but the aspect of it was familiar to me from my teaching, and I knew where to find the thing which would fill my need. Yet, occupied though I might be with the stress of what was to befall, I could not help having a wonder and an admiration for the cleverness with which it was hidden.

    p. 215

    High as I was in the learning and mysteries of the Priestly Clan, the structure of what I had come to fetch was hidden from me. Beforetime I had known only of their power and effect; and now that I came to handle them, I saw only some roughly rounded balls like nut kernels, grass-green in color, and in hardness like the wax of bees. There were three of these balls in the hidden place, and I took the one that was needful, concealing the others as I had found them. It may have been a drug, it may have been something more; what exactly it was I did not know; only of its power and effect I was sure, as that was set forth plainly in the teaching I had learned; and so I put it in a pouch of my garment, returning by the way I had come, and replacing all things in due order behind me.

    One look I took at the image of the Goddess before I left the temple. The jet of earth-breath which burns eternally from the central altar lit her from head to toe, and threw sparkles from the great jewel in her forehead. Vast she was, and calm and peaceful beyond all human imaginings, a perfect symbolism of that rest and quietness which many sigh for so vainly on this rude earth, but which they will never attain unless by their piety they earn a place in the hereafter, where our Lady the Moon and the rest of the High Ones reign in Their eternal glorious majesty.

    It was with tired, dragging limbs that I made my way back again to the royal pyramid, and at last came to my own private chamber. Ylga awaited me there, though at first I did not see her. The suspicions

    p. 216

    of these modern days had taken a deep hold of the girl, and she must needs crouch in hiding till she made sure it was I who came to the chamber, and, moreover, that I came alone.

    “Oh, frown at me if you choose,” said she, sullenly, “I am past caring now for your good opinion. I had heard so much of Deucalion, and I thought I read honesty in you when you first came ashore; but now I know that you are no better than the rest. Phorenice offers you a high place, and you marry her blithely to get it. And why, indeed, should you not marry her? People say she is pretty, and I know she can be warm. I have seen her warm and languishing to scores of men. She is clever, too, with her eyes, is our great Empress; I grant her that. And as for you, it tickles you to be courted.”

    “I think you are a very silly woman,” I said.

    “If you flatter yourself it matters a rap to me whom you marry, you are letting conceit run away with you.”

    “Listen,” I said. “I did not ask you here to make foolish speeches which seem largely beyond my comprehension. I asked you to help me do a service to one of your own blood-kin.”

    She stared at me wonderingly. “I do not understand.”

    “It rests largely with you as to whether Naïs dies to-morrow, or whether she is thrown into a sleep from which she may waken on some later and more happy day.”

    “Naïs!” she gasped, “my twin, Naïs? She is not here. She is out in the camp with those nasty rebels

    p. 217

    who bite against the city walls, if, indeed, still she lives.”

    “Naïs, your sister, is near us in the royal pyramid this minute, and under guard, though where I do not know.” And with that I told her all that had passed since the girl was brought up a prisoner in the galley of that foolish, fawning captain of the port. “The Empress has decreed that Naïs shall be buried alive under a throne of granite which I am to build for her to-morrow, and buried she will assuredly be. Yet I have a kindness for Naïs, which you may guess at if you choose, and I am minded to send her into a sleep such as only we higher priests know of, from which at some future day she may possibly awaken.”

    “So it is Naïs, and not Phorenice, and not—not any other?”

    “Yes; it is Naïs. I marry the Empress because Zaemon, who is mouth-piece to the high council of the priests, has ordered it for the good of Atlantis. But my inwards remain still cold towards her.”

    “Almost I hate poor Naïs already.”

    “Your vengeance would be easy. Do not tell me where she is gaoled, and I shall not dare to ask. Even to give Naïs a further span of life I cannot risk making inquiries for her cell, when there is a chance that those who tell me might carry news to the Empress, and so cause more trouble for this poor Atlantis.”

    “And why should I not carry the news, and so bring myself into favor again? I tell you that being fan-girl to Phorenice and second woman in the kingdom

    p. 218

    is a thing that not many would cast lightly aside.”

    I looked her between eyes and smiled. “I have no fear there. You will not betray me, Ylga. Neither will you sell Naïs.”

    “I seem to remember very small love for this same Naïs just now,” she said, bitterly. “But you are right about that other matter. I shall not buy myself back at your expense. Oh, I am a fool, I know, and you can give me no thanks that I care about, but there is no other way I can act.”

    “Then let us fritter no more time. Go you out now and find where Naïs is gaoled, and bring me news how I can say ten words to her, and press a certain matter into her clasp.”

    She bowed her head and left the chamber, and for long enough I was alone. I sat down on the couch, and rested wearily against the wall. My bones ached, my eyes ached, and, most of all, my inwards ached. I had thought to myself that a man who makes his life sufficiently busy will find no leisure for these pains which assault frailer folk; but a philosophy like this, which carried one well in Yucatan, showed poorly enough when one tried it here at home. But that there was duty ahead, and the order of the high council to be carried into effect, the bleakness of the prospect would have daunted me, and I would have prayed the Gods then to spare me further life, and take me unto Themselves.

    Ylga came back at last, and I got up and went quickly after her as she led down a maze of passages and alleyways. “There has been no care spared

    p. 219

    over her guarding,” she whispered, as we halted once to move a stone. “The officer of the guard is an old lover of mine, and I raised his hopes to the burning point again by a dozen words. But when I wanted to see his prisoner, there he was as firm as brass. I told him she was my sister, but that did not move him. I offered him—oh, Deucalion, it makes me blush to think of the things I did offer to that man, but there was no stirring him. He has watched the tormentors so many times that there is no tempting him into touch of their instruments.”

    “If you have failed, why bring me out here?”

    “Oh, I am not inveigling you into a lover’s walk with myself, sir. You tickle yourself when you think your society is so pleasant as that.”

    “Come, girl, tell me then what it is. If my temper is short, credit it against my weariness.”

    “I have carried out my lord’s commands in part. I know the cell where Naïs lies, and I have had speech with her, though not through the door. And moreover, I have not seen her or touched her hand.”

    “Your riddles are beyond me, Ylga, but if there is a chance, let us get on and have this business done.”

    “We are at the place now,” said she, with a hard little laugh, “and if you kneel on the floor, you will find an air-shaft, and Naïs will answer you from the lower end. For myself, I will leave you. I have a delicacy in hearing what you want to say to my sister, Deucalion.”

    “I thank you,” I said. “I will not forget what you have done for me this night.”

    p. 220

    “You may keep your thanks,” she said, bitterly, and walked away into the shadows.

    I knelt on the floor of the gallery and found the air-passage with my hand, and then putting my lips to it whispered for Naïs.

    The answer came on the instant, muffled and quiet. “I knew my lord would come for a farewell.”

    “What the Empress said has to be. You understand, my dear? It is for Atlantis.”

    “Have I reproached my lord by word or glance?”

    “I myself am bidden to place you in the hollow between the stones, and I must do it.”

    “Then my last sleep will be a sweet one. I could not ask to be touched by pleasanter hands.”

    “But it may hap that a day will come when she whom you know of will be suffered by the High Gods to live on this land of Atlantis no longer.”

    “If my lord will cherish my poor memory when he is free again, I shall be grateful. He might, if he chose, write them on the stones: Here was buried a maid who died gladly for the good of Atlantis, even though she knew that the man she so dearly loved was husband to her murderess.”

    “You must not die,” I whispered. “My breast is near broken at the very thought of it. And for respite we must trust to the ancient knowledge, which in its day has been sent out from the Ark of the Mysteries.” I took the green waxy ball in my fingers, and stretched them down the crooked air-shaft to the full of my span. “I have somewhat for you here. Reach up and try to catch it from me.”

    I heard the faint rustle of her arm as it swept

    p. 221

    against the masonry, and then the ball was taken over into her grasp. Gods! what a thrill went through me when the fingers of Naïs touched mine! I could not see her because of the crookedness of the shaft, but that faint touch of her was exquisite.

    “I have it,” she whispered. “And what now, dear?”

    “You will hide the thing in your garment, and when to-morrow the upper stone closes down upon you and the light is gone, then you will take it between your lips and let it dissolve as it will. Sleep will take you, my darling, then, and the High Gods will watch over you, even though centuries pass before you are roused.”

    “If Deucalion does not wake me, I shall pray never again to open an eye. And now go, my lord and my dear. They watch me here constantly, and I would not have you harmed by being brought to notice.”

    “Yes, I must go, my sweetheart. It will not do to have our scheme spoiled by a foolish loitering. May the most High Gods attend your rest, and if the sacrifice we make finds favor, may They grant us meeting here again on earth before we meet—as we must—when our time is done, and They take us up to Their own place.”

    “Amen,” she whispered back, and then: “Kiss your fingers, dear, and thrust them down to me.”

    I did that, and for an instant felt her fondle them down the crook of the air-shaft out of sight, and then heard her withdraw her little hand and kiss it fondly. Then again she kissed her own fingers and stretched

    p. 222

    them up, and I took up the virtue of that parting kiss on my finger-tips and pressed it sacredly to my lips.

    “Living, sleeping, or dead, always my darling,” she whispered. And then, before I could answer, she whispered again: “Go; they are coming for me.” And so I went, knowing that I could do no more to help her then, and knowing that all our schemes would be spilled if any eye spied upon me as I lay there beside the air-shaft. But my chest was like to have split with the dull, helpless anguish that was in it, as I made my way back to my chamber through the mazy alleys of the pyramid.

    “Do not look upon mine eyes, dear, when the time comes,” had been her last command, “or they will tell a tale which Phorenice, being a woman, would read. Remember, we make these small denials, not for our own likings, but for Atlantis, which is mother to us all.”


    CHAPTER XIII

    THE BURYING ALIVE OF NAÏS

    THERE is no denying that the wishes of Phorenice were carried into quick effect in the city of Atlantis. Her modern theory was that the country and all therein existed only for the good of the Empress, and when she had a desire, no cost could possibly be too great in its carrying out.

    She had given forth her edict concerning the burying alive of Naïs, and though the words were that I was to build the throne of stone, it was an understood thing that the manual labor was to be done for me by others. Heralds made the proclamation in every ward of the city, and masons, laborers, stonecutters, sculptors, engineers, and architects took hands from whatever was occupying them for the moment, and hastened to the rendezvous. The architects chose a chief who gave directions, and the lesser architects and the engineers saw these carried into effect. Any material within the walls of the city on which they set their seal was taken at once without payment or compensation; and as the blocks of stone they chose were the most monstrous that could be got, they were forced to demolish no few buildings to give them passage.

    I have before spoken of the modern rage for erecting

    p. 224

    new palaces and pyramids, and, even though at the moment an army of rebels was battering with war engines at the city walls, the building guilds were steadily at work, and their skill (with Phorenice’s marvellous invention to aid them) was constantly on the increase. True, they could not move such massive blocks of stone as those which the early Gods planted for the sacred circle of our Lord the Sun, but they had got rams and trucks and cranes which could handle amazing bulks.

    The throne was to be erected in the open square before the royal pyramid. Seven tiers of stone were there for a groundwork, each a knee-height deep, and each cut in the front with three steps. In the uppermost layer was a cavity made to hold the body of Naïs, and above this was poised the vast block which formed the seat of the throne itself.

    Throughout the night, to the light of torches, relay after relay of the stone-cutters and the masons and the sweating laborers had toiled over bringing up the stone and dressing it into fit shape, and laying it in due position; and the engineers had built machines for lifting, and the architects had proved that each stone lay in its just and perfect place. Whips cracked, and men fainted with the labor, but so soon as one was incapable another pressed forward into his place. No delay was brooked when Phorenice had said her wish.

    And finally, as the square began to fill with people come to gape at the pageant of to-day, the chippings and the scaffolding were cleared away, and with it the bodies of some half-score of workmen who had

    p. 225

    died from accidents or their exertions during the building, and there stood the throne, splendid in its carvings, and all ready for completion. The lower part stood more than two man-heights above the ground, and no stone of its courses weighed less than twenty men; the upper part was double the weight of any of these, and was carved so that the royal snake encircled the chair and the great hooded head overshadowed it. But at present the upper part was not on its bed, being held up high by lifting-rams, for what purpose all men knew.

    It was to face this scene, then, that I came out from the royal pyramid at the summons of the chamberlains in the cool of next morning. Each great man who had come there before me had banner-bearers and trumpeters to proclaim his presence; the middle classes were in all their bravery of apparel; and even poor squalid creatures, with ribs of hunger showing through their dusty skins, had turbans and wisps of color wrapped about their heads to mark the gayety of the day.

    The trumpets proclaimed my coming, and the people shouted welcome; and, with the gorgeous chamberlains walking backward in advance, I went across to a scarlet awning that had been prepared, and took my seat upon the cushions beneath it.

    And then came Phorenice, my bride that was to be that day, fresh from sleep, and glorious in her splendid beauty. She was borne out from the pyramid in an open litter of gold and ivory by fantastic savages from Europe, her own refinement of feature being thrown up into all the higher relief by contrast

    p. 226

    with their brutish ugliness. One could hear the people draw a deep breath of delight as their eyes first fell upon her; and it is easy to believe there was not a man in that crowd which thronged the square who did not envy me her choice, nor was there a soul present (unless Ylga was there somewhere veiled) who could by any stretch imagine that I was not overjoyed in winning so lovely a wife.

    For myself, I summoned up all the iron of my training to guard the expression of my face. We were here on ceremonial to-day—a ghastly enough affair throughout all its acts, if you choose, but still ceremonial; and I was minded to show Phorenice a grand manner that would leave her nothing to cavil at. After all that had been gone through and endured, I did not intend a great scheme to be shattered by letting my agony and pain show themselves in either a shaking hand or a twitching cheek. When it came to the point, I told myself, I would lay the living body of my love in the hollow beneath the stone as calmly and with as little outward emotion as though I had been a mere priest carrying out the burial of some dead stranger. And she, on her part, would not, I knew, betray our secret. With her, too, it was truly, “Before all, Atlantis.”

    I think it spared a pang to find that there was to be no mockery or flippancy in what went forward. All was solemn and impressive; and, though a certain grandeur and sombreness which bit deep into my breast was lost to the vulgar crowd, I fancy that the outward shape of the double sacrifice they witnessed that day would not be forgotten by any of

    p. 227

    them, although the inner meaning of it all was completely hidden from their minds. When it suited her fancy, none could be more strict on the ritual of a ceremony than this many-mooded Empress, and it appeared that on this occasion she had given command that all things were to be carried out with the rigid exactness and pomp of the older manner.

    So she was borne up by her Europeans to the scarlet awning, and I handed her to the ground. She seated herself on the cushions and beckoned me to her side, entwining her fingers with mine, as has always been the custom with rulers of Atlantis and their consorts. And there before us as we sat a body of soldiery marched up, and, opening out, showed Naïs in their midst. She had a collar of metal round her neck, with chains depending from it firmly held by a brace of guards, so that she could not run in upon the spears of the escort, and thus get a quick and easy death, which is often the custom of those condemned to the more lingering punishments.

    But it was pleasant to see that she still wore her clothing. Raiment, whether of fabric or skin, has its value, and custom has always given the garments of the condemned to the soldiers guarding them. So, as Naïs was not stripped, I could not but see that some one had given moneys to the guards as a recompense, and in this I thought I saw the hand of Ylga, and felt a gratitude towards her.

    The soldiers brought her forward to the edge of the pavilion’s shade, and she was bidden prostrate herself before the Empress; and this she wisely did,

    p. 228

    and so avoided rough handling and force. Her face was pale, but showed neither fear nor defiance, and her eyes were calm and natural. She was remembering what was due to Atlantis, and I was thrilled with love and pride as I watched her.

    But outwardly I, too, was impassive as a man of stone; and though I knew that Phorenice’s eye was on my face, there was never anything on it from first to last that I would not have had her see.

    “Naïs,” said the Empress, “you have eaten from my platter when you were fan-girl, and drunk from my cup, and what was yours I gave you. You should have had more than gratitude, you should have had knowledge also that the arm of the Empress was long and her hand consummately heavy. But it seems that you have neither of these things. And, moreover, you have tried to take a certain matter that the Empress has set apart for herself. You were offered pardon on terms, and you rejected it. You were foolish. But it is a day now when I am inclined to clemency. Presently, seated on that carved throne of granite which he has built me yonder, I shall take my lord Deucalion to husband. Give me a plain word that you are sorry, girl, and name a man whom you would choose, and I will remember the brightness of the occasion; you shall be pardoned and wed before we rise from these cushions.”

    “I will not wed,” she said, quietly.

    “Think for the last time, Naïs, of what is the other choice. You will be taken, warm and quick and beautiful as you stand there this minute, and laid in the hollow place that is made beneath the

    p. 229

    throne-stone. Deucalion, that is to be my husband, will lay you in that awful bed, as a symbol that so shall perish all Phorenice’s enemies; and then he will release the rams and lower the upper stone into place, and the world shall see your face no more. Look at the bright sky, Naïs, fill your chest with the sweet warm air, and then think of what this death will mean. Believe me, girl, I do not want to make you an example unless you force me.”

    “I will not wed,” said the prisoner, quietly.

    The Empress loosed her fingers from my arm and lay back against the cushions. “If the girl presumes on our old familiarity, or thinks that I jest, show her now, Deucalion, that I do not.”

    “The Empress is far from jesting,” I said. “I will do this thing because it is the wish of the Empress that it should be done, and because it is the command of the Empress that a symbol of it shall remain forever as an example for others. Lead your prisoner to the place.”

    The soldiers wheeled, and the two guards with the chains of the collar which was on the neck of Naïs prepared to put out force to drag her up the steps. But she walked with them willingly, and with a color unchanged, and I rose from my seat and made obeisance to the Empress and followed them.

    Before all those ten thousand eyes we two made no display of emotion then, not only for Atlantis’s sake, but also because both Naïs and I had a nicety and a pride in our natures. We were not as Phorenice to flaunt endearments before others.

    Yet, when I had bidden the guards unhasp the

    p. 230

    collar which held the prisoner’s neck, and clapped my arms round her, showing all the roughness of one who has no mind that his captive shall escape or even unduly struggle, a thrill gushed through me so potent that I was like to have fainted, and it was only by supreme strain of will that I held unbrokenly on with the ceremonial. I, who had never embraced a woman with aught but the arm of roughness before, now held pressed to me one whom I loved with an infinite tenderness, and the revelation of how love can come out and link with love was almost my undoing. Yet, outwardly, Naïs made no sign, but lay half-strangled in my arms, as any woman does that is being borne away by a spoiler.

    I trod with her to the uppermost step, the vast throne-stone overhanging us, and then, so that all of those who were gazing from the sides of the pyramids and the roofs of the buildings round might see, though we were beyond Phorenice’s view, I used a force that was brutal in dragging her across the level and putting her down into the hollow. And yet the girl resisted me with no one effort whatever.

    So that the victim might not struggle out and be crushed, and so gain an easy death when the stone descended, there were brazen clamps to fit into grooves of the stones above the hollow where she lay, and these I fitted in place above her, and fastened one by one, doing this butcher’s work with one hand, and still fiercely holding her down by the other. Gods! and the sweat of agony dripped from me on to the thirsty stone as I worked. I could not keep that in.

    p. 231

    I clamped and locked the last two bars in place, and took my brute’s hand away from her throat.

    The hateful finger-marks showed as bloodless furrows in the whiteness of her skin. For the life of me, yes, even for the fate of Atlantis, I could not help dropping my glance upon her face. But she was stronger than I. She gave me no last look. She kept her eyes steadfastly fixed on the cruel stone above, and so I left her, knowing that it was best not to tarry longer.

    I came out from under the stone and gave the sign to the engineers who stood by the rams. The fires were taken away from their sides, and the metal in them began to contract, and slowly the vast bulk of the throne-stone began to creep down towards its bed.

    But ah, so slowly! Gods! how my soul was torn as I watched and waited.

    Yet I kept my face impassive, overlooking as any officer might a piece of work which others were carrying out under his direction, and on which his credit rested; and I stood gravely in my place till the rams had let the stone come down on its final resting-place, and had been carried away by the engineers; and then I went round with the master architect with his plumb-line and level, while he tested this last piece of the building and declared it perfect.

    It was a useless form, this last, seeing that by calculation they knew exactly how the stone must rest; but the guilds have their forms and customs, and on these occasions of high ceremonial they are punctiliously carried out, because these middle-class people wish always to appear mysterious and impressive

    p. 232

    to the poor vulgar folk who are their inferiors. But perhaps I am hard there on them. A man who is needlessly taken round to plumb and duly level the tomb where his love lies buried living may perhaps be excused by the assessors on high a little spirit of bitterness.

    I had gone up the steps to do my hateful work a man full of grief, though outwardly unmoved. As I came down again I had a feeling of incompleteness; it seemed as though half my inwards had been left behind with Naïs in the hollow of the stone, and their place was taken by a void which ached wearily; but still I carried a passive face, and a memory that before all these private matters stood the command of the high council, which sat before the Ark of the Mysteries.

    So I went and stood before Phorenice, and said the words which the ancient forms prescribed concerning the carrying out of her wish.

    “Then now,” she said, “I will give myself to you as wife. We are not as others, you and I, Deucalion. There is a law and a form set down for the marrying of these other people, but that would be useless for our purposes. We will have neither priest nor scribe to join us and set down the union. I am the law here in Atlantis, and you soon will be part of me. We will not be demeaned by profaner hands. We will make the ceremony for ourselves, and for witnesses there are sufficient in waiting. Afterwards the record shall be cut deep in the granite throne you have built for me, and the lettering filled in with gold, so that it shall endure and remain bright for always.”

    p. 233

    “The Empress can do no wrong,” I said, formally, and took the hand she offered me and helped her to rise. We walked out from the scarlet awning into the glare of the sunshine, she leaning on me, flushed, and so radiantly lovely that the people began to hail her with rapturous shouts of “A Goddess! our Goddess Phorenice!” But for me they had no welcoming word. I think the set grimness of my face both scared and repelled them.

    We went up the steps which led to the throne, the people still shouting, and I sat her in the royal seat beneath the snake’s outstretched head, and she drew me down to sit beside her.

    She raised her jewelled hand, and a silence fell on that great throng, as though the breath had been suddenly cut short for all of them.

    Then Phorenice made proclamation:

    “Hear me, O my people, and hear me, O High Gods from whom I am come. I take this man Deucalion to be my husband, to share with me the prosperity of Atlantis, and join me in guarding our great possession. May all our enemies perish as she is now perishing above whom we sit.” And then she put her arms around my neck and kissed me hotly on the mouth.

    In turn I also spoke: “Hear me, O most High Gods, whose servant I am, and hear me also, O ye people. I take this Empress Phorenice to wife, to help with her the prosperity of Atlantis, and join with her in guarding the welfare of that great possession. May all the enemies of this country perish as they have perished in the past.”

    p. 234

    And then I too, who had not been permitted by the fates to touch the lips of my love, bestowed the first kiss I had ever given a woman to Phorenice, that was now being made my wife.

    But we were not completely linked yet.

    “A woman is one, and man is one,” she proclaimed, following for the first time the old form of words, “but in marriage they merge, so that wife and husband are no more separate, but one conjointly. In token of this we will now make the symbolic joining together, so that all may see and remember.” She took her dagger, and pricking the brawn on my forearm till the bead of blood appeared, set her red lips to it and took it into herself.

    “Ah,” she said, with her eyes sparkling, “now you are part of me indeed, Deucalion, and I feel you have strengthened me already.” She pulled down the neck of her robe. “Let me make you my return.”

    I pricked the rounded whiteness of her shoulder. Gods! when I remembered who was beneath us as we sat on that throne, I could have driven the blade through to her heart! And then I, too, put down my lips and took the drop of her blood that was yielded to me.

    My tongue was dry, my throat was parched, and my face suffused, and I thought I should have choked.

    But the Empress, who was ordinarily so acute, was misled then. “It thrills you?” she cried; “it burns within you like living fire? I have just felt it. By my face! Deucalion, if I had known the pleasure it

    p. 235

    gives to be made a wife, I do not think I should have waited this long for you. Ah, yes; but with another man I should have had no thrill. I might have gone through the ceremony with another, but it would have left me cold. Well, they say this feeling comes to a woman but once in her time, and I would not change it for the glory of all my conquests and the whirl of all my power.” She leaned in close to me so that the red curls of her hair swept my cheek, and her breath came hot against my mouth. “Tasted you ever any sweet so delicious as this knowledge that we are made one now, Deucalion, past all possible dissolving?”

    I could not lie to her any more just then. The Gods know how honestly I had striven to play the part commanded me for Atlantis’s good, but there is a limit to human endurance, and mine was reached. I was not all anger towards her. I had some pity for this passion of hers, which had grown of itself certainly, but which I had done nothing to check; and the indecent frankness with which it was displayed was only part of the livery of potentates who flaunt what meaner folk would coyly hide. But always before my eyes was a picture of the girl on whom her jealousy had taken such a bitter vengeance, and to invent spurious lover’s talk then was a thing my tongue refused to do.

    “Words are poor things,” I said, “and I am a man unused to women, and have but a small stock of any phrases except the driest. Remember, Phorenice, a week agone I did not know what love was, and now that I have learned the lesson, somewhat of the suddenest, the language remains still to come to me. My

    p. 236

    inwards speak; indeed they are full of speech; but I cannot translate into bald cold words what they say.”

    And here surely the High Gods took pity on my tied tongue and my misery, and made an opportunity for bringing the ceremony to an end. A man ran into the square shouting, and showing a wound that dripped, and presently all that vast crowd which stood on the pavements and the sides of the pyramids and the roofs of the temples took up the cry and began to feel for their weapons.

    “The rebels are in!” “They have burrowed a path into the city!” “They have killed the cave-tigers and taken a gate!” “They are putting the whole place to the storm!” “They will presently leave no poor soul of us here alive!”

    There then was a termination of our marriage cooings. With rebels merely biting at the walls, it was fine to put strong trust in the defences, and easy to affect contempt for the besiegers’ powers, and to keep the business of pageants and state craft and marryings turning on easy wheels. But with rebel soldiers already inside the city (and hordes of others doubtless pressing on their heels), the affair took a different light. It was no moment for further delay, and Phorenice was the first to admit it. The glow that had been in her eyes changed to the glare of the fighter as the fellow who had run up squalled out his tidings.

    I stood and stretched my chest. I seemed in need of air. “Here,” I said, “is work that I can understand more clearly. I will go and sweep this rabble back to their burrows, Phorenice.”

    p. 237

    “But not alone, sir. I come too. It is my city still. Nay, sir, we are too newly wed to be parted yet.”

    “Have your will,” I said, and together we went down the steps of the throne to the pavement below. Under my breath I said a farewell to Naïs.

    Our armor-bearers met us with weapons, and we stepped into litters, and the slaves took us off hot foot. The wounded man who had first brought the news had fallen in a faint, and no more tidings was to be got from him; but the growing din of the fight gave us the general direction, and presently we began to meet knots of people who dwelt near the place of irruption running away in wild panic, loaded down with their household goods.

    It was useless to stop these, as fight they could not; and if they had stayed they would merely have been slaughtered like flies, and would in all likelihood have impeded our own soldiery. And so we let them run screaming on their blind way, but forced the litters through them with but very little regard for their coward convenience.

    Now the advantage of the rebels, when it came to be looked upon by a soldier’s eye, was a thing of little enough importance. They had driven a tunnel from behind a covering mound, beneath the walls, and had opened it cleverly enough through the floor of a middle-class house. They had come through into this, collecting their numbers under its shelter, and doubtless hoping that the marriage of the Empress (of which spies had given them information) would sap the watchfulness of the city guards. But it seems

    p. 238

    they were discovered and attacked before they were thoroughly ready to emerge, and, as a fine body of troops were barracked near the spot, their extermination would have been merely a matter of time, even if we had not come up.

    It did not take a trained eye long to decide on this, and Phorenice, with a laugh, lay back on the cushions of the litter, and returned her weapons to the armor-bearer who came panting up to receive them. “We grow nervous with our married life, my Deucalion,” she said. “We are fearful lest this new-found happiness be taken from us too suddenly.”

    But I was not to be robbed of my breathing-space in this wise. “Let me crave a wedding gift of you,” I said.

    “It is yours before you name it.”

    “Then give me troops, and set me wide a city gate a mile away from here.”

    “You can gather five hundred as you go from here to the gate, taking two hundred of those that are here. If you want more, they must be fetched from other barracks along the walls. But where is your plan?”

    “Why, my poor strategy teaches me this: these foolish rebels have set all their hopes on this mine, and all their excitement on its present success. If they are kept occupied here by a Phorenice, who will give them some dainty fighting without checking them unduly, they will press on to the attack and forget all else, and never so much as dream of a sortie. And meanwhile a Deucalion with his troop will march out of the city well away from here, without tuck of

    p. 239

    drum or blare of trumpet, and fall most unpleasantly upon their rear. After which a Phorenice will burn the house here at the mine’s head, which is of wood, and straw-thatched, to discourage further egress, and either go to the walls to watch the fight from there, or sally out also and spur on the rout as her fancy dictates?”

    “Your scheme is so pretty, I would I could rob you of it for my own credit’s sake; and as it is I must kiss you for your cleverness. But you got my word first, you naughty fellow, and you shall have the men and do as you ask. Eh, sir, this is a sad beginning of our wedded life if you begin to rob your little wife of all the sweets of conquest from the outset.”

    She took back the weapons and target she had given to the armor-bearer, and stepped over the side of the litter to the ground. “But at least,” she said, “if you are going to fight, you shall have troops that will do credit to my drill,” and thereupon proceeded to tell off the companies of men-at-arms who were to accompany me. She left herself few enough to stem the influx of rebels who poured ceaselessly in through the tunnel; but, as I had seen, with Phorenice heavy odds added only to her enjoyment.

    But for the Empress, I will own at the time to have given little enough of thought. My own proper griefs were raw within me, and I thirsted for that forgetfulness of all else which battle gives, so that for awhile I might have a rest from their gnawings.

    It made my blood run freer to hear once more the tramp of practised troops behind me, and when all

    p. 240

    had been collected we marched out through a gate of the city, and presently were charging through and through the straggling rear of the enemy. By the Gods! for the moment even Naïs was blotted from my wearied mind. Never had I loved more to let my fierceness run madly riot. Never have I gloated more abundantly over the terrible joy of battle.

    Naïs must forgive my weakness in seeking to forget her even for a breathing-space. Had that opportunity been denied me, I believe the agony of remembering would have snapped my brain-strings for always.


    CHAPTER XIV

    AGAIN THE GODS MAKE CHANGE

    NOW it would be tedious to tell how, with a handful of highly trained fighting men, I charged and recharged, and finally broke up that horde of rebels which outnumbered us by fifteen times. It must be remembered that they grew suddenly panic-stricken in finding that of all those who went in under the city walls by the mine on which they had set such great store none came back, and that the sounds of panic which had first broken out within the city soon gave way to cries of triumph and joy. And it must be carried in memory also that these wretched rebels were without training worthy of the name, were for the most part weaponed very vilely, and, seeing that their silly principles made each the equal of his neighbor, were practically without heads or leaders also.

    So when the panic began it spread like a malignant murrain through all their ragged ranks, and there were none to rally the flying, none to direct those of more desperate bravery who stayed and fought.

    My scheme of attack was simple. I hunted them without a halt. I and my fellows never stopped to play the defensive. We turned one flank, and charged through a centre, and then we were harrying

    p. 242

    the other flank, and once more hacking our passage through the solid mass. And so by constantly keeping them on the run, and in ignorance of whence would come the next attack, panic began to grow among them and ferment, till presently those in the outer lines commenced to scurry away towards the forests and the spoiled corn-lands of the country, and those in the inner packs were only wishful for a chance to follow them.

    It was no feat of arms, this breaking up of the rebel leaguer, and no practised soldier would wish to claim it as such. It was simply taking advantage of the chances of the moment, and as such it was successful. Given an open battle on their own ground, these desperate rebels would have fought till none could stand, and by sheer ferocious numbers would have pulled down any trained troops that the city could have sent against them, whether they had advanced in phalanx or what formation you will. For it must be remembered they were far removed from cowards, being Atlantean all, just as were those within the city, and were, moreover, spurred to extraordinary savageness and desperation by the oppression under which they had groaned and the wrongs they had been forced to endure.

    Still, as I say, the poor creatures were scattered, and the siege was raised from that moment; and it was plain to see that the rebellion might be made to end if no unreasonable harshness was used for its final suppression. Too great severity, though perhaps it may be justly their portion, only drives such malcontents to further desperations.

    p. 243

    Now following up these fugitives to make sure that there was no halt in their retreat, and to send the lesson of panic thoroughly home to them, had led us a long distance from the city walls; and as we had fought all through the burning heat of the day and my men were heavily wearied, I decided to halt where we were for the night among some half-ruined houses which would make a temporary fortification. Fortunately a drove of little cloven-hoofed horses which had been scared by some of the rebels in their flight happened to blunder into our lines, and as we killed five before they were clear again, there was a soldier’s supper for us, and quickly the fires were lit and cooking it.

    Sentries paced the outskirts and made their cries to one another, and the wounded sat by the fires and dressed their hurts; and with the officers I talked over the engagements of the day, and the methods of each charge, and the other details of the fighting. It is the special perquisite of soldiers to dally over these matters with gusto, though they are entirely without interest for laymen.

    The hour drew on for sleep, and snores went up from every side. It was clear that all my officers were wearied out, and only continued the talk through deference to their commander. Yet I had a feverish dread of being left alone again with my thoughts, and pressed them on with conversation remorselessly. But in the end they were saved the rudeness of dropping off into unconsciousness during my talk. A sentry came up and saluted. “My lord,” he reported, “there is a woman come up from the city

    p. 244

    whom we have caught trying to come into the bivouac.”

    “How is she named?”

    “She will not say.”

    “Has she business?”

    “She will say none. She demands only to see my lord.”

    “Bring her here to the fire,” I ordered, and then on second thoughts remembering that the woman, whoever she might be, had news likely enough for my private ear (or otherwise she would not have come to so uncouth a rendezvous), I said to the sentry: “Stay,” and got up from the ground beside the fire, and went with him to the outer line.

    “Where is she?” I asked.

    “My comrades are holding her. She might be a wench belonging to these rebels, with designs to put a knife into my lord’s heart, and then we sentries would suffer. The Empress,” he added, simply, “seems to set good store upon my lord at present, and we know the cleverness of her tormentors.”

    “Your thoughtfulness is frank,” I said, and then he showed me the woman. She was muffled up in hood and cloak, but one who loved Naïs as I loved could not mistake the form of Ylga, her twin and sister, because of mere swathings. So I told the sentries to release her without asking her for speech, and then led her out from the bivouac beyond earshot of their lines.

    “It is something of the most pressing that has brought you out here, Ylga?”

    “You know me, then? There must be something

    p. 245

    warmer than the ordinary between us two, Deucalion, if you could guess who walked beneath all these mufflings.”

    I let that pass. “But what’s your errand, girl?”

    “Aye,” she said, bitterly, “there’s my reward. All your concern’s for the message, none for the carrier. Well, good my lord, you are husband to the dainty Phorenice no longer.”

    “This is news.”

    “And true enough, too. She will have no more of you, divorces you, spurns you, thrusts you from her, and, after the first splutter of wrath is done, then comes pains and penalties.”

    “The Empress can do no wrong. I will have you speak respectful words of the Empress.”

    “Oh, be done with that old fable! It sickens me. The woman was mad for love of you, and now she’s mad with jealousy. She knows that you gave Naïs some of your priest’s magic, and that she sleeps till you choose to come and claim her, even though the day be a century from this. And if you wish to know the method of her enlightenment, it is simple. There is another air-shaft next the one down which you did your cooing and billing, and that leads to another cell in which lay another prisoner. The wretch heard all that passed, and thought to buy enlargement by telling it.

    “But his news came a trifle stale. It seems that with the pressure of the morning’s ceremonies they forgot to bring him a ration, and when at last his gaoler did remember him, it was rather late, seeing that by then Phorenice had tied herself publicly to

    p. 246

    a husband, and poor Naïs had doubtless eaten her green drug. However, the fool must needs try and barter his tale for what it would fetch; and, as was natural, had such a silly head chopped off for his pains; and after that your Phorenice behaved as you may guess. And now you may thank me, sir, for coming to warn you not to go back to Atlantis.”

    “But I shall go back. And if the Empress chooses to cut my head also from its proper column, that is as the High Gods will.”

    “You are more sick of life than I thought. But I think, sir, our Phorenice judges your case very accurately. It was permitted me to hear the out-bursting of this lady’s rage. ‘Shall I hew off his head?’ said she. ‘Pah! Shall I give him over to my tormentors, and stand by while they do their worst? He would not wrinkle his brow at their fiercest efforts. No; he must have a heavier punishment than any of these, and one also which will endure. I shall lop off his right hand and his left foot, so that he may be a fighting man no longer, and then I shall drive him forth crippled into the dangerous lands, where he may learn fear. The beasts shall hunt him, the fires of the ground shall spoil his rest. He shall know hunger, and he shall breathe bad air. And all the while he shall remember that I have Naïs near me, living and locked in her coffin of stone, to play with as I choose, and to give over to what insults may come to my fancy.’ That is what she said, Deucalion. Now I ask you again will you go back to meet her vengeance?”

    p. 247

    “No,” I said, “it is no part of my plan to be mutilated and left to live.”

    “So, being a woman of some sense, I judged. And, moreover, having some small kindness still left for you, I have taken it upon myself to make a plan for your further movement which may fall in with your whim. Does the name of Tob come back to your memory?”

    “One who was captain of Tatho’s navy?”

    “That same Tob. A gruff, rude fellow, and smelling vile of tar, but seeming to have a sturdy honesty of his own. Tob sails away this night for parts unknown, presumably to found a kingdom with Tob for king. It seems he can find little enough to earn at his craft in Atlantis these latter days, and has scruples at seeing his wife and young ones hungry. He told me this at the harbor-side when I put my neck under the axe by saying I wanted carriage for you, sir; and so having me under his thumb, he was perhaps more loose-lipped than usual. You seem to have made a fine impression on Tob, Deucalion. He said—I repeat his hearty disrespect—you were just the recruit he wanted, but whether you joined him or not, he would go to the nether Gods to do you service.”

    “By the fellow’s side I gained some experience in fighting the greater sea beasts.”

    “Nell, go and do it again. Believe me, sir, it is your only chance. It would grieve me much to hear the searing-iron hiss on your stumps. I bargained with Tob to get clear of the harbor forts before the chain was up for the night, and as he is a very daring

    p. 248

    fellow, with no fear of navigating under the darkness, he himself said he would come to a point of the shore which we agreed upon, and there await you. Come, Deucalion, let me lead you to the place.”

    “My girl,” I said, “I see I owe you many thanks for what you have done on my poor behalf.”

    “Oh, your thanks!” she said, “you may keep them. I did not come out here in the dark and the dangers for mere thanks, though I knew well enough there would be little else offered.” She plucked at my sleeve. “Now show me your walking pace, sir. They will begin to want your countenance in the camp directly, and we need hanker after no too narrow inquiries for what’s along.”

    So thereon we set off, Ylga and I, leaving the lights of the bivouac behind us, and she showed the way, while I carried my weapons ready to ward off attacks whether from beasts or from men. Few words were passed between us, except those which had concern with the dangers natural to the way. Once only did we touch one another, and that was where a tree-trunk bridged a rivulet of scalding water which flowed from a boil-spring towards the sea.

    “Are you sure of footing?” I asked, for the night was dark, and the heat of the water would peel the flesh from the bones if one slipped into it.

    “No,” she said, “I am not,” and reached out and took my hand. I helped her over, and then loosed my grip, and she sighed, and slowly slipped her hand away. Then on again we went in silence, side by side, hour after hour, and league after league.

    But at last we topped a rise, and below us through

    p. 249

    the trees I could see the gleam of the great estuary on which the city of Atlantis stands. The ground was soggy and wet beneath us, the trees were full of barbs and spines, the way was monstrous hard. Ylga’s breath was beginning to come in labored pants. But when I offered to take her arm and help her, as some return against what she had done for me, she repulsed me rudely enough. “I am no poor weakling,” said she, “if that is your only reason for wanting to touch me.”

    Presently, however, we came out through the trees, and the roughest part of our journey was done. We saw the ship riding to her anchors inshore a mile away, and a weird enough object she was under the faint starlight. We made our way to her along the level beaches.

    Tob was keeping a keen watch. We were challenged the moment we came within stone or arrow shot, and bidden to halt and recite our business; but he was civil enough when he heard we were those whom he expected. He called a crew and slacked out his anchor-rope till his ship ground against the shingle, and then thrust out his two steering-oars to help us clamber aboard.

    I turned to Ylga with words of thanks and farewell. “I will never forget what you have done for me this night; and should the High Gods see fit to bring me back to Atlantis and power, you shall taste my gratitude.”

    “I do not want to return. I am sick of this old life here.”

    “But you have your place in the city, and your

    p. 250

    servants and your wealth, and Phorenice will not disturb you from their possession.”

    “Oh, as for that, I could go back and be fan-girl to-morrow. But I do not want to go back.”

    “Let me tell you it is no time for a gently nurtured lady like yourself to go forward. I have been viceroy of Yucatan, Ylga, and know somewhat of making a foothold in these new countries. And that was nothing compared with what this will be. I tell you it entails hardships and privations and sufferings which you could not guess at. Few survive who go to colonize in the beginning, and those only of the hardiest, and they earn new scars and new batterings every day.”

    “I do not care; and, besides, I can share the work. I can cook, I can shoot a good arrow, and I can make garments—yes, though they were cut from the skins of beasts and had to be sewn with back-bone sinews. Because you despise fine clothes, and because you have seen me only decked out as fan-girl, you think I am useless. Bah, Deucalion! never let people prate to me about your perfections. You know less about a woman than a boy new from school.”

    “I have learned all I care to know about one woman, and because of the memory of her I could not presume to ask her sister to come with me now.”

    “Aye,” she said, bitterly, “kick my pride. I knew well enough it was only second place to Naïs I could get all the time I was wanting to come. Yet no one but a boor would have reminded me of it. Gods! and to think that half the men in Atlantis have courted me, and now I am arrived at this!”

    “‘SHE FLUNG HER ARMS ABOUT MY NECK’”
    Click to enlarge

    “‘SHE FLUNG HER ARMS ABOUT MY NECK’”

    p. 251

    “I must go alone. It would have made me happier to take your esteem with me. But as it is, I suppose I shall carry only your hate.”

    “That is the most humiliating thing of all; I cannot bring myself to hate you. I ought to, I know, after the brutal way you have scorned me. But Î do not, and there is the truth. I seem to grow the fonder of you, and if I thought there was a way of keeping you alive and unmutilated here in Atlantis, I do not think I should point out that Tob is tired of waiting, and will probably be off without you.” She flung her arms suddenly about my neck and kissed me hotly on the mouth. ” There, that is for good-bye, dear. You see I am reckless. I care not what I do now, knowing that you cannot despise me more than you have done all along for my forwardness.”

    She ran back from me into the edge of the trees.

    “But this is foolishness,” I said. “I must take you through the dangers that lie between here and some gate of the city, and then come back to the ship.”

    “You need not fear for me. The unhappy are always safe. And, besides, I have a way. It is my solace to know that you will remember me now. You will never forget that kiss.”

    “Fare you well, Ylga,” I cried. “May the High Gods keep you entirely in their holy care.”

    But no reply came back. She had gone off into the forest. And so I turned down to the beach, and plashed into the water, and climbed on board the ship up the steering-oars. Tob gave the word to haul to the anchor and get her away from the beach.

    p. 252

    “Greeting, my lord,” said he, “but I’d have been pleased to see you earlier. We’ve small enough force and slow enough heels in this vessel, and it’s my idea that the sooner we’re away from here and beyond range of pursuit the safer it will be for my woman and brats who are in that hutch of an aftercastle. It’s long enough since I sailed in such a small, old-fashioned ship as this. She’s no machines, and she’s not even a steering manikin. Look at the meanness of her furniture, and (in your ear) I’ve suspicions that there’s rottenness in her bottom. But she’s the best I’d the means to buy, and if she reaches the place at the farther end I’ve got my eye on, we shall have to make a home there, or be content to die, for she’ll never have strength to carry us farther or back. She’s been a ship in the Egypt trade, and you know what that is for getting worm and rot in the wood.”

    “You’d enough hands for your scheme before I came?”

    “Oh yes. I’ve fifty stout lads and eight women packed in the ship somehow, and trouble enough I had to get them away from the city. That thief of a port-captain wellnigh skinned us clean before he could see it lawful that so many useful fighting men might go out of harbor. Times are not what they were, I tell you, and the sea trade’s about done. All sailor men of any skill have taken a woman or two and gone out in companies to try their fortunes in other lands. Why, I’d trouble enough to get half a score to help me work this ship. All my balance are just landsmen raw and simple, and if I land half

    p. 253

    of them alive at the other end, we shall be doing well.”

    “Still, with luck and a few good winds it should not take long to get across to Europe.”

    Tob slapped his leg. “No savage Europe for me, my lord. Now see the advantage of being a mariner. I found once some islands to the north of Europe, separated from the main by a strait, which I called the Tin Islands, seeing that tin ore litters many of the beaches. I was driven there by storm, and said no word of the find when I got back, and here, you see, it comes in useful. There’s no one in all Atlantis but me knows of those Tin Islands to-day, and we’ll go and fight honestly for our ground, and build a town and a kingdom on it.”

    “With Tob for king?”

    “Well, I have figured it out as such for many a day, but I know when I meet my better, and I’m content to serve under Deucalion. My lord would have done wiser to bring a wife with him, though, and I thought it was understood by the good lady that spoke to me down at the harbor, or I’d have mentioned it earlier. The savages in my Tin Islands go naked and stain themselves blue with woad, and are very filthy and brutish to look upon. They are sturdy, and should make good slaves, but one would have to get blunted in the taste before one could wish to be father to their children.”

    “I am still husband to Phorenice.”

    Tob grinned. “The Gods give you joy of her. But it is part of a mariner’s creed—and you will grow to be a mariner here—that wedlock does not

    p. 254

    hold across the seas. However, that matter may rest. But, coming to my Tin Islands again: they’ll delight you. And I tell you, a kingdom will not be so hard to carve out as it was in Egypt, or as you found in Yucatan. There are beasts there, of course, and no one who can hunt need ever go hungry. But the greater beasts are few. There are cave-bears and cave-tigers in small numbers, to be sure, and some river-horses and great snakes. But the greater lizards seem to avoid the land; and as for birds, there is rarely seen one that can hurt a grown man. Oh, I tell you, it will be a most desirable kingdom.”

    “Tob seems to have imagined himself king of the Tin Islands with much reality.”

    He sighed a little. “In truth I did, and there is no denying it; and I tell you plain, there is not another man living that I would have broken this voyage for but Deucalion. But don’t think I regret it, and don’t think I want to push myself above my place. This breeze and the ebb are taking the old ship finely along her ways. See those fire-baskets on the harbor forts? We’re abreast of them now. We’ll have dropped them and the city out of sight by daylight, and the flood will not begin to run up till then. But I fear unless the wind hardens down with the dawn we’ll have to bring up to an anchor when the flood makes. Tides run very hard in these narrow seas. Aye, and there are some shrewdish tide-rips round my Tin Islands, as you shall see when we reach them.”

    There were many fearful glances backward when day came and showed the waters, and the burning

    p. 255

    mountains that hemmed them in beyond the shores. All seemed to expect some navy of Phorenice to come surging up to take them back to servitude and starvation in the squalid wards of the city; and I confess ingenuously that I was with them in all truth when they swore they would fight the ship till she sank beneath them before they would obey another of the commands of Phorenice. However, their brave heroics were displayed to small purpose. For the full flow of the tide we hung in our place, barely moving past the land, but yet not seeing either oar or sail; and then, when the tide turned, away we went once more with speed, mightily comforted.

    Tob’s woman must needs bring drink on deck, and bid all pour libations to her as a future queen. But Tob cuffed her back into the aftercastle, slamming to the hatch behind her heels, and bidding the crew send the liquor down their dusty throats. “We are done with that foolery,” said he. “My lord Deucalion will be king of this new kingdom we shall build in the Tin Islands, and a right proper king he’ll make, as you untravelled ones would know if you’d sailed the outer seas with him as I have done.” Beneath which I read a regret, but said nothing, having made my plans from the moment of stepping on board, as will appear on a later sheet.

    So on down the great estuary we made our way, and though it pleasured the others on board when they saw that the seas were desolate of sails, it saddened me when I recalled how once the waters had been whitened with the glut of shipping.

    They had started off on their voyage with a bare

    p. 256

    two days’ provision in their equipment, and so, of necessity even after leaving the great estuary, we were forced to voyage coastwise, putting into every likely river and sheltered beach to slay fish and meat for future victualling. “And when the winter comes,” said Tob, “as its gales will be heavier than this old ship can stomach, I had determined to haul up and make a permanent camp ashore, and get a crop of grain grown and threshed before setting sail again. It is the usual custom in these voyages. And I shall do it still, subject to my lord’s better opinion.”

    So here, having by this time completed a two-months’ leisurely journey from the city, I saw my opportunity to speak what I had always carried in my mind. “Tob,” I said, “I am a poor, weak, defenceless man, and I am quite at your mercy; but what if I do not voyage all the way to the Tin Islands and oust you of this kingship?”

    He brightened perceptibly. “Aye,” he grunted, “you are very weak, my lord, and mighty defenceless. We know all about that. But what’s else? You must tell all your meaning plain. I’m a common mariner, and understand little of your fancy talk.”

    “Why, this. That it is not my wish to leave the continent of Atlantis. If you will put me down on any part of this side that faces Europe, I will commend you strongly to the Gods. I would I could give you money, or (better still) articles that would be useful to you in your colonizing; but as it is, you see me destitute.”

    “As to that, you owe me nothing, having done

    p. 257

    vastly more than your share each time we have put inshore for the hunting. But it will not do, this plan of yours. I will shamedly confess that the sound of that kingship in my Tin Islands sounds sweet to me. But no, my lord, it will not do. You are no mariner yet, and understand little of geography, but I must tell you that the part of Atlantis there”—he jerked his thumb towards the line of trees and the mountains that lay beyond the fringe of surf—”is called the Dangerous Lands, and a man must needs be a salamander and be learned in magic (so I am told) before he can live there.”

    I laughed. “We of the Priests’ Clan have some education, Tob, though it may not be on the same lines as your own. In fact, I may say I was taught in the colleges concerning the boundaries and the contents of our continent with a nicety that would surprise you. And once ashore, my fate will still be under the control of the most High Gods.”

    He muttered something in his profane seaman’s way about preferring to keep his own fate under control of his own most strong right arm, but saying that he would keep the matter in his thoughts, he excused himself hurriedly to go and see to somewhat concerning the working of the ship, and there left me.

    But I think the sweets of kingly rule were a strong argument in favor of letting me have my way (which I should have had otherwise if it had not been given peacefully), and on the third day after our talk he put the ship in-shore again for revictualling. We lurched into a river-mouth, half swamped over a roaring bar, and ran up against the bank and made fast

    p. 258

    there to trees, but booming ourselves a safe distance off with oars and poles, so that no beast could leap on board out of the thicket.

    Fish-spearing and meat-hunting were set about with promptitude, and on the second day we were happy enough to slay a yearling river-horse, which gave provisions in all sufficiency. A space was cleared on the bank, fires lit, and the meat hung over the smoke in strips; and when as much was cured as the ship would carry, the shipmen made a final gorge on what remained, filled up a great stack of hollow reeds with drinking water, and were ready to continue the voyage.

    With sturdy generosity did Tob again attempt to make me sail on with them as their future king, and as steadfastly did I make refusal; and at last I stood alone on the bank among the gnawed bones of their feast, with my weapons to bear me company, and he and his men and the women stood in the little old ship, ready to drop down river with the current.

    “At least,” said Tob, “we’ll carry your memory with us, and make it big in the Tin Islands for everlasting.”

    “Forget me,” I said; “I am nothing. I am merely an incident that has come in your way. But if you want to carry some memory with you that shall endure, preserve the cult of the most High Gods as it was taught to you when you were children here in Atlantis. And afterwards, when your colony grows in power, and has come to sufficient magnificence, you may send to the old country for a priest.”

    “We want no priest, except one we shall make ourselves,

    p. 259

    and that will be me. And as for the old Gods—well, I have laid my ideas before the fellows here, and they agree to this: We are done with those old Gods for always. They seem worn out, if one may judge from Their present lack of usefulness in. Atlantis; and, anyway, there will be no room for Them on the Tin Islands. Let go those warps there aft, and shove her head out. We are under way now, my lord, and beyond recall, and so I am free to tell you what we have decided upon for our religious exercises. We shall set up the memory of a living Hero on earth and worship that. And when in years to come the picture of his face grows dim, we shall doubtless make an image of him, as accurate as our art permits, and build him a temple for shelter, and bring there our offerings and prayers. And as I say, my lord, I shall be priest, and when I am dead, the sons of my body shall be priests after me, and the eldest a king also.”

    “Let me plead with you,” I said. “This must not be.”

    The ship was drifting rapidly away with the current, and they were hoisting sail. Tob had to shout to make himself heard. “Aye, but it shall be. For I, too, am a strong man after my kind, and I have ordered it so. And if you want the name of our Hero that some day shall be God, you wear it on yourself. Deucalion shall be God for our children.”

    “This is blasphemy!” I cried. “Have a care, fool, or this impiety will sink you!”

    “We will risk it,” he bawled back, “and consider the odds against us are small. Regard! Here is

    p. 260

    the last horn of wine on the ship, and my woman has treasured it against this moment. Regard, all men, together with Those above and Those below! I pour this wine as a libation to Deucalion, great lord that is to-day, Hero that shall be to-morrow, God that will be in time to come!” And then all those on the ship joined in the acclaim till they were beyond the reach of my voice, and were battling their way out to the sea through the roaring breakers of the bar.

    Solitary I stood at the brink of the forest, looking after them and musing sadly. Tob, despite his lowly station, was a man I cared for more than many. Like all seamen, I knew that he paid his devotions to one of the obscurer Gods, but till then I had supposed him devout in his worship. His new avowal came to me as a desolating shock. If a man like Tob could forsake all the older Gods to set up on high some poor mortal who had momentarily caught his fancy, what could be expected from the mere thoughtless mob when swayed by such a brilliant tongue as Phorenice’s? It seemed I was to begin my exile with a new dreariness added to all the other adverse prospects of Atlantis.

    But then behind me I heard the rustle of some great beast that had scented me, and was coming to attack through the thicket, and so I had other matters to think upon. I had to let Tob and his ship go out over the rim of the horizon unwatched.


    CHAPTER XV

    ZAEMON’S SUMMONS

    SINCE the days when man was first created upon the earth by Gods who looked down and did Their work from another place, there have always been areas of the land ill-adapted for his maintenance, but none more so than that part of Atlantis which lies over against the savage continents of Europe and Africa. The common people avoid it, because of a superstition which says that the spirits of the evil dead stalk about there in broad daylight, and slay all those that the more open dangers of the place might otherwise spare. And so it has happened often that the criminals who might have fled there from justice have returned of their own free will and voluntarily given themselves up to the tormentors rather than face its fabulous terrors.

    To the educated, many of these legends are known to be mythical; but withal there are enough disquietudes remaining to make life very arduous and stocked with peril. Everywhere the mountains keep their contents on the boil; earth tremors are every day’s experience; gushes of unseen evil vapors steal upon one with such cunningness and speed that it is often hard to flee in time before one is choked and killed; poisons well up into the rivers, yet leave their color

    p. 262

    unchanged; great cracks split across the ground, reaching down to the fires beneath, and the waters gush into these, and are shot forth again with devastating explosion; and always may be expected great outpourings of boiling mud or molten rock.

    Yet with all this there are great sombre forests in these lands, with trees whose age, is unimaginable, and fires among the herbage are rare. All beneath the trees is water, and the air is full of warm steam and wetness. For a man to live in that constant hot damp is very mortifying to the strength. But strength is wanted, and cunning also beyond the ordinary, for these Dangerous Lands are the abode of the lizards, which of all beasts grow to the most enormous size, and are the most fearsome to deal with.

    There are countless families and species of these lizards, and with some of them a man can contend with prospect of success. But there are others whose hugeness no human force can battle against. One I saw, as it came up out of a lake after gaining its day’s food, that made the wet land shake and pulse as it trod. It could have taken Phorenice’s mammoth into its belly, * and even a mammoth in full charge could not have harmed it. Great horny plates covered its head and body, and on the ridge of its back

     

    p. 263

    and tail and limbs were spines that tore great slivers from the black trees as it passed among them.

    Now and again these monsters would get caught in some vast fissuring of the ground, but not often. Their speed of foot was great, and their sagacity keen. They seemed to know when the worst boilings of the mountains might be expected, and then they found safety in the deeper lakes, or buried themselves in wallows of the mud. Moreover, they were more kindly constituted than man to withstand one great danger of these regions, in that the heat of the water did them no harm. Indeed, they will lie peacefully in pools where sudden stream-bursts are making the water leap into boiling fountains; and I have seen one run quickly across a flow of molten rock which threatened to cut it off, and not be so much as singed in the transit.

    In the midst of such neighbors, then, was my new life thrown, and existence became perilous and hard to me from the outset. I came near to knowing what fear was, and indeed only a fervent trust in the most High Gods, and a firm belief that my life was always under Their fostering care, prevented me from gaining that horrid knowledge. For long enough, till I learned somewhat of the ways of this steaming, sweltering land, I was in as miserable a case as even Phorenice could have wished to see me. My clothes rotted from my back with the constant wetness, till I went as naked as a savage from Europe; my limbs were racked with agues, and I could find no herbs to make drugs for their relief; for days together I could find no better food than

    p. 264

    tree-grubs and leaves; and often when I did kill beasts, knowing little of their qualities, I ate those that gave me pain and sickness.

    But as man is born to make himself adaptable to his surroundings, so as the months dragged on did I learn the limitation of this new life of mine, and gather some knowledge of its resources. As example: I found a great black tree, with a hollow core, and a hole into its middle near the roots. Here I harbored, till one night some monstrous lizard, whose sheer weight made the tree rock like a sapling, endeavored to suck me forth as a bird picks a worm from a hollow log. I escaped by the will of the Gods—I could as much have done harm to a mountain as injure that horny tongue with my weapons—but I gave myself warning that this chance must not happen again.

    So I cut myself a ladder of foot-holes on the inside of the trunk till I had reached a point ten man-heights from the ground, and there cut other notches, and with tree-branches made a floor on which I might rest. Later, for luxury, I carved me arrow-slit windows in the walls of my chamber, and even carried up sand for a hearth, so that I might cook my victual up there instead of lighting a fire in all the dangers of the open below.

    By degrees, too, I bean to find how the large-scaled fish of the rivers and the lesser turtles might be more rapidly captured, and so my ribs threatened less to start through their proper covering of skin as the days went on. But the lack of salads and gruels I could never overcome. All the green meat

    p. 265

    was tainted so powerfully with the taste of tars that never could I force my palate to accept it. And of course, too, there remained the peril of the greater lizards and the other dangers native to the place.

    But as the months began to mount into years, and the brute part of my nature became more satisfied, there came other longings which it was less easy to provide for. From the ivory of a river-horse’s tooth I had endeavored to carve me a representation of Naïs as last I had seen her. But, though my fingers might be loving and my will good, my art was of the dullest, and the result—though I tried time and time again—was always clumsy and pitiful. Still, in my eyes it carried some suggestion of the original—a curve here, an outline there—and it made my old love glow anew within me as I sat and ate it with my eyes. Yet it did little to satisfy my longings for the woman I had lost; rather it whetted my cravings to be with her again, or at least to have some knowledge of her fate.

    Other men of the Priests’ Clan have come out and made an abode in these Dangerous Lands, and by mortifying the flesh have gained an intimacy with the Higher Mysteries which has carried them far past what mere human learning and repetition could teach. Indeed, here and there one, who from some cause and another has returned to the abodes of men, has carried with him a knowledge that has brought him the reputation among the vulgar for the workings of magic and miracles, which—since all arts must be allowed which aid so holy a cause—have added very materially to the ardor with which these

    p. 266

    common people pursue the cult of the Gods. But for myself I could not free my mind to the necessary clearness for following these abstruse studies. During that voyage home from Yucatan I had communed with them with growing insight; but now my mind was not my own. Naïs had a lien upon it, and refused to be ousted; and, in truth, her sweet trespass was my chief solace.

    But at last my longing could no further be denied. Through one of the arrow-slit windows of my tree-house I could see far away a great mountain-top whitened with perpetual snow, which our Lord the Sun dyed with blood every night of His setting. Night after night I used to watch that ruddy light with wide-straining eyes. Night after night I used to remember that in days agone when I was entering upon the priesthood it had been my duty to adore our great Lord as He rose for His day behind the snows of that very mountain. And always the thought followed on these musings that from that distant crest I could see across the continent to the Sacred Mount which had the city below it where I had buried my love alive.

    So at last I gave way and set out, and a perilous journey I made of it. In the heavy mists which hung always on the lower ground, my way lay blind before me, and I was constantly losing it. Indeed, to say that I traversed three times the direct distance is setting a low estimate. Throughout all those swamps the great lizards hunted, and as the country was new to me I did not know places of harbor, and a hundred times was within an ace of being spied

    p. 267

    and devoured at a mouthful. But the High Gods still desired me for Their own purposes, and blinded the great beasts’ eyes when I slunk to cover as they passed. Twice rivers of scalding water roared boiling across my path, and I had to delay till I could collect enough black timber from the forests to build rafts that would give me dry ferriage.

    It will be seen then that my journey was in a way infinitely tedious, but to me, after all those years of waiting, the time passed on winged feet. I had been separated from my love till I could bear the strain no longer; let me but see from a distance the place where she lay, and feast my eyes upon it for a while, and then I could go back to my abode in the tree and there remain patiently awaiting the will of the Gods.

    The air grew more chilly as I began to come out above the region of trees, on to that higher ground which glares down on the rest of the world, and I made buskins and a coat of woven grasses to protect my body from the cold, which began to blow upon me keenly. And later on, where the snow lay eternally, and was blown into gullies and frozen into solid banks and bergs of ice, I had hard work to make any progress among its perilous mazes, and was, moreover, so numbed by the chill that my natural strength was vastly weakened. Overhead, too, following me up with forbidding swoops, and occasionally coming so close that I had to threaten it with my weapons, was one of those huge man-eating birds which live by pulling down and carrying off any creature that their instinct tells them is weakly and likely soon to die.

    p. 268

    But the lure ahead of me was strong enough to make these difficulties seem small, and though the air of the mountain agreed with me ill, causing sickness and panting, I pressed on with what speed I could muster towards the elusive summit. Time after time I thought the next spurt would surely bring me out to the view for which my soul yearned, but always there seemed another bank of snow and ice yet to be climbed. But at last I reached the crest, and gave thanks to the most High Gods for Their protection and favor.

    Far, far away I could see the Sacred Mountain with its ring of fires burning pale under the day, and although the splendid city which nestled at its foot could not be seen from where I stood, I knew its position and I knew its plan, and my soul went out to that throne of granite in the square before the royal pyramid, where once, years before, I had buried my love. Had Phorenice left the tomb unviolated?

    I stood there leaning on my spear, filling my eye with the prospect, warming even to the smoke of mountains that I recognized as old acquaintances. Gods! how my love burned within me for this woman! My whole being seemed gone out to meet her, and to leave room for nothing beside. For long enough a voice seemed dimly to be calling me, but I gave it no regard. I had come out to that hoary mountain-top for communion with Naïs alone, and I wanted none others to interrupt.

    But at length the voice calling my name grew too loud to be neglected, and I pulled myself out of my

    p. 269

    sweet pulsing with a start to think that here, for the first time since parting with Tob and his company, I should see another human fellow-being. I gripped my weapon and asked who called. The reply came clearly from up the slopes of mountain, and I saw a man coming towards me over the snows. He was old and feeble. His body was bent, and his hair and beard were white as the ground on which he trod, and presently I recognized him as Zaemon. He was coming towards me with incredible speed for a man of his years and feebleness, but he carried in his hand the glowing Symbol of our Lord the Sun, and holy strength from this would add largely to his powers.

    He came close to me and made the sign of the Seven, which I returned to him, with its completion, with due form and ceremony. And then he saluted me in the manner prescribed as messenger appointed by the high council of the priests seated before the Ark of the Mysteries, and I made humble obeisance before him.

    “In all things I will obey the orders that you put before me,” I said.

    “Such is your duty, my brother. The command is that you return immediately to the Sacred Mountain, so that if human means may still prevail, you, as the most skilful general Atlantis owns within her borders, may still save the country from final wreck and punishment. The woman Phorenice persists in her infamies. The poor land groans under her heel. And now she has laid siege to our Sacred Mountain itself, and swears that not one soul shall be left alive

    p. 270

    in all Atlantis who does not bend humbly to her will.”

    “It is a command and I obey it. But let me ask of another matter that is intimate to both of us. What of Naïs?”

    “Naïs rests where you left her, untouched. Phorenice knows by her arts—she has stolen nearly all the ancient knowledge now—that still you live, and she keeps Naïs unharmed beneath the granite throne in the hopes that some time she may use her as a weapon against you. Little she knows the sternness of our priests’ creed, my brother. Why, even I, that am the girl’s father, would sacrifice her blithely if her death or ruin might do a tittle of good to Atlantis.”

    “You go beyond me with your devotion.”

    The old man leaned forward at me, with glowering brow. “What!”

    “Or my old blind adherence to the ancient dogma has been sapped and weakened by events. You must buy my full obedience, Zaemon, if you want it. Promise me Naïs—and your arts, I know, can snatch her—and I will be true servant to the high council of the priests, and will die in the last ditch if need be for the carrying out of their order. But let me see Naïs given over to the fury of that wanton woman, and I shall have no inwards left, except to take my vengeance and to see Atlantis piled up in ruins as her funeral-stone.”

    Zaemon looked at me bitterly. “And you are the man the high council thought to trust as they would trust one of themselves? Truly we are in an age

    p. 271

    of weak men and faithless now. But, my lord—nay, I must call you brother still: we cannot be too nice in our choosing to-day—you are the best there is, and we must have you. We little thought you would ask a price for your generalship, having once taken oath on the walls of the Ark of the Mysteries itself, that always, come what might, you would be a servant of the high council of the Clan without fee and without hope of advancement. But this is the age of broken vows, and you are doing no more than trim with the fashion. Indeed, brother, perhaps I should thank you for being no more greedy in your demands.”

    “You may spare me your taunts. You, by self-denial and profound search into the highest of the higher mysteries, have made yourself something wiser than human; I have preserved my humanity, and with it its powers and frailties; and it seems that each of us has his proper uses, or you would not be come now here to me. Rather you would have done the generaling yourself.”

    “You make a warm defence, my brother. But I have no leisure now to stand before you with argument. Come to the Sacred Mountain, fight me this wanton, upstart Empress, and, by my beard! you shall have your Naïs as you left her as a reward.”

    “It is a command of the high council which shall be obeyed. I will come with my brother now, as soon as he is rested.”

    “Nay,” said the old man, “I have no tiredness, and as for coming with me, there you will not be able. But follow at what pace you may.”

    p. 272

    He turned and set off down the snowy slopes of the mountain, and I followed; but gradually he distanced me; and so he kept on, with speed always increasing, till presently he passed out of my sight round the spur of an ice-cliff, and I found myself alone on the mountain-side. Yes, truly alone. For his foot-marks in the snow from being deep, grew shallower and less noticeable, so that I had to stoop to see them. And presently they vanished entirely, and the great mountain’s flank lay before me trackless and untrodden by the foot of man since time began.

    I was not shaken by any great amazement. Though it was beyond my poor art to compass this thing myself, having occupied my mind in exile more with memories of Naïs than in study of those uppermost recesses of the Higher Mysteries in which Zaemon was so prodigiously wise, still I had some inkling of his powers.

    Zaemon, I knew, would be back again in his dwelling on the Sacred Mountain, shaken and breathless, even before I had found an end to his tracks in the snow, and it behooved me to join him there in the quickest possible time. I had his promise now for my reward, and I knew that he would carry it into effect. Beforetime I had made an error. I had valued Atlantis most, and Naïs, my private love, as only second. But now it was in my mind. to be honest with others even as with myself. Though all the world were hanging on my choice, I could but love my Naïs most, and serve her first and foremost of all.


    Footnotes

    262:* Translator’s note: Professor Reeder of the Wyoming State University has recently unearthed the skeleton of a Brontosaurus, 130 feet in length, which would have weighed 50 tons when alive. It was 35 feet in height at the hips, and 25 feet at the shoulder, and 40 people could be seated with comfort within its ribs. Its thigh bone was eight feet long. The fossils of a whole series of these colossal lizards have been found.


    CHAPTER XVI

    SIEGE OF THE SACRED MOUNTAIN

    NOW my passage across the great continent of Atlantis, if tedious and haunted by many dangers, need not be recounted in detail here. Only one halt did I make of any duration, and that was unavoidable. I had killed a stag one day, bringing it down after a long chase in an open savannah. I scented the air carefully, to see if there was any other beast which could do me harm within reach, and thinking that the place was safe, set about cutting my meat, and making a sufficiency into a bundle for carriage.

    But under foot among the grasses there was a great legged worm, a monstrous green thing, very venomous in its bite; and presently as I moved I brushed it with my heel, and like the dart of light it swooped with its tiny head and struck me with its fangs in the lower thigh. With my knife I cut through its neck, and it fell to writhing and struggling and twining its hundred legs into all manner of contortions; and then, cleaning my blade in the ground, I stabbed with it deep all round the wound, so that the blood might flow freely and wash the venom from its lodgment. And then with the blood trickling healthily down from my heel, I shouldered the meat and strode off, thankful for being so well

    p. 274

    quit of what might have made itself a very ugly adventure.

    As I walked, however, my leg began to be filled with a tightness and throbbing which increased every hour, and presently it began to swell also, till the skin was stretched like drawn parchment. I was taken, too, with a sickness that racked me violently, and if one of the greater and more dangerous beasts had come upon me then, he would have eaten me without a fight. With the fall of darkness I managed to haul myself up into a tree, and there abode in the crutch of a limb in wakefulness and pain throughout the night.

    With the dawn, when the night beasts had gone to their lairs, I clambered down again, and leaning heavily on my spear, limped onward through the sombre forests along my way. The moss which grows on the northern side of each tree was my guide, but gradually I began to note that I was seeing moss all round the trees, and, in fact, was growing lightheaded with the pain and the swelling of the limb. But still I pressed onward with my journey, my last instinct being to obey the command of the high council, and so procure the enlargement of Naïs as had been promised.

    My last memory was of being met by some one in the black forest who aided me, and there my waking senses took wings into forgetfulness.

    But after an interval wit returned, and I found myself on a bed of leaves in a cleft between two rocks, which was furnished with some poor skill, and fortified with stakes and buildings against the entrance

    p. 275

    of the larger marauding beasts. My wound was dressed with a poultice of herbs, and at the other side of the cavern there squatted a woman, cooking a mess of wood-grubs and honey over a fire of sticks.

    “How came I here?” I asked.

    “I brought you,” said she.

    “And who are you?”

    “A nymph they call me, and I practise as such, collecting herbs and curing the diseases of those that come to me, telling fortunes, and making predictions. In return I receive what each can afford; and if they do not pay according to their means, I clap on a curse to make them wither. It’s a lean enough living when wars and the pestilence have left so few poor folk to live in the land.”

    “Do you visit Atlantis?”

    “Not I. Phorenice would have me boiled in brine, living, if she could lay easy hands on me. Our dainty Empress tolerates no magic but her own. They say she is for pulling down the priests off their mountain now.”

    So you do get news of the city?”

    “Assuredly. It is my trade to get good news, or otherwise how could I tell fortunes to the vulgar? You see, my lord, I detected your quality by your speech, and knowing you are not one of those that come to me for spells and potions, I have no fear in speaking to you plainly.”

    “Tell me then: Phorenice still reigns?”

    “Most vilely.”

    “As a maiden?”

    p. 276

    “As the mother of twin sons. Tatho’s her husband now, and has been these three years.”

    “Tatho! Who followed him as viceroy of Yucatan?”

    “There is no Yucatan. A vast nation of little hairy men, so the tale goes, coming from the west, overran the country. They had clubs of wood tipped with stone as their only arm, but numbers made their chief weapon. They had no desire for plunder, or the taking of slaves, or the conquering of cities. To eat the flesh of Atlanteans was their only lust, and they followed it prodigiously. Their numbers were like the bees in a swarm.

    “They came to each of the cities of Yucatan in turn, and though the colonists slew them thousands, the weight of numbers always prevailed. They ate clean each city they took, and left it to the beasts of the forest, and went on to the next. And so in time they reached the coast towns, and Tatho and the few that survived took ship and sailed home. They even ate Tatho’s wife for him. They must be curious persevering things, these little hairy men. The Gods send they do not get across the seas to Atlantis, or they would be worse plague to the poor country than Phorenice.”

    Now I had heard of these little hairy creatures before, and though indeed I had never seen them, I had gathered that they were a little less than human and a little more than bestial—a link, so to speak, between the two orders; and specially held in check by the Gods in certain forest solitudes. Also I had learned that on occasion, when punishment was needful,

    p. 277

    they could be set loose as a devastating army upon men, devouring all before them. But I said nothing of this to the nymph, she being but a vulgar woman, and indeed half silly, as is always the case with these self-styled sorceresses who gull the ignorant, common folk. But within myself I was bitterly grieved at the fate of that fine colony of Yucatan, in which I had expended such an infinity of pains to do my share of the building.

    But it did not suit my purpose to have my name and quality blazoned abroad till the time was full, and so I said nothing to the nymph about Yucatan, but let the talk continue upon other matters. “What about Egypt?” I asked.

    “In its accustomed darkness, so they say. Who cares for Egypt these latter years? Who cares for any one or anything for that matter except for himself and his own proper estate? Time was when the country folk and hunters hereabouts brought me offerings to this cave for sheer pity’s sake. But now they never come near unless they see a way of getting good value in return for their gifts. And, by result, instead of living fat and hearty, I make lean meals off honey and grubs. It’s a poor life, a nymph’s, in these latter years, I tell you, my lord. It’s the fashion for all classes to believe in no kind of mystery now.”

    “What manner of pestilence is this you spoke of?”

    “I have not seen it. Thank the Gods it has not come this way. But they do say that it has grown from the folk Phorenice has slain, and whose bodies remain unburied. She is always slaying, and so the

    p. 278

    bodies lie thicker than the birds and beasts can eat them. For which of our sins, I wonder, did the Gods let Phorenice come to reign? I wish that she and her twins were boiled alive in brine before they came between an honest nymph of the forest and her living.

    “They say she has put an image of herself in all the temples of the city now, and has ordered prayers and sacrifices to be made night and morning. She has decreed all other Gods inferior to herself and forbidden their worship, and those of the people that are not sufficiently devout for her taste have their hamstrings slit by her tormentors to aid them constantly into a devotional attitude. Will you eat of my grubs and honey? There is nothing else. Your back was bloody with carrying meat when I met you, but you had lost your load. You must either taste this mess of mine now or go without.”

    I harbored with that nymph in cave six days, she using her drugs and charms to cure my leg the while; and when I was recovered, I hunted the plains and killed her a fat cloven-hoofed horse as payment, and then went along my ways.

    The country from there onward had at one time carried a sturdy population which held its own firmly, and, as its numbers grew, took in more ground, and built more homesteads farther afield. The houses were perched in trees for the most part, as there they were out of reach of cave-bear and cave-tiger and the other more dangerous beasts. But others, and these were the better ones, were built on the ground, of logs so ponderous and so firmly clamped and dove-tailed

    p. 279

    that the beasts could not pull them down; and once inside a house of this fashion its owners were safe, and could progue at any attackers through the interstices between the logs, and often wound, sometimes make a kill.

    But not one in ten of these outlying settlers remained. The houses were silent when I reached them, the fire-hearth before the door weed-grown, and the patch of vegetables taken back by the greedy fingers of the forest into mere scrub and jungle. And farther on, when villages began to appear, strongly walled, as the custom is, to ward off the attacks of beasts, the logs which aforetime had barred the gateway lay strewn in a sprouting undergrowth, and naught but the kitchen middens remained to prove that once they had sheltered human tenants. Phorenice’s influence seemed to have spread as though it were some horrid blight over the whole face of what was once a smiling and an easy-living land.

    So far I had met with little enough interference from any men I had come across. Many had fled with their women into the depths of the forest at the bare sight of me; some stood their ground with a threatening face, but made no offer to attack, seeing that I did not offer them insult first; and a few, a very few, offered me shelter and provision. But as I neared the city, and began to come upon muddy, beaten paths, I passed through governments that were more thickly populated, and here appeared strong chance of delay. The watcher in the tower which is set above each village would spy me and cry: “Here is a masterless man,” and then the people

    p. 280

    that were within would rush out with intent to spoil me of my weapons, and afterwards to appoint me as a laborer.

    I had no desire to slay these wretched folk, being filled with pity at the state to which they had fallen; and often words served me to make them stand aside from the path, and stare wonderingly at my fierceness, and let me go my ways. And when at other times words had no avail, I strove to strike as lightly as could be, my object being to get forward with my journey and leave no unnecessary dead behind me. Indeed, having found the modern way of these villages, it grew to be my custom to turn off into the forest and make a circuit whenever I came within smell of their garbage.

    Similarly, too, when I got farther on, and came among greater towns also, I kept beyond challenge of their walls, having no mind to risk delay from the whim of any new law which might chance to be set up by their governors. My progress might be slinking, but my pride did not upbraid me very loudly; indeed, the fever of haste burned within me so hot that I had little enough carrying space for other emotions.

    But at last I found myself within a half-day’s journey of the city of Atlantis itself, with the Sacred Mountain and its ring of fires looming high beside it, and the call for caution became trebly accentuated. Everywhere evidences showed that the country had been drained of its fighting men. Everywhere women prayed that the battles might end with the rout of the priests or the killing of Phorenice, so that

    p. 281

    the wretched land might have peace and time to lick its wounds.

    An army was investing the Sacred Mountain, and its one approach was most narrowly guarded. Even after having journeyed so far, it seemed as if I should have to sit hopelessly down without being able to carry out the orders which had been laid upon me by the high council, and earn the reward which had been promised. Force would be useless here. I should have one good fight—a gorgeous fight—one man against an army, and my usefulness would be ended. . . . No; this was the occasion for guile, and I found covert in the outskirts of a wood, and lay there cudgelling my brain for a plan.

    Across the plain before me lay the grim great walls of the city, with the heads of its temples and its palaces and its pyramids showing beyond. The step-sides of the royal pyramid held my eye. Phorenice had expended some of her new-found store of gold in overlaying their former whiteness with sheets of the shining yellow metal. But it was not that change that moved me. I was remembering that, in the square before the pyramid, there stood a throne of granite carved with the snake and the outstretched hand, and in the hollow beneath the throne was Naïs, my love, asleep these eight years now because of the drug that had been given to her, but alive still, and waiting for me, if only I on my part could make a way to the place where Zaemon defied the Empress, and announce my coming.

    In that covert of the woods I lay a day and a night raging with myself for not discovering some plan to

    p. 282

    get within the defences of the Sacred Mountain, but in the morning which followed there came a man towards me running.

    “You need not threaten me with your weapons,” he cried. “I mean no harm. It seems that you are Deucalion, though I should not have known you myself in those rags and skins, and behind that tangle of hair and beard. You will give me your good word, I know. Believe me, I have not loitered unduly.”

    He was a lower priest whom I knew and held in little esteem; his name was Ro, a greedy fellow and not overworthy of trust. “From whom do you come?” I asked.

    “Zaemon laid a command on me. He came to my house, though how he got. there I cannot tell, seeing that Phorenice’s army blocks all possible passage to and from the Mountain. I told him I wished to be mixed with none of his schemings. I am a peaceful man, Deucalion, and have taken a wife who requires nourishment. I still serve in the same temple, though we have swept out the old Gods by order of the Empress, and put her image in their place. The people are tidily pious nowadays, those that are left of them, and the living is consequently easy. Yes, I tell you there are far more offerings now than there were in the old days. And so I had no wish to be mixed with matters which might well make me be deprived of a snug post, and my head to boot.”

    “I can believe it all of you, Ro.”

    “But there was no denying Zaemon. He burst into one of his black furies, and while he spoke at

    p. 283

    me, I tell you I felt as good as dead. You know his powers?”

    “I have seen some of them.”

    “Well, the Gods alone know which are the true Gods and which are the others. I serve the one that gives me employment. But Those that Zaemon serves give him power, and that’s beyond denying. You see that right hand of mine? It is dead and paralyzed from the wrist, and that is a gift of Zaemon. He bestowed it, he said, to make me collect my attention. Then he said more hard things concerning what he was pleased to term my apostasy, not letting me put up a word in my own defence of how the change was forced upon me. And finally, said he, I might either do his bidding on a certain matter to the letter, or take that punishment which my falling away from the old Gods had earned. ‘I shall not kill you,’ said he, ‘but I will cover all your limbs with a paralysis such as you have tasted already, and when at length death reaches you in some gutter, you will welcome it.’”

    “If Zaemon said those words he meant them. So you accepted the alternative?”

    “Had I, with a wife depending on me, any other choice? I asked his pleasure. It was to find you when you came in here from some distant part of the land and deliver to you his message.

    “‘Then tell me where is the meeting-place,’ said I, ‘and when.’

    “‘There is none appointed, nor is a day fixed,’ said he. ‘You must watch and search always for him. But when he comes, you will be guided to his

    p. 284

    place.’ Well, Deucalion, I think I was guided, but how I do not know. But now I have found you, and if there’s such a thing as gratitude, I ask you to put in your word with Zaemon that this deadness be taken away from my hand: It’s an awful thing for a man to be forced to go through life like this, for no real fault of his own. And Zaemon could cure it from where he sat if he was so minded.”

    “You seem still to have a very full faith in some of the old Gods’ priests,” I said. “But so far I do not see that your errand is done. I have had no message yet.”

    “Why, the message is so simple that I do not see why he could not have got some one else to carry it. You are to make a great blaze. You may fire the grasses of the plain in front of this wood if you choose. And on the night which follows you are to go round to that flank of the Sacred Mountain away from the city where the rocks run down sheer, and there they will lower a rope and haul you up to their hands above.”

    “It seems easy, and I thank you for your pains. I will ask Zaemon that your hand may be restored to you.”

    “You shall have my prayers if it is. And look, Deucalion, it is a small matter, and it would be less likely to slip your memory if you saw to it at once on your landing. Later you may be disturbed. Phorenice is bound to pull you down off your perch up there now she has made her mind to it. She never fails, once she has set her hand to a thing. Indeed, if she was no Goddess at birth, she is making herself

    p. 285

    into one very rapidly. She has got all the ancient learning of our priests, and more besides. She has discovered the Secret of Life these recent months—”

    “She has found that?” I cried, fairly startled. “How? Tell me how? Only the Three know that. It is beyond our knowledge even who are members of the Seven.”

    “I know nothing of her means. But she has the secret, and now she is as good an immortal (so she says) as any of them. Well, Deucalion, it is dangerous for me to be missing from my temple overlong, so I will go. You will carry that matter we spoke of in your mind? It means much to me.” His eye wandered over my ragged person. “And if you think my service is of value to you—”

    “You see me poor, my man, and practically destitute.”

    “Some small coin,” he murmured, “or even a link of bronze? I am at great expense just now buying nourishment for my wife. Well, if you have nothing, you cannot give. So I’ll just bid you farewell.”

    He took himself off then, and I was not sorry. I had never liked Ro. But I wasted no more precious time then. The grass blazed up for a signal almost before his timorous heels were clear of it; and that night when the darkness gave me cover, I took the risk of what beasts might be prowling, and went to the place appointed. There was no rope dangling, but presently one came down the smooth cliff-face like some slender snake. I made a loop, slipped it over a leg, and pulled hard as a signal.

    p. 286

    [paragraph continues]Those above began to haul, and so I went back to the Sacred Mountain after an absence of so many toilsome and warring years. There were none to disturb the ascent. Phorenice’s troops had no thought to guard that gaunt, bare, seamless precipice.

    The men who hauled me up were old, and panted heavily with their task, and, until I knew the reason, I wondered why a knot of younger priests had not been appointed for the duty. But I put no question. With us of the Priests’ Clan on the Sacred Mountain it is always taken as granted that when an order is given, it is given for the best. Besides, these priests did not offer themselves to question. They took me off at once to Zaemon, and that is what I could have wished.

    The old man greeted me with the royal sign. “All hail to Deucalion,” he cried, “King of Atlantis, duly called thereto by the high council of the priests.”

    “Is Phorenice dead?” I asked.

    “It remains for you to slay her and take your kingdom, if, indeed, when all is done, there remains a man or a rood of land to govern. The sentence has gone out that she is to die, and it shall be carried into effect, even though we have to set loose the most dreadful powers that are stored in the Ark of the Mysteries, and wreck this continent in our effort. We have borne with her infamies all these years by command sent down by the most High Gods; but now she has gone beyond endurance, and They it is who have given the word for her cutting off.”

    “You are one of the highest Three; I am only one of the Seven; you best know the cost.”

    p. 287

    “There can be no counting of the cost now, my brother and my King. It is an order.”

    “It is an order,” I repeated formally, “so I obey.”

    “If it were not impious to do so, it would be easy to justify this decision of the Gods. The woman has usurped the throne; yet she was forgiven and bidden rule on wisely. She has tampered with our holy religion; yet she was forgiven. She has killed the people of Atlantis in greedy, useless wars, and destroyed the country’s trade; yet she was forgiven. She has desecrated the old temples, and latterly has set up in them images of herself to be worshipped as a deity; yet she was forgiven. But at last her evil cleverness has discovered to her the tremendous Secret of Life and Death, and there she overstepped the boundary of the High Gods’ forbearance.

    “I myself went to carry a final warning, and once more faced her in the great banqueting-hall. Solemnly I recited to her the edict, and she chose to take it as a challenge. She would live on eternally herself, and she would share her knowledge with those that pleased her. Tatho that was her husband should also be immortal. Indeed, if she thought fit, she would cry the secret aloud so that even the common people might know it, and death from mere age would become a legend.

    “She cared no whit how she might upset the laws of Nature. She was Phorenice, and was the highest law of all. And finally she defied me there in that banqueting-hall and defied also the High Gods that stood behind my mouth. ‘My magic is as strong as yours, you pompous fool,’ she cried, ‘and presently you

    p. 288

    shall see the two stand side by side upon their trial.’

    “She began to collect an army from that moment, and we on our part made our-preparations. It was discovered by our arts that you still lived, and King of Atlantis you were made by solemn election. How you were summoned you know as nearly as it is lawful that one of your degree should know; how you came you understand best yourself; but here you are, my brother, and being King now, you must order all things as you see best for the preservation of your high estate, and we others live only to give you obedience.”

    “Then being King, I can speak without seeming to make use of a threat. I must have my Queen first, or I am not strong enough to give my whole mind to this ruling.”

    “She shall be brought here.”

    “So! Then I will be a general now, and see to the defences of this place, and view the men who are here to stand behind them.”

    I went out of the dwelling then, Zaemon giving place and following me. It was night still, but there is no darkness on the upper part of the Sacred Mountain. A ring of fires, fed eternally from the earth-breath which wells up from below, burns round one-half of the crest, lighting it always as bright as day, and in fact forming no small part of its fortification. Indeed, it is said that in the early dawn of history men first came to the Mountain as a stronghold because of the natural defence which the fires offered.

    p. 289

    There is no bridging these flames or smothering them. On either side of their line for a hundred paces the ground glows with heat, and a man would be turned to ash who tried to cross it. Round full one-half of the mountain slopes the fires make a rampart unbreakable, and on the other side the rock runs in one sheer precipice from the crest to the plain which spreads beyond its foot. But it is on this farther side that there is the only entrance way which gives passage to the crest of the Sacred Mountain from below. Running diagonally up the steep face of the cliff is a gigantic fissure, which succeeding ages (as man has grown more luxurious) have made more easy to climb.

    Looking at the additions, in the ancient days, I can well imagine that none but the most daring could have made the ascent. But one generation has thrown a bridge over a bad gap here, and another has cut into the living stone and widened a ledge there, till in these latter years there is a path with cut steps and carved balustrade such as the feeblest or most giddy might traverse with little effort or exertion. But always when these improvers made smooth the obstacles, they were careful to weaken in no possible way the natural defences, but rather to add to them.

    Eight gates of stone there were cutting the pathway, each commanding a straight, steep piece of the ascent, and overhanging each gate was a gallery secure from arrow-shot, yet so contrived that great stones could be hurled through holes in the floor of it, in such a manner that they must irretrievably

    p. 290

    smash to a pulp any men advancing against it from below. And in caves dug out from the rock on either hand was a great hoard of these stones, so that no enemy through sheer expenditure of troops could hope to storm a gate by exhausting its ammunition.

    But though there were eight of these granite gates in the series, we had the whole number to depend on no longer. The lowest gate was held by a garrison of Phorenice’s troops, who had built a wall above them to protect their occupation. The gate had been gained by no brilliant feat of arms—it had been won by threats, bribery, and promises; or, in other words, it had been given up by the blackest treachery.

    And here lay the key-note of the weakness in our defence. The most perfect ramparts that brain can invent are useless without men to line them, and it was men we lacked. Of students entering into the colleges of the Sacred Mountain there had been none now for many a year. The younger generation thought little of the older Gods. Of the men that had grown up among the sacred groves, and filled offices there, many had become lukewarm in their faith and remained on only through habit, and because an easy living stayed near them there; and these, when the siege began, quickly made their way over to the other side.

    Phorenice was no fool to fight against unnecessary strength. Her heralds made proclamation that peace and a good subsistence would be given to those who chose to come out to her willingly; and as an alternative she would kill by torture and mutilation those she caught in the place when she took it by storm,

    p. 291

    as she most assuredly would do before she had finished with it. And so great was the prestige of her name that quite one-half of those that remained on the Mountain took themselves away from the defence.

    There was no attempt to hold back these sorry priests, nor was there any punishing them as they went. Zaemon, indeed, was minded (so he told me with grim meaning himself) to give them some memento of their apostasy to carry away which would not wear out, but the others of the high council made him stay his vengeful hand. And so, when I came to the place, the garrison numbered no more than eighty, counting even feeble old dotards who could barely walk; and of men not past their prime I could barely command a score.

    Still, seeing the narrowness of the passages which led to each of the gates, up which in no place could more than two men advance together, we were by no means in desperate straits for the defence as yet; and if my new-given kingdom was so far small, consisting as it did in effect of the Sacred Mountain, and no other part of Atlantis, at any rate there seemed little danger of its being further contracted.

    Another of the wise precautions of the men of old stood us in good stead then. In the ancient times, when grain first was grown as food, it came to be looked upon as the acme of wealth. Tribute was always paid from the people to their priests, and presently, so the old histories say, it was appointed that this should take the form of grain, as this was a medium both dignified and fitting. And those of the

    p. 292

    people who had it not were forced to barter their other produce for grain before they could pay this tribute.

    On the Sacred Mountain itself vast storehouses were dug in the rock, and here the grain was teemed in great yellow heaps, and each generation of those that were set over it took a pride in adding to the accumulation.

    In more modern days it had been a custom among the younger and more forward of the priests to scoff at this ancient provision, and to hold that a treasure of gold or weapons or jewels would have more value and no less of dignity; and more than once it has been a close thing lest these innovators should not be outvoted. But as it was, the old constitution had happily been preserved, and now in these years of trial the Clan reaped the benefit. And so with these granaries, and a series of great tanks and cisterns which held the rainfall, there was no chance of Phorenice reducing our stronghold by mere close investment, even though she sat down stubbornly before it for a score of years.

    But it was the paucity of men for the defence which oppressed me most. As I took my way about the head of the Mountain, inspecting all points, the emptiness of the place smote me like a succession of blows. The groves, once so trim, were now shaggy and unpruned. Wind had whirled the leaves in upon the temple floors, and they lay there upswept. The college of youths held no more than a musty smell to bear witness that men had once been grown there. The homely palaces of the higher priests, at

    p. 293

    one time so ardently sought after, lay many of them empty, because not even one candidate came forward now to canvass for election.

    Evil thoughts surged up within me as I saw these things, that were direct promptings from the nether Gods. “There must be something wanting,” these tempters whispered, “in a religion from which so many of its priests fled at the first pinch of persecution.”

    I did what I could to thrust these waverings resolutely behind me; but they refused to be altogether ousted from my brain; and so I made a compromise with myself: First, I would with the help that might be given me, destroy this wanton Phorenice, and regain the kingdom which had been given me to my own proper rule; and afterwards I would call a council of the Seven and council of the Three, and consider without prejudice if there was any matter in which our ancient ritual could be amended to suit the more modern requirements. But this should not be done till Phorenice was dead and I was firmly planted in her room. I would not be a party, even to myself, to any plan which smacked at all of surrender.

    And there as I walked through the desolate groves and beside the cold altars, the High Gods were pleased to show Their approval of my scheme, and to give me opportunity to bind myself to it with a solemn oath and vow. At that moment, from His distant resting-place in the east, our Lord the Sun leaped up to begin another day. For long enough, from where I stood below the crest of the Mountain,

    p. 294

    [paragraph continues]He himself would be invisible. But the great light of His glory spread far into the sky, and against it the Ark of the Mysteries loomed in black outline from the highest crag where it rested, lonely and terrible.

    For any one unauthorized to go nearer than a thousand paces to this storehouse of the Highest Mysteries meant instant death. On that day when I was initiated as one of the Seven I had been permitted to go near and once press my lips against its ample curves; and the rank of my degree gave me the privilege to repeat that salute again once on each day when a new year was born. But what lay inside its great interior, and how it was entered, that was hidden from the Seven, even as it was from the other priests and the common people in the city below. Only those who had been raised to the sublime elevation of the Three had a knowledge of the dreadful powers which were stored within it.

    I went down on my knees where I was, and Zaemon knelt beside me, and together we recited the prayers which had been said by the priests from the beginning of time, giving thanks to our great Lord that He has come to brighten another day. And then, with my eyes fixed on the black outline of the Ark of Mysteries I vowed that, come what might, I at least would be true servant of the High Gods to my life’s end, and that my whole strength should be spent in restoring Their worship and glory.


    CHAPTER XVII

    NAÏS THE REGAINED

    NOW from where we stood together, just below the crest of the Sacred Mountain, we could see down into the city, which lay spread out below us like a map. The harbor and the great estuary gleamed at its farther side, and the fringe of hills beyond smoked and fumed in their accustomed fashion; the great stone circle of our Lord the Sun stood up grim and bare in the middle of the city, and nearer in reared up the great mass of the royal pyramid, the gold on its sides catching new gold from the Sun. There, too, in the square before the pyramid stood the throne of granite, dwarfed by the distance to the size of a mole’s hill, in which these nine years my love had lain sleeping.

    Old Zaemon followed my gaze. “Aye,” he said, with a sigh, “I know where your chief interest is. Deucalion when he landed here new from Yucatan was a strong man. The King whom we have chosen—and who is the best we have to choose—has his weakness.”

    “It can be turned into additional strength. Give me Naïs here, living and warm to fight for, and I am a stronger man by far than the cold viceroy and soldier that you speak about.”

    p. 296

    “I have passed my word to that already, and you shall have her, but at the cost of damaging somewhat this new kingdom of yours. Maybe, too, at the same time we shall rid you of this Phorenice and her brood. But I do not think it likely. She is too wily, and, once we begin our play, she is likely to guess whence it comes and how it will end, and so will make an escape before harm can reach her. The High Gods, who have sent all these trials for our refinement, have seen fit to give her some knowledge of how these earth tremors may be set a-moving.”

    “I have seen her juggle with them. But may I hear your scheme?”

    “It will be shown you in good time enough. But for the present I would bid you sleep. It will be your part to go into the city to-night, and take your woman (that is my daughter) when she is set free, and bring her here as best you can. And for that you will need all a strong man’s strength.” He stepped back and looked me up and down. “There are not many folk that would take you for the tidy, clean-chinned Deucalion now, my brother. Your appearance will be a fine armor for you down yonder in the city to-night when we wake it with our earthshaking and terror. As you stand now, you are hairy enough and shaggy enough and naked enough and dirty enough for some wild savage new landed out of Europe. Have a care that no fine citizen down yonder takes a fancy to your thews and seizes upon you as his servant.”

    “I somewhat pity him in his household if he does.”

    p. 297

    Old Zaemon laughed. “Why, come to think of it, so do I.”

    But quickly he got grave again. Laughter and Zaemon were very rare playmates. “Well, get you to bed, my King, and leave me to go into the Ark of Mysteries and prepare there with another of the Three the things that must be done. It is no light business to handle the tremendous powers which we must put into movement this night. And there is danger for us as there is for you. So if by chance we do not meet again till we stand up yonder behind the stars, giving account to the Gods, fare you well, Deucalion.”

    I slept that day as a soldier sleeps, taking full rest out of the hours, and letting no harassing thought disturb me. It is only the weak who permit their sleep to be broken on these occasions. And when the dark was well set, I roused and fetched those who should attend to the rope. Our Lady the Moon did not shine at that turn of the month, and the air was full of a great blackness. So I was out of sight all the while they lowered me.

    I reached the tumbled rocks that lay at the deep foot of the cliff, and then commenced to use a nice caution, because Phorenice’s soldiers squatted uneasily round their camp-fires, as though they had forebodings of the coming evil. I had no mind to further stir their wakefulness. So I crept swiftly along in the darkest of the shadows, and at last came to the spot where that passage ends which before I had used to get beneath the walls of the city.

    The lamp was in place, and I made my way along

    p. 298

    the windings swiftly. The air, so it seemed to me, was even more noxious with vapors than it had been when I was down there before, and I judged that Zaemon had already begun to stir those internal activities which were shortly to convulse the city. But again I had difficulty in finding an exit, and this, not because there were people moving about at the places where I had to come out, but because the set of the masonry was entirely changed. In olden time the Priests’ Clan oversaw all the architects’ plans, and ruled out anything likely to clash with their secret passages and chambers. But in this modern day the priests were of small account, and had no say in this matter, and the architects often through sheer blundering sealed up and made useless many of these outlets and hiding-places.

    As it was, then, I had to get out of the net-work of tunnels and galleries where I could, and not where I would, and in the event found myself at the farther side of the city, almost up to where the outer wall joins down to the harbor. I came out without being seen, careful even in this moment of extremity to preserve the ordinances, and closed all traces of exit behind me. The earth seemed to spring beneath my feet like the deck of a ship in smooth water; and though there was no actual movement as yet to disturb the people—and indeed these slept on in their houses and shelters without alarm—I could feel myself that the solid deadness of the ground was gone, and that any moment it might break out into devastating waves of movement.

    Gods! Should I be too late to see the untombing

    p. 299

    of my love? Would she be laid there bare to the public gaze when presently the people swarmed out into the open spaces through fear at what the great earth-tremor might cause to fall? I could see, in fancy, their rude, cruel hands thrust upon her as she lay there helpless, and my inwards dried up at the thought.

    I ran madly down and down the narrow winding streets with the one thought of coming to the square which lay in front of the royal pyramid before these things came to pass. With exquisite cruelty I had been forced with my own hands to place her alive in her burying-place beneath the granite throne, and if thews and speed could do it, I would not miss my reward of taking her forth again with the same strong hands.

    Few disturbed that furious hurry. At first here and there some wretch who harbored in the gutter cried: “A thief! Throw a share or I pursue!” But if any of these followed, I do not know. At any rate, my speed then must have outdistanced any one. Presently, too, as the swing of the earth underfoot became more keen, and the stone-work of the buildings by the street-side began to grate and groan and grit and send forth little showers of dust, people began to run with scared cries from out of their doors. But none of these had a mind to stop the ragged, shaggy, savage man who ran so swiftly past and flung the mud from his naked feet.

    And so in time I came to the great square, and was there none too soon. The place was filling with people who flocked away from the narrow streets,

    p. 300

    and it was full of darkness and noise and dust and sickness. Beneath us the ground rippled in undulations like a sea, which with terrifying slowness grew more and more intense.

    Ever and again a house crashed down unseen in the gloom and added to the tumult. But the great pyramid had been planned by its old builders to stand rude shocks. Its stones were dovetailed into one another with a marvellous cleverness, and were further clamped and joined by ponderous tongues of metal. It was a boast that one-half the foundations could be dug from beneath it, and still the pyramid would stand four-square under heaven, more enduring than the hills.

    Flickering torches showed that its great stone doors lay open, and ever and again I saw some frightened inmate scurry out and then be lost to sight in the gloom. But with the royal pyramid and its ultimate fate I had little concern; I did not even care then whether Phorenice was trapped, or whether she came out sound and fit for further mischief. I crouched by the granite throne which stood in the middle of that splendid square, and heard its stones grate together like the ends of a broken bone as it rocked to the earth-waves.

    In that night of dust and darkness it was hard to see the outline of one’s own hand, but I think that the Gods in some requital for the love which had ached so long within me, gave me especial power of sight. As I watched, I saw the great carved rock which formed the capstone of the throne move slightly, and then move again, and then again; a tiny jerk for each

    p. 301

    earth-pulse, but still there was an appreciable shifting; and, moreover, the stone moved always to one side.

    There was method in Zaemon’s desperate work, and this in my blind panic of love and haste I had overlooked. So I went up the steps of the throne on the side from which the great capstone was moving, and clung there afire with expectation.

    More and more violent did the earth-swing grow, though the gradations of its increase could not be perceived, and the din of falling houses and the shrieks and cries of hurt and frightened people went louder up into the night. Thicker grew the dust that filled the air, till one coughed and strangled in the breathing, and more black did the night become as the dust rose and blotted the rare stars from sight. I clung to an angle of the granite throne, crouching on the uppermost step but one below the capstone, and could scarcely keep my place against the violence of the earth-tremors.

    But still the huge capstone that was carved with the snake and the outstretched hand held my love fast locked in her living tomb, and I could have bit the cold granite at the impotence which barred me from her. The people who kept thronging into the square were mad with terror, but their very numbers made my case more desperate every moment. “Phorenice, Goddess, aid us now!” some cried, and when the prayer did not bring them instant relief, they fell to yammering out the old confessions of the faith which they had learned in childhood, turning in this hour of their dreadful need to those old Gods which, through

    p. 302

    so many dishonorable years, they had spurned and deserted. It was a curious criticism on the balance of their real religion, if one had cared to make it.

    Louder grew the crash of falling masonry; and from the royal pyramid itself, though indeed I could not even see its outline through the darkness, there came sounds of grinding stones and cracking bars of metal which told that even its superb majestic strength had a breaking strain. There came to my mind the threat that old Zaemon had thundered forth in that painted, perfumed banqueting-hall: “You shall see,” he had cried to the Empress, “this royal pyramid which you have polluted with your debaucheries torn tier from tier and stone from stone, and scattered as feathers spread before a wind!”

    Still heavier grew the surging of the earth, and the pavement of the great square gaped and upheaved, and the people who thronged it screamed still more shrilly as their feet were crushed by the grinding blocks. And now too the great pyramid itself was commencing to split and gape and topple. The roofs of its splendid chambers gave way, and the ponderous masonry above shuttered down and filled them. In part, too, one could see the destruction now, and not guess at it merely from the fearful hearings of the darkness. Thunders had begun to roar through the black night above and add their bellowings to this devil’s orchestration of uproar, and vivid lightning splashes lit the flying dust-clouds.

    It was perhaps natural that she should be there, but it came as a shock when a flare of the lightning

    p. 303

    showed me Phorenice safe out in the square, and indeed standing not far from myself.

    She had taken her place in the middle of a great flagstone, and stood there swaying her supple body to the shocks. Her face was calm, and its loveliness was untouched by the years. From time to time she brushed away the dust as it settled on the short red hair which curled about her neck. There was no trace of fear written upon her face. There was some weariness, some contempt, and I think a tinge of amusement. Yes, it took more than the crumbling of her royal pyramid to impress Phorenice with the infinite powers of those she warred against.

    Gods! how the sight of her cool indifference maddened me then. I had it in me to have strangled her with my hands if she had come within my reach. But as it was she stood in her place, swaying easily to the earth-waves as a sailor sways on a ship’s deck, and beside her, crouched on the same great flagstone and overcome with nausea, was Ylga, that again was raised to be her fan-girl. It came to my mind that Ylga was twin sister to Naïs, and that I owed her for an ancient kindness, but I had leisure to do nothing for her then, and indeed it was little enough I could have done. With each shock the great capstone of the throne to which I clung jarred farther and farther from its bed-place, and my love was coming nearer to me. It was she who claimed all my service then.

    Once in their blind panic a knot of the people in the square thought that the granite throne was too solid to be overturned, and saw in it an oasis of safety. They flocked towards it, many of them dragging

    p. 304

    themselves up the steep deep high steps on hands and knees because their feet had been injured by the billowing flagstones of the square.

    But I was in no mood to have the place profaned by their silly tremblings and stares: I beat at them with my hands, tearing them away, and hurling them back down the steepness of the steps. They asked me what was my title to the place above their own, and I answered them with blows and gnashing teeth. I was careless as to what they thought me or who they thought me. Only I wished them gone. And so they went, wailing, and crying that I was a devil of the night, for they had no spirit left to defend themselves.

    Farther and farther the great stone that made the top of the throne slid out from its bed, but its slowness of movement maddened me. A life’s education left me in that moment, and I had no trace of stately patience left. In my puny fury I thrust at the great block with my shoulder and head, and clawed at it with my hands till the muscles rose on me in great ropes and knots, and the High Gods must have laughed at my helplessness as They looked. All was being ordered by the Three, who were their trusted servants in their good time. The work of the Gods may be done slowly, but it is done exceeding sure.

    But at last when all the people of the city were numb with terror and incapable of further emotion (save only for Phorenice, who still had nerve enough to show no concern), what had been threatened came to pass. The capstone of the throne slid out till it reached the balance, and the next shock threw it with

    p. 305

    a roar and a clatter to the ground. And then a strange tremor seized me.

    After all the scheming and effort, what I had so ardently prayed for had come about; but yet my inwards sank at the thought of mounting on the stone where I had mounted before, and taking my dear from the hollow where my hands had laid her. I knew Phorenice’s vengefulness, and had a high value for her cleverness. Had she left Naïs to lie in peace, or had she stolen her away to suffer indignities elsewhere? Or had she ended her sleep with death, and (as a grisly jest) left the corpse for my finding? I could not tell; I dared not guess. Never during a whole hard-fighting life have my emotions been so wrenched as they were at that moment. And, for excuse, it must be owned that love for Naïs had sapped my hardihood over a matter in which she was so privately concerned.

    It began to come to my mind, however, that the infernal uproar of the earth-tremor was beginning to slacken somewhat, as though Zaemon knew he had done the work that he had promised, and was minded to give the wretched city a breathing space. So I took my fortitude in hand and clambered up on to the flat of the stone. The lightning flashes had ceased, and all was darkness again and stifling dust, but at any moment the sky might be lit once more, and if I were seen in that place, shaggy and changed though I might be, Phorenice, if she were standing near, would not be slow to guess my name and errand.

    So changed was I for the moment that I will finely confess that the idea of a fight was loathsome to me

    p. 306

    then. I wanted to have my business done and get gone from the place.

    With hands that shook I fumbled over the face of the stone and found the clamps and bars of metal still in position where I had clenched them, and then reverently I let my fingers pass between these, and felt the curves of my love’s body in its rest beneath. An exultation began to whirl within me. I did not know if she had been touched since I last left her; I did not know if the drug would have its due effect, and let her be wakened to warmth and sight again; but, dead or alive, I had her there, and she was mine, mine, mine, and I could have yelled aloud in my joy at her possession.

    Still the earth shook beneath us, and masonry roared and crashed into ruin. I had to cling to my place with one hand while I unhasped the clamps of metal that made the top of her prison with the other. But at last I swung the upper half of them clear, and those which pinned down her feet I let remain. I stooped and drew her soft body up on to the flat of the stone beside me, and pressed my lips a hundred times to the face I could not see.

    Some mad thought took me, I believe, that the mere fierceness and heat of my kisses would bring her back again to life and wakefulness. Indeed, I will own plainly that I did but sorry credit to my training in calmness that night. But she lay in my arms cold and nerveless as a corpse, and by degrees my sober wits returned to me.

    This was no place for either of us. Let the earth’s tremors cease (as was plainly threatened), let daylight

    p. 307

    come, and let a few of these nerveless people round recover from their panic, and all the great cost that had been expended might be counted as waste. We should be seen, and it would not be long before some one put a name to Naïs; and then it would be an easy matter to guess at Deucalion under the beard and the shaggy hair and the browned nakedness of the savage who attended on her. Tell of fright? By the Gods! I was scared as the veriest trembler who blundered among the dust-clouds that night when the thought came to me.

    With all that ruin spread around, it would be hopeless to think that any of those secret galleries which tunnelled under the ground would be left unbroken, and so it was useless to try a passage under the walls by the old means. But I had heard shouts from that frightened mob which came to me through the din and the darkness that gave another idea for escape. “The city is accursed,” they had cried: “if we stay here it will fall on us. Let us get outside the walls where there are no buildings to bury us.”

    If they went, I could not see. But one gate lay nearest to the royal pyramid, and I judged that in their panic they would not go farther than was needful. So I put the body of Naïs over my shoulder (to leave my right arm free) and blundered off as best I could through the stifling darkness.

    It was hard to find a direction; it was hard to walk in that inky darkness over ground that was tossed and tumbled like a frozen sea; and as the earth still quaked and heaved, it was hard also to keep a footing.

    p. 308

    [paragraph continues]But if I did fall myself a score of times, my dear burden got no bruise, and presently I got to the skirts of the square and found a street I knew. The most venomous part of the shaking was done, and no more buildings fell, but enough lay sprawled over the roadway to make walking into a climb, and the sweat rolled from me as I labored along my way.

    There was no difficulty about passing the gate. There was no gate. There was no wall. The Gods had driven their plough through it, and it lay flat, and proud Atlantis stood as defenceless as the open country. Though I knew the cause of this ruin, though in fact I had myself in some measure incited it, I was almost sad at the ruthlessness with which it had been carried out. The royal pyramid might go, houses and palaces might be levelled, and for these I cared little enough; but when I saw those stately ramparts also filched away, there the soldier in me woke, and I grieved at this humbling of the mighty city that once had been my only mistress.

    But this was only a passing regret, a mere touch of the fighting-man’s pride. I had a different love now, that had wrapped herself round me far deeper and more tightly, and my duty was towards her first and foremost. The night would soon be past, and then dangers would increase. None had interfered with us so far, though many had jostled us as I clambered over the ruins; but this forbearance could not be reckoned upon for long. The earth-tremors had almost died away, and after the panic and the storm, then comes the time for the spoiling.

    All men who were poor would try to seize what lay

    p. 309

    nearest to their hands, and those of higher station, and any soldiers who could be collected and still remained true to command, would ruthlessly stop and strip any man they saw making off with plunder. I had no mind to clash with these guardians of law and property, and so I fled on swiftly through the night with my burden, using the unfrequented ways, and crying to the few folk who did meet me that the woman had the plague, and would they lend me the shelter of their house, as ours had fallen. And so in time we came to the place where the rope dangled from the precipice, and after Naïs had been drawn up to the safety of the Sacred Mountain, I put my leg in the loop of the rope and followed her.

    Now came what was the keenest anxiety of all. We took the girl and laid her on a bed in one of the houses, and there in the lit room for the first time I saw her clearly. Her beauty was drawn and pale. Her eyes were closed, but so thin and transparent had grown the lids that one could almost see the brown of the pupil beneath them. Her hair had grown to inordinate thickness and length, and lay as a cushion behind and beside her head.

    There was no flicker of breath; there was none of that pulsing of the body which denotes life; but still she had not the appearance of ordinary death. The Naïs I had placed nine long years before to rest in the hollow of the stone was a fine grown woman, full-bosomed and well-boned. The Naïs that remained for me was half her weight. The old Naïs it would have puzzled me to carry for an hour: this was no burden to impede a grown man.

    p. 310

    In other ways too she had altered. The nails of her fingers had grown to such a great length that they were twisted in spirals, and the fingers themselves and her hands were so waxy and transparent that the bony core upon which they were built showed itself beneath the flesh in plain dull outline. Her clay-cold lips were so white that one sighed to remember the full beauty of their carmine. Her shoulders and neck had lost their comely curves, and made bony hollows now in which the dust of entombment lodged black and thickly.

    Reverently I set about preparing those things which if all went well would restore her. I heated water and filled a bath, and tinctured it heavily with those essences of the life of beasts which the priests extract and store against times of urgent need and sickness. I laid her chin-deep in this bath, and sat beside it to watch, maintaining that bath at a constant blood heat.

    An hour I watched; two hours I watched; three hours—and yet she showed no flicker of life. The heat of her body given her by the bath was the same as the heat of my own. But in the feel of her skin when I stroked it with my hand there was something lacking still. Only when our Lord the Sun rose for His day did I break off my watching, while I said the necessary prayer which is prescribed, and quickly returned again to the gloom of the house.

    I was torn with anxiety, and as the time went on and still no sign of life came back, the hope that had once been so high within me began to sicken and leave me downcast and despondent. From without came

    p. 311

    the din of fighting. Already Phorenice had sent her troops to storm the passage-way, and the priests who defended it were shattering them with volleys of rocks. But these sounds of war woke no pulse within me. If Naïs did not wake, then the world for me was ended, and I had no spirit left to care who remained uppermost. The Gods in Their due time will doubtless smite me for this impiety. But I make a confession of it here on these sheets, having no mind to conceal any portion of this history for the small reason that it does me a personal discredit.

    But as the hours went on, and still no flicker of life came to lessen the dumb agony that racked me, I grew more venturesome, and added more essences to the bath, and drugs also, such as experience had shown might wake the disused tissues into life. I watched on with staring eyes, rubbing her wasted body now and again, and always keeping the heat of the bath at a constant. From the first I had barred the door against all who would have come near to help me. With my own hands I had laid my love to sleep, and I could not bear that others should rouse her, if indeed roused she should ever be. But after those first offers no others came, and the snarl and din of fighting told of what occupied them.

    It is hard to take note of small changes which occur with infinite slowness when one is all the while on the tense watch, and high-strung though my senses were, I think there must have been some indication of returning life shown before I was keen enough to notice it. For of a sudden, as I gazed, I saw a

    p. 312

    faint rippling on the surface of the water of the bath. Gods! would it come back again to my love at last—this life, this wakefulness? The ripple died out as it had come, and I stooped my head nearer to the bath to try if I could see some faint heaving of her bosom, some small twitching of the limbs. No, she lay there still without even a flutter of movement. But as I watched, surely it seemed to my aching eyes that some tinge was beginning to warm that blank whiteness of skin?

    How I filled myself with that sight. The color was returning to her again beyond a doubt. Once more the dried blood was becoming fluid and beginning again to course in its old channels. Her hair floated out in the liquid of the bath like some brown tangle of the ocean weed, and ever and again it twitched and eddied to some impulse which in itself was too small for the eye to see.

    She had slept for nine long years, and I knew that the wakening could be none of the suddenest. Indeed, it came by its own gradations and with infinite slowness, and I did not dare do more to hasten it. Further drugs might very well stop eternally what those which had been used already had begun. So I sat motionless where I was, and watched the color come back, and the waxenness go, and even the fulness of her curves in some small measure return. And when growing strength gave her power to endure them, and she was racked with those pains which are inevitable to being borne back again in this fashion to life, I too felt the reflex of her agony, and writhed in loving sympathy.

    p. 313

    Still further, too, was I wrung by a torment of doubt as to whether life or these rackings would in the end be conqueror. After each paroxysm the color ebbed back from her again, and for a while she would lie motionless. But strength and power seemed gradually to grow, and at last these prevailed, and drove death and sleep beneath them. Her eyelids struggled with their fastenings. Her lips parted, and her bosom heaved. With shivering gasps her breath began to pant between her reddening lips. At first it rattled dryly in her throat, but soon it softened and became more regular. And then with a last effort her eyes, her glorious loving eyes, slowly opened.

    I leaned over and called her softly by name.

    Her eyes met mine, and a glow arose from their depths that gave me the greatest joy I have met in all the world.

    “Deucalion, my love,” she whispered. “Oh, my dear, so you have come for me. How I have dreamed of you! How I have been racked! But it was worth it all for this.”


    CHAPTER XVIII

    STORM OF THE SACRED MOUNTAIN

    IT was Naïs herself who sent me to attend to my sterner duties. The din of the attack came to us in the house where I was tending her, and she asked its meaning. As pithily as might be, for she was in no condition for tedious listening, I gave her the history of her nine years’ sleep.

    The color flushed more to her face. “My lord is the properest man in all the world to be King,” she whispered.

    “I refused to touch the trade till they had given me the Queen I desired, safe and alive, here upon the Mountain.”

    “How we poor women are made the chattels of you men! But, for myself, I seem to like the traffic well enough. You should not have let me stand in the way of Atlantis’s good, Deucalion. Still, it is very sweet to know you were weak there for once, and that I was the cause of your weakness. What is that bath over yonder? Ah! I remember; my wits seem none of the clearest just now.”

    “You have made the beginning. Your strength will return to you by quick degrees. But it will not bear hurrying. You must have a patience.”

    “Your ear, sir, for one moment, and then I will

    p. 315

    rest in peace. My poor looks, are they all gone? You seem to have no mirror here. I had visions that I should wake up wrinkled and old.”

    “You are as you were, dear, that first night I saw you—the most beautiful woman in all the world.”

    “I am pleased you like me,” she said, and took the cup of broth I offered her. “My hair seems to have grown; but it needs combing sadly. I had a fancy, dear, once, that you liked ruddy hair best, and not a plain brown.” She closed her eyes then, lying back among the cushions where I had placed her, and dropped off into healthy sleep, with the smiles still playing upon her lips. I put the coverlet over her, and kissed her lightly, holding back my beard lest it should sweep her cheek. And then I went out of the chamber.

    That beard had grown vastly disagreeable to me these last hours, and I then went into a room in the house, and found instruments, and shaved it down to the bare chin. A change of robe also I found there, and took it instead of my squalid rags. If a man is in truth a King, he owes these things to the dignity of his office.

    But, if the din of the fighting was any guide, mine was a narrowing kingdom. Every hour it seemed to grow fiercer and more near, and it was clear that some of the gates in the passage up the cleft in the cliff, impregnable though all men had thought them, had yielded to the vehemence of Phorenice’s attack. And, indeed, it was scarcely to be marvelled at. With all her genius spurred on to fury by the blow that had been struck at her by wrecking so fair a part of

    p. 316

    the city, the Empress would be no light adversary even for a strong place to resist, and the Sacred Mountain was no longer strong.

    Defences of stone, cunningly planned and mightily built, it still possessed, but these will not fight alone. They need men to line them, and, moreover, abundance of men. For always in a storm of this kind some desperate fellows will spit at death and get to hand grips, or slingers and archers slip in their shot, or the throwing-fire gets home, or (as here) some new-fangled machine like Phorenice’s fire-tubes make one in a thousand of their wavering darts find the life; and so, though the general attacking loses his hundreds, the defenders also are not without their dead.

    The slaughter, as it turned out, had been prodigious. As fast as the stormers came up, the priests who held the lowest gate remaining to us rained down great rocks upon them till the narrow alley of the stair was paved with their writhing dead. But Phorenice stood on a spur of the rock below them urging on the charges, and with an insane valor company after company marched up to hurl themselves hopelessly against the defences. They had no machines to batter the massive gates, and their attack was as pathetically useless as that of a child who hammers against a wall with an orange; and meanwhile the terrible stones from above mowed them down remorselessly.

    Company after company of the troops marched into this terrible death-trap, and not a man of all of them ever came back. Nor was it Phorenice’s policy

    p. 317

    that they should do so. In her lust for this final conquest, she was minded to pour out troops till she had filled up the passes with the slain, so that at last she might march on to a level fight over the bridge of their poor bodies. It was no part of Phorenice’s mood ever to count the cost. She set down the object which was to be gained, and it was her policy that the people of Atlantis were there to gain it for her.

    Two gates then had she carried in this dreadful fashion, slaughtering those priests that stood behind them who had not been already shot down. And here I came down from above to take my share in the fight. There was no trumpet to announce my coming, no herald to proclaim my quality, but the priests as a sheer custom picked up “Deucalion!” as a battle-cry; and some shouted that, with a King to lead, there would be no further ground lost.

    It was clear that the name carried to the other side and bore weight with it. A company of poor, doomed wretches who were hurrying up stopped in their charge. The word “Deucalion!” was bandied round and handed back down the line. I thought, with some grim satisfaction, that here was evidence I was not completely forgotten in the land.

    There came shouts to them from behind to carry on their advance; but they did not budge; and presently a glittering officer panted up, and commenced to strike right and left among them with his sword. From where I stood on the high rampart above the gate I could see him plainly and recognized him at once.

    “It matters not what they use for their battle-cry,”

    p. 318

    he was shouting. “You have the orders of your divine Empress, and that is enough. You should be proud to die for her wish, you cowards. And if you do not obey, you will die afterwards under the instruments of the tormentors, very painfully. As for Deucalion, he is dead any time these nine years.”

    “There it seems you lie, my lord Tatho!” I shouted down to him.

    He started, and looked up at me.

    “So you are there in real truth, then? Well, old comrade, I am sorry. But it is too late to make a composition now. You are on the side of these mangy priests, and the Empress has made an edict that they are to be rooted out, and I am her most obedient servant.”

    “You used to be skilful of fence,” I said, and indeed there was little enough to choose between us. “If it please you to stop this pitiful killing, make yourself the champion of your side, and I will stand for mine, and we will fight out this quarrel in some fair place, and bind our parties to abide by the result.”

    “It would be a grand fight between us two, old friend, and it goes hard with me to balk you of it. But I cannot pleasure you. I am general here under Phorenice, and she has given me the strongest orders not to peril myself. And besides, though you are a great man, Deucalion, you are not chief. You are not even one of the Three.”

    “I am King.”

    Tatho laughed. “Few but yourself would say so, my lord.”

    p. 319

    “Few, truly, but what they are they are powerful. I was given the name for the first time yesterday, and as a first blow in the campaign there was some mischief done in the city. I was there myself, and saw how you took it.”

    “You were in Atlantis!”

    “I went for Naïs. She is on the Mountain now, and to-morrow will be my Queen. Tatho, as a priest to a priest, let me solemnly bring to your memory the infinite power you bite against on this Sacred Mountain. Your teaching has warned you of the weapons that are stored in the Ark of the Mysteries. If you persist in this attack, at the best you can merely lose; at the worst you can bring about a wreck over which even the High Gods will shudder as They order it.”

    “You cannot scare us back now by words,” said Tatho, doggedly. “And as for magic, it will be met by magic. Phorenice has found by her own cleverness as many powers as were ever stored up in the Ark of the Mysteries.”

    “Yet she looked on helplessly enough last night, when her royal pyramid was trundled into a rubbish heap. Zaemon had prophesied that this should be so, and for a witness, why, I myself stood closer to her than we two stand now, and saw her.”

    “I will own you took her by surprise somewhat there. I do not understand these matters myself; I was never more than one of the Seven in the old days; and now, quite rightly, Phorenice keeps the knowledge of her magic to herself: but it seems time is needed when one magic is to be met by another.”

    p. 320

    “Well,” I said, “I know little about the business either. I leave these matters now to those who are higher above me in the priesthood. Indeed, having a liking for Naïs, it seems I am debarred from ever being given understanding about the highest of the high Mysteries. So I content myself with being a soldier, and when the appointed day comes, I shall fall and kiss my mother the Earth for the last time. You, so I am told, have ambition for longer life.”

    He nodded. “Phorenice has found the Great Secret, and I am to be the first that will share it with her. We shall be as Gods upon the earth, seeing that Death will be powerless to touch us. And the twin sons she has borne me will be made immortal also.”

    “Phorenice is headstrong. No, my lord, there is no need to shake your head and try to deny it. I have had some acquaintance with her. But the order has been made, and her immortality will be snatched from her very rudely. Now mark solemnly my words. I, Deucalion, have been appointed King of Atlantis by the high council of the priests who are the mouthpiece of the most High Gods, and if I do not have my reign, then there will be no Atlantis left to carry either King or Empress. You know me, Tatho, for a man that never lies.”

    He nodded.

    “Then save yourself before it is too late. You shall have again your viceroyalty in Yucatan.”

    “But, man, there is no Yucatan. A great horde of little hairy creatures, that were something less than human and something more than beasts, swept down upon our cities and ate them out. Oh, you may sneer

    p. 321

    if you choose. Others sneered when I came home, till the Empress stopped them. But you know what a train of driver-ants is that you meet with in the forests? You may light fires across their path, and they will march into them in their blind bravery, and put them out with their bodies, and those that are left will march on in an unbroken column, and devour all that stands in their path. I tell you, my lord, those little hairy creatures were like the ants—aye, for numbers and wooden bravery, as well as for appetite. As a result, to-day there is no Yucatan.”

    “You shall have Egypt, then.”

    He burst at me hotly. “I would not take seven Egypts and ten Yucatans. My lord, you think more poorly of me than is kind when you ask me to become a traitor. In your place would you throw your Naïs away if the doing it would save you from a danger?”

    “That is different.”

    “In no degree. You have a kindness for her. I have all that and more for Phorenice, who is, besides, my wife and the mother of my children. If I have qualms—and I freely confess I know you are desperate men up there, and have dreadful powers at your command—my shiverings are for them and not for myself. But I think, my lord, this parley is leading to nothing, and though these common soldiers here will understand little enough of our talk, they may be picking up a word here and there, and I do not wish them to go on to their death (as you will see them do shortly) and carry evil reports about me to whatever Gods they chance to come before.”

    He saluted me with his sword and drew back, and

    p. 322

    once more the missiles began to fly, and the doomed wretches who had been halting beside the steep rock walls of the pass began once more to press hopelessly forward. They had scaling-ladders certainly, but they had no chance of getting these planted. They could do naught but fill the narrow way with their bodies, and to that end they had been sent, and to that end they humbly died. Our priests with crow and lever wrenched from their lodging-places the great rocks which had been made ready, and sent them crashing down, so that once more screams filled the pass, and the horrid butchery was renewed.

    But ever and again some arrow, or some sling-stone, or some fire-tube’s dart would find its way up from below and through the defences, and there we would be with a man the less to carry on the fight. It was well enough for Phorenice to be lavish with her troops; indeed, if she wished for success, there were no two ways for it; and when those she had levied were killed, she could readily press others into the service, seeing that she had the whole broad face of the country under her rule. But with us it was different. A man down on our side was a man whose arm would bitterly be missed, and one which could in no possible way be replaced.

    I made calculation of the chances, and saw clearly that if we continued the fight on the present plan, they would storm the gates one after another as they came to them, and that by the time the uppermost gate was reached there would be no priest alive to defend it. And so, not disdaining to fashion myself on Phorenice’s newer plan, which held that a general

    p. 323

    should at times in preference plot coldly from a place of some safety, and not lead the thick of the fighting, I left those who stood to the gate with some rough soldier’s words of cheer, and withdrew again up the narrow stair of the pass.

    This one approach to the Sacred Mountain was, as I have said before, vastly more difficult and dangerous in the olden days when it stood as a mere bare cleft as the High Gods made it. But a chasm had been bridged here, and a shelf cut through the solid rock there, and in many places the roadway was built up on piers from distant crags below so as to make all uniform and easy. It came to my mind now that if I could destroy this path, we might gain a breathing-space for further effort.

    The idea seemed good, or at least no other occurred to me which would in any way relieve our desperate situation, and I looked around me for means to put it into execution. Up and down, from the Mountain to the plains below, I had traversed that narrow stair of a pass some thousands of times, and so in a manner of speaking knew every stone and every turn and every cut of it by heart. But I had never looked upon it with an eye to shaving off all roadway to the Sacred Mountain, and so now, even in this moment of dreadful stress, I had to traverse it no less than three times afresh before I could decide upon the best site for demolition.

    But once the point was fixed, there was little delay in getting the scheme in movement. Already I had sent men to the storehouses among the priests’ dwellings to fetch me rams and crows and acids and hammers,

    p. 324

    and such other material as was needed, and these stood handy behind one of the upper gates. I put on every pair of hands that could be spared to the work, no matter what was their age and feebleness; yes, if Naïs could have walked go far I would have pressed her for the labor; and presently carved balustrade and way-side statue, together with the lettered wall-stones and the foot-worn cobbles roared down into the gulf below, and added their din to the shrieks and yells and crashes of the fighting. Gods! but it was a hateful task, smashing down that splendid handiwork of the men of the past. But it was better that it should crash down to ruin in the abyss below than that Phorenice should profane it with her impious sandals.

    At first I had feared that it would be needful to sacrifice the knot of brave men who were so valiantly defending the gate then being attacked. It is disgusting to be forced into a measure of this kind, but in hard warfare it is often needful to the carrying out of his schemes for a general to leave a part of his troops to fight to a finish, and without hope of rescue, as valiantly as they may; and all he can do for their reward is to commend them earnestly to the care of the Gods. But when the work of destroying the pathway was nearly completed, I saw a chance of retrieving them.

    We had not been content merely with breaking arches and throwing down the piers. We had got our rams and levers under the living rock itself on which all the whole fabric stood; and fire stood ready to heat the rams for their work; and when the

    p. 325

    word was given, the whole could be sent crashing down the face of the cliffs beyond chance of repair.

    All was, I say, finally prepared in this fashion, and then I gave the word to hold. A narrow ledge still remained undestroyed, and offered footway, and over this I crossed. The cut we had made was immediately below the uppermost gate of all, and below it there were three more massive gates still unviolated, besides the one then being so vehemently attacked. Already the garrisons had been retired from these, and I passed through them all in turn, unchallenged and unchecked, and came to that busy rampart where the twelve priests left alive worked, stripped to the waist, at heaving down the murderous rocks.

    For awhile I busied myself at their side, stopping an occasional fire-tube dart or arrow on my shield and passing them the tidings. The attack was growing fiercer every minute now. The enemy had packed the pass below wellnigh full of their dead, and our battering-stones had less distance to fall, and so could do less execution. They pressed forward more eagerly than ever with their scaling-ladders, and it was plain that soon they would inevitably put the place to the storm. Even during the short time I was there their sling-stones and missiles took life from three more of the twelve who stood with me on the defence.

    So I gave the word for one more furious avalanche of rock to be pelted down, and while the few living were crawling out from those killed by the discharge, and while the next band of reinforcements came scrambling up over the bodies, I sent my nine remaining

    p. 326

    men away at a run up the steep stairway of the path, and then followed them myself. Each of the gates in turn we passed, shutting them after us, and breaking the bars and levers with which they were moved, and not till we were through the last did the roar of shouts from below tell that the besiegers had found the gate they bit against was deserted.

    One by one we balanced our way across the narrow ledge which was left where the path had been destroyed, and one poor priest that carried a wound grew giddy and lost his balance here, and toppled down to his death in the abyss below before a hand could be stretched out to steady him. And then, when we were all over, heat was put to the rams, and they expanded with their resistless force, and tore the remaining ledges from their hold in the rock. I think a pang went through us all then when we saw for ourselves the last connecting-link cut away from between the poor remaining handful of our Sacred Clan on the Mountain and the rest of our great nation, who had grown so bitterly estranged to us, below.

    But here at any rate was a break in the fighting. There were no further preparations we could make for our defence, and high though I knew Phorenice’s genius to be, I did not see how she could very well do other than accept the check and retire. So I set a guard on the ramparts of the uppermost gate to watch all possible movements, and gave the word to the others to go and find the rest which so much they needed.

    For myself, dutifully I tried to find Zaemon first,

    p. 327

    going on the errand my proper self, for there was little enough of kingly state observed on the Sacred Mountain, although the name and title had been given me. But Zaemon was not to be come at. He was engaged inside the Ark of Mysteries with another of the Three, and being myself only one of the Seven, I had not rank enough in the priesthood to break in upon their workings. And so I was free to turn where my likings would have led me first, and that was to the house which sheltered Naïs.

    She waked as I came in over the threshold, and her eyes filled with a welcome for me. I went across and knelt where she lay, putting my face on the pillow beside her. She was full of tender talk and sweet endearments. Gods! What an infinity of delight I had missed by not knowing my Naïs earlier! But she had a will of her own through it all, and some quaint conceits which made her all the more adorable. She rallied me on the new cleanness of my chin, and on the robe which I had taken as a covering. She professed a pretty awe for my kingship, and vowed that had she known of my coming dignities she would never have dared to discover a love for me. But about my marriage with Phorenice she spoke with less lightness. She put out her thin white hand and drew my face to her lips.

    “It is weak of me to have a jealousy,” she murmured, “knowing how completely my lord is mine alone; but I cannot help it. You have said you were her husband for awhile. It gives me a pang to think that I shall not be the first to lie in your arms, Deucalion.”

    p. 328

    “Then you may gayly throw your pang away,” I whispered back. “I was husband to Phorenice in mere word, for how long I do not precisely know. But in anything beyond I was never her husband at all. She married me by a form she prescribed herself, ignoring all the old rites and ceremonies, and whether it would hold as legal or not we need not trouble to inquire. She herself has most nicely and completely annulled that marriage, as I have told you. Tatho is her husband now, and father to her children, and he seems to have a fondness for her which does him credit.”

    We said other things too in that chamber, those small repetitions of endearments which are so precious to lovers and so beyond the comprehension of other folk, but they are not to be set down on these sheets. They are a mere private matter which can have no concern to any one beyond our two selves, and more weighty subjects are piling themselves up in deep index for the historian.

    Phorenice, it seemed, had more rage against the Priests’ Clan on the Mountain and more bright genius to help her to a vengeance than I had credited. Her troops stormed easily the gates we had left to them, and swarmed up till they stood where the pathway was broken down. In the fierceness of their rush the foremost were thrust over the brink by those pressing up behind before the advance could be halted, and these went screaming to a horrid death in the great gulf below. But it was no position here that a lavish spending of men could take, and presently all were drawn off, save for some half-score

    p. 329

    who stood as outpost sentries and dodged out of arrow-shot behind angles of the rock.

    It seems, too, that the Empress herself reconnoitred the place, using due caution and quickness, and so got for herself a full plan of its requirements without being obliged to trust the measuring of another eye. With extraordinary nimbleness she must have planned an engine such as was necessary to suit her purposes, and given orders for its making; for even with the vast force and resources at her disposal, the speed with which it was built was prodigious.

    There was very little noise made to tell of what was afoot. All the wood-work and metal-work was cut and tongued and forged and fitted first by skilled craftsmen below in the plain at the foot of the cleft; and when each ponderous balk and each cross-piece and each plank was dragged up the steep pass through the conquered gates, it was ready instantly for fitting into its appointed place in the completed machine.

    The cleft was straight where they set about their building, and there was no curve or spur of the cliff to hide their handiwork from those of the priests who watched from the ramparts above our one remaining gate. But Phorenice had a coyness lest her engine should be seen before it was completed, and so to screen it she had a vast fire built at the uppermost point where the causeway was broken off, and fed diligently with wet sedge and green wood, so that a great smoke poured out, rising like a curtain that shut out all view. And so though the priests on the rampart above the gate picked off now and

    p. 330

    again some of those who tended the fire, they could do the besiegers no further injury, and remained up to the last quite in ignorance of their tactics.

    The passage up the cleft was in shadow during the night hours, for, though all the crest of the Sacred Mountain was always lit brightly by the eternal fires which made its defence on the farther side, their glow threw no gleam down that flank where the cliff ran sheer to the plains beneath. And so it was under cover of the darkness that Phorenice brought up her engine into position for attack.

    Planking had been laid down for its wheels, and the wheels themselves well greased, and it may be that she hoped to march in upon us while all slept. But there was a certain creaking and groaning of timbers and labored panting of men which gave advertisement that something was being attempted, and the alarm was spread quietly in the hope that if a surprise had been planned, the real surprise might be turned the other way.

    A messenger came to me, running, where I sat in the house at the side of my love, and she, like the soldier’s wife she was made to be, kissed me and bade me go quickly and care for my honor, and bring back my wounds for her to mend.

    On the rampart above the gate all was silence, save for the faint rustle of armed men, and out of the black darkness ahead, from the other side of the broken causeway, came the sounds of which the messenger had warned me.

    The captain of the gate came to me and whispered: “We have made no light till the King came, not

    p. 331

    knowing the King’s will in the matter. Is it wished I send some of the throwing-fire down yonder, on the chance that it does some harm, and at the same time lights up the place? Or is it willed that we wait for their surprise?”

    “Send the fire,” I said, “or we may find that Phorenice’s brain has been one too many for us.” The captain of the gate took one of the balls in his hand, lit the fuse, and hurled it. The horrid thing burst among a mass of men who were laboring with a huge engine, spattering them with its deadly fire, and lighting their garments. The plan of the engine showed itself plainly. They had built them a vast great tower, resting on wheels at its base, so that it might be pushed forward from behind, and slanting at its foot to allow for the steepness of the path and leave it always upright.

    It was storied inside, with ladders joining each floor, and through slits in the side which faced us bowmen could cover an attack. From its top a great bridge reared high above it, being carried vertically till the tower was brought near enough for its use. The bridge was hinged at the third story of the tower, and fastened with ropes to its extreme top; but, once the ropes were cut, the bridge would fall, and light upon whatever came within its swing, and be held there by the spikes with which it was studded beneath.

    I saw, and inwardly felt myself conquered. The cleverness of Phorenice had been too strong for my defence. No war-engine of which we had command could overset the tower. The whole of its massive

    p. 332

    timbers were hung with the wet new-stripped skins of beasts, so that even the throwing-fire could not destroy it. What puny means we had to impede those who pushed it forward would have little effect. Presently it would come to the place appointed, and the ropes would be cut, and the bridge would thunder down on the rampart above our last gate, and the stormers would pour out to their final success.

    Well, life had loomed very pleasant for me these few days, with a warm and loving Naïs once more in touch of my arms, but the High Gods in Their infinite wisdom knew best always, and I was no rebel to stay stiff-necked against their decision. But it is ever a soldier’s privilege, come what may, to warm over a fight, and the most exquisitely fierce joy of all is that final fight of a man who knows that he must die, and who lusts only to make his bed of slain high enough to carry a due memory of his powers with those who afterwards come to gaze upon it. I gripped my axe, and the muscles of my arms stood out in knots at the thought of it. Would Tatho come to give me sport? I feared not. They would send only the common soldiers first to the storm, and I must be content to do my killing on those.

    And Naïs, what of her? I had a quiet mind there. When any spoilers came to the house where she lay, she would know that Deucalion had been taken up to the Gods, and she would not be long in following him. She had her dagger. No, I had no fears of being parted long from Naïs now.


    CHAPTER XIX

    DESTRUCTION OF ATLANTIS

    A TOTTERING old priest came up and touched me on the shoulder. “Well?” I said, sharply, having small taste for interruption just now.

    “News has been carried to the Three, my King, of what is threatened.”

    “Then they will know that I stand here now, brother, to enjoy the finest fight of all my life. When it is finished I shall go to the Gods, and be there standing behind the stars to welcome them when presently they also arrive. They have my regrets that they are too old and too feeble to die and look upon a fine killing themselves.”

    “I have commands from them, my King, to lay upon you, which I fear you will like but slenderly. You are forbidden to find your death here in the fighting. They have further use for you yet.”

    I turned on the old man angrily enough. “I shall take no such order, my brother. I am not going to believe it was ever given. You must have misunderstood. If I am a man, if I am a priest, if I am a soldier, if I am a King, then it stands to my honor that no enemy should pass this gate while yet I live.

    p. 334

    [paragraph continues]And you may go back and throw that message at their teeth.”

    The old man smiled enviously. He, too, had been a keen soldier in his day. “I told them you would not easily believe such a message, and asked them for a sign, and they bore with me, and gave me one. I was to give you this jewel, my King.”

    “How came they by that? It is a bracelet from the elbow of Naïs.”

    “They must have stripped her of it. I did not know it came from Naïs. The word I was to bring you said that the owner of the jewel was inside the Ark of the Mysteries, and waited you there. The use which the Three have for you further concerns her also.”

    Even when I heard that, I will freely confess that my obedience was sorely tried, and I have the less shame in setting it down on these sheets, because I know that all true soldiers will feel a sympathy for my plight. Indeed, the promise of the battle was very tempting. But in the end my love for Naïs prevailed, and I gave the salutation that was needful in token that I heard the order and obeyed it.

    To the knot of priests who were left for the defence I turned and made my farewells. “You will have what I shall miss, my brothers,” I said. “I envy you that fight. But, though I am King of Atlantis, still I am only one of the Seven, and so am the servant of the Three and must obey their order. They speak in words the will of the most High Gods, and we must do as they command. You will stand behind the stars before I come, and I ask of you that

    p. 335

    you will commend me to Those you meet there. It is not my own will that I shall not appear there by your side.”

    They heard my words with smiles, and very courteously saluted me with their weapons, and there we parted. I did not see the fight, but I know it was good, from the time which passed before Phorenice’s hordes broke out on to the crest of the Mountain. They died hard, that last remnant of the lesser priests of Atlantis.

    With a sour enough feeling I went up to the head of the pass, and then through the groves, and between the temples and colleges and houses which stood on the upper slopes of the Sacred Mountain, till I reached that boundary beyond which in milder days it was death for any but the privileged few to pass. But the time, it appeared to me, was past for conventions, and, moreover, my own temper was hot; and it is likely that I should have strode on with little scruple if I had not been interrupted. But in the temple which marked the boundary there was old Zaemon waiting; and he, with due solemnity of words, and with the whole of some ancient ritual ordained for that purpose, sought dispensation from the High Gods for my trespass, and would not give me way till he was through with his ceremony.

    Already Phorenice’s tower and bridge were in position, for the clash and yelling of a fight told that the small handful of priests on the rampart of the last gate were bartering their lives for the highest return in dead that they could earn. They were trained fighting men all, but old and feeble, and the

    p. 336

    odds against them were too enormous to be stemmed for over long. In a very short time the place would be put to the storm, and the roof of the Sacred Mountain would be at the open mercy of the invader. If there was any further thing to be done, it was well that it should be set about quickly while peace remained. It seemed to me that the moment was for prompt action, and the time for lengthy pompous ceremonial was done for good.

    But Zaemon was minded otherwise. He led me up to the Ark of the Mysteries, and chided my impatience, and waited till I had given it my reverential kiss, and then he called aloud, and another old man came out of the opening which is in the top of the Ark, and climbed painfully down by the battens which are fixed on its sides. He was a man I had never seen before, hoary, frail, and emaciated, and he and Zaemon were then the only two remaining priests who had been raised to the highest degree known to our Clan, and who alone had knowledge of the highest secrets and powers and mysteries.

    “Look!” cried Zaemon, in his shrill old voice, and swept a trembling finger over the shattered city, and the great spread of sea and country which lay in view of us below. I followed his pointing and looked, and a chill began to crawl through me. All was plainly shown. Our Lord the Sun burned high overhead in a sky of cloudless blue, and day shimmered; in His heat. All below seemed from that distance peaceful and warm and still, save only that the mountains smoked more than ordinary, and some

    p. 337

    spouted fires, and that the sea boiled with some strange disorder.

    But it was the significance of the sea that troubled me most. Far out on the distant coast it surged against the rocks in enormous rolls of surf; and up the great estuary, at the head of which the city of Atlantis stands, it gushed in successive waves of enormous height which never returned. Already the lower lands on either side were blotted out beneath tumultuous waters, the harbor walls were drowned out of sight, and the flood was creeping up into the lower wards of the great city itself.

    “You have seen?” asked Zaemon.

    “I have seen.”

    “You understand?”

    “In part.”

    “Then let me tell you all. This is the beginning, and the end will follow swiftly. The most High Gods, that sit behind the stars, have a limit to even Their sublime patience; and that has been passed. The city of Atlantis, the great continent that is beyond, and all that are in them are doomed to unutterable destruction. Of old it was foreseen that this great wiping-out would happen through the sins of men, and to this end the Ark of the Mysteries was built under directions of the Gods. No mortal implements can so much as scratch its surface, no waves or rocks wreck it. Inside is stored on sheets of the ancient writing all that is known in the world of learning that is not shared by the common people, also there is grain in a store, and sweet water in tanks sufficient for two persons for the space of four years,

    p. 338

    together with seeds, weapons, and all such other matters as were deemed fit.

    “Out of all this vast country it has been decreed by the High Gods that two shall not perish. Two shall be chosen, a man and a woman, who are fit and proper persons to carry away with them the ancient learning to dispose of it as they see best, and afterwards to rear up a race who shall in time build another kingdom and do honor to our Lord the Sun and the other Gods in another place. The woman is within the Ark already, and seated in the place appointed for her, and though she is daughter of mine, the burden of her choosing is with you. For the man, the choice has fallen upon yourself.”

    I was half numb with the shock of what was befalling. “I do not know that I care to be a survivor.”

    “You are not asked for your wishes,” said the old man. “You are given an order from the High Gods who know you to be Their faithful servant.”

    Habit rode strong upon me. I made salutation in the required form, and said that I heard and would obey.

    “Then it remains to raise you to the sublime degree of the Three, and if your learning is so small that you will not understand the keys to many of the Powers, and the Highest of the Mysteries, when they are handed to you, that fault cannot be remedied now.”

    Certainly the time remaining was short enough. The fight still raged down at the gate in the pass, though it was a wonder how the handful of priests had held their ground so long. But the ocean rolled

    p. 339

    in upon the land in an ever-increasing flood, and the mountains smoked and belched forth more volleys of rock as the weight increased on their lower parts, and presently those that besieged the Mountain could not fail to see the fate that threatened them. Then there would be no withholding their rush. In their mad fury and panic they would sweep all obstruction resistlessly before them, and those who stood in their path might look to themselves.

    But there was no hurrying Zaemon and his fellow sage. They were without temple for the ceremony, without sacrifice or incense to decorate it. They had but the sky for a roof to make their echoes, and the Gods themselves for witness. But they went through the work of raising me to their own degree, with all the grand and majestic form which has gathered dignity from the ages, and by no one sentence did they curtail it. A burning mountain burst with a bellowing roar as the incoming waters met its fires, but gravely they went on, in turn reciting their sentences. Phorenice’s troops broke down the last resistance, and poured in a frenzied stream among the groves and temples, but still they quavered never in the ritual.

    It had been said that this ceremony is the grandest and the most impressive of all those connected with our holy religion; and certainly I found it so; and I speak as one intimate with all the others. Even the tremendous circumstances which hemmed them in could do nothing to make these frail old men forget the deference which was due to the highest order of the Clan.

    p. 340

    For myself, I will freely own I was less rapt. I stood there bareheaded in the heat, a man trying to concentrate himself, and yet torn the while by a thousand foreign emotions. The awful thing that was happening all around compelled some of my attention. A continent was in the very act and article of meeting with complete destruction, and if Zaemon and the other priest were strong enough to give their minds wholly up to a matter parochial to the priesthood, I was not so stoical. And, moreover, I was filled with other anxieties and thoughts concerning Naïs. Yet I managed to preserve a decent show of attention to the ceremony, making all those responses which were required of me, and trying as well as might be to preserve in my mind those sentences which were the keys to power and learning, and not mere phrasings of grandeur and devotion.

    But it became clear that if the ceremony of my raising did not soon arrive at its natural end, it would be cut short presently with something of suddenness. Phorenice’s conquering legions swarmed out on the crest of the Mountain, and now carried full knowledge of the dreadful thing that was come upon the country. They were out of all control, and ran about like men distracted; but knowing full well that the priests would have brought this terrible wreck to pass by virtue of the powers which were stored within the Ark of the Mysteries, it would be their natural impulse to pour out a final vengeance upon any of these same priests they could come across before it was too late.

    It began to come to my mind that if the ceremony

    p. 341

    did not very shortly terminate, the further part of the plan would stand very small chance of completion, and I should come by my death after all by fighting to a finish, as I had pictured to myself before. My flickering attention saw the soldiers coming always nearer in their frantic wanderings, and saw also-the sea below rolling deeper and deeper in upon the land.

    The fires, too, which ringed in half the Mountain, spurted up to double their old height, and burned with an unceasing roar. But for all distraction these things gave to the two old priests who were raising me, we might have been in the quietness of some ancient temple, with not so much as a fly to buzz an interruption.

    But at last an end came to the ceremony. “Kneel,” cried Zaemon, “and make obeisance to your mother the Earth, and swear by the High Gods that you will never make improper use of the powers over Her which this day you have been granted.”

    When I had done that, he bade me rise as a fully installed and duly initiated member of the Three. “You will have no opportunity to practise the workings of this degree with either of us, my brother,” said he, “for presently our other brother and I go to stand before the Gods to deliver to Them an account of our trust, and of how we have carried it out. But what items you remember here and there may turn of use to you hereafter. And now we two give you our farewells, and promise to commend you highly to the Gods when soon we meet Them in Their place behind the stars. Climb now into the Ark,

    p. 342

    and be ready to shut the door which guards it, if there is any attempt by these raging people to invade that also. Remember, my brother, it is the Gods’ direct will that you and the woman Naïs go from this place living and sound, and you are expressly forbidden to accept challenge or provocation to fight on any pretext whatever. But as long as may be done in safety, you may look out upon Atlantis in her death-throes. It is very fitting that one of the only two who are sent hence alive should carry the full tale of what has befallen.”

    I went to the top of the Ark of Mysteries then, climbing there by the battens which are fastened to the sides, and then descended by the stair which is inside and found Naïs in a little chamber waiting for me.

    “I was bidden stay here by Zaemon,” she said, “who forced me to this place by threats and also by promises that my lord would follow. He is very ungentle, that father of mine, but I think he has a kindness for us both, and anyway he is my father and I cannot help loving him. Is there no chance to save him from what is going to happen?”

    “He will not come into this Ark, for I asked him. It has been ordained from the ancient time when first the Ark was built that when the day for its purpose came, one woman and one man should be its only tenants, and they are here already. Zaemon’s will in the matter is not to be twisted by you or by me. He has a message to be delivered to the Gods, and (if I know him at all) he grudges every minute that is lost in carrying it to Them.”

    p. 343

    I left her then, and went out again up the stair, and stood once more on the roof of the Ark. On the Mountain-top men still ran about distracted, but gradually they were coming to where the Ark rested on the highest point. For the moment, however, I passed them lightly. The drowning of the great continent that had been spread out below filled the eye. Ocean roared in upon it with still more furious waves. The plains and the level lands were foaming lakes. The great city of Atlantis had vanished eternally. The mountains alone kept their heads above the flood, and spewed out rocks and steam and boiling stone, or burst when the waters reached them, and created great whirlpools of surging sea and twisted trees and bubbling mud.

    In the space of a few breaths every living creature that dwelt in the lower grounds had been smothered by the waters, save for a few who huddled in a pair of galleys that were driven oarless inward, over what had once been black forest and hunting land for the beasts. And even as I watched, these also were swallowed up by the horrid turmoil of sea, and nothing but the sea beasts, and those of the greater lizards which can live in such outrageous waters, could have survived even that stage of the destruction. Indeed, none but those men who had now found standing-ground on the upper slopes of the Sacred Mountain survived, and it was plain that their span was short, for the great mass of the continent sank bodily deeper and more deep every minute before our aching eyes beneath the boiling inrush of the seas.

    But though the great mass of the soldiery were

    p. 344

    dazed and maddened at the prospect of the overwhelming which threatened them, there were some with a strength of mind too valiant to give any outward show of discomposure. Presently a compact little body of people came from out the houses and the temples and headed directly across the open ground towards the Ark. On the outside marched Phorenice’s personal guards with their weapons new bloodied. They had been forced to fight a way through their own fellow-soldiers. The poor demented creatures had thought it was every one for himself now, till these guards (by their mistress’s order) proved to them that Phorenice still came first.

    And in the middle of them, borne in a litter of gold and ivory by her grotesque European slaves, rode the Empress, still calm, still lovely, and seemingly divided in her sentiments between contempt and amusement. Her two children lay in the litter at her feet. On her right hand marched Tatho gorgeously apparelled, and with a beard curled and plaited into a thousand ringlets. On the other side, plying her industry with unruffled deference, walked Ylga, once again fan-girl, and so still second lady in this dwindling kingdom.

    The party of them halted half a score of paces from the Ark by Phorenice’s order. “Do not go nearer to those unclean old men. They carry a rank odor with them, and for the moment we are short of essences to sweeten the air of their neighborhood.” She lifted her eyebrows and looked up at me. “Truly a quiet little gathering of old acquaintances. Why, there is Deucalion, that once I

    p. 345

    took the flavor of and threw aside when he cloyed me.”

    “I have Naïs here,” I said, “and presently we two will be all that are left alive of this nation.”

    “Naïs is quite welcome to my leavings,” she laughed. “I will look down upon your country cooings when presently I go back to the place behind the stars from which I came. You are a very rustic person, Deucalion. They tell me, too, that three or four of these foul-smelling old men up here have named you King. Did you swell with much dignity? Or did you remember that there was a pretty Empress left that would still be Empress so long as there was an Atlantis to govern? Come, sir, find your tongue. By my face! you must have hungered for me very madly these years we have been parted, if new-grown ruggedness of feature is an evidence.”

    “Have your gibe. I do not gibe back at a woman who presently will die.”

    “Bah! Deucalion, you live behind the times. Have they not told you that I know the Great Secret and am indeed a Goddess now? My arts can make life run on eternally.”

    “Then the waters presently will test them hard,” I said, but there the talk was taken into other lips. Zaemon went forward to the front of the litter with the Symbol of our Lord the Sun glowing in his hand, and burst into a flow of cursing. It was hard for me to hear his words. The roar of the waters which poured up over the land, and beat in vast waves against the Sacred Mountain itself, grew nearer and more loud. But the old man had his say.

    p. 346

    Phorenice gave orders to her guards for his killing; yes, tried even to rise from the litter and do the work herself: but Zaemon held the Symbol to his front, and its power in that supreme moment mastered all the arts that could be brought against it. The majesty of the most High Gods was vindicated, and that splendid Empress knew it and lay back sullenly among the cushions of her litter a beaten woman.

    Only one person in that rigid knot of people found power to leave the rest, and that was Ylga. She came out to the side of the Ark, and leaned up and cried me a farewell through the gathering roar of the flood.

    “I would I might save you and take you with us,” I said.

    “As for that,” she said, with a gesture, “I would not come if you asked me. I am not a woman that will take anything less than all. But I shall meet what comes presently with the memory that you will have me always somewhere in your recollection. I know somewhat of men, even men of your stamp, Deucalion, and you will never forget that you came very near to loving me once.”

    I think, too, she said something further, concerning Naïs, but the bellowing rush of the waters drowned all other words. A great mist made from the steam sent up by the swamped burning mountains stopped all accurate view, though the blaze from the fires lit it like gold. But I had a last sight of a horde of soldiery rushing up the slopes of the Mountain, with a scum of surge billowing at their heels and licking many of them back in its clutch. And then

    p. 347

    my eye fell on old Zaemon waving to me with the Symbol to shut down the door in the roof of the Ark.

    I obeyed his last command, and went down the stair, and closed all ingress behind me. There were bolts placed ready, and I shot these into their sockets, and there were Naïs and I alone, and cut off from all the rest of our world that remained.

    I went to the place where she lay, and put my arms tightly around her. Without, we heard men beating desperately on the Ark with their weapons, and some who even climbed by the battens to the top and wrenched to try and move the door from its fastenings. The end was coming very nearly to them now, and the great crowd of them were mad with terror.

    I would have given much to have known how Phorenice fared in that final tumult, and how she faced it. I could see her, with her lovely face and her wondrous eyes, and her ruddy hair curling about her neck, and by all the Gods! I thought more of her at that last moment than of the poor land she had conquered and misgoverned and brought to this horrid destruction. There is no denying the fascination which Phorenice carried with her.

    But the end did not dally long with its coming. There was a little surge that lifted the Ark a hand’s breadth or so in its cradle, and set it back again with a jar and a quiver. The blows from axes and weapons ceased on its lower part, but redoubled into frenzied batterings on its rounded roof. There were some screams and cries also which came to us but dully through the thickness of its ponderous sheathing, though likely enough they were sent forth at

    p. 348

    the full pitch of human lungs outside. And then another surge came, roaring and thundering, which picked up the great vessel as though it had been a feather, and spun it giddily; and after that we touched earth or rock no more.

    We tossed about on the crest and troughs of delirious seas, a sport for the greedy Gods of the ocean. The lamp had fallen, and we crouched there in darkness, dully weighed with the burden of knowledge that we alone were saved out of what was yesterday a mighty nation.


    CHAPTER XX

    ON THE BOSOM OF THE DEEP

    THE Ark was rudderless, oarless, and machine-less, and could travel only where the High Gods chose. The inside was dark, and full of an ancient smell, and crowded with groanings and noise. I could not find the fire-box to relight the fallen lamp, and so we had to endure blindly what was dealt out to us. The waves tossed us in merciless sport, and I clung on by the side of Naïs, holding her to the bed. We did not speak much, but there was full companionship in our bereavement and our silence.

    When Atlantis sank to form new ocean-bed, she left great whirlpools and spoutings from her drowned fires as a fleeting legacy to the Gods of the sea. And then, I think (though in the black belly of the Ark we could not see these things), a vast hurricane of wind must have come on next so as to leave no piece of the desolation incomplete. For seven nights and seven days did this dreadful turmoil continue, as counted for us afterwards by the reckoner of hours which hung within the Ark, and then the howling of the wind departed, and only the roll of a long still swell remained. It was regular and it was oily, as I could tell by the difference of the motion, and then

    p. 350

    for the first time I dared to go up the stair and open had found the gate they bit against was deserted.

    The sweet salt air came gushing down to freshen the foulness within, and as the Ark rode dryly over the seas, I went below and brought up Naïs to gain refreshment from the curing rays of our Lord the Sun. Duly the pair of us adored Him, and gave thanks for His great mercy in coming to light another day, and then we laid ourselves down where we were to doze, and take that easy rest which we so urgently needed.

    Yet, though I was tired beyond words, for long enough sleep would not visit me. Wearily I stared out over the oily sun-lit waters. No blur of land met the eye. The ring of ocean was unbroken on every side, and overhead the vault of heaven remained unchanged. The bosom of the deep was littered with the poor wreckage of Atlantis, to remind one, if there had been a need, that what had come about was fact, and not some horrid dream. Trees, squared timber, a smashed and upturned boat of hides, and here and there the rounded corpse of a man or beast shouldered over the swells, and kept convoy with our Ark as she drifted on in charge of the Gods and the current.

    But sleep came to me at last, and I dropped off into unconsciousness, holding the hand of Naïs in mine, and when next I woke I found her open-eyed also and watching me tenderly. We were finely rested, both of us, and rest and strength bring one complacency. We were more ready now to accept the station which the High Gods had made for us

    p. 351

    without repining, and so we went below again into the belly of the Ark to eat and drink and maintain strength for the new life which lay before us.

    A wonderful vessel was this Ark, now we were able to see it at leisure and intimately. Although for the first time now in all its centuries of life it swam upon the waters, it showed no leak or sun-crack. Inside, even its floor was bone-dry. That it was built from some wood, one could see by the grainings, but nowhere could one find suture or joint. The living timbers had been put in place and then grown together by an art which we have lost to-day, but which the Ancients knew with much perfection; and afterwards some treatment, which is also a secret of those forgotten builders, had made the wood as hard as metal and impervious to all attacks of the weather.

    In the gloomy cave of its belly were stored many matters. At one end, in great tanks on either side of a central alley, was a prodigious store of grain. Sweet water was in other tanks at the other end. In another place were drugs, and simples, and essences of the life of beasts; all these things being for use while the Ark roamed under the guidance of the Gods on the bosom of the deep. On all the walls of the Ark, and on all the partitions of the tanks and the other wood-work, there were carved in the rude art of bygone times representations of all the beasts which lived in Atlantis; and on these I looked with a hunter’s interest, as some of them were strange to me, and had died out with the men who had perpetuated them in these sculptures. There was a good store of weapons, too, and the tools for handicrafts.

    p. 352

    Now for many weeks our life endured in this Ark as the Gods drove it about here and there across the face of the waters. We had no government over direction; we could not by so much as a hair’s-breadth a day increase her speed. The High Gods that had chosen the two of us to be the only ones saved out of all Atlantis, had sole control of our fate, and into Their hands we cheerfully resigned our future direction.

    Of that land which we reached in due time, and where we made our abiding-place, and where our children were born, I shall tell of in its place; but since this chronicle has proceeded so far in an exact order of the events as they came to pass, it is necessary first to narrate how we came by the sheets on which it is written.

    In a great coffer, in the centre of the Ark’s floor, the whole of the Mysteries learned during the study of ages were set down in accurate writing. I read through some of them during the days which passed, and the awfulness of the Powers over which they gave control appalled me. I had seen some of these Powers let loose in Atlantis, and was a witness of her destruction. But here were Powers far higher than those; here was the great Secret of Life and Death which Phorenice also had found, and for which she had been destroyed; and there were other things also of which I cannot even bring my style to scribe.

    The thought of being custodian of these writings was more than I could endure, and the more the matter rested in my mind, the more intolerable became the burden. And at last I took hot irons, and with

    p. 353

    them seared the wax on the sheets till every letter of the old writings was obliterated. If I did wrong, the High Gods in Their infinite justice will give me punishment; if it is well that these great secrets should endure on earth, They in Their infinite power will dictate them afresh to some fitting scribes; but I destroyed them there as the Ark swayed with us over the waves; and later, when we came to land, I rewrote upon the sheets the matters which led to great Atlantis being dragged to her death-throes.

    Naïs, that I love so tenderly—

    [Translator’s Note.—The remaining sheets are too broken to be legible.]


    The following advertisements from 1900 appeared in the original book. They are included for completeness.—JBH.

    BY H. G. WELLS

    WHEN THE SLEEPER WAKES. Illustrated. Post 8vo, Cloth, Ornamental, $1 50.

    “This romance of the twenty-second century,” as the London Daily Telegraph says, “will prove absolutely enthralling. The hero goes into a trance in 1900, and when he awakes two centuries later he finds that his property has increased so greatly that he owns more than half the world.”

    THIRTY STRANGE STORIES. New Edition. Post 8vo, Cloth, Ornamental, $1 50.

    Creepy, ingenious, original, and more than clever they all are. They fascinate you like the eye of a snake. . . . It would be impossible to find a group of stories that will give the reader more sensations, or hold his attention more firmly .—Boston Herald.

    THE WAR OF THE WORLDS. With Illustrations. Post 8vo, Cloth, Ornamental, $1 50.

    One of the conspicuous books of the year, from its striking originality of title and plot.—Washington Times.

    THE INVISIBLE MAN. A Grotesque Romance. Post 8vo, Cloth, Ornamental, $1 00.

    In his audacious imaginative insight into the romantic possibilities underlying the discoveries or the suggestion of modern science Mr. Wells stands unrivalled. . . . It is just like a transcript from real life, recalling the best work of Poe in its accent of sincerity and surpassing it in its felicity of style.—The Spectator, London.

    HARPER & BROTHERS, PUBLISHERS

    NEW YORK AND LONDON

    ☞ Any of the above works will be sent by mail, postage prepaid, to any part of the United States, Canada, or Mexico, on receipt of the price.

    p. 356

    BY JAMES M. LUDLOW

    A KING OF TYRE. A Tale of the Times of Ezra and Nehemiah. 16mo, Cloth, Ornamental, $1 00.

    Another distinct success in the field of historical fiction. . . . Must be unhesitatingly set down as a highly satisfactory performance.—Boston Beacon.

    It is altogether a fresh and enjoyable tale, strong in its situations and stirring in its actions.—Cincinnati Commercial-Gazette.

    The picture of the life and manners of that far-away period is carefully and artistically drawn, the plot is full of interest, and the whole treatment of the subject is strikingly original, and there is a dramatic intensity in the story which will at once remind the reader of “Ben-Hur.”—Boston Traveller.

    THE CAPTAIN OF THE JANIZARIES. A Tale of the Times of Scanderbeg and the Fall of Constantinople. 16mo, Cloth, Ornamental, $1 50; 8vo, Paper, 50 cents.

    Strong in its central historical character, abounding in incident, rapid and stirring in action, animated and often brilliant in style.—Christian Union, N. Y.

    Something new and striking interests us in almost every chapter. The peasantry of the Balkans, the training and government of the Janizaries, the interior of Christian and Moslem camps, the horrors of raids and battles, the violence of the Sultan, the tricks of spies, the exploits of heroes, engage Mr. Ludlow’s fluent pen.—N. Y. Tribune.

    THAT ANGELIC WOMAN. A Novel. 16mo, Cloth, Ornamental, $1 00.

    The plot is skilfully drawn, the whole story shows dramatic power, and the conclusion will satisfy those readers who prefer a happy ending of an exciting tale.—Observer, N.Y.

    A capital little story. . . . It will take but a couple of hours to read it, and there is no one who will not be all the better for its wholesome lessons.—N. Y. Journal of Commerce.

    A charming little story, the delightful companion of the busy reader’s leisure hour.—Evangelist. N. Y.

    ________________

    HARPER & BROTHERS, PUBLISHERS

    NEW YORK AND LONDON

    ☞ Any of the above works will be sent by mail, postage prepaid, to any part of the United States, Canada, or Mexico, on receipt of the price.

     

     


  • How I Found the Lost Atlantis, The Source of All Civilization

    How I Found the Lost Atlantis, The Source of All Civilization

    How I Found the Lost Atlantis, The Source of All Civilization

    by Dr. Paul Schliemann

    [1912]


    Contents    Start Reading


    This article and the accompanying illustrations, produced from a photocopy provided by the New York Public Library, are republished for the first time in over ninety years at sacred-texts.com.

    On October 20th, 1912, readers of the New York American were regaled with a startling and perhaps history-making story in a lavish two-page spread. Paul Schliemann, grandson of Heinrich Schliemann, the famous archeologist who excavated Mycenae and the legendary city of Troy, revealed that his grandfather on his deathbed produced a mysterious bequest for any of his heirs willing to devote their life to proving the existence of Atlantis. He claimed that he had spent years following up on this and now was about to produce actual physical evidence of the reality of the fabled lost continent. Or was he….

    The New York American was one of the newspapers started by William Randolph Hearst which spawned the term ‘Yellow Journalism’, the predecessor of such distinguished modern supermarket tabloids such as the National Enquirer. Hearst newspapers could be relied upon for banner headlines, sensational scoops, heart-tugging sob stories, and yarns which skirted the boundaries of good taste, if not logic. So in context, this article, which has occasionally been cited as an actual contribution to the study of Atlantis, can be appreciated as merely a diversion on the level of the Bat Boy or Aliens in the Oval Office.

    And indeed, this turned out to be a flash-in-the-pan hoax. There was no follow-up book, and Paul Schliemann dropped out of sight as quickly as he emerged. The promised artifacts were never produced, and scholars who worked closely with Heinrich Schliemann confirmed that he had never demonstrated any interest in Atlantis whatsoever.

    A close read of this article reveals many howlers that even an armchair archeologist will spot instantly. For instance, “…a collection of objects excavated from Tiahuanaca, in Central America.” He misspells Tiahuanaco, and it’s in South America. Or how about “…engraved with a sentence in Phoenician hieroglyphics”. The Phoenicians used a phonetic writing system, not hieroglyphs. And “the Egyptian and the American pyramids [were] covered with a thick coating of smooth and shining cement”, which is completely untrue. Some of the Egyptian pyramids were originally covered with casing stones; none of the American pyramids were encased, let alone with cement. And “In the records of the old Buddhistic Temple at Lhasa there is to be seen an ancient Chaldean inscription”; this is conceivable but unlikely; it would be like finding an illuminated Sanskrit manuscript in an Irish monastery. And so on… Whoever wrote this, they weren’t an archeologist; it was probably one of the Hearst hacks. As a matter of fact, the writing is so pulp, the author (whoever he or she is) even apologizes halfway through for being over-dramatic.

    In any case, we hope you enjoy this for what it is–a wonderful piece of flim-flam, a slice of Americana.

    –John Bruno Hare
    January 26th, 2004


    Headline
    Illustration: Atlantis
    Illustration: The New Diving Armor
    Illustration: The Owl-Headed Vase and Two Other Objects
    Illustration: Siegfried and the Dragon
    Introduction
    How I Found the Lost Atlantis, The Source of All Civilization
    Sidebar: What the Lost Atlantis Is Supposed to Have Been
    Sidebar: Who Dr. Heinrich Schliemann Was and the Treasures He Found


    HOW I FOUND THE LOST ATLANTIS, THE SOURCE OF ALL CIVILIZATION

    In The Most Astonishing Scientific Narrative Ever Published the Grandson of Troy’s Discoverer Tells Why He Believes He Has Unravelled the Greatest World Mystery

    by Dr. Paul Schliemann

    Grandson of Dr. Heinrich Schliemann, Who Discovered and Excavated Ancient Troy and Other Great Cities of the Mycenean Civilization, Which Preceeded and Was Greater Than That of the Greeks

    New York American, October 20, 1912

    Transcribed at sacred-texts.com, January 26, 2004, J. B. Hare redactor. This text is in the public domain. These files may be used for any non-commercial purpose provided this notice of attribution is left intact


    Click to enlarge

     

    A Reconstruction of the Lost Continent of Atlantis Made from Deep Sea Surveys by the United States Government. The Gulf Stream Ran About the Continent, Taking Exactly the Same Course as It Does Now, Turning East at the Banks of Newfoundland and Circling on its Way to Europe the Submerged Dolphin Ridge, Which is Evidently a Vestige of the Lost Atlantean Continent. The Concentric Ovals Show How the Great City of the Atlanteans Was Built, According to the Story Told by Plato. There were Three Rings of Canals and Two Zones of Land, Cut by Four Rivers. From This Island Continent, Destroyed Perhaps 20,000 Years Ago, Came All Civilization. Egypt Is Supposed to Have Been Settled by a Colony of Atlanteans, and Also Central and South America.



    Click to enlarge

     

    The New Diving Armor, Designed by Chevalier Pino to Resist Enormous Water Pressure, Which Will Be Used by the English Expedition Which Has Set Out to Find the Treasures of Atlantis



    Click to enlarge

     

    In the Circle Above Is a Copy of the Ancient Owl-Headed Vase Which Dr. Schliemann Found at Mycenae. The Phoenician Inscription Can Be Seen Above the Owl’s Head.


    Click to enlarge

     

    Below It Are Two Other Objects Discovered in the Same Collection and Believed to Have Come from Atlantis.



    Click to enlarge

     

    “SIEGFRIED AND THE DRAGON”

    The Norse Pantheon and Heroes, Like the Greek, Were Only Memories of Actual Kings, Queens and Heroes of Atlantis, Says Dr. Schliemann. The Siegfried Legend, Like the Greek Legend of Theseus, Is a Real Story of Real Exploits by Real Atlanteans Ages Ago.


    Dr. Paul Schliemann, the distinguished grandson of the late Dr. Heinrich Schliemann, finder of ancient Troy and one of the world’s greatest archaeologists, presents here one of the most remarkable and fascinating narratives of discovery every published.

    Atlantis is the legendary continent mentioned by the Greek philosopher Plato, who in one of his “conversations” told how the priests of the Egyptian Temple of Sais related to Solon, the great lawmaker the story of its destruction about 9000 years B. C. Atlantis, according to this story, was the home of a great civilized race which had conquered and colonized the world. All civilization had come from it.

    What is known as the Dolphin Ridge, an enormous submarine plateau, stretching between 25 and 50 degrees north latitude and 20 to 50 degrees west longitude, is supposed to be its sunken remnants. The Azore Islands are believed to be the top of its lofty mountains–all that now remains above water of the lost continent.

    If Dr. Paul Schliemann can prove his points the greatest world mystery will have been untangled, the history of our race must be reconstructed and many enigmas will be answered finally.

    It is a curious coincidence that at the time Dr. Schliemann is making known his discoveries an expedition is setting out from England to recover treasure from sunken cities in the Bay of Campeche, off Yucatan. These cities were located by Dr. Ernest Marjolies, after four years in Central America, and he also has evidence which he believes proves them to be part of a colony of Atlantis and sunk in the same convulsion which destroyed the mother country.

    Dr. Paul Schliemann’s story follows:


    HOW I FOUND THE LOST ATLANTIS, THE SOURCE OF ALL CIVILIZATION

    by Dr. Paul Schliemann

    (Column One)

    Some days before my grandfather, Dr. Heinrich Schliemann, the real discoverer of the great Mycenean civilization whose history is preserved in the books of Homer, died in Naples in 1890, he left a sealed envelope in care of his closest friends. The envelope bore the following inscription: “This can be opened only by a member of my family who solemnly vows to devote his life to the researches outlined therein.”

    Just an hour before my grandfather died he asked for a piece of paper and asked for a pencil. He wrote with a trembling hand: “Confidential addition to the sealed envelope. Break the owl-headed vase. Pay attention to the contents. It concerns Atlantis. Investigate the east of the ruins of the temple of Sais and the cemetery in Chacuna Valley. Important. Night approaches–Lebewohl.”

    He closed it in an envelope and directed the nurse to send it to the friend whom he had entrusted with the other package. This was done.

    Although every one was curious as to what the mysterious packets contained, not one of the children or friends dared to break the seals. No one desired to devote his life to something he could know nothing about until too late to recede. The envelopes were deposited in one of the banks of France. After I had studied for some years in Russia, Germany and the Orient, I decided to take up the work of my illustrious grandfather. I decided that what he had felt so important that he had so safeguarded it must be important enough to devote one’s life to. In 1906 I took the vow and broke the seals. Within were a number of documents and photographs. The first paper said:

    “Whoever opens this must solemnly swear to carry out the work which I have left unfinished. I have come to the conclusion that Atlantis was not only a great territory between America and the west coast of Africa and Europe, but the cradle of all our civilization as well. There has been much dispute between scientists on this matter. According to one group the tradition of Atlantis is purely fictional, founded upon fragmentary accounts of a Deluge some thousands of years before the Christian era. Others declare the tradition wholly historical, but incapable of absolute proof.

    “In the included material records, notes and explanations are to be found, the proofs that exist in my mind of the matter. Whoever takes charge of this mission is solemnly obligated to continue my researches and to form a definite statement using as well the matter I leave with this and crediting me with my just dues in the discovery. A special fund is deposited in the Bank of France to be paid to the bearer of the enclosed receipt, and this should pay the expenses of the research. The Almighty be with this great effort.

    “HEINRICH SCHLIEMANN.”

    I cannot in this limited space give all the papers–nor do I care to. But one of the most important from the narrative’s standpoint read:

    “When in 1873, I made the excavation of the ruins of Troy at Hissarlik and discovered in the Second City the famous ‘Treasure of Priam,’ I found among that treasure a peculiar bronze vase, of great size. Within it were several pieces of pottery, various small images of peculiar metal, coins of the same metal and objects made of fossilized bone. Some of these objects and the bronze vase were engraved with a sentence in Phoenician hieroglyphics. The sentence read ‘From the King Chronos of Atlantis.’

    You who read can imagine my excitement! Here was the first, the very first material evidence

    (Column Two)

    of that great continent whose legend has lived for ages throughout the world. This material I kept secret, eager to make it the basis of investigations which I felt would prove of infinitely more importance than the discovery of a hundred Troys. But first I had to finish the work in which I was engaged, and I was the more eager to do this because I felt that I was sure to find other objects which would bear directly upon the lost continent. I was rewarded for my faith as you will see in the document marked B.

    “In 1883 I found the Louvre a collection of objects excavated from Tiahuanaca, in Central America. And among, these I discovered pieces of pottery of exactly the same shape and material and objects of fossilized bone which reproduced line for line those which I had found in the bronze vase of the ‘Treasure of Priam’! The similarity could not be a coincidence. The shapes and decorations were to complex for that. It is beyond the range of coincidence for two artists in such widely separated countries as Central America and Crete to make two vases–I mention only one of the objects–of exactly the same shape, the same size and with curious owls’ heads arranged in just the same way on each.

    “The Central American vases had no Phoenician characters upon them nor writing of any sort. I hurried away to examine again my own objects and by tests and exhaustive examinations became convinced that the inscriptions had been made by other hands after the objects themselves had been manufactured.

    “I secured pieces of these simulacrums from Tiahaunaca and subjected them to chemical and microscopic analysis. These tests proved conclusively that both the Central American vases and those from Troy had been made from the same peculiar clay, and I learned later, further and definitively, that this clay does not exist, either in old Phoenicia nor in Central America!

    “The metal objects I had analyzed, because I could not recognize what they were made of. The metal was unlike any I had ever seen. The chemical analysis showed the material to be platinum, aluminum and copper–a combination never before found in the remains of the ancients and unknown to-day!

    “Objects then, perfectly similar and having unquestionably a common source were found in such widely separated countries as these. The objects themselves are not Phoenician, Mycenean nor Central American. What is the conclusion? That they came to both places from a common centre. The inscription on my objects gave that centre–It was Atlantis!

    “That the objects were held in great veneration is shown from their presence among the ‘Treasure of Priam’ and the special receptacle that held them. Their character left no doubt that they were objects of sacred ceremonies and from the same temple. Were they the remains of a worship which had existed on

    (Column Three)

    [paragraph continues] Atlantis and which that great land had impressed upon colonies and countries as far apart as ancient Crete and Central America? Were these things sent out by the mother land just as Bibles are sent out to-day from Christendom–and as statutes of Isis and her altar paraphernalia were sent by Egypt to her colonies?

    “This extraordinary discovery and my failing health induced me to push more rapidly my investigations. I found in the Museum at St. Petersburg one of the oldest papyrus rolls in existence. It was written in the reign of Pharaoh Sent, of the Second Dynasty, or 4,571 years B. C. It contains a description of how the Pharaoh sent out an expedition ‘to the West’ in search of traces of the ‘Land of Atlantis,’ whence ‘3,350 years ago the ancestors of the Egyptians arrived carrying with themselves all the wisdoms of their native lands.’ The expedition returned after five years with the report that they had found neither people nor objects which could give them a clue as to the vanished land. Another papyrus, in the same museum, written by Manetho, the Egyptian historian, gives a reference of a period of ‘13,900 years as the reign of the sages of Atlantis.’ The papyrus places this at the very beginning of Egyptian history; it approximates 16,000 years ago.

    An inscription which I excavated at the Lion Gate at Mycenae in Crete recites that Misor, from whom, according to the inscription, the Egyptians were descended, was the child of Taaut or Thoth, the God of History, and that Taaut was the emigrated son of a ‘priest of Atlantis, who having fallen in love with a daughter of King Chronos, escaped and landed after many wanderings in Egypt.‘ He built the first temple at Sais and there taught the wisdom of his native land. This full inscription is most important, and I have kept it secret. You will find it among the papers marked D.”

    I cannot go further here into more than a small part of the enormous mass of evidence, and it is material evidence of this continent of Atlantis that my grandfather had collected. I must pass to the end of this remarkable document:

    “One of the tables of my Trojan excavation gives also a medical treatise of the Egyptian priests–for there was communication between Crete and Egypt for many centuries–for the removal of cataract from the eye and ulcer from the intestines by means of surgery. I have read almost a similar formula in a Spanish manuscript in Berlin whose writer took it from an Aztec priest in Mexico. That priest had gotten it from an ancient Mayan manuscript.

    “In coming to my conclusion I must say that neither the Egyptians nor the Mayan race that made the civilization of Central America before the Aztecs were great navigators. They had no ships to cross the Atlantic. Nor did they. We can dismiss the agency of the Phoenicians

    (Column Four)

    as a real link between the hemispheres. Yet the similarity of Egyptian and Mayan life and civilization is so perfect that it is impossible to think of it as an accident. We find no such accidents in nature or history. The only possibility is that there was, as the legend says, a great continent that connected what we now call the New World with what we call the old. Perhaps at this time what there was of Europe and America was populated with monsters. Africa possibly had a monkey-like negro race. Man in our sense had not overrun them. But there was a land where civilization as high as that we now know and perhaps higher was flourishing. Its outskirts were the edge of wilderness. It was Atlantis. From Atlantis came the colonies that settled Egypt and Central America.

    I realized that I faced a serious problem indeed, despite all the astonishing evidence, greater far than any one dreams, left me by my grandfather. There were other notes and allusions to the material proofs which were in the secret safe in Paris, and besides these was the strict injunction that I should keep the matter secret until I had followed up his instructions and had finished my research.

    For six years I have worked indefatigably in Egypt, in Central and South America and in all the archeological museums on the globe. I have discovered Atlantis, I have verified the existence of this great continent and the fact that from it sprang all the civilizations of historic times without a doubt.

    In my research I have made a principle to retire to such a seclusion that no periodical could reach me, and no curiosity of the public could disturb me in this serious and important work. I shall pursue the same course until my book is finished. For these reasons I have avoided up to this time all notoriety, through the press and every association with any scientific expeditions. I am an individualist and will do the work in my individual way. However, I have been willing to follow the invitation of this newspaper and to reveal this secret of my illustrious grandfather and to give some of the facts which I have discovered and why I claim to be the discoverer of Atlantis. I proceed to what happened after I read Heinrich Schliemann’s documents.

    I at once proceeded to investigate the hidden collection in Paris. The owl headed vase was unique, of obviously extraordinarily ancient origin and on it I read the inscription in Phoenician characters: “From the King Chronos of Atlantis.” I hesitated for days to break it for I still thought that the last letter of my grandfather might have been the result of a mind weakened by the approach of death. I could not see why it should be broken. It may be that he had found other vases of the kind of Hissarlik and had broken thme. He may have saved this last vase because he felt that

    (Column Five)

    an absolute proof of the evidence should be the possession of the one who should take up his work. I hesitate to write this because it seems to savor of pure romance. Yet it is absolute truth.

    After all I broke it. I was not a little startled when out the bottom of the vase slipped a square of white, silver-like metal upon which were drawn strange figure and an inscription which were not like any hieroglyphs or writings I had ever seen. These were on the head side of the coin or medal. On the obverse side was engraved in ancient Phoenician, “Issued in the Temple of Transparent Walls.” How did the metal get in the vase? I do not know. The neck was too small for its insertion, but there it was and it had been imbedded in the clay of the bottom and my grandfather had evidently known it was there.

    If the vase was from Atlantis the piece must have come from it too. And yet my examination showed me that the Phoenician letters had been cut in after the object had been under the die that made the face figures. This is a mystery to me even now. But there is the evidence.

    Besides this I found in the collection the other material objects which my grandfather had said came from Atlantis. One was a ring of the same peculiar metal as the coins or the medals. There was a strange looking elephant of fossilized bone, an extremely archaic vase and some other objects which I will not discuss now. The map by which the Egyptian captain had sought for Atlantis was there too. I prefer to save these other objects for my extended work–nor could I, under the instructions of my grandfather, tell of them. It is sufficient to say that no scientist can controvert them. The owl vase, the archaic vase, the bronze vase and the ring have the Phoenician inscription. The elephant and coins did not.

    My grandfather had written that I should first pay attention to the ruins of the Temple of Sais and the Chucuna Valley in America. I arrived first in Egypt and started to excavate around the ruins of Sais. I worked a long time in vain. I found interesting pieces of antique ceremonial and astronomical uses, but no traces of what I wanted.

    But one day, I made the acquaintance of an Egyptian hunter, who showed me a collection of old medals he had found in a sarcophagus in one of the tombs near by. Who can describe my surprise in finding among his collection two of the same design and size of the white medal I had found in the vase of Troy? The figures were not so lain of detail and the inscription was lacking, but they were undoubtedly of the same original as of mine. I procured them from the hunter and I investigated the sarcophagus. It proved to be that of a priest of the First Dynasty! One of the most ancient. But there was nothing else there of interest–to me.

    Yet was I not progressing? Here was the coin in the vase of Troy, which, if my grandfather was right, came from Atlantis. And here were two of the same kind in a sarcophagus of a priest of the First Dynasty of the Temple of Sais, the temple which held the records of Atlantis and whose priest had recited them to Solon–their temple which had been founded by a son of Atlantis who had run away with a “daughter of Chronos,” the name of which was on the vase of Hissarlik that held the coin! How explain?

    I called to my aid two great French geological experts, and we examined the west coast of Africa at the points where my grandfather had indicated where he had believed the ancient Atlantis had touched that land. We

    (Column Six)

    found the whole shore here covered with volcanic action. Some distance in from the shore those evidences stopped. For many miles it was as though the volcanic action had chopped away land from the coast. Here I found an object of inestimable value to my research. It was a head of a child done in the same metal as that which formed the ring and the medals. It was imbedded in an encrustation of volcanic rock of great age. The chemical analysis showed it to be of exactly the same strange alloy I have described.

    The full results of this survey I cannot go into here. They were immensely important, and they are supported by other testimony than my own.

    (Column Seven)

    I went to Paris and sought the owner of the Central American collection which my grandfather had alluded to. He consented that I break his owl headed vase for the purpose of investigation. I broke the vase.

    And out of it slipped a medal exactly the same size and material as the three I had! The only difference was in the arrangement of the hieroglyphs!

    Here there were three links: The coins in my grandfather’s secret collection. The coin in the Atlantis vase. The coins in the Egyptian sarcophagus. The coin in the vase from Central America. The head from the Moroccan Coast!

    I at once went to Central America, to Mexico and to Peru. I have dug up graveyards and excavated in the cities. The cemetery of the Chucuna Valley, where the ancient Chimus are buried, gave me immense material for other clues. I will say that although I found fragments of the owl-headed vases, I found no more medals there. But what I did find was just as important. These are inscriptions which will startle the world. And I found other medals at the Pyramid of Teohuatican in Mexico of the same alloy, but with different script!

    I have reasons for saying that the strange medals were used as money in Atlantis forty thousand years ago. These reasons are based not only on my own researches, but upon those of my grandfather which I have not mentioned.

    (Column Eight)

    [paragraph continues] The “Temple of Transparent Walls” was one of the National Treasuries of the Lost Continent. As the Atlanteans and after them the Egyptians, the Mayans and the Chimus were hieratic nations, it is natural that a temple was considered as the centre and foundation of social, political life as well as the cradle of art, science, education and religion. Among the facts that I have to reveal in my book there are clear indications that of the City of the Golden Gates, as it was called, and two clear references to the Temple of Transparent Walls.

    The Atlantean Temple of Transparent Walls was usually a high public place. Its operations were open for the masses. Did the words “transparent” have a symbolic meaning or did there really exist a temple with transparent walls? I do not know. However, I can prove that the Phoenicians got there knowledge of glass making from the “people who lived beyond the pillars of Hercules.” It is necessary to say that the country which used the ancient medals as an equivalent of labor had a more advanced currency system than we have at present.

    I pass, for lack of space, over the hieroglyphics and other evidences which I have

    (Column Nine)

    discovered that show that the civilizations of Egypt, of Mycenae, of Central America, South America and the Mediterranean had a common origin. They will be incontrovertible”. I pass on to the translation of a Maya manuscript which is part of the famous collection of Le Plongeon, the Troano manuscript. It can be seen in the British Museum. It reads:

    “In the year of 6 Kan, on the 11 Muluc, in the Month Zac, there occured terrific earthquakes which continued without interruption until the 13 Chuen. The country of the hills of mud, the Land of Mu, was sacrificed. Being twice upheaved it disappeared during the night, being continually shaken by the fires of the under earth. Being confined these caused the land to sink and rise several times and in various places. At last the surface gave way, and then ten countries were torn asunder and scattered. They sank with their 64,000,000 of inhabitants 8,000 years before the writing of this book.”

    In the records of the old Buddhistic Temple at Lhasa there is to be seen an ancient Chaldean inscription written about 2,000 years B.C. It reads:

    “When the star Bal fell on the place where is now only sea and sky the Seven Cities with their Golden Gates and Transparent Temples quivered and shook like the leaves of a tree in storm. And behold a flood of fire and smoke arose from the palaces. Agony and cries of the multitude filled the air. They sought refuge in their temples and citadels. And the wise Mu, the hieratic of Ra-Mu, arose and said to them: ‘Did not I predict all this?’ And the women and the men in their precious stones and shining garments lamented: ‘Mu, save us.’ And Mu replied: ‘You shall die together with your slaves and your riches and from your ashes will arise new nations. If they forget they are superior, not because of what they put on, but of what they put out, the same lot will befall them!’ Flame and smoke choked the words of Mu. The land and its inhabitants were torn to pieces and swallowed by the depths in a few months.”

    How account for these two stories–one from Thibet, the other from Central America, each mentioning the same cataclysm and each referring to the land of Mu?

    When I throw open all the facts that I have, there will be no mystery about it.

    Let me now go back for a moment to that document of my grandfather which I have quoted and which was the basis of my research. After telling of the inscription which

    (Column Ten)

    he had found in the Dome Tombs of Mycenae, he continued:

    “The religion of Egypt was pre-eminently sun worship. Ra was the sun god of the Egyptians. The religion of the Mayas in Central America was the same. Ra-Na was the sun god of the ancient Peruvians.

    “My long archeological studies of various nations have proven that all of them show their earliest childhood and maturity. But I have failed to find any traces of a rude and savage Egypt or a rude, barbarous Maya race. I have found both these nations mature in their very earliest period, skilful, strong and learned. I have never found a time when they lacked in ability to organize their labor nor lacking in ability to dig canals, build highways, pyramids and temples, to irrigate fields nor a time when they did not know medicine, astronomy and the principles of highly organized government. Like the Mayas the Egyptians practised monogamy, and they built their cities and temples in the same style, exhibiting a technical knowledge and skill that remains a puzzle to the engineers of this age. Neither Egyptians nor Mayans were a black race, but yellow. Both nations had slaves and an intellectual caste, but the relations between the classes were cordial and humane. Their basic principles of government were the same.

    “Lepsius found the same sacred symbols in the ceremonials of the Egyptians as in the Peruvians. Le Plongeon, the great French archeologist, recovered at Chichen-Itza in Yucatan the figure of a god who was club-footed and bore in every way the attributes of the great god Thoth, of the Egyptians!

    “In the Egyptian and the American pyramids the outside was covered with a thick coating of smooth and shining cement of such strength as our builders are unable to get. Humboldt considered the Pyramid of Cholula of the same type as the Temple of Jupiter at Belus.

    “In both America and Egypt, the pyramids were built in the same style. I have found the pyramids on both sides of the Atlantic with their four sides pointing astronomically like the arms of the cross, in the same directions. In both the line through their centres is on the astronomical meridian. The construction in grades and steps is the same and in both cases the larger pyramids are dedicated to the sun.”

     


    What the Lost Atlantis Is Supposed to Have Been

    A GREAT island in the Atlantic opposite the Mediterranean; the remnant of a mighty continent which once reached from the west coast of Africa and Europe to the shores of Central America. The ancient world had a clear tradition of it.

    It was utterly destroyed in a day and a nigh by cataclysmic volcanic outbursts and sank beneath the sea with all except a few of its millions of inhabitants.

    It was the region where mankind first rose from barbarism to a civilization more advanced than that of ours today.

    It became in the course of hundreds of thousands of years a world-conquering nation. It colonized Egypt, the west coast of Africa and Europe, Central America, the shores of the Gulf of Mexico, the Mississippi Valley, the Pacific Coast of South America, the Mediterranean, the Baltic, the Black Sea and the Caspian. It was the cradle of civilization, and the civilization of the ancient world and our civilization today are direct shoots of the Atlantic culture.

    The racial memory of Atlantis is found in the legends of the Garden of Eden of the Bible, the Garden of the Hesperides of the Greeks, the Asgard of the Scandinavians, the Tir n’Og of the Celts and in all the legends of a wonderful, mysterious land in which dwelt gods or godlike mortals.

    The stories of the Deluge, versions of which are found in the traditions of almost every ancient and modern race, are simply the memory of the stupendous catastrophe which wiped out Atlantis, the tale of which was carried by those who escaped to all the lost land’s colonies–and these represented all the civilization of the world at that time.

    In the same way the escape of some of the Atlanteans over a narrow land bridge, which connected Atlantis with what is now Brittany, survives in the legends of the Rainbow Bridge Perilous with the razor edge which the Scandinavians believed was the only road to Asgard, the dwelling place of the gods, in the famous Hell’s Causway of the religious books of the Middle Ages and in similar legends of the Hindoos, the Mayans and the Turanians.

    The gods and goddesses of the ancient Greeks, the Phoenicians, Hindoos and Scandinavians were simply the Kings, Queens and heroes of Atlantis, and the acts attributed to them in mythology are a confused recollection of real historical events.

    The religions of Egypt, Peru and that of the Mayans, the vanished race that built the buried cities of Central America, and upon the wrecks of whose civilization the Aztecs built their empire, were the original religion of Atlantis.

    The oldest colony formed by Atlantis was Egypt, whose civilization was a provincial reproduction of that of the mother country. The next oldest were those of Peru and Central America.

    The Phoenician alphabet, parent of all the European alphabets, was derived from and Atlantis alphabet, which was also conveyed from Atlantis to the Mayans. The symbols and hieroglyphics of both Egypt and the Mayans came from the same source, and so is explained their similarity, to great to be accidental.

    Atlantis was the original site of the Indo-European family of nations, as well as the Semitic and possibly the Turanian.

    The Atlanteans had full knowledge of electricity, steam and other natural forces. They had also aeroplanes, power ships and explosives. They were prodigious engineers and the first workers of iron. They used gold and silver and a vanished precious metal known as orichalcum in enormous quantities for ornamentation.


    Who Dr. Heinrich Schliemann Was and the Treasures He Found

    Heinrich Schliemann whose work was to give a new impetus to the study of Greek origins and to be the beginning of the revelation of an unknown world of ancient days, was born at Neu-Bucknow, Mecklenburg-Schwerin, Germany, on January 6, 1822. He was the son of a country minister. When he was barely seven years old, he received a child’s history of the world in which the picture of the destruction of Troy made a profound impression on him. At that age he vowed to search those sites when “he was rich.” By the time he was ten he had produced a prize-winning essay on the Trojan War.

    But his father was poor, and Schliemann, for all his dreams, had to work prosaically. In St. Petersburg, during the Crimean War, he married secretly a Russian noblewoman. Through her he became a buying agent of the Russian army and made a fortune. In 1850 he was forced to leave Russia, came to America, went to California and became an American citizen. He made a second fortune in America, and in 1868 started to Greece to fulfil his ambitions.

    Brilliant beyond any other archaeologist of his time, and filled with curious intuitions that ran counter to current beliefs and which were uncanny in their accuracy, he met with instant success. One of his learned compeers has said of him that “If it did not seem so absurd, one might say that Schliemann is an incarnation of some ancient Mycenean, and remembers just where to look.” At any rate he began to cut the soil from Hissarilk in 1870, and in 1873 he discovered the “Great Treasure of Priam.” It has always been said that Schliemann did not reveal all of this treasure, and this wonderful story of his grandson confirms this.

    Schliemann started at the virgin soil, and of course, the first city he found was the oldest. It was in the second city that he fond the treasure. This city he though was ancient Troy. But above this were the remains of seven other cities.

    It was afterward proven that the sixth, city above the second was really ancient Troy! The second city was immensely more ancient, and very conservatively, its destruction may be placed at 20,000 B. C.! It had been a very great city, with Cyclopean architecture and a high grade of civilization. All this is immensely important in view of the announcement of the “Chronos of Atlantis” vase found there. The priests of Sais told Solon that Atlantis had been destroyed 9,000 years before their conversation. This would seem to prove that the second city of Schilemann was actually the metropolis of an Atlantean colony, and that the mother country was still existing at the time the Treasure was placed in the second city!

    A dispute with the Turkish Government over the Treasure stopped his Hissarlik work, and he turned his attention to Mycenae, on the Island of Crete, the historic capital of Agamemnon of the Iliad. He excavated the wonderful Lion Gate, the famous Shaft Tombs and Dome Tombs, but not till now has the news of the Atlantean inscription he found in the Dome Tombs been made public. He found, too, in the Shaft Tombs the most remarkable hoard of treasure that ever greeted the eye of a discoverer.

    In them was gold in profusion. It was beaten into face masks and wrought into hundreds of articles.

    It can be said that in this treasure were other vastly more precious objects having a direct bearing upon Atlantis, which Dr. Schliemann kept secret, as he had his discoveries in the second city. What these were will be told in due time by his grandson.

    The other extraordinary discoveries of Dr. Schliemann in Crete can be found in the records. In 1890 he died.

    This brief sketch is necessary to explain how great and authority and discoverer was the man whose grandson speaks in these pages, and to show upon what real foundations this article, whose astonishing claims are bound to raise some incredulity, is based.


     

  • The Lost Lemuria

    The Lost Lemuria

    The Lost Lemuria

    by W. Scott-Elliot

    [1904]


    Title Page


    The Lost Lemuria

    Maps
    Evidence supplied by Geology and by the relative distribution of living and extinct Animals and Plants.
    Evidence obtained from Archaic Records
    Probable Duration of the Continent of Lemuria
    The Maps
    Reptiles and Pine Forests
    The Human Kingdom
    Size and Consistency of Man’s Body
    Organs of Vision
    Description of Lemurian Man
    Processes of Reproduction
    Lemurian Races still Inhabiting the Earth
    Sin of the Mindless
    Origin of the Pithecoid and the Anthropoid Apes
    Origin of Language
    The First Taking of Life
    The Arts
    Teachers of the Lemurian Race
    The Arts continued
    Great Cities and Statues
    Religion
    Destruction of the Continent
    Founding of the Atlantean Race
    A Lodge of Initiation


    Theosophical Maps of Lemuria

    Map 1: Lemuria at its Greatest Extent
    Click to enlarge

    Map 1: Lemuria at its Greatest Extent

     

    Map 2: Lemuria at a Later Period
    Click to enlarge

    Map 2: Lemuria at a Later Period


    The Lost Lemuria

    Evidence supplied by Geology and by the relative distribution of living and extinct Animals and Plants.

    It is generally recognised by science that what is now dry land, on the surface of our globe, was once the ocean floor, and that what is now the ocean floor was once dry land. Geologists have in some cases been able to specify the exact portions of the earth’s surface where these subsidences and upheavals have taken place, and although the lost continent of Atlantis has so far received scant recognition from the world of science, the general concensus of opinion has for long pointed to the existence, at some prehistoric time, of a vast southern continent to which the name of Lemuria has been assigned.

    “The history of the earth’s development shows us that the distribution of land and water on its surface is ever and continually changing. In consequence of geological changes of the earth’s crust, elevations and depressions of the ground take place everywhere, sometimes more strongly marked in one place, sometimes in another. Even if they happen so slowly that in the course of centuries the seashore rises or sinks only a few inches, or even only a few lines, still they nevertheless effect great results in the course of long periods of time. And long–immeasurably long–periods of time have not been wanting in the earth’s history. During the course of many millions of years, ever since organic life existed on the earth, land and water have perpetually struggled for supremacy. Continents and islands have sunk into the sea, and

    p. 2

    new ones have arisen out of its bosom. Lakes and seas have been slowly raised and dried up, and new water basins have arisen by the sinking of the ground. Peninsulas have become islands by the narrow neck of land which connected them with the mainland sinking into the water. The islands of an archipelago have become the peaks of a continuous chain of mountains by the whole floor of their sea being considerably raised.

    “Thus the Mediterranean at one time was an inland sea, when in the place of the Straits of Gibraltar, an isthmus connected Africa with Spain. England even during the more recent history of the earth, when man already existed, has repeatedly been connected with the European continent and been repeatedly separated from it. Nay, even Europe and North America have been directly connected. The South Sea at one time formed a large Pacific Continent, and the numerous little islands which now lie scattered in it were simply the highest peaks of the mountains covering that continent. The Indian Ocean formed a continent which extended from the Sunda Islands along the southern coast of Asia to the east coast of Africa. This large continent of former times Sclater, an Englishman, has called Lemuria, from the monkey-like animals which inhabited it, and it is at the same time of great importance from being the probable cradle of the human race, which in all likelihood here first developed out of anthropoid apes. 1 The important proof which Alfred Wallace has furnished, by the help of chorological facts, that the present Malayan Archipelago consists in reality of two completely different divisions, is particularly interesting. The western division, the Indo-Malayan Archipelago, comprising the large islands of

     

    p. 3

    [paragraph continues] Borneo, Java and Sumatra, was formerly connected by Malacca with the Asiatic continent, and probably also with the Lemurian continent just mentioned. The eastern division on the other hand, the Austro-Malayan Archipelago, comprising Celebes, the Moluccas, New Guinea, Solomon’s Islands, etc., was formerly directly connected with Australia. Both divisions were formerly two continents separated by a strait, but they have now for the most part sunk below the level of the sea. Wallace, solely on the ground of his accurate chorological observations, has been able in the most accurate manner to determine the position of this former strait, the south end of which passes between Balij and Lombok.

    “Thus, ever since liquid water existed on the earth, the boundaries of water and land have eternally changed, and we may assert that the outlines of continents and islands have never remained for an hour, nay, even for a minute, exactly the same. For the waves eternally and perpetually break on the edge of the coast, and whatever the land in these places loses in extent, it gains in other places by the accumulation of mud, which condenses into solid stone and again rises above the level of the sea as new land. Nothing can be more erroneous than the idea of a firm and unchangeable outline of our continents, such as is impressed upon us in early youth by defective lessons on geography, which are devoid of a geological basis.” 1

    The name Lemuria, as above stated, was originally adopted by Mr. Sclater in recognition of the fact that it was probably on this continent that animals of the Lemuroid type were developed.

    “This,” writes A. R. Wallace, “is undoubtedly a legitimate and highly probable supposition, and it is an example of the way in which a study of the geographical distribution of animals may enable us to reconstruct the geography of a bygone age. . . .

     

    p. 4

    [paragraph continues] It [this continent] represents what was probably a primary zoological region in some past geological epoch; but what that epoch was and what were the limits of the region in question, we are quite unable to say. If we are to suppose that it comprised the whole area now inhabited by Lemuroid animals, we must make it extend from West Africa to Burmah, South China and Celebes, an area which it possibly did once occupy.” 1

    “We have already had occasion,” he elsewhere writes, “to refer to an ancient connection between this sub-region (the Ethiopian) and Madagascar, in order to explain the distribution of the Lemurine type, and some other curious affinities between the two countries. This view is supported by the geology of India, which shows us Ceylon and South India consisting mainly of granite and old-metamorphic rocks, while the greater part of the peninsula is of tertiary formation, with a few isolated patches of secondary rocks. It is evident, therefore, that during much of the tertiary period, 2 Ceylon and South India were bounded on the north by a considerable extent of sea, and probably formed part of an extensive Southern Continent or great island. The very numerous and remarkable cases of affinity with Malaya, require, however, some closer approximation with these islands, which probably occurred at a later period. When, still later, the great plains and tablelands of Hindostan were formed, and a permanent land communication effected with the rich and highly developed Himalo-Chinese fauna, a rapid immigration of new types took place, and many of the less

     

     

    p. 5

    specialised forms of mammalia and birds became extinct. Among reptiles and insects the competition was less severe, or the older forms were too well adapted to local conditions to be expelled; so that it is among these groups alone that we find any considerable number of what are probably the remains of the ancient fauna of a now submerged Southern Continent.” 1

    After stating that during the whole of the tertiary and perhaps during much of the secondary periods, the great land masses of the earth were probably situated in the Northern Hemisphere, Wallace proceeds, “In the Southern Hemisphere there appear to have been three considerable and very ancient land masses, varying in extent from time to time, but always keeping distinct from each other, and represented more or less completely by Australia, South Africa and South America of our time. Into these flowed successive waves of life as they each in turn became temporarily united with some part of the Northern land.” 2

    Although, apparently in vindication of some conclusions of his which had been criticised by Dr. Hartlaub, Wallace subsequently denied the necessity of postulating the existence of such a continent, his general recognition of the facts of subsidences and upheavals of great portions of the earth’s surface, as well as the inferences which he draws from the acknowledged relations of living and extinct faunas as above stated, remain of course unaltered.

    The following extracts from Mr. H. F. Blandford’s most interesting paper read before a meeting of the Geological Society deals with the subject in still greater detail 3:–

     

     

     

    p. 6

    “The affinities between the fossils of both animals and plants of the Beaufort group of Africa and those of the Indian Panchets and Kathmis are such as to suggest the former existence of a land connexion between the two areas. But the resemblance of the African and Indian fossil faunas does not cease with Permian and Triassic times. The plant beds of the Uitenhage group have furnished eleven forms of plants, two of which Mr. Tate has identified with Indian Rájmahál plants. The Indian Jurassic fossils have yet to be described (with a few exceptions), but it has been stated that Dr. Stoliezka was much struck with the affinities of certain of the Cutch fossils to African forms; and Dr. Stoliezka and Mr. Griesbach have shown that of the Cretaceous fossils of the Umtafuni river in Natal, the majority (22 out of 35 described forms) are identical with species from Southern India. Now the plant-bearing series of India and the Karoo and part of the Uitenhage formation of Africa are in all probability of fresh-water origin, both indicating the existence of a large land area around, from the waste of which these deposits are derived. Was this land continuous between the two regions? And is there anything in the present physical geography of the Indian Ocean which would suggest its probable position? Further, what was the connexion between this land and Australia which we must equally assume to have existed in Permian times? And, lastly, are there any peculiarities in the existing fauna and flora of India, Africa and the intervening islands which would lend support to the idea of a former connexion more direct than that which now exists between Africa and South India and the Malay peninsula? The speculation here put forward is no new one. It has long been a subject of thought in the minds of some Indian and European naturalists, among the former of whom I may mention my brother [Mr. Blandford] and Dr. Stoliezka, their speculations being grounded on the relationship and partial

    p. 7

    density of the faunas and floras of past times, not less than on that existing community of forms which has led Mr. Andrew Murray, Mr. Searles, V. Wood, jun., and Professor Huxley to infer the existence of a Miocene continent occupying a part of the Indian Ocean. Indeed, all that I can pretend to aim at in this paper is to endeavour to give some additional definition and extension to the conception of its geological aspect.

    “With regard to the geographical evidence, a glance at the map will show that from the neighbourhood of the West Coast of India to that of the Seychelles, Madagascar, and the Mauritius, extends a line of coral atolls and banks, including Adas bank, the Laccadives, Maldives, the Chagos group and the Sava de Mulha, all indicating the existence of a submerged mountain range or ranges. The Seychelles, too, are mentioned by Mr. Darwin as rising from an extensive and tolerably level bank having a depth of between 30 and 40 fathoms; so that, although now partly encircled by fringing reefs, they may be regarded as a virtual extension of the same submerged axis. Further west the Cosmoledo and Comoro Islands consist of atolls and islands surrounded by barrier reefs; and these bring us pretty close to the present shores of Africa and Madagascar. It seems at least probable that in this chain of atolls, banks, and barrier reefs we have indicated the position of an ancient mountain chain, which possibly formed the back-bone of a tract of later Palæozoic Mesozoic, and early Tertiary land, being related to it much as the Alpine and Himálayan system is to the Europæo-Asiatic continent, and the Rocky Mountains and Andes to the two Americas. As it is desirable to designate this Mesozoic land by a name, I would propose that of Indo-Oceana. [The name given to it by Mr. Sclater, viz., Lemuria, is, however, the one which has been most generally adopted.] Professor Huxley has suggested on palæontological grounds that a land connexion existed in this

    p. 8

    region (or rather between Abyssinia and India) during the Miocene epoch. From what has been said above it will be seen that I infer its existence from a far earlier date. 1 With regard to its depression, the only present evidence relates to its northern extremity, and shows that it was in this region, later than the great trap-flows of the Dakhan. These enormous sheets of volcanic rock are remarkably horizontal to the east of the Gháts and the Sakyádri range, but to the west of this they begin to dip seawards, so that the island of Bombay is composed of the higher parts of the formation. This indicates only that the depression to the westward has taken place in Tertiary times; and to that extent Professor Huxley’s inference, that it was after the Miocene period, is quite consistent with the geological evidence.”

    After proceeding at some length to instance the close relationship of many of the fauna in the lands under consideration (Lion, Hyæna, Jackal, Leopard, Antelope, Gazelle, Sand-grouse, Indian Bustard, many Land Molusca, and notably the Lemur and the Scaly Anteater) the writer proceeds as follows:–

    “Palæontology, physical geography and geology, equally with the ascertained distribution of living animals and plants, offer thus their concurrent testimony to the former close connexion of Africa and India, including the tropical islands of the Indian Ocean. This Indo-Oceanic land appears to have existed from at least early Permian times, probably (as Professor Huxley has pointed out) up to the close of the Miocene epoch; 2 and South Africa and Peninsular India are the existing remnants of that ancient land. It may not have been absolutely continuous during the whole of this long period. Indeed, the Cretaceous

     

     

    p. 9

    rocks of Southern India and Southern Africa, and the marine Jurassic beds of the same regions, prove that some portions of it were, for longer or shorter periods, invaded by the sea; but any break of continuity was probably not prolonged; for Mr. Wallace’s investigations in the Eastern Archipelago have shown how narrow a sea may offer an insuperable barrier to the migration of land animals. In Palæozoic times this land must have been connected with Australia, and in Tertiary times with Malayana, since the Malayan forms with African alliances are in several cases distinct from those of India. We know as yet too little of the geology of the eastern peninsula to say from what epoch dates its connexion with Indo-Oceanic land. Mr. Theobald has ascertained the existence of Triassic, Cretaceous, and Nummulitic rocks in the Arabian coast range; and Carboniferous limestone is known to occur from Moulmein southward, while the range east of the Irrawadi is formed of younger Tertiary rocks. From this it would appear that a considerable part of the Malay peninsula must have been occupied by the sea during the greater part of the Mesozoic and Eocene periods. Plant-bearing rocks of Rániganj age have been identified as forming the outer spurs of the Sikkim Himálaya; the ancient land must therefore have extended some distance to the north of the present Gangetic delta. Coal both of Cretaceous and Tertiary age occurs in the Khasi hills, and also in Upper Assam, but in both cases associated with marine beds; so that it would appear that in this region the boundaries of land and sea oscillated somewhat during Cretaceous and Eocene times. To the north-west of India the existence of great formations of Cretaceous and Nummulitic age, stretching far through Baluchistán and Persia, and entering into the structure of the north-west Himálaya, prove that in the later Mesozoic and Eocene ages India had no direct communication with western Asia; while the Jurassic rocks of Cutch, the Salt

    p. 10

    range, and the northern Himálaya, show that in the preceding period the sea covered a large part of the present Indus basin; and the Triassic, Carboniferous, and still more recent marine formations of the Himálaya, indicate that from very early times till the upheaval of that great chain, much of its present site was for ages covered by the sea.

    “To sum up the views advanced in this paper.

    “1st. The plant-bearing series of India ranges from early Permian to the latest Jurassic times, indicating (except in a few cases and locally) the uninterrupted continuity of land and fresh water conditions. These may have prevailed from much earlier times.

    “2nd. In the early Permian, as in the Postpliocene age, a cold climate prevailed down to low latitudes, and I am inclined to believe in both hemispheres simultaneously. With the decrease of cold the flora and reptilian fauna of Permian times were diffused to Africa, India, and possibly Australia; or the flora may have existed in Australia somewhat earlier, and have been diffused thence.

    “3rd. India, South Africa and Australia were connected by an Indo-Oceanic Continent in the Permian epoch; and the two former countries remained connected (with at the utmost only short interruptions) up to the end of the Miocene period. During the latter part of the time this land was also connected with Malayana.

    “4th. In common with some previous writers, I consider that the position of this land was defined by the range of coral reefs and banks that now exist between the Arabian sea and East Africa.

    “5th. Up to the end of the Nummulitic epoch no direct connexion (except possibly for short periods) existed between India and Western Asia.”

    p. 11

    In the discussion which followed the reading of the paper, Professor Ramsay “agreed with the author in the belief in the junction of Africa with India and Australia in geological times.”

    Mr. Woodward “was pleased to find that the author had added further evidence, derived from the fossil flora of the mesozoic series of India, in corroboration of the views of Huxley, Sclater and others as to the former existence of an old submerged continent (‘Lemuria’) which Darwin’s researches on coral reefs had long since foreshadowed.”

    “Of the five now existing continents,” writes Ernst Haeckel, in his great work “The History of Creation,” 1 “neither Australia, nor America, nor Europe can have been this primæval home [of man], or the so-called ‘Paradise,’ the ‘cradle of the human race.’ Most circumstances indicate Southern Asia as the locality in question. Besides Southern Asia, the only other of the now existing continents which might be viewed in this light is Africa. But there are a number of circumstances (especially chorological facts) which suggest that the primeval home of man was a continent now sunk below the surface of the Indian Ocean, which extended along the south of Asia, as it is at present (and probably in direct connection with it), towards the east, as far as Further India and the Sunda Islands; towards the west, as far as Madagascar and the south-eastern shores of Africa. We have already mentioned that many facts in animal and vegetable geography render the former existence of such a South Indian continent very probable. Sclater has given this continent the name of Lemuria, from the semi-apes which were characteristic of it. By assuming this Lemuria to have been man’s primæval home, we greatly facilitate the explanation of the geographical distribution of the human species by migration.”

    In a subsequent work, “The Pedigree of Man,” Haeckel asserts

     

    p. 12

    the existence of Lemuria at some early epoch of the earth’s history as an acknowledged fact.

    The following quotation from Dr. Hartlaub’s writings may bring to a close this portion of the evidence in favour of the existence of the lost Lemuria 1:–

    “Five and thirty years ago, Isidore Geoffroy St. Hilaire remarked that, if one had to classify the Island of Madagascar exclusively on zoological considerations, and without reference to its geographical situation, it could be shown to be neither Asiatic nor African, but quite different from either, and almost a fourth continent. And this fourth continent could be further proved to be, as regards its fauna, much more different from Africa, which lies so near to it, than from India which is so far away. With these words the correctness and pregnancy of which later investigations tend to bring into their full light, the French naturalist first stated the interesting problem for the solution of which an hypothesis based on scientific knowledge has recently been propounded, for this fourth continent of Isidore Geoffroy is Sclater’s ‘Lemuria’–that sunken land which, containing parts of Africa, must have extended far eastwards over Southern India and Ceylon, and the highest points of which we recognise in the volcanic peaks of Bourbon and Mauritius, and in the central range of Madagascar itself-the last resorts of the almost extinct Lemurine race which formerly peopled it.”


    Footnotes

    2:1 Haeckel is correct enough in his surmise that Lemuria was the cradle of the human race as it now exists, but it was not out of Anthropoid apes that mankind developed. A reference will be made later on to the position in nature which the Anthropoid apes really occupy.

    3:1 Ernst Haeckel’s “Hist. of Creation,” 2nd ed., 1876, Vol. I., pp. 360-62.

    4:1 Alfred Russell Wallace’s “The Geographical Distribution of Animals–with a study of the relations of living and extinct Faunas as elucidating the past changes of the Earth’s Surface.” London: Macmillan & Co., 1876. Vol. I., pp. 76-7.

    4:2 Ceylon and South India, it is true, have been bounded on the north by a considerable extent of sea, but that was at a much earlier date than the Tertiary period.

    5:1 Wallace’s “Geographical Distribution, etc.” Vol. I, pp. 328-9.

    5:2 Wallace’s “Geographical Distribution, etc.,” Vol. ii., p. 155.

    5:3 H. F. Blandford “On the age and correlations of the Plant-bearing series of India and the former existence of an Indo-Oceanic Continent,” see Quarterly journal of the Geological Society, Vol. xxxi., 1875, pp. 534-540.

    8:1 A reference to the maps will show that Mr. Blandford’s estimate of date is the more correct of the two.

    8:2 Parts of the continent of course endured, but the dismemberment of Lemuria is said to have taken place before the beginning of the Eocene Age.

    11:1 Vol. ii., pp. 325-6.


    Evidence obtained from Archaic Records.

    The further evidence we have with regard to Lemuria and its inhabitants has been obtained from the same source and in the same manner as that which resulted in the writing of the Story of Atlantis. In this case also the author has been privileged to obtain copies of two maps, one representing Lemuria

     

    p. 13

    (and the adjoining lands) during the period of that continent’s greatest expansion, the other exhibiting its outlines after its dismemberment by great catastrophes, but long before its final destruction.

    It was never professed that the maps of Atlantis were correct to a single degree of latitude, or longitude, but, with the far greater difficulty of obtaining the information in the present case, it must be stated that still less must these maps of Lemuria be taken as absolutely accurate. In the former case there was a globe, a good bas-relief in terra-cotta, and a well-preserved map on parchment, or skin of some sort, to copy from. In the present case there was only a broken terra-cotta model and a very badly preserved and crumpled map, so that the difficulty of carrying back the remembrance of all the details, and consequently of reproducing exact copies, has been far greater.

    We were told that it was by mighty Adepts in the days of Atlantis that the Atlantean maps were produced, but we are not aware whether the Lemurian maps were fashioned by some of the divine instructors in the days when Lemuria still existed, or in still later days of the Atlantean epoch.

    But while guarding against over-confidence in the absolute accuracy of the maps in question, the transcriber of the archaic originals believes that they may in all important particulars, e taken as approximately correct.


    Footnotes

    12:1 Dr. G. Hartlaub “On the Avifauna of Madagascar and the Mascarene Islands,” see “The Ibis,” a Quarterly journal of Ornithology. Fourth Series, Vol. i., 1877, p. 334.


    Probable Duration of the Continent of Lemuria.

    A period–speaking roughly–of between four and five million years probably represents the life of the continent of Atlantis, for it is about that time since the Rmoahals, the first sub-race of the Fourth Root Race who inhabited Atlantis, arose on a portion of the Lemurian Continent which at that time still existed. Remembering that in the evolutionary process the figure four invariably represents not only the nadir of the cycle, but the period of shortest duration, whether in the case of a Manvantara

    p. 14

    or of a race, it may be assumed that the number of millions of years assignable as the life-limit of the continent of Lemuria must be very much greater than that representing the life of Atlantis, the continent of the Fourth Root Race. But in the case of Lemuria no dates can be stated with even approximate accuracy. Geological epochs, so far as they are known to modern science, will be a better medium for contemporary reference, and they alone will be dealt with.


    The Maps

    But not even geological epochs, it will be observed, are assigned to the maps. If, however, an inference may be drawn from all the evidence before us, it would seem probable that the older of the two Lemurian maps represented the earth’s configuration from the Permian, through the Triassic and into the Jurassic epoch, while the second map probably represents the earth’s configuration through the Cretaceous and into the Eocene period.

    From the older of the two maps it may be seen that the equatorial continent of Lemuria at the time of its greatest expansion nearly girdled the globe, extending as it then did from the site of the present Cape Verd Islands a few miles from the coast of Sierra Leone, in a south-easterly direction through Africa, Australia, the Society Islands and all the intervening seas, to a point but a few miles distant from a great island continent (about the size of the present South America) which spread over the remainder of the Pacific Ocean, and included Cape Horn and parts of Patagonia.

    A remarkable feature in the second map of Lemuria is the great length, and at parts the extreme narrowness, of the straits which separated the two great blocks of land into which the continent had by this time been split, and it will be observed that the straits at present existing between the islands of Bali and Lomboc coincide with a portion of the straits which then divided these

    p. 15

    two continents. It will also be seen that these straits continued in a northerly direction by the west, not by the east coast of Borneo, as conjectured by Ernst Haeckel.

    With reference to the distribution of fauna and flora, and the existence of so many types common to India and Africa alike, pointed out by Mr. Blandford, it will be observed that between parts of India and great tracts of Africa there was direct land communication during the first map period, and that similar communication was partially maintained in the second map period also; while a comparison of the maps of Atlantis with those of Lemuria will demonstrate that continuous land communication existed, now at one epoch, and now at another, between so many different parts of the earth’s surface, at present separated by sea, that the existing distribution of fauna and flora in the two Americas, in Europe and in Eastern lands, which has been such a puzzle to naturalists, may with perfect ease be accounted for.

    The island indicated in the earlier Lemurian map as existing to the north-west of the extreme promontory of that continent, and due west of the present coast of Spain, was probably a centre from which proceeded, during long ages, the distribution of fauna and flora above referred to. For–and this is a most interesting fact–it will be seen that this island must have been the nucleus, from first to last, of the subsequent great continent of Atlantis. It existed, as we see, in these earliest Lemurian times. It was joined in the second map period to land which had previously formed part of the great Lemurian continent; and indeed, so many accretions of territory had it by this time received that it might more appropriately be called a continent than an island. It was the great mountainous region of Atlantis at its prime, when Atlantis embraced great tracts of land which have now become North and South America. It remained the mountainous region of Atlantis in its decadence, and of Ruta in the Ruta

    p. 16

    and Daitya epoch, and it practically constituted the island of Poseidonis–the last remnant of the continent of Atlantis–the final submergence of which took place in the year 9564 B.C.

    A comparison of the two maps here given, along with the four maps of Atlantis, will also show that Australia and New Zealand, Madagascar, parts of Somaliland, the south of Africa, and the extreme southern portion of Patagonia are lands which have probably existed through all the intervening catastrophes since the early days of the Lemurian period. The same may be said of the southern parts of India and Ceylon, with the exception in the case of Ceylon, of a temporary submergence in the Ruta and Daitya epoch.

    It is true there are also remains still existing of the even earlier Hyperborean continent, and they of course are the oldest known lands on the face of the earth. These are Greenland, Iceland, Spitzbergen, the most northerly parts of Norway and Sweden, and the extreme north cape of Siberia.

    Japan is shown by the maps to have been above water, whether as an island, or as part of a continent, since the date of the second Lemurian map. Spain, too, has doubtless existed since that time. Spain is, therefore, with the exception of the most northerly parts of Norway and Sweden, probably the oldest land in Europe.

    The indeterminate character of the statements just made is rendered necessary by our knowledge that there did occur subsidences and upheavals of different portions of the earth’s surface during the ages which lay between the periods represented by the maps.

    For example, soon after the date of the second Lemurian map we are informed that the whole Malay Peninsula was submerged and remained so for a long time, but a subsequent upheaval of that region must have taken place before the date of the first Atlantean map, for, what is now the Malay Peninsula is there

    p. 17

    exhibited as part of a great continent. Similarly there have been repeated minor subsidences and upheavals nearer home in more recent times, and Haeckel is perfectly correct in saying that England–he might with greater accuracy have said the islands of Great Britain and Ireland, which were then joined together “has repeatedly been connected with the European continent, and been repeatedly separated from it.”

    In order to bring the subject more clearly before the mind, a tabular statement is here annexed which supplies a condensed history of the animal and plant life on our globe, bracketed–according to Haeckel–with the contemporary rock strata. Two other columns give the contemporary races of man, and such of the great cataclysms as are known to occult students.


    Reptiles and Pine Forests.

    From this statement it will be seen that Lemurian man lived in the age of Reptiles and Pine Forests. The amphibious monsters and the gigantic tree-ferns of the Permian age still flourished in the warm damp climates. Plesiosauri and Icthyosauri swarmed in the tepid marshes of the Mesolithic epoch, but, with the drying up of many of the inland seas, the Dinosauria–the monstrous land reptiles–gradually became the dominant type, while the Pterodactyls–the Saurians which developed bat-like wings-not only crawled on the earth, but flew through the air. The smallest of these latter were about the size of a sparrow; the largest, however, with a breadth of wing of more than sixteen feet, exceeding the largest of our living birds of to-day; while most of the Dinosauria-the Dragons-were terrible beasts of prey, colossal reptiles which attained a length of from forty to fifty feet. 1 Subsequent excavations have laid bare skeletons of an even larger size. Professor Ray Lankester, at a meeting of the Royal Institution On 7th January, 1904, is reported to have referred to a brontosaurus

     

    p. 18

    Rock Strata. Depth of Strata. Feet. Races of Men. Cataclysms. Animals. Plants.
    Laurentian Archilithic or Primordial 70,000 First Root Race which being Astral could leave no fossil remains.   Skull-less Animals. Forests of gigantic Tangles and other Thallus Plants.
    Cambrian
    Silurian
    Devonian Palæolithic or Primary. 42,000 Second Root Race which was Etheric.   Fish. Fern Forests.
    Coal
    Permian
    Triassic Mesolithic or Secondary 15,000 Third Root Race or Lemurian. Lemuria is said to have perished before the beginning of the Eocene age. Reptiles. Pine and Palm Forests.
    Jurassic
    Cretaceous
    Eocene Cenolithic or Tertiary. 5,000 Fourth Root Race or Atlantean. The main Continent of Atlantis was destroyed in the Miocene period about 800,000 years ago. Second great catastrophe? about 200,000 years ago. Mammals. Forests of Deciduous Trees.
    Miocene
    Pliocene
    Diluvial or Pleistocene Quarternary or Anthopolithic 500 Fifth Root Race or Aryan. Third great catastrophe about 80,000 years ago. Final submergence of Poseidonis 9564 B.C. More differentiated Mammals. Cultivated Forests.
    Alluvial

     

    p. 19

    skeleton of sixty-five feet long, which had been discovered in the Oolite deposit in the southern part of the United States of America.

    As it is written in the stanzas of the archaic Book of Dzyan, “Animals with bones, dragons of the deep, and flying sarpas were added to the creeping things. They that creep on the ground got wings. They of the long necks in the water became the progenitors of the fowls of the air.” Modem science records her endorsement. “The class of birds as already remarked is so closely allied to Reptiles in internal structure and by embryonal development that they undoubtedly originated out of a branch of this class . . . . . The derivation of birds from reptiles first took place in the Mesolithic epoch, and this moreover probably during the Trias.” 1

    In the vegetable kingdom this epoch also saw the pine and the palm-tree gradually displace the giant tree ferns. In the later days of the Mesolithic epoch, mammals for the first time came into existence, but the fossil remains of the mammoth and mastodon, which were their earliest representatives, are chiefly found in the subsequent strata of the Eocene and Miocene times.

     


    Footnotes

    17:1 Ernst Haeckel’s “History of Creation,” Vol. ii., pp. 22-56.

    19:1 Ernst Haeckel’s ” History of Creation,” vol. ii., pp. 226-7.


    The Human Kingdom.

    Before making any reference to what must, even at this early date, be called the human kingdom, it must be stated that none of those who, at the present day, can lay claim to even a moderate amount of mental or spiritual culture can have lived in these ages. It was only with the advent of the last three sub-races of this Third Root Race that the least progressed of the first group of the Lunar Pitris began to return to incarnation, while the most advanced among them did not take birth till the early sub-races of the Atlantean period.

    Indeed, Lemurian man, during at least the first half of the race, must be regarded rather as an animal destined to reach

    p. 20

    humanity than as human according to our understanding of the term; for though the second and third groups of Pitris, who constituted the inhabitants of Lemuria during its first four sub-races, had achieved sufficient self-consciousness in the Lunar Manvantara to differentiate them from the animal kingdom, they had not yet received the Divine Spark which should endow them with mind and individuality–in other words, make them truly human.


    Size and Consistency of Man’s Body.

    The evolution of this Lemurian race, therefore, constitutes one of the most obscure, as well as one of the most interesting, chapters of man’s development, for during this period not only did he reach true humanity, but his body underwent the greatest physical changes, while the processes of reproduction were twice altered.

    In explanation of the surprising statements which will have to be made in regard to the size and consistency of man’s body at this early period it must be remembered that while the animal, vegetable and mineral kingdoms pursued the normal course, on this the fourth globe, during the Fourth Round of this Manvantara, it was ordained that humanity should run over in rapid succession the various stages through which its evolution had passed during the previous rounds of the present Manvantara. Thus the bodies of the First Root Race in which these almost mindless beings were destined to gain experience, would have appeared to us as gigantic phantoms–if indeed we could have seen them at all, for their bodies were formed of astral matter. The astral forms of the First Root Race were then gradually enveloped in a more physical casing. But though the Second Root Race may be called physical–their bodies being composed of ether–they would have been equally invisible to eyesight as it at present exists.

    It was, we are told, in order that the Mann, and the Beings who aided him, might take means for improving the physical type

    p. 21

    of humanity that this epitome of the process of evolution was ordained. The highest development which the type had so far reached was the huge ape-like creature which had existed on the three physical planets, Mars, the Earth and Mercury in the Third Round. On the arrival of the human life-wave on the Earth in this the Fourth Round, a certain number, naturally, of these apelike creatures were found in occupation–the residuum left on the planet during its period of obscuration. These, of course, joined the in-coming human stream as soon as the race became fully physical. Their bodies may not then have been absolutely discarded; they may have been utilized for purposes of reincarnation for the most backward entities, but it was an improvement on this type which was required, and this was most easily achieved by the Manu, through working out on the astral plane in the first instance, the architype originally formed in the mind of the Logos.

    From the Etheric Second Race, then, was evolved the Third–the Lemurian. Their bodies had become material, being composed of the gases, liquids and solids which constitute the three lowest sub-divisions of the physical plane, but the gases and liquids still predominated, for as yet their vertebrate structure had not solidified into bones such as ours, and they could not, therefore, stand erect. Their bones in fact were pliable as the bones of young infants now are. It was not until the middle of the Lemurian period that man developed a solid bony structure.

    To explain the possibility of the process by which the etheric form evolved into a more physical form, and the soft-boned physical form ultimately developed into a structure such as man possesses to-day, it is only necessary to refer to the permanent physical atom. 1 Containing as it does the essence of all the forms through which

     

    p. 22

    man has passed on the physical plane, it contained consequently the potentiality of a hard-boned physical structure such as had been attained during the course of the Third Round, as well as the potentiality of an etheric form and all the phases which lie between, for it must be remembered that the physical plane consists of four grades of ether as well as the gases, liquids and solids which so many are apt to regard as alone constituting the physical. Thus, every stage of the development was a natural process, for it was a process which had been accomplished in ages long past, and all that was needed was for the Manu and the Beings who aided him, to gather round the permanent atom the appropriate kind of matter.


    Footnotes

    21:1 For a further account of the permanent atoms on all the planes, and the potentialities contained in them with reference to the processes of death and re-birth, see “Man’s Place in Universe.” pp. 76-80.


    Organs of Vision.

    The organs of vision of these creatures before they developed bones were of a rudimentary nature, at least such was the condition of the two eyes in front with which they sought for their food upon the ground. But there was a third eye at the back of the head, the atrophied remnant of which is now known as the pineal gland. This, as we know, is now a centre solely of astral vision, but at the epoch of which we are speaking it was the chief centre not only of astral but of physical sight. Referring to reptiles which had become extinct, Professor Ray Lankester, in a recent lecture at the Royal Institution, is reported to have drawn special attention “to the size of the parietal foramen in the skull which showed that in the ichthyosaurs the parietal or pineal eye on the top of the head must have been very large.” In this respect he went on to say mankind were inferior to these big sea lizards, “for we had lost the third eye which might be studied in the common lizard, or better in the great blue lizard of the South of France.” 1

    Somewhat before the middle of the Lemurian period, probably during the evolution of the third sub-race, the gigantic gelatinous

     

    p. 23

    body began slowly to solidify and the soft-boned limbs developed into a bony structure. These primitive creatures were now able to stand upright, and the two eyes in the face gradually became the chief organs of physical sight, though the third eye still remained to some extent an organ of physical sight also, and this it did till the very end of the Lemurian epoch. It, of course, remained an actual organ, as it still is a potential focus, of psychic vision. This psychic vision continued to be an attribute of the race not only throughout the whole Lemurian period, but well into the days of Atlantis.

    A curious fact to note is that when the race first attained the power of standing and moving in an upright position, they could walk backwards with almost as great ease as forwards. This may be accounted for not only by the capacity for vision possessed by the third eye, but doubtless also by the curious projection at the heels which will presently be referred to.


    Description of Lemurian Man.

    The following is a description of a man who belonged to one of the later sub-races-probably the fifth. “His stature was gigantic, somewhere between twelve and fifteen feet. His skin was very dark, being of a yellowish brown colour. He had a long lower jaw, a strangely flattened face, eyes small but piercing and set curiously far apart, so that he could see sideways as well as in front, while the eye at the back of the head–on which part of the head no hair, of course, grew–enabled him to see in that direction also. He had no forehead, but there seemed to be a roll of flesh where it should have been. The head sloped backwards and upwards in a rather curious way. The arms and legs (especially the former) were longer in proportion than ours, and could not be perfectly straightened either at elbows or knees; the hands and feet were enormous, and the heels projected backwards in an ungainly way. The figure was draped in a loose robe of skin, something like rhinoceros hide, but more

    p. 24

    scaly, probably the skin of some animal of which we now know only through its fossil remains. Round his head, on which the hair was quite short, was twisted another piece of skin to which were attached tassels of bright red, blue and other colours. In his left hand he held a sharpened staff, which was doubtless used for defence or attack. It was about the height of his own body, viz., twelve to fifteen feet. In his right hand was twisted the end of a long rope made of some sort of creeping plant, by which he led a huge and hideous reptile, somewhat resembling the Plesiosaurus. The Lemurians actually domesticated these creatures, and trained them to employ their strength in hunting other animals. The appearance of the man gave an unpleasant sensation, but he was not entirely uncivilised, being an average common-place specimen of his day.”

    Many were even less human in appearance than the individual here described, but the seventh sub-race developed a superior type, though very unlike any living men of the present time. While retaining the projecting lower jaw, the thick heavy lips, the flattened face, and the uncanny looking eyes, they had by this time developed something which might be called a forehead, while the curious projection of the heel had been considerably reduced. In one branch of this seventh sub-race, the head might be described as almost egg-shaped–the small end of the egg being uppermost, with the eyes wide apart and very near the top. The stature had perceptibly decreased, and the appearance of the hands, feet and limbs generally had become more like those of the negroes of to-day. These people developed an important and long-lasting civilisation, and for thousands of years dominated most of the other tribes who dwelt on the vast Lemurian continent, and even at the end, when racial decay seemed to be overtaking them, they secured another long lease of life and power by inter-marriage with the Rmoahals–the first sub-race of the

    p. 25

    [paragraph continues] Atlanteans. The progeny, while retaining many Third Race characteristics, of course, really belonged to the Fourth Race, and thus naturally acquired fresh power of development. Their general appearance now became not unlike that of some American Indians, except that their skin had a curious bluish tinge not now to be seen.

    But surprising as were the changes in the size, consistency, and appearance of man’s body during this period, the alterations in the process of reproduction are still more astounding. A reference to the systems which now obtain among the lower kingdoms of nature may help us in the consideration of the subject.


    Processes of Reproduction.

    After instancing the simplest processes of propagation by self-division, and by the formation of buds (Gernmatio), Haeckel proceeds, “A third mode of non-sexual propagation, that of the formation of germ-buds (Polysporogonia) is intimately connected with the formation of buds. In the case of the lower, imperfect organisms, among animals, especially in the case of the plant-like animals and worms, we very frequently find that in the interior of an individual composed of many cells, a small group of cells separates itself from those surrounding it, and that this small isolated group gradually develops itself into an individual, which becomes like the parent and sooner or later comes out of it . . . . . . . The formation of germ buds is evidently but little different from real budding. But, on the other hand, it is connected with a fourth kind of non-sexual propagation, which almost forms a transition to sexual reproduction, namely, the formation of germ cells (Monosporogonia). In this case it is no longer a group of cells but a single cell, which separates itself from the surrounding cells in the interior of the producing organism, and which becomes further developed after it has come out of its parent.

    p. 26

    [paragraph continues] Sexual or amphigonic propagation (Amphigonia) is the usual method of propagation among all higher animals and plants. It is evident that it has only developed at a very late period of the earth’s history, from non-sexual propagation, and apparently in the first instance from the method of propagation by germ-cells . . . . . . In all the chief forms of non-sexual propagation mentioned above–in fission, in the formation of buds, germ-buds, and germ-cells–the separated cell or group of cells was able by itself to develop into a new individual, but in the case of sexual propagation, the cell must first be fructified by another generative substance. The fructifying sperm must first mix with the germ-cell (the egg) before the latter can develop into a new individual. These two generative substances, the sperm and the egg, are either produced by one and the same individual hermaphrodite (Hermaphroditismus) or by two different individuals (sexual-separation).

    “The simpler and more ancient form of sexual propagation is through double-sexed individuals. It occurs in the great majority of plants, but only in a minority of animals, for example, in the garden snails, leeches, earth-worms, and many other worms. Every single individual among hermaphrodites produces within itself materials of both sexes–eggs and sperm. In most of the higher plants every blossom contains both the male organ (stamens and anther) and the female organ (style and germ). Every garden snail produces in one part of its sexual gland eggs, and in another part sperm. Many hermaphrodites can fructify themselves; in others, however, reciprocal fructification of both hermaphrodites is necessary for causing the development of the eggs. This latter case is evidently a transition to sexual separation.

    “Sexual separation, which characterises the more complicated of the two kinds of sexual reproduction, has evidently been

    p. 27

    developed from the condition of hermaphroditism at a late period of the organic history of the world. It is at present the universal method of propagation of the higher animals . . . . . . The so-called virginal reproduction (Parthenogenesis) offers an interesting form of transition from sexual reproduction to the non-sexual formation of germ-cells which most resembles it. . . . In this case germ-cells which otherwise appear and are formed exactly like egg-cells, become capable of developing themselves into new individuals without requiring the fructifying seed. The most remarkable and the most instructive of the different parthenogenetic phenomena are furnished by those cases in which the same germ-cells, according as they are fructified or not, produce different kinds of individuals. Among our common honey bees, a male individual (a drone) arises out of the eggs of the queen, if the egg has not been fructified; a female (a queen, or working bee) if the egg has been fructified. It is evident from this, that in reality there exists no wide chasm between sexual and non-sexual reproduction, but that both modes of reproduction are directly connected.” 1

    Now, the interesting fact in connection with the evolution of Third Race man on Lemuria, is that his mode of reproduction ran through phases which were closely analogous with some of the processes above described. Sweat-born, egg-born and Androgyne are the terms used in the Secret Doctrine.

    “Almost sexless, in its early beginnings, it became bisexual or androgynous; very gradually, of course. The passage from the former to the latter transformation required numberless generations, during which the simple cell that issued from the earliest parent (the two in one), first developed into a bisexual being; and then the cell, becoming a regular egg, gave forth a unisexual creature. The Third Race mankind is the most mysterious

     

    p. 28

    of all the hitherto developed five Races. The mystery of the “How” of the generation of the distinct sexes must, of course, be very obscure here, as it is the business of an embryologist and a specialist, the present work giving only faint outlines of the process. But it is evident that the units of the Third Race humanity began to separate in their pre-natal shells, or eggs, and to issue out of them as distinct male and female babes, ages after the appearance of its early progenitors. And, as time rolled on its geological periods, the newly born sub-races began to lose their natal capacities. Toward the end of the fourth sub-race, the babe lost its faculty of walking as soon as liberated from its shell, and by the end of the fifth, mankind was born under the same conditions and by the same identical process as our historical generations. This required, of course, millions of years.” 1

     


    Footnotes

    27:1 Ernst Haeckel’s ” The History of Creation,” 2nd ed., Vol. I., pp. 193-8.

    28:1 “The Secret Doctrine,” Vol. ii., p. 197.


    Lemurian Races still Inhabiting the Earth.

    It may be as well again to repeat that the almost mindless creatures who inhabited such bodies as have been above described during the early sub-races of the Lemurian period can scarcely be regarded as completely human. It was only after the separation of the sexes, when their bodies had become densely physical, that they became human even in appearance. It must be remembered that the beings we are speaking of, though embracing the second and third groups of the Lunar Pitris, must also have been largely recruited from the animal kingdom of that (the Lunar) Manvantara. The degraded remnants of the Third Root Race who still inhabit the earth may be recognised in the aborigines of Australia, the Andaman Islanders, some hill tribes of India, the Tierra-del-Fuegans, the Bushmen of Africa, and some other savage tribes. The entities now inhabiting these bodies must have belonged to the animal kingdom in the early part of this Manvantara. It was probably during the evolution of the Lemurian race and

    p. 29

    before the “door was shut” on the entities thronging up from below, that these attained the human kingdom.


    Sin of the Mindless.

    The shameful acts of the mindless men at the first separation of the sexes had best be referred to in the words of the stanzas of the archaic Book of Dzyan. No commentary is needed.

    “During the Third Race the boneless animals grew and changed, they became animals with bones, their chayas became solid.

    “The animals separated first. They began to breed. The two-fold man separated also. He said, ‘Let us as they; let us unite and make creatures.’ They did.

    “And those that had no spark took huge she-animals unto them. They begat upon them dumb races. Dumb they were themselves. But their tongues untied. The tongues of their progeny remained still. Monsters they bred. A race of crooked red-hair-covered monsters going on all fours. A dumb race to keep the shame untold.” (And an ancient commentary adds ‘when the Third separated and fell into sin by breeding men-animals, these (the animals) became ferocious, and men and they mutually destructive. Till then, there was no sin, no life taken.’).

    “Seeing which the Lhas who had not built men, wept, saying. ‘The Amanasa [mindless] have defiled our future abodes. This is Karma. Let us dwell in the others. Let us teach them better lest worse should happen.’ They did.

    “Then all men became endowed with Manas. They saw the sin of the mindless.”


    Origin of the Pithecoid and the Anthropoid Apes.

    The anatomical resemblance between Man and the higher Ape, so frequently cited by Darwinists as pointing to some ancestor common to both, presents an interesting problem, the proper solution of which is to be sought for in the esoteric explanation of the genesis of the pithecoid stocks.

    p. 30

    Now, we gather from the Secret Doctrine 1 that the descendants of these semi-human monsters described above as originating in the sin of the “mindless,” having through long centuries dwindled in size and become more densely physical, culminated in a race of Apes at the time of the Miocene period, from which in their turn are descended the pithecoids of to-day. With these Apes of the Miocene period, however, the Atlanteans of that age renewed the sin of the “mindless”–this time with full responsibility, and the resultants of their crime are the species of Apes now known as Anthropoid.

    We are given to understand that in the coming Sixth Root Race, these anthropoids will obtain human incarnation, in the bodies doubtless of the lowest races then existing upon earth.

    That part of the Lemurian continent where the separation of the sexes took place, and where both the fourth and the fifth sub-races flourished, is to be found in the earlier of the two maps. It lay to the east of the mountainous region of which the present Island of Madagascar formed a part, and thus occupied a central position around the smaller of the two great lakes.

     


    Footnotes

    30:1 Vol. ii., pp. 683 and 689.


    Origin of Language.

    As stated in the stanzas of Dzyan above quoted, the men of that epoch, even though they had become completely physical, still remained speechless. Naturally the astral and etherial ancestors of this Third Root Race had no need to produce a series of sounds in order to convey their thoughts, living as they did in astral and etherial conditions, but when man became physical he could not for long remain dumb. We are told that the sounds which these primitive men made to express their thoughts were at first composed entirely of vowels. In the slow course of evolution the consonant sounds gradually came into use, but the development of language from first to last on the continent of Lemuria never reached beyond the mono-

    p. 31

    syllabic phase. The Chinese language of to-day is the sole great lineal descendant of ancient Lemurian speech 1 for “the whole human race was at that time of one language and of one lip.” 2

    In Humboldt’s classification of language, the Chinese, as we know, is called the isolating as distinguished from the more highly evolved agglutinative, and the still more highly evolved inflectional. Readers of the Story of Atlantis may remember that many different languages were developed on that continent, but all belonged to the agglutinative, or, as Max Müller prefers to call it, the combinatory type, while the still higher development of inflectional speech, in the Aryan and Semitic tongues, was reserved for our own era of the Fifth Root Race.


    The First Taking of Life.

    The first instance of sin, the first taking of life–quoted above from an old commentary on the stanzas of Dzyan, may be taken as indicative of the attitude which was then inaugurated between the human and the animal kingdom, and which has since attained such awful proportions, not only between men and animals, but between the different races of men themselves. And this opens up a most interesting avenue of thought.

    The fact that Kings and Emperors consider it necessary or appropriate, on all state occasions, to appear in the garb of one of the fighting branches of their service, is a significant indication of the apotheosis reached by the combative qualities in man! The custom doubtless comes down from a time when the King was the warrior-chief, and when his kingship was acknowledged solely in virtue of his being the chief warrior. But now that the Fifth Root Race is in ascendency, whose chief characteristic and function is the development of intellect, it might have been expected that the dominant attribute of the Fourth Root Race

     

     

    p. 32

    would have been a little less conspicuously paraded. But the era of one race overlaps another, and though, as we know, the leading races of the world all belong to the Fifth Root Race, the vast majority of its inhabitants still belong to the Fourth, and it would appear that the Fifth Root Race has not yet outstripped Fourth Race characteristics, for it is by infinitely slow degrees that man’s evolution is accomplished.

    It will be interesting here to summarise the history of this strife and bloodshed from its genesis during these far-off ages on Lemuria.

    From the information placed before the writer it would seem that the antagonism between men and animals was developed first. With the evolution of man’s physical body, suitable food for that body naturally became an urgent need, so that in addition to the antagonism brought about by the necessity of self-defence against the now ferocious animals, the desire of food also urged men to their slaughter, and as we have seen above, one of the first uses they made of their budding mentality was to train animals to act as hunters in the chase.

    The element of strife having once been kindled, men soon began to use weapons of offence against each other. The causes of aggression were naturally the same as those which exist to-day among savage communities. The possession of any desirable object by one of his fellows was sufficient inducement for a man to attempt to take it by force. Nor was strife limited to single acts of aggression. As among savages to-day, bands of marauders would attack and pillage the communities who dwelt at a distance from their own village. But to this extent only, we are told, was warfare organised on Lemuria, even down to the end of its seventh sub-race.

    It was reserved for the Atlanteans to develop the principle of strife on organised lines–to collect and to drill armies and to

    p. 33

    build navies. This principle of strife was indeed the fundamental characteristic of the Fourth Root Race. All through the Atlantean period, as we know, warfare was the order of the day, and battles were constantly fought on land and sea. And so deeply rooted in man’s nature during the Atlantean period did this principle of strife become, that even now the most intellectually developed of the Aryan races are ready to war upon each other.


    Footnotes

    31:1 It must, however, be noted that the Chinese people are mainly descended from the fourth or Turanian sub-race of the Fourth Root Race.

    31:2 “Secret Doctrine,” Vol. ii., p. 198.


    The Arts.

    To trace the development of the Arts among the Lemurians, we must start with the history of the fifth sub-race. The separation of the sexes was now fully accomplished, and man inhabited a completely physical body, though it was still of gigantic stature. The offensive and defensive war with the monstrous beasts of prey had already begun, and men had taken to living in huts. To build their huts they tore down trees, and piled them up in a rude fashion. At first each separate family lived in its own clearing in the jungle, but they soon found it safer, as a defence against the wild beasts, to draw together and live in small communities. Their huts, too, which had been formed of rude trunks of trees, they now learnt to build with boulders of stone, while the weapons with which they attacked, or defended themselves against the Dinosauria and other wild beasts, were spears of sharpened wood, similar to the staff held by the man whose appearance is described above.

    Up to this time agriculture was unknown, and the uses of fire had not been discovered. The food of their boneless ancestors who crawled on the earth were such things as they could find on the surface of the ground or just below it. Now that they walked erect many of the wild forest trees provided them with nuts and berries, but their chief article of food was the flesh of the beasts and reptiles which they slew, tore in pieces, and devoured.


    Teachers of the Lemurian Race.

    But now there occurred an event pregnant with consequences the most momentous in the history of the human race. An event too full of mystical import, for its narration brings into view Beings who belonged to entirely different systems of evolution, and who nevertheless came at this epoch to be associated with our humanity.

    The lament of the Lhas “who had not built men,” at seeing their future abodes defiled, is at first sight far from intelligible. Though the descent of these Beings into human bodies is not the chief event to which we have to refer, some explanation of its cause and its result must first be attempted. Now, we are given to understand that these Lhas were the highly evolved humanity of some system of evolution which had run its course at a period in the infinitely far-off past. They had reached a high stage of development on their chain of worlds, and since its dissolution had passed the intervening ages in the bliss of some Nirvanic condition. But their karma now necessitated a return to some field of action and of physical causes, and as they had not yet fully learnt the lesson of compassion, their temporary task now lay in becoming guides and teachers of the Lemurian race, who then required all the help and guidance they could get.

    But other Beings also took up the task–in this case voluntarily. These came from the scheme of evolution which has Venus as its one physical planet. That scheme has already reached the Seventh Round of its planets in its Fifth Manvantara; its humanity therefore stands at a far higher level than ordinary mankind on this earth has yet attained. They are “divine” while we are only “human.” The Lemurians, as we have seen, were then merely on the verge of attaining true manhood. It was to supply a temporary need–the education of our infant humanity–that these divine Beings came–as we possibly, long ages hence, may similarly be called to give a helping hand to the beings

    p. 35

    struggling up to manhood on the Jupiter or the Saturn chain. Under their guidance and influence the Lemurians rapidly advanced in mental growth. The stirring of their minds with feelings of love and reverence for those whom they felt to be infinitely wiser and greater than themselves naturally resulted in efforts of imitation, and so the necessary advance in mental growth was achieved which transformed the higher mental sheath into a vehicle capable of carrying over the human characteristics from life to life, thus warranting that outpouring of the Divine Life which endowed the recipient with individual immortality. As expressed in the archaic stanzas of Dzyan, “Then all men became endowed with Manas.”

    A great distinction, however, must be noted between the coming of the exalted Beings from the Venus scheme and that of those described as the highly evolved humanity of some previous system of evolution. The former, as we have seen, were under no karmic impulse. They came as men to live and work among them, but they were not required to assume their physical limitations, being in a position to provide appropriate vehicles for themselves.

    The Lhas on the other hand had actually to be born in the bodies of the race as it then existed. Better would it have been both for them and for the race if there had been no hesitation or delay on their part in taking up their Karmic task, for the sin of the mindless and all its consequences would have been avoided. Their task, too, would have been an easier one, for it consisted not only in acting as guides and teachers, but in improving the racial type–in short, in evolving out of the half-human, half-animal form then existing, the physical body of the man to be.

    It must be remembered that up to this time the Lemurian race consisted of the second and third groups of the Lunar Pitris. But now that they were approaching the level reached on the

    p. 36

    [paragraph continues] Lunar chain by the first group of Pitris, it became necessary for these again to return to incarnation, and this they did all through the fifth, sixth and seventh sub-races (indeed, some did not take birth till the Atlantean period), so that the impetus given to the progress of the race was a cumulative force.

    The positions occupied by the divine beings from the Venus chain were naturally those of rulers, instructors in religion, and teachers of the arts, and it is in this latter capacity that a reference to the arts taught by them comes to our aid in the consideration of the history of this early race.


    The Arts continued.

    Under the guidance of their divine teachers the people began to learn the use of fire, and the means by which it could be obtained, at first by friction, and later on by the use of flints and iron. They were taught to explore for metals, to smelt and to mould them, and instead of spears of sharpened wood they now began to use spears tipped with sharpened metal.

    They were also taught to dig and till the ground and to cultivate the seeds of wild grain till it improved in type. This cultivation carried on through the vast ages which have since elapsed has resulted in the evolution of the various cereals which we now possess–barley, oats, maize, millet, etc. But an exception must here be noted. Wheat was not evolved upon this planet like the other cereals. It was a gift of the divine beings who brought it from Venus ready for the food of man. Nor was wheat their only gift. The one animal form whose type has not been evolved on our chain of worlds is that of the bee. It, too, was brought from Venus.

    The Lemurians now also began to learn the art of spinning and weaving fabrics with which to clothe themselves. These were made of the coarse hair of a species of animal now extinct, but which bore some resemblance to the llamas of to-day, the ancestors of which they may possibly have been. We have seen

    p. 37

    above that the earliest articles of clothing of Lemurian man were robes of skin stripped from the beasts he had slain. These skins he still continued to wear on the colder parts of the continent, but he now learnt to cure and dress the skin in some rude fashion.

    One of the first things the people were taught was the use of fire in the preparation of their food, and whether it was the flesh of animals they slew or the pounded grains of wheat, their modes of cooking were closely analogous to those we hear of as existing to-day among savage communities. With reference to the gift of wheat so marvellously brought from Venus, the divine rulers doubtless realised the advisability of at once procuring such food for the people, for they must have known that it would take many generations before the cultivation of the wild seeds could provide an adequate supply.

    Rude and barbarous as were the people during the period of the fifth and sixth sub-races, such of them as had the privilege of coming in contact with their divine teachers were naturally inspired with such feelings of reverence and worship as helped to lift them out of their savage condition. The constant influx, too, of more intelligent beings from the first group of the Lunar Pitris, who were then beginning to return to incarnation, helped the attainment of a more civilised state.


    Great Cities and Statues.

    During the later part of the sixth, and the seventh sub-race they learnt to build great cities. These appear to have been of cyclopean architecture, corresponding with the gigantic bodies of the race. The first cities were built on that extended mountainous region of the continent which included, as will be seen in the first map, the present Island of Madagascar. Another great city is described in the “Secret Doctrine” 1 as having been entirely built of blocks of lava. It lay some 30 miles west of the present Easter Island, and

     

    p. 38

    it was subsequently destroyed by a series of volcanic eruptions. The gigantic statues of Easter Island–measuring as most of them do about 27 feet in height by 8 feet across the shoulders–were probably intended to be representative not only of the features, but of the height of those who carved them, or it may be of their ancestors, for it was probably in the later ages of the Lemuro-Atlanteans that the statues were erected. It will be observed that by the second map period, the continent of which Faster Island formed a part had been broken up and Faster Island itself had become a comparatively small island, though of considerably greater dimensions than it retains to-day.

    Civilisations of comparative importance arose on different parts of the continent and the great islands where the inhabitants built cities and dwelt in settled communities, but large tribes who were also partially civilised continued to lead a nomadic and patriarchial life; while other parts of the land–in many cases the least accessible, as in our own times–were peopled by tribes of extremely low type.


    Footnotes

    37:1 Vol. ii., p. 317.


    Religion.

    With so primitive a race of men, at the best, there was but little in the shape of religion that they could be taught. Simple rules of conduct and the most elementary precepts of morality were all that they were fitted to understand or to practise. During the evolution of the seventh sub-race, it is true that their divine instructors taught them some primitive form of worship and imparted the knowledge of a Supreme Being whose symbol was represented as the Sun.


    Destruction of the Continent.

    Unlike the subsequent fate of Atlantis, which was submerged by great tidal waves, the continent of Lemuria perished by volcanic action. It was raked by the burning ashes and the red-hot dust from numberless volcanoes. Earthquakes and volcanic eruptions, it is true, heralded each of the great catastrophes which overtook Atlantis, but when the

    p. 39

    land had been shaken and rent, the sea rushed in and completed the work, and most of the inhabitants perished by drowning. The Lemurians, on the other hand, met their doom chiefly by fire or suffocation. Another marked contrast between the fate of Lemuria and Atlantis was that while four great catastrophes completed the destruction of the latter, the former was slowly eaten away by internal fires, for, from the time when the disintegrating process began towards the end of the first map period, there was no cessation from the fiery activity, and whether in one part of the continent or another, the volcanic action was incessant, while the invariable sequence was the subsidence and total disappearance of the land, just as in the case of Krakatoa in 1883.

    So closely analogous was the eruption of Mount Pelée, which caused the destruction of St. Pièrre, the capital of Martinique, about two years ago, to the whole series of volcanic catastrophes on the continent of Lemuria, that the description of the former given by some of the survivors may be of interest. “An immense black cloud had suddenly burst forth from the crater of Mont Pelée and rushed with terrific velocity upon the city, destroying everything–inhabitants, houses and vegetation alike–that it found in its path. In two or three minutes it passed over, and the city was a blazing pyre of ruins. In both islands [Martinique and St. Vincent] the eruptions were characterised by the sudden discharge of immense quantities of red-hot dust, mixed with steam, which flowed down the steep hillsides with an ever-increasing velocity. In St. Vincent this had filled many valleys to a depth of between 100 feet and 200 feet, and months after the eruptions was still very hot, and the heavy rains which then fell thereon caused enormous explosions, producing clouds of steam and dust that shot upwards to a height of from 1500 feet to 2000 feet, and filled the rivers with black boiling mud.” Captain

    p. 40

    [paragraph continues] Freeman, of the “Roddam,” then described “a thrilling experience which he and his party had at Martinique. One night, when they were lying at anchor in a little sloop about a mile from St. Pièrre, the mountain exploded in a way that was apparently an exact repetition of the original eruption. It was not entirely without warning; hence they were enabled to sail at once a mile or two further away, and thus probably saved their lives. In the darkness they saw the summit glow with a bright red light; then soon, with loud detonations, great red-hot stones were projected into the air and rolled down the slopes. A few minutes later a prolonged rumbling noise was heard, and in an instant was followed by a red-hot avalanche of dust, which rushed out of the crater and rolled down the side with a terrific speed, which they estimated at about 100 miles an hour, with a temperature of 1000° centigrade. As to the probable explanation of these phenomena, no lava, he said, had been seen to flow from either of the volcanoes, but only steam and fine hot dust. The volcanoes were, therefore, of the explosive type; and from all his observations he had concluded that the absence of lava-flows was due to the material within the crater being partly solid, or at least highly viscous, so that it could not flow like an ordinary lava-stream. Since his return this theory had received striking confirmation, for it was now known that within the crater of Mont Pelée there was no lake of molten lava, but that a solid pillar of red-hot rock was slowly rising upwards in a great conical, sharp-pointed hill, until it might finally overtop the old summit of the mountain. It was nearly 1000 feet high, and slowly grew as it was forced upwards by pressure from beneath, while every now and then explosions of steam took place, dislodging large pieces from its summit or its sides. Steam was set free within this mass as it cooled, and the rock then passed into a dangerous and highly explosive condition, such that an explosion must sooner or later

    p. 41

    take place, which shivered a great part of the mass into fine red-hot dust.” 1

    A reference to the first Lemurian map will show that in the lake lying to the south-east of the extensive mountainous region there was an island which consisted of little more than one great mountain. This mountain was a very active volcano. The four mountains which lay to the south-west of the lake were also active volcanoes, and in this region it was that the disruption of the continent began. The seismic cataclysms which followed the volcanic eruptions caused such wide-spread damage that by the second map period a large portion of the southern part of the continent had been submerged.

    A marked characteristic of the land surface in early Lemurian times was the great number of lakes and marshes, as well as the innumerable volcanoes. Of course, all these are not shown on the map. Only some of the great mountains which were volcanoes, and only some of the largest lakes are there indicated.

    Another volcano on the north-east coast of the continent began its destructive work at an early date. Earthquakes completed the disruption, and it seems probable that the sea shown in the second map as dotted with small islands to the south-east of the present Japan, indicates the area of seismic disturbance.

    In the first map it will be seen that there were lakes in the centre of what is now the island-continent of Australia–lakes where the land is at present exceedingly dry and parched. By the second map period those lakes had disappeared, and it seems natural to conjecture that the districts where those lakes lay, must, during the eruptions of the great volcanoes which lay to the south-east (between the present Australia and New Zealand), have been so raked with red-hot volcanic dust that the very water-springs were dried up.

     


    Footnotes

    41:1 The “Times,” 14th Sept., 1903.


    Founding of the Atlantean Race.

    In concluding this sketch, a reference to the process by which the Fourth Root Race was brought into existence, will appropriately bring to an end what we know of the story of Lemuria and link it on to that of Atlantis.

    It may be remembered from previous writings on the subject that it was from the fifth or Semitic sub-race of the Fourth Root Race that was chosen the nucleus destined to become our great Fifth or Aryan Root Race. It was not, however, until the time of the seventh sub-race on Lemuria that humanity was sufficiently developed physiologically to warrant the choice of individuals fit to become the parents of a new Root Race. So it was from the seventh sub-race that the segregation was effected. The colony was first settled on land which occupied the site of the present Ashantee and Western Nigeria. A reference to the second map will show this as a promontory lying to the north-west of the island-continent which embraced the Cape of Good Hope and parts of western Africa. Having been guarded for generations from any admixture with a lower type, the colony gradually increased in numbers, and the time came when it was ready to receive and to hand on the new impulse to physical heredity which the Manu was destined to impart.

    Students of Theosophy are aware that, up to the present day, no one belonging to our humanity has been in a position to undertake the exalted office of Manu, though it is stated that the founding of the coming Sixth Root Race will be entrusted to the guidance of one of our Masters of Wisdom–one who, while belonging to our humanity, has nevertheless reached a most exalted level in the Divine Hierarchy.

    In the case we are considering–the founding of the Fourth Root Race–it was one of the Adepts from Venus who undertook the duties of the Manu. Naturally he belonged to a very high order, for it must be understood that the Beings who came from

    p. 43

    the Venus system as rulers and teachers of our infant humanity did not all stand at the same level. It is this circumstance which furnishes a reason for the remarkable fact that may, in conclusion, be stated–namely, that there existed in Lemuria a Lodge of Initiation.


    A Lodge of Initiation.

    Naturally it was not for the benefit of the Lemurian race that the Lodge was founded. Such of them as were sufficiently advanced were, it is true, taught by the Adept Gurus, but the instruction they required was limited to the explanation of a few physical phenomena, such as the fact that the earth moves round the sun, or to the explanation of the different appearance which physical objects assumed for them when subjected alternately to their physical sight and their astral vision.

    It was, of course, for the sake of those who, while endowed with the stupendous powers of transferring their consciousness from the planet Venus to this our earth, and of providing for their use and their work while here appropriate vehicles in which to function, were yet pursuing the course of their own evolution. 1 For their sake it was–for the sake of those who, having entered the Path, had only reached the lower grades, that this Lodge of Initiation was founded.

    Though, as we know, the goal of normal evolution is greater and more glorious than can, from our present standpoint, be well imagined, it is by no means synonymous with that expansion of consciousness which, combined with and alone made possible by, the purification and ennoblement of character, constitute the heights to which the Pathway of Initiation leads.

     

    p. 44

    The investigation into what constitutes this purification and ennoblement of character, and the endeavour to realise what that expansion of consciousness really means are subjects which have been written of elsewhere.

    Suffice it now to point out that the founding of a Lodge of Initiation for the sake of Beings who came from another scheme of evolution is an indication of the unity of object and of aim in the government and the guidance of all the schemes of evolution brought into existence by our Solar Logos. Apart from the normal course in our own scheme, there is, we know, a Path by which He may be directly reached, which every son of man in his progress through the ages is privileged to hear of, and to tread, if he so chooses. We find that this was so in the Venus scheme also, and we may presume it is or will be so in all the schemes which form part of our Solar system. This Path is the Path of Initiation, and the end to which leads is the same for all, and that end is Union with God.


    Footnotes

    43:1 The heights reached by them will find their parallel when our humanity will, countless aeons hence, have reached the Sixth Round of our chain of worlds, and the same transcendent powers will be the possession of ordinary mankind in those far-off ages.


     

     

  • The Story of Atlantis

    The Story of Atlantis


    The Story of Atlantis
    A Geographical, Historical and Ethnological Sketch
    by W. Scott-Elliot
    [1896]


    Title Page
    Maps
    Preface
    The Story of Atlantis
    Deep-Sea Soundings
    Distribution of Fauna and Flora
    Similarity of Language
    Similarity of Ethnological Types
    Similarity of Religious Belief, Ritual and Architecture
    Testimony of Ancient Writers
    The Occult Records
    First Map Period
    Second Map Period
    Third Map Period
    Fourth Map Period
    The Manus
    The Sub-Races
    The Rmoahal Race
    The Tlavatli Race
    The Toltec Race
    The First Turanian Race
    The Original Semite Race
    The Akkadian Race
    The Mongolian Race
    Political Institutions
    Sorcery versus the Good Law
    Emigrations
    First Settlement in Egypt
    Stonehenge
    Arts and Sciences
    Architecture
    Education
    Agriculture
    City of the Golden Gates
    Air-Ships
    Manners and Custom
    Food
    Weapons
    Money
    Land Tenure
    Religion


    Theosophical Maps of Atlantis

    Map 1: Atlantis at its Prime
    Click to enlarge

    Map 1: Atlantis at its Prime

     

    Map 2: Atlantis in its Decadence
    Click to enlarge

    Map 2: Atlantis in its Decadence

     

    Map 3: Ruta and Daitya
    Click to enlarge

    Map 3: Ruta and Daitya

     

    Map 4: Poseidonis
    Click to enlarge

    Map 4: Poseidonis


    Preface to the First Edition

    by A. P. SINNETT

    For readers unacquainted with the progress that has been made in recent years by earnest students of occultism attached to the Theosophical Society, the significance of the statement embodied in the following pages would be misapprehended without some preliminary explanation. Historical research has depended for western civilization hitherto, on written records of one kind or another. When literary memoranda have fallen short, stone monuments have sometimes been available, and fossil remains have given us a few unequivocal, though inarticulate assurances concerning the antiquity of the human race; but modern culture has lost sight of or has overlooked possibilities connected with the investigation of past events, which are independent of fallible evidence transmitted to us by ancient writers. The world at large is thus at present so imperfectly alive to the resources of human faculty, that by most people as yet, the very existence, even as a potentiality, of psychic powers, which some of us all the while are consciously exercising every day, is scornfully denied and derided. The situation is sadly ludicrous from the point of view of those who appreciate the prospects of evolution, because mankind is thus wilfully holding at arm’s length, the knowledge that is essential to its own ulterior progress. The maximum cultivation of which the human intellect is susceptible while it denies itself all the resources of its higher spiritual consciousness, can never be more than a preparatory process as compared with that which may set in when the faculties are sufficiently enlarged to enter into conscious relationship with the super-physical planes or aspects of Nature.

    For anyone who will have the patience to study the published results of psychic investigation during the last fifty years, the reality of clairvoyance as an occasional phenomenon of human intelligence must establish itself on an immovable foundation. For those who, without being occultists–students that is to say of Nature’s loftier aspects, in a position to obtain better teaching than that which any written books can give–for those who merely avail themselves of recorded evidence, a declaration on the part of others of a disbelief in the possibility of clairvoyance, is on a level with the proverbial African’s disbelief in ice. But the experiences of clairvoyance that have accumulated on the hands of those who have studied it in connection with mesmerism, do no more than prove the existence in human nature of a capacity for cognizing physical phenomena distant either in space or time, in some way which has nothing to do with the physical senses. Those who have studied the mysteries of clairvoyance in connection with theosophic teaching have been enabled to realize that the ultimate resources of that faculty range as far beyond its humbler manifestations, dealt with by unassisted enquirers, as the resources of the higher mathematics exceed those of the abacus. Clairvoyance, indeed, is of many kinds, all of which fall easily into their places when we appreciate the manner in which human consciousness functions on different planes of Nature. The faculty of reading the pages of a closed book, or of discerning objects blindfold, or at a distance from the observer, is quite a different faculty from that employed on the cognition of past events. That last is the kind of which it is necessary to say something here, in order that the true character of the present treatise on Atlantis may be understood, but I allude to the others merely that the explanation I have to give may not be mistaken for a complete theory of clairvoyance in all its varieties.

    We may best be helped to a comprehension of clairvoyance as related to past events, by considering in the first instance the phenomena of memory. The theory of memory which relates it to an imaginary rearrangement of physical molecules of brain matter, going on at every instant of our lives, is one that presents itself as plausible to no one who can ascend one degree above the thinking level of the uncompromising atheistical materialist. To every one who accepts, even as a reasonable hypothesis, the idea that a man is something more than a carcase in a state of animation, it must be a reasonable hypothesis that memory has to do with that principle in man which is super-physical. His memory in short, is a function of some other than the physical plane. The pictures of memory are imprinted, it is clear, on some nonphysical medium, and are accessible to the embodied thinker in ordinary cases by virtue of some effort he makes in as much unconsciousness as to its precise character, as he is unconscious of the brain impulse which actuates the muscles of his heart. The events with which he has had to do in the past are photographed by Nature on some imperishable page of super-physical matter, and by making an appropriate interior effort, he is capable of bringing them again, when he requires them, within the area of some interior sense which reflects its perception on the physical brain. We are not all of us able to make this effort equally well, so that memory is sometimes dim, but even in the experience of mesmeric research, the occasional super-excitation of memory under mesmerism is a familiar fact. The circumstances plainly show that the record of Nature is accessible if we know how to recover it, or even if our own capacity to make an effort for its recovery is somehow improved without our having an improved knowledge of the method employed. And from this thought we may arrive by an easy transition at the idea, that in truth the records of Nature are not separate collections of individual property, but constitute the all-embracing memory of Nature herself, on which different people are in a position to make drafts according to their several capacities.

    I do not say that the one thought necessarily ensues as a logical consequence of the other. Occultists know that what I have stated is the fact, but my present purpose is to show the reader who is not an Occultist, how the accomplished Occultist arrives at his results, without hoping to epitomize all the stages of his mental progress in this brief explanation. Theosophical literature at large must be consulted by those who would seek a fuller elucidation of the magnificent prospects and practical demonstrations of its teaching in many directions, which, in the course of the Theosophical development, have been laid before the world for the benefit of all who are competent to profit by them.

    The memory of Nature is in reality a stupendous unity, just as in another way all mankind is found to constitute a spiritual unity if we ascend to a sufficiently elevated plane of Nature in search of the wonderful convergence where unity is reached without the loss of individuality. For ordinary humanity, however, at the early stage of its evolution represented at present by the majority, the interior spiritual capacities ranging beyond those which the brain is an instrument for expressing, are as yet too imperfectly developed to enable them to get into touch with any other records in the vast archives of Nature’s memory, except those with which they have individually been in contact at their creation. The blindfold interior effort they are competent to make, will not as a rule, call up any others. But in a flickering fashion we have experience in ordinary life of efforts that are a little more effectual. “Thought Transference” is a humble example. In that case “impressions on the mind” of one person–Nature’s memory pictures, with which he is in normal relationship, are caught up by someone else who is just able, however unconscious of the method he uses, to range Nature’s memory under favourable conditions, a little beyond the area with which he himself is in normal relationship. Such a person has begun, however slightly, to exercise the faculty of astral clairvoyance. That term may be conveniently used to denote the kind of clairvoyance I am now endeavoring to elucidate, the kind which, in some of its more magnificent developments, has been employed to carry out the investigations on the basis of which the present account of Atlantis has been compiled.

    There is no limit really to the resources of astral clairvoyance in investigations concerning the past history of the earth, whether we are concerned with the events that have befallen the human race in prehistoric epochs, or with the growth of the planet itself through geological periods which antedated the advent of man, or with more recent events, current narrations of which have been distorted by careless or perverse historians. The memory of Nature is infallibly accurate and inexhaustibly minute. A time will come as certainly as the precession of the equinoxes, when the literary method of historical research will be laid aside as out of date, in the case of all original work. People among us who are capable of exercising astral clairvoyance in full perfection–but have not yet been called away to higher functions in connection with the promotion of human progress, of which ordinary humanity at present knows even less than an Indian ryot knows of cabinet councils–are still very few. Those who know what the few can do, and through what processes of training and self-discipline they have passed in pursuit of interior ideals, of which when attained astral clairvoyance is but an individual circumstance, are many, but still a small minority as compared with the modern cultivated world. But as time goes on, and within a measurable future, some of us have reason to feel sure that the numbers of those who are competent to exercise astral clairvoyance will increase sufficiently to extend the circle of those who are aware of their capacities, till it comes to embrace all the intelligence and culture of civilized mankind only a few generations hence. Meanwhile the present volume is the first that has been put forward as the pioneer essay of the new method of historical research. It is amusing to all who are concerned with it, to think how inevitably it will be mistaken–for some little while as yet, by materialistic readers, unable to accept the frank explanation here given of the principle on which it has been prepared–for a work of imagination.

    For the benefit of others who may be more intuitive it may be well to say a word or two that may guard them from supposing that because historical research by means of astral clairvoyance is not impeded by having to deal with periods removed from our own by hundreds of thousands of years, it is on that account a process which involves no trouble. Every fact stated In the present volume has been picked up bit by bit with watchful and attentive care, in the course of an investigation on which more than one qualified person has been engaged, in the intervals of other activity, for some years past. And to promote the success of their work they have been allowed access to some maps and other records physically preserved from the remote periods concerned–though in safer keeping than in that of the turbulent races occupied in Europe with the development of civilization in brief intervals of leisure from warfare, and hard pressed by the fanaticism that so long treated science as sacrilegious during the middle ages of Europe.

    Laborious as the task has been however, it will be recognized as amply repaying the trouble taken, by everyone who is able to perceive how absolutely necessary to a proper comprehension of the world as we find it, is a proper comprehension of its preceding Atlantean phase. Without this knowledge all speculations concerning ethnology are futile and misleading. The course of race development is chaos and confusion without the key furnished by the character of Atlantean civilization and the configuration of the earth at Atlantean periods. Geologists know that land and ocean surfaces must have repeatedly changed places during the period at which they also know-from the situation of human remains in the various strata-that the lands were inhabited. And yet for want of accurate knowledge as to the dates at which the changes took place, they discard the whole theory from their practical thinking, and, except for certain hypotheses started by naturalists dealing with the southern hemisphere, have generally endeavoured to harmonize race migrations with the configuration of the earth in existence at the present time.

    In this way nonsense is made of the whole retrospect; and the ethnological scheme remains so vague and shadowy that it fails to displace crude conceptions of mankind’s beginning, which still dominate religious thinking and keep back the spiritual progress of the age. The decadence and ultimate disappearance of Atlantean civilization is in turn as instructive as its rise and glory; but I have now accomplished the main purpose with which I sought leave to introduce the work now before the world, with a brief prefatory explanation, and if its contents fail to convey a sense of its importance to any readers I am now addressing, that result could hardly be accomplished by further recommendations of mine.


    The Story of Atlantis

    A Geographical, Historical and Ethnological Sketch

    THE GENERAL scope of the subject before us will best be realized by considering the amount of information that is obtainable about the various nations who compose our great Fifth or Aryan Race.

    From the time of the Greeks and the Romans onwards volumes have been written about every people who in their turn have filled the stage of history. The political institutions, the religious beliefs, the social and domestic manners and customs have all been analyzed and catalogued, and countless works in many tongues record for our benefit the march of progress.

    Further, it must be remembered that of the history of this Fifth Race we possess but a fragment–the record merely of the last family races of the Celtic sub-race, and the first family races of our own Teutonic stock.

    But the hundreds of thousands of years which elapsed from the time when the earliest Aryans left their home on the shores of the central Asian Sea to the time of the Greeks and Romans, bore witness to the rise and fall of innumerable civilizations. Of the 1st sub-race of our Aryan Race who inhabited India and colonized Egypt in prehistoric times we know practically nothing, and the same may be said of the Chaldean, Babylonian, and Assyrian nations who composed the 2nd sub-race–for the fragments of knowledge obtained from the recently deciphered hieroglyphs or cuneiform inscriptions on Egyptian tombs or Babylonian tablets can scarcely be said to constitute history. The Persians who belonged to the 3rd or Iranian sub-race have, it is true, left a few more traces, but of the earlier civilizations of the Celtic or 4th sub-race we have no records at all. It is only with the rise of the last family shoots of this Celtic stock, viz., the Greek and Roman peoples, that we come upon historic times.

    In addition also to the blank period in the past, there is the blank period in the future. For of the seven sub-races required to complete the history of a great Root Race, five only have so far come into existence. Our own Teutonic or 5th sub-race has already developed many nations, but has not yet run its course, while the 6th and 7th sub-races, who will be developed on the continents of North and South America, respectively, will have thousands of years of history to give to the world.

    In attempting, therefore, to summarize in a few pages information about the world’s progress during a period which must have occupied at least as great a stretch of years as that above referred to, it should be realized how slight a sketch this must inevitably be.

    A record of the world’s progress during the period of the Fourth or Atlantean Race must embrace the history of many nations, and register the rise and fall of many civilizations.

    Catastrophes, too, on a scale such as has not yet been experienced during the life of our present Fifth Race, took place on more than one occasion during the progress of the Fourth. The destruction of Atlantis was accomplished by a series of catastrophes varying in character from great cataclysms in which whole territories and populations perished, to comparatively unimportant landslips such as occur on our own coasts to-day. When the destruction was once inaugurated by the first great catastrophe there was no intermission in the minor landslips which continued slowly but steadily to eat away the continent. Four of the great catastrophes stand out above the rest in magnitude. The first took place in the Miocene age, about 800,000 years ago. The second, which was of minor importance, occurred about 200,000 years ago. The third–about 80,000 years ago–was a very great one. It destroyed all that remained of the Atlantean continent, with the exception of the island to which Plato gave the name of Poseidonis, which in its turn was submerged in the fourth and final great catastrophe of 9564 B.C.

    Now the testimony of the oldest writers and of modern scientific research alike bear witness to the existence of an ancient continent occupying the site of the lost Atlantis.

    Before proceeding to the consideration of the subject itself, it is proposed cursorily to glance at the generally known sources which supply corroborative evidence. These may be grouped into the five following classes:

    First, the testimony of the deep-sea surroundings.

    Second, the distribution of fauna and flora.

    Third, the similarity of language and of ethnological type.

    Fourth, the similarity of religious belief, ritual, and architecture.

    Fifth, the testimony of ancient writers, of early race traditions, and of archaic flood-legends.


    Deep-Sea Soundings

    In the first place, then, the testimony of the deep-sea soundings may be summarized in a few words. Thanks chiefly to the expeditions of the British and American gun boats, “Challenger” and “Dolphin” (though Germany also was associated in this scientific exploration) the bed of the whole Atlantic Ocean is now mapped out, with the result that an immense bank or ridge of great elevation is shown to exist in mid-Atlantic. This ridge stretches in a southwesterly direction from about fifty degrees north towards the coast of South America, then in a south-easterly direction towards the coast of Africa, changing its direction again about Ascension Island, and running due south to Tristan d’Acunha. The ridge rises almost sheer about 9,000 feet from the ocean depths around it, while the Azores, St. Paul, Ascension, and Tristan d’Acunha are the peaks of this land which still remain above water. A line of 3,500 fathoms, or say 21,000 feet, is required to sound the deepest parts of the Atlantic, but the higher parts of the ridge are only a hundred to a few hundred fathoms beneath the sea.

    The soundings too showed that the ridge is covered with volcanic débris of which traces are to be found right across the ocean to the American coasts. Indeed the fact that the ocean bed, particularly about the Azores, has been the scene of volcanic disturbance on a gigantic scale, and that too within a quite measurable period of geologic time, is conclusively proved by the investigations made during the above-named expeditions.

    Mr. Starkie Gardner is of opinion that in the Eocene times the British Islands formed part of a larger island or continent stretching into the Atlantic, and “that a great tract of land formerly existed where the sea now is, and that Cornwall, the Scilly and Channel Islands, Ireland and Brittany are the remains of its highest summits.”[1]


    Distribution of Fauna and Flora

    The proved existence on continents separated by great oceans of similar or identical species of fauna and flora is the standing puzzle to biologists and botanists alike. But if a link between these continents once existed allowing for the natural migration of such animals and plants, the puzzle is solved. Now the fossil remains of the camel are found in India, Africa, South America and Kansas: but it is one of the generally accepted hypotheses of naturalists that every species of animal and plant originated in but one part of the globe, from which centre it gradually overran the other portions. How then can the facts of such fossil remains be accounted for without the existence of land communication in some remote age? Recent discoveries in the fossil beds of Nebraska seem also to prove that the horse

    [1. Pop. Sc. Review, July, 1878.]

    originated in the Western Hemisphere, for that is the only part of the world where fossil remains have been discovered, showing the various intermediate forms which have been identified as the precursors of the true horse. It would therefore be difficult to account for the presence of the horse in Europe except on the hypothesis of continuous land communication between the two continents, seeing that it is certain that the horse existed in a wild state in Europe and Asia before his domestication by man, which may be traced back almost to the stone age. Cattle and sheep as we now know them have an equally remote ancestry. Darwin finds domesticated cattle in Europe in the earliest part of the stone age, having long before developed out of wild forms akin to the buffalo of America. Remains of the cave-lion of Europe are also found in North America.

    Turning now from the animal to the vegetable kingdom it appears that the greater part of the flora of the Miocene age in Europe–found chiefly in the fossil beds of Switzerland–exist at the present day in America, some of them in Africa. But the noteworthy fact about America is that while the greater proportion are to be found in the Eastern States, very many are wanting on the Pacific coast. This seems to show that it was from the Atlantic side that they entered the continent. Professor Asa Gray says that out of 66 genera and 155 species found in the forest east of the Rocky Mountains, only 31 genera and 78 species are found west of these heights.

    But the greatest problem of all is the plantain or banana. Professor Kuntze, an eminent German botanist, asks, “In what way was this plant” (a native of tropical Asia and Africa) “which cannot stand a voyage through the temperate zone, carried to America?” As he points out, the plant is seedless, it cannot be propagated by cuttings, neither has it a tuber which could be easily transported. Its root is treelike. To transport it special care would be required, nor could it stand a long transit. The only way in which he can account for its appearance in America is to suppose that it must have been transported by civilized man at a time when the polar regions had a tropical climate! He adds, “a cultivated plant which does not possess seeds must have been under culture for a very long period … it is perhaps fair to infer that these plants were cultivated as early as the beginning of the Diluvial period.” Why, it may be asked, should not this inference take us back to still earlier times, and where did the civilization necessary for the plant’s cultivation exist, or the climate and circumstances requisite for its transportation, unless there were at some time a link between the old world and the new?

    Professor Wallace in his delightful Island Life, as well as other writers in many important works, has put forward ingenious hypotheses to account for the identity of flora and fauna on widely separated lands, and for their transit across the ocean, but all are unconvincing, and all break down at different points.

    It is well known that wheat as we know it has never existed in a truly wild state, nor is there any evidence tracing its descent from fossil species. Five varieties of wheat were already cultivated in Europe in the stone age–one variety found in the “Lake Dwellings” being known as Egyptian wheat, from which Darwin argues that the Lake dwellers “either still kept up commercial intercourse with some southern people, or had originally proceeded as colonists from the South.” He concludes that wheat, barley, oats, etc., are descended from various species now extinct, or so widely different as to escape identification, in which case he says: “Man must have cultivated cereals from an enormously remote period.” The regions where these extinct species flourished, and the civilization under which they were cultivated by intelligent selection, are both supplied by the lost continent whose colonists carried them east and west.

    From the fauna and flora we now turn to man.


    Similarity of Language

    The Basque language stands alone amongst European tongues, having affinity with none of them. According to Farrar, “there never has been any doubt that this isolated language, preserving its identity in a western corner of Europe, between two mighty kingdoms, resembles in its structure the aboriginal languages of the vast opposite continent (America) and those alone.”[1]

    The Phoenicians apparently were the first nation in the Eastern Hemisphere to use a phonetic alphabet, the characters being regarded as mere signs for sounds. It is a curious fact that at an equally early date we find a phonetic alphabet in Central America

    [1. Families of Speech, p. 132.]

    amongst the Mayans of Yucatan, whose traditions ascribe the origin of their civilization to a land across the sea to the east. Le Plongeon, the great authority on this subject, writes: “One-third of this tongue (the Maya) is pure Greek. Who brought the dialect of Homer to America? or who took to Greece that of the Mayas? Greek is the offspring of the Sanscrit. Is Maya? or are they coeval?” Still more surprising is it to find thirteen letters out of the Maya alphabet bearing most distinct relation to the Egyptian hieroglyphic signs for the same letters. It is probable that the earliest form of alphabet was hieroglyphic, “the writing of the Gods,” as the Egyptians called it, and that it developed later in Atlantis into the phonetic. It would be natural to assume that the Egyptians were an early colony from Atlantis (as they actually were) and that they carried away with them the primitive type of writing which has thus left its traces on both hemispheres, while the Phoenicians, who were a sea-going people, obtained and assimilated the later form of alphabet during their trading voyages with the people of the west.

    One more point may be noticed, viz., the extraordinary resemblance between many words in the Hebrew language and words bearing precisely the same meaning in the tongue of the Chiapenecs–a branch of the Maya race, and amongst the most ancient in Central America.[1]

    The similarity of language among the various savage races of the Pacific islands has been used as an

    [1. A list of these words is given in North Americans of Antiquity, p. 475.]

    argument by writers on this subject. The existences of similar languages among races separated by leagues of ocean, across which in historic time they are known to have had no means of transport, is certainly an argument in favour of their descent from a single race occupying a single continent, but the argument cannot be used here, for the continent in question was not Atlantis, but the still earlier Lemuria.


    Similarity of Ethnological Types

    Atlantis as we shall see is said to have been inhabited by red, yellow, white and black races. It is now proved by the researches of Le Plongeon, De Quatrefages, Bancroft and others that black populations of negroid type existed even up to recent times in America. Many of the monuments of Central America are decorated with negro faces, and some of the idols found there are clearly intended to represent negroes, with small skulls, short woolly hair and thick lips. The Popul Vuh, speaking of the first home of the Guatemalan race, says that “black and white men together” lived in this happy land “in great peace,” speaking “one language.”[1] The Popul Vuh goes on to relate how the people migrated from their ancestral home, how their language became altered, and how some went to the east, while others travelled west (to Central America).

    [1. See Bancroft’s Native Races, p. 547.]

    Professor Retzius, in his Smithsonian Report, considers that the primitive dolichocephalae of America are nearly related to the Guanches of the Canary Islands, and to the population on the Atlantic seaboard of Africa, which Latham comprises under the name of Egyptian Atlantidae. The same form of skull is found In the Canary Islands off the African coast and the Carib Islands off the American coast, while the colour of the skin in both is that of a reddish-brown.

    The ancient Egyptians depicted themselves as red men of much the same complexion as exists to-day among some tribes of American Indians.

    “The ancient Peruvians,” says Short, “appear from numerous examples of hair found in their tombs to have been an auburn-haired race.”

    A remarkable fact about the American Indians, and one which is a standing puzzle to ethnologists, is the wide range of colour and complexion to be found among them. From the white tint of the Menominee, Dakota, Mandan, and Zuni tribes, many of whom have auburn hair and blue eyes, to the almost negro blackness of the Karos of Kansas and the now extinct tribes of California, the Indian races run through every shade of red-brown, copper, olive, cinnamon, and bronze.[1]

    We shall see by and by how the diversity of complexion

    [1. See Short’s North Americans of Antiquity, Winchell’s Pre-Adamites, and Catlin’s Indians of North America; see also Atlantis, by Ignatius Donnelly, who has collected a great mass of evidence under this and other heads.]

    on the American Continent is accounted for by the original race-tints on the parent continent of Atlantis.


    Similarity of Religious Belief, Ritual and Architecture

    Nothing seems to have surprised the first Spanish adventurers in Mexico and Peru more than the extraordinary similarity to those of the old world, of the religious beliefs, rites, and emblems which they found established in the new. The Spanish priests regarded this similarity as the work of the devil. The worship of the cross by the natives, and its constant presence in all religious buildings and ceremonies, was the principal subject of their amazement; and indeed nowhere–not even in India and Egypt–was this symbol held in more profound veneration than amongst the primitive tribes of the American continents, while the meaning underlying its worship was identical. In the west, as in the east, the cross was the symbol of life-sometimes of life physical, more often of life eternal.

    In like manner in both hemispheres the worship of the sun-disk or circle, and of the serpent, was universal, and more surprising still is the similarity of the word signifying “God” in the principal languages of east and west. Compare the Sanscrit “Dyaus” or “Dyaus-pitar,” the Greek, “Theos” and Zeus, the Latin “Deus” and “Jupiter,” the Keltic “Dia” and “Ta,” pronounced “Thyah” (seeming to bear affinity to the Egyptian Tau), the Jewish “Jah” or “Yah” and lastly the Mexican “Teo” or “Zeo.”

    Baptismal rites were practised by all nations. In Babylon and Egypt the candidates for initiation in the Mysteries were first baptized. Tertullian in his De Baptismo says that they were promised in consequence “regeneration and the pardon of all their perjuries.” The Scandinavian nations practised baptism of new-born children; and when we turn to Mexico and Peru we find infant baptism there as a solemn ceremonial, consisting of water sprinkling, the sign of the cross, and prayers for the washing away of sin.[1][2]

    In addition to baptism, the tribes of Mexico, Central America and Peru resembled the nations of the old world in their rites of confession, absolution, fasting, and marriage before priests by joining hands. They had even a ceremony resembling the Eucharist, in which cakes marked with the Tau (an Egyptian form of cross) were eaten, the people calling them the flesh of their God. These exactly resemble the sacred cakes of Egypt and other eastern nations. Like these nations, too, the people of the new world had monastic orders, male and female, in which broken vows were punished with death. Like the Egyptians they embalmed their dead, they worshipped sun, moon and planets, but over and above

    [1. See Humboldt’s Mexican Researches and Prescott’s Mexico.

    2. For a fuller description of Baptismal Rites see W. Williamson’s “The Great Law, ” chap. “Sacraments and Blood Covenants.]

    these adored a Deity “omnipresent, who knoweth all things … invisible, incorporeal, one God of perfect perfection.”[1]

    They too had their virgin-mother goddess, “Our Lady” whose son, the “Lord of Light,” was called the “Saviour,” bearing an accurate correspondence to Isis, Beltis and the many other virgin – goddesses of the east with their divine sons.

    Their rites of sun and fire worship closely resembled those of the early Celts of Britain and Ireland, and like the latter they claimed to be the “children of the sun.” An ark or argha was one of the universal sacred symbols which we find alike in India, Chaldea, Assyria, Egypt, Greece and amongst the Celtic peoples. Lord Kingsborough in his Mexican Antiquities[2] says: “As among the Jews the ark was a sort of portable temple in which the deity was supposed to be continually present, so among the Mexicans, the Cherokees and the Indians of Michoacan and Honduras, an ark was held in the highest veneration and was considered an object too sacred to be touched by any but the priests.”

    As to religious architecture, we find on both sides of the Atlantic that one of the earliest sacred buildings is the pyramid. Doubtful as are the uses for which these structures were originally intended, one thing is clear, that they were closely connected with some religious idea or group of ideas. The identity of design in the pyramids of Egypt and those of Mexico

    [1. See Sahagun’s Historia de Nueva España, lib. vi.

    2. Vol. viii, p. 250.]

    and Central America is too striking to be a mere coincidence. True some–the greater number–of the American pyramids are of the truncated or flattened form, yet according to Bancroft and others, many of those found in Yucatan, and notably those near Palenque, are pointed at the top in true Egyptian fashion, while on the other hand we have some of the Egyptian pyramids of the stepped and flattened type. Cholula has been compared to the groups of Dachour, Sakkara and the step pyramid of Médourn. Alike in orientation, in structure, and even in their internal galleries and chambers, these mysterious monuments of the east and of the west stand as witnesses to some common source whence their builders drew their plan.

    The vast remains of cities and temples in Mexico and Yucatan also strangely resemble those of Egypt, the ruins of Teotihuacan having frequently been compared to those of Karnak. The “false arch”–horizontal courses of stone, each slightly overlapping the other–is found to be identical in Central America, in the oldest buildings of Greece, and in Etruscan remains. The mound builders of both eastern and western continents formed similar tumuli over their dead, and laid the bodies in similar stone coffins. Both continents have their great serpent-mounds; compare that of Adams Co., Ohio, with the fine serpent-mound discovered in Argyleshire, or the less perfect specimen at Avebury in Wilts. The very carving and decoration of the temples of America, Egypt and India have much in common, while some of the mural decorations are absolutely identical.


    Testimony of Ancient Writers

    It only remains now to summarize some of the evidence obtainable from ancient writers, from early race traditions, and from archaic flood-legends.

    Aelian in his Varia Historia,[1] states that Theopompus (400 B.C.) recorded an interview between the King of Phrygia and Silenus, in which the latter referred to the existence of a great continent beyond the Atlantic, larger than Asia, Europe and Libya together.

    Proclus quotes an extract from an ancient writer who refers to the islands in the sea beyond the Pillars of Hercules (Straits of Gibraltar), and says that the inhabitants of one of these islands had a tradition from their ancestors of an extremely large island called Atlantis, which for a long time ruled over all the islands of the Atlantic Ocean.

    Marcellus speaks of seven islands in the Atlantic, and states that their inhabitants preserve the memory of a much greater island, Atlantis, “which had for a long time exercised dominion over the smaller ones.”

    Diodorus Siculus relates that the Phoenicians discovered “a large island in the Atlantic Ocean beyond the Pillars of Hercules several days’ sail from the coast of Africa.”

    But the greatest authority on this subject is Plato. In the Timaeus he refers to the island continent, while the Critias or Atlanticus is nothing less than a detailed account of the history, arts, manners and customs of

    [1. Lib. iii., ch. xviii.]

    the people. In the Timaeus he refers to “a mighty warlike power, rushing from the Atlantic sea and spreading itself with hostile fury over all Europe and Asia. For at that time the Atlantic sea was navigable and had an island before that mouth which is called by you the Pillars of Hercules. But this island was greater than both Libya and all Asia together, and afforded an easy passage to other neighbouring islands, as it was likewise easy to pass from those islands to all the continents which border on this Atlantic sea.”

    There is so much of value in the Critias that it is not easy to choose, but the following extract is given, as it bears on the material resources of the country: “They had likewise everything provided for them which both in a city and every other place is sought after as useful for the purposes of life. And they were supplied indeed with many things from foreign countries, on account of their extensive empire; but the island afforded them the greater part of everything of which they stood in need. In the first place the island supplied them with such things as are dug out of mines in a solid state, and with such as are melted: and orichalcum, which is now but seldom mentioned, but then was much celebrated, was dug out of the earth in many parts of the island, and was considered as the most honourable of all metals except gold. Whatever, too, the woods afforded for builders the island produced in abundance. There were likewise sufficient pastures there for tame and savage animals; together with a prodigious number of elephants. For there were pastures for all such animals as are fed in lakes and rivers; on mountains and in plains. And in like manner there was sufficient aliment for the largest and most voracious kind of animals. Besides this, whatever of odoriferous the earth nourishes at present, whether roots, or grass, or wood, or juices, or gums, flowers or fruits-these the island produced and produced them well.”

    The Gauls possessed traditions of Atlantis which were collected by the Roman historian, Timagenes, who lived in the first century, B.C. Three distinct peoples apparently dwelt in Gaul. First, the indigenous population (probably the remains of a Lemurian race), second, the invaders from the distant island of Atlantis, and third, the Aryan Gauls.*

    The Toltecs of Mexico traced themselves back to a starting-point called Atlan or Aztlan; the Aztecs also claimed to come from Aztlan.[2]

    The Popul Vuh[3] speaks of a visit paid by three sons of the King of the Quiches to a land “in the east on the shores of the sea whence their fathers had come,” from which they brought back amongst other things “a system of writing.”[4]

    Amongst the Indians of North America there is a very general legend that their forefathers came from a land “toward the sun-rising.” The Iowa and Dakota Indians, according to Major J. Lind, believed that “all the tribes of Indians were formerly one and dwelt together on an island . . . towards the sunrise.” They crossed the sea from thence “in huge

    [1. See Pre-Adamites, p. 380.

    2. See Bancroft’s Native Races, vol. v. pp. 221 and 321.

    3. Page 294.

    4. See also Bancroft, Vol. V., p. 553.]

    skiffs in which the Dakotas of old floated for weeks, finally gaining dry land.”

    The Central American books state that a part of the American continent extended far into the Atlantic Ocean, and that this region was destroyed by a series of frightful cataclysms at long intervals apart. Three of these are frequently referred to.[1] It is a curious confirmation that the Celts of Britain had a legend that part of their country once extended far into the Atlantic and was destroyed. Three catastrophes are mentioned in the Welsh traditions.

    Quetzalcoatl, the Mexican Deity, is said to have come from “the distant east.” He is described as a white man with a flowing beard. (N.B.-The Indians of North and South America are beardless.) He originated letters and regulated the Mexican calendar. After having taught them many peaceful arts and lessons he sailed away to the east in a canoe made of serpent skins.[2] The same story is told of Zamna, the author of civilization in Yucatan.

    The marvellous uniformity of the flood legends on all parts of the globe, alone remains to be dealt with. Whether these are some archaic versions of the story of the lost Atlantis and its submergence, or whether they are echoes of a great cosmic parable once taught and held in reverence in some common centre whence they have reverberated throughout the world, does not immediately concern us. Sufficient for our purpose is it to show the universal acceptation of these legends. It would be needless waste of time and space

    [1. See Baldwin’s Ancient America, p. 176.

    2. See Short’s North Americans of Antiquity, pp. 268-271.]

    to go over these flood stories one by one. Suffice it to say, that in India, Chaldea, Babylon, Media, Greece, Scandinavia, China, amongst the Jews and amongst the Celtic tribes of Britain, the legend is absolutely identical in all essentials. Now turn to the west and what do we find? The same story in its every detail preserved amongst the Mexicans (each tribe having its own version), the people of Guatemala, Honduras, Peru, and almost every tribe of North American Indians. It is puerile to suggest that mere coincidence can account for this fundamental identity.

    The following quotation from Le Plongeon’s translation of the famous Troano MS., which may be seen in the British Museum, will appropriately bring this part of the subject to a close. The Troano MS. appears to have been written about 3,500 years ago, among the Mayas of Yucatan, and the following is its description of the catastrophe that submerged the island of Poseidonis:–“In the year 6 Kan, on the 11th Muluc in the month Zac, there occurred terrible earthquakes, which continued without interruption until the 13th Chuen. The country of the hills of mud, the land of Mu was sacrificed: being twice upheaved it suddenly disappeared during the night, the basin being continually shaken by volcanic forces. Being confined, these caused the land to sink and to r’ se several times and in various places. At last the surface gave way and ten countries were torn asunder and scattered. Unable to stand the force of the convulsions, they sank with their 64,000,000 of inhabitants 8060 years before the writing of this book.”


    The Occult Records

    But enough space has now been devoted to the fragments of evidence–all more or less convincing–which the world so far has been in possession of. Those interested in pursuing any special line of investigation are referred to the various works above named or quoted.

    The subject in hand must now be dealt with. Drawn as they have been from contemporary records which were compiled in and handed down through the ages we have to deal with, the facts here collected are based upon no assumption or conjecture. The writer may have failed fully to comprehend the facts, and so may have partially misstated them. But the original records are open for investigation to the duly qualified, and those who are disposed to undertake the necessary training may obtain the powers to check and verify.

    But even were all the occult records open to our inspection, it should be realized how fragmentary must be the sketch that attempts to summarize in a few pages the history of races and of nations extending over at least many hundreds of thousands of years. However, any details on such a subject–disconnected though they are–must be new, and should therefore be interesting to the world at large.

    Among the records above referred to there are maps of the world at various periods of its history and it has been the great privilege of the writer to be allowed to obtain copies–more or less complete–of four of these. All four represent Atlantis and the surrounding lands at different epochs of their history.

    These epochs correspond approximately with the periods that lay between the catastrophes referred to above, and into the periods thus represented by the four maps the records of the Atlantean Race will naturally group themselves.


    First Map Period

    Before beginning the history of the race, however, a few remarks may be made about the geography of the four different epochs.

    The first map represents the land surface of the earth as it existed about a million years ago, when the Atlantean Race was at its height, and before the first great submergence took place about 800,000 years ago. The continent of Atlantis itself, it will be observed, extended from a point a few degrees east of Iceland to about the site now occupied by Rio de Janeiro, in South America. Embracing Texas and the Gulf of Mexico, the Southern and Eastern States of America, up to and including Labrador, it stretched across the ocean to our own islands–Scotland and Ireland, and a small portion of the north of England forming one of its promontories–while its equatorial lands embraced Brazil and the whole stretch of ocean to the African Gold Coast. Scattered fragments of what eventually became the continents of Europe, Africa and America, as well as remains of the still older, and once widespread continent of Lemuria, are also shown on this map. The remains of the still older Hyperborean continent which was inhabited by the Second Root Race, are also given, and like Lemuria, coloured blue.


    Second Map Period

    As will be seen from the second map the catastrophe of 800,000 years ago caused very great changes in the land distribution of the globe. The great continent is now shorn of its northern regions, and its remaining portion has been still further rent. The now growing American continent is separated by a chasm from its parent continent of Atlantis, and this no longer comprises any of the lands now existing, but occupies the bulk of the Atlantic basin from about 50′ north to a few degrees south of the equator. The subsidences and upheavals in other parts of the world have also been considerable–the British Islands for example, now being part of a huge island which also embraces the Scandinavian peninsula, the North of France, and all the intervening and some of the surrounding seas. The dimensions of the remains of Lemuria it will be observed, have been further curtailed, while Europe, Africa and America have received accretions of territory.


    Third Map Period

    The third map shows the results of the catastrophe which took place about 200,000 years ago. With the exception of the rents in the continents both of Atlantis and America, and the submergence of Egypt, it will be seen how relatively unimportant were the subsidences and upheavals at this epoch, indeed the fact that this catastrophe has not always been considered as one of the great ones, is apparent from the quotation already given from the sacred book of the Guatemalans–three great ones only being there mentioned. The Scandinavian island however, appears now as joined to the mainland. The two islands into which Atlantis was now split were known by the names of Ruta and Daitya.


    Fourth Map Period

    The stupendous character of the natural convulsion that took place about 80,000 years ago, will be apparent from the fourth map. Daitya, the smaller and more southerly of the islands, has almost entirely disappeared, while of Ruta there only remains the relatively small island of Poseidonis. This map was compiled about 75,000 years ago, and it no doubt fairly represents the land surface of the earth from that period onwards till the final submergence of Poseidonis in 9564 B.C., though during that period minor changes must have taken place. It will be noted that the land outlines had then begun to assume roughly the same appearance they do to-day, though the British Islands were still joined to the European continent, while the Baltic Sea was nonexistent, and the Sahara desert then formed part of the ocean floor.


    The Manus

    Some reference to the very mystical subject of the Manus is a necessary preliminary to the consideration of the origin of a Root Race. In Transaction No. 26, of the London Lodge, reference was made to the work done by these very exalted Beings, which embraces not only the planning of the types of the whole Manvantara, but the superintending the formation and education of each Root Race in turn. The following quotation refers to these arrangements: “There are also Manus whose duty it is to act in a similar way for each Root Race on each Planet of the Round, the Seed Manu planning the improvement in type which each successive Root Race inaugurates, and the Root Manu actually incarnating amongst the new Race as a leader and teacher to direct the development and ensure the improvement.”

    The way in which the necessary segregation of the picked specimens is effected by the Manu in charge, and his subsequent care of the growing community, may be dealt with in a future Transaction. The merest reference to the mode of procedure is all that is necessary here.

    It was of course from one of the sub-races of the Third Root Race on the continent which is spoken of as Lemuria, that the segregation was effected which was destined to produce the Fourth Root Race.

    Following where necessary the history of the Race through the four periods represented by the four maps, it is proposed to divide the subject under the following headings:

    1. Origin and territorial location of the different sub-races.

    2. The political institutions they respectively evolved.

    3. Their emigrations to other parts of the world.

    4. The arts and sciences they developed.

    5. The manners and customs they adopted.

    6. The rise and decline amongst them of religious ideas.


    The Sub-Races

    The names of the different sub-races must first be given–

    1. Rmoahal.

    2. Tlavatli.

    3. Toltec.

    4. First Turanian.

    5. Original Semite.

    6. Akkadian.

    7. Mongolian.

    Some explanation is necessary as to the principle on which these names are chosen. Wherever modern ethnologists have discovered traces of one of these sub-races, or even identified a small part of one, the name they have given to it is used for the sake of simplicity, but in the case of the first two sub-races there are hardly any traces left for science to seize upon, so the names by which they called themselves have been adopted


    The Rmoahal Race

    Now the period represented by Map No. 1 shows the land surface of the earth as it existed about one million years ago, but the Rmoahal race came into existence between four and five million years ago, at which period large portions of the great southern continent of Lemuria still existed, while the continent of Atlantis had not assumed the proportions it ultimately attained. It was upon a spur of this Lemurian land that the Rmoahal race was born. Roughly it may be located at latitude 7º north and longitude 5º west, which a reference to any modern atlas will show to lie on the Ashanti coast of to-day. It was a hot, moist country, where huge antediluvian animals lived in reedy swamps and dank forests. The Rmoahals were a dark race–their complexion being a sort of mahogany black. Their height in these early days was about ten or twelve feet–truly a race of giants–but through the centuries their stature gradually dwindled, as did that of all the races in turn, and later on we shall find they had shrunk to the stature of the “Furfooz man.” They ultimately migrated to the southern shores of Atlantis, were they were engaged in constant warfare with the sixth and seventh sub-races of the Lemurians then inhabiting that country. A large part of the tribe eventually moved north, while the remainder settled down and intermarried with these black Lemurian aborigines. The result was that at the period we are dealing with–the first map period–there was no pure blood left in the south, and as we shall see it was from these dark races who inhabited the equatorial provinces, and the extreme south of the continent, that the Toltec conquerors subsequently drew their supplies of slaves. The remainder of the race, however, reached the extreme north-eastern promontories contiguous with Iceland, and dwelling there for untold generations, they gradually became lighter in colour, until at the date of the first map period we find them a tolerably fair people. Their descendants eventually became subject, at least nominally, to the Semite kings.

    That they dwelt there for untold generations is not meant to imply that their occupation was unbroken, for stress of circumstances at intervals of time drove them south. The cold of the glacial epochs of course operated alike with the other races, but the few words to be said on this subject may as well come in here.

    Without going into the question of the different rotations which this earth performs, or the varying degrees of eccentricity of its orbit, a combination of which is sometimes held to be the cause of the glacial epochs, it is a fact–and one already recognized by some astronomers–that a minor glacial epoch occurs about every 30,000 years. But in addition to these, there were two occasions in the history of Atlantis when the ice-belt desolated not merely the northern regions, but, invading the bulk of the continent, forced all life to migrate to equatorial lands. The first of these was in process during the Rmoahal days, about 3,000,000 years ago, while the second took place in the Toltec ascendency about 850,000 years ago.

    With reference to all glacial epochs it should be stated that though the inhabitants of northern lands were forced to settle during the winter far south of the ice-belt, there yet were great districts to which in summer they could return, and where for the sake of the hunting they encamped until driven south again by the winter cold.


    The Tlavatli Race

    The place of origin of the Tlavatli or 2nd sub-race was an island off the west coast of Atlantis. The spot is marked on the 1st map with the figure 2. Thence they spread into Atlantis proper, chiefly across the middle of the continent, gradually however tending northwards towards the stretch of coast facing the promontory of Greenland. Physically they were a powerful and hardy race of a red-brown colour, but they were not quite so tall as the Rmoahals whom they drove still further north. They were always a mountain-loving people, and their chief settlements were in the mountainous districts of the interior, which a comparison of Maps 1 and 4 will show to be approximately coterminous with what ultimately became the island of Poseidonis. At this first map period they also–as just stated–peopled the northern coasts, whilst a mixture of Tlavatli and Toltec race inhabited the western islands, which subsequently formed part of the American continent.


    The Toltec Race

    We now come to the Toltec or 3rd sub-race. This was a magnificent development. It ruled the whole continent of Atlantis for thousands of years in great material power and glory. Indeed so dominant and so endowed with vitality was this race that intermarriages with the following sub-races failed to modify the type, which still remained essentially Toltec; and hundreds of thousands of years later we find one of their remote family races ruling magnificently in Mexico and Peru, long ages before their degenerate descendants were conquered by the fiercer Aztec tribes from the north. The complexion of this race was also a red-brown, but they were redder or more copper-coloured than the Tlavatli. They also were a tall race, averaging about eight feet during the period of their ascendency, but of course dwindling, as all races did, to the dimensions that are common to-day. The type was an improvement on the two previous sub-races, the features being straight and well marked, not unlike the ancient Greek. The approximate birthplace of this race may be seen, marked with the figure 3, on the first map. It lay near the west coast of Atlantis about latitude 30º North, and the whole of the surrounding country, embracing the bulk of the west coast of the continent, was peopled with a pure Toltec race. But as we shall see when dealing with the political organization, their territory eventually extended right across the continent, and it was from their great capital on the eastern coast that the Toltec emperors held their almost world-wide sway.


    The First Turanian Race

    The Turanian or 4th sub-race had their origin on the eastern side of the continent, south of the mountainous district inhabited by the Tlavatli people. This spot is marked 4 on Map No. 1. The Turanians were colonists from the earliest days, and great numbers migrated to the lands lying to the east of Atlantis. They were never a thoroughly dominant race on the mother- continent, though some of their tribes and family races became fairly powerful. The great central regions of the continent lying west and south of the Tlavatli mountainous district was their special though not their exclusive home, for they shared these lands with the Toltecs. The curious political and social experiments made by this sub-race will be dealt with later on.


    The Original Semite Race

    As regards the original Semite or 5th sub-race ethnologists have been somewhat confused, as indeed it is extremely natural they should be considering the very insufficient data they have to go upon. This sub-race had its origin in the mountainous country which formed the more southerly of the two northeastern peninsulas which, as we have seen, is now represented by Scotland, Ireland, and some of the surrounding seas. The site is marked 5 in Map No. 1. in this least desirable portion of the great continent the race grew and flourished, for centuries maintaining its independence against aggressive southern kings, till the time came for it in turn to spread abroad and colonize. It must be remembered that by the time the Semites rose to power hundreds of thousands of years had passed and the 2nd map period had been reached. They were a turbulent, discontented race, always at war with their neighbours, especially with the then growing power of the Akkadians.


    The Akkadian Race

    The birthplace of the Akkadian or 6th sub-race will be found on Map No. 2 (marked there with the figure 6), for it was after the great catastrophe of 800,000 years ago that this race first came into existence. It took its rise in the land east of Atlantis, about the middle of the great peninsula whose southeastern extremity stretched out towards the old continent. The spot may be located approximately at latitude 42º North and longitude 10º East. They did not for long, however, confine themselves to the land of their birth, but overran the now diminished continent of Atlantis. They fought with the Semites in many battles both on land and sea, and very considerable fleets were used on both sides. Finally about 100,000 years ago they completely vanquished the Semites, and from that time onwards an Akkadian dynasty was set up in the old Semite capital, and ruled the country wisely for several hundred years. They were a great trading, sea-going and colonizing people, and they established many centres of communication with distant lands.


    The Mongolian Race

    The Mongolian or 7th sub-race seems to be the only one that had absolutely no touch with the mother-continent. Having its origin on the plains of Tartary (marked No. 7 on the second map) at about latitude 63º North and longitude 140º East, it was directly developed from descendants of the Turanian race, which it gradually supplanted over the greater part of Asia. This sub-race multiplied exceedingly, and even at the present day a majority of the earth’s inhabitants technically belong to it, though many of its divisions are so deeply coloured with the blood of earlier races as to be scarcely distinguishable from them.


    Political Institutions

    In such a summary as this it would be impossible to describe how each sub-race was further sub-divided into nations, each having its distinct type and characteristics. All that can be here attempted is to sketch in broad outline the varying political institutions throughout the great epochs of the race.

    While recognizing that each sub-race as well as each Root Race is destined to stand in some respects at a higher level than the one before it, the cyclic nature of the development must be recognized as leading the race like the man through the various phases of infancy, youth, and manhood back to the infancy of old age again. Evolution necessarily means ultimate progress, even though the turning back of Its ascending spiral may seem to make the history of politics or of religion a record not merely of development and progress but also of degradation and decay.

    In making the statement therefore that the 1st sub-race started under the most perfect government conceivable, it must be understood that this was owing to the necessities of their childhood, not to the merits of their matured manhood. For the Rmoahals were incapable of developing any plan of settled government, nor did they ever reach even as high a point of civilization as the 6th and 7th Lemurian sub-races. But the Manu who effected the segregation actually incarnated in the race and ruled it as king. Even when he no longer took visible part in the government of the race, Adept or Divine rulers were, when the times required it, still provided for the infant community. As students of The Secret Doctrine know, our humanity had not then reached the stage of development necessary to produce fully initiated Adepts. The rulers above referred to, including the Manu himself, were therefore necessarily the product of evolution on other systems of worlds.

    The Tlavatli people showed some signs of advance in the art of government. Their various tribes or nations were ruled by chiefs or kings who generally received their authority by acclamation of the people. Naturally the most powerful individuals and greatest warriors were so chosen. A considerable empire was eventually established among them, in which one king became the nominal head, but his suzerainty consisted rather in titular honour than in actual authority.

    It was the Toltec race who developed the highest civilization and organised the most powerful empire of any of the Atlantean peoples, and it was then that the principle of heredity succession was for the first time established. The race was at first divided into a number of petty independent kingdoms, constantly at war with each other, and all at war with the Lemurio-Rmoahals of the south. These were gradually conquered and made subject peoples–many of their tribes being reduced to slavery. About one million years ago, however, these separate kingdoms united in a great federation with a recognized emperor at its head. This was of course inaugurated by great wars, but the outcome was peace and prosperity for the race.

    It must be remembered that humanity was still for the most part possessed of psychic attributes, and by this time the most advanced had undergone the necessary training in the occult schools, and had attained various stages of initiation–some even reaching to Adeptship. Now the second of these emperors was an Adept, and for thousands of years the Divine dynasty ruled not only all the kingdoms into which Atlantis was divided but the islands on the West and the southern portion of the adjacent land lying to the east. When necessary, this dynasty was recruited from the Lodge of Initiates, but as a rule the power was handed down from father to son, all being more or less qualified, and the son in some cases receiving a further degree at the hands of his father. During all this period these Initiate rulers retained connection with the Occult Hierarchy which governs the world, submitting to its laws, and acting in harmony with its plans. This was the golden age of the Toltec race. The government was just and beneficent; the arts and sciences were cultivated–indeed the workers in these fields, guided as they were by occult knowledge, achieved tremendous results; religious belief and ritual were still comparatively pure–in fact the civilization of Atlantis had by this time reached its height.


    Sorcery

    versus the Good Law

    After about 100,000 years of this golden age the degeneracy and decay of the race set in. Many of the tributary kings, and large numbers of the priests and people ceased to use their faculties and powers in accordance with the laws made by their Divine rulers, whose precepts and advice were now disregarded. Their connection with the Occult Hierarchy was broken. Personal aggrandisement, the attainment of wealth and authority, the humiliation and ruin of their enemies became more and more the objects towards which their occult powers were directed: and thus turned from their lawful use, and practised for all sorts of selfish and malevolent purposes, they inevitably led to what we must call by the name of sorcery.

    Surrounded as this word is with the odium which credulity on the one hand and imposture on the other have, during many centuries of superstition and ignorance, gradually caused it to be associated, let us consider for a moment its real meaning, and the terrible effects which its practice is ever destined to bring on the world.

    Partly through their psychic faculties, which were not yet quenched in the depths of materiality to which the race afterwards descended, and partly through their scientific attainments during this culmination of Atlantean civilization, the most intellectual and energetic members of the race gradually obtained more and more insight into the working of Nature’s laws, and more and more control over some of her hidden forces. Now the desecration of this knowledge and its use for selfish ends is what constitutes sorcery. The awful effects, too, of such desecration are well enough exemplified in the terrible catastrophes that overtook the race. For when once the black practice was inaugurated it was destined to spread in ever-widening circles. The higher spiritual guidance being thus withdrawn, the Kamic principle, which being the fourth, naturally reached its zenith during the Fourth Root Race, asserted itself more and more in humanity. Lust, brutality and ferocity were all on the increase, and the animal nature in man was approaching its most degraded expression. It was a moral question which from the very earliest times divided the Atlantean Race into two hostile camps, and what was begun in the Rmoahal times was terribly accentuated in the Toltec era. The battle of Armageddon is fought over and over again in every age of the world’s history.

    No longer submitting to the wise rule of the Initiate emperors, the followers of the “black arts” rose in rebellion and set up a rival emperor, who after much struggle and fighting drove the white emperor from his capital, the “City of the Golden Gates,” and established himself on his throne.

    The white emperor, driven northward, re-established himself in a city originally founded by the Tlavatli on the southern edge of the mountainous district, but which was now the seat of one of the tributary Toltec kings. This king gladly welcomed the white emperor and placed the city at his disposal. A few more of the tributary kings also remained loyal to him, but most transferred their allegiance to the new emperor reigning at the old capital. These, however, did not long remain faithful. Constant assertions of independence were made by the tributary kings, and continual battles were fought in different parts of the empire, the practice of sorcery being largely resorted to, to supplement the powers of destruction possessed by the armies.

    These events took place about 50,000 years before the first great catastrophe.

    From this time onwards things went from bad to worse. The sorcerers used their powers more and more recklessly, and greater and greater numbers of people acquired and practised these terrible “black arts.”

    Then came the awful retribution when millions upon millions perished. The great “City of the Golden Gates” had by this time become a perfect den of iniquity. The waves swept over it and destroyed its inhabitants, and the “black” emperor and his dynasty fell to rise no more. The emperor of the north as well as the initiated priests throughout the whole continent had long been fully aware of the evil days at hand, and subsequent pages will tell of the many priest-led emigrations which preceded this catastrophe, as well as those of later date.

    The continent was now terribly rent. But the actual amount of territory submerged by no means represented the damage done, for tidal waves swept over great tracts of land and left them desolate swamps. Whole provinces were rendered barren, and remained for generations in an uncultivated and desert condition.

    The remaining population too had received a terrible warning. It was taken to heart, and sorcery was for a time less prevalent among them. A long period elapsed before any new powerful rule was established. We shall eventually find a Semite dynasty of sorcerers enthroned in the “City of the Golden Gates,” but no Toltec power rose to eminence during the second map period. There were considerable Toltec populations still, but little of the pure blood remained on the mother continent.

    On the island of Ruta however, in the third map period, a Toltec dynasty again rose to power and ruled through its tributary kings a large portion of the island. This dynasty was addicted to the black craft, which it must be understood became more and more prevalent during all the four periods, until it culminated in the inevitable catastrophe, which to a great extent purified the earth of the monstrous evil. It must also be borne in mind that down to the very end when Poseidonis disappeared an Initiate emperor or king–or at least one acknowledging the “good law”–held sway in some part of the island continent, acting under the guidance of the Occult Hierarchy in controlling where possible the evil sorcerers, and in guiding and instructing the small minority who were still willing to lead pure and wholesome lives. In later days this “white” king was as a rule elected by the priests-the handful, that is, who still followed the “good law.”

    Little more remains to be said about the Toltecs. In Poseidonis the population of the whole island was more or less mixed. Two kingdoms and one small republic in the west divided the island between them. The northern portion was ruled by an Initiate king. In the south too the hereditary principle had given way to election by the people. Exclusive race-dynasties were at an end, but kings of Toltec blood occasionally rose to power both in the north and south, the northern kingdom being constantly encroached upon by its southern rival, and more and more of its territory annexed.

    Having dealt at some length with the state of things under the Toltecs, the leading political characteristics of the four following sub-races need not long detain us, for none of them reached the heights of civilization that the Toltecs did–in fact the degeneration of the race had set in.

    It seems to have been some sort of feudal system that the natural bent of the Turanian race tended to develop. Each chief was supreme on his own territory, and the king was only primus inter pares. The chiefs who formed his council occasionally murdered their king and set up one of their own number in his place. They were a turbulent and lawless race–brutal and cruel also. The fact that at some periods of their history regiments of women took part in their wars is significant of the last named characteristics.

    But the strange experiment they made in social life which, but for its political origin, would more naturally have been dealt with under “manners and customs,” is the most interesting fact in their record. Being continually worsted in war with their Toltec neighbours, knowing themselves to be greatly outnumbered, and desiring above all things increase of population, laws were passed, by which every man was relieved from the direct burden of maintaining his family. The State took charge of and provided for the children, and they were looked upon as its property. This naturally tended to increase the birth-rate amongst the Turanians, and the ceremony of marriage came to be disregarded. The ties of family life, and the feeling of parental love were of course destroyed, and the scheme having been found to be a failure, was ultimately given up. Other attempts at finding socialistic solutions of economical problems which still vex us to-day, were tried and abandoned by this race.

    The original Semites, who were a quarrelsome marauding and energetic race, always leant towards a patriarchal form of government. Their colonists, who generally took to the nomadic life, almost exclusively adopted this form, but as we have seen they developed a considerable empire in the days of the second map period, and possessed the great “City of the Golden Gates.” They ultimately, however, had to give way before the growing power of the Akkadians.

    It was in the third map period, about 100,000 years ago, that the Akkadians finally overthrew the Semite power. The 6th sub-race were a much more law-abiding people than their predecessors. Traders and sailors, they lived in settled communities, and naturally produced an oligarchical form of government. A peculiarity of theirs, of which Sparta is the only modern example, was the dual system of two kings reigning in one city. As a result probably of their sea-going taste, the study of the stars became a characteristic pursuit, and this race made great advances both in astronomy and astrology.

    The Mongolian people were an improvement on their immediate ancestors of the brutal Turanian stock. Born as they were on the wide steppes of Eastern Siberia, they never had any touch with the mother-continent, and owing, doubtless, to their environment, they became a nomadic people. More psychic and more religious than the Turanians from whom they sprang, the form of government towards which they gravitated required a suzerain in the background who should be supreme both as a territorial ruler and as a chief high priest.


    Emigrations

    Three causes contributed to produce emigrations. The Turanian race, as we have seen, was from its very start imbued with the spirit of colonizing, which it carried out on a considerable scale. The Semites and Akkadians were also to a certain extent colonizing races.

    Then, as time went on and population tended more and more to outrun the limits of subsistence, necessity operated with the least well-to-do in every race alike, and drove them to seek for a livelihood in less thickly populated countries. For it should be realized that when the Atlanteans reached their zenith in the Toltec era, the proportion of population to the square mile on the continent of Atlantis probably equalled, even if it did not exceed, our modern experience in England and Belgium. It is at all events certain that the vacant spaces available for colonizing were very much larger in that age than in ours, while the total population of the world, which at the present moment is probably not more than twelve hundred to fifteen hundred millions, amounted in those days to the big figure of about two thousand millions.

    Lastly, there were the priest-led emigrations which took place prior to each catastrophe–and there were many more of these than the four great ones referred to above. The initiated kings and priests who followed the “good law” were aware beforehand of the impending calamities. Each one, therefore, naturally became a centre of prophetic warning, and ultimately a leader of a band of colonists. It may be noted here that in later days the rulers of the country deeply resented these priest-led emigrations, as tending to impoverish and depopulate their kingdoms, and it became necessary for the emigrants to get on board ship secretly during the night.

    In roughly tracing the lines of emigration followed by each sub-race in turn, we shall of necessity ultimately reach the lands which their respective descendants to-day occupy.

    For the earliest emigrations we must go back to the Rmoahal days. It will be remembered that that portion of the race which inhabited the northeastern coasts alone retained its purity of blood. Harried on their southern borders and driven further north by the Tlavatli warriors, they began to overflow to the neighbouring land to the east, and to the still nearer promontory of Greenland. In the second map period no pure Rmoahals were left on the then reduced mother-continent but the northern promontory of the continent then rising on the west was occupied by them, as well as the Greenland cape already mentioned, and the western shores of the great Scandinavian island. There was also a colony on the land lying north of the central Asian sea.

    Brittany and Picardy then formed part of the Scandinavian island, while the island itself became in the third map period part of the growing continent of Europe. Now it is in France that remains of this race have been found in the quaternary strata, and the brachycephalous, or round-headed specimen known as the “Furfooz man,” may be taken as a fair average of the type of the race in its decay.

    Many times forced to move south by the rigours of a glacial epoch, many times driven north by the greed of their more powerful neighbours, the scattered and degraded remnants of this race may be found to-day in the modern Lapps, though even here there was some infusion of other blood. And so it comes to pass that these faded and stunted specimens of humanity are the lineal descendants of the black race of giants who arose on the equatorial lands of Lemuria well nigh five million years ago.

    The Tlavatli colonists seem to have spread out towards every point of the compass. By the time of the second map period their descendants were settled on the western shores of the then growing American continent (California) as well as on its extreme southern coasts (Rio de Janeiro). We also find them occupying the eastern shores of the Scandinavian island, while numbers of them sailed across the ocean, rounded the coast of Africa, and reached India. There, mixing with the indigenous Lemurian population, they formed the Dravidian race. In later days this in its turn received an infusion of Aryan or Fifth Race blood, from which results the complexity of type found in India to-day. In fact we have here a very fair example of the extreme difficulty of deciding any question of race upon merely physical evidence, for it would be quite possible to have Fifth Race egos incarnate among the Brahmans, Fourth Race egos among the lower castes, and some lingering Third Race among the hill tribes.

    By the time of the fourth map period we find a Tlavatli people occupying the southern parts of South America, from which it may be inferred that the Patagonians probably had remote Tlavatli ancestry.

    Remains of this race, as of the Rmoahals, have been found in the quaternary strata of Central Europe, and the dolichocephalous “Cro-Magnon man”[1] may be taken as an average specimen of the race in its decadence, while the “Lake-Dwellers” of Switzerland formed an even earlier and not quite pure offshoot. The only people who can be cited as fairly pure-blooded specimens of the race at the present day are some of the brown tribes of Indians of South America. The Burmese and Siamese have also Tlavatli blood in their veins, but in their case it was

    [1. Students of’ geology and palaeontology {sic} will know that these sciences regard the “Cro-Magnon man” as prior to the “Furfooz,” and seeing that the two races ran alongside each other for vast periods of time, it may quite well be that the individual ”Cro-Magnon” skeleton, though representative of the second race, was deposited in the quarternary {sic} strata thousands of years before the individual Furfooz man lived on the earth.]

    mixed with, and therefore dominated by, the nobler stock of one of the Aryan sub-races.

    We now come to the Toltecs. It was chiefly to the West that their emigrations tended, and the neighbouring coasts of the American continent were in the second map period peopled by a pure Toltec race, the greater part of those left on the mother-continent being then of very mixed blood. It was on the continents of North and South America that this race spread abroad and flourished, and on which thousands of years later were established the empires of Mexico and Peru. The greatness of these empires is a matter of history, or at least of tradition supplemented by such evidence as is afforded by magnificent architectural remains. It may here be noted that while the Mexican empire was for centuries great and powerful in all that is usually regarded as power and greatness in our civilization of to-day, it never reached the height attained by the Peruvians about 14,000 years ago under their Inca sovereigns, for as regards the general well-being of the people, the justice and beneficence of the government, the equitable nature of the land tenure, and the pure and religious life of the inhabitants, the Peruvian empire of those days might be considered a traditional though faint echo of the golden age of the Toltecs on the mother-continent of Atlantis.

    The average Red Indian of North or South America is the best representative to-day of the Toltec people, but of course bears no comparison with the highly civilized individual of the race at its zenith.


    First Settlement in Egypt

    Egypt must now be referred to, and the consideration of this subject should let in a flood of light upon its early history. Although the first settlement in that country was not in the strict sense of the term a colony , it was from the Toltec race that was subsequently drawn the first great body of emigrants intended to mix with and dominate the aboriginal people.

    In the first instance it was the transfer of a great Lodge of Initiates. This took place about 100,000 years ago. The golden age of the Toltecs was long past. The first great catastrophe had taken place. The moral degradation of the people and the consequent practice of the “black arts” were becoming more accentuated and widely spread. Purer surroundings for the White Lodge were needed. Egypt was isolated and was thinly peopled, and therefore Egypt was chosen. The settlement so made answered its purpose, and undisturbed by adverse conditions the Lodge of Initiates for nearly 200,000 years did its work.

    About 210,000 years ago, when the time was ripe, the Occult Lodge founded an empire–the first “Divine Dynasty” of Egypt–and began to teach the people. Then it was that the first great body of colonists was brought from Atlantis, and some time during the ten thousand years that led up to the second catastrophe, the two great Pyramids of Gizeh were built, partly to provide permanent Halls of Initiation, but also to act as treasure-house and shrine for some great talisman of power during the submergence which the Initiates knew to be impending. Map No. 3 shows Egypt at that date as under water. It remained so for a considerable period, but on its re-emergence it was again peopled by the descendants of many of its old inhabitants who had retired to the Abyssinian mountains (shown in Map No. 3 as an island) as well as by fresh bands of Atlantean colonists from various parts of the world. A considerable immigration of Akkadians then helped to modify the Egyptian type. This is the era of the second “Divine Dynasty” of Egypt–the rulers of the country being again Initiated Adepts.

    The catastrophe of 80,000 years ago again laid the country under water, but this time it was only a temporary wave. When it receded the third “Divine Dynasty”–that mentioned by Manetho–began its rule, and it was under the early kings of this dynasty that the great Temple of Karnak and many of the more ancient buildings still standing in Egypt were constructed. In fact with the exception of the two pyramids no building in Egypt predates the catastrophe of 80,000 years ago.

    The final submergence of Poseidonis sent another tidal wave over Egypt. This too, was only a temporary calamity, but it brought the Divine Dynasties to an end, for the Lodge of Initiates had transferred its quarters to other lands.

    Various points here left untouched have already been dealt with in the Transaction of the London Lodge, “The Pyramids and Stonehenge.”

    The Turanians who in the first map period had colonized the northern parts of the land lying immediately to the east of Atlantis, occupied in the second map period its southern shores (which included the present Morocco and Algeria). We also find them wandering eastwards, and both the east and west coasts of the central Asian sea were Peopled by them. Bands of them ultimately moved still further east, and the nearest approximation to the type of this race is to-day to be found in the inland Chinese. A curious freak of destiny must be recorded about one of their western offshoots. Dominated all through the centuries by their more powerful Toltec neighbours, it was yet reserved for a small branch of the Turanian stock to conquer and replace the last great empire that the Toltecs raised, for the brutal and barely civilized Aztecs were of pure Turanian blood.

    The Semite emigrations were of two kinds, first, those which were controlled by the natural impulse of the race: second, that special emigration which was effected under the direct guidance of the Manu; for, strange as it may seem, it was not from the Toltecs but from this lawless and turbulent, though vigorous and energetic, sub-race that was chosen the nucleus destined to be developed into our great Fifth or Aryan Race. The reason, no doubt, lay in the Mânasic characteristic with which the number five is always associated. The sub-race of that number was inevitably developing its physical brain power and intellect, although at the expense of the psychic perceptions, while that same development of intellect to infinitely higher levels is at once the glory and the destined goal of our Fifth Root Race.

    Dealing first with the natural emigrations we find that in the second map period while still leaving powerful nations on the mother continent, the Semites had spread both west and east–west to the lands now forming the United States, and thus accounting for the Semitic type to be found in some of the Indian races, and east to the northern shores of the neighbouring continent, which combined all there then was of Europe, Africa and Asia. The type of the ancient Egyptians, as well as of other neighbouring nations, was to some extent modified by this original Semite blood; but with the exception of the Jews, the only representatives of comparatively unmixed race at the present day are the lighter coloured Kabyles of the Algerian mountain.

    The tribes resulting from the segregation effected by the Manu for the formation of the new Root Race eventually found their way to the southern shores of the Central Asian sea, and there the first great Aryan kingdom was established. When the Transaction dealing with the origin of a Root Race comes to be written, it will be seen that many of the peoples we are accustomed to call Semitic are really Aryan in blood. The world will also be enlightened as to what constitutes the claim of the Hebrews to be considered a “chosen people.” Shortly it may be stated that they constitute an abnormal and unnatural link between the Fourth and Fifth Root Races {sic}.[1]

    The Akkadians, though eventually becoming supreme rulers on the mother continent of Atlantis, owed their birthplace as we have seen in the second map period, to the neighbouring continent-that part occupied by the basin of the Mediterranean

    [1. See W. Williamson’s The Great Law, pp. 243-5.]

    about the present island of Sardinia being their special home. From this centre they spread eastwards, occupying what eventually became the shores of the Levant, and reaching as far as Persia and Arabia. As we have seen, they also helped to people Egypt. The early Etruscans, the Phoenicians, including the Carthaginians and the Shumero-Akkads, were branches of this race, while the Basques of to-day have probably more of the Akkadian than of any other blood which flows in their veins.


    Stonehenge

    A reference to the early inhabitants of our own islands may appropriately be made here, for it was in the early Akkadian days, about 100,000 years ago, that the colony of Initiates who founded Stonehenge landed on these shores–“these shores” being, of course, the shores of the Scandinavian part of the continent of Europe, as shown in Map No. 3. The initiated priests and their followers appear to have belonged to a very early strain of the Akkadian race–they were taller, fairer, and longer headed than the aborigines of the country, who were a very mixed race, but mostly degenerate remnants of the Rmoahals. As readers of the Transaction of the London Lodge on the “Pyramids and Stonehenge,” will know, the rude simplicity of Stonehenge was intended as a protest against the extravagant ornament and over-decoration of the existing temples in Atlantis, where the debased worship of their own images was being carried on by the inhabitants.

    The Mongolians, as we have seen, never had any touch with the mother-continent. Born on the wide plains of Tartary, their emigrations for long found ample scope within those regions; but more than once tribes of Mongol descent have overflowed from northern Asia to America, across Behring’s Straits, and the last of such emigrations–that of the Kitans, some 1,300 years ago–has left traces which some western savants have been able to follow. The presence of Mongolian blood in some tribes of North American Indians has also been recognized by various writers on ethnology. The Hungarians and Malays are both known to be offshoots of this race, ennobled in the one case by a strain of Aryan blood, degraded in the other by mixture with the effete Lemurians. But the interesting fact about the Mongolians is that its last family race is still in full force-it has not in fact yet reached its zenith–and the Japanese nation has still got history to give to the world. [1]


    Arts and Sciences

    It must primarily be recognized that our own Aryan race has naturally achieved far greater results in almost every direction than did the Atlanteans, but even where they failed to reach our level, the records of what they accomplished are of interest as representing the high water mark which their tide of

    [1. Since the above was written the Russo-Japanese war has taken place.]

    civilization reached. On the other hand, the character of the scientific achievements in which they did outstrip us are of so dazzling a nature, that bewilderment at such unequal development is apt to be the feeling left.

    The arts and sciences, as practised by the first two races, were, of course, crude in the extreme, but we do not propose to follow the progress achieved by each sub-race separately. The history of the Atlantean, as of the Aryan race, was interspersed with periods of progress and of decay. Eras of culture were followed by times of lawlessness, during which all artistic and scientific development was lost, these again being succeeded by civilizations reaching to still higher levels. It must naturally be with the periods of culture that the following remarks will deal, chief among which stands out the great Toltec era.

    Architecture and sculpture, painting and music were all practised in Atlantis. The music even at the best of times was crude, and the instruments of the most primitive type. All the Atlantean races were fond of colour, and brilliant hues decorated both the insides and the outsides of their houses, but painting as a fine art was never well established, though in the later days some kind of drawing and painting was taught in the schools. Sculpture, on the other hand, which was also taught in the schools, was widely practised, and reached great excellence. As we shall see later on under the head of “Religion” it became customary for every man who could afford it to place in one of the temples an image of himself. These were sometimes carved in wood or in hard black stone like basalt, but among the wealthy it became the fashion to have their statues cast in one of the precious metals, aurichalcum, gold or silver. A very fair resemblance of the individual usually resulted, while in some cases a striking likeness was achieved.


    Architecture

    Architecture, however, was naturally the most widely practised of the arts. Their buildings were massive structures of gigantic proportions. The dwelling houses in the cities were not, as ours are, closely crowded together in streets. Like their country houses some stood in their own garden grounds, others were separated by plots of common land, but all were isolated structures. In the case of houses of any importance four blocks of building surrounded a central courtyard, in the centre of which generally stood one of the fountains whose number in the “City of the Golden Gates” gained for it the second appellation of the “City of Waters.” There was no exhibition of goods for sale as in modern streets. All transactions of buying and selling took place privately, except at stated times, when large public fairs were held in the open spaces of the cities. But the characteristic feature of the Toltec house was the tower that rose from one of its corners or from the centre of one of the blocks. A spiral staircase built outside led to the upper stories, and a pointed dome terminated the tower–this upper portion being very commonly used as an observatory. As already stated the houses were decorated with bright colours. Some were ornamented with carvings, others with frescoes or painted patterns. The window-spaces were filled with some manufactured article similar to, but less transparent than, glass. The interiors were not furnished with the elaborate detail of our modern dwellings, but the life was highly civilized of its kind.

    The temples were huge halls resembling more than anything else the gigantic piles of Egypt, but built on a still more stupendous scale. The pillars supporting the roof were generally square, seldom circular. In the days of the decadence the aisles were surrounded with innumerable chapels in which were enshrined the statues of the more important inhabitants. These side shrines indeed were occasionally of such considerable size as to admit a whole retinue of priests, whom some specially great man might have in his service for the ceremonial worship of his image. Like the private houses the temples too were never complete without the dome-capped towers, which of course were of corresponding size and magnificence. These were used for astronomical observations and for sun-worship.

    The precious metals were largely used in the adornment of the temples, the interiors being often not merely inlaid but plated with gold. Gold and silver were highly valued, but as we shall see later on when the subject of the currency is dealt with, the uses to which they were put were entirely artistic and had nothing to do with coinage, while the great quantities that were then produced by the chemists–or as we should now-a-days call them alchemists–may be said to have taken them out of the category of the precious metals. This power of transmutation of metals was not universal, but it was so widely possessed that enormous quantities were made. In fact the production of the wished-for metals may be regarded as one of the industrial enterprises of those days by which these alchemists gained their living. Gold was admired even more than silver, and was consequently produced in much greater quantity.


    Education

    A few words on the subject of language will fitly prelude a consideration of the training in the schools and colleges of Atlantis. During the first map period Toltec was the universal language, not only throughout the continent but in the western islands and that part of the eastern continent which recognized the emperor’s rule. Remains of the Rmoahal and Tlavath speech survived it is true in out-of-the-way parts, just as the Celtic and Cymric speech survives to-day among us in Ireland and Wales. The Tlavatli tongue was the basis used by the Turanians, who introduced such modifications that an entirely different language was in time produced; while the Semites and Akkadians, adopting a Toltec ground-work, modified it in their respective ways, and so produced two divergent varieties. Thus in the later days of Poseidonis there were several entirely different languages–all however belonging to the agglutinative type–for it was not till Fifth Race days that the descendants of the Semites and Akkadians developed inflectional speech. All through the ages, however, the Toltec language fairly maintained its purity, and the same tongue that was spoken in Atlantis in the days of its splendour was used, with but slight alteration, thousands of years later in Mexico and Peru.

    The schools and colleges of Atlantis in the great Toltec days, as well as in subsequent eras of culture, were all endowed by the State. Though every child was required to pass through the primary schools, the subsequent training differed very widely. The primary schools formed a sort of winnowing ground. Those who showed real aptitude for study were, along with the children of the dominant classes who naturally had greater abilities, drafted into the higher schools at about the age of twelve. Reading and writing, which were regarded as mere preliminaries, had already been taught them in the primary schools.

    But reading and writing were not considered necessary for the great masses of the inhabitants who had to spend their lives in tilling the land, or in handicrafts, the practice of which was required by the community. The great majority of the children therefore were at once passed on to the technical schools best suited to their various abilities. Chief among these were the agricultural schools. Some branches of mechanics also formed part of the training, while in outlying districts and by the sea-side hunting and fishing were naturally included. And so the children all received the education or training which was most appropriate for them.

    The children of superior abilities, who as we have seen had been taught to read and write, had a much more elaborate education. The properties of plants and their healing qualities formed an important branch of study. There were no recognized physicians in those days–every educated man knew more or less of medicine as well as of magnetic healing. Chemistry, mathematics and astronomy were also taught. The training in such studies finds its analogy among ourselves, but the object towards which the teachers’ efforts were mainly directed, was the development of the pupil’s psychic faculties and his instruction in the more hidden forces of nature. The occult properties of plants, metals, and precious stones, as well as the alchemical processes of transmutation, were included in this category. But as time went on it became more and more the personal power, which Bulwer Lytton calls vril, and the operation of which he has fairly accurately described in his Coming Race, that the colleges for the higher training of the youth of Atlantis were specially occupied in developing. The marked change which took place when the decadence of the race set in was, that instead of merit and aptitude being regarded as warrants for advancement to the higher grades of instruction, the dominant classes becoming more and more exclusive allowed none but their own children to graduate in the higher knowledge which gave so much power.


    Agriculture

    In such an empire as the Toltec, agriculture naturally received much attention. Not only were the labourers taught their duties in technical schools, but colleges were established in which the knowledge necessary for carrying out experiments in the crossing both of animals and plants, was taught to fitting students.

    It is said that wheat was not evolved on this planet at all. It was the gift of the Manu who brought it from another globe outside our chain of worlds. But oats and some of our other cereals are the results of crosses between wheat and the wild grasses of the earth. Now the experiments which gave these results were carried out in the agricultural schools of Atlantis. Of course such experiments were guided by high knowledge. But the most notable achievement to be recorded of the Atlantean agriculturists was the evolution of the plantain or banana. In the original wild state it was like an elongated melon with scarcely any pulp, but full of seeds as a melon is. It was of course only by centuries (if not thousands of years) of continuous selection and elimination that the present almost seedless plant was evolved.

    Among the domesticated animals of the Toltec days were creatures that looked like very small tapirs. They naturally fed upon roots or herbage, but like the pigs of to-day, which they resembled in more than one particular, they were not over cleanly, and ate whatever came in their way. Large cat-like animals and the wolf-like ancestors of the dog might also be met about human habitations. The Toltec carts appear to have been drawn by creatures somewhat resembling small camels. The Peruvian llamas of today are probably their descendants. The ancestors of the Irish elk, too, roamed in herds about the hill sides in much the same way as our Highland cattle do now–too wild to allow of easy approach, but still under the control of man.

    Constant experiments were made in breeding and cross-breeding different kinds of animals, and, curious though it may seem to us, artificial heat was largely used to force their development, so that the results of crossing and interbreeding might be more quickly apparent. The use, too, of different coloured lights in the chambers where such experiments were carried on were adopted in order to obtain varying results.

    This control and moulding at will by man of the animal forms brings us to a rather startling and very mysterious subject. Reference has been made above to the work done by the Manus. Now it is in the mind of the Manu that originates all improvements in type and the potentialities latent in every form of being. In order to work out in detail the improvements in the animal forms, the help and co-operation of man were required. The amphibian and reptile forms which then abounded had about run their course, and were ready to assume the more advanced type of bird or mammal. These forms constituted the inchoate material placed at man’s disposal, and the clay was ready to assume whatever shape the potter’s hands might mould it into. It was specially with animals in the intermediate stage that so many of the experiments above referred to were tried, and doubtless the domesticated animals like the horse, which are now of such service to man, are the result of these experiments in which the men of those days acted in co-operation with the Manu and his ministers. But the co-operation was too soon withdrawn. Selfishness obtained the upper hand, and war and discord brought the Golden Age of the Toltecs to a close. When instead of working loyally for a common end, under the guidance of their Initiate kings, men began to prey upon each other, the beasts which might gradually have assumed, under the care of man, more and more useful and domesticated forms, being left to the guidance of their own instincts naturally followed the example of their monarch, and began to prey more and more upon each other. Some indeed had actually already been trained and used by men in their hunting expeditions, and thus the semi-domesticated cat-like animals above referred to naturally became the ancestors of the leopards and jaguars.


    City of the Golden Gates

    The “City of the Golden Gates” and its surroundings must be described before we come to consider the remarkable system by which its inhabitants were supplied with water. It lay, as we have seen, on the east coast of the continent close to the sea, and about 15º north of the equator. A beautifully wooded park-like country surrounded the city. Scattered over a large area of this were the villa residences of the wealthier classes. To the west lay a range of mountains, from which the water supply of the city was drawn. The city itself was built on the slopes of a hill, which rose from the plain about 500 feet. On the summit of this hill lay the emperor’s palace and gardens, in the centre of which welled up from the earth a never-ending stream of water, supplying first the palace and the fountains in the gardens, thence flowing in the four directions and falling in cascades into a canal or moat which encompassed the palace grounds, and thus separated them from the city which lay below on every side. From this canal four channels led the water through four quarters of the city to cascades which in their turn supplied another encircling canal at a lower level. There were three such canals forming concentric circles, the outermost and lowest of which was still above the level of the plain. A fourth canal at this lowest level, but on a rectangular plan, received the constantly flowing waters, and in its turn discharged them into the sea. The city extended over part of the plain, up to the edge of this great outermost moat, which surrounded and defended it with a line of waterways extending about twelve miles by ten miles square.

    It will thus be seen that the city was divided into three great belts, each hemmed in by its canals. The characteristic feature of the upper belt that lay Just below the palace grounds, was a circular racecourse and large public gardens. Most of the houses of the court officials also lay on this belt, and here also was an institution of which we have no parallel in modern times. The term “Strangers’ Home” amongst us suggests a mean appearance and sordid surroundings, but this was a palace where all strangers who might come to the city were entertained as long as they might choose to stay–being treated all the time as guests of the Government. The detached houses of the inhabitants and the various temples scattered throughout the city occupied the other two belts. In the days of the Toltec greatness there seems to have been no real poverty–even the retinue of slaves attached to most houses being well fed and clothed–but there were a number of comparatively poor houses in the lowest belt to the north, as well as outside the outermost canal towards the sea. The inhabitants of this part were mostly connected with the shipping, and their houses, though detached, were built closer together than in other districts.

    It will be seen from the above that the inhabitants had thus a never-failing supply of pure clear water constantly coursing through the city, while the upper belts and the emperor’s palace were protected by lines of moats, each one at a higher level as the centre was approached. It was from a lake which lay among the mountains to the west of the city, at an elevation of about 2,600 feet, that the supply was drawn.

    Now it does not require much mechanical knowledge in order to realise how stupendous must have been the works needed to provide this supply, for in the days of its greatness the “City of the Golden Gates” embraced within its four circles of moats over two million inhabitants. No such system of water supply has ever been attempted in Greek, Roman or modern times–indeed it is very doubtful whether our ablest engineers, even at the expenditure of untold wealth, could produce such a result.


    Air-Ships

    If the system of water supply in the “City of the Golden Gates” was wonderful, the Atlantean methods of locomotion must be recognised as still more marvellous, for the air-ship or flying-machine which Keely in America, and Maxim in this country are now attempting to produce, was then a realised fact. It was not at any time a common means of transport. The slaves, the servants, and the masses who laboured with their hands, had to trudge along the country tracks, or travel in rude carts with solid wheels drawn by uncouth animals. The air-boats may be considered as the private carriages of those days, or rather the private yachts, if we regard the relative number of those who possessed them, for they must have been at all times difficult and costly to produce. They were not as a rule built to accommodate many persons. Numbers were constructed for only two, some allowed for six or eight passengers. In the later days when war and strife had brought the Golden Age to an end, battle ships that could navigate the air had to a great extent replaced the battle ships at sea–having naturally proved far more powerful engines of destruction. These were constructed to carry as many as fifty, and in some cases even up to a hundred fighting men.

    The material of which the air-boats were constructed was either wood or metal. The earlier ones were built of wood-the boards used being exceedingly thin, but the injection of some substance which did not add materially to the weight, while it gave leather-like toughness, provided the necessary combination of lightness and strength. When metal was used it was generally an alloy–two white-coloured metals and one red one entering into its composition. The resultant was white-coloured, like aluminium {sic}, and even lighter in weight. Over the rough framework of the air-boat was extended a large sheet of this metal, which was then beaten into shape, and electrically welded where necessary. But whether built of metal or wood their outside surface was apparently seamless and perfectly smooth, and they shone in the dark as if coated with luminous paint.

    In shape they were boat-like, but they were invariably decked over, for when at full speed it could not have been convenient, even if safe, for any on board to remain on the upper deck. Their propelling and steering gear could be brought into use at either end.

    But the all-interesting question is that relating to the power by which they were propelled. In the earlier times it seems to have been personal vril that supplied the motive power–whether used in conjunction with any mechanical contrivance matters not much–but in the later days this was replaced by a force which, though generated in what is to us an unknown manner, operated nevertheless through definite mechanical arrangements. This force, though not yet discovered by science, more nearly approached that which Keely in America used to handle than the electric power used by Maxim. It was in fact of an etheric nature, but though we are no nearer to the solution of this problem, its method of operation can be described. The mechanical arrangements no doubt differed somewhat in different vessels. The following description is taken from an air-boat in which on one occasion three ambassadors from the king who ruled over the northern part of Poseidonis made the journey to the court of the southern kingdom. A strong heavy metal chest which lay in the centre of the boat was the generator. Thence the force flowed through two large flexible tubes to either end of the vessel, as well as through eight subsidiary tubes fixed fore and aft to the bulwarks. These had double openings pointing vertically both up and down. When the journey was about to begin the valves of the eight bulwark tubes which pointed downwards were opened–all the other valves being closed. The current rushing through these impinged on the earth with such force as to drive the boat upwards, while the air itself continued to supply the necessary fulcrum. When a sufficient elevation was reached the flexible tube at that end of the vessel which pointed away from the desired destination, was brought into action, while by the partial closing of the valves the current rushing through the eight vertical tubes was reduced to the small amount required to maintain the elevation reached. The great volume of current, being now directed through the large tube pointing downwards from the stern at an angle of about forty-five degrees, while helping to maintain the elevation, provided also the great motive power to propel the vessel through the air. The steering was accomplished by the discharge of the current through this tube, for the slightest change in its direction at once caused an alteration in the vessel’s course. But constant supervision was not required. When a long journey had to be taken the tube could be fixed so as to need no handling till the destination was almost reached. The maximum speed attained was about one hundred miles an hour, the course of flight never being a straight line, but always in the form of long waves, now approaching and now receding from the earth. The elevation at which the vessels travelled was only a few hundred feet–indeed, when high mountains lay in the line of their track it was necessary to change their course and go round them–the more rarefied air no longer supplying the necessary fulcrum. Hills of about one thousand feet were the highest they could cross. The means by which the vessel was brought to a stop on reaching its destination–and this could be done equally well in mid-air–was to give escape to some of the current force through the tube at that end of the boat which pointed towards its destination, and the current impinging on the land or air in front, acted as a drag, while the propelling force behind was gradually reduced by the closing of the valve. The reason has still to be given for the existence of the eight tubes pointing upwards from the bulwarks. This had more especially to do with the aerial warfare. Having so powerful a force at their disposal, the warships naturally directed the current against each other. Now this was apt to destroy the equilibrium of the ship so struck and to turn it upside down–a situation sure to be taken advantage of by the enemy’s vessel to make an attack with her ram. There was also the further danger of being precipitated to the ground, unless the shutting and opening of the necessary valves were quickly attended to. In whatever position the vessel might be, the tubes pointing towards the earth were naturally those through which the current should be rushing, while the tubes pointing upwards should be closed. The means by which a vessel turned upside down, might be righted and placed again on a level keel, was accomplished by using the four tubes pointing downwards at one side of the vessel only, while the four at the other side were kept closed.

    The Atlanteans had also sea-going vessels which were propelled by some power analogous to that above mentioned, but the current force which was eventually found to be most effective in this case was denser than that used in the air-boats.


    Manners and Custom

    There was doubtless as much variety in the manners and customs of the Atlanteans at different epochs of their history, as there has been among the various nations which compose our Aryan race. With the fluctuating fashion of the centuries we are not concerned. The following remarks will attempt to deal merely with the leading characteristics which differentiate their habits from our own, and these will be chosen as much as possible from the great Toltec area.

    With regard to marriage and the relations of the sexes the experiments made by the Turanians have already been referred to. Polygamous customs were prevalent at different times among all the sub-races, but in the Toltec days while two wives were allowed by the law, great numbers of men had only one wife. Nor were the women–as in countries now-a-days where polygamy prevails–regarded as inferiors, or in the least oppressed. Their position was quite equal to that of the men, while the aptitude many of them displayed in acquiring the vril-power made them fully the equals if not the superiors of the other sex. This equality indeed was recognised from infancy, and there was no separation of the sexes in schools or colleges. Boys and girls were taught together. It was the rule, too, and not the exception, for complete harmony to prevail in the dual households, and the mothers taught their children to look equally to their father’s wives for love and protection. Nor were women debarred from taking part in the government. Sometimes they were members of the councils, and occasionally even were chosen by the Adept emperor to represent him in the various provinces as the local sovereigns.

    The writing material of the Atlanteans consisted of thin sheets of metal, on the white porcelain-like surface of which the words were written. They also had the means of reproducing the written text by placing on the inscribed sheet another thin metal plate which had previously been dipped in some liquid. The text thus graven on the second plate could be reproduced at will on other sheets, a great number of which fastened together constituted a book.


    Food

    A custom which differs considerably from our own must be instanced next, in their choice of food. It is an unpleasant subject, but can scarcely be passed over . The flesh of the animals they usually discarded, while the parts which among us are avoided as food, were by them devoured. The blood also they drank–often hot from the animal–and various cooked dishes were also made of it.

    It must not, however, be thought that they were without the lighter, and to us, more palatable, kinds of food. The seas and rivers provided them with fish, the flesh of which they ate, though often in such an advanced stage of decomposition as would be to us revolting. The different grains were largely cultivated, of which were made bread and cakes. They also had milk, fruit and vegetables.

    A small minority of the inhabitants, it is true, never adopted the revolting customs above referred to. This was the case with the Adept kings and emperors and the initiated priesthood throughout the whole empire. They were entirely vegetarian in their habits, but though many of the emperor’s counsellors and the officials about the court affected to prefer the purer diet, they often indulged in secret their grosser tastes.

    Nor were strong drinks unknown in those days. Fermented liquor of a very potent sort was at one time much in vogue. But it was so apt to make those who drank it dangerously excited that a law was passed absolutely forbidding its consumption.


    Weapons

    The weapons of warfare and the chase differed considerably at different epochs. Swords and spears, bows and arrows sufficed as a rule for the Rmoahals and the Tlavatli. The beasts which they hunted at that very early period were mammoths with long woolly hair, elephants and hippopotami. Marsupials also abounded as well as survivals of intermediate types–some being half reptile and half mammal, others half reptile and half bird.

    The use of explosives was adopted at an early period, and carried to great perfection in later times. Some appear to have been made to explode on concussion, others after a certain interval of time, but in either case the destruction to life seems to have resulted from the release of some poisonous vapour, not from the impact of bullets. So powerful indeed must have become these explosives in later Atlantean times, that we hear of whole companies of men being destroyed in battle by the noxious gas generated by the explosion of one of these bombs above their heads, thrown there by some sort of lever.


    Money

    The monetary system must now be considered. During the first three sub-races at all events, such a thing as a State coinage was unknown. Small pieces of metal or leather stamped with some given value were, it is true, used as tokens. Having a perforation in the centre they were strung together, and were usually carried at the girdle. But each man was, as it were, his own coiner, and the leather or metal token fabricated by him and exchanged with another for value received, was but a personal acknowledgment of indebtedness, such as a promissory note is among us. No man was entitled to fabricate more of these tokens than he was able to redeem by the transfer of goods in his possession. The tokens did not circulate as coinage does, while the holder of the token had the means to estimate with perfect accuracy the resources of his debtor by the clairvoyant faculty which all then possessed to a greater or less degree, and which in any case of doubt was instantly directed to ascertain the actual state of the facts.

    It must be stated, however, that in the later days of Poseidonis, a system approximating to our own currency was adopted, and the triple mountain visible from the great southern capital was the favourite representation on the State coinage.


    Land Tenure

    But the system of land tenure is the most important subject under this heading. Among the Rmoahal and Tlavatli, who lived chiefly by hunting and fishing, the question naturally did not arise, though some system of village cultivation was recognized in the Tlavatli days.

    It was with the increase of population and civilization in the early Toltec times that land first became worth fighting for. It is not proposed to trace the system or want of system prevalent in the troublous times anterior to the advent of the Golden Age. But the records of that epoch present to the consideration, not only of political economists, but of all who regard the welfare of the race, subject of the utmost interest and importance.

    The population, it must be remembered, had been steadily increasing, and under the government of the Adept emperors it had reached the very large figure already quoted; nevertheless poverty and want were things undreamt of in those days, and this social well-being was no doubt partly due to the system of land tenure.

    Not only was all the land and its produce regarded as belonging to the emperor, but all the flocks and herds upon it were his as well. The country was divided into different provinces or districts, each province having at its head one of the subsidiary kings or viceroys appointed by the emperor. Each of these viceroys was held responsible for the government and well-being of all the inhabitants under his rule. The tillage of the land, the harvesting of the crops, and the pasturage of the herds lay within his sphere of superintendence as well as the conducting of such agricultural experiments as have been already referred to.

    Each viceroy had round him a council of agricultural advisers and coadjutors, who had amongst their other duties to be well versed in astronomy, for it was not a barren science in those days. The occult influences on plant and animal life were then studied and taken advantage of. The power, too, of producing rain at will was not uncommon then, while the effects of a glacial epoch were on more than one occasion partly neutralized in the northern parts of the continent by occult science. The right day for beginning every agricultural operation was of course duly calculated, and the work carried into effect by the officials whose duty it was to supervise every detail. The produce raised in each district or kingdom was as a rule consumed in it, but an exchange of agricultural commodities was sometimes arranged between the rulers.

    After a small share had been put aside for the emperor and the central government at the “City of the Golden Gates,” the produce of the whole district or kingdom was divided among the inhabitants-the local viceroy and his retinue of officials naturally receiving the larger portions, but the meanest agricultural labourer getting enough to secure him competence and comfort. Any increase in the productive capacity of the land, or in the mineral wealth which it yielded, was divided proportionately amongst all concerned–all, therefore, were interested in making the result of their combined labour as lucrative as possible.

    This system worked admirably for a very long period. But as time went on negligence and self-seeking crept in. Those whose duty it was to superintend, threw more and more responsibility on their inferiors in office, and in time it became rare for the rulers to interfere or to interest themselves in any of the operations. This was the beginning of the evil days. The members of the dominant class who had previously given all their time to the state duties began to think about making their own lives more pleasant. The elaboration of luxury was setting in.

    There was one cause in particular which produced great discontent amongst the lower classes. The system under which the youth of the nation was drafted into the technical schools has already been referred to. Now it was always one of the superior class whose psychic faculties had been duly cultivated, to whom the duty was assigned of selecting the children so that each one should receive the training, and ultimately be devoted to the occupation, for which he was naturally most fitted. But when those possessed of the clairvoyant vision, by which alone such choice could be made, delegated their duties to inferiors who were wanting in such psychic attributes, the results ensuing were that the children were often thrust into wrong grooves, and those whose capacity and taste lay in one direction often found themselves tied for life to an occupation which they disliked, and in which, therefore, they were rarely successful.

    The systems of land tenure which ensued in different parts of the empire on the breaking tip of the great Toltec dynasty were many and various. But it is not necessary to follow them. In the later days of Poseidonis they had, as a rule, given place to the system of individual ownership which we know so well.

    Reference has already been made, under the head of “Emigrations,” to the system of land tenure which prevailed during that glorious period of Peruvian history when the Incas held sway about 14,000 years ago. A short summary of this may be of interest as demonstrating the source from which its groundwork was doubtless derived, as well as instancing the variations which had been adopted in this somewhat more complicated system.

    All title to land was derived in the first instance from the Inca, but half of it was assigned to the cultivators, who of course constituted the great bulk of the population. The other half was divided between the Inca and the priesthood who celebrated the worship of the sun.

    Out of the proceeds of his specially allotted lands the Inca had to keep up the army, the roads throughout the whole empire, and all the machinery of government. This was conducted by a special governing class, all more or less closely related to the Inca himself, and representing a civilization and a culture much in advance of the great masses of the population.

    The remaining fourth–“the lands of the sun”–provided not only for the priests who conducted the public worship throughout the empire, but for the entire education of the people in schools and colleges, for all sick and infirm persons, and finally, for every inhabitant (exclusive, of course, of the governing class for whom there was no cessation of work) on reaching the age of forty-five, that being the age arranged for the hard work of life to cease, and for leisure and enjoyment to begin.


    Religion

    The only subject that now remains to be dealt with is the evolution of religious ideas. Between the spiritual aspiration of a rude but simple race and the degraded ritual of an intellectually cultured but spiritually dead people, lies a gulf which only the term religion, used in its widest acceptation, can span. Nevertheless, it is this consecutive process of generation and degeneration which has to be traced in the history of the Atlantean people.

    It will be remembered that the government under which the Rmoahals came into existence, was described as the most perfect conceivable, for it was the Manu himself who acted as their king. The memory of this divine ruler was naturally preserved in the annals of the race, and in due time he came to be regarded as a god, among a people who were naturally psychic, and had consequently glimpses of those states of consciousness which transcend our ordinary waking condition. Retaining these higher attributes it was only natural that this primitive people should adopt a religion which, though in no way representative of any exalted philosophy, was of a type far from ignoble. In later days this phase of religious belief passed into a kind of ancestor-worship.

    The Tlavatli, while inheriting the traditional reverence and worship for the Manu, were taught by Adept instructors of the existence of a Supreme Being whose symbol was recognised as the sun. They thus developed a sort of sun worship, for the practice of which they repaired to the hill-tops. There they built great circles of upright monoliths. These were intended to be symbolical of the sun’s yearly course, but they were also used for astronomical purposes–being placed so that, to one standing at the high altar, the sun would rise at the winter solstice behind one of these monoliths, at the vernal equinox behind another, and so on throughout the year. Astronomical observations of a still more complex character connected with the more distant constellations were also helped by these stone circles.

    We have already seen under the head of emigrations how a later sub-race–the Akkadians–in the erection of Stonehenge, reverted to this primitive building of monoliths.

    Endowed though the Tlavatli were with somewhat greater capacity for intellectual development than the previous sub-race, their cult was still of a very primitive type.

    With the wider diffusion of knowledge in the days of the Toltecs, and more especially with the establishment later on of an initiated priesthood and an Adept emperor, increased opportunities were offered to the people for the attainment of a truer conception of the divine. The few who were ready to take full advantage of the teaching offered, after having been tried and tested, were doubtless admitted into the ranks of the priesthood, which then constituted an immense occult fraternity. With these, however, who had so outstripped the mass of humanity, as to be ready to begin the progress of the occult path, we are not here concerned, the religions practised by the inhabitants of Atlantis generally being the subject of our investigation.

    The power to rise to philosophic heights of thought was of course wanting to the masses of those days, as it is similarly wanting to the great majority of the inhabitants of the world to-day. The nearest approach which the most gifted teacher could make in attempting to convey any idea of the nameless and all-pervading essence of the Cosmos was necessarily imparted in the form of symbols, and the sun naturally enough was the first symbol adopted. As in our own days too, the more cultivated and spiritually-minded would see through the symbol, and might sometimes rise on the wings of devotion to the Father of our spirits, that

    “Motive and centre of our soul’s desire,
    Object and refuge of our journey’s end,”
    while the grosser multitude would see nothing but the symbol, and would worship it, as the carved Madonna or the wooden image of the Crucified One is to-day worshipped throughout Catholic Europe.

    Sun and fire worship then became the cult for the celebration of which magnificent temples were reared throughout the length and breadth of the continent of Atlantis, but more especially in the great “City of the Golden Gates”–the temple-service being performed by retinues of priests endowed by the State for that purpose.

    In those early days no image of the Deity was permitted. The sun-disk was considered the only appropriate emblem of the godhead, and as such was used in every temple, a golden disk being generally placed so as to catch the first rays of the rising sun at the vernal equinox or at the summer solstice.

    An interesting example of the almost unalloyed survival of this worship of the sun-disk may be instanced in the Shinto ceremonies of Japan. All other representation of Deity is, in this faith, regarded as impious, and even the circular mirror of polished metal is hidden from the vulgar gaze save on ceremonial occasions. Unlike the gorgeous temple decorations of Atlantis, however, the Shinto temples are characterized by an entire absence of decoration–the exquisite finish of the plain wood-work being unrelieved by any carving, paint or varnish.

    But the sun-disk did not always remain the only permissible emblem of Deity. The image of a man–an archetypal man–was in after days placed in the temples and adored as the highest representation of the divine. In some ways this might be considered a reversion to the Rmoahal worship of the Manu. Even then the religion was comparatively pure, and the occult fraternity of the “Good Law” of course did their utmost to keep alive in the hearts of the people the spiritual life.

    The evil days, however, were drawing near when no altruistic idea should remain to redeem the race from the abyss of selfishness in which it was destined to be overwhelmed. The decay of the ethical idea was the necessary prelude to the perversion of the spiritual. The hand of every man fought for himself alone, and his knowledge was used for purely selfish ends, till it became an established belief that there was nothing in the universe greater or higher than themselves. Each man was his own “Law, and Lord and God,” and the very worship of the temples ceased to be the worship of any ideal, but became the mere adoration of man as he was known and seen to be. As is written in the Book of Dzyan, “Then the Fourth became tall with pride. We are the kings it was said; we are the Gods…. They built huge cities. Of rare earths and metals they built, and out of the fires vomited, out of the white stone of the mountains and of the black stone, they cut their own images in their size and likeness, and worshipped them.” Shrines were placed in temples in which the statue of each man, wrought in gold or silver, or carved in stone or wood, was adored by himself. The richer men kept whole trains of priests in their employ for the cult and care of their shrines, and offerings were made to these statues as to gods. The apotheosis of self could go no further.

    It must be remembered that every true religious idea that has ever entered into the mind of man, has been consciously suggested to him by the divine Instructors or the Initiates of the White Lodge, who throughout all the ages have been the guardians of the divine mysteries, and of the facts of the supersensual states of consciousness.

    Mankind generally has but slowly become capable of assimilating a few of these divine ideas, while the monstrous growths and hideous distortions to which every religion on earth stands as witness, must be traced to man’s own lower nature. It would seem indeed that he has not always even been fit to be entrusted with knowledge as to the mere symbols under which were veiled the light of Deity, for in the days of the Turanian Supremacy some of this knowledge was wrongfully divulged.

    We have seen how the life and light giving attributes of the sun were in early times used as the symbol to bring before the minds of the people all that they were capable of conceiving of the great First Cause. But other symbols of far deeper and more real significance were known and guarded within the ranks of the priesthood. One of these was the conception of a Trinity in Unity. The Trinities of most sacred significance were never divulged to the people, but the Trinity personifying the cosmic powers of the universe as Creator, Preserver, and Destroyer, became publicly known in some irregular manner in the Turanian days. This idea was still further materialized and degraded by the Semites into a strictly anthropomorphic Trinity consisting of father, mother and child.

    A further and rather terrible development of the Turanian times must still be referred to. With the practice of sorcery many of the inhabitants had, of course, become aware of the existence of powerful elementals–creatures who had been called into being, or at least animated by their own powerful wills, which being directed towards maleficent ends, naturally produced elementals of power and malignity. So degraded had then become man’s feelings of reverence and worship, that they actually began to adore these semi-conscious creations of their own malignant thought. The ritual with which these beings were worshipped was bloodstained from the very start, and of course every sacrifice offered at their shrines gave vitality and persistence to these vampire-like creations–so much so, that even to the present day in various parts of the world, the elementals formed by the powerful will of these old Atlantean sorcerers still continue to exact their tribute from unoffending village communities.

    Though inaugurated and widely practised by the brutal Turanians, this blood-stained ritual seems never to have spread to any extent among the other sub-races, though human sacrifices appear to have been not uncommon among some branches of the Semites.

    In the great Toltec empire of Mexico the sun-worship of their forefathers was still the national religion, while the bloodless offerings to their beneficent Deity, Quetzalcoatl, consisted merely of flowers and fruit. It was only with the coming of the savage Aztecs that the harmless Mexican ritual was supplemented with the blood of human sacrifices, which drenched the altars of their war-god, Huitzilopochtli, and the tearing out of the hearts of the victims on the summit of the Teocali may be regarded as a direct survival of the elemental -worship of their Turanian ancestors in Atlantis.

    It will be seen then that as in our own days, the religious life of the people embraced the most varied forms of belief and worship. From the small minority who aspired to initiation, and had touch with the higher spiritual life–who knew that good will towards all men, control of thought, and purity of life and action were the necessary preliminaries to the attainment of the highest states of consciousness and the widest realms of vision–innumerable phases led down through the more or less blind worship of cosmic powers, or of anthropomorphic gods, to the degraded but most widely extended ritual in which each man adored his own image, and to the blood stained rites of the elemental worship.

    It must be remembered throughout that we are dealing with the Atlantean race only, so that any reference would be out of place that bore on the still more degraded fetish-worship that even then existed–as it still does–amongst the debased representatives of the Lemurian peoples.

    All through the centuries then, the various rituals composed to celebrate these various forms of worship were carried on, till the final submergence of Poseidonis, by which time the countless hosts of Atlantean emigrants had already established on foreign lands the various cults of the mother-continent.

    To trace the rise and follow the progress in detail of the archaic religions, which in historic times have blossomed into such diverse and antagonistic forms, would be an undertaking of great difficulty, but the illumination it would throw on matters of transcendent importance may some day induce the attempt.

    In conclusion, it would be vain to attempt to summarize what is already too much of a summary. Rather let us hope that the foregoing may lend itself as the text from which may be developed histories of the many offshoots of the various sub-races-histories which may analytically examine political and social developments which have been here touched on in the most fragmentary manner.

    One word, however, may still be said about that evolution of the race–that progress which all creation, with mankind at its head, is ever destined to achieve century by century, millennium by millennium, manvantara by manvantara, and kalpa by kalpa.

    The descent of spirit into matter–those two poles of the one eternal substance–is the process which occupies the first half of every cycle. Now the period we have been contemplating in the foregoing pages–the period during which the Atlantean race was running its course–was the very middle or turning point of this present manvantara.

    The process of evolution which in our present Fifth Race has now set in–the return, that is, of matter into spirit–had in those days revealed itself in but a few isolated individual cases–forerunners of the resurrection of the spirit.

    But the problem, which all who have given the subject any amount of consideration must have felt to be still awaiting a solution, is the surprising contrast in the attributes of the Atlantean race. Side by side with their brutal passions, their degraded animal propensities, were their psychic faculties, their godlike intuition.

    Now the solution of this apparently insoluble enigma lies in the fact that the building of the bridge had only then been begun–the bridge of Manas, or mind, destined to unite in the perfected individual the upward surging forces of the animal and the downward cycling spirit of the God. The animal kingdom of to-day exhibits a field of nature where the building of that bridge has not yet been begun, and even among mankind in the days of Atlantis the connection was so slight that the spiritual attributes had but little controlling power over the lower animal nature. The touch of mind they had was sufficient to add zest to the gratification of the senses, but was not enough to vitalize the still dormant spiritual faculties, which in the perfected individual will have to become the absolute monarch. Our metaphor of the bridge may carry us a little further if we consider it as now in process of construction, but as destined to remain incomplete for mankind in general for untold millenniums–in fact, until Humanity has completed another circle of the seven planets and the great Fifth Round is half way through its course.

    Though it was during the latter half of the Third Root Race and the beginning of the Fourth that the Manasaputra descended to endow with mind the bulk of Humanity who were still without the spark, yet so feebly burned the light all through the Atlantean days that few could be said to have attained to the powers of abstract thought. On the other hand, the functioning of the mind on concrete things came well within their grasp, and as we have seen it was in the practical concerns of their every-day life, especially when their psychic faculties were directed towards the same objects, that they achieved such remarkable and stupendous results.

    It must also be remembered that Kama, the fourth principle, naturally obtained its culminating development in the Fourth Race. This would account for the depths of animal grossness to which they sank, whilst the approach of the cycle to its nadir inevitably accentuated this downward movement, so that there is little to be surprised at in the gradual loss by the race of the psychic faculties, and in its descent to selfishness and materialism.

    Rather should all this be regarded as part of the great cyclic process in obedience to the eternal law.

    We have all gone through those evil days, and the experiences we then accumulated go to make up the characters we now possess.

    But a brighter sun now shines on the Aryan race than that which lit the path of their Atlantean forefathers. Less dominated by the passions of the senses, more open to the influence of mind, the men of our race have obtained and are obtaining a firmer grasp of knowledge, a wider range of intellect. This upward arc of the great manvantaric cycle will naturally lead increasing numbers towards the entrance of the Path, and will lend more and more attraction to the transcendent opportunities it offers for the continued strengthening and purification of the character- strengthening and purification no longer directed by mere spasmodic effort, and continually interrupted by misleading attractions, but guided and guarded at every step by the Masters of Wisdom, so that the upward climb when once begun should no longer be halting and uncertain, but lead direct to the glorious goal.

    The psychic faculties too, and the godlike intuition, lost for a time but still the rightful heritage of the race, only await the individual effort of reattainment, to give to the character still deeper insight and more transcendent powers. So shall the ranks of the Adept instructors–the Masters of Wisdom–be ever strengthened and recruited, and even amongst us today there must certainly be some, indistinguishable save by the deathless enthusiasm with which they are animated, who will, before the next Root Race is established on this planet, stand themselves as Masters of Wisdom to help the race in its upward progress.


     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

  • I Remember Lemuria

    I Remember Lemuria


    I Remember Lemuria

    and

    The return of Sathanas

    by Richard S. Shaver

    [1948]


    Richard S. Shaver (b. 1907, d. 1975), discouraged art student and sometime leftist fellow-traveler, was a welder in the early 1930s in a noisy Ford factory in Wisconsin. He later claimed that this was where he first started hearing the voices–voices warning him of vast caves under the earth, where lurk the dero: prehistoric, devolved cannibals who prey on our minds with ancient super-science. Also in the mix: lost continents, hollow planets, starships the size of a moon, titanic god-like races of beings, and … sexy aliens. A heady combination of pre-fabricated sci-fi memes, which would later become part of the strange loop connecting UFOs, pop culture, fan-boy obsessions, the occult, and conspiracy theories. It all started with one magazine: Amazing Stories, and its editor, Ray Palmer.

    In 1944, Shaver wrote a story which was the genesis of I Remember Lemuria. This was later reworked by Palmer into the first story in this book. It was published in the March 1945 issue of Amazing (as I Remember Lemuria!). It was carefully triangulated by Palmer as both fiction and ‘non-fiction,’ and letters poured in from people who had seen or been abducted by ‘deros’. There were over twenty sequels set in the Shaver universe, published between 1945 and 1948. The Return of Sathanas, the second novella in this book, appeared originally in November 1946 (with Satan as one part Ming the Merciless, one part interstellar procurer). The book edition, titled I Remember Lemuria (dropping the !) was published in a now very rare edition in 1948, not to reappear in print until Adventures Unlimited reprinted it in 1999.

    Some fans were appalled at the exploitation of Shaver’s tall tale, a drama which was played out in the letters page of Amazing. Finally in December 1948, Palmer was pressured by management; Shaver was banned from the magazine, and Palmer quit as editor of Amazing Stories in solidarity. Shaver maintained to the last that his story was true. Palmer, however, got a second act: he started Fate magazine. The very first issue broke the Arnold flying saucer story, which started the UFO craze. Shaver moved to Arkansas, continued self-publishing, and started a rock shop. He remained friends with Palmer until they both died in 1975.

    Taken at face value, this is a pretty good (but not great) pair of late Golden Age sci-fi stories, albeit with more footnotes than one would expect in the genre. The writing (or editing) is punchy. The plot drives the story, rather than the need for constant exposition, as is too often the case in texts like this. However, the real importance of these texts is historic. The Shaver mythos had a huge tacit influence on 1950s and successive UFO belief systems. For instance, Shavers’ ‘Nor,’ blonde demigods from outer space, suggest the ‘Nordic’ aliens of UFO lore. The tunnels of the dero became subterranean alien bases. Embedded in this short science fiction story were many of the themes which would later become accepted UFO canon.

    Title Page
    Foreword
    I Remember Lemuria
    Chapter I. City of the Titans
    Chapter II. From Art to Embryology
    Chapter III. Terror in Tean City
    Chapter IV. Escape Into Space
    Chapter V, The Princess Vanue
    Chapter VI. Conclave of the Elders
    Chapter VII. A Wedding on Nor
    Chapter VIII. Return to Mu
    Chapter IX. The Abandondero
    Chapter X. Into the Tunnels of the Dero
    Chapter XI. Battle to the Death
    The Return of Sathanas
    Chapter I. Quest of the Darkome
    Chapter II. Whence Came Sathanas?
    Chapter III. Back on Mother Mu
    Chapter IV. Pact with the Aesir
    Chapter V. War Against the Jotuns
    Chapter VI. In the Hands of Sathanas
    Chapter VII. A Valuable Chunk of Meat
    Chapter VIII. Under The Pain Ray
    Chapter IX. Seizing the Satana
    Chapter X. A Satanic Hostage
    Chapter XI. Plot Against Pandral
    Chapter XII. Harald’s Hostages

    Mr. Shaver’s Lemurian Alphabet


    I Remember Lemuria, by Richard S. Shaver, [1948], at sacred-texts.com

    p. 1

    FOREWORD
    Perhaps my parents never realized the puns that would be made on my name when they christened me Richard Sharpe Shaver. Under ordinary circumstances the puns would have been of little consequence, but because of the amazing fact of my amazing memory of the life of another person, long dead, it has been incredibly hard for me to speak convincingly and to make people believe in me. Invariably I get that oh-so-funny remark, “Sharp-shaver, eh? A regular cut-up, eh, kid!” accompanied by a sly dig in the ribs and a very stupid, “Get it?” How can a man get a serious audience after that?

    And yet, there it is for all who wish—to pun and pun again. If I achieve nothing else at least you may laugh, and to laugh is to be physically and mentally healthy. For those of you who will read on and carefully weigh what I am about to tell you I am convinced there will be no thought of puns. Instead, when you consider the real truths behind what I say—and even better, experiment and study to corroborate them—it seems to me to be inevitable that you will forget that I am Richard Sharpe Shaver, and instead, am what science chooses to very vaguely define as the racial memory receptacle of a man (or should I say a being?) named Mutan Mion, who lived many thousands of years ago in Sub Atlan, one of the great cities of ancient Lemuria!

    I myself cannot explain it. I know only that I remember Lemuria! Remember it with a faithfulness that I accept

    p. 2

    with the absolute conviction of a fanatic. And yet, I am not a fanatic; I am a simple man, a worker in metal, employed in a steel mill in Pennsylvania. I am as normal as any of you who read this and gifted with much less imagination than most of you!

    What I tell you is not fiction! How can I impress that on you as forcibly as I feel it must be impressed? But then. what good to impress it upon those who will crack wise about me being a “sharp-shaver”? I can only hope that when I have told the story of Mutan Mion as I remember it you will believe—not because I sound convincing or tell my story in a convincing manner, but because you will see the truth in what I say, and will realize, as you must, that many of the things I tell you are not a matter of present day scientific knowledge and yet are true!

    I fervently hope that such great minds as Einstein, Carrel, and the late Crile check the things that I remember. I am no mathematician; I am no scientist. I have studied all the scientific books I can get—only to become more and more convinced that I remember true things. But surely someone can definitely say that I am wrong or that I am right, especially in such things as the true nature of gravity, or matter, of light, of the cause of age and many other things that the memory of Mutan Mion has expressed to me so definitely as to be conviction itself.

    I intend to put down these things, and I invite—challenge!—any of you to work on them; to prove or disprove, as you like. Whatever your goal, I do not care. I care only that you believe me or disbelieve me with enough fervor to do some real work on those things I will propound. The final result may well stagger the science of the world.

    I want to thank editor Ray Palmer, in whose “fiction” magazine, Amazing Stories, the stories in this book were

    p. 3

    first published, for his open mind and for the way he has received the things I have told him in addition to what I have written in this story of Mutan Mion of ancient Lemuria. It began when he published my ancient alphabet in “Discussions” 1 and requested the readers to carry out checks of their own. I myself did not realize the extent of the alphabetic (more properly phonetic) language. But surely there must be tremendous significance in the fact that the alphabet fits into every language to which it has been applied, to the amazing percentage of 75% in the German to 94% in the ancient Egyptian! Even in Chinese and Japanese it ranked consistent nine out of ten times.

    To me it is tragic that the only way I can tell my story is in the guise of fiction. And yet, I am thankful for the opportunity to do even this; and to editor Ray Palmer I express my unbounded gratitude. I know that if even a few of you go to the lengths he has gone to check many of the things I remember, a beginning will have been made to something, the ending of which (if ending there is) awes me beyond my poor power to express my feelings.

    —RICHARD S. SHAVER.


    Footnotes
    3:1 January, 1945 issue of AMAZING STORIES. Some of the reports by readers were subsequently published, but the great majority were not. These reports proved to be the most amazing the editor has ever received on anything published in his magazine. They would seem to indicate beyond all doubt that the “ancient language” of Mr. Shaver is part of an original “mother tongue” from which all Earthly language, have sprung. For example, the name Mutan Mion, broken down into the letters and sounds of this ancient language becomes MU—”man”; T—”integration,” “growth”; AN—”animal.” MION means “manchild seed.” So the name means “man spore cultured to new forms by integration growth forces.” In other words, a synthetic mutation by the use of force or rays.—Ed.


    I
    REMEMBER
    LEMURIA
    Thought Records from the
    Past Tell the Ancient
    Story of Lemuria which
    Some Call Mu or Pan

    —By Richard S. Shaver

    p. 6 p. 7

    CHAPTER I
    City of the Titans
    I was working in the studio of Artan Gro when I heard a great laugh behind me. If ever there was derision in a laugh, there was derision in this one. I flung down my gaudy brushes and my palette and turned about in a rage—to find the master himself, his red cave of a mouth wide open in his black beard. I cooled my temper with an effort; for great indeed is Artan Gro, master artist of Sub Atlan.

    “I am sorry, Mutan Mion,” he gasped, “but I can’t control my laughter. No one ever has conceived, much less executed, anything worse than what you have put upon canvas! What do you call it, ‘Proteus in a Convulsive Nightmare’?”

    But Artan Gro could control himself, I was sure. It is one of the things I have learned of the really great in the arts; they make no pretenses. He was laughing because he wanted to tell me frankly what he thought of my ability as an artist. It is bad enough when your friends mock your work (and they had), but when the master is convulsed with laughter it is high time to wake up to the truth.

    “It is true, great Artan Gro,” I said humbly. “I want to paint but I cannot. I haven’t the ability.”

    Artan Gro’s expression softened. He smiled, and as he smiled it was as though he had turned on the sunlight.

    “Go,” he said, “go; to the deeper caverns at Mu’s center. Once there study science; learn to mix the potions

    p. 8

    that give the brain greater awareness, a better rate of growth.” He patted my shoulder and added a last bit of advice. “Once you have mixed the potions, take them. Drink them—and grow!” He passed on, still chuckling.

    Why is the truth always so brutal? Or does it just seem brutal when it comes from those wiser than you? I slunk from the studio; but I had already determined to take his advice. I would go to Tean City, at Mu’s center. I would go to the science schools of the Titans.

    Never before had I considered leaving Sub Atlan, my birthplace, or as I should express it, my growth place, for I am a culture man, a product of the laboratories. In fact, I remember no other place on Mu, although it is a fact that during the process of my development to culture manhood,

    I roamed the culture forests of Atlantis, 2 which is the name for Surface Atlan. Sub Atlan is just below Atlantis, while Tean City is located at the center of Mu, at a great depth below Sub Atlan. The walls of the great cavern in which Tean City is located are hardened to untellable strength by treatment with ray-flows which feed its growth until it is of great density. There are many other cities which grew

    p. 9

    through the centuries to vast size, but none so great as Tean City. Some are abandoned, but all are indestructible; their cavern walls too dense to penetrate or to collapse.

    Since Tean City is located near the center of Mother Mu, gravity neutralizes itself by opposition. It is very comfortable. Many of the Titans live there, and in fact, it is almost a Titan city. There also are the mighty ones, the Elders of the Atlan race’s government. Huge they are, like great trees, many centuries old and still growing. I had long wished to see them, and now that I had decided to go, the thrill was greater than any I had ever experienced, I was going down into the city of many wonders!

    Out on the street I took one of the many vehicles that are provided for travel about the city. These vehicles, their weight reduced by a gravity deflection device, are powered by motors whose energy is derived from a gravity focusing magnetic field, by which one side of a flywheel becomes much heavier than the other. This is accomplished by bending gravity fall 3 in the same way that a lens bends a light ray.

    The topless 4 buildings of Sub Atlan fled by me; and soon I neared the squat entrance to the shafts that fell

     

    p. 10

    from Sub Atlan to Center Mu, to Tean City, home of the Titans. 5 I knew that swift elevators dropped down these shafts; but I had never traveled in one of them.

    Because I knew the control-man of one of the elevators, having talked with him often of Tean City and the wonders he had seen in it, I went to his shaft for my descent. He was glad to see me, and very much surprised to learn that I was going to Tean City.

    “You will never regret it!” he declared.

    The car dropped sickeningly, so swiftly that a great fear grew in me that I would be crushed by deceleration when we finally stopped. In panic I watched an indicator’s two hands move slowly toward each other as though to cover its face in shame. Then, with little sensation, the

    p. 11

    car stopped. Here at the center of Mu I had become nearly weightless and the ceasing of even such swift motion did not have ill effects upon my weightless body. I knew that I would not have that fear again.

    Two fat Atlans stepped out of the car ahead of me, sighing with relief at their renewed weightlessness, which they had obviously been anticipating. As I was about to follow them from the car, the control-man drew me aside.

    “Fear rides the ways down here,” he whispered, his sharp-pointed, cat-like ears quivering an alert. “Fear is a smell down here that is ever in the nose—a bad smell, too. Try to figure it out while you are down here; and tell me, too, if you get an answer.”

    I did not understand what he meant, but I promised anyway. The smell of fear, in Tean City?

    Immediately I was immersed in the sensually shocking appeal of a variform crowd, mostly at this hour, a shopping rush of female variforms. While there were many of my own type, and of the elevator control-man’s type, there were a greater number of creatures of every shape the mind could grasp and some that it could not. All were citizens; all were animate and intelligent—hybrids of every race that space crossing had ever brought into contact, from planets whose very names are now lost in time. The technicons may have been wrong in the opinion of some when they developed variform breeding; but they have certainly given life variety. I had never seen so many variforms 6 before.

    At a corner of the vastly vaulted way where many

    p. 12

    rollat platforms 7 crossed and recrossed each other, I stepped to a telescreen and dialed the student center. The image of a tremendous six-armed Sybyl female filled the screen and the electrically augmented body appeal of the mighty life within her seized the youth in me and wrung it as no embrace from lesser female ever had.

    “And what” her voice shook me as a leaf in an organ pipe “might a pale and puny male like you want in Tean City? You look as if you never had enough to eat, as if love had passed you by. Did you come down here because no one wanted you elsewhere?”

    I grinned self-consciously back at her image, my voice a feeble piping in comparison to hers.

    “I have come to learn something beside drawing lines around dreams. I am a painter from the subsurface who has decided that knowledge of actual growth is more important than the false growth of an untrue image upon a canvas.” I wondered what the master would have said to hear me.

    “You are right,” she boomed back, her six arms engaged in complex wand mysterious movements, picking up and laying down instruments and tools in bewildering rapidity, her attention elsewhere yet enough remaining on me to hold me bound in an attraction as strong as a towing cable. She was a forty foot Titan, her age unknowable. As I thought upon this and tried not to think of the immense beauty and life force of her, I suddenly realized she was hiding fear. I have a peculiar faculty for sensing hidden emotions. That bluff greeting had been a hidden wish to drive me from some danger. But I did not speak of it, for I read that caution in her; a very strong mental flow that fairly screamed DON’T.

    This kind of fear was a wonder and a new thing to me, for danger was a thing long banished from our life. Then she spoke, reluctantly it seemed.

    “Go to the center of the Hall of Symbols. There you

    p. 13

    can ask a student or an instructor who will tell you all you need to know.”

    The grip of the woman life in her left my mind and she was gone from my vision. As I turned from the telescreen my mind insisted on visualizing that six-armed embrace and its probable effect upon a man in love. I shivered in spite of the warmth, but not from fear. The blood of the Titans was alive, I thought; strangely and wonderfully alive!

    I stepped into a rollat at the curb, inspected the directory, then inserted a coin and dialed the number of the building that housed the Hall of Symbols. I leaned back while the automatic drive of the rollat directed the car through the speeding traffic, its electric eye more efficient than my own.

    Yes, much more efficient than my own at the moment, which were wandering over the figure of a variform female on the walk whose upper part was the perfect torso of a woman and whose lower part was a sinuously gliding thirty feet of brilliantly mottled snake. You could never have escaped her embrace of your own will once she had wrapped those life-generating coils around you!

    I thought upon it. The gen of these variforms was certainly more vital; possibly because the Titan technicons Who lived here kept the people healthier. Perhaps the hybrids were naturally more fecund of micro-spore. It had indeed been a day of brainstorms, I mused, when some old technicon had realized that not only would a strong integrative field with a rich exd 8 supply cause all matter to grow at an increased rate, but would also cause even the most dissimilar life-gens to unite. It has been the realization that had resulted in various form life. Most of the crosses by this method had resulted in an increased strength and

    p. 14

    fertility. They now were more numerous than four-limbed men, and often superior in mental ability.

    Automatically my mind associated the embrace of the snake woman with the six arms of the giant Sybyl of Info; and I decided that I understood why Artan Gro had driven me here with his scorn. If I didn’t learn about life here I never would anywhere. That had been what he had reasoned.

    Soon I was striding between the pillaring fangs of the great beast’s mouth that was the door of the Hall of Symbols where the school ways converged. About was the bustle attendant to any rollat way station; bearers rushing; travelers gazing about lost in wonder at the vaulting glitter of sculptured pillars and painted walls, done by men of a calibre whose work ro 9 like myself cannot grasp entirely.

    Paintings and sculpture here hammered into the brain a message of the richness of life that immense mutual effort can give the lift unit, the pro. This richness of life was pictured in a terrible clash with evil, its opposite. 10 The hot fecundity of life and health growth was a sensuous blow

     

    p. 15

    upon the eyes, the soul leaped to take a hand and make life yet more worthwhile. I could not cease gazing at the leaping vault of pictured busy figures whose movements culminated in that offer to the spirit of man to join them in moulding life to a fit shape.

    My rapt study of the paintings was interrupted by the sound of a pair of hooves that clicked daintily to a stop beside me. I glanced at the newcomer, who had stopped to stare up at the paintings also in that curious way that people have when they see another craning his neck—and my glance became a stare.

    What was the use of aspiring to be an artist, my reason said, if those great masters who had placed that mighty picture book on the vaulting walls above were so easily outdone by the life force itself!

    She was but a girl, younger than myself, but what a girl! Her body was encased in a transparent glitter; her skin a rosy pale purple; her legs, mottled with white, ended in a pair of cloven hooves. And as my brain struggled to grasp her colorful young perfection—she wagged her tail!

    It was all too much. Speculating about the life-generating force possible in the variform creatures was one thing; but having it materialize beside you was another thing entirely. Such a beautiful tail it was. Of the softest, most beautiful fur.

    “What were you staring at?” she asked. “The paintings?”

    I stuttered, then answered. “The paintings . . . I guess . . . yes, the paintings. I’m a . . . painter . . . was a painter . . .” I gave up. I couldn’t talk, I had to look.

    “They are marvelous, aren’t they,” she declared enthusiastically. “I always look at them when I come down to the school. I am studying medicine. Now take that painting up there—”

    On her arm and breast I saw the medical school insignia;

    p. 16

    a man’s figure struggling with a great snake, disease. 11 It took brains to study medicine. This exquisite young thing, so full of gen force, so powerfully attractive, was smart too. And almost instantly she proved herself to be extremely friendly and companionable. She went on talking, describing, theorizing in a gush of amiable conversation that left me dizzy, gasping, and admiringly breathless. She told me everything about the paintings, the statues.

    And before I realized it, we were walking on together. She was full of all sorts of information, and it seemed she had taken it upon herself to be my guide, to teach me the meaning of everything we saw. Her cheerful chatter soon told me all about herself, her studies, the schools, the great doors that led to each one from the central gathering place of the school rollat ways.

    The Hall was justly famous for these doors. Before us now was the door to the medical school, formed of pillaring figures struggling with the coils of snakes. Next to it was the marine school door, formed of a crab whose huge claws met to form the arch. A planetron, a pendulum device to tell of the nearness of bodies in space, formed the entrance to the school of space navigation. All the ages of science of immortal growth had combined here in the symbols that formed the many doors.

    Footnotes
    8:2 According to Plato, Atlantis was a continent located some four hundred miles west of the Pillars of Hercules (Gibraltar). In the Timaeus, he describes it as an island larger than Asia Minor combined with Libya. Beyond it, he says, were an archipelago of lesser islands. Atlantis had been a powerful kingdom nine thousand years before the birth of Solon (from whom Plato heard of Atlantis reputedly as told to Solon by Egyptian priests), and its armies had overrun the Mediterranean lands, when Athens alone had resisted. (It has been a point of difference between students as to whether Plato referred to the “Mediterranean lands” as lands now inundated by the Mediterranean Sea, or the lands surrounding the sea.) Finally the sea overwhelmed Atlantis and shoals marked the spot. In the Critias Plato gives a history of the commonwealth of Atlantis.

    There are many other traditions of lands located west of Gibraltar. The Greek Isles of the Blest or Fortunate Isles; the Welsh Avalon; the Portuguese Antilia or Isle of Seven Cities; and St. Brendan’s island. All except Avalon were marked on maps of the 14th and 15th centuries.

    The legends of the Sargasso Sea are said to have sprung from encounters with the sea of weeds which periodically grew over the shallowly sunken continent.—Ed.

    9:3 The reader will note the curious use of the word “fall” in connection with gravity. Later in the story, the author elaborates on the subject of gravity in a very amazing manner, propounding a theory which your editor has examined in detail and by which he has been utterly confounded. This glib “focusing” and “deflecting” of gravity your editor cautions you to accept in the literal sense until Mu-tan Mion’s story gives us more on the subject of gravity.—Ed.

    9:4 Curious as to the literal meaning of the word “topless” we wrote to Mr. Shaver for a better description of the buildings of Sub Atlan. He revealed that (as Mutan Mion’s memory told him) they were topless in the sense that they were roofless. Sub Atlan is located in one of the giant near-surface caverns that underlie Surface Atlan, or Atlantis, which is mostly forest with scattered large buildings. Since the elements are not a factor, almost all buildings are constructed without roofs to admit a maximum of light. Sub Atlan must have presented a strange appearance, for no two buildings were architecturally alike; some of them huge spheres, or multi-sided geometric shapes, tall spires, or merely rambling structures of no apparent intentional design. The reason for this was to provide variety p. 10 to interest the eye, which would otherwise be jaded by constant contemplation of the unending sameness of gray cavern walls and roof of stone.—Ed.

    10:5 When asked to describe the Titans Mr. Shaver sent us the following notation, which is perhaps the oddest of all his communications. When queried about its oddity, he merely replied that he had “answered your question” and gave no further explanation. We quote:

    “Our great race, the Atlans, together with the Titans, our allies and often our fellow citizens, swarm through all known space and watch ever for the birth of new suns. Then, too, there are the Nortans; but the Nor-men shun all suns and can only be found where the sun rays shine not.

    “When our Atlan sciencons hear of or see a new sun born, our ships flash swiftly through the void, to test the rays for poisonous emanations. When they find clean heat from a surface shell of pure carbon, fast upon their trail come the first great colonization ships. For our race is fecund beyond imagination and there is little death from any cause.”

    Obviously this is nothing from the “racial” memory of Mutan Mion, but seemingly something from an Atlan himself! Here and there, through Mr. Shaver’s correspondence with the editors, such departures from the identity of Mutan Mion occur, and we can only suggest that Mr. Shaver’s racial memory contacts extend not only to the culture man, but to other beings as well. Mr. Shaver himself cannot explain, and in many instances, is unaware, that such extensions exist.

    The reader will here, again, note several inexplicable references. such as “poisonous emanations” and “a surface shell of pure carbon.” Later in the story Mutan Mion tells of these things in great detail, and in them gives still another of the amazing scientific theories that stagger the imagination.—Ed.

    11:6 Obviously variforms are not natives of other planets, but hybrids developed from many interplanetary life forms mated with Titans and Atlans by deliberate applications of mutative rays in the laboratories of Mu’s technicons. It is extremely interesting to note that all have the status of citizens.—Ed.

    12:7 p. 11 Moving connected vehicles on the ways and walks which carried the bulk of pedestrian travel.—Ed.

    13:8 Exd is Atlan for ex-disintegrance or energy ash. It was the principal content of the beneficial vibrants. It is the space dust from which all matter grows into being. Mutan Mion amplifies the exd theory later on in the story.—Ed.

    14:9 Here again we had to appeal to Mr. Shaver for amplification. We certainly got it, and along with it some amazing thoughts. Ro (he says) is a thing of simple repetitive life pattern easy to understand and control. To ro you is to make you do things against your will. A large generator of thought impulse can be set up to ro a whole group of people. Row the boat is modern and the meaning has become physical force and not mental force. Ro the people was an ancient method of government. Romantic was the name of such a government. Ro-man-tic (science of man life patterning by control). It is the same concept as used by some scientists when they say “hypnotically conditioned.” It is p. 15 not necessarily an evil government method, but is one that was necessary. Any person is ro who is weaker than the mental impulses about him. Men are ro today because they are not self-determining, though they think they are. We are parts of a huge juggernaut, and we are ro in consequence. The determining forces that make our thought what it is are from outside when we are ro, from inside when we are men or gods.—Ed.

    14:10 This is indeed a strange comparison. Evil is the opposite of live, the inference being that to be evil is to die. Oddly (or significantly?) evil is live spelled backward.—Ed.

    16:11 This insignia lives today in the legend of Apollo! According to the Greeks, Apollo was a son of Zeus himself. Disease is typified in the legend by the python, which Apollo killed. Etymologically his name signifies one who “drives away disease.” Roscher’s derivation names him as the “sun god.” Using Mr. Shaver’s ancient language, he is “authority, energizer, power source of man’s growth.” This is startling when we discover, upon studying the legends of Apollo, that he was variously called god of prophecy; god of agriculture; ruler of seasons; keeper of flocks; rearer of boys; sponsor of gymnastics; the helper; healer and seer; averter of evil; god of song and music; leader of the muses; embarker and disembarker; god of streets and ways; one who stands before the house (as protector from violence and disease); originator and protector of civil order; founder of cities and legislation. Apollo, says Mutan Mion, was a son of one of the Titans of Mu!—Ed.


    CHAPTER II

    From Art to Embryology

    From the moment that I pocketed a disc that bore the faun-legged girl’s name and address, I was no longer an aspiring artist; I wanted to know what she knew, wanted to learn what she was learning.

    Arl was her name, a short, sweet name for a girl and hard to forget, too. You can’t forget a girl who wags her tail at you just like that.

    And so she took me into the medical school and directed me to her own teacher. I became a member of the class immediately and discovered that I had entered upon the opening discourse.

    The class was dominated by the immense presence of the teacher, a son of the Titans, bearded and horned, expounding in the exact syllogism of the technicon training. As he spoke, I became certain that this dynamo of human force should soon charge such a small battery as myself with everything in the way of knowledge I could assimilate.

    There was only one slight disturbing factor. Just as I had sensed a strange, deeply buried and secret fear in the Sybyl, I knew that in the mind of this great son of the Titans there was a gnawing something that a part of his brain dwelt on continually. Fear was a smell that was ever in the nose down here in Tean City. The realization disturbed me so much that I failed to absorb a portion of the teacher’s discourse. My absorption must have caught his attention, too, for I saw him staring disapprovingly at me. With a start, I re-concentrated my mind on what he was saying.

    “. . . a great cold ball hung in space. Once it had

    p. 18

    been a mighty, living planet, swinging ponderously around a dying sun that it had never seen, being covered with clouds. Then that sun had gone out, and the deadly ter 12 stiffened the surface life into glittering death.

    “The planet’s forests, which had lived in dense, dripping fog, had, in their many ages of life, deposited coal beds untold miles in depth—clear down to the stony core of the planet. No fire had ever touched these forests, because the dense fog had never allowed fire to burn.

    “Venus, our nearest neighbor in space, is such a planet now, although much smaller. As it is on Venus, so it was on the unknown planet.

    “Hanging in space the dead immensity of this ball was largely potential heat, for its tremendously thick shell was mostly pure carbon.

    “Such once was the sun, your sun and mine; the sun of which Mu is a daughter.

    “Then a blazing meteor, spewed violently from some sun in space, came flaming toward this cold ball. Deep it plunged into the beds of carbon. The fire spread swiftly—an ever-fire of disintegrance, not the passing-fire of combustion—and our sun was born into live-giving flame!

    “A carbon fire is a clean fire and contains no dense metals like radium, titanium, uranium, polonium—whose emanations in disintegrance in suns cause old age and death because minute particles given off accumulate and convey the ever-fire into the body, there to kill it in time.

    “Then sun heat was clean, and life sprang furiously into being on its daughter, Mu’s surface. Nor did this life die—death came only by being eaten. Then life suffered old age not at all, for there was no cause.”

    The voice of the teacher paused a moment, and now indeed I knew that there was much for me to learn. Here was something that struck deep into me with an instantly

     

    p. 19

    vital interest. Most provoking of all was his peculiar emphasis on the word “then.” I could not help the question that sprang to my lips.

    “Why do you say ‘Then life suffered old age not at all, for there was no cause.’? Is there cause now?”

    It was as though I had placed a torch beneath the hidden fear in the Titan’s eyes, for it flamed forth suddenly for all to see; but it was as quickly quelled. All in the class looked at me with that shocked expression which plainly said I had overstepped my bounds; but in the eyes of Arl I thought I saw the gleam of approval, and I found a dam to hold back my ebbing courage.

    The teacher looked at me, and I saw kindliness in his eyes.

    “You are new here, Mutan Mion. Therefore it is easy to understand that you have not heard of the projected migration of all Atlans to a new world under a beneficial sun. . .

    “Yes, young ro, there is cause.” He was answering my question with determination now, but he was not speaking to me alone; he was making his answer a part of his discourse. “I have spoken of the carbon fire as a clean fire. By this I mean that the atoms of carbon, when disintegrated, send forth the beneficial energy ash called exd which can be assimilated by our bodies and used to promote life-growth. However, the source of this ash is not carbon alone, but all other elements excepting the heavy metals such as I mentioned before. It is when these heavy elements begin to disintegrate in the ever-fire that we come to the cause of age.

    “The particles of radium and other radioactive metals are the poison that causes the aging of tissue. These particles are thrown out by all old suns whose shell of carbon has been partly or altogether burned away, permitting the disintegrating fire to reach and seize upon the heavy metals at the sun’s core. Our sun has begun to

    p. 20

    throw out great masses of these poisonous particles. They fall upon Mu in a continual flood, entering into living tissue and infecting it with the radioactive disease we call age.

    “Through the years, the centuries, these poisons accumulate in the soil of the planet, and are continually being washed out of it by the rains with the result that all the water on Mu is becoming increasingly contaminated. When these waters are drunk, the poisons accumulate in the body, finally becoming numerous enough to completely halt all growth and still worse, to prevent any effectual use of exd, which is the food of all integration.

    “The technicons, of course, have devised means to protect us from the accumulation of the age poisons, but it has become evident that their efforts are not entirely foolproof. We have discovered that we are living on a world that circles a sun that is growing old and is therefore deadly. We are living in the shadow of death, a shadow that will grow greater as the years pass until finally death with strike us all. We would, if we remained, not even begin to live out our lives. Centuries and centuries would be lost to us, and ultimately we might not even attain the initial growth of maturity!”

    I ventured another question.

    “What methods have the technicons devised?”

    “They are simple ones. Multiple distillation of the water in which we drink and bathe; treatment of the water in a centrifuge to remove the very finely divided age poisons that cannot be removed by distillation; ben generators to create a magnetic field of ben energies; air centrifuges to remove poisons from the air. But I must impress upon you that it is impossible to shield us from all of the age poison; from that small amount that actually falls upon our own bodies and accumulates there as it does in the water. Eventually, if we remain on Mu, we will grow old, 13 and finally die.”

     

    p. 21

    I looked him squarely in the eyes, respectful in a degree equal to the kindly interest that shone in his as he returned my look.

    “It is not the age poisons you fear,” I accused.

    He looked at me silently; and a flood of force seemed to flow through me, encouraging me, protecting me, cautioning

    p. 22

    me. It was the same feeling I had gotten from the Sybyl.

    “Come, students,” he said gently. “We will go now to the embryo laboratory.”

    Before we entered the laboratory we were given nutrient potions prescribed by the Titan for his students to make them more receptive and hence his work easier. We were told that we would receive these potions regularly. Even as I took the first draught my brain throbbed with a new growth of ideas and strange new images. I was exhilarated beyond all imagining, and my enthusiasm knew no bounds. I took Arl’s hand in mine as we trooped into the laboratory.

    It was truly a wonderful place, the most amazing I had ever seen. I felt like a mite admitted to the treasure-house of a giant. Here were things that were beyond my intelligence to create of my own mind power; and yet I was being given free and welcome access to all of them, to learn from them, and to use the knowledge if I wished in my future life and work.

    Many strange machines filled the laboratory, all performing tasks that I could only guess at. But these machines were subordinate to the real science of this great room, being designed only to chemically and electronically nourish and develop the many human embryos that moved and grew in synthetically duplicated mother-blood in sealed bottles.

    The older ones kicked and tugged healthily at the grafted umbilical tube which supplied the life fluid—called

    p. 23

    [paragraph continues]Icor, the “blood of the gods.” And it was this blood that was the subject of the lecture the Titan now gave us.

    He told us of the upkeep and preparation of this fluid, both in the embryo and the adult; the difficult and important part being (he now stressed his words with greater emphasis with his attention bent especially toward me) the process of detecting and removing the slightest trace of the radio-active poisons that cause age.

    I studied and I learned! These were the processes which had given the planet Mu its health and enabled us to live under more aging suns than other races. These were the life methods that had given us our fecundity; which had populated space for thousands of centuries with the seed of Atlan. I wanted to know all there was to learn about them.

    The Titan, an old master at this most basic process of Atlan life, had imbued me with an enthusiasm for the true creation of life in its infinite possibilities of growth—such as no mere painter ever had. The delicate handling of those ultra-minute products of disintegrance from which primary integrations are formed; the mixing of these integrations into the atoms of elements; the chemistry of combining these atoms into the molecules of the substances used in the manufacture of the synthetic blood, Icor—all these steps were sheer artistry, yet were made as simple as child thought by the genius of the Titan.

    Once more the Titan commented on the proposed emigration from Mu, weaving it into his lecture. There seemed to me to be an undercurrent of double meaning in his motive for repeating it; a double meaning that I strove to associate mentally with the fear-thing that was something else and also something so secret it must not be mentioned. It was as though even the fact that there was fear of that “something” must be kept secret. Our aging sun (he said) threw off increasingly large amounts of these sun’s seeds, small but dense and active

    p. 24

    disintegrative particles, and I learned that keeping Atlan’s peoples young was an increasingly difficult job for the technicons. I learned that the coordinators and rodite 14 were preparing the plans and ships for our migration to a young, new-born sun, where the force setup of life conditions left a greater margin of exd for intake of power, where integrance went on at a faster pace, and where the infection that caused the occasional trouble with detrimental energy robotism or detrimental err 15 in the human did not occur.

    W hen the lecture in the embryo laboratory was finished we filed back to the classroom, and there the Titan flipped the switch that controlled the teleyes that supplied the

     

     

    p. 25

    home telesets of many with the course. We had not been dismissed, and I could see from the puzzled looks on the faces of the other students that this was not in accordance with the regular schedule.

    For a long moment the Titan looked at us, and especially at me. Then he spoke:

    “Today things have been said and seen and discussed in this class that had no direct bearing on the course you came here to take. You, Mutan Mion, have been the most brash—” my face grew red, and he hastened to add, “No, Mutan, I do not mean that you have been too forward; I meant brash in the sense that you have exposed yourself to a greater danger than that of my wrath.” His eyes twinkled at the word wrath, and I knew that such would never be much of a danger! “I meant the menace that has caused the fear you have somehow seen in me. Perhaps you have sensed this in other places in Tean City, among others of the Titans; so it must be, for you to have been so certain of it as to challenge me.

    “Yes, there was, and is, fear in me. And it is a fear that we all try to keep secret because those of us who show fear also show suspicion if not knowledge, and either has been equivalent to the signing of a death warrant. There are spying rays on us . . . at the moment we are screened . . . that seek out our knowledge and destroy us before we can coordinate it into an effective counteraction to the thing that is going on; to the thing we fear.”

    “What is that thing?” I breathed aloud, so intense was my interest.

    The Titan drew a deep breath. “It has come to me that certain groups of Atlan are against the projected migration, and the recent disappearance of several men important to our work lends color to the story. Of course we all know that the only units able to do anything of the kind would be the key rodite of Sub Atlan and Center Mu. Some of these may have accidentally suffered a severe

    p. 26

    flashback of detrimental ion flow, so that their will has become one under detrimental hypnosis. What rodite area has become so corrupt as to allow such a condition to go unchecked I cannot understand; but that we are all in danger until the thing is checked is most certainly true.

    “Therefore, since you here have gained an inkling of something wrong, it is only your right to be aware of it, so that inadvertent words may not cause you great harm. Also, we must fight this thing; and all of us must fight. So you may consider yourselves deputized by the ruling life of Mu to seek out the information that will clear the way for the migration. Until that is done we suffer fear, not new to me, but new to most of you.

    “You may go.”

    Looking back at his gigantic form as I left the classroom, I saw him musing deeply; and the concern on his face told be that things must be even more fearful of consequence than he had made us believe. Reason told me, too, that it must be so—for great indeed must be the evil that can bring fear to the heart of a Titan, the super being of all Mu and of the universe.


    Footnotes

    18:12 Ter—the Lemurian word for cold.—Ed.

    20:13 Impressed with the implications contained in this portion of p. 21 the story of Mutan Mion, we wrote Mr. Shaver for additional information on this theory of the cause of age. This information is curious, because some of the theories seem to be modern (by Mr. Shaver) and others those of Mutan Mion, with no particular designation as to which is which. However, we present the whole for your judgment.

    “The sun itself seems to be the mother source of all radioactivity, infecting all the earth’s surface and all the life on its surface. The sun projects minute disintegrances down upon us in a steady, numerous rain whose effects we call age. In water the poison is heavily present in suspension, especially so in thermal springs. In the air the poison floats forever with the tiny thistledown of dust it has infected and to which it clings. It settles on the leaves of plants. So we take the poison in with every breath, with every bite of food, with every drink of water; thus we age as the poison accumulates.

    “But we do not have to let in that poison; we can protect ourselves and grow through a longer youth to a much greater age, with superior mental powers. It is very plain that a mother’s body cells, although replaced every four to seven years, are not young because they remain in contact with the poison retaining fabric of the body and so age swiftly. Yet, the baby is young. Young because it gets filtered blood, filtered through the placenta—and would remain young if the poisons were to be continued to be filtered out by a duplication of the placenta filter. The stalk of a plant is old, yet its seed is young, capable of reproducing itself without passing on the poisons of age. It is because the stalk contains a filter to prevent passage of the poison to the seed. The simple filtration processes of birth and seeding CAN BE COPIED by man, thus putting off old age.

    “Here are a few verbatim quotations from Madame Curie’s notes: ‘Finally, the radiation of radium was contagious. Contagious like a disease and like persistent scent. It was impossible for an object, a plant, an animal or a person to be left near a table of radium without it immediately acquiring radioactivity—becoming radioactive—a notable activity which a sensitive apparatus could detect.’ A later page: ‘Thus the radio elements formed strange and cruel families in which each member was created by degeneration from the mother substance—radium was created by degeneration from uranium—polonium from radium, etc.’ And from a later page: ‘When one studies strongly radioactive substances special precautions must be taken if one wishes to be able to take delicate measurements. The various objects used in a chemical laboratory and those used in physics experiments all become radioactive in a short time, and affect photo paper p. 22 through black paper. Dust, the air of the room, one’s clothes all become radio-active. The evil has reached an acute stage in our laboratory.’

    “Note the word mother. The sun is the mother source of radioactives.

    “It is a matter of common knowledge that certain watch factories formerly allowed workers (young girls of twenty) to tongue-tip the brushes with which they painted the radioactive dials. They died of OLD AGE at twenty and twenty-five years! Not of a disease, but of age poison; radioactive particles, whose origination is from the disintegration of the heavy metals of which radium is a member!”—Ed.

    24:14 Rodite—Life pattern synchronizers.—Ed.

    24:15 This is mainly due (explains Mr. Shaver) to depolarization of the matter of the brain; it is no longer earth polared, it is sun polared—and hence inducts the disintegrant flows from the sun into the brain by simple dynamic induction. I think a magnet could be sun polared and point to the poles of the sun just as an ordinary compass points to the poles of the earth. This is what happens to parts of the brain; they become sun polared. In the desert this is known as “cafard,” to become crazed and kill until killed. Others are just stupid, depending on what parts of the brain are affected. The Malay “amok” and the Norse “berserk” are the same phenomena. When it lies in the part of the brain devoted to memory, the result is absent mindedness. When it lies in the nervous system and ego recognition of activating centers, the victim is a killer or a repressive reactionary. It is simply true that man is an electrical machine which functions well when his p. 25 energy flows are of his own creating, but functions especially ill when the energy flows are from the sun.

    The sun is quite a dynamo; it always gives off, from the surface; while earth always takes in, from the surface. Much of this intake is “snap-back”; that is, it is returning to a state of matter. Gravity is merely the disintegrant energy of suns returning to material form. Much of it, however, is like radium, a persistent disintegrant seed of a sun. Radioactivity is the seeds of disintegration.

    Hence, a mind powered by sun particle energy flows of a detrimental nature becomes robot. The result is robotism, or the inability to think constructively. Victims of detrimental err have but one basic thought, to kill, in keeping with the natural elemental instinct of the disintegrant metals. (The reader has been presented here with two sensational theories which appear in complete form later in the manuscript; the nature of gravity, and the interrelation of energy and matter in an endless circle.—Ed.


    CHAPTER III
    Terror in Tean City
    That evening Arl took me to a dance. Never had I known that there could be such pleasure! And as a part of it all I discovered that my education was to continue through every waking hour, whether in scheduled class or not. There was so much to be learned from actual living! And Arl, it seemed, was determined that nothing should be lacking in my education. Nor did I object, for nothing suited me better than to have her, beautiful tail and all, showing her friendship and interest.

    The dance, she told me on the way to the hall in a rollat car, was very scientifically handled by trained technicons. The stimulation of human attraction between male and female, she told me, was due to the generation of many kinds of tiny and fecund spores which grow and are released upon stimulus by male and female. The male spores grow in the female and vice versa, just as pollen between flowers. This cell pollen and the sensation of its growing presence is love. I could imagine the immense fecundity given this process by the strength of the Atlan race, whose growth and youth 16 never cease.

    p. 28

    We arrived at the place where the dance was to be held, and I found a great room, tastefully draped, and decorated by paintings that depicted such scenes of love and joy and health as I have never before seen. Just as the paintings at the Hall of Symbols held forth that invitation to join in the elevation of the race, so did these paintings show the way to participation in love and joy.

    The dance had already begun and we joined the throng on the floor. Almost instantly I was aware of the influence of stimulating electromagnetic frequencies. I felt the flow of exd of appropriate attunements; my nerve cells responded in a thrilling fashion.

    The stimulating rays strongly ionized the air of the hall; making it extremely conductive to the electric pressure of the body aura, so that the dancers were intensely aware of each other. The consequently augmented vital aura of the cell pollen permeated the hall. It was absorbed by my body, and by that of lovely, faun-legged Arl snuggled in my arms, and by all the young, ecstatic bodies of those who danced about us. Under the stimulus, we wove intricate patterns on the gleaming floor; and the odor music of the Atlans wove into the sound music many scent accompaniments. These scents are of the most penetrative and nutrient of all the food chemicals, feeding the nerves as they are driven into the body by strong sound waves of a penetrative frequency.

    In the enhanced delight of the dance I was oblivious of all but the bundle of vitality to which my pulse and soul

    p. 29

    were synchronized, and my arms held Arl as a treasure beyond value.

    Then, as I lost myself in pleasure, it happened. The madness of the fear that was upon Tean City struck; and for the first time in my life I knew the true meaning of terror!

    Arl screamed, and pushing me from her, pointed to the edge of the dance floor. There the great shoulders of a horned son of a Titan hunched, one big hand clutching in desperate agony at the folds of a drape, the other pointing up and out to indicate the path of the ray that played upon him. Even in the face of death his only thought was to tell what he knew of the fear; and to point out its direction so that the technicons might answer with a ray of their own.

    But nothing checked the ray; and I realized that contrary to all the usual rules there was no guard ray on duty. No wonder there was fear in Atlan! Slowly the huge youth’s face turned black, his legs buckled, he fell and rolled over on his back, tongue protruding and eyes staring. He was dead.

    His friends rushed to him, but the deadly ray had not ceased. It played first on one figure and then on another; each victim rolling in turn to the floor, face black with death.

    “By the Elder Gods!” I swore to myself at the realization that no guard ray was going to protect us. “It is true; our perfect government is not so perfect after all!”

    I stood as though oblivious to the fact that death might strike my way too. I could only look and rage within me at the death that played about the recently joy-filled hall. Within me the stimulating rays still caused an elation, but it was submerged beneath the surge of wrath that made my blood hot.

    Arl was tugging at my elbow, the canny will to live of the female evident on her face in an expression of anxiety

    p. 30

    and calculation. Together we left the hall, taking a route along which her clicking hooves led me. We kept with a group of young Atlans who walked, without panic or the impulse to run, toward the parked rollats. I knew why; they feared to attract a spy-ray to themselves.

    Arl’s fingers pressed warningly on my arm, and I heard her whisper, her voice low, casual. An excited tone might have attracted the curiosity of the mad mind behind the black deaths, who must even now be surveying the scene of his mad acts of killing in grisly satisfaction.

    “Listen to that man just behind us—”

    I listened. His voice was also casual—held no excited note. In his voice was the cultured note that was evidence of one who has absorbed much of the vast education obtainable in Tean City.—”also heard that what lies behind the fear and death here is the mad wish of certain rodite to appropriate the whole fleet of ships prepared for the migration and go to the new sun leaving nothing behind alive with brains enough to build and fly ships in pursuit. Thus they would have the new sun’s clean light entirely for themselves and their future seed.”

    A selfish thing, indeed! But more mad than selfish. Such a view could only be the result of detrimental err.

    The speaker went on. “We, the mediocro, know how fecund life can be, but we also know the madness of refusing all of the normal units of life’s fabric the right to existence and growth. No social fabric can be built of dull and lifeless robots which are so besotted with detrimental energy that they refuse the least of the units of the fabric their right to growth and intelligence. Therein lies the strength of the social fabric—the unit’s realization of its own self and its place in the whole. The whole basis of a fuller life is the acquisition by mutual effort, the backing on which is woven the social pattern of the fabric itself.”

    I heard another voice, answering in agreement, yet with a troubled note evident in its tones, as if the speaker felt

    p. 31

    that agreement alone was not enough; that simply denouncing a thing that was as evil as this would not be enough. “Yes, this murderous effort is doomed to failure. The intelligent members of the guilty rodite must realize that such murder of the normal life unit is the refusal of their own right to share in the fruits of the social project. They must realize that such men as the Titan youth they killed have a potential value as great as their own.”

    Another voice chimed in. “Then why is it refused recognition? If they are intelligent, then why do they act so detrimentally? It must occur to them soon, or it will be too late.”

    “Unless they are all mad,” said the first speaker. “The sane unit of such a project will see that the basic unit right is inherent to their own success, and realize that destroying those rights will wreck their own plans. The only thing it can he is the explanation a Titan growth technicon offered—that some rodite have been detrimentally charged by disintegrant coil leaks . . .”

    I could not help breaking into the conversation.

    “That is right! The thing has been explained to me that way; as a detrimental hypnosis in which the ego—or self-will—the self recognition of the mind centers confuses its self-originated impulses with the exterior-originated detrimental impulses to destroy. Such a condition is called dero, 17 or detrimental energy robotism. The thing is

    p. 32

    simple enough, but I cannot understand how it could happen here in Tean City, where perfection in romantics is so old. Such an occurrence is guarded against by many battle ro, by great organic battery brains raised for just that purpose. How could it happen?”

    The two Titans looked at me and shook their heads. They knew as little as I how it could be.

    “Well, it couldn’t, but it did!” Arl said with feminine logic, and taking me by the arm, led the way to a rollat. In a moment we were speeding away from the dangerous area. Beside me Arl relaxed with a sigh, and I felt her trembling with reaction.

    I put an arm around her. “Brave girl,” I whispered.

    p. 33

    We were soon nearing Arl’s apartment, and looking down at her fresh, young face, I felt a wave of worry pass through me.

    “I wish we were under that new sun right now; on those fresh-born planets of life with clean new coordinating mechanisms under rodite we ourselves selected and could therefore trust. I fear that the migration has been too long delayed—the old sun’s disintegrant pressure upon the unseen base of our life is now too great for anything else to happen than what happened tonight. Can we help to strive against this immense err, deep-seated in the control minds about us as it must be; or must we flee at once, before they make impossible our flight, thinking of it has a danger of tale bearing?”

    But Arl’s lips were on mine as the rollat slowed before her home, an effective quietus to my dangerous words, and my mind no longer dwelt on the fear—nor imagined the embrace of a six-armed giant Sybyl female or the crushing coils of a snake woman about me!—for it was too busy recording the ecstatic sensations of the intense vital charge the faun-legged girl threw into her embrace. My mind gave up its worry in Arl’s soft contact.

    The next day I entered the classroom and found it empty. I went to the incubation laboratory and found several other early students standing there in silent consternation, the fear welling up almost to openness in their eyes. The Titan was not present, nor were any of his attendants. Some of the embryos were dead, others half-smothered; because no attendant had turned on the filtered, enriched air tanks which kept their nutrient fluid supply aerated. I started toward them, but a young son of a Titan stopped me.

    “I turned them on,” he said in low, evenly-measured tones.

    “Where is the Titan?” I asked.

    “No one knows,” was the answer I got from all.

    p. 34

    Other students came in now, among them Arl. She came to my side, but remained silent, troubled.

    We waited a short time. Then a student called tutor center, to inquire. He turned to us with a peculiar look in his eyes.

    “They say he is ill!”

    “Ill?” The exclaimed question burst from all of us. In Atlan this was startling. Illness is almost unheard of; a rarity existent only on the space frontiers where new varieties of germs were sometimes troublesome.

    The news brought Arl close to me, her silky-furred tail trembling as shudders shook her slim body. “Mutan, I am afraid,” she whispered.

    Her fear transmitted itself to me, and the thought came into my mind that this room was not safe. The same thought obviously had come to the others, because our movement toward the exit was as though by mutual accord. There was obviously some awful connection between the black deaths and the Titan’s strange non-appearance. Yesterday the Titan had said a guard ray was on while he spoke to us so gravely of the fear—Had that guard ray been no guard at all? Had those evil rodite penetrated the guard ray, heard his words, known the Titan as a menace to their plan?

    The: class was dismissed—this time by fear!

    And somehow I knew that the thought in my mind was in the mind of all. We had the same knowledge the Titan had. We were in the same danger. We were marked for disappearance, illness, or the black death! We must flee, now or never!

    Proof of the thoughts of the others came almost instantly. As we trooped in assumed light-heartedness down the tunnel toward the rollat ways one, of the accompanying youths proposed a picnic in the forest to celebrate the unexpected holiday. He said it loudly in a gay voice, and the others chorused their delighted approval, a delight that

    p. 35

    [paragraph continues]Arl and I feigned too. All fell in with the project, the unspoken desire to flee the city strong in our breasts, our anticipation of being together among the trees, which subterranean dwellers seldom see, strong too.

    I raced ahead with Arl, shouting gaily, “Let me lead you to the elevators.” There was meaning in my voice, and intent in my mind. I was not forgetting my promise to my friend, the control-man.

    We reached the shaft that led to Sub Atlan, from which we would take another lift to surface Mu. There, as we shot upward, I whispered the news to the control-man. “The terror is loose in Tean City,” I concluded. “Escape as soon as you can. If at all possible, beg off from another descent and be away. There is great danger for all whom they suspect are aware of them.”

    He retained a straight face, but I could see the concern in his eyes, and the determination to make good his escape also.

    As we lolled in apparent ease on the soft sod of the culture forest, the traditional empty glass made its appearance in the circle. No one spoke of it, but its significant reminder of death’s clutch was a constant thing in my mind. Never had fear and death been a part of my thought before; but that empty goblet with its sweetly spiraling stem uppermost was no longer just tradition, but now had a meaning almost immense. What to do to avoid that damnable mechanical play of detrimental force from the mind of some unknown rodite, staring through the viewplates of his defective, detrimentally hypnotic mechanism, seeking to destroy the best first? 18 If they thought we were escaping they would seek us out and snatch us back.

    p. 36

    I sat and mused. “Simple magnetics; yet such mighty minds as the Atlans fall before it. We must be clever . . .” I went on thinking of it; but again recurred the regret of last night. If only the migration had taken place a few years ago! But perhaps it had been so planned; and delayed? Delayed by the black death which had thus far struck so secretly and silently. The plan of the rodite must be near completion or their secrecy would have been maintained.

    And then, as I sat there, an idea presented itself. I knew a way to escape, and I spoke quickly before my thoughts were clear enough for any unseen listener to read

    “Let us all charter a space ship and take a look at Mother Mu from above! There is no greater thrill than that to cap the day!”

    As one we leaped to our feet. I knew then that our thoughts had been very similar; I had only been the first to express the next step in spoken words.

    “We will have to take a shuttle ship first,” said a young Titan quickly. “Come, I know the way.”

    Footnotes
    27:16 The Atlans, Mr. Shaver reveals, were ever youthful, and never ceased growing. There was no such thing as “maturity” in the sense that growth stopped. Thus, an Atlan’s age could be determined to a certain extent by his size. Many of them reached tremendous stature, sometimes as much as 300 feet, and heights of 40 feet and more were rather common. Mr. Shaver refers to “ancient” books which have been destroyed, which contained a great deal of Atlan knowledge and history, but points to references in the Bible such as “In those days there were giants in the Earth” as p. 28 actual truth, recorded memory of the Titans. Especially significant is the definite statement “in the Earth” and not on it! The Atlans, by the use of their wonderful machines. kept their bodies constantly supplied with a sufficient amount of exd (the energy ash from which all matter is formed by condensation] so that their growth never stopped, but their bodies grew ever larger and heavier. Health itself was determined by weight; a healthy person was heavy. If he became ill, he lost weight. Illness is the inability of the body to fully utilize the available exd, or is the result of an insufficient quantity of exd.—Ed.

    31:17 Pressed for a more complete explanation, Mr. Shaver has defined “dero’ for us:

    “Long ago it happened that certain (underground) cities were abandoned and into those cities stole many mild mortals to live, At first they were normal people, though on a lower intelligence plane; and ignorant due to lack of proper education. It was inevitable that certain inhabitants of the culture forests lose themselves and escape proper development; and some of them are of faulty development. But due to their improper handling of the life-force and ray apparatus in the abandoned cities, these apparatii became harmful in effect. They simply did not realize that the ray filters of the ray mechanisms must be changed and much of the conductive metal renewed regularly. If such renewals are not p. 32 made, the apparatus collects in itself—in its metal—a disintegrant particle which gradually turns its beneficial qualities into strangely harmful ones.

    “These ignorant people learned to play with these things, but not to renew them; so gradually they were mentally impregnated with the persistently disintegrative particles. This habituates the creature’s mind, its mental movements, to being overwhelmed by detrimental, evil force flows which in time produce a creature whose every reaction in thought is dominated by a detrimental will. So it is that these wild people, living in the same rooms with degenerating force generators, in time become dero, which is short for detrimental energy robot.

    “When this process has gone on long enough, a race of dero is produced whose every thought movement is concluded with the decision to kill. They will instantly kill or torture anyone whom they contact unless they are extremely familiar with them and fear them. That is why they do not instantly kill each other—because, being raised together, the part of their brain that functions has learned very early to recognize as friend or heartily to fear the members of their own group. They recognize no other living thing as friend; to a dero all new things are enemy.

    “To define: A dero is a man who responds mentally to dis impulse more readily than to his own impulses. When a dero has used old. defective apparatus full of dis particle accumulations, they become so degenerate that they are able to think only when a machine is operating and they are using it; otherwise they are idiot. When they reach this stage they are known as ‘ray’ (A Lemurian word not to be confused with ray as it is used in English.) Translated, ray means ‘dangerous or detrimental energy animal.’ Ray is also used to mean a soldier—one of those who handles beam weapons (note how the ancient meaning has come into our modern word).”—Ed.

    35:18 Just as lightning strikes the highest point, so does detrimental force seek the most active and the healthiest fruit first—they are most attractive. The detrimental is only a film over an integrative ion which is attracted first to the most integrant bodies near. This holds true in thought movements also—thus a dero strikes at the best first.—Ed.


    CHAPTER IV
    Escape Into Space
    Accustomed as I had become to variform life, we presented a strange, almost fearsome appearing company to my eyes as we made our way toward the shuttle ship station. There was young Halftan, of Venusian blood, long-legged, web-footed and fingered, his eyes huge and faceted; his mate, a girl of Mu except that some forebear had given the line four arms, probably under the stimulus of mutation rays because the family pursuit of making instruments was one where twice the number of fingers could well be used; Horton, a young fellow of mixed bloods, older than the rest of us, quiet, but long-eared and sharp-nosed—a listening fox; his girl, a thin, gray, transparent-skinned maid of Mars, fragile and lovely, her large, leaf-green eyes lighting devoted friendship wherever they rested; two young Titan sisters, their horns just sprouting from under their curls, their great bodies new-budding into womanhood; their two escorts, of the Elder’s special creation, large-headed youths of tremendous intelligence, their hands double-length, their necks and shoulders by far stronger than normal to carry their great heads easily, and finally a young Titan male, accompanied by his friend who was a distant cousin of my own Arl and whose sprightly, colorful femininity hinted that Arl’s family must be especially noted for their beauty.

    Together we made up a company of twelve life-forms of great diversity; and yet all of us citizens of Atlan; citizens apparently on an outing, now bound for a gay adventure to end a holiday’s festivities in the supreme thrill, a sightseeing trip into space.

    p. 38

    We dared not think of our true purpose; and I knew that at least the two Elder escorts were aware of what had brewed in my mind and would back me up when the time came. We thought only of our coming adventure, and tried to feel the delight of it so that even our emotions would register true to any spying teleray that sought us out to check on our motives.

    The shuttle ship we boarded was a small, bullet-shaped plane containing little but a cabin, air-making equipment and a small fuel compartment in the rear. This plane was not a space ship, but only a sort of bullet to be shot from the surface of Mu to the large station ship of great weight which circled in its own orbit, just as the moon circles the earth forever.

    To get the shuttle ship on its way gravity was neutralized by an upward beam of semi-penetrative force traveling at light speed which was turned on gradually until the car just floated in its cradle under the effect of the reverse friction to gravity of the force blast passing through the car. 19

    When the weight of the car was thus reduced to less than a pound, I turned on the rocket blasts very gradually and traveled up the reverse gravity beam by instrument. In thirty minutes we were circling the huge station ship as though we were in our turn its satellite just as it was a satellite of earth. With vernier rocket blasts, about the size of toy pistol explosions, the nearly weightless plane approached a landing. Above us spread the world we had just left, making an imposing sight as we settled into a cradle atop the space station.

    p. 39

    When we stepped from the shuttle ship at the edge of the oval landing area, we saw several globe-bodied moon-men bustling about their own type of shuttle plane, a long, wingless splinter constructed of a very fragile and glass-like substance. Although I feared to think upon it, the moon was my next destination. One thing that all of us knew was that we never intended to return to earth. The blackened face of that son of the Titans, the noblest blood in Tean City, as he lay dying on the dance floor rose before me to tell me flight was not only best, but the only course for us.

    In spite of myself my eyes roved over the black dome of space, searching for the lights that might indicate a pursuing craft. It seemed almost impossible that we were fooling the mad rodite and their spying telepath rays. In spite of all self-imposed mental guards, my mind seemed intent on shrieking “Escape! Escape!” through every possible loophole in my concentration.

    I engaged the gnome-like moon-men in conversation in an attempt to still further blanket my turbulent mind. Arl caught my eye and wagged her tail in cheerful encouragement, seeming to divine what was on my mind. How expressive that beautiful tail of hers was; how much it could say; and with no dangerous thought waves to betray its meaning to those who must not receive on their sensitive instruments. With that tail, no language, no thought-transference was needed!

    But even if pursuit developed, I had one trick up my sleeve. I dared not think of it, or some watching rodite informer might advise any pursuers of my plans and a way to circumvent them would be devised.

    It struck me that not all of the rodite might know of recent conditions and developments in Tean City. Nothing had been announced on the tele-screen news. Thus, while we were escaping, others ought to know the truth, and certainly not all the rodite were dis-infected. They would

    p. 40

    not report what they read in my mind, and the rodite who knew would not attach special significance to others who knew; and the very fact that it was thought about in an unguarded way might cause them to dismiss us as of immediate danger, and thus blanket our intent to escape.

    I thought of the dance, of the sudden striking of the black death on the dance floor, of my puzzlement as to what it might mean. I thought of the disappearance of our tutor technicon, wondered if he too were murdered. Any sub-rodite, getting a register of my thoughts, would certainly ponder the meaning of the unbelievable existence in center Mu of murder; murder whose actuality he could not doubt, because it would come to him as the unguarded and therefore true thought of a ro such as I was.

    In double-quick time, still acting out our enthusiasm for an unexpected holiday, we chartered a fast space ship for an hour’s time. An attendant led us to a cradle on the landing stage; and we entered the ship gaily.

    The speedster rose slowly up the lifter beam under my control and when it was clear of the station ship I sent it hurtling outward.

    When we were well out of sight of the station ship and picking up speed toward the moon I gave up thinking of our trip as a sight-seeing outing which was to proceed only a little way into space and then return, but began to think of the moon as our destination, meanwhile setting the autopilot destination needle on Venus. Then I pulled the throttle back to full on.

    If what we had heard of the black death were true, it might well be that no space ships were allowed to leave the vicinity of Mu at all. Just the mere fact that we were hurtling straight away might have placed even more suspicion on our purpose if we maintained our original thought-fabrication. With the moon now our revealed destination, our true purpose was still veiled.

    p. 41

    I switched on the electrically magnifying scope screen to the rear to look for possible pursuit. The scope had a screen of microscopic photo-cells which turned the tiniest light ray into an electrical impulse which was greatly augmented by vacuum tubes and the resulting impulse made a much larger cell on a viewplate glow strongly, giving a vivid image in half-tone.

    Far behind us a craft sped along. Was it in pursuit? I watched it for long minutes, but there was no way of telling. It maintained its distance and its course. In a very short time their instruments could check our course, and if they were pursuing us, they would be unable to correlate it with my mental image of the moon as our destination; and they would be after us instantly. If they were merely harmless travelers to Venus, there would be no questioning of our own course.

    I gave them time to check us with instruments, then I set the course pointer on Mercury, a planet almost never visited, and watched closely. The strange craft veered.

    “They are on our trail,” I said. The words broke a silence that had become almost intense.

    Arl’s cousin looked shocked. “Then we can’t escape,” she said. “They have a mechanical advantage over us.”

    One of the big-heads was eyeing me shrewdly “You have a plan,” he said. It was a plain statement of fact, not a question. It was as though he did not ask what was my plan, but expected me to put one into operation now that the crucial moment had come.

    “Yes,” I agreed. “Now is the time to play my one card. I hope that it will be an ace.”

    “We have not asked nor even wondered about your plan once we observed that you had one,” said the other big-head. “But now the time for secrecy is at an end. It is unnecessary. If we cannot escape, our intent to do so will be useless to hide; if we can escape, our intent will not need to be hidden.”

    p. 42

    “True enough. And I will be more than glad to relieve my mind of the strain of withholding what is in it,” I said. “I am but a ro youth, and the task has been hard.”

    “But one that you have done well,” observed the young Titan gravely.

    I accepted the compliment with a thrill of pride. Praise from a Titan was something to which I was not accustomed—indeed, old Artan Gro had many times given me exactly the opposite.

    “It is a matter of mechanics,” I explained. “And the one thing I will be forced to blank out of your mind as I do it. I warn you all not to think on the matter when you see it performed. As to my plan of escape—I have an even greater one. I will explain fully in a very short while—we will go to one of the sunless Elder stations on a cold planet. The nearest of these is Quanto, on the very rim of this solar system.”

    “A good choice,” approved the big-heads. “But one that rouses our curiosity in your ‘mechanical trick’ to a high pitch. Obviously you know that Quanto is seventeen and one-third billion miles away.” 20

    I could almost read their minds. “Yes. Weeks away at the speed of this ship—and we have no food.”

    Even Arl’s tail stopped wagging at that—but only momentarily. In her eyes I read that confidence I knew she had in me; a confidence that she herself felt was justified.

    “Your plan!” she reminded me. “Now we know you have a definite one, for if you are aware of the fact that we have no food you must also be aware of a way to reach Quanto without it.”

    “Such great faith must be well placed,” murmured one

    p. 43

    of the Titan maids. “I, too, can have no fear now that you have a plan.”

    I proceeded now about the thing I had in mind, taking care not to think of what I was doing, but think, rather of the appearance of my hands as they worked, of the movements of my knuckles, of the muscles that caused those movements, of the nerves that carried the message to the muscles. . . .

    It was a good thing for me now that I had listened so worshipfully to space pilots when I was younger; some of their adventures were going to stand me in good use. Autopilot mechanisms on these space ships were adjusted to a fool-proof speed, so that no speed-mad citizen could wreck a shipload of people. There was a stiff spring on the throttle, just a little stronger than a man’s arm, which held the fuel flow to a safe maximum.

    I found the case of the auto pilot locked and the key was naturally not aboard the ship, but kept by the attendant back at the satellite ship. But I found a way around that. I took the belts from several of my companions in spite of their puzzled faces and fastened them into one strong line. One end went around the throttle bar and with another I took a turn around a seat arm.

    A dozen strong Atlan arms pulled the belt line taut at my bidding, and I took in all the slack at the seat arm. Back came the throttle bar. The acceleration of the ship spilled them all in a heap at the rear, but I held fast to the line and the bar stayed back.

    Now our safety depended on whether the pursuing crew knew this simple trick—for many of the pleasure craft. which our pursuer plainly was, were as well powered as the police craft, although their autopilots restricted them to a much lower speed. If the pursuing craft’s pilot did not think of adding other men’s power to the strength of kis own hand on the throttle bar, he would never overtake me. Even police craft were set to less than maximum motive

    p. 44

    power, as the tubes burned out too quickly at full blast.

    I watched the dark speck on the rear screen anxiously and slowly it grew smaller and smaller. When it had vanished the youthful Titan pounded me on the back until my ears rang and my knees buckled.

    “You’re a sly fellow, and your whole plan of escape is right. It’s high time we ran away from the black death. I’ve worried and waited for it to strike me long enough. The Elder station on the cold planet are the best natured men you can find in space. Haven’t been near a sun in centuries, and don’t know the meaning of the word evil!”

    He turned to the others and continued speaking eagerly. “They’ll take us in, give us entrance cards to any government in space Personally I would choose some civilization that warms its cities with its own fires, and shuns all suns entirely. I’ve had enough worry waiting for Atlan’s rulers to get wise to the danger and move. I want no more of these sun-bitten zany dero around me!”

    The gray Martian maid spoke, her sensitive green eyes shining with admiration, her voice the slow singing speech of Mars

    “The best thing you did was not to tell us what you had in mind, for someone would have read our minds as surely as Venus loves us. We have lived in dread and indecision for many moons. The black death has struck day after day and no official word of it. No one can tell who is dead; there is no way to tell if anything is being done about the danger or not, for anyone who made the slightest effort to do so disappeared at once just as our loved teacher did. We all know that he was not ill; and we also all know that the day he made that announcement to us he had signed his own death warrant—but he had evidently decided he must, as no one else seemed to move. It has been terrible, and if you had planned this flight with us we would never have gotten away. We have been very lucky to get this far. Now, if you will take my advice,

    p. 45

    you will go at once far beyond any influence from Mother Mu’s rodite, under another space-group of planets, and there we will learn how to live where such things as the black death do not exist.”

    The smile she bestowed on me was Martian magic.

    It must have been the look on my face that prevented any further remarks by my companions, and caused them to look at me in new curiosity. If so, my next words fanned the flame of that curiosity.

    “I spoke of a greater plan, a few moments ago,” I said. “And I am afraid it does not call for such conclusions as you two have made. I am sorry, but neither of you have given me any advice that I like, as sound as it may seem.”

    “Speak on,” prodded one of the big-heads, his eyes alight with interest.

    I checked our course briefly to make sure we were headed for Quanto correctly before I answered him. Then I made myself comfortable in a cushioned seat and faced them.

    “What is it that we have been fleeing?” I asked.

    “Basically, an aging sun,” said the young Titan reflectively. “The black death is merely a result of detrimental action on certain rodite who have become dero and even ray. We have fled from them, but the real cause of our flight is the sun.”

    “Do we flee as cowards, deserting our comrades?” I asked softly. “Or do we flee only that we may be able to make a new plan to take the place of the one that has been interrupted by the rodite dero?”

    There was a wry smile on the face of the big-head. “The day has come,” he said, “when I have seen a ro put a Titan to shame! Of course, Mutan, we do not flee for cowardice, but to gain time and life to put up a fight. It is only that we have not thought it out as you have Nor has inspiration as yet given us such a plan.”

    “Then listen to mine,” I said, “Just as it is with you,

    p. 46

    my first thoughts at realization of the fear that lay in Tean City were those of escape to a place where there was no fear. It is a natural reaction, especially if that possibility suddenly presents itself.

    “Let us analyze the fear. First, the top unit of the force behind the black death must be a man in a very strong position, to stall off the whole migration as has obviously been done, and to control things so that no news leaks out about the terror that is otherwise so plain for many to see. So high and powerful must this man be that to fight against him on Mu itself must be to invite certain defeat. Perhaps even if we were to muster all clean-minded Atlans to the battle, we could meet only the same frustration as the migration plan has suffered—for is it not true that all Atlans who are aware of the danger of the sun’s evil have made utmost effort to bring about the migration?”

    “True enough,” said a Titan maid. “No Titan has been unaware of the danger, and lately, even such ro as you have been brought into the plan. Perhaps it is fitting that the salvation of that plan come from the mind of a ro.”

    “Then here is the only salvation I can see,” I said. “We must go to the Elders of Quanto. Through them we must contact the mightiest of the Titans and from them get advice and assistance. This thing may well become a space war before we are through—and as I see it, it must be so, or all the Atlans of Mu will be lost!”

    I looked at Arl, to see if she listened, and she wagged her tail roguishly. Not only was she listening; she was thinking in tempo with me. At my glance her voice chimed in, doing things to my spine.

    “Yes, and we ourselves must devote ourselves to the task, and go to a place where the growth rate is unlimited by law, so that we can become more equal to the job. It will take great power to displace the mad rodite. On Quanto we must find some mighty and old and wise technicon to go along and assure us of a hearing; otherwise the

    p. 47

    power will not be given us. We need the very mightiest power the Elders of space can give us to save the people of Mu.”

    “If you but wag that tail of yours at them, Arl, they will give it to us!” I laughed because I could see in all those around me the same conviction and devotion to my plan that was in her. The youthful company laughed too. “Of that there can be no doubt,” they agreed, whereupon Arl swished her tail before them and pirouetted about on her clicking hooves.

    In that instant the fear was gone from our minds. Instead we were filled with gaiety and hope, and great determination to do all that lay in our power to end all fear.

    We circled Mercury, straightening out on a direct path for Quanto, constantly accelerating until it was unnecessary to explain why lack of food did not worry me. The young Titan remarked: “We will be at Quanto within twenty-four hours. Already our speed is approaching that of light. 21

     

    p. 49

    air locks. At last we were in the home of the kindly men from sunless Nor!

    I leaned back with a sigh of thankfulness, feeling that I had saved at least some of the good life seed of ancient Atlan from the madness that was overtaking all of its races under the aging sun. To save still more would be a collossal effort; but as Arl’s arms drew about my shoulders, I knew that such effort was worthwhile.

    The purpose of life was plainer now. Such beauty and tenderness did not live in words or in paintings. Only in understanding and caring for the life seed, the bearers of future race growth, could a man find the true meaning of life. And in the mighty job that lay ahead in enlisting aid for the saving of our people from the black death of the mad rodite I knew I would become a man or die.

    Footnotes
    38:19 Mutan Mion explains that gravity is the friction of condensing exd, ex-disentegrance, falling through matter into earth. By using a beam of similarly condensing particles of ex-disintegrance a harmless beam of upward gravity is obtained which can levitate matter slowly or drive it upward at immense speed. All space is filled with the ash from disintegrance of the suns of the universe. This, condensing again into matter, is integrance or gravity.—Ed.

    42:20 Mutan Mion says this is the eleventh and last planet of the solar system. The tenth (and yet undiscovered, though predicted by astronomers) is two billion miles beyond Pluto, which is itself nearly four billion miles from the sun.—Ed.

    47:21 Mutan Mion, apparently, holds no brief for the ‘limit velocity” of light; or that the speed of light is the ultimate speed. According to Mr. Shaver’s letters on the subject: “Light speed is due to ‘escape velocity’ on the sun, which is not large. This speed is a constant to our measurement because the friction of exd, which fills all space, holds down any increase unless there is more impetus. The escape velocity of light from a vaster sun than ours is higher, but once again exd slows the light speed down to its constant by friction, so that when it reaches the vicinity of our sun, no appreciable difference is to be noted. A body can travel at many times the exd constant, under additional impetus, such as rocket explosions. A ship whose weight is reduced to a very little by reverse gravity beam can attain a great speed with a very small rocket. Once beyond the limits of matter gravity ceases and the ship becomes weightless. Speeds over that of exd constant must be under constant impetus, for the friction slows them down quickly again, especially so in the case of solids. Sound, as an example, travels through air at a constant speed—and yet the impetus is obviously different in each case! The only conclusion is that the air itself is the governing factor in the speed of sound, which always remains appreciably the same. So it is with light. Both depend for their velocity on an initial impetus. Both remain constant because below a cerfain speed, friction disappears.”

    Your editors have been constantly amazed at the interchangeability p. 48 of Mr. Shaver’s (Mutan Mion’s?) physical phenomena, or rather, their adaptability to one great physical law which we have as yet hardly begun to comprehend in its entirety. However, at this point a brief definition might aid the reader in understanding many things he has already read and will read in the following pages.

    Matter in all the cosmos is constantly disintegrating and integrating. There is the natural parallel as to whether the hen or the egg came first—did the integration come first, or the disintegration? But that is the one and only unanswerable question in the whole theory. Exd is the ash (matter so finely divided as to become energy rather than matter) of disintegrating suns. It spreads out and fills all space. Then, perhaps because of the presence of an actual bit of matter (as in the case of the salt grain in the salt solution that commences precipitation which does not end until all the salt is once more in its original form), or under the influence of a magnetic field which draws the exd

    p. 48

    On Quanto, we knew, a group of Elder technicons from sunless Nor, a group of sunless planets 0.16 light years away, had lately established an observatory for the study of our planetary system. 22 It was these Elders I wished to contact in my effort to enlist aid for our cause.

    Our trip to Quanto consumed slightly over twenty-four hours, the hunger of which we could easily endure; and on the landing station we switched to a shuttle ship.

    As we settled into the cradles of the great cavern’s entrance on Tiny Quanto, liquid air glistened over the view panes. The ship rocked as the cradle connected with its conveyor and was drawn by it into the cave through the together, integration commences and the exd once more becomes matter. This fall of exd and its condensation is what causes gravity. When Newton was hit on the head by an apple, it was by an apple that was pushed down upon his head, rather than pulled down; since gravity is the friction caused by the fall through matter already existent of condensing exd. Obviously a condensation is a falling together of a finely divided element into a grosser state.

    There are many finer points, staggering in their implications, concerning this theory which are not necessary to the reader’s understanding of this manuscript; but they are being prepared in a monograph which is to be submitted to scientific circles.—Ed.

    48:22 Quanto lies beyond the jurisdiction of Mu’s government, which holds sway over all the planets of the solar system except this tiny world. Quanto is on the rim of Nor influence and is used by them as an observation station. Because of its small size, it is unimportant to the government of Mu.—Ed.


    CHAPTER V

    The Princess Vanue

    We found the typical welcome that all the great ones accord to visitors. Our party was courteously received by the attendants, and we were directed to the administrative offices with swift efficiency.

    For me, this first visit to a world people by other than Atlans or Titans was one of the most interesting of my life; but I did not find it half as exciting as my first glimpse of Tean City had been. The men from sunless Nor were of an amazing blondness, for no light but of their own making had ever struck their skins. Their size, as did that of Titans and Atlans, varied with their age and with the age of the parent. Thus, a son of a man of a hundred years age would be three times the size of a son of a man of thirty. 23

    Further, the race from Nor, who are called Nortans, are a straight race of men. There had been no intermingling

     

    p. 51

    of races of other forms, not because it was forbidden, but because their technicons had not made the variform technique of breeding available to the public and without it all such intercourse is sterile. Perhaps they are right, although I see much beauty in variforms—especially in my own lovely and completely desirable Arl with her beautiful, expressive furry tail and her dainty, clicking hooves; certainly their race is beautiful and vital enough to please anyone.

    All about the city of the Nortans it was evidenced by many wholly unfamiliar devices that the science of Nor had forged ahead of our own; and as I looked about, I knew why. Here was none of the fear that had pervaded Tean City; nor was there any of the sun-poison to be a detriment to constructive thinking in even the slight degree that evidently has long deterred the technicons of Mu from full scientific advancement.

    The thought of the fear brought the need for haste once more home to me as we walked through the city toward the administrative buildings. It was better to continue our flight than to remain long even here, I knew. So, to improve time, I kept running over in my mind the desperate plight of center Mu; the delaying of the migration to a newborn sun; the fear of pursuit that was still with us; for I knew that in that administrative building toward which we were headed some watchful Elder of Nor was most certainly taking thought record of our minds, to see if there were harm in us.

    So, when we reached our destination, it instantly became evident that we would have little explaining left to do. And at the same time, another thing became evident to me that filled me with terror. Fear, again, in the one place where I had thought I would not find it!

    A young lady of the snowskinned Nortan race glided toward me, her hand outstretched in greeting, her voice a soft bell of welcome for all of us.

    “We have read your thoughts and understand what

    p. 52

    brings you here. Follow me now to the Princess Vanue, chief Elder, for an oral check; and forget your fear, for soon you will be going to where fear is not. Your message spells danger to us, as well as to your poor, helpless fellows in Mu.” 24

    It had been the words “Princess Vanue, chief Elder” that had struck a new kind of fear into me. The chief Elders had been described to me in Tean City. They are the oldest  of the race, and are given official power, according to the yalue of their achievements to the race. They are of both sexes, and have learned all there is to know of the secrets of growth; how to manufacture their own life-supporting essences, nutrients and beneficial vibrants. And on their ability to improve upon the standard nutrients of the people often depends their success. Thus, when a simple ro like myself comes near one of these Elders, his will becomes their will automatically; for it is overcome by the great, all-pervading force of the life within them. One hardly notices this when the Elder is of the same sex, but when that life force is of the opposite sex the attraction is so great as to be irresistible. So true is this that seldom is a ro of one sex allowed too near an Elder of the opposite sex; for never again would the poor ro free himself of love for the Elder.

    My spirit trembled when I knew the Elder to which we were being taken was a woman; a woman who for unknown centuries had absorbed all the essences of growth-promoting substances. And too, Nor was a place where growth science must be far, far ahead of our own sun-baked

     

    p. 53

    sciencon’s achievements. Never would I be able to free myself of the spell that: woman-force would cast upon me!

    I looked desperately at Arl’s sweet face. Never again would I love her if this thing were true. In Arl’s eyes I read the same fear, and I know then that she surely loved me and I was torn by the approaching loss. However, I dimly understood that it must be necessary—for no man near an Elder woman can deny her the truth of love for her.

    We left the building and presently were ascending a long, transparent boarding tube into the side of a space liner that lay like a sleeping monster in the launching cradles. This was one ship that could land directly on a planet! But then, Quanto was small. We passed through a series of airlocks, reached the inside of the ship.

    It was a long way into the center of the ship. As we progressed, I noted that all the ro who passed were maidens; beautiful white Nor maidens with glittering white-yellow hair that floated about their heads in a cloud, so fine was it that it was air-borne.

    Soon I became aware of an aura of complementary forces that I knew came from the Nor Chief Elder, Vanue, whom we were undoubtedly now nearing. Her force scent grew stronger as we approached a mighty door set across a corridor. In glowing letters of hammered metal above this door was the legend:

    VANUE
    Elder Princess Of Van Of Nor
    Chief Of Nor On Quanto

    The great door, I discovered, was an airlock; to hold in the ionized and nutrient-saturated air of the chamber. These chambers the Elders seldom leave, since all evil is restrained from entering.

    As we passed through the lock, the terrific stimulation of this conductive electrified medium seized us in a mighty ecstasy. We were drawn as by a powerful magnet toward

    p. 54

    a huge figure which was an intense concentration of all the vitally stimulating qualities that make beauty the sought-for thing that it is.

    Within me I could feel the compass of my being swinging toward its new center of attraction. I was no longer myself. I was a part of that mighty being before me. My thought was her thought; I was her ro until she chose to release me.

    Could she release me? I could not even wish it, nor ever would. Within me I knew that, and I felt no resentment, no regret—only joy.

    All of eighty feet tall she must have been. She towered over our heads as she arose to greet us, a vast cloud of the glittering hair of the Nor women floating about her head, the sex aura a visible iridescence flashing about her form.

    I yearned toward that vast beauty which was not hidden for in Nor it is considered impolite to conceal the body greatly, being an offense against art and friendship to take beauty out of life. I was impelled madly toward her until I fell on my knees before her, my hands outstretched to touch the gleaming, ultra-living flesh of her feet.

    Beside me the other youths from center Mu were in the same condition of ecstatic desire.

    As our hands touched her flesh, a terrific charge of body electric flowed into us. We fell face downward in unbearable pleasure on the floor.

    She picked us up one by one and placed us on the desk before her. Waist-high now were our burning eyes. She bent to meet our gaze; and the mighty beauty of the eyes of the Elder princess of Nor flashed a question into our minds. As one man we chorused:

    “Yes, it is true! Evil has the upper hand in center Mu; in Tean City itself!”

    It was then that I realized how far ahead of Mother Mu’s Titan and Atlan technicons were the Nortans and,

    p. 55

    [paragraph continues]I supposed, all other great ones of the dark worlds. For Vanue wasted no more time on us, but bending toward the banks of instruments before her throne, pulled a lever and through all the ship was heard the warning signal of departure. As if they were my own, I knew her thoughts! Quanto was to be evacuated.

    The Nortans were certainly not the sun-spoiled sleepyheads our own race had proved to be. She understood the awful danger that could threaten a planet’s multitudes’ under the thumb of the dero madness.

    At her willed command we all ran to seats that circled the throne. They were mounted on acceleration absorbers. The grand hand pressed the bar that lifted the now weightless ship up the force beam flowing out of the cavern.

    Even through the thick walls of the ship we heard the huge airlocks scream shut behind us. Then we were out in space headed toward Nor, the vast cold planet where this Elder Goddess’ daughter had been born centuries before. I realized that our precipitate departure was sure evidence that our news had meant much more than nothing to Vanue. She had enough Elder God sense in her to know that flight was imperative. There were misgivings in my breast as I wondered if any Atlan Elders or rodite had knowledge of mighty Vanue’s presence in Quanto. It might make a great difference if they did!

    As the acceleration lessened toward the midpoint of our takeoff, freeing us from our seats, the whelming voice of the great woman-being swept us.

    “You children will remain with me until your future is settled. I will thus be sure that you are fully rewarded for bringing us such vital information.”

    The soft, singing voice of the gray maid from Mars questioned her, and in its notes was gray also.

    “Will you . . . can you . . . then give us back the love of our dear ones, which has cleaved to you?” There was a powerful pleading in her voice that penetrated even

    p. 56

    through the blanketing ecstasy that held me.

    Infinite tenderness and compassion seemed to flow from the eyes of the great one.

    “There is a way to do that,” the master voice answered; and she bent swiftly toward the Mars maid, her great eyes flashing a strange thought I could not wholly read; a tender woman-language into the eyes of the Mars maid.

    That simple Martian magic had made another friend, this time a great one indeed.

    It was a strange passage. Most of it seemed more a dream than reality. Such things as the tremendous gait we built up—far more than light speed—and the great distances we traveled were the realities, but I barely noticed them. More real was the unreality of the thin, lovely forms of the Nor maids moving about their mighty princess, the soft fires of their floating hair like seedling flames from the vast fire of Vanue’s god-life crowned by its floating cloud of yellow; our own eyes burning like the spotted wings of moths against the screen of her will; the sad faces of our own maids beside us, gazing first at the fierce white flame of her body and then at our own bemused selves; the vaulting of the vast ship walls about us; the unfamiliar instruments blinking and whirring.

    It was a very real dream to me—a dream I knew I would never stop dreaming. Strange passage. . . . Ever the whisper of the feet of the Nor maids on some swift errand; the soft rumble of the voice of their living Goddess and the answering bright song of her worshipping maidens. Yes, it was a strange passage, and every mile of it brought home a fascinating realization.

    I had embarked on the most amazing voyage of my whole life. The very thought of what now certainly lay before me was enough to stun my mind into an apathy of thinking that was hard to overcome; yet my mind was so full of excitement that it did strive to think, to add to the realization of what the future would hold. A new life was

    p. 57 p. 58

    at hand; opening to wonders that staggered me to think of them—and awed me into all-engulfing reverence.

    To live to become what this Nor princess had become; to have the love of people as she had the love of these Nor maids—that is the real dream. I knew that I must gain the key to the door of a way of living that would lead to the full value of the Nortan life.

    So it was, sitting in the thrall of that too-strong beauty of woman-life, we noted so little. How much time passed? I will never know. It was as if all body functions ceased, as though food and drink were not needed—as long as we were in the presence of Vanue of Nor. But I did know that she was in continual communication with the planet Nor over the space telescreens. Face after face appeared before her, murmured briefly and intensely, and vanished; only to be replaced by others. I knew vaguely that she was calling for a conference on the strength of our information; and sensed also that we would attend that conference at her side.

    The thought dawned on me slowly. Here was an honor few ro ever attain in the first century of their growth. By old Mother Mu! To see those Elders of Nor, the whole lot of them, male and female, all at once . . .! That would be more than one could well stand. An overpowering, devastating ecstasy. . . .

    Well, it would be an interesting death. 25

     


    Footnotes

    50:23 Proportionately this would not be true. A man of a hundred considering he did not stop growing at the usual age, would certainly not be three times as large as at thirty. A baby doubles its weight in six months, doubles it again in eighteen. Thus the rate decreases in proportion to total mass, although the actual poundage increase is the same for a similar period of time. Later, however, this poundage begins to lessen until maturity is reached, where growth ceases altogether. In the time of Mutan Mion, however, growth was a constant thing, ended only by death. And the rate of growth could even be increased, if desired. This is what Arl was referring to when she mentioned that it would be necessary to “grow” to be able better to perform their mission. The reader will see the methods of this stimulated growth demonstrated further on in this manuscript.—Ed.

    52:24 The Nortans, as did the Atlans and Titans, spoke the universal language of space; a language originated by a Titan Elder of the far past. The name of the language is Mantong. The original individual language of each race has fallen into disuse as the three racés have intermingled through all space. This is the same language of which the alphabetical key was published in the January 1944 issue of Amazing Stories, and also as an appendix to this book.—Ed.

    58:25 This reference to death from mere association with the Elders is singularly intriguing. According to Mr. Shaver, the Titans, Atlans and Nortans had the ability to bestow beneficial forces upon less favored mortals, such as Mu-tan Mion (a ro), and also radiated a perpetual flow of life energy which was beyond their control to cut off from any ro who visited them. Hence, the animal magnetism of Vanue was such as to cause Mutan Mion’s whole being to be drawn to her body with a force so great that it superseded any other love he might have had. Her attraction commanded all of his maleness, his ability and capacity for love of the opposite sex.

    Now we find him referring to the possibilty of dying from too much of this animal magnetism. Obviously in his mind a superstition has been built up which has enhanced his imagination of the effects p. 58 of meeting the Elders in a great group. He refers to meeting the Elders as being “a great honor” for ro less than a century old. Therefore we can discount his belief that it will be fatal to him; because it is sometimes done to ro younger than a century as an “honor” and without fatal result. The truly interesting factor here is when we consider Mr. Shaver’s constant insistence that dark space is full of Titans, Atlans and Nor-tans, and that they do not visit our world because it is plagued by the sun’s poisonous radioactives and is a cause of death. They shun their ancient home, Mu. We, says Shaver, are a quarantined people under an evil sun. We have no value to them. In their language we are errant (detrimental energy animals: E—energy; R—dangerous dis force; AN—animal; T—force of growth. Literally errants are animals whose force of growth is directed by a dangerous dis energy and is therefore evil). Can we assume that he is incorrect in his assumption that these super beings never visit the earth, and that such instances as the biblical references to angels, Christ, and other things are actual records of such visits? Perhaps it is significant that the reference to these things always seem to include effusion of an energy of some sort; i. e. the radiance of the angel who drove Adam and Eve from the Garden; the brilliant light that blinded Saul as he rode to destroy Christians; the radiance amidst which Elija, and Christ himself, ascended into Heaven; the light that came from the burning bush and the voice that spoke to Abraham.—Ed.


    CHAPTER VI
    Conclave of the Elders
    I never knew how much time the voyage consumed; but it seemed very soon that the great vessel floated down the landing beam into the white and yawning face of a landing area on a station satellite of Nor while I and the other youths dreamed on almost oblivious in the quarters of Vanue.

    Still in that dazed dream of love we followed among her maidens into the tubes and aboard the special shuttle ship awaiting her, and shot off to Nor looming not far away. We did not pause on Nor’s dark surface, but descended into the depths of a great cave toward the council place somewhere in center Nor.

    I had thought in the past that the Titans were mighty of thought and size—but what I saw now eclipsed anything I had ever heard of the glories of our own races. Big and vital as was Vanue, she was but a little child among the tremendous Nortan Elders and Gods.

    There are no words to describe what the development of unchecked growth in man brings forth. These ancient Nor-tans, who had studied and purified all the source-substances of growth and combined them into an endless variety of nutrients which they introduced into their bodies by many means—borne in electric flows; on penetrative sound waves; by injections; by direct feeding—had been growing at a fierce rate for unknown centuries. Their inner beings had evolved in various ways, so that they were evidently of a more complex atomic and molecular construction than ordinary flesh. There is no way to describe the qualities of

    p. 60

    thought, of inner strength of spirit seen on their faces and in the aura that is always about such beings.

    We trooped after Vanue as she entered the vast reaches of the council cavern and took her throne by the side of her father, a mighty bulk of man-flesh but only a lesser luminary in that gathering.

    Before the council came to the business at hand we were treated to a brief prelude of entertainment—psychologically a reward for the effort of coming to the council. It vas a prelude to music and dancing, a review of the best talent of the planet, calculated to bring the minds of the council into harmony on the subject of the welfare and glory of the race. Entertainment, yes; but the amusements of Elder Gods are nothing to pass over.

    What it all meant was beyond me; I was aware only of the awful beauty and tremendously fecund strength of the dancers—bred and fed by wizard technicons of growth; trained to express meaning and emotion of a kind too vast for ro to grasp. They danced in a vortex of conductive rays which carried their thought and body essence, augmented by apparatus, to each watcher.

    The climax was the appearance of the greatest beauty of the planet—a sorceress of the art of entertainment named Hypaytee—who wore on her head a device which caused a vast augmentation of the thought images of her mind to play about her body in a tremendous revealment of the infinitely developed soul of woman. I had loved woman—hut never before had I undestood even vaguely what development did to the greatest value of life. The rewards this woman could give a man by the use of her mind alone, coupled as it was to that mighty, sinuous dancer’s body expressing all the things that draw men to women, brought the concourse of Elders to their feet in an earth-shaking applause and a mighty vow to care for the race that produced her. This thought was also projected from the control rays which took root in every heart. It came to me,

    p. 61

    too: and I was a Nor-man now, no matter what I had been before!

    Then Vanue’s thought flashed out, setting the thought cloud 26 areas into coruscation with an alarm, a command to attention. I was brought out of my daze to see my own thought record projected in the thought clouds. I saw once again, as real as the first time I had seen it, the fear on the faces of the six-armed Sybyl of the Info screens; the striking of the black death at the dance; the hideous fear on the faces of the dancers; Arl’s sweet face contorted in a scream.

    A thought-record from the brain of each of our group from Tean City followed. It was evidence enough, thus gathered together, that evil had the upper hand in Mu.

    My own efforts to conceal my thought as I planned our escape and the trick of the belts on the throttle that had resulted in our success finished the record display.

    I was mightily surprised to hear applause and a great thunder of voices calling for me—Mutan Mion of Atlan. They called for me, the stupid artist! those vast voices from hundreds of ancient beings, some of them three hundred feet in height!

    Vanue held me out in her two hands for all to see. And as I became the center of their attention, my embarrassment exceeded any emotion of a similar nature I had ever had. If I had known that they would think of an escape from such a condition as so much of a feat it is probable I would never have tried it. I would have been hopeless of success frôm the very inception of the fool-hardy thought.

    p. 62

    I was put down again, my face red, my thoughts flustered, my embarrassment a flood of discomfort in me—but a discomfort that held within it a strange glow of humility that was at the same time a glow of pride. I was proud with a just pride; and I felt somehow that it was not my own pride, but the pride of Vanue, whose utter slave I had become. Vanue, Elder of Van of Nor, was proud of her ro!

    The actual conference of the Godheads took place now in thought projections in the thought-cloud area. I saw that any thought, no matter how abstract, could be projected in these clouds by thought augmentors. 27 They used an image language instead of words, and their talk was to me but a whirlwind of changing forms, faces, geometrical figures, maps of space and figures on orbits and many

    p. 63

    other things incomprehensible to me and probably to most of the ro present. The powerful minds of the Nortans functioned too rapidly for us to grasp any but the simplest meaning in the ideographs unfolding in the cloud before us. But I did gather that some action was to take place at once to save the Atlans and the Titans of Atlan from the derodite.

    Now from the mists of the Elder Gods’ highest throne of all came a swift ray that lanced down and touched me delicately. An ecstasy of change came over me. What that ray did to me and told me in the next brief instant I can never say in any words. Then a voice spoke out:

    “Muton Mion of Mu, we have seen the great compassion and love for your fellow man that lives in your breast. We admire such greatness in such a tiny ro; and because of the love of man in you we have decided that it must not go without full satisfaction in deed.

    “You came here to gather together an expedition and return to Mu for the rescue of your comrades who are in deadly danger. Never could you carry such a gigantic project as this would require to its successful completion—and yet you have done it; for we of Nor have made a solemn vow to rescue the men of Atlan on Mu and to destroy the derodite who threaten to spread their evil even into dark space.

    “However, because of your great desire, we have planned a place for you in this great mission. You shall have your part in it; and you shall have another duty which is worthy of your capacity for compassion. We, the Nortans, have seen in your mind a vision of the far future—of a time on Mu when men shall be slaves of the degenerate sun around which it circles; of a time when they will be but mentally deficient savages living out a life span compressed to an irreducible minimum by radioactives. This may be a true vision, in part or in whole—for we may not succeed entirely in our mission. We may even fail!

    p. 64

    “Therefore, we give to you the task of preparing a message, in great duplication, to these pitiful men of the future—so that there may be some hope that those among them who have the mental power to fight against their cruel environment may make their lives in some measure complete. This message will be left on Mu, and in it, in many places for future man to find.”

    The voice ceased. The conference was over.

    Footnotes
    61:26 Three dimensional pictures were formed by projection of the image into a mass of gases held by electric pressure in a cloud whose particles glowed in various colors according to the mental wavelength of the vibration field in which they floated. Ordinarily the cloud is opaque white, and when the thought-picture is projected into it by the Nortan mind, it becomes transparent except for the particles which form the image in full color. The command for attention causes the whole cloud to change color from milky white to flaming red.—Ed.

    62:27 In a letter from Mr. Shaver, this reference to augmentors is explained in great detail. Says Mr. Shaver: “I refer you to a picture printed in many high school books of ancient history. It is from the ‘Book of the Dead’ a copy of which could be obtained in any large library from a book about the ‘Book of the Dead.’ This picture shows a scene which is called a picture of the Gods, and is in two sections. On the lower section the Gods are ‘weighing the souls’ our historians tell us. Actually it looks like a butcher buying a hybrid hog: half hog and half deer . . . the animal has a line around its middle as though it had been cut apart and sewn together again. It is evidence of the hybrid breeding of animals by the Atlans and Titans of Mu.

    “Another picture shows a teacher seated before an instrument, and before the teacher, facing him, is a group of students each holding a smaller instrument. This is an actual pictographic representation of the thought augmentor and the focusing device used to pick up its waves.

    “Still another instrument pictured in ancient Egyptian glyphs is the crook the Pharoahs always carry. Notice the bottom end has a clevis—with holes. I have seen such handles protruding from the ancient weapon-beam apparatus. It acts as a beam director, like the stick of an airplane; and if removed would have kept the apparatus from being used by anyone else. Why else the clevis on the bottom? The origin of scepters was this carrying of the control handle to keep others from using the dangerous apparatus while one was gone for a short time.

    “Certainly the use of this apparatus was very general in ancient times among rulers for it gave them control of men’s minds and its use was always secret among them.”—Ed.


    CHAPTER VII
    A Wedding on Nor
    As we passed from the misty vastness of the council cavern Vanue turned to us of Atlan, trooping behind her, and said in a serious voice.

    “It is law among Nortans that no service to the race goes unrewarded. Now there are certain things I plan for you which I cannot give you legally except you swear to serve me always as my loyal followers. Is there anything to keep you from that?” Her eyes searched us one by one.

    The Mars maid answered, her eyes shining:

    “There is only our oath to the state of Atlan, and the present evil conditions render that oath void.”

    Vanue went on: “I am only a young Elder; you might do better than to follow me—my fortune in the future is not wholly assured. You might do better!”

    “You have honored us, Vanue,” said the Mars maid. “You have let us see your mind at work; we know there is no evil in you. That your fortune should be our fortune is enough for me. You have said you will give the love of our men back to us, and though I don’t understand how you will or can, I know you will.”

    One by one we swore loyalty to Vanue before all other greater beings.

    Then Vanue looked at her Nor maids and said with a strange innuendo that made them laugh with delight and anticipation: “Now we must send them to school—in pairs!” The laughter of the gold-topped lilies of Nor rang merrily.

    What sort of a school was this, I wondered, to make them laugh so?

    p. 66

    The tubes took Vanue’s train to the doors of her own cavern palace. Huge air locks swung open to admit the whole procession into the under parts of the palace. When we stepped out into the special air of her home that tremendous acceleration of the life processes that I had noted in her chambers in the space liner again seized us—and life became a thing to really fear to lose.

    But as yet I had no inkling of what lay before me in the mystery of the wisdom that had built that place to house their first borne, Elder Princess Vanue, daughter of the Elder Gods of Nor.

    Flinging off her wraps, which she had worn to the council chamber because of their significance, Vanue said: “We will put the children in school, and then to our own work. We have much to do to make ready and the time is short.”

    “School” turned out to be a vast laboratory—a replica on a much mightier scale of our own Titan technicon’s laboratory school where Arl and I had learned to know each other and the possibilities of life. Instead of embryos, the nutrient tanks contained six foot ro and even much larger men and women.

    Taking Arl and me in her hands she placed us in one of the big tanks. The liquids were warm and comforting and we splashed about playfully while others of our Atlan group were also being placed in pairs in tanks like our own.

    Then Vanue’s maids swarmed about us, placing wires about our arms, our wrists, our hands and feet; fastening breathing cups over our mouths; thrusting needles into our veins and attaching them to the ends of thin tubes; placing caps of metal with many wires connected to generators and other machines on our heads; covering our eyes with strangely wired plates of crystal.

    I heard the tank cover sealed and more fluid gushed in until we were completely submerged. We floated in suspension within the tanks.

    p. 67

    Then began a strange thing; for our minds, Arl’s and mine, were conscious of each other through the medium of the interrelated wiring and the plates over our eyes—an awareness that must have been augmented a thousand times. Her breath was my breath, her thoughts took place in my head stronger than Vanue’s ever had, and the woman-soul of her was so augmented in my mind as to eclipse all other woman’s appeal that my memory had ever recorded.

    A strange little voice (it must have been Vanue’s speaking over a telethought instrument) whispered beside me: “You will never escape Arl now. You are her slave forever.” And as I listened, I knew that Vanue spoke the truth.

    Arl’s face, laughing before me in the eye plates, became larger and larger, entered my brain, became the wellspring of my being. I heard Arl’s thought, a vast river of force flowing in my mind, saying: “Where I go, there will you go also. The thing that is my desire is growing in you. My roots are your soul. You are my desire and the slave of my desire!”

    And I heard my own thought make answer in Arl’s mind: “So it shall be, always, oh maiden of the clicking hooves and swift hands, of the beautiful tail, of the clean will and strong desire!” And I knew that what I said was true.

    The fluids and forces that were pulsing through us made these things grow within our beings, so that centuries of loving contact were replaced by minutes of furious growth; and we fell asleep, strangely within each other our thoughts, growing and becoming an integrant part of our being. Through every fibre of my body I could feel fecund growth swelling and expanding, patterned by thoughts which were mine and yet not mine. In my ears strange sounds beat mysterious meanings which were forces taking root within me. My memory was a vast garden of new thoughts growing as my mind grew, and remembering all

    p. 68

    the principles that came over the wires from the Elder Gods’ own thought record.

    Always overhead I could feel the Nor maids watching my mind pictures and correcting the growth memory so that everything took its rightful place. And within me I could hear Arl, sleeping and growing too, and she was very dear.

    The thing that was me slept as a babe sleeps in the womb, and the seeds of the Gods’ thoughts took root in Arl and me and grew. We were at once children asleep in the womb of the God mother, and man and wife wrapped in each other’s adoring arms. Time flowed by like water; and we slept but were more awake and alive than ever before, and felt the pleasure of each the other’s body and soul appeal, the very inner essence of man-life and woman-appeal to man. Life pulsed from each of us into the other constantly. We had more pleasure of each other in the growth school tank than ever I have known of in any pleasure.

    Among the things that became a part of my knowledge was the promise of the future in such tanks as this: Sometime Arl and I were to build such a tank and appartatus and take a long sleep in it and awake as Gods, full of the strength and the beauty and the pleasure of life and life’s fulfilment.

    So it was that Arl and I were married by an actual mingling of the seeds of our being, and not by any foolish ceremony; blessed by the actual love of Vanue, now our Lady, and not by any meaningless words.

    Though we were in the growth tank less than a week, we came out inches bigger in every way; but the real growth that had taken place was an inner growth—for I was vastly heavier and my strength was aware of new limits.

    Mentally, too, I was vastly more able; for when I looked about at the apparatus I knew the inner construction and

    p. 69

    use of every bit of it, and I knew that from then on few things would mystify me other than the work of the very oldest Gods.

    I found that I had not lost my love for Vanue, but that I loved her now as one loves and is grateful to a leader. My love for Arl was the strongest thing in me. 28

    p. 70

    All of us found out now that Vanue was not the most foolish of the Elders of Nor, despite her comparative youth, but was looked up to everywhere as one whose star was in the ascendant. Her followers were more numerous than many much more prominent Elders.

    Arl and I spent several days together in our love, and in seeing the wonders of Nor’s civilization. Here was a vast series of underground cities, all heated and bathed in beneficial energies artifically created. No need for a sun’s light to live. No danger of dis-integratives from a dangerous sun poisoning the soil and water of the planet, to cause slow death by age.

    Then one day Vanue called me to her.

    “I speak now of the mission the Elders of the council granted to you in the conference chamber. As you remember, your part in the coming task is two-fold. In one phase of this you will accompany us to act with us in the great war that must be fought. We have developed a plan in which your help as an advance and secret agent is

    p. 71

    necessary. You will be told more about that later, when we have embarked.

    “Now, however, your other mission begins, here on Nor. It is the mission of love for your fellow men. No matter how successful we are in rescuing the men of Atlan, it cannot be that we will rescue all of them. Many must not be rescued! There is nothing we could do for them, poisoned as they are to the point of death. Nor must we allow any of this poison to escape to the dark worlds where it can infect others. Too, the dero influence is dangerous, and madness must not spread over the universe.

    “Thus it has been given to you to inscribe on imperishable plates of telonion, our eternal metal, a message to future man which will be placed on and in Mu so that those who have the intelligence to find and read it may benefit by the truths of growth and defense against a too-soon death by age.

    “After the passing of Atlan science from Mu, men will begin to die at the same age, and their sons will all be the same size at the same age. This will be caused by accumulations of sun-poison in the water of Mu, which will stop all growth in mankind at almost the very beginning of their development. They will scarcely get beyond childhood before they will begin to die.

    “These plates you will inscribe will contain a message that is a key and a path to the door that will open life value to these future men, whose fate we know and pity, but cannot prevent. We can only teach them what we know that will enable them to get the most out of their life on Mu. The dero will not be able to read, and thus will die as they should. Those whose minds are powerful enough to escape complete dero-robotism will read and profit.

    “You can tell them how to attain this life growth by freeing their food and water intake of all the poisons that will be found in it in the natural state. The age poisons can be removed by centrifuge and by still; their air can be

    p. 72

    made a nutrient by proper treatment and freed of all its detrimental ions by field sweeps of electric. The exd on which the basic integration of life feeds can be concentrated (just as it was in your body in the growth school tank) in energy flows which greatly increase the rate of growth and the solidity and weight of the flesh.

    “Tell future man to do these things, Mutan Mion, and their reward will be great. You have seen what the reward of such effort can be—in thousands of years of life’s fullness—even on a planet under a detrimental sun. We cannot save those men yet unborn. We can only leave for them the heritage that is rightfully theirs, the heritage of our sciencon knowledge. And you, Mutan, in your infinite love and pity for your fellow men, shall perform this task with all the energy that your love makes possible!”

    I left the presence of mighty Vanue, marveling at the understanding of the Elders and Gods of Nor. No wonder that their race is so great. To me, the humble artist of Sub Atlan, had been given a great mission; one that thrilled me to my depths. I hurried to Arl to tell her all about it.

    “The wonder of it!” I exclaimed, having repeated what Vanue had told me, “In my hands—the simple-awkward, unskilled artist’s hands of Mutan Mion, culture man of Mu—has been placed the hope of future man! To me is given the honor to preserve for men yet unborn the knowledge of their heritage of life!

    Arl held me to her, and her eyes were shining. “Yes, I understand,” she said.

    “There is more!” I went on. “The Nortans set out soon to rescue many thousands of Atlans and Titans and their variform offspring from the threat of death by a dying sun’s radioactives, and from the black death of the derodite; but I, Mutan Mion, am to be the rescuer of untold numbers of future men down through the history of Mu, until the very planet is dead! Think of it . . .”

    Arl kissed me tenderly. “Go, Mutan, and busy yourself

    p. 73

    with the beginning of the message. You have but little time, and I think you should begin by putting down the story of Mu—our story!—and thus give body to the message to future man. Perhaps he will not even remember Atlantis! Nor Tean City, nor all the other vast cities of center Mu. Perhaps he will not even remember that there ever was such a being as an Atlan or a Titan or a Nortan. It will be your duty to tell him that, too, my loved one. For how can he believe and hope if he has no knowledge of the truth of life?”

    “Most certainly must I tell them of you!” I exclaimed. “Never in all Time was there such a woman!”

    And kissing her again, I hurried off to the sciencon laboratories to gather the materials necessary to begin scribing my imperishable plates of telonium with the message of hope to Lemurians unborn.

    For many days I worked, putting down the truths and the knowledge to overcome the poison of age to the fullest possible extent, as it is now done in Tean City and all Mu; and the means to full life growth. I told the story of our flight from Mu, and much of the history of Mu. I told of the Titans and the Atlans who live throughout all dark space; who are seaching ever for new suns. I told of the Nortans; who do not believe in living near any sun, old or new.

    I brought my message up to date—and barely in time. For when I had finished Arl came to me.

    “Vanue’s ship leaves for Mu in a few hours,” she said. “You must be ready.”

    At that moment it hit me—these were my last hours with my loved Arl until I returned from the war in Mu; if ever I returned. Now for the first time since reaching Nor I knew sorrow. But Arl saw what was in my mind, and her words brought joy back to me.

    “I am to go along, as operator of one of the telescreens on our own ship,” she announced happily.

    I should have known that my loyal Arl would never

    p. 74

    consent to remaining behind while I went into danger!

    “Your life is my life,” she was whispering as she snuggled in my arms. “Where you go, there also will I go. Your soul’s nearness is my desire.”

    Footnotes
    69:28 The “school” of growth to which Mutan Mion and Arl and their companions went for their growth in both body and mind is the concrete manifestation in apparatus of the science of mangrowth as conceived by the three ancient god-races. It was based on simple laws of the integration of matter. These simple laws are being set forth in a scientific monograph by Mr. Shaver and your editor, who firmly believe that its publication will throw a bombshell into all of present-day physics and chemistry. Naturally they cannot be dealt with in complete form here, but a slight explanation of what was done to Mutan Mion seems necessary. Part of this explanation is in the words of Mr. Shaver:

    Growth is an inflow of exd. Life itself is a flame of integration, which like a fire must be fed or it goes out. Exd is the fuel of that flame, and by its condensation into matter, adds to the flame, causing growth. Naturally this growth is a material growth. What the Nortans did was to concentrate the flow of exd so as to feed the flame of life at a greater rate, and thus cause greater growth. A technical simile might be drawn: a fire, when supplied with finely divided carbon and a larger supply of oxygen becomes a greater, fiercer thing. It is the same with life. When supplied with a greater quantity of exd, it grows, becomes stronger, more active.

    The mechanical means is very similar to the magnetic field lenses used in electron microscopes, which direct and focus a flow of particles called electrons into a beam more revealing than light because its particles are smaller. This same magnetic field principle can be used to focus exd and thus hasten integration. A magnetic field, lens-shaped, could focus falling exd by attunement just as a radio collects certain waves. This attunement can be determined by constructing a coil in the same shape as the coils of the electron microscope—but much larger. The focus can be determined by its light focus, which would be the same. A plant, placed beneath this point of focus, perks up its leaves, reaches out, is invigorated, exudes a dew, in a short time is twice the size it would ordinarily have been.

    Once there was a book called the “T” book (‘T’ for integration, for growth force, energy, etc.) which was in rather widespread use up to the time of Christ. It contained the elemental frames of logic and simple what-to-dos like the age-poison elimination. beneficial generators, and so on. But some group feared its influence and it was destroyed, so completely that only the memory of that once infallible book remains, which memory was the father of p. 70 the Bible and all its veneration, including the cross on its cover, the ‘T’ sign.

    The direct need for a greater future for man is strengthening of the general mind by T forces, the growth of a better brain. No progress is truly progress unless man grows a better brain to grow a better brain. That is the pattern of progress—to grow a growth to grow, etc. What man needs is a conscious aim toward growth. To learn how to grow into a man better able to grow into a wiser man is a goal followed by but a few men out of all the number who could be striving in that direction. The great ones called such a goal ‘TIC’ and any energy not directed toward that goal was called ‘ERR.’ Alexis Carrel says much the same thing in ‘Man, the Unknown.’ He is one of the few men on earth whose efforts are not err to self interest. That is, he aims to understand his life process and make it last longer. True self interest is seen in his efforts, as in few others. These others think of self interest as an oppositional of other self interests—which is a de illusion (Atlan for disillusion), for oppositionals neutralize. True self interest would therefore always be a coincident, not an oppositional.

    Our most basic concepts have become err from disintegrant force distortion of thought flows over the long period of time since we were children of the Gods of the past.—Ed.


    CHAPTER VIII
    Return to Mu
    It had been but a short month since our arrival on Nor. Many had been the preparations, most of them unknown to me. Only now as I went to the launching cradles did I see the full extent of those preparations. I found a fleet of mighty space vessels lifting from the frozen face of Nor, leaving to gather at a rendezvous in space.

    Vanue’s own vast vessel was not the least among the fleet, nor I and Arl the last aboard. On her viewscreens we watched countless other ships lifting on reverse gravity beams with what seemed to be almost utter ponderance until they reached a point in space where they could take up normal flight. New-built ships these were, wonderful in their engineering and armament.

    We watched, also, many Nortans, mostly Nor war-maidens and Nor warro, embark on our own ship. Vanue herself was already aboard, together with several other Elders of minor stature. They brought with them vast quantities of material of unguessable use. Observing it I understood that their purpose was not wholly to save the people of my race from their sad plight, but to nip in the bud the growing power of Evil forces so near their own stead in space. That they were wholly confident of their ability to do this, I knew, but I knew also of the mighty armaments and endless warrens of the Atlan armies. I had seen their tremendous vessels maneuvering around Mu on the viewscreens and the news teles. I hoped the Nortans were not overconfident.

    p. 76

    But as we proceeded into space toward Mu at greater speed. I found that I did not really know the Nortans. I had underestimated them. They understood concept, and I came to realize that concept had become a frozen thing on Mu by comparison. The Nortans used the truth, for it was the right conceptual attack. Evil has no concept; it is a mad robot to detrimental force. When Evil has power and men must obey or die, then only is it to be feared. But sometimes men fight for Evil unknowingly.

    As we passed an Atlan space station a Nortan ship would land and presently take off again, followed by all the ships of the station. They had just told them the truth. The Nortans had an ancient reputation that forbade any doubt of their words. It was as simple, and as powerful, as that.

    This went on so often, that as we neared Mu the Atlan fleet with us was nearly as large as our own. The truth can be a mighty friend and these space warriors knew the Nor-men and trusted them.

    So impressed was I by the ships of this vast battle fleet that I was tempted to go to my quarters and describe them as part of my message to future man; but I abandoned the idea. I reasoned that if my message were a needful one when it was found, its finders would have little use for, or need of, such technical information as the construction of space weapons.

    Perhaps when they learned again to fight the aging power of the sun and the evil her disintegrant force can bring to life, they could again learn such other things as they would need by searching space for friendly peoples. There was an idea—I would put down the information necessary to direct such a search. It would be a simple thing—for the great ones would never be found near or under the rays of a sun as old as this one will be by then. Aging suns would always be a space horror to be shunned by all men. Only the action of the derodite on

    p. 77

    [paragraph continues]Mu had kept our own Atlans so long under its rays. Only on or near dark worlds and new suns would the great ones be found.

    It was while I stood at Arl’s side watching still more Atlan ships join us that a thought came to me.

    “How can the Nortans so quickly trust the ships of the Atlans as to allow a number of them near their own fleet?

    “Silly,” chided Arl, flirting her tail at my question, “they don’t trust them. It is not a question of trust. They just place a very large female Elder aboard each ship as it joins our fleet and there is no further question of trust or obedience. Supposedly she goes aboard ‘to advise the commander as to our plans and to interpret our ways to him,’ but you know the real reason—”

    “Of course!” I interrupted her with a rueful grin. “I should certainly understand from my own recent experience with Vanue!”

    Atlan warriors are all male. Those commanders and their men would be unable to do anything else but obey, with complete loyalty. They could not do otherwise, for they could not find the will or wish to do it. Not even the commanders of space ships are Elders by any means. Under the spell of that vast woman-life, they would be helpless to her will in their ecstatic love for her.

    There were maneuvers as we neared Mu, but I saw little of them. Most of the time I was busy with my telonion plates, inscribing further knowledge or duplicating them so that they might be deposited in Mu in many places.

    Another job I had which took up much of my attention was the task of making thought-record from the heads of men in Atlan vessels nearby, in an attempt to learn what had happened in Mu since our flight. They knew little, for the telenews had evidently been as uncommunicative of Atlans’ true troubles as before. Some whispers they had picked up, but nothing of great value.

    p. 78

    I kept on, but it was of little use. They knew just enough to make them ready to join us, but no more. There was nothing that would help us in the coming battle. All we knew was that we were enroute to war upon an enemy who was undeniably powerful, but whose identity we would have no way of knowing—until he struck first! And that first blow might be a terrible one . . .

    Noting some agitation in the ship I was watching, I focused on the commander’s quarters just in time to hear the last of a general message from surface Atlan:

    “—and since we hold the population under our war rays; and since the safety of that very population we know to be your objective; let me warn you that the very first sign of an attack on your part will be the signal for a general slaughter of the people on our part. They are only in our way anyway. You may kill us in time, but you will never attain your objective!”

    The horrible import of the message stung me into inactivity for a moment, then I recovered and with haste swung my ray to hear Vanue’s reaction to this problem-posing message. What would she reply? Or had she a reply to this development? Death for the very people we had come to save rested in her hands . . .

    Then came Vanue’s voice; and it held a world of bafflement in it, a note of defeat that opened my eyes wide in disbelief.

    “Return to Nor,” was what she said!

    Return to Nor! Abandon our mission? No! It could not be. There must be a ruse in Vanue’s mind. Vanue was not the kind to give up, even though the odds seemed great. Then what—

    Vanue’s voice in my mind said a single word: “Come.”

    I switched off my thought recorder ray and bounded down the corridor toward the great doors of hammered metal, a wild joy in my heart that at last she had need of me, and that certainly this was a ruse.

    p. 79

    Even before I reached the great doors I knew one thing: Vanue’s ship was not retreating toward Nor as the others seemed to be. Under cover of the swarm of retreating ships, our own vessel had slipped into the moon’s shadow as we passed her and had come to a halt hanging there invisibly in the moon’s earth lee.

    Once I arrived before that vast flame of beauty I sank to my knees, but she reached out a great hand and raised me to my feet. From her desk she took a tiny box and showed me its one projection—a tiny stud; a switch.

    “Take this and put it in your clothes. It looks like a pocket reading machine, and it will not be noticed with suspicion. In the locks an Atlan ship and pilot is waiting for you. He has been directed to take you to surface Atlan.

    “Once there you will mask your thoughts in any way you please, for I know your ability in that respect. Then go to your old home in Sub Atlan. There turn on your telenews and wait beside it until you hear three clicks from it, repeated at uneven intervals. Then take out this box and press the metal stud full in. It will tell you what to do next. That is all.”

    I bowed low, kissed her foot’s radiant flesh, and ran from her quarters.

    The Atlan ship was waiting for me, the pilot ready and silent. He pointed out my old Atlan student’s outfit, which was already aboard, and indicated that I was to wear it. I jettisoned my Nortan uniform and in a moment was once more Muton Mion, life-culture student of center Mu.

    When I had completed my transformation I found that the ship was already rocketing down the regular passenger lane from moon to Mu. The pilot, an Atlan, spoke a few words of explanation and lapsed into silence.

    “I am a taxi driver and you’re a passenger. Mind that—and luck!”

    It was all so simple. I could hardly believe it would work. But it did. The ship settled on the public field. I

    p. 80

    jostled my way into the tubes, and soon was roaring along toward my home—a student returning from an outing.

    I switched on the seat telenews but apparently nothing was happening.

    It recited the most inane occurences: a taxi motor failure had plunged two fares and the driver into the sea, and they had escaped with a ducking; a snakeman had caught his tail in a subway door, but would live; our adored chief Elder was having a birthday, may he have many more . . . I switched the telenews off. Anything could happen—and to Atlans nothing out of the way would even be whispered. Of the vast Nor fleet that had been so lately above, not the slightest hint. Great was the control of the derodite in Mu!

    Not easy would be the task of the Nortan invaders!

    Reaching Sub Atlan, I made my way to my own home, threw my hat at the old place on the hat rack, embraced my mother and kissed the tears from her dear face, slapped Foster Dad on the back and answered his grunted “Where in the whirling world of woolheads have you been wandering?” with “Just sewing a wild oat. I’ll tell you about it at dinner,” and bounded up the stairs to my old room where I switched on the telenews and lay upon my bed, carefully masking my thoughts by thinking what tale I would make up to explain my outing to Dad.

    Three sharp clicks from the telenews startled me. I had not expected the signal so soon. Vanue must have been watching. I leaped erect, drew the box from my pocket and pressed the switch. A voice came from the box.

    “Put this box on your head and put your hat on tightly to keep the box in place. Do not take your hat off for any reason from then on. Go outside and walk around the block. Soon you will notice a strange thing; after which you will get more directions.”

    I did as directed, promising to return soon when I dashed past my astonished mother and father. I stopped only long

    p. 81

    enough to retrieve my hat.

    Outside a strange drowsiness came over me. It was hard to move. The lights of Sub Atlan flooded the ways, but I ignored them and walked slowly around the block. I noticed the girl at the food tablet stand lolling fast asleep over her open cash drawer. How very careless of her, to sleep so. But then I found the service ro at the rollat stand also deep in slumber; and several of his customers sprawled in slumber on the seats with the doors open, the hood up.

    The voice in my hat explained the mystery.

    “By now everyone in Sub Atlan but yourself and certain others is asleep. So will you be if you remove your hat and the box, which gives off stimulating vibrants.

    “Go at once to the administration center and switch off the auto watch and general attack alarms. Bind the chief Elder and anyone else who seems able to frustrate a landing. Then, wheneverything seems safe, put a communication beam on our position and guide us in”

    The Administration building in Sub Atlan is a great tower which reaches not only to the roof of the cavern that houses Sub Atlan but through that roof and on up to surface Atlan, where it looms as the tallest building on the surface also. Great rollat ways connected the surface building with the sub building.

    I activated a rollat at the curb stand, dialed the administration center’s number, and drove the rollat by hand directly into the great hall and up to the doors of the council chamber. As I arrived I was surprised to see four of my comrades, Atlans from Vanue’s ship, racing into the hall behind me from rollats at the curb.

    I nudged the great doors with the rollat bumper. They held. Turning the thing I drove across the hall and came back at full speed, crashing into the great valves and at last they gave. I plunged into the hall, brakes squealing.


    CHAPTER IX
    The Abandondero
    Instead of finding the old chief Elder and his aides about the room, there was nothing. We raced through the place toward the telemechro center where the rodite mechs of the whole city were supervised by a concentration of screens which controlled them all when necessary. Upon these screens the whole city was watched, and could at any time be wholly robotized in an emergency from this point. 29 And here we found them, the controllers of the city; but they were not the giant elders I had expected to find. I broke into laughter at the sight of them.

    Clothed in rags and dirt, hung all over with hand weapons, their hair long and matted, were the strangest, most disgusting creatures I had ever seen in my life. They were dwarfs, some of them white-haired, from the Gods know what hidden hole in Mu’s endless warren of caverns.

    “What in the name of mother Mu are these things?” I asked Halftan, who had been one of the Atlans arriving immediately behind me, and who now helped me in the task of binding the hideous dwarfs in turn after turn of the heavy drapes from the walls.

    p. 83

    “You already know of them,” he said. “They come from the abandoned caves and cities of Mu. When the machinery became defective from age, many centuries ago, a vast number of caverns were sealed up. Fugitives hid in them, used the defective pleasure stimulators, 30 and as a result, their children were these things.

    p. 84

    “They die of age, are stupid, cannot even read or write, but they must have a vicious, cunning leader who has learned to use them. They are called ‘abandondero’ by the techs, who have captured some of them for study.

    “If you had been in Tean City years ago, you would have heard them talked about on the telenews. The ones shown then were so stupid no one paid any attention. There is nothing so careless as a swelled head, I guess. Those supremely intelligent Elders of ours who should be tending this center will probably be found in ashes in the incinerator!”

    His words wiped the laughter from my lips. No laughing matter now, these ugly dwarfs! They were dero, children of dero, enslaved in some manner by the derodite master who sought the death of all Mu! And the very fact of it brought home to me the greatness of the menace we were beginning to fight. For the first time I felt some misgiving as to the outcome.

    p. 85

    We finished tying the filthy brutes and then turned our attention to the immense central synchronizing screen where a multiplex view of every station in the city could be seen. At each screen slumped the particular wizened dwarf who had been operating it, and who was now fast asleep and secured by our makeshift bonds on his limbs.

    We activated the big space communicator, swung the beam toward the approximate position of Vanue’s ship, sounded the ‘ware’ signal.

    Instantly Vanue’s face appeared on our screens—and we flashed the view beam on each of the bound dwarfs and on the big multiplex screen, showing the sleeping dwarfs who had replaced the original Atlan Elder’s rodite. She nodded comprehension, not speaking. Then she switched off her communicator. We waited; it was up to her from now on. Meanwhile it was up to us to hold the fort here in the telemechro center.

    “Thank Venus,” said Halftan, his eyes aglitter with excitement, “these creatures are stupid, or we would not have overcome them so easily, nor would our job holding out here be as easy. Smarter operators would have managed to flash some signal when they sensed they were going to sleep.”

    I was inclined to agree that his analysis was correct. But I also added mentally that when no checking signals went out in the next tew minutes, an investigation might be made from Tean City, or wherever the central control was located.

    “Do you suppose our enemies never heard of a sleeper ray?” I asked Halftan.

    “Did you, before you met Vanue and the Nortans?” countered Halftan. “Besides, these dwarfs are sub-dero, not thinkers! I remember from the old tech report on them in the news. I wondered then why no one made a move to clean them out, but concluded that it was because they could not think coherently enough to be a menace. I

    p. 86

    realize now, however, that our corrupt big-heads were using them even then by some means that they had discovered.”

    “I was not talking of these dwarfs,” I said. “I am wondering about the rodite and the big-heads themselves.”

    Halftan’s face grew thoughtful, and he began a watchful survey of the multiplex screens with a new tenseness evident in his body.

    Both of us saw it coming at the same instant, and a shock of real surprise swept through us. The dark bulk of Vanue’s great Nor ship showed on the screens shadowed over the great surface tower of the administration center. The lightless ship had drifted down the communicator beam! What power Vanue must have, not to need the lifter ray for landing! What unknown science to use a communicator beam as a pilot beam!

    It hovered for a brief time, then the roar of its great jets became a maddening thing; and the ship lifted again into the night sky. Why had it come, and what had it done? Had it done anything?

    Our wonder lasted only a brief time, for soon we saw Vanue coming into the center, dwarfing it, stooping low to clear the ceiling fittings. Swiftly after her came her Nor maids, a hundred or more of them; and a dizzying activity sprang into life about us.

    A tender from the Nor ship was lying before the doors of the hall, and in and out we Atlans and Nor maids sped, trundling trucks of apparatus. Once emptied the tender returned to the surface. Under Vanue’s eye the dwarfs were unbound and placed in their former positions, while a rodite beam was set up behind each screen. Now they were held in a ro beam from a Nor maid’s mind, the slaves of her augmented will.

    The hangings were replaced; the space communicator switched off; even the marks of binding were chafed from the dirt-encrusted wrists of the abandonero. Then we

    p. 87

    hid. To the view screens all was as before our entrance.

    Vanue gave a signal, and somewhere in space the sleep ray switched off. The city came to life. That sleep had not lasted more than thirty minutes. Would the freaks from the lost cavern realize what had happened? On that question depended the lives of millions of people, all over Mu. Vanue had no doubt but that the derodite would carry out their murderous threat to kill the people if we attacked. Well, we had attacked, but in a way Vanue hoped would not be realized.

    The telescreen from Tean City began sounding a constant call. The nearest dwarf, a hideous old woman, reached over and threw the circuit open. On the screen was the furious face of a fat Atlan. He was one whom I knew well from his appearance on telenews screens as a high official in construction.

    “Where have you been?” he screamed at her. “Don’t you know how tough a spot we’re in? Your orders are to stay on duty until relieved.”

    The hag’s hoarse voice answered, a groveling fear on her dirty old face.

    “We had a li’l trouble. One stray Elder came in with a private key, nearly bumped us all before we did away with him. Everything is all right, else. Nothing to worry about. He didn’t know what was doing—been away for a year. He’s dead meat man now.”

    “Might have upset everything,” the fat Atlan growled. But he seemed appeased by the news. “The overgrown fools. There aren’t many of them left alive in Mu. Let me know at once if anything else turns up.”

    Behind him, on the rodite screen, before he turned off the beam, we could see a scene of mad revelry. In the background were the tremendous figures of some of the great ones of Atlan writhing in horrible torment while about their bodies crackled the blue flames of some paingening electric. Drunken renegades from Atlan’s army

    p. 88

    reeled across the screen, dragging protesting girls after them. It was evident that they were celebrating the frustration of the Nor fleet in a manner deemed to be appropriate!

    Then the Tean City screen went blank as the beam was switched off, and the old hag, her face a toothless grin at what she also had seen, reached out and broke the contact on the screen.

    On the various units of the multiplex screen from the sub-rodite stations of surface Atlan and Sub Atlan cities much the same conversation took place. Each abandonero explained apologetically that he had fallen asleep and begged not to be reported. Each was reproved by the ro at the “plex” control.

    We knew that they would never realize that all had fallen asleep. Many even denied their sleep, claiming they had had no signals. All reported everything all right.

    “All right indeed!” I could hear mighty Vanue’s thought in her furious mind. She waved her hand—and from somewhere in space that big sleep beam went on again.

    On the multiplex screen at the center we could see Normen entering everywhere, setting up control apparatus without awakening the dwarfs. All over the sleeping city Nor-men were active, setting up hidden controls, ships landing and taking off—the armies of Nor gathering and entering the caverns. . .

    Could they do it? Could they take the planet without setting off the alarm which would bring death down on the helpless people? As I looked at the sleeping, hideous things whose forebears had once been men, I felt they could. And when they did, I would not have wanted to be in the shoes of the Atlan or Titan who had trained and turned these things loose on the people of a whole planet! There would be a grim reckoning when the Nortans caught him.

    “Vanue—Vanue!” called a Nor maid to her mistress.

    “I have it! I have been reading the mind of this thing in

    p. 89

    its sleep. The center of this whole mess is not in Tean City nor any city, but in the abandoned caverns. Some ancient Elder, exiled long ago, returned secretly to Mu and entered those sealed cities. He has been chief of the abandonero for all their life. All their orders come from him. They do everything he says—nothing without his word. If we took the whole planet, we would still have his high and mighty madness to reckon with, together with a horde of these creatures who do his bidding—with Venus herself knows what kind of antique junk to do it. Some of those old war mech builders were not fools, and their methods were lost in wars when they were killed. You know, like the one time we ran into antique war mech on Helbal, when the deros of those old burrows used that stuff on us. No one knew what it was. We had to blow it all to Hades to get them.”

    Vanue picked her up with delight and kissed her. It was becoming increasingly plain to me that this was not the first time these warrior maids had seen action. They worked too smoothly. With the hand weapons and war weapon harness they wore, they were formidable looking Amazons. Their strength was unbelievable, and I knew it came from the inner growth of the incubator which increased the solidity of the flesh. My own period in the incubator had demonstrated that on my own body.

    With the new knowledge the Nor maid had picked up, a new plan of action came into being. Vanue relinquished her authority in the telemechro center to one of the many space officers who had been going in and out on errands mysterious to me. Then the hundred Nor maids and ourselves accompanied Vanue to the tender and we were soon flashing skyward up the rollat tunnel and out into space.

    Footnotes
    82:29 The telemechro center was in itself under outside control, the communications mechanics being ro to the central control which was ro to the master control in its turn. Thus, all the rodite supervising the city could be placed under one master control through the screens in the telemechro center. By this means, the whole city’s inhabitants could be placed under hypnotic condition, even including the rodite themselves. From this it can be seen the telemechro center is a vital spot in the dero control which had been thrown over all Mu.—Ed.

    83:30 Entirely aside from our questioning of Mr. Shaver, we received a letter from him in which he describes the pleasure stimulator mentioned here. Or rather, he describes the sensations concurrent with its use in a very peculiar manner—since his words seem to indicate that he himself went through the experience. Whether or not the following words are those of Mr. Shaver, or of Mutan Mion, your editors have as yet been unable to determine. Certainly some of them are Mr. Shaver’s (which only makes them more startling in their implications) and certainly some of them are not. In either case, they give us something to ponder upon.

    “They played stim on me, a powerful augmentation of woman-love; to a hundred powers of natural love. There are no words to describe what this apparatus did for life. There were hundreds of rays about, always pleasant, their messages like conversation as though a thousand Scheherazades were telling tales at once. It augmented every cell impulse to a power untold. It seemed that every tree carried a beautiful face; every breeze was like a bath in elixir; every sensation having the value of a thousand nights of love. Little bells and visions of indescribable beauty mantled my closed lids to waft me into a sleep ofdreams beyond anything mortal mind could devise.” (Note the difference between the foregoing paragraph and the following.—(Ed.)

    “These mechs—rays—stim—have been used always as the forbidden fruit of life, the last treasure in the temple of secrecy which has consumed the ancient science. The orgies which the uses of such stimulants inspire have been going on secretly since the earliest times—beneath the temples and in the secret pleasure palaces of the world. (Shaver here seems to be talking of our modern world, not of ancient Mu.—Ed.) These orgies still go on, and are more deadly than before—more filled with de accumulated in the apparatus, the stim itself concealing the deadly rays whose effect is explained as the sad results of overindulgence; which is untrue—the stim is a beneficial of great virtue and leaves one stronger and wiser after use.

    “The legend of the sirens is an example of ancient mechs which no one could resist—in the hands of evil degenerates it became a deadly attraction—drawing shiploads of men to death and the ships to looting.

    “The course of history, the battles, the decisions of tyrants and kings—was almost invariably decided by interfering control from p. 84 the caverns and their hidden apparatus. This interference, this use of the apparatus in a prankish, evil, destructive way, is the source of god worship, the thrill of divinity, the sensing of the invisible, the prostration of the will before the stronger will of the ray gen (ridden and unknown as it was)

    “The remarkable part of it all is that it still goes on today. Emotional and mental stim—unsuspected by such as you and the average citizen—used in mad prankishness, all come from the ancient apparatus. If you will remember your stage fright in the school play, the many other times when your emotions seem to have gone awry without sufficient reason—were these natural?

    “The dero of the caves are the greatest menace to our happiness and progress; the cause of many mad things that happen to us, even so far as murder. Many people know something of it, but they say they do not. They are lying. They fear to be called mad, or to be held up to ridicule. Examine your own memory carefully. You will find many evidences of outside stim, some good, some evil—but mostly evil.”

    Mr. Shaver gives this information in all seriousness. In the deserted (and not so completely sealed!) caverns of Mu, the dero descendants of the abandondero still exist, idiotically tampering with our lives by senseless use of the ancient stim mechanisms which actually were created to enhance man’s life and not to plague it, but now are detrimental through an accumulation of radioactives which impair their action.—Ed.


    CHAPTER X
    Into the Tunnels of the Dero
    Far out in Mu’s nightshadow lay the silent fleet, dark and still as any lonesome rock drifting through space. We reached it and boarded Vanue’s ship. Once aboard Vanue called a conference of fleet commanders, but we ro were excluded from it. Very obviously something very special was being planned that demanded no loopholes for a leak be left open. Not that we would consciously allow such a thing to escape our minds—but after all, we were only ro and far below the mental caliber of the Elders.

    When Vanue came from the conference, her cheeks were flushed, she was beaming triumphantly, and her aura was pulsing madly. She went immediately into the tech laboratory of the ship and ordered two of the hideous abandondero brought in for examination.

    They were placed in a telaug 31 and examined exhaustively for details of the lost caverns’ entrances and exits and the location of the renegade Elder’s power plants. Also we got a more or less clear history of what had been happening on Mu for many years; although the picture was about as clear as mud to the abandondero themselves. They had minds like rabbits—like mean rabbits now suddenly discouraged in their meanness.

    For many years, most of their short lives, they had been stealing youths and maidens for torture and tormenting thousands of the Atlans with rays right in the streets.

    p. 91

    When any Atlan had tried to do anything about it, it had only resulted in his death by one means or another.

    How this idiotic dominance of theirs had been kept a secret for so long a time, while it grew stronger and stronger, was comprehensible only when we understood that the centralizing of all power by the rodite method of government had allowed complete control once the central rodite synchronizer was taken over. It had meant the sudden and complete end of Atlan government without even a suspicion that such a turnover had taken place.

    When the center had gone bad no one had known. Even the abandondero couldn’t tell us, except that they knew it had been long ago. Little by little, after the important coup, normal Atlans in charge of minor branches of the rodite government had been replaced by abandondero. The secret police had been killed off! By their strangle hold on the telenews centers all knowledge of such deaths and disappearances was kept from the Atlans. By continually checking over people’s minds for any who were becoming suspicious, any trouble could be checked before it started.

    For Venus knows how long they had been picking off the best brains of Atlan, the very flower of our race; doing them to death day by day, and no one was ever the wiser.

    Much of all this we had to guess, for the abandondero actually knew little of the master organization beyond their own vicious experiences; but they knew their ancient warrens well and we could deduce approximately, from the ugly, half-formed images in their minds, where our objectives lay.

    With this information in our possession, we went into action. In a very short time a host of tiny winged planes were dropping silently toward the vast culture forests where the hidden degenerates had made tunnels to the surface to gather fruit.

    These planes were sealed-cabin helicopters, equipped

    p. 92

    for short flights in space by auxiliary gas jets, silent and flareless.

    Our primary objectives were certain tunnels which held cables running to Tean City as well as other tunnels which held cables connecting the depths with the surface.

    I kissed Arl lingeringly before I stepped into one of the planes and took off for Mu’s forest-covered surface and became just one of many dropping motes that looked harmless enough but which carried more might than had ever before been gathered into such compactness.

    We landed and made our way into the tunnel nearby. It led down steeply, and was a very ancient thing once we had gotten beyond the area constructed by the dero. It led soon into vast caverns housing long.-abandoned cities.

    These ancient ruins in the lost caverns were impressively eerie things. They had been built, I knew, in the early days of Mu, when under the new sun all growth had been furious and undying, with a fecundity scarcely to be imagined in present-day Mu. Most of the people who had once lived here had long ago become too big to stay in Mu; had gone to larger planets under other suns, or to huge, cold, planet-cities that drift in dark space. From what they had left behind I became more and more convinced that Mu’s youth was too much in the past to have any more future. The planet should have been abandoned long ago. Just the contemplation of these mighty, long-gone glories in comparison with the lesser marvels of the best of modern Tean City was enough to tell the story to even the most thoughtless of Atlans.

    Our lights played over the deserted, awful, death-like glory of the ancient mansions and even the hue of them gave off melancholy. However, to the warro and war maids accompanying me, such thoughts as those were not in order. Instead they kept sharp eyes and minds open for danger. What weapons lay unused in these tremendous fortresses from Mu’s wild youth only the oldest of Elders

    p. 93

    could guess. And which of them might suddenly prove to be manned by warriors of the renegade Elder was something we could not know. But from the portent of their presence we realized that our enemy might be a tougher nut to crack than we dreamed.

    As we marched down the silent, dust-laden ways, sleep rays and augmentative detectors of several kinds played miles ahead of us. Now and then we came upon a modern rollat, wrecked against the wall of a building, a dero asleep in its seat. They had crashed because the auto drive would not work here—check rays at corners and building entrances not being activated.

    It was not many hours before our communications beams told us that the enemy cables had been cut; and so far as could be determined all dero communication beams had been tapped with false answer equipment and ro placed in attendance. So far our march into the depths had been accompanied by signal success. Next would come the actual locating of and the attempt to reduce the cavern stronghold of the renegade dero Elder. Rolling behind us as we advanced came an endless line of burden rollats, bearing war rays whose potency was incomprehensible to me. But I could guess from their complex construction that here were things that could loose terror itself. Before many hours I expected to see them go into action, loosing terror upon the author of the fear that had ridden hag-like upon the back of Tean City and all Mu’s Atlans for many years.

    It was then that I got a shock—for a big carry-all came riding by and in it, among the warrior maids bearing the crest of Vanue, was Arl . . . lovely, smiling, brave Arl of the cloven hoofs and defiantly flirting tail!

    She flashed her teeth at me gaily as though she were on a picnic!

    What is there about danger that accentuates the man-life in a man? As that smile played on me, the whole cosmos

    p. 94

    whirled in my head. I felt even more powerfully than I had in the duo-incubator the sensations of one-ness that existed between us. Comets buzzed in my head and I felt the urge for battle surge up in me; battle to preserve for myself and all others happiness such as was Arl’s and mine.

    Then, as we skirted a vast city bowl lit vaguely by a kind of marsh light that glimmers in these old warrens, action came! A dis ray raved out at us suddenly from a dark pile in the bowl several miles away. It cut great gashes in our columns before the swift, silent answer from the ray rollats had reduced the whole pile to silence.

    Gray dust rose in a cloud over the bowl city as we swarmed into that huge old city-center building; and the horror that we found inside cured me forever of all sun lit planets. These devilish abandondero had a meat market in the lower floors, filled with human flesh; and a pile of choice cuts I saw was composed mainly of Atlan girl breasts! These dero things were cannibals and lived off immortal Atlan flesh!

    So much for our illusion of benevolent government! How long had it been composed of hidden, grimming cannibals, the whole of our race unaware of its ultimate fate? I realized now that it takes more than patriotism and fine words over a telescreen from a ro face to make a state a safe place in which to live.

    Because of a degenerating sun, all our apparent tremendous scientific advance had been set at naught by a few madmen . . . with these dero creatures eager to do anything the madmen said in return for a little fresh human meat. I saw now the fatal weakness in centralized government. One silent grab at that neck of power lines had resulted in death for the whole cream of the race. The awful power in telaug rodite methods of rule had only served to place the total wealth of the planet in mad criminal hands.

    Yes, Halftan is right! There is “no thing so careless

    p. 95

    as a swelled head.” To see sweet Atlan girl breasts displayed as a butcher’s merchandise set a fury to raging within me that will not cease so long as de makes dero!

    Thousands of the ragged, filthy abandondero lay about the huge building, unconscious from our rays, and we put them rapidly under telaugs to get a complete picture of their strength and the location of their other forces. Once we had gained our information they did not live long! We could not think of them as human things, these slaves to the disintegrant impulse to destroy that courses through all matter under an aging sun; and perhaps we, too, in this moment of horror, felt within us the effects of the sun poisons.

    The children of the abandondero lay about naked or with a few rags draped on them, usually with a human bone they had been gnawing upon or playing with clutched in their hands. Vanue had all of the children gathered up and sent back to the ship “to treat them and use them to people a small planet as an experiment.”

    “Let that planet be far away!” was my thought.

    We had learned from our searching of the minds of the abandondero that the old Exile’s stronghold lay far in, nearly at center Mu. Yes, the rot had progressed far in Mother Mu. Always in my mind the most amazing fact of this rot will be the extent of its influence on the pattern of Mu’s life-supporting energy flows. This dictating pattern had been so effective that their plight was not known nor hardly whispered of by any of the Atlans. Yet they were slaughtered indiscriminately, sold as meat to the abandondero, and the gods know what else they had put up with for how many years with the sickening realization that to appeal to higher-ups for help would spell death. All these years . . . without managing to make their plight public knowledge!

    The telaug records told us that many of the dero had been torturing and tormenting Atlans all their life, and

    p. 96

    eating them too. Yet the news systems had managed to ignore all such tales, partly from individual fear of consequences, and partly from a dread of being considered mad for harboring such suspicions. There is no cloak for corruption like the average citizen’s supreme faith that all is well as long as the paper is delivered, the telenews functions without saying anything alarming, and the dignitaries strut their pompous fronts regularly as upholders of righteousness.

    I could see what had made them so supremely blind now. It was the effects from which the migration had been intended to save them. Yes, that migration had been delayed too long by a few centuries, it appeared.

    It was another thing for me to stress in my message to future man; to inscribe on my timeless plates of telonion. Those who will people this planet again with children from the seed of the few we will not be able to find and rescue must be warned that there can be no peace nor beauty in life under this sun, except that they build special chambers which exclude detrimental forces as well as the radioactives that cause age.

    Just so long as Mother Mu spins under this sun, just so long will her energy fields induct disintegrant charges from her destructive force, and these charges will work out into neutralization of man-matter growth through destructive will in the units of the life pattern. Without extraordinary precautions these detrimental forces will result in continual war and complete stalling of all real racial, social and individual growth.

    If one of future man’s really healthy men creates a machine of value to his people, one of the destructive men will take the same machine and destroy that same gain with it. l3isintegrant energy must be neutralized by an equal amount of healthy integrant energy. If it is not, this disintegrant energy will work out in continual social troubles, famines, diseases and death—if it does not actually take the form

    p. 97

    of a war.

    This need not be the fate of future man! The life which grows in integrative source material concentrating chambers can be safe, immortal life—but all life outside such chambers will be destructive, if not by actual fierce blows, then by stupid interference and destructive disapproval.

    These are the truths I, Mutan Mion, culture-man of Mu, realizing even more forcibly now, must pass on to future man, written on tablets that will be deposited in likely places so that they may be found in some future time. These truths—in addition to a history of the great war I am now observing; a war which wishes to save all future men, but which cannot, because of those lost ones of the forest whom we will never be able to search out—must reach future man! 32

    Footnotes
    90:31 Telaug—a machine which augmented and strengthened telepathic signals so that even the most secret thoughts could be read.—Ed.

    97:32 Judging from the information recorded by Plato, as received from Solon, it would seem that these metal plates so often mentioned by Mutan Mion (which this manuscript definitely states were deposited in many places both inside and upon the surface of this planet) were deposited about 12,000 years ago. Since such vast upheavals of nature as the sinking of Atlantis, the smashing down of the gates of the Pillars of Hercules and thus forming the Mediterranean Sea, have occurred, it would seem that the hiding places of these plates more than likely have been destroyed and rendered impossible of discovery. At least, science has no record of any such plates having been unearthed; nor is there any such record in legend or history beyond the possibility of the plates of the Ten Commandments given (found?) by Moses upon the mount. However this seems unlikely, since they are described as being of stone, which seems true since they were smashed by Moses in his anger. Apparently the message over which Mutan Mion labored so mightily has never been found.—Ed.


    CHAPTER XI
    Battle to the Death
    At distances of a hundred miles and more the battle was joined at last. We surrounded the old fire-head, 33 ex-Elder Zeit, of Atlan in his center-Mu lair and succeeded in cutting him off without alarming Tean City or any other post so far as we could judge. We knew the dero would not use the destructive machines to kill the people without word from the old master of murder. And they would not get that word; for our ro sat astride all communications.

    But the old idiot himself was actively alarmed! Every weapon that ones-time Atlan stronghold held was throwing fire and death through every boring we could approach him by. Nor-men died by the thousands (and they are not enamored of death for they have much to live for!) before we finally brought up enough shorter 34 ray to ground

     

    p. 99

    those tremendous flows of hell-fire from the ancient generators. Zeit’s hideout was a super arsenal!

    Now our own needle rays concentrated on a single spot in the old fortress’ metal walls. That metal, we knew, had been hardened in the past by subjecting it to exd flows of great strength. 35 It would resist most rays, but it was just a matter of throwing enough dis at a small enough opening point till the metal began to blaze and flow in a stream.

    The opening grew larger, but the defenses of old Zeit were a long way from being pierced. Our own forces were protected both by conductive fans of rays which grounded any ray that threatened us and by flows of energy which were so strong that any ray that struck them was repelled or swept out of existence by the out-massing kinetic of the cone of force. But since these rays coned out at Elder Zeit’s dero fortress on a level with its walls, there-was little overhead to protect us. It was an opening for Zeit and he took advantage of it!

    From the towers of black metal suddenly sprang whirling comets; electrical vortices packed with howling energy in circular motion, which can be thrown in such a way that their circular motion causes them to describe an arc, for the same reason that a pitched ball curves. These arcing electronic cannonballs curved over our outflung protective wall and, striking our lines, bounced and leaped unpredictably from one point to another, searing everything within

    p. 100

    a dozen feet of their erratic path.

    A few of these would not have mattered, since their behavior was uncontrollable, but they came flaming over by the thousands and set the whole army into confusion, dodging about, trying to guess where the howling, whirling, pausing, leaping things would go next.

    Since many of our men had to leave their controls to dodge the rolling fire, their retreat almost became a rout when old Zeit threw a hellishly dense concentration of dis on our protective fields, breaking it down before our remaining men could swing enough counter-force into action to neutralize it, burning down our grounding conductive rays; and boring a huge hole through our center.

    As I watched in horror, my mind was unable to gasp this paradoxical truth. How is it that mere mechanisms can so rout intelligent men? The same intelligence built these machines, long ago. Now, seemingly, it confounds that intelligence, seeks to and almost succeeds in destroying its creator.

    But our Nor giants had a few tricks left up their sleeves. I suspected that they had not been used because it had been unthinkable that the old devil of a dero Elder could have outreached us. Conductor rays soon dissipated the charges in the fireballs; an out-massing bank of force ray generators replaced the burned-out breach in our protective fields.

    Now our men had time to carefully fine down the focus of our needle rays to a more and more concentrated beam of dis force. Then simultaneously placing all the needles on a predetermined point, usually at the base of the openings where Zeit’s deros worked at their ray guns, they beat down the flashing black sweep of Zeit’s counter-conductive concentration, . . and his deros died at their controls.

    This went on for hours as the dero were replaced by others under the devilish Elder’s will—only to be killed

    p. 101

    again by the dancing, unpredictable needles of death which went through anything when they suddenly all swung to one point.

    All the time cutter needles gnawed steadily at the rock roof of the great bowl, directly over the ancient black-walled fortress. Chunks of the superhardened rock rained down. It was tough stuff; tougher than steel. As soon as the artificially hardened surface of the rock was cut away the soft body of the rock above could be cut down in masses huge enough to cover the renegade Elder’s hideout completely.

    The walls and roof of the metal fort gave out great brazen clangings as the rocks fell from the height.

    Still the fiery vortex spheres kept pouring from the black towers in steady streams, only to be caught by repeller beams and flung aside.

    Force needles cut doggedly at the tower’s sides and one by one they toppled with a great thunder of metal on metal and a fury of blazing-arc force from torn power cables.

    Over the whole blazed a fiercely dancing flare of blue and purple flames from the clash of dis rays with the neutralizing fields. It was more and more evident that the end was approaching for the abandondero’s feared master! A great exultance was growing in my heart as I foresaw the end which must soon come.

    To corroborate my vision of nearing victory, interceptor ro of the falser-answer communicators sent us a message that Zeit was calling wildly for help.

    “Nothing is so pleasant,” went the report, “as to sorrowfully tell him that we’re unavoidably detained by pressing engagements.”

    But in my mind now came a darker, sobering thought.

    It was the thought wave of Vanue, impinging on my brain. “What will his last effort be?” I heard her muse.

    I had caught and repelled a couple of vortice balls on

    p. 102

    my beam that might have approached her and had been dreaming of what form her reward might take—but now that thought left my mind. If Vanue had reason to worry of what Zeit might have up his sleeve as a last desperate gamble, I too had reason to be concerned.

    I watched the battle with more sober contemplation, peering ever for signs of some final development that might be dangerous.

    Then as I watched for it came the thing that is always feared in battle; the unseen factor that suddenly upsets all calculation. From somewhere the dero had unearthed a tremendous levitator. 36 We ourselves had a few with us to get the heavy stuff over tough going; but this one was a monster, once used in construction. This thing began lifting

    p. 103

    the masses of rock that had fallen on the fort, lifting them and dropping them from high in the air upon our lines.

    Our own lifters were not big enough to handle the tremendous masses that kept dropping on our ranks and smashing the protective force-beam generators. When several of the generators had been crushed, the old devil used the master beam of the old fortress and bored through the openings, burning a path of destruction. Our whole enterprise was endangered—even faced total defeat!

    I could hear Vanue’s mind racing madly, “What to do? What to do?” And because of her confusion and anxiety, I knew how desperate our situation was indeed. Never had so great a fear filled my heart as I watched with staring eyes the havoc old Zeit was causing in our lines with his great super-ray.

    As fast as our needle rays found the thing, new dero rushed in, moved it, went on with its deadly work. However, a concentration of conductor rays finally bored through to its base, shorted its vast power down to our size. Now we could handle it!

    But our losses had mounted horribly. As I gazed upon the slaughter, I could not help but think that with our superior mental equipment all this should have been avoided. I am afraid there was criticism of our Nortan minds in my thoughts at this moment. . .

    Vanue’s thought came into strong being in my head, answering my unspoken denunciation.

    “Detrimental force has an automatic electric play about it that strangely serves for thought. It is hard, no, impossible, to predict; as our healthy minds neutralize detrimental force, cannot therefore ‘think’ it. Too, in these conditions, their telaugs read our minds and our own imagination works against us. Healthy men are naturally too optimistic to foresee trouble fully. Then, beside that, no one knew or could know that the old fortress in here

    p. 104

    was so heavily equipped. Old Zeit nor any of his retainers have been out of the place for nearly a century. He kept the mech secret with very rigid care. People have gone into his fortress, but none have come out. The tunnels that lead down to this place are all too small to bring real war equipment down from the surface. We are really near the center of Mu. And on top of that, we have been a little over-confident, due to the unintelligent appearance of the dero. Who would expect such things to put up a fight?”

    Her voice ceased in my mind, and I no longer fostered the thought that all this death could have been prevented. I felt a deep shame for even harboring the thought, and a deep gratitude for the favor she had bestowed on me in explaining so patiently even while she was in the midst of the greatest battle of her whole career. Such honor had never before been bestowed on a simple ro, I was sure.

    Now, as I returned to my contemplation of the battle, I saw that our sleeper beams were following our dis rays’ openings in Zeit’s force shields, but they seemed not to have the desired effect. The old ogre must have had some means to jerk his harried dero awake as fast as they dropped off. Possibly some type of stimulator ray—a clever use for stim, I thought; ordinarily they are for entertainment.

    Finally, however, we swept the whole place with a concentration of dis rays and sleeper beams and the boulder-covered pile of horrors fell silent. A few beams still played from the heap, but they were evidently automatic watch beams with no one awake behind them.

    Our own lifters now cleared a path for our rollats to the doors. At last it was time to enter and mop up. As we went forward, I heard Vanue’s ever-cautious mind warning me to “Watch out for the devil’s joker” as our rollat-mounted rays moved up to the wall’s lee and started blasting away at the doors. We rolled over the blazing

    p. 105

    mass of their remains and were inside. Atlan’s leech had been loosened!

    The place was three-deep in corpses. Many of them had been Atlan warriors; whether captives driven by Zeit’s or his rodite’s will or renegades I could not say. They lay at the white-hot projectors, their hands burned free of flesh, the bones still clasping the red-hot controls. Powerful indeed had been Zeit’s ro compulsion.

    We found the vast mountain of flesh that was ex-Elder Zeit of old Atlan. He was snoring among a mass of synchronizing rodite apparatus as big as a city block. It was both antique and modern in construction, much of it evidently salvaged from ancient ruins. Zeit was a three-hundred-footer, and he was not only big, but amazingly fat from his soft life in his hideout.

    It was going to be a real job to get him to the surface alive. It would not be surprising if the soldiers found it necessary to take him apart and reassemble him later on.

    The realization that we were going to move him to the surface was a surprise to me, because not to blast him into nothingness the instant we found him had seemed to me to be infinitely more than godlike emotional control in itself. But that the huge and evil head might contain technical secrets of value I realized when I thought of it.

    We bound him with endless turns of steel cable, lifted him with a dozen of our levitators, and started him floating along toward the surface. Before he arrived, I’ll wager he scraped a few turns in a rather painful manner, and not by accident either!

    Other things we found in old Zeit’s fortress—things that horrified us. He had had a couple of dozen Elder captives. It is one thing to see a broken man of my size, but to see the living remains of a Goddess Elder broken by torture until she had become a whimpering, cringing, babbling thing to pity did not quiet the rage in my breast, rage that I could see and feel burning in the Nor-men around me.

    p. 106

    There were many captives still living, of all sizes, many women and girls—but most of them were in horrible shape from their treatment, and the others nearly insane from waiting for the same torture. I saw the endless variations on the torture theme old Zeit had devised to amuse himself in the centuries he had spent hiding in this place—as we recorded it on the thought record from his ro’s minds.

    I was placed as a guard over some of the antique equipment reserved by Vanue for her research. As I stood there, I could read the thoughts of many of the Elders who passed by after having viewed the gibbering things Zeit had made of Atlan men, women and Elders. I knew that if what they were thinking ever came to pass, Zeit would receive the equivalent of his tortures in Nor before he died—if he were allowd to die!

    Now that the battle was over, more important Nor Elders arrived. Vanue’s father was among them, and I heard him speak to a comrade. Vanue stood beside him as he spoke, listening as I did.

    “I see that exile for him was a large Atlan mistake. To humble the exalted and to release them to work out their revenge at leisure is to create a devil and give him leave to harm you. These Elders he has been so lavishly entertaining in so terrible a way are the very ones who sat at the council which expelled him. Obviously they were a bit too gentle with a monster who sold his own people as slaves and got caught at it.”

    Vanue turned briefly to me, and once again I discovered how close she kept track of me.

    “Zeit’s joker never materialized, Mutan . . . and your reward for diverting the vortice balls will not be forgotten. It is a good religion, the word ‘reward’. 37 Do not forget it.”

    p. 107

    There is a peace about being read by an understanding mind. Vanue would always know my intent toward her. I was her ro, until someday I would graduate into true self-determination. It was enough.

    “Tean City still to take,” I was thinking aloud a few minutes later, and suddenly realized that Arl, somewhere in the fortress, operating her telescreen beam, had been secretly watching me—for her voice sounded in my ear in answer.

    “They got wind of what happened some way. Missing messengers, false reports exposed, or something. Anyway, they loaded up some of the finished migration ships, destroyed the rest, and took off. But I would say the abandondero migration has been too long delayed just as was the Atlans’—the Nor fleet will hunt them down like rats.”

    Hovering in the air before me her face appeared, materialized by tele-projection, and she bent forward and gave me a kiss with full augmentation. I reeled from the vital charge and nearly fell, but wound up on my knees asking for more. She went on speaking as if the tremendous kiss she had given were a nothing.

    “They just made it, too. They tried to wipe out the Tean City population, but our men were entering from the lifts and from the tubes and laid down a blanket of conductive till none of the police corrective ray about the city would function at all. With the exception of the rockets on the ships. none of their mech would work.

    “I think the Nor-men let them operate the lifter beams and the rockets to get them out into space where they

    p. 108

    can’t hurt anyone.”

    And now Arl gave me the encore I had been begging for—but while she had been talking she had coupled on a booster circuit and the resulting kiss stretched me flat on the ground with a bump on my head as big as a dodo’s egg.

    I got to my feet to find her image gone, and the faint echo of her laugh still in my ears.

    A few days later and Mu had been cleaned up. The victorious Nortan armies set up a temporary council of surviving Elders, who were few enough, to act in place of the real government that had not existed on Mu for nearly a century because of the coup of old Zeit. This council decided to take Nor advice and start building a home in a cold planet, far from any sun’s evil influence.

    A planet with untouched coal deposits located near the Nortan group of planets was chosen as the Atlans of Mu’s new home. Work ro were dispatched to commence borings into the planet and to begin building the huge, steam heated, ray-drenched greenhouses in which Normen live and know so well how to build.

    In a few short months the first ships took off for New Mu, and the last of the race of Atlan soon followed, abandoning Mu for their new home in space. Arl and I remained on Mu to the last. During this time I finished my telonion message plates and distributed them in the most likely places both in and on the surface of Mu. I pray that the descendants of those few wild men I have seen in the culture forests but have been unable to approach, may someday find these plates and have the sense to read them and heed their message. Someday, I have a feeling, they will be a race of men again. It is good seed they inherit, and they might be worth my effort in spite of the sun.

    I pray that when they find the plates they will understand!

    THE END

    Footnotes
    98:33 The word “fire-head” used here does not mean that Zeit was a hothead, or impetuous, or any other similar modern meaning of the word. It has a deeper signiflicance, denoting his mental condition. For a complete definition the reader is referred to footnote 17. Old Zeit’s head, his brain, was infected by the ever-fire of the sun, and the infection was so derogatory to this thinking processes that the only possible result was detrimental thought culminating in murder, the most detrimental of all thoughts. The reader is here requested to note the word “derogatory,” an accepted word of our English language, which has as its root the ancient Lemurian word “dero.” Note that the ancient meaning has come down unchanged!—Ed.

    98:34 By the word “shorter” Mutan Mion does not mean the rays brought up were not as long, but that they were capable of “shorting” the energy flows from Zeit’s generators. They must have been ionizing rays which served in much the same capacity as lightning rods, grounding the destructive beams hurled at the Nor-men before they were able to strike their target.—Ed.

    99:35 This principle of “hardening” metal and stone so that they become unbreakable (used to prevent the roofs of the cavern cities from collapsing) has been mentioned several times in this manuscript. It is accomplished by forcing additional exd (which the reader will remember is the ash of disintegrated matter, or more properly, the basic energy from which matter is again integrated) into the substance to be toughened until it reaches a state whose ultimate end would be what we today conceive of as neutronium. By adding more matter, packing it so to speak, into the interstices between the particles of matter, a greater density and therefore a greater cohesiveness is obtained. This cohesiveness is actually the “in-flow” of gravity.—Ed.

    102:36 A levitator is a portable lifter beam generator. Some of them are very small, and can be carried in the palm of the hand, or in the pocket. They were in common use for all tasks in Mu, and from Mr. Shaver comes the amazing statement that some of these portable levitators have been found in modern times and their secret use has given rise to the belief in the ability of “mediums” to use levitation of objects as one of their tricks in their seances. Perhaps most noted of these mediums was Mr. Daniel Dunglas Home, wizard, whose seances were the sensation of the United States and of Europe, the incredible recount of which was recently presented in “Magazine Digest.” His feats of levitation are indisputable, being vouched for by such persons as Princess Pauline Metternich; Austrian Ambassador, Prince Joachim Murat; Mme. Jauvin d’Attainville. Home was born in Currie. near Edinburgh, on March 20, 1833. Among his abilities was the power to see events happening a great distance away; the ability to “elongate” his body as much as a foot; and at one time he caused Ward Cheney, silk-manufacturing titan, to be lifted three times into the air while he “palpitated from head to foot with contending emotions of fear and joy that choked his utterances.” (The reader should note the amazing similarity to many of the mechanisms of ancient Mu—the emotional stim; the levitator; the tele.) It was after he became the darling of such figures as Napoleon III, Eugenie of France, Alexander II of Russia, and Elizabeth Barrett Browning that he developed his “body elongation” trick and a still more sensational one wherein he placed his face among burning coals, bathing it as in water; without any sign of a burn. Is it possible that Home “discovered” his abilities in an ancient cave?—Ed.

    106:37 This reference to the word “reward” as a religion is mystifying. and Mr. Shaver has never explained it. However, our thought on it is what might be termed the basis for all religions—the incentive to do good because of the hope of a reward of some p. 107 kind. This seems the correct view when we consider Vanue’s insistence that a service of good is never left unrewarded. It is logical to believe that loyalty would remain constant so long as the reward always certainly comes as a consequence of each demonstration of that loyalty. If nothing else, Vanue was an excellent psychologist, and a brilliant leader. Also she protected, as well as rewarded, as her reference to the “joker” demonstrates.—Ed.


    THE
    RETURN
    OF
    SATHANAS
    A Novel of the Revolt of
    Evil Against the Gods.

    —By Richard S. Shaver

    p. 110 p. 111

    CHAPTER I
    Quest of the Darkome
    “Satan, with vast and hauty strides advanced,
    Came towering, armed in adamant and gold.”
    —John Milton

    The pursuit needle indicated a dizzy succession of zigs and zags in front of my straining eyes. The huge dread-nor, the Darkome, slewed in sickening curves as my hand on the swivel-jet stick tried to follow the crazily dancing needle. Was it—or was it not—the erratic ion trail of a dodging ship?

    “Are we following one ship or a dozen?” asked Lt. Tyron, tightening the straining straps of the co-pilot’s chair beside me.

    “I don’t know—but sure as the God’s vengeance we’re following something with plenty of reason to want to escape. And we will follow as long as the fool’s drivers leave us a trail.

    “Too much trail right now. A few more of those sudden jerks and either the Darkome or me is going off in two directions at once—and the Darkome is tough.”

    “There’s no question we can catch the ship or ships on this trail, but, what I am wondering . . . what has me worried . . . is, will our quarry be a big enough fish to be important, or some expandable decoy of Sathanas?”

    I turned from my inspection of the dials and looked at my first officer. Tyron was a good man, but too impatient for action and too continually worried that he wouldn’t see any. But he was intelligent and, in the two centuries he’d been in my command, there had never been a question of his reliability. He had the familiar look of fearing that action was going to get away from him again. I couldn’t help laughing down at him.

    p. 112

    “Well, Tyron, before this is over you’ll have a chance to catch a lot of those devils—and when we do you may get those hands you’re so proud of, singed. Carry on!”

    I settled myself in my seat before the universal view screen 1, thinking, “There’s nothing to do now until we catch sight of whatever is making this trail.” I, myself, was as impatient for action as Tyron, but in the long years since I left the culture farms of Mother Mu, I had learned to restrain my desire for adventure until the opportunity came to unleash my energies into effective action.

    The irritation I felt at being forced to stay on duty was just another score I had to settle with the fugitive fleeing through space somewhere ahead of us. Here, aboard ship, I have my duty, and when it is performed, the course checked and affirmed, the log set to rights, and my officers assigned to their special duties, my time is my own. And woe betide the unfortunate who unnecessarily disturbs my meditations and experiments in my own ship-board laboratory. It is a well equipped laboratory—befitting the ennobled station the Gods of Nor have seen fit to bestow upon their humble servant and brother. Only in the capital cities of the God race are there comparable laboratories. I have spent years and many a long voyage in some of the

    p. 113

    less frequented reaches of space to equip it for the work I do when I am not on the errands of the Gods. Full of apparatus picked up in the strange ports of a thousand far off planets—perhaps a little evil-smelling at times, but it is my life, and in it is life—little lives whose efforts are at times vastly more successful than man’s own . . . poor doomed mankind whose glorious ancestors are the immortal gods themselves.

    On most of the assignments that I took my ship, the Darkome, I had plenty of time for my own experiments, far from the distracting social activities of my own adorable Arl. But this trip would not allow me any time to myself—this trip was ordered by the great Elders of Nor themselves. I was to capture and bring to trial that unwise but accomplished fiend, Sathanas, Ruler of the planet Satana. Sathanas, though a younger member of the God Race, had started his own private revolt against all authority—and the dicta of the Elders are not so lightly flaunted by any upstarts a few score centuries old. He had violated the Elder laws designed to protect and foster life and growth—it seemed that he could not get enough victims for his orgies of cruelty under the existing laws and had set out to make a few laws of his own. But, as I said, the laws laid down by the myriad Lords of Nor in Council are not easily broken—even by a powerful and cunning master of sin like this Sathanas—and thus it was that I sat on the bridge of the war vessel, Darkome—the crew alerted for battle action—its glistening hull plunging toward the general area of the planetary system that gave me birth long years ago.

    Once his defection 2 had been fully exposed, Sathanas escaped our avenging fleet by the barest seconds. The ships in his fleet—several hundreds in numbers—had blasted

    p. 114

    up in the very face of our fleet—jockeyed into position in the center of the ‘zone of weightlessness’ 3 between the planet Satana and her satellite Feon—then disappeared in that fierce burst of full acceleration into light speeds that is only possible in the precise center of such zones of weightlessness. To make the maneuver more untraceable, every ship in the enemy fleet disappeared in a different direction. Perhaps we could have followed a few of them, but never would we find all of those divergent trails at many light speeds into the depths of space.

    Of course, they must have had some pre-arranged rendezvous. But where? Our only hope for their capture lay in attempting to follow some of them, and then, by keeping the various observed courses plotted on the space charts, eventually figuring out where, approximately, that rendezvous lay in all the infinite reaches of space. That blasting off in a variety of directions was a clever maneuver—one they had accomplished smoothly and at inimitable speed—and a precision that bespoke much dangerous practice in the zones of weightlessness.

    I had flung the Darkome into that center of neutralized gravities between two spatial bodies and pushed the lever controlling the dis-flows to the driver plates. Rammed it home to the last notch, swinging the ship with short side bursts, jockeying the craft to conform with the zig-zag swings of the pursuit needle, following the crooked trail of the gas ions left hanging in the ether by the force flows from the driver-plates of the Satanists’ ships.

    Somewhere ahead, the enemy flung himself deeper into the evernight of space. My ionic-indicator—a device to

    p. 115

    pick up the most tenuous of ion trails (standard equipment on all the battle ships of Nor) had finally stopped its wild gyrations and held steady on what was an ionic trail dead ahead. This was it! No more of the excitement and doubt if we would get a trail that wasn’t just a decoy—this was heavy with the exhaust of a large craft—steady enough to indicate that the ship or ships just ahead were actually going some place. And, if the speed that we were making was any indication of just how fast the enemy was going, he was really racing through space at close to the top acceleration of the Darkome—the Darkome that I had worked and studied over and had the crew tune until it had the reputation as one of the fastest ships in the Nortan fleet. But, then, it should be—the best mechanical minds in my planet had been building it for three centuries.

    Like the thoroughbred that she was, the Darkome settled down to the chase . . . the scent of the quarry was in her mechanical nostrils—and her powerful drivers were capable of hurtling her to the infinity of spatial boundaries if need be. We would catch whatever was ahead of us if it took years at this terrific speed.

    Somewhere ahead that enemy crew bored a hole ever deeper into speed blackened space, their drivers heating as those of the Darkome were heating. Where would the chase lead?

    Footnotes
    112:1 This “universal viewer” is a device which assembles and coordinates the images resulting from a large number of penetray beams and their accompanying televisor—or direct-view screens. These beams point to every direction in space and the screen images are reprojected upon tiny mental vision (telaug) beams directly into the brain of the pilot of the ship. (Telaug beams carry mental messages in a large part of the communication system of the Nor-tans.) The result was a complete mental view in all directions disturbing to a man used to seeing in but one direction at a time. But to a pilot accustomed to the device, it was a vastly superior method to the older devices—which gave a single view of the space directly ahead. They were standard equipment on all Nortan war-craft of any size. With it, an experienced pilot is continuously conscious of the contents of space in every direction simultaneously—and could at the same time use his exterior vision for other purposes, to write a report—or a letter home.—Author.

    113:2 DEFECTION: Note the persistence of this word—WITH the meaning INTACT—”dis-integrant energy infection,” is shortened to DEfection, and STILL means—”to fall into evil; err on a job.”—Author.

    114:3 ZONE OF WEIGHTLESSNESS: In a place where no thing has weight, infinite acceleration can be achieved with every slight impetus—no inertia drag would crush the occupants. The acceleration would have no effect onthe bodies of the passengers.

    A ‘zone of weightlessness’—neutralized gravity—exists between any two bodies in space. These zones would be used by space ships as starting points for all long, fast voyages.—Author.


    CHAPTER II
    Whence Came Sathanas?
    This Arch-Angle, Sathanas, is not of the race of Nor. Being of Earth myself, it pains me to say that his ancestors first breathed the then untainted air of the third planet. Sathanas sprang from a vari-form family, originating among the Angles of Earth, which we call Mu. The Angles had originally been a blond, blue-eyed family of normal-appearing Earthmen. Then, some time in the past, Sathanas’ bloodline had been crossed with some dark, hairy, cloven-hooved race of space. Long before the migration which emptied most of the Sun’s planets of intelligent life, his family had taken over a dark planet—by name, Satana—on the outer rims of the Nor Empire. In time, their ability had won them the administration of the affairs of the planet from the Rulers of Nor. And, from that one planet, eventually, they were given the Rulership of all the little planets in the small system of which Satana was the dominant world. The “Angles” and their leaders were variously designated—a separate political group under their “Monitor Angles—Arch-Angles—and their supreme head, their Ruler and representative in the God Council on Nor—Elder Angle Fontal.

    There were some dozen of the Arch-Angles with some dozen small planets in their administration. One of these was the Arch-Angle Sathanas, Ruler of the Home planet of the Angles in their group, the planet Satana. Being the first planet that the family had settled on after they left Mu, they had, in accordance with the customs of the God-Race,

    p. 117

    taken the name of the planet that they ruled as their family name. The rest of these planets were colonized with Angles from the cities of Earth . . . a numerous, systemwide clan.

    Sathanas’ family had been well liked for a long time . . . and being just and wise rulers, they, as well as the peoples under them, prospered. And so, Sathanas had the best education that Nor could provide.

    As I remember Sathanas, he was a fellow of some fifty feet in height, dark visaged, with the horns that indicated a crossing of the blood line with that of some Titans (which wasn’t uncommon in ancient Mu) . I had seen him first at a council meeting some centuries ago, when I first acquired the status of a Ruler by my acquisition of the tiny planet of Callay. It was after concluding most of the formal ceremony incidental to the investiture of several new rulers that someone first introduced us.

    I can still picture the scene as he first greeted me with the accepted ceremony of Nor’s tradition. A score of usLemurians, Titans, Atlans, variforms and a few from planets I’d never heard of—had found the favor of the Elders of the Council of Nor and were being made rulers of certain planets of the Nor Empire. Not big, important planets, true . . . but still, we were all pleased that we should be so honored by the Elders. Not all became rulers as they grew older and bigger—even of small planets and planetoids.

    Finally, the long ceremonies of creating a new ruler of a provincial planet were over and we could relax for a brief time before the festivities began in celebration of the event. Several of us newly invested rulers had gathered together slightly apart from the tremendous bulk of swarming Elders—gathered in a laughing, harmlessly excited little circle. We kept congratulating one another and with mock solemnity addressed each other with all the titles we’d ever heard and remembered. That was one of the best moments

    p. 118

    of my life. I recall that I laughed, and raising my right arm in a formal Nortan salute, had addressed a great golden-haired Titan, though he was one of us, addressed him with as solemn a look and as impressive voice as I could manage.

    “O Mighty Zeus, Grand Lord of the Thirtieth Tender Fleet, Conqueror of Limitless Cow Pastures, Ruler of the Lately Discovered World of Olympia, Greetings! Grant . . . ”

    “My Lords!” At the strange sound of someone addressing us so, we turned startled and looked up into the smiling understanding eyes of one of the Elders of Nor—one of the younger ones. He couldn’t have been more than a few centuries older than we. For a moment we didn’t know what to say, but the Elder continued before we became embarrassed.

    “My Lords, may I present the Lord Sathanas, Arch-Angle and Ruler of the Planet Satana?”

    We returned his salute and noticed this ‘Lord Sathanas’ that he’d presented. Accustomed as I am to life in all its varied forms and colors, the dark, ominous appearance of ‘Lord Sathanas’ was slightly depressing. He was too dark. Not the bronze darkness of a heavy space tan but the darkness of the sky just before a storm on Mother Mu. He made no effort to be friendly, just greeted us with stock phrases as though impatient to meet people more his equal. His impatience and boredom were further emphasized by the way he kept prancing on his cloven hooves—his heritage from some variform ancestor—and by the nervous way he kept drumming his fingers on the jeweled clasp of his weapon belt. Nothing about him pleased me, particularly the swaggering way he kept his long dark cape in motion. I thought to myself, ‘What’s he afraid of—that we’ll contaminate his precious cloak?’ I looked him full in the face—that handsome cynical face with the blue eyes of his Angle family, icily and incongruously staring back

    p. 119

    at me with the disdain ill-befitting a Ruler of Nor. That struck me as odd and jarring, here in this usually solemn hall(and my nostrils twitched with the scent of the evil, sulphurous odor about him, no doubt from some ingredient of his nutrient vapors.

    I should have known then, or at least have been suspicious, but, in the hallowed halls of the Council of Nor one does not suspect one’s equals. But he was a dero 4—I know that now.

    There was a time, once, when the peoples of Mu and the other Sun planets were unaware that there could be such a thing as a dero. But that was when the Sun and Earth were young—before the Sun burned hot and deadly. But as the Sun burned down through its layers of carbon, it eventually reached the heavier substances near its core—the “de”—producing radio-active metals. It is the deadly emanations given off by burning radio-actives that produce in life, a dero—a detrimental energy from the Sun that so motivates life that they are like that which is robot—controlled by these “de”, or detrimental energy emanations—evil completely.

    We didn’t find that out until later, though. His family, foolishly indulgent, had concealed all the signs of his deroism. They didn’t know enough of science to realize what a dread thing a dero can be.

    They had paid for their indulgence and their ignorance with their lives—lives that should have been immortal—for the first of Sathanas crimes had been the summary and permanent removal of all the heirs above his rank in the family blocking his mad rise to power.

    ‘Something has happened to Sathanas’, people said. In a way, they were right, but they didn’t know in what way or they would have removed him. I know from similar cases that his character was a long time growing.

    p. 120

    Sathanas had been born on the planet Mu (Earth) in one of the older cities and the mech of that city was condemned not long after Sathanas had left Mu to become the satellite Ruler of one of the planets under the Elders of Nor.

    His was pretty much the same background, in many ways, as that of Ex-Elder Zeit whose antecedents I had studied long ago, as I had been curious as to how an apparently intelligent man had become such an unthinking monster.

    I thought—and experiments of the Elder scientists subsequently proved—that aging mech has produced many a criminal. I think that their subjection to the infected energy from the wornout pleasure mech was the cause of this as it formed their inner polarization—their very soul—along dis-inductive lines. Hence, as long as stars blaze in space, such characters will induct that will to Evil from the stars’ mighty destructive fields. And unfortunately there is absolutely no way to prevent these creations.

    The whole group connected with Sathanas had fallen into some evil and dissipated habits, had formed a cult of great power, and had built secret hideouts where they could indulge their perverted tastes in safety. They did not relish being deterred by Nor laws protecting the rights of every individual to safety of person. All this evil they had kept concealed behind many a barrier of sub-officials. And all went along smoothly for the Gods of Space know only how many years.

    But finally, a very beautiful young Nor maiden had wheedled and vamped her way out of their unholy clutches and exposed the whole rotten mess.

    Their use of girls for wall ornaments, 5 living in stimmed

    p. 121

    nutrient, the whole depraved business of torture for pleasure and profit—the horrible circuses where captive men were forced to fight for their lives against beasts from the unsettled sun-planets—all this disgusting blight on the rule and culture of the Nor Empire had finally been dragged out into the open. What Sathanas had thought was a corner on illegal entertainment had turned into a trap from which he was now just barely making his escape.

    Footnotes
    119:4 DERO: (See ‘I Remember Lemuria”)

    120:5 STIMMED BODY—ORNAMENTS: This use of girls and women for ornaments is a particularly revealing angle on the opulence and cruel disregard for the natural rights of man which has marked ray-secrets since the earliest days. This use is an old, and p. 120 still extant, custom in the caverns that honeycomb this planet we call Earth but which the ancient ancestors of all of us called Mu. Down there in the great old ray mansions’ salons are wall brackets where young women are hung, and the stim currents of too great pleasure flows make their bodies rigid with an overwhelming synthetic nerve-electric. The effect is one of great beauty for the girls’ young bodies are then like forced flowers pouring out all the beauty and love of a lifetime in an almost visible and very sensual outpouring of energy—like the flower pours out its pollen in a single day. Thus a place can be decorated with human flowers—if one doesn’t care how soon such human flowers wilt. When the custom began, it is probable that the wonderful old mech contained strong beneficial flows which made the experience of the human ornament one of benefit. They survived, stronger than before and better. But as the mech grows older, such strong subjections to great energy flows from the old mech are no longer supportable by the human frame.

    In the caverns, the custom still survives of decorating the walls for a feast with these living stimmed ornaments, but the custom of surviving the ordeal of pleasure has perished, from what I hear.—Author.


    CHAPTER III
    Back on Mother Mu
    The great sensitive needles of the ionic-trail-indicator 6 became still and fell back against the pin marked ‘O’—no more trail.

    In the split second that the needle stopped, I leaped to my feet, stabbing the button opening the ship communicator.

    “All hands! Attention! Reverse drivers! View screen open! Gun crews stand by!”

    The great dreadnor braked to a tortured halt from full velocity. I could hear Tyron taking over control, alerting the crew for battle—action that might start immediately. Barked orders maneuvered the ship’s immense bulk into the exact center of the “zone of weightlessness”.

    “—we might have to move fast.”

    “Where are we?” I asked myself, as soon as I had made sure that the enemy wasn’t in the neighborhood.

    “This constellation looks familiar,” I mused. “Can it be . . . still . . . it is!”

    Opening the communicator, I called, “Arl! Do you recognize that planet in your view screen? It’s Mu!” Nostalgia gripped me. A homesickness I didn’t think I

    p. 123

    could still feel smothered me at the sight of the familiar seas and green, white-topped mountains of my abandoned homeland of almost two thousand years ago.

    Taking over the controls from the pilot who didn’t even suspect that the planet under us was my former home, I tooled the mighty Darkome to a landing on Mu’s satellite. For all of her tremendous mass, she slid gently to a stop in the glistening, liquid-air snow sheltered by the black shadow of one of the moon’s mountains.

    I ordered the tender broken out, then called to the control room.

    “I am going to take Lady Arl to the surface of this satellite’s planet. While I am scouting down there, keep the crew alerted.”

    Tyron saluted, looking a bit envious—envy, I guess, at the thought that he wasn’t going to see his desired action. “Yes, sir,” was all he said.

    “Observe standard precautions for operation in enemy territory. Avoid using equipment as much as possible to cut down the chances for detection.”

    “Yes, sir,” he nodded.

    “I don’t know where the Sathanas’ ship or ships have gone, but I doubt if they would be apt to be close by and still be undetected by our mech. But, until you hear from me, take no chances. That’s an order!”

    Returning his salute, the Lady Arl, who had come to the control room, and I boarded the tender and took off. And not too comfortably, either. A tender is a small spacer for short flights—lifeboats for the crew, and on the Darkome the tenders were big, but two thousand years of Vanue’s wizardy of growth had increased our height till we were well over fifty feet.

    Both Arl and I felt the old excitement we’d experienced as youths using the small spacers for picnics from Mu to the Moon—felt excitement as I drove the little craft to the surface of the doomed planet for the first visit in a score

    p. 124

    of centuries.

    Our excitement soon turned to sadness. This wasn’t the same planet we’d left—no darting ships—no shining towers—no signs of civilized life.

    “Oh, Mion,” spoke the lovely Arl beside me, “this is all so sad and unreal. I feel like—Mion! Look! What’s that over there?”

    “It looks like . . . it is a city, Arl!” Her enthusiasm was contagious. “Shall we go over there?”

    “Oh, yes, Mion. Let’s see what man has done in all these years.”

    “All right, Arl, but remember we are not allowed to stay here long.”

    She nodded, silent.

    We of the Nor are not allowed to stay long on a sunlit planet, for one’s character soon becomes twisted—not necessarily into evil, but certainly into err—which can be worse. One in err is stupidly convinced of his correctness, of his own brilliance. All of our food and drink must be brought from our ship, for the radioactives in the water and meat of Earth may not be eaten by Nor men by law. That err, that mental polarization, is the thing men of Earth must fight most fiercely, for err will live in their thinking, an illogic that will make them think black is white till they are forced to check the question with a colorimeter.

    We would pay for my stay on this sad planet with many boring hours before the medicos finish the mental tests to make sure that we have not been seriously affected by the sun’s hard light. Sometimes I believed they feared evil and its cause too much to fight it effectively. The old medicos can be tiresome themselves, to the point of evil. I would like to give some of them a few tests myself—of my own devising. Yes! They are too close to some dense metals—err magnets of another kind—and have become polarized by the dullest and heaviest metal to be found on a thousand master-size planets, that I know.

    p. 125

    I expected to stay but the few hours allowed me and then away. Nearly two thousand years of the destructive magnetic field sweep of the sun had passed over old Mu. The difference between this little planet third from the Sun and the dark planets is immense. There, time is a growth, never a loss. Here, time is a sorrow, a slow destruction, a completely OPPOSITE QUANTITY. Here, the proud towers of Old Atlantis are crumbling stones, eroded by the blowing sands of the encroaching deserts that did not exist under Atlan science. There, the fecund growth of man has multiplied the beauty and pleasure, the power and the glory of Nor, many, many times in these two thousand years.

    Having seen death in many forms, I like to fight death’s burning face wherever I find it. Surely, death’s face is burning brighter on Mother Mu than on any other globe these feet have trod, feet that sink further into the dis-softened stones 7 of this planet than any other I know. Many have been the globes trod since I last left old Mu to voyage through the dark voids where no light but the light of wisdom can be found. Dull it is, to one who has tasted war and death, and swift-tiding battles, to speed on some mission in which the element of danger has been reduced to the undetectable minimum. I am a warrior, trained through many centuries of supremely difficult schooling to the rigors of battle and war, and there are few indeed, for Nor men to fight who even dare to think of braving our slightest displeasure.

    Nearly two thousand years had passed since I distributed the records of the Atlan migration to dark space to guide the men who should come after us on Mu.

    As I guided the craft in a hovering flight over the

    p. 126

    scarred face of old Mu, I marveled at the green growth over everything, for it is hard to realize that though everything dies of the Sun poisons, life goes on, renewed forever. After first coming upon such worlds of death, one cannot accustom oneself to the idea that all this life that looks so vibrant and virile is so short-lived.

    I know that since I had left Mu, cities probably had grown and died upon her surface, and cities under her surface must have been peopled and have again lost their peoples in the wars that always rage on the sun-burned planets.

    Arl and I glided over the glittering golden roofs of the city, and, settling to Earth some miles distant, entered a cavern whose ancient shafts still gaped, unfilled by the rubble that now choked most of the openings to the Elder world. We were anxious to see what life had taken root within the caverns, for there lay the tools of the ancient wisdom, waiting for a wise man-child’s learning. Arl opened the great air lock at the bottom of the shaft and I floated the tender in to the floor of the cavern.

    We fell to rummaging about in the ruins of the great mansions, as one will in these old places. I activated one of the penetray view rays and took a look at the shining city on the surface not far away. A one man flyer of an antique make rose from the city and came toward us. I augmented the passengers’ mind, saw that his name was Tyr, that he was of the Aesir, as the people of the city evidently called themselves. He had seen our ship and was coming to investigate. He seemed excited, as though something about our appearance had revealed to him that we were the uncommon “visitors from the stars” mentioned in the legends and folk-tales of his people.

    “Arl,” I called to my lovely lady who was busy satisfying her curiosity about some of the old mechanisms at the far wall of this big room. “Arl, come here and watch this flier—he seems to be heading this way!”

    p. 127

    With the quick, cat-like change of interest of women, Arl pranced gaily over to where I sat at the controls of the tele-thought augmentor. With a pleased little laugh, she wagged that ever-charming tail of hers and took her place beside me.

    As we sat at the screen watching the approaching flier, we could see his mind was a maelstrom of conflicting sentiments—I couldn’t repress my laughter at the fear I saw there. But there are times when Arl saves me from unrequired cruelty, and when I laughed, she chided me.

    “Oh Mion, don’t laugh at that poor little man! Remember, it has been almost twenty centuries since they have had a visit from any of the Elder Races.”

    “Lovely Arl,” I agreed, “I had forgotten. I should have remembered that fear goes with sun-infection.”

    “He is a brave man, Mion,” Arl pointed out. “He is afraid, yet his will to investigate makes him overcome his fear. If he is representative of mankind . . .

    I nodded, knowing what Arl meant. As long as there are brave men on Earth who can conquer their fear and dread with their own wills, there is hope that mankind can, in time, defeat the “de” curse of the Sun.

    “Look, Mion, he’s dropping down the shaft as though he has done it many times before.”

    It was true. The pilot of the little flier expertly dropped down the shaft and came to rest beside the Darkome’s tender. There was a moment of indecision—Arl and I knew from reading his mind that it was all he could do to restrain a wild, nearly uncontrollable impulse to flee. He took heart, however, stepped from his machine, and came toward us. He was large for the race of Earthmen, being about twelve feet high.

    Finally, eyes bulging, he stood in awe before us where we sat at the ancient mech.

    I greeted him by name: “Ho, Tyr, what brings you to us who are strangers to you?”

    p. 128

    At that he flung himself prostrate before us. Our lack of enmity loosed his tongue and he protested: “Of course you know me, O Gods from the Stars. I have heard the old men speak of your kind, and have read something of you in the ancient writings, but many of us no longer believe in the greater Gods. Of course, you understand all mysteries, and you have read my thoughts over the ancient mechanisms I see you toying with. I am of the Aesir race, and that is our city you see in the distance. I am one of the few who understand the great significance of your coming here. Odin, our all-father, in his palace invites your presence. We have great need of your wisdom, Mighty Ones.”

    I finally assented to Tyr’s importuning and the invitation of Odin himself over the great ray called Odin’s Eye, and we entered the tender and took off for the palace of Gladsheim 8 dominating the shining, gilded-roofed city of Asgard in the distance.

    We spiralled down toward the great courtyard of the palace, reading a dozen minds on my telaug on the way down.

    It is habitual for a Nor to be careful. There was nothing but curiosity and awe in their minds; this was no trap, I knew. As I landed the ship, several brawny, armored warriors came up to us. Axes were slung on their belts beside the antique dis-ray pistols, pistols of a type that the science of the high gods has not surpassed to this day. They spoke the ancient universal tongue called Mantong, but time had so changed the pronunciation that it was difficult to understand it at once. We used small portable

    p. 129

    telaugs to tell what was in the minds about us anyway. We easily carried them in our hands. But Arl and I soon began fully to understand the speech, for the basic sounds were all the same as our own, and not by any means are we mentally slow.

    To our way of thinking, these Aesir were little fellows. They were not more than ten or twelve feet in height. The largest showed the graying hair of age, the sign dreaded most of all plagues, in all space, caused from over exposure to the poisonous emanations of a deadly Sun. In space flight, sometimes it happens that some poorly plotted course flashes a ship close into the terrible heat and deadly particles of the field surrounding some dense sun. Also, sometimes, in the little time of their passing such a sun at light speed, their hair grows white, and they die in a few weeks. Such is impregnation by radio-active particles—sure death. Old Sol, the Earth’s sun, is not that bad, but it, too, is sure death. A great pity arose in me that these fine men did not know what caused their age, or how to avoid it if they did know. This pity of mine is one reason some man will sometime find this record I leave, and know how to shun the terrible plague of space, the deadly, dense particles from heavy suns that get into the flesh and stay, burning away good life force and leaving a shrivelled corpse.

    Do you remember the lovely Arl? She is still Arl, but grown so big now that the Mutan who loved her then would worship at her feet as once he worshipped at Vanue’s huge beauty . . . for that matter I still do anyway. She is here beside me now, toying with the ancient stim rays; the stim ray that is forbidden as its effects can be most evil if the metal is too far gone in slow disintegrance. But Arl carries with her a meter of my devising containing a dial which reveals the most minute flows of “de” force dangerous to man.

    She must know if this one is dangerous stim or not. It seems to be still usable, for a vastly pleasurable viray is

    p. 130

    flowing over my form even now from her hands, and her soft lips are multiplied a laughing million of times all over me. I am forever startled by the endlessly varied stim augments that Arl’s infinite wit finds in any mech of the kind. I have had a billion tiny Arls lift me in my sleep and carry me to Elysia, their forms growing more and more about me, till all the world was soft, gleaming, rosy Arl, the flowers her faces, the breeze from her lips, and the stim rays looks from her eyes, loving me, while her hair became a vast forest of titanic, curling beauty sheltering me in its scented shade.

    There are no words or images to tell you what a girl of imagination can do with stim augments of her thought. I still think of Arl as a girl, and she looks like a girl, too, except her size is as great as my own, and that is too much to think about. For soon we must leave our loved home on Nor and move on to the heavier planets 9 of the Elder cities, and that is a hard time for adjustment, as it takes years to accustom oneself to the great gravity.

    Footnotes
    122:6 GAS IONS: While the driver flow is a kind of reverse gravity formed by the disintegration of a certain metalloy, during the expansion under the dis-current, much gas is formed exclusive of the integrative snapback flow of exd which is the frictional flow forming the drive. The dissociating sub-atoms of the driver plates pass through a gaseous stage where they leave a trail that is detectable. This ionizing trail is an unavoidable product of this form of drive.—Author.

    125:7 One of the most repeated legends of the Gods coming again to Earth is the detail that their heavy feet sank ankle deep into solid rock—a very interesting legend—heavy-planet races denoted.—Author.

    128:8 Note that this city of Asgard and this Gladsheim are not the city or people mentioned in the story “Thought Records of Lemuria,” but is a city which takes its name from the site of one of the first cities built by the Atlans. These Aesir are the latter gods who take many of their names from the elder gods; cities are named in the same manner.—Author.

    130:9 HEAVIER PLANETS: At a certain point in their development, the Normen must leave home and go to the heavier planets for development. They do not return from these heavy planets to the lighter ones except as rulers or teachers. The princess Vanue and the other very tall characters appearing in these stories have returned to the children races as teachers, rulers, or judges. All the Elders are of this class of returned people.—Author.


    CHAPTER IV
    Pact with the Aesir
    Odin welcomed us himself, leading us into the great hall of Gladsheim. The walls were covered with the gleaming shields of his followers; he sat us upon his own throne and the throne of his queen beside it. They were the only seats that could begin to hold us, for they were relics from the old time and must have been too great for their present users. So we took them, and indeed, Arl and I are used to great honor wherever we go, for we are much loved and respected. “A friend is the best gold,” is my motto, and can be a mighty power when he is needed.

    As he stood before us, Odin was nearly half our height. But age was showing on him. His beard was snow white, his ruby-red Santa Claus face lined with the progress of the dreaded sun-blight.

    Odin stood on the steps of the throne dais and made a short speech to his followers.

    “These are the high Gods who live among the far stars. You have heard of them from our wise men, and now they are here for you to see. They come at a time when we need them most. If they approve of us, our struggles with the Jotuns will go well, so hold your evil natures in check, and let the High Gods see the gold that we, your friends and I your ruler, know lies underneath the rude flesh.” Then Odin turned to us, saying:

    “We know much of your ancient race from writings found in the caves—the plates of imperishable metal left by Mutan Mion have been translated by some of our wise

    p. 132

    men, and I have read their writings. Also, we have learned to use some of the ancient magic from the hot depths of the greater caverns where a man can no longer live for the heat. There we have found great things and brought them to the surface for use here in Gladsheim. We would like to have you explain many things about that science that produced such things, but just now we are getting ready for a seige. The Jotuns are preparing for an attack on Asgard. Even now their hosts gather in the misty depths of the dark land beyond. What are your names that I may properly present you to our brave warriors?”

    With a bow toward Arl, I said, “This is the Lady Arl and I am called Mion.”

    Arl smiled at them with the graciousness of a true queen.

    “My Lord is too modest,” she said in that lovely voice. “He is the Lord Mutan Mion, the Lord Mion to whom even the Elder Titans and Atlans owe their lives.”

    The Aesirs’ eyes popped with surprise and joy when they heard that we were the same Mutan Mion and Arl mentioned on the ancient plates.

    “So many lives . . . and still living,” were their excited comments, “so long . . . and so young to look upon. So fair, and yet so ancient of days. Yea, they are the Gods . . . come again to Earth as in the old days that some swear were true things.”

    But Odin had little time for much formality, though he seemed to think we merited a great deal of it.

    “Oh Great Ones from Beyond, if you will not help us against the Jotuns, we must leave you for awhile and get to our work, preparing to meet the coming attack, but, Oh Mighty Ones, if you will help us, we are yours. Command us what we must do to beat off the fierce Jotuns.”

    As he spoke a messenger raced into the hall. With some urgency he approached the dais that held the throne and spoke privately into Odin’s ear. The worthy human’s face fell. As he turned again to us, I could detect a note of

    p. 133

    sadness in his voice.

    “The messenger brings bad news, My Lords. Another great ship from the stars—infinitely larger than the one in which you arrived—has come to Earth in the encampment of the Jotuns. That is not the whole of this ill news. Mighty men of a size as your own have come out of this huge vessel and are siding with the Jotuns in their preparation for the coming struggle with us. What means that to you, O Great Beings?”

    Now, I knew that there was but one Nor ship in this immediate solar system, and that another space ship as large as the Darkome probably was the fugitive that we were seeking—one of the ships of the infamous fleet we were pledged to return to the Courts of the Rulers of Nor. I explained to these Earthmen that these were fugitives from the justice of the Gods, and that I could summon power to crush them utterly, as soon as I contacted my ship, the Darkome.

    “Are the Jotuns and these strangers in view ray range?” I asked the white-bearded Odin.

    “They smugly think they are not,” was his answer as he led me to the instrument called “Odin’s Eye.” 10 It

    p. 134

    was really a vast space telescope with a tri-dimensional screen, a big box of luminous mist in which three dimensional pictures of the objects in focus could be seen. Within it we saw the gathering place of the Jotuns, and monsters they were, recently having come to Earth from some huge, colder planet. There, their size had been naturally determined by the conditions of the planet. They were three times the size of the Aesir, 11 of a greater size than Odin

    p. 135

    himself, and infinitely uglier than any others I have ever seen. I had heard of the Jotuns, an evil race shunned by all wise men. They had a custom of following up Atlan and Titan migrations and occupying their abandoned cities for the pleasure instruments which were always to be found in the abandoned pleasure palaces and mansions of the immortals. They were, consequently, not entirely unaccustomed to handling ray equipment, and would prove mean antagonists for the Aesir. The Aesir had had many a brush with them since their arrival a century ago, and had come off a too close first in most of them.

    Obviously, the Aesir were not relishing the contemplation of a war to the last ditch between the two races, for the Jotuns were not only more numerous, but they had occupied and used more of the ray equipment-filled caves than the Aesir. The Aesir ignorantly chose to build their cities on the surface in the cheerful sunlight, and they did not understand what the Sun did to them. A few of their wise men had warned them of the writings left by the Gods which told them that the Sun caused old age, but they scoffed at this as old men’s garrulous fear. The only ray the Aesir had was portable equipment they had laboriously brought to the surface for their use.

    When I saw the huge, dark figure of Sathanas himself among them, I knew several things by swift deduction. First, I knew his presence here was no accident. Second, I knew that here was the rendezvous of the fleeing ships the patrol had pursued to all the points of the compass, for it was not likely that Sathanas would have had time to mix into the quarrels of the Jotuns unless he was waiting here for that rendezvous. And last, I knew that Sathanas had had dealings with these gigantic and hideous Jotuns before to know them so well. Such dealings were forbidden expressly by law. The Elder Race literally ‘fathered’ the human race and they made strict laws protecting the lives of their children. The Jotuns were well known

    p. 136

    as slave dealers, 12 and what was worse, they were known for their modifications on the ancient mechanisms they salvaged from abandoned caverns—modifications which made the mech potent tools for the changing of good human character to evil ends.

    Putting a telaug beam on Sathanas’ head in the tridimensional screen, I heard his thought and from it I gathered a general impression corroborating my deductions. For centuries, he had traded and had been in communication with these Jotuns. This was also forbidden by the Nor laws. For a long time he sold them Nor maids for slaves, and in return, he received much illegal equipment which the Jotuns manufactured from the ancient pleasure mech. It was evident that he had long ago promised them aid against the Aesir in return for some favor. That his flight from the Nor wrath was unknown to the Jotuns was clear, for he was striving with all his mighty brain to keep the

    p. 137

    knowledge of his trouble from escaping to their minds over the telaug over which the conference was being conducted. Evidently he did not intend to risk his ship in the coming battle, but was seated at a great table in the gloomy ruined home which was their meeting place, going over their battle plans with the leaders. These leaders were a fearful lot to look upon. Though somewhat lacking in logical mental powers, they seemed to make up for this by fierceness of physique and ruthlessness of intent.

    Gathered in the vast cave that stretched its murky depths into the hidden distance were the sons of Loki and Sigyn, the wife of Loki. How he ever came to marry her was too much for me, for she was many times his size and as evil visaged as hell itself. The witch, Hela, who was not Loki’s daughter, and who had no regard for him, was a very tall giantess of a hideous whiteness like frost, or dead bones. Evil lived in her eyes and on her face, and on her face twisted a shadow of death. Like most devotees of the spirit of evil, she was obviously mad and possessed of a mad-woman’s peculiar appetites, augmented and exaggerated as they so easily can be by the use of the beneficial and stim. Also, there were many leaders of the Jotuns, hairy, gray beast-men, thirty feet high, knotted muscles, and armed with every kind of weapon known to two civilizations—stone clubs hung side by side with flame swords of a make superior to any made now, for the art is a lost one. This horde knew ray work, and they were blood-thirsty fighting men proved in a thousand brawls and dozens of wars. The Aesir had cause to worry, for these were professional warriors brought from space for the express purpose of getting the powerful Aesir out of the way for their commerce in souls, slaves and perverting mech. Evidently this was the reason Sathanas was here, as this commerce of the Jotuns was his greatest single source of income. The Aesir had a bad habit of raiding the Jotun’s strongholds and releasing the poor

    p. 138

    human beasts.

    But the Einheriar, 13 the chosen, the warriors of Odin, were no match in size or in experience for this bunch of mad dogs from the pleasure dens of a dozen planets.

    I doubted that this affair would ever come to hand to hand combat. I looked down into Odin’s great “eye” for a chance to find out just what range weapons were available to the Horde, what they planned to use immediately. Sathanas was talking.

    “All this array of armed force is of no use. One long range ray brings the whole army to naught. We must have a spy, someone who can tell us just what range weapons they have to use against us.”

    Loki pushed his comparatively small form to the foreground, shouting, “The Aesir have no weapons worth worrying about. I knew every ray in Asgard. They cannot touch us. You can sweep the whole place clean of life with one ray from your mighty ship.”

    I turned to Odin, “Just what is the range of your weapons?” I asked him.

    “I can’t reach him,” answered Odin.

    “I can see him, but I can’t hit him.”

    “You don’t know much about these tri-dimensional screens, I am afraid, O All-Father. Let me show you

    p. 139

    something.”

    Pulling a side arm from my belt, I directed its epileptoray pencil at Sathanas’ head in the cube-screen, Sathanas immediately curled up into an agonized, crumpled heap of writhing, shrieking, slobbering flesh. The table, surrounded by the gigantic Jotuns, and a few of the really gigantic cohorts of Sathanas, leaped to their feet, mouths gaping in astonishment.

    “See, Father, the beam of this particular view ray is constructed to transmit energy complete, and is, consequently, a most efficient and adaptable weapon, ready to carry any energy to any point it reaches, and it has tremendous penetrative range, as you can see. Some of this type of ray will even dislodge furniture, or transmit the energy of a push. Watch!” I seized a war club from the wall. It was very small for me, like a child’s toy hammer in my hands, and I tapped one of the heads of the Sathanists. 14 He promptly dropped unconscious or dead to the floor. “You see, you didn’t know what there was in this beam. It is a very fine example of the best work of that particular time.”

    p. 140

    Odin waited for no prompting from me, but seized a club from the wall and started bopping every head in the ray screen. Regularly I moved the beam a little to keep a good bunch of the enemy within its slightly reduced vision, reduced from life size, and pencilled my own epileptic-ray at everyone of the misfits of life that I could reach. Odin was enjoying himself immensely, and we had nearly cleared the cavern of its hundred or so big-shots of the Jotuns when a huge black shorter-ray swung out of Sathanas’ vast ship from dark space and grounded Odin’s Eye. Odin’s fun was over for the time, his beam shorted to the ground by the black conductor ray. His troubles with the super science Sathanas had brought from his Nor-governed home had just begun. So had all Earthmen’s troubles with Sathanas.

    I figured that Odin’s bopping of Jotun pates would have the effect of holding off the attack until I had time to make ready for it, because they hadn’t known that they could be reached. I radioed the Darkome for certain supplies and for certain technicians I would need. Why didn’t I tell them to radio a Nor base and tell them of the whereabouts of Sathanas? Because I had an idea that I could take Sathanas apart with a device I was planning to construct, and that I could bring him in single-handed, which would be quite a feather in my cap. Such is a man’s thought when near a sun. Always wrong. It was foolish to do without the help I could have acquired so quickly, but I thought it a splendid idea, and so original. I had never had such a wonderful idea before. Err is very deluding when it appears in a mind unaccustomed to it.

    First I asked the Aesir for a list of every available ray

    p. 141

    device within the city. When I got the list, I checked off the types of ray I wanted—those with a good long beam that would carry the greatest amount of superimposed power, and those with the most potent destructive qualities, regardless of the range. The latter would be aided in carrying power by the former in the huge device I was planning for the downfall of Sathanas. Why didn’t I call the Darkome to me? I had another err—the less equipment I used to capture Sathanas, the greater would be my glory. Such errs I might have corrected if I had been used to their presence in my mind, but in the clean magnetic fields of Nor planets one’s thought is naturally correct and I was unprepared for the sudden flood of distorted ideas the Sun was releasing in my mind.

    On the list of ray equipment brought me, there were all kinds of pleasure rays and healing rays, but few weapon rays. The pleasure and healing rays were tricky stuff, well built, some of it, but of little use in a battle except for observation, inspiring the fighters, or for healing the wounded. I knew that Sathanas’ black cruiser was loaded to its capacity with the heaviest war-ray available which was, as I know now, a power unsurveyed by any law-abiding eyes. So, it was hard to say just what he might have up his sleeve in the way of fighting ray. Whether his fleet would rendezvous with him here on Earth, or whether he was to meet them elsewhere, I could not make sure, for his trained mind had felt my probing thought and doubled the answer—saying that both were true. I suspected that the first was the truth and that we would have hundreds of outlaw ships flaming down upon us at any moment. Sathanas seemed committed to supporting the Jotuns in return for their cooperation in his own plans. Sathanas’ crew on his ship kept the black shorterbeam on our view-beam, and Odin’s Eye was the only ray of master size in the city. We had no way of knowing now what they were up to. Principally, I was anxious to know whether any of the

    p. 142

    other ships of Sathanas had joined him or not.

    This life on Earth is distorted and fading, a once brilliant picture that long ago fell on the water of life, and is now melting away. There is little left of the old God picture of life. The soft rounded chins of the Aesir young, the honest, beautiful truth in the undis-affected eyes of a child, the turned, beautiful perfection of some young limbs, these are the only true images left from the God era. The rest is distorted by an ill wind across the mirroring pool of life force. And thus it was that I saw those monstrous forms across the deep of Jotunheim, the life force distorted by some evil willed wind from Elvidnir—from the Hall of Hela in Niflheim—distorted and dying into the mental err of evil life.

    While we waited for the supplies from the Darkome or for the arrival of the patrol ships from space, I put the Aesir at the construction of a cumbrous device I had seen put to good use on the field of battle. It was most effective, but slow to handle. It was a monstrous turntable, the axis of which was a universal joint. Throwing this piece of equipment together with the odds and ends available took two days of hard labor. Then we piled on it every ray device of destructiveness or ionizing power (to make the air a conductor for the other beams) that could be obtained in the whole city. The rays were then carefully aligned to throw a multi-beam of immense, irresistible power. Nothing of a portable nature could be possessed by the enemy to equal its vast power. The turntable took up the whole courtyard of the palace of Gladsheim, about the size of two city blocks. On the turntable, piled two and three deep, were rays of every type developed by the past Atlan and Titan life on Earth. I did not think that the Jotuns would have anything of the kind. In the center of this motley assemblage of destruction, I placed a small but very powerful dissociator of modern make I had brought from the Darkome.

    Footnotes
    133:10 ODIN’S EYE: Was this the origin of the legends regarding ‘Odin’s Eye’? Norse folk-tales recounted it as an all seeing ‘eye,’ or all-seeing god-like power. This just might have been the result, or the USE of just such ancient mechanism or equipment as in this story—the view ray. The view ray, which the authors claim still exist in the ancient, God-built caverns, probably operated on a principle similar to a combination of present day radar and television. The television part of the ancient ‘mech’ operates, in any event, without the need for a transmitting station. The same way, for instance, that your radio might pick up a conversation a few miles away without the need of a radio station ‘sending.’

    It is amazing when you consider that right beneath our feet this present day, and for untold centuries of the past, such equipment has lain idle and unused—except by a few degenerate tribes that somehow have lived there for all those years. It is the claim of the authors that the use of this marvelous equipment by these degenerates, or ‘dero,’ their ‘tampering’ with the lives of surface people, is the cause of most of our ill’s and ‘bad luck.’—Editor.

    134:11 Again referring to the books of Charles Fort:

    He quotes from the JOURNAL OF AMERICAN FOLK LORE, 17-203. viz, “Certain stone hatchets are said to have fallen from the heavens.”

    The authors pose the question: Are these stone axes that have been reported as having fallen from the heavens perhaps the crude ‘side arms’ of an uncultured race of ‘esoteric ones’ who have learned to fly the ancient cave-contained space craft, making inter-planetary flights, yet, of themselves. incapable of making any more mechanically advanced war weapons than crude stone hatchets that they have within historical times dropped from their flying space craft? The reference above is the report of South American Indians.

    As to the possible ‘size’ of members of uncultured ones, read further in Fort’s THE BOOK OF THE DAMNED:

    (From NATURE, 30-300:)

    May, 1884, the 27th, at Tysnas, Norway, a meteorite had fallen; that the turf was torn up at the spot where the object had been supposed to have fallen: two days later “a very peculiar stone” was found nearby. The description is—”in shape and size very like the fourth part of a large Stilton cheese.” See the story for a description of the size of the Jotunds and then compute how large the stone heads of their war axes would have to be.

    In the same work, Fort quotes from The Proc. Soc. of Antiq. of Scotland, 1-1-121:

    That in a lump of coal from a mine in Scotland an “iron instrument” had been found.

    Is this another indication of the extreme age of the human race?

    Again from Fort: Notice of a stone axe, 17 inches long, 9 inches across broad end. (Proc. Soc. of Ants. of Scotland, 1-9-184.)

    American ANTIQUARIAN, 18 -60:

    Copper axe from an Ohio mound; 22 inches; weight 38 pounds.

    AMERICAN ANTHROPOLOGIST, n.s., 8-299.

    Stone axe found at Birchwood. Wisconsin: 28 inches long, 14 inches wide, 11 inches thick, weight 300 pounds.

    HUMAN FOOTPRINTS FOUND IN SANDSTONE, Near CARSON, NEVADA—EACH PRINT 18 to 20 inches LONG. (Amer. Jour. Sci., 3-26139)—Editor.

    136:12 DISAPPEARANCES—SLAVERY: The authors are convinced that there have been many writers in the past and the present who either knew or suspected the existence of the caverns beneath the surface of the Earth, or that there was a power or a force or a race that was influencing the human race, usually for evil. The numerous legends of evil spirits, and good ones, too, tales of strange happenings, and strange disappearances. Charles Fort was one of those who came closest to guessing, or knowing the mysteries contained in the artificial cave world beneath this Earth’s surface. He thought that we were ‘fished for,’ or that the possibility existed that we were fished for. For what purpose? Our facts are still too intangible on this count to say for certain whether we are really fished for at the present day. But if in the centuries past, there were races such as the Jotuns, trading in living humans—as slaves (or food?)—might they not still be extant? Before the reader dismisses this question with “ridiculous!” let him read any of the daily papers of the past few years, or the books of Charles Fort for literally thousands of unexplained ‘disappearances.’ People seen one moment and never again—even in the larger cities that are presumably well guarded.

    If the reader lives near any of the country’s large cities, he might call the Missing Persons’ Bureau, if any, and get the LOCAL statistics on the annual number of disappearances that are not accounted for, or the number undetected. Then, figure out how many large cities there are in the whole nation.—Author.

    138:13 EINHERIAR: This persistent legend of raising the dead for purposes of acquiring soldiers, slaves, etc. seems to come from the extreme potency of the antique beneficial ray. I, myself, have seen a boy of eight killed by a fiend from a distance with detrimental ray, raised again by his mother with beneficial ray at full strength. The fiend killed the boy three times in a period of four days, each time his mother revived or raised him again within a few minutes. There are many accounts of the potency of these rays. Even the thuggee of India believe that their unseen backers can raise them from the dead if they are killed. It is very probably true that they are revived after a short time of death by this means. The Hindu ascetics who slit open their stomachs and let out their intestines with a knife, then push them back in to have the wound heal at once are the same kind of phenomena.—R. S. Shaver.

    139:14 PRECISE ACCURACY OF ANCIENT WEAPONS: These ancient weapons were so accurate and so built for durability that perhaps they are the means by which certain phenomena have been actuated. Charles Fort, in his book, WILD TALENTS, says this:

    “In the London newspapers, last orMarch, 1908, was told a story, which, when starting off, was called “what the coroner for South Northumberland described as the most extraordinary case that he had ever investigated.” The story was of a woman, at Whitley Bay, near Blyth, England, who according to her statement, had foundher sister, burned to death on an unscorched bed. This was the equivalence of the old stories of ‘spontaneous combustion of human bodies.”

    (I don’t know what significance, if any, is in the spelling of “extraordin-RAY,” but that is the precise way it is spelled on page 909, THE BOOKS of CHARLES FORT, WILD TALENTS, published for the Fortean Society by HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY, New York, 1941.)

    ST. LOUIS GLOBE-DEMOCRAT, Dec. 16, 1889.—”In some mysterious way, a fire started in the mahogany desk in the center of the office of the Secretary of War, at Washington, D. C. Several official papers were destroyed, but it was said that they were of no especial value, and could be replaced. Secretary Proctor cannot understand how the fire originated, as he does not smoke, and keeps no matches about his desk.” Taken from the BOOKS OF CHARLES FORT—WILD TALENTS—Page 911.


    CHAPTER V
    War Against the Jotuns
    The huge multi-beam we aimed by turning and tilting the great turntable by windlasses upon which the noble muscles of the Aesir were expanded by the hundreds. It was slow, but it was inexorable destruction. I had never seen an energy screen or a shorter-fan that could stand against such an assemblage of ray, anywhere. I had great faith in my rude handiwork, for I had seen it used. The trick, of course, was to align the beams perfectly, to form a very dense, small beam of utter power. Carefully sighting the thing at the base of the big black shorter-beam from Sathanas’ hidden ship which still held Odin’s Eye in its grip, we tried out our multi-beam. The black beam disappeared in a blaze of incandescence like the fall of a meteor. Whether we had hit Sathanas’ ship or not I didn’t know, but I did know that one beam generator was burned out for good. A good omen! I took over Odin’s Eye now that it was useful again, and calling instructions to Tyr over the telaug, he walked the great beam along the lines of waiting ships of the Jotuns, the assembled raytanks, supply piles and equipment they had gathered for the prosecution of a long seige of Asgard. Where the multi-beam struck, there was left nothing but a great smoking ditch in the ground, a ditch which had no bottom—as far as the eye could see. The destruction was nearing completion which would end the Jotun hopes of a long war. But, it was not great enough, for as the beam neared the Jotun aircraft, the whole fleet took to the air. They had seen that the beam was

    p. 144

    slow, and they figured they could avoid it by air maneuvers. Like a great funnel of fury, they rose from the mouth of the cavern and came on to attack, spreading out and sweeping down on Asgard.

    The Jotuns—the personnel of the enemy—came from a dozen planets forgotten by the Atlans after their migrations. The Atlans were one of the greatest space roving races of all times, inhabiting thousands of dark, sunless planets and planetoids, a race that peopled a big chunk of outer space. As the populations of their home planets grew, population pressure forced most of the immortal Atlans to seek homes on uninhabited worlds. Eventually, like all the races of men when the cosmos was young, their own immortality forced them to seek homes elsewhere as they grew too big for even a good-sized world to support. So, as they increased in size and wisdom, they moved to more advanced worlds of the Elder Race, or else to larger, dark, uninhabited planets, there to stay until they became too large for even the larger planets—then a trek through space again in a few thousand years.

    As vermin take over the homes of people when they have been deserted by the owners, so did the Jotun assume the discarded homes of the ever-migrating and growing Atlans and Titans. Worlds of outgrown and deserted mech were left by the continually growing races and it was this mech the Jotuns took as their own. Half the discoverable planets in this constellation are glutted with the ancient mech. Perhaps someday, the poor doomed men of this planet I hold so highly, my mother planet Mu, may find their way over the gulfs between the star-worlds and find this mech for their own betterment. Truly, the stores of these wondrous devices, bulging the labyrinthian caverns of thousands of planets are the “gifts” of the Gods. For the children that will follow us, we leave them—with our blessing.

    Sometimes, however, there do appear dero races that, unluckily, escape the notice and supervision of the Elder

    p. 145

    [paragraph continues]Race, and they use for evil purposes the ancient mech of the Gods—mech designed and built for good, not evi1. 15

    Such a race were the Jotuns—offsprings of what unknown evil life? Evil life walking upright in a parody of the dignity and good that is man, appropriating to their own evil uses the wondrous machines and mechanisms of the Gods, the Elder Race—the flying craft, the growth and nutrient mech, the healing ray devices, the awful, deadly war mech and other weapons from a dozen varying cultures of different states of progress.

    There are times, in my voyages to strange, deserted worlds, when I wonder if the God Races were truly wise to leave, intact and complete, so much of their mech science that might be perverted to evil purposes by minds that have not the good in them that motivates the Elder Races. But then, the Elders have more knowledge and experience in such things than I—I am a mere twenty centuries grown. The Elders? Who really can say? Fifty Lemurian feet is my present height—and that took all those centuries. I have, on the Ruler Worlds of the Elders, seen some of the

    p. 146

    [paragraph continues]Gods that were easily three hundred or three hundred fifty Lemurian feet in height. They, alone, know how many centuries they have seen. Perhaps, though, even they could make an occasional mistake—a mistake like leaving equipment for the Jotun fleet heading toward us right now.

    It was a motley array—the Jotun fleet. The black shape of Sathanas’ space monster 16 rose in the background, ready to come in when the time and place looked inviting—poised for a crushing decisive blow.

    p. 147

    We—the Aesir, Arl and I—had nothing to stop them with but the huge multi-ray I had devised. I radioed the Darkome to come in and back us up. The huge turntable creaked ponderously around on its improvised bearings taken from a dismantled elevator that was lifted from the depths. We turned it by the windlasses manned by the sweating warriors of the Aesir. It was no weapon for the swift flight of planes. Not at all. But, fortunately, the fliers were not trained for this sort of thing, and they missed most of their targets.

    I had strict orders not to risk my life except in dire necessity. The Nor had no particular enthusiasm about wasting thousands of years of schooling in a moment’s madness. And, here I was, drawn into this brawl of sun-mad dero without seeing any sort of way that I could honorably withdraw. I imagine Sathanas was cursing the risking of all his plans in the attack, too. He was mighty careful not to come within range of our huge multi-beam. The thunder of that distance splitter was deafening, its flames shot out for thirty miles in a coruscating ray of utter annihilation. I had no way of figuring its effective range, but it was a lot more than the thirty miles of its visible force. How to get into real action was the problem. It couldn’t be done. But we kept them hopping, sweeping it up and down the whole line of battle. They couldn’t bring up any heavy stuff at all. They couldn’t blast us out of Asgard’s walls—couldn’t touch us except with an occasional bolt from the swooping fliers. Sathanas moved his ship up to what he calculated was the effective range of our big beam, and started blasting away with his power beams—big dissociators they were—and the walls dissolved in great clouds

    p. 148

    of rolling black smoke. Chunks fell, and he began to widen the breach.

    I centered the big multi-beam on the Satana and played a card I had held back. Hoping to trap Sathanas into just this maneuver, I turned on the dissociator beam I had brought from the Darkome. Added to the other stuff the beam was made of, its effective range was immensely increased, for the multi-beam created a great path of ionization for it to travel over. The hull of the great ship, built of the most resistant materials manufactured by Nor, heated swiftly red and a gaping hole appeared in the black monster. Quick as thought, Sathanas blasted out of the range of our fumbling, snail-like beam. He did not take another chance with his ship.

    It had been a close call, for him and for me, for I had little real knowledge of the strength or nature of the beams of which the great ray was composed. They were all obsolete forms of equipment of which I knew about theoretically, but in actual practical use I knew nothing. But the Atlans and Titans built such things well. They were as powerful and as uncorroded after two thousand years as they were the day they were built. Sometime I am going to spend a few years to learn everything there is to know about antique rays, both the actual equipment and the theoretical science behind their construction, for I will run into these hordes using the abandoned equipment again—if I am any ruler over my actions. I do not like their attitude toward war for war’s sake, and I like the struggling bulldog idealism of such races as the Aesir. Handicapped by every evil—even their own thoughts play them false—they contrive to be good, jolly fellows, trustworthy, for the most part, and surprisingly able when emergency arises to call forth their best efforts.

    As the Aesir began to acquire the knack of picking off the swooping fliers with their small rays, the whole battle dissolved into a great retreat of the Jotun forces to nurse

    p. 149

    their wounds and to prepare a real campaign. The range of the huge ray I had improvised from the odds and ends the Aesir had gathered together—work of centuries of life here—had saved the day for us.

    “That will be all of that for a while,” was Odin’s comment, relieved at the easy victory over what had seemed vastly superior forces. We lost about a hundred men from the fire of the planes overhead, but, since a plane is a much bigger target than a man, the Jotuns paid several times over for this loss. There were a couple of thousand smoking holes in the walls and pavings from the fliers’ rays and a two hundred foot breach in the walls. It did seem as though the Jotuns had decided the time was not ripe for a victory over the redoubtable Aesir whose reputation was greater than their prowess.

    Odin continued, “They had no idea that we could reach them from here. They know little of the true uses of the old ray. That is certain. Sathanas has small stomach for real fighting, eh? I shall develop this use of many rays in one which you have shown me, and it will be a defense for Asgard for many years to come. Many lifetimes, maybe.”

    Odin’s use of the word ‘lifetimes’ as a measurement of time struck me gloomily. Evidently the Aesir had lost all idea of fighting death, accepting it as an inevitable part of life. I shuddered to watch them down great drafts of water and ale, knowing that every drop of liquid on Earth contained some tiny particle of the dread radioactive material which is the cause of age. That a draught of water could become such a dread thing was a sad thought.

    I resolved to do something about the future of the Aesir now. So, I said to Odin, “You Aesir are not an unworthy race. Long ago, on this very spot, there was a city called Atlansgard. Those people were the first colonizers to arrive here from the deeps of space and begin life when the Sun was young and clean. They were a mighty race, and they fought the primeval monsters of the world’s youth,

    p. 150

    when growth had no end, and death did not confine size to a fixed measure for each species. That was the time of the Midgard serpent, who grew to nearly encircle the Earth, of Cronos who tried to eat all the life of Earth to keep his tremendous body in food. Those were the days of endless battle with the giants of growth whom hunger made mad, of the mad early Titans when the giants and men contended always for food and living space. Then government and the covenant came to Earth, to Mu, as men called the old planet then. Then came the time of real growth and goodness on earth, the Golden Age of Science when men pierced all mysteries with their minds. After a time, when the Sun began to age and bring age to Earth, the Atlans and Titans left Mu to dwell in dark space where no age is ever known. Now, you Aesir have grown here in Atlansgard and have taken the name of the great ancient Aesir to yourselves so that something of their greatness might adhere to your name. Well, you are not bad men, and I have a gift to offer you. Let me take with me into space a few of your young men with good heads on their shoulders. These I will teach the ways of navigation in deep space which is all that keeps your race from using the antique space ships which can still be found abandoned in the ancient caverns—abandoned because the Sun’s radioactivity has infected the metal of their generators. Our law forbids such infected ships to be used by our races. But, you can use them to get away from the Sun, and I will train your men and send them back to you, and they can lead your people to a new home in space where the Sun is not an evil force. Then your race will remain forever young, instead of this pretense of immortality you now carry on for the benefit of your lessers. You would have the real thing—true immortality where there is no cause for age. What say you?”

    Old Odin’s eye shone—he had but one, though, the great ray he used was also called Odin’s Eye—at the prospect

    p. 151

    of saving his race from age, and he knew enough of the ancient wisdom from the old writings to know I spoke the truth. There was my immense size, too, as a proof of unending, evergrowing youth to be found in the dark spaces. Too, the idea of finding the greater Elder Gods and learning true wisdom from them was to him the uttermost in attraction. He straightway selected three young Aesir. Vol, Vi and Zig were their names; for mentor and captain he sent the aging Tyr. I told the four to ready themselves, for I was starting back to my ship soon. I had long overstayed the allotted time for an immortal under an infectious sun’s light.

    As I talked to Odin, I was treated to a glimpse of what even comparatively ignorant men could do with the ancient science of magic, or ‘mag-mech-ic,’ as it was called in Atlan. The hundred or more corpses scattered about the walls of Asgard were gathered into a heap in the great hall of Gladsheim. Here, the Aesir’s wise men and their maiden helpers concentrated beneficial rays from a dozen great generators upon the pile of dead. That transformation which has never lost its wonder for me took place. The hue of death faded from their cheeks; slowly they began to breathe. The wounds that bored through them—in some cases many times—began to close gradually, the Tagged red edges grew together as the healing of the ancient ben rays took place. When these slain warriors began to stir, the Aesir maidens picked them up and carried them to a place in the palace where smaller but more intense and potent ben rays were focused on their wounds to complete the healing process. The next day, most of them were again on their feet, nearly recovered. Yet, I knew that neither Odin nor his wise men had the slightest idea how to build or even repair the antique medical rays, nor had they even a proper curiosity about how its magic was accomplished. It was the “Ancient Gods’ gift” was their attitude.

    I realized that education was all this people needed to

    p. 152

    raise them to true God estate. But they needed such a lot of it. I cursed the fear that dwelt in the Great Ones of the dark spaces, forbidding them to come near any sun, even to rescue such men as these from the doom that already whitened the hair of many of them. Sometimes, I realized that even the High Gods have faults.

    Well, I was one God who would lose that fault of too great fear of the hideous sun-death. I would find a way to rescue these Aesir.

    I had assured Odin I would send the fleet of the Nor Space Patrol I expected to contact presently, to put the Jotuns in their place and to apprehend Sathanas. At the same time I radioed the Darkome to return to her former position on the Moon. Not enough time elapsed between the two messages for the Darkome to more than ready herself for flight. Why didn’t I let the Darkome come on down in answer to my first message? She had ample fuel for several landings on planets no larger than Mu. I knew Sathanas was at hand, anxious to annihilate everyone such as myself who knew of his presence on Earth. Such is one’s thoughts under infectious suns—always incorrect. It is a hard thing to remember always to do otherwise than what one’s reason dictates when near a sun. I respect such races as the Aesir for this one reason—in spite of their life under the evil-making rays of the sun, they manage to remain good, reasonable fellows. Their bodies seem to build up a resistance to the mind distorting magnetic force of the sun, and they manage to think pretty clearly in spite of it. More power to that ability.

    Everything was as beautiful as a powerful ben-ray illusion in a master-dream as we lifted in the tender toward the Moon. Tyr was thrilled as a warrior like him is thrilled by a battle-axe coming at his head, while the three young Aesir, Vol, Vi and Zig, their flashing teeth and glittering eyes told me that nothing had ever interested them so much as the sight of this little ship of mine. I wondered what

    p. 153

    would be their words when they saw for the first time the huge Dread-Nor Darkome lying in wait on the moon. Then it happened.

    As the tender swiftly flashed upward toward the day-lit moon of early evening, the features of the shoreline and the city of Asgard blurred at our speed. In a matter of moments we were so high that the flat horizon of this green ball of Mu could be seen as the curve it is. I felt a glow of pride in my ship, my lovely Arl, and these four new-found friends. Like the sudden snap of a breaking glass perfume ball, our contentment was shattered.

    “Mion!” gasped ever watchful Arl, “isn’t that the Satana?”

    “Awk! Why did that devil have to choose this time to take off?”

    Arl, her face intense as a bird hypnotized by a snake, refused to take her eyes off the enemy craft.

    “We’re in a tight spot, Arl. If I change our course they can’t fail to see us, and if I don’t, we’ll collide with them.”

    That’s the way it was, too. Any change of speed or course would have been certain to attract their attention. I felt—and it was shortly proven true—that this was just one of those unhappy accidents that always seems to happen on a sun-cursed planet. The two ships hurtled upward to a junction.

    At the last minute, I drove the tender hard over on the port side and down, hoping to dive past the Satana’s stern and escape to the other side of the planet before they could come about. As our craft flashed past the enemy’s starboard tail, the dread flash of tractor beams and dis (disintegration) rays reached over with clawing fingers for the shiny hull of my space boat. My hands were clammy with the tension of battle as I hit the lifter controls and desperately pulled the little craft up and down in short waves. Suddenly, we were dead astern of the Satana. For the moment they couldn’t fire on us, but the game was discovered.

    p. 154

    [paragraph continues]They must have known who we were. It was useless to hope for concealment. There was but one thing to do—and I did it.

    I gave the brave little craft all the power she had, and ordering the rest to strap themselves in their seats, set her nose toward the surface of Mother Mu. We could feel the heat of the atmosphere being ground against our hull by the power of the little tender’s drivers—powerful mechanisms that could drive the little boat between worlds if need be, but more power than was wise near the surface of a planet. And this violent maneuvering with a space ship so close to the surface wasn’t wise either.

    “Arl,” I called, “where are they?”

    “Oh, Mion, they have swung around—they’re coming after us!”

    Futilely I struck the driver lever, trying to coax just a bit more power from the gallant little machines—vibrating and smoking in their compartments. I knew they’d never last long being used like this.

    “Now, Arl—what?”

    “They’re gaining, I think,” sobbed Arl. “Mion, they’re trying to reach us with their rays.”

    I swung the craft to the right and then frantically to the left—all the while diving in a long, flat curve toward Earth—

    Bang!

    With a bone jarring wrench, one of the enemy’s tractor beams wrapped tenuous fingers around the little tender’s hull, then locked tight. From full speed, we were quickly slowed and drawn toward the Satana. A horrible, painful sensation—tractor beams lock on every atom of the object they hold—like being clawed inside.

    We were lost.

    The enemy drew his prey swiftly to the air-lock that surrounded the tractor-beam turret holding us and pulled us inside.

    p. 155

    With a jar they set the tender on the floor of the airlock. We couldn’t move. The crew of the enemy craft swarmed into the air-lock after closing the outer port.

    As they scrambled over the tender toward the entrance hatch, I took a look at Arl’s strained features and refused to think—probably the last good look I would take at that lovely face.

    Footnotes
    145:15 GOD-BUILT MECH: In the ancient world wide caverns that some old, old race built and then deserted. they had many marvelous mechanisms. When they left this planet, Mother Mu or Lemuria (See previous issues of Amazing Stories), the deadly rays that were emanating from the Sun had infected their machines and mechanisms, and so, to protect themselves from the death that they contained, the Elder Race left ALL of their tools of life—everything—behind them and then departed to far, friendly, star-homes where they live on even today. But as they live they grow, like the Giant Redwood trees of our own California, and by now, this ancient race is too big to tread the paths of Earth.

    Their stimulating machines were designed for pleasure and their growth science was meant to assist Nature—but that is not the use they get today. The degenerate humans that live in the caves pervert the antique mech to evil uses, and the machines, being infected with sun poison, make the evil users more evil—a vicious circle that is almost impossible to stop for several reasons. First, surface men doubt the existence of these things, and, secondly, their mech makes them infinitely more potent and powerful than surface men.—R. S. Shaver.

    146:16 SATHANAS’ SPACE MONSTER: These untellably ancient space ships are huge beyond belief . . . as large as the rigid, lighter-than-air Zeppelins of Earth were before the war—the Los Angeles, the Akron, the Hindenburg, etc. They were small craft compared to the antique spacers. For instance, dirigibles 800 to 1000 feet long with a diameter 80 to 120 feet would not offer much room or comfort for a man 50 to 60 feet tall, particularly on long space flights. Then, too, that size wouldn’t offer much room for the necessary space equipment—drivers, stores, motors, etc.

    Dirigibles are the largest flying machines modern man has made, yet, large as they are, they are comparable in size merely to the tender of the big Nor craft in the story, the Darkome.

    For possible accounts of these space ships being seen in recent times, see Charles Fort’s books.

    On October 23, 1822, two unknown, dark bodies crossing the sun were observed by Pastorff (Am. Sci. Disc., 1860-411).

    Seven months later, May 22, 1823, an unknown shiny thing was seen near the planet Venus by the astronomer Webb (NATURE, 14195).

    There is no basis for assuming that these unknown objects were satellites. They would have to be very large even to be thought of as moons.

    Furthermore, Charles Fort quotes from the ANNALES DE CHIMIE, 30-417—”objects that were seen by many persons, in the streets of Embrun, during the eclipse of Sept. 7, 1820, moving in straight line, turning and retracing in the same straight lines, all of them separated by uniform spaces.”

    Two unknown dark bodies crossing the sun, a shiny thing near Venus, and objects moving in geometric patterns in this same general area, and all reported within a matter of months of each other—all these things seem to indicate unknown SHIPS or something—OF HUGE, ALMOST PLANETOID SIZE moving under intelligent control.

    Were these actually spacers of the Elder Race? Men see only what they want—or are supposed to see.

    Some idea of the size of the artificial caverns built by the Elder Race beneath the surface of this Earth can be gained when one recalls that the tender and Sathanas’ ship both flew into the shafts and caverns. It was in the caverns that they were manufactured, and it was there that they were stored. The sight of one of these incredibly ancient cave hangars with several ancient spacers abandoned over the floor is breathtaking in its immensity, and unbelievable, in fact.—Author.


    CHAPTER VI
    In the Hands of Sathanas
    Sathanas’ family was one of the few families of variforms among the Nor. Accepted as exiles long ago from some variform city of the Angles of Earth, the Satanic family was a clovenfooted one, something like Arl in general makeup, but with shaggy black hair on their legs and of a very dark complexion, with horns showing Titan blood somewhere in the family tree.

    We were taken directly to his chambers. His dark form loomed ahead of us in the red mist of his nutrient air—of his own formula, and probably one of the causes of his evil character, for it had a smell like nothing I had ever experienced before. Some chemical he had added to the usual formula had fooled him into thinking it was beneficial, but was more than likely a dangerous stimulant and had weakened his body’s insulative resistance to detrimental flows of energy. His character had certainly become that of a mad deco of the most dangerous kind, for his wisdom, untempered with concern for any other life, would be a never-ending horror to all men unless he were stopped. It didn’t look as if Mutan Mion would be able to do much about stopping Sathanas.

    A pretty predicament for the reputation of Mutan Mion. When my comrades would come to hear how I had fallen into the hands of Sathanas without a blow being struck, there would be many a head shaken behind my back. Sad, sad shakes of Nortan heads. Murmurs of “Tch, tchtoo bad. Mion might have been such a noble specimen but

    p. 157

    [paragraph continues]—the Sun infection, you know.” And the others would nod silently in agreement and touch their foreheads with their finger-tips. Then, despite all the god-like qualities that they did possess, they would feel very smug and complacent. They would make a sincere attempt within their minds to—well, not forgive exactly, but—explain what the cause of my trouble was, and they would sympathize patronizingly. They’d think, “His unfortunate Earth background and birth; he lacks real stamina—resource—too bad.” I always had to contend with that in my work among the God-men of Nor—they worried about the evil that had roamed on Earth expelling the Titans and Atlans and some foolish ones thought that everyone of Earth might—no, must—be affected.

    Not all the men of Nor thought thusly, however. Most of that great race of Elders peered deeply into problems and didn’t overlook any facts in arriving at the right answers. But I have found in all races and peoples in the planets I have trod that there are those who pass judgment on half facts. Fortunately for the progress on intelligence, those foolish ones are not too many among the Elder Races.

    Sathanas, though infected by a taint of the deadly “de” from the Sun, usually collected facts—all of them—before making any of his illegal moves. The one error he’d made had caused me to chase him here to Mu, but I had been the one to err when we’d come too close to the deadly, treacherous Sun, and I was in his toils.

    My lovely Arl and I and those valiant young Aesir were taken prisoners, they who had so blindly put their lives into my hands—lives that were not immortal as the lives of we of the Elder Races, ’tis true, but lives that were, nevertheless, well thought of by their owners. All those lives had been entrusted to me—to their belief in my legendary ability to carry success with me. And what had I done? I had fallen into as stupid error as any inhabitant

    p. 158

    of the Sun’s planets. What was worse for one of my almost god-like status, I had been trapped like a green cadet on his first solo space patrol—trapped without firing a shot, without the semblance of a struggle. Trapped and taken. There was nothing to be done about it now but to take as stoically as we could whatever foul torments our captor could devise.

    It is not often that a proud member of the Elder Races stands captive before a creature such as this Sathanas.

    The tender had been forced open in the air-lock of the Satana, and the evil crew of that black craft had ordered us out of it with little ceremony. At this close range, there was no point to attempt to overpower the crew, right in the very bowels of the enemy ship, so we allowed ourselves to be escorted into the presence of the Satana’s master.

    Sathanas sat surrounded by his women, his dark face gloating evilly. As we were led before him, we could hear his ill-repressed sigh of satisfaction at the prize his luck had won for him.

    The first time I saw him I found him distasteful, and I had no more enthusiasm for him now. I thought that because we were of the Elder Races we weren’t to fare too badly at his hands, and again I erred. Perhaps the Sun was beginning to affect me.

    Slowly I glanced around the chamber—his own personal quarters judging by the wealth and luxury that had been expended on it. I have said that he was surrounded by women? That makes it sound like just a few—but there seemed to be scores of women here. And almost as many planetary races as there were women. His agents and slave raiders had done their job well. The place was full of women and girls culled—literally hand picked—from the beauties of a hundred far flung planet cities. From the looks of things, Sathanas had first choice of all the women his agents acquired for all of his illegal pleasure palaces that flourished in spite of all the laws of the Gods.

    p. 159

    Now there are some pleasure palaces run by wise men, and very good things they are too, but some are only “apparently” good, concealing hideous evil behind a perfect facade of beneficence. These were served by men (or creatures that walk like men) like Sathanas—surface good concealing abysmal and horrible depravity.

    All these beautiful women surrounding Sathanas were the end products of the hidden vices of the immortal Elder Races—vices that were unsuspected for a long time. True, these vice-ridden Elders were not very numerous, but, like every other race in Time, there are always some who do not measure up to the standard of the tribe—whether their lack is known or not. Perhaps certain ones have physical afflictions, and others, mental, but there always seems to be that little group that is incomplete or evil or decadent. Such was a certain element amongst the Elder Races—good and noble on the surface, but their minds were evil—or inclined to evil.

    Where there is a profit to be made from evil that men do or desire, there will be other men to act to gratify evil desires and line their pockets. That was what Sathanas was—a panderer possessing immortality and catering to a mass of immortal degenerates—to their lusts and cruelty, procuring for their lusts, women and girls and for their cruelty, men, women and children of a hundred different races and colors. Their cruelty demanded unconditioned victims, but their lusts required refinements—refinements that no one knows for how many years have been improved and intensified.

    These women around Sathanas, and I don’t know how many thousands of others, had been made into something that was part human and part pure horror—made into robot servants of vast and synthetic forces beyond their poor strength to fight in any way—made by forces that can, and do, mould and pervert even the best natured person into something that is not human—into a tool or instrument of

    p. 160

    pleasure, or an instrument of torture of the most insidious kind. Robot women whose minds the Elder mechanisms had perfected in some ways to beauty while other parts of their minds had been destroyed.

    Centuries of the control of stimulation rays had caused their thought processes to be—not thoughts of the normal human. Rather, they were merely mental reaction to outside stimulation. They served others’ purposes with the products of their minds as well as the motions of their bodies. The shape of their lips, the seductive sleekness of their bodies, the looks of longing and desire in their eyes. 17

    Footnotes
    160:17 SIRENS: The authors are of the opinion that the alterations done upon the slave women of the Nor vice rings, carried on less efficiently here on Earth in the past, may be the factual origin of worldwide legends of sirens and goddesses of love as differentiated from female deities supposed to oversee fertility and procreation.

    In the Hellenic Pantheon, Diana is usually imagined as the goddess of Fertility and Aphrodite, the goddess of Love. Thus, here we have the case where Aphrodite COULD have been an outstanding creation of some of the vice ring or perhaps merely one of those latter day, almost-immortal humans that, in legend, became the lesser Gods and Goddesses.

    In the legend of Ulysees, he had himself tied to the mast of his ship, after sealing the ears of his crew with wax, so that none of them could be beguiled by the enchanting voices of the sirens living on the treacherous, rock-bound shores. (In the story, certain female slaves were trained in various arts, much as the Geisha of Japan—specialists in various branches of entertainment.) Quite naturally, that would include girls that sang, and suppose that some of them were to escape? And, need we point out that these legends of sirens are almost world wide, but notably in Greece and in the Teutonic legends? Girls whose (“RAY-altered) voices were so compelling that even so primary an urge as self-preservation was thrown overboard in the victim’s attempt to get closer to these infinitely desirable voices.—Author.


    CHAPTER VII
    A Valuable Chunk of Meat
    The awe-struck Aesir with me didn’t guess that the voluptuous, desirable women around Sathanas were poor mindless creatures; machine-made to appeal to base masculine senses of some members of the immortal Elder Races. They didn’t know that what they gazed upon was false and inhuman. They knew only that they saw here women beautiful and desirable beyond their wildest dreams—the fevered dreams of the Earthmen that they were. Here were dream creatures smiling at them through half-lidded eyes . . . sending their blood racing. And mirroring the gaze of Sathanas’ women, the eyes of the young Aesir were pinwheels of hungry fire.

    Although it takes several moments to tell, I knew instantly what these women were—and a quick look at my new friend from fair Mu confirmed the fact that the agents and mech controllers of Sathanas had done their work well—the Aesir had lost their senses to the lure of the devil’s women.

    I looked at Arl. She, too, knew what lay behind all this unholy scenery and her little nose was raised, proudly disdainful. Her eyes stared past Sathanas and all the false finery around him.

    “My lovely Arl is just going to ignore all this. Good girl!” I chuckled to myself. But the chuckle died in my throat as I came to a halt in front of Sathanas—the hidden, deadly evil, ill-concealed in those smoky eyes didn’t promise much of enjoyment for us captives standing before him.

    p. 162

    He glanced up from the snowy throat he’d been kissing, and our eyes locked. At first, there was just that evil stare. Then . . . recognition! With that, he became alive and casually tossed the attentive female from his lap, as a normal man would dispose of a puppy when other business called. With a displeased frown the poor creature glared at me for interrupting her pleasure, but she scurried to one side, followed by the hungry eyes of the Aesir, for she was about the same size as they. Evidently she was a new acquisition. After dismissing her, Sathanas had placed both hands on the arms of his “stim” chair and looked at us from under his dark brows.

    Finally the dog deigned to speak.

    “Ah, my dear Mutan Mion,” the words were like the treacherous hiss of a deadly snake, and the smile that went with it was equally reptilian. “Ah, yes, and his lovely wife, the beautiful Arl.”

    When he mentioned her name, I would have strangled him had I been free to move . . . his using her name was profane. He had bowed as he spoke it.

    “You know, Fair Lady, the tales that are told do not do justice to the beauty that you do have. I am honored by this visit from such a famous pair. I have many times read the record of your progress in the past centuries. I am grieved that I must welcome you in such poor surroundings as my little craft provides.”

    I said nothing. In fact, I tried desperately not to think of anything that his thought-readers might find of value.

    “Oh, come, Mion, surely you haven’t lost that oratorical tongue that we have heard of so much? Can’t you speak?”

    “The less I say, the better, O mighty Sathanas. I am not numbered among your admirers.”

    At that he frowned. There was no use to hide the truth or crawl to his ego. I knew that a dozen telaugs were

    p. 163

    playing over us and certainly some of them transferred our thoughts to him. I didn’t care for him or any of his kind.

    Sathanas had looked like he was going to lose his temper, but he recovered his front of suavity. Just as he was ready to speak again, he was interrupted.

    The Aesir, Tyr, was more accustomed to lacing such characters than I and he had immediately adopted the best possible attitude for the moment.

    “Your majesty!” said Tyr, “the Arch-Angel of the heavens, the one mighty man of blood and war that I have always wanted to meet! Oh! Mighty One, that black flag of yours is the banner and desire of every warrior who reiishes true freedom!”

    Even with the information that his “spy” rays were undoubtedly sending him, this spontaneous flattery from Tyr caught Sathanas momentarily off his guard, and he frowned darkly . . . puzzled.

    “Why the gloomy frown?” asked Tyr. “Is the mighty Sathanas displeased at the offer of service from such fighters as these?” Tyr indicated the others. “Why only today, My Lord, we put the mighty Jotun to flight outside our city of Asgard . . . what better recommendation could a warrior bring you?”

    Tyr was doing a valiant job of bluffing, but he couldn’t know that the only “war” that Sathanas ever had any contact with was drunken space-men’s brawls, or violent kidnapings and perhaps in arranging the monetary details of warfare on some of the other “der” planets. The Aesir tried, but his bluff failed.

    At the mention of the battle outside the walls of Asgard, Sathanas blackened and shot to his feet. Some trinket or other that he had in his hand went violently to the floor.

    “So! . . . so!” The huge fiend was raging but not saying much. I could see his lips quivering with self-indulgent

    p. 164

    anger. “So! It was you, Mion, who pierced the hull of my best and newest battle ship! You . . . you are the upstart who is poking his nose into my affairs here in my refuge!”

    He had bunched his fist and stood shaking it under my nose while I stood still, not moving a muscle.

    “You insolent . . . you uncultured freak. It will not be you that carries the tale of my doings back to Nor! You can take the word of the Lord Sathanas for that!”

    The miserable cur emphasized his last remark with a slap on the face that would have earned him death had I not been held in the grip of a watching control-ray. I kept silent. There was nothing for me to say. Sathanas ranted on.

    “Centuries ago, you came to the Council Chambers on Nor and received more honors and recognition than all my labors have ever brought me. You rose steadily in power in the so-called government of Nor. And, as the final insult, you approach, no, you even eclipse the power of men three times your age!”

    He was being carried away by his own thwarted ambitions. The more he raved, the more he became flecked with foam, like a stallion raced too hard. He was stomping back and forth in front of us. Every eye in the room was watching him, and it was only our little group that wasn’t cowering at the sight and sound of his anger.

    “But, my dear MUTAN MION! Your . . . luck . . . has . . . ended! You are in my power now—I, who am now the open enemy of all the base servants of the Nor Empire, and I will see that you die . . . slowly, painfully!” He threw back his head and laughed like a man gone mad. “Haw! and those so dainty hounds of our so high God-head—that thrice cursed Nor Patrol—will receive the complete sensation record of your death, with my compliments!”

    That must have pleased him for he calmed down and smiled. “Ah ha, THAT should keep them somewhat less

    p. 165

    hot on my trail, knowing the painful fate of the great Mu-tan Mion who unluckily caught up with me. Me . . . Sathanas!”

    And he didn’t mean to miss any nuance of sadistic pleasure. He pranced over to where Arl was standing, his black cloven hooves making the only sound in the room. She still was staring past him as he stroked the little black beard he affected.

    His fevered eyes gazed up and down the glorious body of my beloved Arl and I swore to myself that if I were ever free I would tear those insulting eyes out with my own bare hands.

    “Beautiful!” He nodded. “Mion, your Arl is a very valuable looking chunk of meat 18.

    “At least, she will be valuable when my colleagues get finished with a few slight mental operations on her. No doubt you are familiar with the slight adjustments that we make on these lovely women’s minds to enhance their value? No? That’s a pity. And she is big, too. I’m sure there are some among the Nor men that will pay a pretty price to have such a sturdy plaything to take with them to the heavy planets. Perhaps I shall keep her here for my own use . . . for a little while, anyway. And, then, maybe I can reward one of the Jotun chiefs with her for certain favors that they have done me in the past.”

    p. 166

    Mustering his courage, he reached up, and stripped Arl of the few garments that she wore, the better to inspect his new property.

    “They say that Mion’s Arl is one of the most expert manipulators of the ‘stim’ machines. Mmmm, I believe I know where such a woman of her size and ability with ‘stim’ would bring a fortune, and the size of a Ruler’s ransom, too.”

    Evidently he was tired of merely taunting his captives without them saying anything, for he suddenly ordered, “Take them away!”

    Obeying his command, the heavy ray that had held us captive was released and some of the ship’s crew with small hand rays shackled us with them.

    They didn’t have them turned up to full power—they couldn’t have, because all I could feel was a slight drag. As soon as I realized what was up—that I was free—I raced for the throat of the fiend now returning to his couch, hurling his sycophants and dancing girls to the right and left like a farmer sowing grain. Just as my fingers were about to clench about his neck, a beam from one of the ever watchful servitors struck me down at his feet, a contorted bundle of agony. The epilepto-ray 19 that they used was the most painful known to Nor science—forbidden except for experimental laboratory work to discover a counter for it.

    I rolled in tortured convulsions on the floor. Just as my last grip on consciousness slipped from my grasp, I saw my lady Arl folding like a wounded bird and something that she had tried to use as a weapon fell from her grasp . . . or was that blood!

    p. 167

    Footnotes
    165:18 MEAT: Cannibalisim has been practiced for centuries in the now almost sterile caverns—dero eating tero, perhaps tero eating dero; both, it is suspected, capturing by means of the ancient “mech” (mechanism) surface people for food. They consider surface people merely a higher species of food-animal. Throughout the caverns, we of the surface are referred to, not as “surface” people, but “meat” people.

    No doubt the European dero ate heartily beneath the concentration camps. We suspect that it was they who activated the Nazis guarding the camps to the abysmal depths of depravity to which they descended. For centuries, the dero have been doing the same things—and worse—though on a smaller scale.

    The Jotuns were, no doubt, dealers in “meat” delicacies.—R. S. Shaver.

    166:19 EPILEPTO RAYS: The epilepto ray was originally intended for the use of the Elder Race’s Police. By means of it, primitive tribes, wild animals, and even rioting or uncontrollable members of the race itself could be broughtunder control, harmlessly. However, as with all the ancient mechanisms, the Elder scientists continually improved them, and at times these improvements called for regulation by the Ruling Council to limit their use to p. 167 insure the general safety of the entire race.

    Some of the epilepto ray projectors are still extant in the caverns here an Earth, and their use by the dero (degenerate humans) cause torment and paralysis to a lot of the surface people.

    The ray itself, in action, contorts every muscle of the victim’s body by means of an alternating current of synthetic pain-ray electric, the pulsations resulting in that spasmodic jerking so apparent in one suffering a so-called “epileptic” fit.—Author.


    CHAPTER VIII
    Under The Pain Ray
    “Oooooh, Mi . . . Mion . . .”

    Hearing these moans and my name through a fuzzy humming in my ears, I tried to open my eyes and raise myself up. I couldn’t. Then, gradually, with the return of consciousness, I realized that I was aching to the ends of my feet. I opened my eyes.

    Above my head was the cause of that aching I felt. Now that I was awake and conscious, it wasn’t just an ache, it was pain. There above my head was a slowly swinging pendulum, the end of which held a vari-pain ray lens and it was this sweeping motion of the ray that made me feel pain all over my body. I couldn’t move from under it. I tried, but the crew of the Satana had too much practice with binding captives in chains for me to do more than tighten a few of the more uncomfortable ones around my wrist and ankles. I could move my head, and turning around I saw whence came the moans and my name. The brave Aesir were chained down alongside me. That was fiendish—chaining Earthmen in range of a pain ray that was nearly killing a fifty foot immortal member of the Elder Races 20.

    p. 169

    They were moaning softly and I felt the tears come to my eyes with pride in these men that old Mother Mu could still produce. Men suffering agonizing torture and just barely moaning—the same as a young boy of, say, ten years being tortured on a crude Jotun rack without making a sound. They must be near crazy with the torment. I was myself. Sathanas, it seemed, did not intend to have his guests miss any of the dubious comforts that he could provide.

    I figured that we must be some place in the lower hold of the Satana—no ports were visible, just the blank dull metal walls. There was something missing, though I couldn’t decide exactly what.

    ARL!

    “Arl! Arl . . . where are you?” I called, thinking that perhaps she might be in the same cell as we, but placed so that I couldn’t see her. That hope was destroyed when Tyr, sobbing with the pain he was suffering, said, “My Lord . . . ugh . . . they didn’t bring her with us . . .”

    “Tyr, what did they do with her?” My concern for Arl made me forget for a moment the awful torment, the horrible spasms of pain that dropped like blood from our bodies.

    . . . I don’t know . . . Lord Mion! Are we dying? This . . . pain . . . I can’t stand it!”

    p. 170

    “Easy, friend Tyr,” I tried to comfort him, “they will not keep this up until we die . . . they’re too cruel for even that. This is just a sample of what we are in for. Courage, friends.”

    My beloved Arl . . what had these accursed fiends done to her? How long had I lain in this cell unconscious? Sathanas had admitted some of the foul things he planned for my wife. Had he had time to carry out some of them?

    I strained at the chains; I had to get free. I failed. And these poor Aesir warriors were near death with pain. Something had to be done. But what?

    I had it. Hypnosis!

    These men were of a lower mental calibre than myself, understandable when you realized that I had twenty centuries to develop while they had barely that many years. Hypnosis would serve two purposes—take their minds off the pain they were enduring and fill them with subconscious information that we might be able to use if the scales of Fortune fell in our direction.

    I commenced to talk to them, soothing their pain as much as I could with my voice. It wasn’t long until they were in that stage half way between total hypnosis and consciousness. That was the best I could do, considering that we were operating under extreme difficulties, being bound and continually swept with the vari-pain beam. From talking about them and their families to fix their interest, I had gradually worked the talk around to technical subjects. I wanted to teach them as much of spacemanship as I could under the circumstances.

    “At the mid-space-point between two attracting spatial bodies,” I explained, beginning with the most elementary principles of interstellar astrogation, “lies a thin ‘zone of neutralization’—a thin zone where all matter is weightless.”

    “We have heard you mention that before, Lord Mion,” spoke one of the Aesir from his bed of artificial pain.

    p. 171

    “Well, friends, that ‘zone of neutralization’ is important. It is the knowledge and the use of the peculiarities of the way all mass is inertially neutralized there that enables us to journey between the farthest stars.”

    “Why is that, Mion?”

    “Because, starting a star trip anywhere else would be impossible. There would be too much mass to overcome. It would be impossible to achieve the needed acceleration quick enough.”

    The Aesir were doing their best to follow what I was telling them—but now they could only groan.

    “It’s like . . . like . . . the difference between jumping off the top branch of a bushy tree and jumping off a wall. In the one, drag at the start slows you down somewhat, whereas, in going off the wall, there is nothing to slow your acceleration. Do you see, friends?”

    “Aye, Lord, we hear . .” They struggled to suppress the shrieks that hammered at their lips for voice.

    “Now, Warriors, listen carefully. It is there, in the ‘zone of complete lack of weight’ that all long, interstellar flights MUST begin . . . always remember to be very careful in pointing your ship on the exact course to your distant objective lest your course intersects another path where some object may lie that would destroy you in the event of a collision.”

    When they had indicated that they understood that, I continued.

    “Poised motionless in the exact center of the ‘zone,’ and pointing in the correct direction, the ship is given full power of all the plates 21 at once. Ordinarily, such instant application

    p. 172

    of all the power at rest would kill all the ship’s passengers, but at the EXACT center of the ‘zone’ ANY acceleration can be achieved without danger, depending upon the amount of power impetus.”

    Again they groaned acceptance of what I had said.

    “When you give your ship full throttle as I’ve told you, it will instantly attain vast velocity depending on the power of your ship’s plates and how carefully you balanced your ship in the center of the ‘zone’. Keep applying power, and in a short time you will find yourself far beyond your starting point. Like a flash you will be in the region of the stars which are unfamiliar to you, traveling at a speed your Earth brains cannot comprehend. If you were watching a spacer accelerate from the ‘zone’, it would seem to you that the ship had vanished. No motion would be seen. It would be there one moment and disappear the next—disappear into nothingness. Such is the speed of ships that fly between the stars. Using this tremendous speed, you can fling yourself far beyond the light of this deadly, evil Sun and within the regions of space that the Elder Races, the Gods of the Aesir, have chosen as their dwelling place.”

    “Would not we humans be in danger from the wrath of our Gods for daring to come to them, Lord Mion?”

    “No, my friends, once in the general area of the dark planets, you would soon be overtaken by some space patrol and, your intentions being understood, you would be helped in every way to find yourselves a home far from the deadly ‘de’, a home near those of the Gods. Have you understood?

    p. 173

    All four of the Aesir groaned their answer: “Aye, Lord Mion, we have understood . . . you . . . and will do as . . . you advise . . . if . . . there ever comes . . . the time when we are . . . free of the clutches of this Sathanas.”

    There were other things I explained to the Aesir, things like how the first light speed is achieved with a light impetus but as the interstellar space ships move into as much as fifty-speeds, the ‘ether drag’ increases on the order of one unit of drag to fifty units of light speed.

    Thus, the required impetus needed to achieve one light speed is increased by one for each additional fifty light speeds. Actually, no body in the known cosmos is ever entirely weightless, but there are conditions where a given mass or body loses apparent weight to the point where its weight is negligible. The best place to achieve this condition of weightlessness is that area that I’ve told you about . . . the area between the world or other spatial bodies that we term the “zone of weightlessness.”

    I went on and on with my talking and explaining, more to keep from thinking than from any hope of teaching these long suffering friends over-much. The pain, or rather, the perception of the pain, had gradually increased almost to the point of madness for the victim. No doubt the fiends that served Sathanas were making a thought record of all our sensations and words as the master of this depraved vessel had promised to send to my friends in the Nor Patrol.

    “Course must be plotted and ship poised exactly in the center of the zone . . .”

    “. . . hit such zones every time you pass between worlds . . . maintain acceleration . . .”

    The pain never stopped . . . on and on . . . pain . . .

    waves of agony . . . some smooth strokes of torment . . .

    “Use the devices that the builders have installed to determine the center . . . full throttle . . . trust instruments . . .”

    Flashes of memory came and went in the delirium of

    p. 174

    our fevered agony . . . what I said . . . gone . . .

    The young Aesir had good minds though very little real education. I could not have taught them any mathematics, even had my hands been free to do so. It would be fortunate, indeed, if they remembered any of the facts of space navigation that I was trying to get across to them. I, myself, am not certain of all that I told them. The longer we were chained under the vari-pain ray, the more our minds slipped from our conscious control. A living body can stand only so much of nerve vibration.

    This torment had been going on for hours . . . painful . . . moments of release when it reached the ends of its swings and then that laving with agony again.

    It may have been days . . . or weeks . . . I don’t know . . . just back and forth . . . pain.

    Footnotes
    168:20 SIZE OF THE ELDER RACE: The authors suggest that anyone interested get a copy of Charles Fort’s “Lo!” In Chapter Nine. he .discusses the findings, BY PRESENT DAY HUMANS, of the skeletons of huge creatures 40 to 65 feet in length. The conventional “scientific” explanation is that they are the skeletal remains of whales washed up on the shore. Fort refutes this sort of p. 169 illogic by pointing out that whales’ skeletons do not have BROAD HIP BONES.

    He also mentions a report from the LONDON DAILY NEWS. In it is recounted the dredging up of a large skull from the north of Scotland, of a size that the authorities claimed would fit an elephant, but it would have to have been a large one to boast eye-sockets a foot across. We suggest, for those interested in such research, that it MIGHT have been the skull, preserved somehow (or, perhaps, fairly recently dispatched), but a skull, nevertheless, of one of the ancient Giants that built the caves beneath our world. (Excerpt is from the Daily News, June 6, 1908.)

    If the eyes are a gauge of the full size of the completed skeleton, the creature (a member of the Elder Race?) would have to have been at least 40 feet tall.—Author.

    171:21 DRIVER PLATES: In the two thousand years since Mutan’s visit to Earth, the ships used by him have developed and adopted the drive plate instead of the gas jet drive. Both are rocket drives in principle, but different in detail. The drive is an alloy metal that decomposes into a repellant electric flow very much like gravity in reverse. Things fall away from the plate when certain frequencies of dis-electric are applied to the plate. The resultant impulse p. 172 is rendered useful by a reflecting material, opaque to the drive flow, on the side of the plate nearest the ship. Hence all the repellant flow is directed backward—giving a drive like a rocket in principle but very different in detail. This is the drive generally used in the ancient ships—though there are several distinct types of drives—and ships from widely separated civilizations lying about the caverns, still today existant, and in some cases still usable.—Author.


    CHAPTER IX
    Seizing the Satana
    As one will, under the ‘der’ influence of a sun that burns heavy metals and makes men’s minds function in evil error, I had spent my time waiting for—what? Some silly pap to my vanity—a feather in my cap that would be mine had I captured this fellow Sathanas single-handed. And what had the ‘der’ sun led me to? Capture—and worse, torture for myself and my four valiant companions . . . and . . . the Gods of Space only know what horrible fate for my lovely Arl. True, I had some idea that Sathanas was not going to kill me—that would have been too merciful for his evil dero soul. No, he meant to prolong my torment to its last groan, preferably, hoping that it would take years for me to groan my last.

    “That was small consolation, knowing that he wasn’t going to kill me. But, a human body can stand only so much. My companions had fainted long ago. I must have fainted several times myself. I was aware of several periods of consciousness. Perhaps that fiend was merely reviving me in order to see my huge frame collapse again in an effeminate faint that would have given him great pleasure, no doubt.

    But, as I say, I revived the last time. And, from somewhere within me came rage—rage that lent my tortured body strength . . . strength that Vanue’s marvelous

    p. 176

    nutrients 22 had given me, over and above my natural inheritance.

    Had Sathanas known all that Vanue knew about nutrient and beneficial rays, he probably would not have become what he was, but instead he would have grown into a wise and noble man. As it was, his men had failed fully to realize the tremendous power that had been grown into my limbs. I didn’t know it myself until that final moment when my agonized body could take no more and with supreme rage and pain, a mighty roar issued from my straining throat and I heaved on the chains that held me strapped to the floor—heaved until I could feel the warm blood from my lacerated wrists.

    There was a sight—a mighty fifty-foot God-man flat on his back, his head thrown hard against the floor, his back arched with the massive, bowed muscles that quivered with the last supreme, flayed effort for a futile final flail against its bonds. Suddenly, my cry of rage turned to one of joy—sheer animal joy. One of the chains had pulled loose from the moorings in the floor! A catlike smile lighted my face as I grasped the chain on my other arm and pulled with savage joy on that mere chain with both my massive

    p. 177

    arms. It came free!

    With both arms unchained, it was the work of a moment to loose myself of the chains binding my feet and I stood up. Free! Free, for the first time in hours . . . or was it days? Released from my bonds, but not entirely free as I learned after a moment’s thought. I still had to get out of this cell—but I was standing, and on my feet. I could fight now.

    I stepped from under the vari-pain beam, and, at once, I disposed of that with one vicious swipe of my balled fist. Then, 1 set about freeing my unconscious companions. That was done in a moment.

    The five of us were released from our bonds. The only thing between us and complete freedom was a metal door and the crew of this war vessel of Sathanas’ fleet, perhaps some three or four hundred men of the approximate size of myself. Quite a formidable obstacle under normal circumstances, but, just out of my bonds as I was, it didn’t seem unconquerable. There was something in being able to move one’s limbs that make other difficulties seem of less importance and of no consequence.

    After making certain that my four Aesir were still living and would soon snap out of their stupor, I tried the metal door. It seemed strong enough. Then I really put my strength to the handle and with an oath to the unknown gods of spacemen, I braced my legs against the wall and pulled. The sweat stood out on my brow, my muscles ached with the tremendous load, the calves of my legs were quivering with the awful strain—then, with a shriek of tortured metal, the lock tore out and the door flew open, flinging me to the floor with the sudden reaction. I sprawled on the deck, a very much surprised and bruised God.

    When breath finally came back to me, I mumbled something about “Our friend Sathanas must have been too unwise in some of his remarks to our Nortan engineers for such a weak bit of equipment to be installed in a warship

    p. 178

    [paragraph continues]. . . ha! Serves him right!”

    It was true. There are no finer craftsmen anywhere in all the known cosmos, yet they are sometimes prone to strike back, thusly, for some slight insult—letting inferior work pass as O.K. Then, one day, the one that insulted will find his mech failing when he needs it most. It pays to be courteous and considerate with everyone, I have found in twenty centuries of ruling. It pays.

    Where this monster ship was heading, I had no idea. I did have the idea that I didn’t wish to go wherever it was going—it no doubt wouldn’t have been healthy.

    My reverie was interrupted by a moan. I looked to the Aesir who were beginning to stir themselves. Tyr was the first to come to, and with his help we soon had the other three on their feet and spoiling for a fight, We all wanted vengeance for that period under the vari-pain machine, and we meant to get it.

    Out the door I went, the four Aesir stalking behind me, an eager light in their eyes and a look of supreme faith in my judgment and ability on their faces.

    We rounded a curve in the companionway and nearly barged into a ray-post unannounced. At the controls of the huge space gun sat a big Angle in the uniform of Sathanas’ service, on watch for some sign of the Nor Patrol.

    “Let’s take ’im!” I yelled, bounding forward at the same time, seizing the man’s arms and twisting them back and up. The Aesir needed no second urging. They swarmed over the huge fellow, one of them standing on his lap and stuffing part of his coat in the Angle’s mouth to smother any outcry.

    “Get his weapons, Tyr!” I ordered.

    Tyr was tugging at the warrior’s weapon belt and it came free. I couldn’t help laughing, even in so crucial a moment, at the startled look on the fellow’s face. Evidently he had never expected this. The fellow’s dis gun Tyr gave to Vol, then he pulled out his flame sword and finding it

    p. 179

    too big, asked if I wanted it. I shook my head, “No, Tyr, it too small for me.” He flung it aside.

    “Come with me, my evil friend,” I said to the fellow whose arms must have been hurting him for the way I had them twisted behind him. With my invitation, I pulled the big guy to his feet and propelled him along in front of me down the corridor.

    Adjacent to the cargo compartment where we had lain I had noticed another empty cell. I hurled our captive into it and locked the door.

    Vi, one of the Aesir, shot a penetrative ray through the door and we could see the big one struggling to his feet. “Give him the epilepto-ray, Vi,” I ordered.

    Flicking a little lever on the barrel of the gun he held, the ray changed color slightly and we could see the poor dupe in the cell fall, writhing in pain, to the floor. Well, we had had a lot worse at their hands. When he stopped moving, we knew he was paralyzed for the next few hours.

    I began to like these Aesir more and more. There is something in the way a fighting man operates that gladdens the heart of another warrior, and these Aesir had jumped to action with alacrity that would have done credit to the noblest of the Nor. And Tyr was the best of the four. There is nothing that can replace experience in battle, and they all had that and more. Tyr, though, was a companion that I would find myself reluctant to give up . . . quiet, but quick . . . reflective and slow of speech, but fast as a snake when necessity called. There are few like him, yet, according to the Nor medicoes, such men as Tyr are hopelessly infected with the evil of the sun and are not fit to bear the sons of future Nor citizens. Bah! Those medics are soft from easy living, say I. The Gods have their ailments, and an easy, too well provided life, with too little danger, is one of them. For myself, I am determined to go my own way in this question of retrieving the sons of man from the Sun-evil.

    p. 180

    I looked about for a second, deciding what to do next—not so Tyr. When he had locked the Angle in the cell safely, he had sprung back to our captive’s ray-post and had swung the weapon around so as to cover the inside of the ship, rendering the whole craft visible to the screens within the post.

    Before it had occurred to my reputedly superior mind to do so, Tyr had activated the sleeper ray—one ray which he knew was invisible—and had put half the ship’s crew to sleep with it. Then, I took Tyr’s place at the ray’s controls, which was probably unwise, and swept the ship clean of conscious life.

    I returned the view beam to its former position, angling slightly ahead to watch for other ships, when I saw a black shape cruising beside our own.

    Scanning three hundred sixty degrees around the ship, I counted fifty of Sathanas’ ships which had joined him since we had been captured.

    “Oh-oh! This is a different problem entirely.” I spoke to no one in particular. “This is going to require some thought.”

    I made one last swift search of the inside of what was now our ship, trying to find a trace of Arl. I failed. I had time for nothing more, for even though we had the flagship of Sathanas’ fleet in our hands, that ship was surrounded by fifty of the enemy loyal to Sathanas, and more than willing to dispose of any Nortans—one Mutan Mion in particular. We had to get our ship out of there before we were discovered or be shot like roosting pigeons. At any moment one of the ships alongside of us would throw a view ray into the Satana for some purpose or other and our little game would be all over. I had no doubt that instant death would be our fate in the event of discovery.

    Tyr again took the ray while I raced forward to the control bridge. It would have been too complicated for any of the Aesir to navigate this ship, and, besides, most

    p. 181

    of the weapons were too huge for anyone but the size of Arl or me. And where in the name of the Gods of Space was Arl?

    Quickly I placed a mind control ray upon the ship’s commander, one ugly fellow, Haltor by name. Standing him upon his feet by sheer strength of synthetic nerve-current command, I walked him toward the general televisor which was set to contact all of the ships of the fleet at once. I had him rasp out a few words as though in a great hurry at some sudden emergency.

    “Commander Haltor to all ship commanders. Unforeseen emergency makes necessary a return to Earth for certain valuable material that was overlooked. The fleet will continue on its present course to destination. We will rejoin you as soon as we are able.”

    Not giving them time to question or to think about the orders, I swung the huge Satana in a short, tight arc that glued all of us to our seats under a half dozen gravities, and accelerated the ship on a return course. We were near a zone of weightlessness or the maneuver could not have been accomplished at the speed we were traveling. The High Commander Haltor I dropped unceremoniously to the deck where he resumed his interrupted slumber.

    If I only had used that time of the return to Mu to everlastingly eliminate the ‘great’ Sathanas. But one’s mind never functions correctly near Old Sol. One should figure out what to do, then do the opposite, when near this sun. I had decided to take Sathanas and his crew to Mu and leave them in the hands of the Aesir as a means of education for themselves. They could use the minds under telemach telaugs for a ready reference library of space travel and other needed information, and in a year or more be ready for a migration to a more beneficient energy field on some other planet. It was not a perfect solution to my problems, for Sathanas was not disposed of as the Nor Elders would have wished, but it did justice to the Aesir,

    p. 182

    and at the same time made it unnecessary for me to stay an illegal length of time upon the Earth.

    But some ray from the fleet had caught a glimpse of the sleepers who should not have been sleeping, in tumbled positions everywhere about the ship. As I accelerated full back upon the return trail, out behind me I could see the fleet winging sharply around to turn upon me. Now I was the hunted. I prayed for the sight of a Nor patrol ship, but nothing showed in any direction. The ships behind me formed a ‘V’ of pursuit—being the quarry, I had the unpleasant feeling the formation was a spear point poised at my back. I was nearly helpless, for the massive guns of the great ship were not built to be fired by small men, or a few men, and I myself had to stay at the ship’s controls. But I could leave her under robot control while I left for a short time to swing the big guns of the turrets for the smaller Aesir to fire. This I did and ran up into the master turret and swung a huge dis-ray in a vicious circle at the trailing ships. They did not want too close a taste of this. It was probable that the whole fleet was so built that this one ship could dominate it, for Sathanas did have sense enough to know that the type of men he used would be the type of men apt to find a reason to turn upon any domination. But they did not drop the pursuit. I might have shaken off one ship by a series of swift accelerations and change of course at each flash into invisibility of light speed, but to lose fifty pursuers was too much to expect. Too, it is dangerous to try complete acceleration thusly, for one may have miscalculated the weight in the haste of battle, and the figures on the sheet, suddenly resolved into actual force in the driver plates, would smear us against the metal walls—just so much human hash. In full speed flight, such maneuvers can be suicide without full checking by several sharp minds for error.

    The ship began to heat under the combined fire of the rays from the whole circle of pursuit. I had to do something

    p. 183

    fast. The old hostage gag was in my mind, but would these pursuers care what happened to Sathanas, or would they seize the excuse to make me rid them of their master? Well, I would soon find out.

    I sped into the sealed chamber which Sathanas used to bask in his special nutrient and stimulative pleasures. About him lay his women in sleep and upon a bed of spikes from which still coruscated the blue fire of synthetic pain, lay one of the women in torture. I had time to throw the switch on the pain juice, for no sleeper ray could have put that torture distended body to sleep. Now I understood Sathanas. He was an ordinary idiot like Ex-Elder Zeit, who must always be plaguing some poor devil to death. And no man can do much thinking if he is always busy torturing some unlucky mortal.

    I drew the flame sword I had appropriated from one of the sleepers who was my size. Holding its point a little way from his breast, I gave his sleeping body a slight taste of its potent destructive power. He screamed into wakefulness. Such screams from a full grown man—a God almost. A bystander would have thought I hurt him. Maybe I did cause him pain at that—I hope so.

    “Now, you overgrown hunk of diseased meat,” I ordered him. “Will you call off that fleet or must I kill you?” I activated the telescreen beside the dais and upon it appeared the fleet, a great crescent of powerful shapes. “Step up and speak!”

    Sathanas was suddenly reasonable. He stepped to the screen and showed himself. “It may be best for you to fall back away out of range, while the lord of Mandark under Van of Nor has time to discuss a little business with me. You can use the time to dispatch that little package of stuff on its way to the rendezvous. I can use it if it is safely there. I am a hostage and his terms must be understood.”

    The fire from the fleet ceased. It was none too soon, either. Probably they had supposed Sathanas was dead

    p. 184

    as well as the crew. Although the hull was not pierced, many of the sleepers had died from the rays upon us. They dropped away from us swiftly. Soon they were but hovering dots upon the far ray-view horizon, hundreds of miles astern. I kept the televisor upon the fleet. There was little discussion among them. They were just awaiting my next move. One ship moved off from the fleet and returned again upon the course we had just traveled along. Quickly I learned the reason for this action. Putting the question into the mind of one of the officers of the distant fleet, I was struck dumb by his answer, automatic and unconscious as I knew the thought was to him. I couldn’t believe it. The mystery of our fruitless search for Arl aboard ship suddenly became clear to me. The answer in the man’s mind was: “The ship is taking the great bodied queen of the giant Mutan Mion, beautiful Arl, to the place where women are made into love machines and automatons of the pleasure science. She will be a valuable stim operator after her will is removed and the will to pleasure only placed in her. Her beauty will be much sought after by the great ones. I wish I was getting the money someone will get for her from the dark ones of the evil palace of pleasure science.”

    Arl! It couldn’t be another. And she was being taken from me. While I was still digesting the horrible facts, the ship disappeared.

    Footnotes
    176:22 NUTRIENTS: These nutrients are based on the hydrogen ion flow in the body. Most of the electric by which the greatest electrical machine known (human body) operates is borne about the body as a charge upon a flow of hydrogen ions. The ancients had developed a method of superimposing upon the hydrogen ion charges of certain energy flows not electric as we know it. These were borne into the body upon rays, where they become a part of the charge upon the hydrogen ion flow within the body’s batteries, and are there borne to all the functioning parts of the flesh to be absorbed directly by the flesh. These rays—nutrient in nature—were formed directly from energy ash, the stuff of which all matter is formed. As well they had methods of ionizing and rendering absorbable by the body such nutrients as we call vitamins. These volatile essences of nutrient foods they ionized and introduced into the blood stream as “nutrient rays”—driven through the air by electric pressure and sometimes by super-sonic force. These ions were charged in a complementary way that made them attractable by the ordinary body electric charge.—Author.


    CHAPTER X
    A Satanic Hostage
    1 looked at Sathanas’ face as he heard me read the man’s thought over the distance telaug beam. He leered his sardonic and famous smile which he used only when he counted coup over some enemy. I juiced him a little with the flame sword and he sank half dead at my feet. I had lost all sympathy for the romance of evil as personified by Sathanas. He cost too much to have around. Arl was lost to me forever, unless I regained her soon, for a woman’s soul cannot be replaced in her body once it is removed from her mind. I might get Arl back, but it did not look as though she would be anything but a smiling automaton to my wishes—a woman without volition or real thought. Well, I would regain her, anyway. Some Arl would be better than no Arl. I said as much to Sathanas: “So you prefer your woman in the condition in which you are putting my Arl. Yet, you do me the favor of doing the same thing to my Arl who was always too self-willed for my comfort. You have done me a favor, Sathanas, for which I will show my gratitude in due time. Meanwhile, stop that leering, I don’t like it. A flame sword is a weapon that throws off a red flaming beam of destructive ions in any direction it is pointed,” I explained to his agonized face, “and just now it is pointed at you, so don’t try being so very clever. Even a God’s patience can be exhausted by a fool’s asinine facial expression.” Sathanas altered his leering.

    Meanwhile I had a problem on my hands. There was nothing I could do about Arl except try to heal her again

    p. 186

    once I got her back. The hovering fleet was just awaiting my next move. So was I. I had to keep Sathanas in my hands. I dosed him with sleeper beams to quiet the contortions of his face, then I turned toward the ship’s controls keeping us headed for Mu. I didn’t use any more speed. In his present state, Sathanas was no gift for the Aesir, and I had the fleet hot on my heels. I sat down to think.

    At last it struck me! My ship, the Darkome, was the answer. It lay where I had left it, if the crew had followed my orders. I could not try to contact the Nor patrol by radio from the Satana, as the wave lengths of the apparatus were known and watched by the pursuing fleet. To try this would only invite attack by Sathanas’ ships. Their allegiance to their master would not be so great that they would wait quietly by while I called the whole strength of vast Nor down upon them. I knew that it was only because I had not attempted this that they did not continue their attack in spite of my threat upon their master’s life. But, if I could set a course near enough to the Darkome, if the crew of the waiting ship were on the alert and saw the whole string of enemy ships course overhead, and if none of the ships of Sathanas’ saw the dark shape of the Darkome in the shadows of the rocks of the moon’s surface, if all these things worked out correctly, then the Darkome would contact the Nor patrol over our secret wave lengths and the fleet behind us couldn’t possibly have the slightest idea of any strategy.

    If the Darkome lay where I had placed her, well under the shadow of a mighty meteor crater’s wall, it was possible that the fleet could pass overhead without detecting her presence—unless the crew had placed a light for my guidance. That worried me—but I had given orders not to do so. The ordinary space radio is on a wave length known to everyone, but for secret communication the radio panel of Nor war ships contained several switches for different types of messages, and the radio, after such switches

    p. 187

    were thrown, operated on a wave length known to none but the construction men on the home planet. The receivers were also set up in the same manner so that secret messages could be heard only by commanders of ships of the intelligence branch according to which switch was set for the broadcast. Too, directional beam transmission cut down the chance of the message being intercepted by the Satanists. It might work. I stepped on the plate dis-flow button, my speed shot up to an uncomfortable acceleration. We shot past the moon, right over the Darkome’s position. Whether she lay where I last left her or had gone in search of me, I could not tell. The place was all in the dark shadow of the mountains of the moon. I could not drop a beam to her without betraying her position. If she lay there, and if the fleet behind me failed to observe her, the chances were good that Nor ships would soon be coming toward our position at a good hundred light speeds. The men of the Darkome would hardly miss the sight and thunder of our drivers overhead. This was my only chance for escape from this Arch-fiend whose power over me still held, though he lay nearly dead at my feet.

    Now, my problems were multiplied. First, I had to complete the capture and death of Sathanas. Second, I had to rescue my Arl from a secret stronghold of sin, the location of which I hadn’t the faintest idea. Third, I had to turn over a brain to the Aesir for them to use to escape the sun-age death which I had sworn would not consume them. To stop me were the fifty great ships of war waiting impatiently overhead for me to conclude my conference with Sathanas and release him and his ship. It was ridiculous of them but they apparently expected me to strike a bargain with Sathanas and to take his word for a contract while I went about my business. Such is evil thought—ridiculous upon analysis. It was obvious to me that there was no way for me to release Sathanas from my hands except by death. I couldn’t trust his word in the slightest; yet, to a logical man,

    p. 188

    there was no other thing that fleet was waiting for. Then they could come flaming in with all rays blasting. Some of them would have died. But certainly so would have the Satana and myself and her master gone up with her. What was I supposed to do with him—in their minds? I can never understand evil.

    Why didn’t they give the ship a flood of sleeper ray? Because we would have gone spinning down to Earth and not one of them could have stopped our fall, for the weight of the great ship was too much for their cargo magnetic grapple rays. The truth was that they were just waiting and so was I. Well, I had more to wait for than they, but they didn’t know it. It is possible, too, that they thought me fool enough to trust the word of their master to release me and to restore Arl in return for his life.

    Why didn’t I kill him? I thought I might have to reenact the threat scene with the flame sword at his breast over the televisor to convince them I still meant business, and while that possibility existed, keeping him alive was a good investment.

    I could not land the ship on Mu, for if a sleeper beam was used on the whole ship, Sathanas and I would have been taken alive.

    I hung the ship on her driver beams’ balance at fifty miles over the rocks and waited. But, I kept my hand on the controls in such a way that should a sleeper beam drop me unconscious, the ship would drop with me. We waited while I kept up a running fire of conversation with the now awakened Sathanas. Quickly I figured out these angles and awakened him as I saw my safety lay in pretending to dicker with him for some understanding. The fool believed me and was promising to set me off at Quanto, a base that was safe for him to approach, not being heavily defended, and leave me there after he had returned Arl to me. He assured me that the place where she had been sent was not far away. But, I knew as well as I know Arl’s face,

    p. 189

    that he was lying. I did not have to look at the telaug needles to see the false needle vibrating in the red zone of der thought. No truth ever comes out of a man when he is in der, and all of Sathanas’ thoughts were full of der—I knew that quite well. Yet, the man could live and other men could follow him. Why won’t men study the lessons provided them to help them over the ever present opposition of dero which they are continually warned against? I can tell you—they are another kind of errant—a mentally blinded errant who cannot see because they will not look. Why don’t they look? Because the der is in their will, too. How could Nor men have a der will when it is checked for continually? Because Sathanas, whose defection was hidden from the medicos by his doting family, had put the der will in them himself with cleverly contrived de-stim rays. After they had been fully infected with the deadly radioactivity, they had been ripe for his plans. How could Sathanas know so much about der as to use it on his own men to make them tractable to his will, and yet not understand the need for removing the radio-active material from his mind that caused his own err. Because Sathanas was mad, and a madman is not logical. ‘Der’ is a good thing to understand and I had studied it a long time.

    Hanging there above old Mu, my four Aesir friends waiting with glum faces, I felt like a fly hung up in a spider web. But, somehow I knew that the wasp was coming for these spiders. Standing at the controls, I would doze for an instant, and the great Satana would start her long deadly plunge to the surface of Earth. The sudden drop would awaken me, or the Aesir would shake me awake and I would bring the ship back to its former position. Still faintly dotting the far ray-view horizon lay the fleet of the Satanists watching their master’s ship. Sooner or later they would figure out that there was nothing to wait for, and would speed off, for there was no other choice left to them. They could do him no good now, for his fate

    p. 190

    was in my hands. As this became clear to their officers, one by one they deserted the vigil, flashing out of sight into immense speed to . . . to where? I wish I knew. Some of them would be smoked out in a hurry once I got my hands on the Darkome again.

    At last I saw what I was waiting for—the Dread.Nors of the Nor Patrol suddenly swooping out of the invisibility of light speed into the visible ranges of movement as they braked their fight between the Moon and Earth where braking could be done without danger from weight’s inertia. It can seem like magic—this speeding from weightless point of space to weightless point at the speed of many light velocities. One instant you are here, and the next your ship has arrived . . . if the automatic ultrafast relays have tripped your drive and brake rockets correctly. If they fail, you would not live to talk about it. It is delicate stuff to plot such courses—to handle shiploads of men whose lives hang on their hair-breath of mental coordination necessary to set all the instruments aright before you take your course. To avoid disastrous inertia at start and stop is a feat, indeed.

    Instantly, the patrol went into action. A moment before, the sky had been completely empty, then, suddenly, the Nor-ships appeared—guns blasting at the Satanists, like ships coming from the fourth dimension of ultra-speed into the three dimensions of visible speeds. One by one the ships of Satan’s fleet dropped blazing into the seas of Earth. I grinned down at the semi-conscious Sathanas. “It seems that I win, O Lord of Foolishness and Evil, who turns on better men than himself who have done him no wrong. Soon your fleet will be no more. What do you think they will do with you?”

    I gave his head a little ben-ray so that he would be able to answer me and be able to realize and suffer from the realization of his position. His answer was a snarl of hatred. “You may have won this time, but there will come

    p. 191

    another day, Mutan Mion.”

    “If I know my Nor leaders, there will be no other day. However, you can win my support if you tell me where they have taken Arl. I will claim you as my captive and make sure that you live if you tell me where I can find my beloved.”

    Sathanas, as I had known he would, caved in immediately and told me the position of the pleasure science center where Arl had been taken. Although he had probably sworn a dozen mighty and terrible oaths not to reveal to

    Nor men any detail of the place, he did so at the first sign that it might be of value in saving his life. And like all evil men, he expected me to keep my word to one who would betray a trust without any provocation. Why? Because he knew my reputation as a man who keeps his word. Well, to keep that reputation, which at times has a great value, I would keep my word to the Arch-fiend. I would save him and turn him over to the Aesir as a walking map of the heavens where his evil life would at least find a use—a real use in making Gods and immortals out of worthy mortals.

    As I wrote down the position of the place Sathanas described, I qualified my promise. to him. “However, I promise that you will never again lead men to death . . . you are through with power.”

    The remaining ships of the Satanists’ fleet raised the signal of surrender and were herded in beside our own floating giant which had hoisted the white flag as the first blast of power from a Nor driver was seen on the detectors. In less time than it takes to tell, the Satana was swarming with clean cut men in the smart, glittering uniforms of the Nor Patrol—efficiency and law backed up by cool shiny dis guns, and ordered in clipped stern voices.

    The Satanists never had a chance once their position we known. And well they knew it, too. I was never so glad to see anyone as that sharpfaced young officer who

    p. 192

    boarded us and cheerfully rubbed my position in to me. I showed him the mighty Sathanas coiled up in an agonized heap of epilepto-ray-charge, for I had no desire of a reputation for softness among the patrol man, and had dosed him with epilepto-ray as they drew alongside. His smile of triumph was very warm and pleasant. He fully understood the predicament he had rescued me from and I knew that he never intended to forget this episode. “‘How Mion got hold of the devil and couldn’t let go . . .’” was the story I would hear many times before I moved on to the heavy planets.

    “Opportune, our arrival, wasn’t it, sir? You are the Earthman, Mutan Mion of Nor, now of Van of Nor? Yes, I know much of you, but I have never had the pleasure of meeting you.”

    I shook his hand, not minding the implied sarcasm. “Yes, you saved me from a nasty situation. I was captured by the big fellow as I returned from a trip to Earth. We managed to take the ship from his crew just as this fleet showed up to the rendezvous here. We were safe because we still held Sathanas alive, but how to let go—how to get away from that bunch of armored battlewagons, I couldn’t figure.”

    “Well, I guess it’s all over now. We have only to take his nibs back to Nor and turn him and his remaining followers in.” The young officer’s face was greatly relieved that there was no more trouble in this affair for him. But I dashed his hopes.

    “That’s not entirely true, my friend. A few hours ago he sent my Lady Arl to a place that is called the “Pleasure Science Center.” She is to be the victim of a mind degrading operation, and afterward is to be sold as a slave to some commercial pleasure palace of the illegal type. Much of Sathanas’ business was of this pandering kind and we are apt to find many a maid of Nor there who has been or will be changed into the sort of animal Sathanas prefers

    p. 193

    around him. We have no choice but to attack the place, however far or however strong it may be, according to the oath we swear when we take service under the Nor flag. Remember the words: ‘To uphold the honor of Nortan womanhood at the expense even of our life or reason—to risk all dangers for the sake of extending the rule of reason through all space . . .’”

    “I did not know, Lord Mion. The businesses of Sathanas are much larger than Sathanas, that I do know. But of the Lady Arl or of any other Nor maidens who are in their hands, I did not know. Where is this place they have sent her? We must prepare an attack, of course, but that is something we must not rush headlong into. We know little about the strength of these illegal cults. They have only been uncovered among the Nor since the exposure of Sathanas.”

    “There is no time for the usual procedure of preparation for war. They will start work on Arl at once after she arrives. I don’t intend to wait for that to happen. I have the position of the place. To get this, I bargained with Sathanas, promising him his life for the information. If he has lied, he dies. He is going to accompany me so that I may read his mind en route and learn all he knows of the thing. Whether or not you and the ships under your command accompany me is up to you or your superior officer at the base. The Darkome is under my command and the Darkome leaves at once to rescue Arl from the place called the Center of the Science of Pleasure. Its true name is more correctly the Place of Evil Lust, or it should be. Sathanas’ ship and his own ugly self are both mine by right of capture, according to the Code of Nor. So, I have two ships to fling at this focus of evil.”

    “Where is the place?” asked the young commander—young to me, meaning he was but a century or two my junior. He was my senior in the patrol, but I was not under his command. In the Nor Military Organization,

    p. 194

    a man is responsible only to those officers who are designated over him, that is, I could be overruled by him only after he reported to my superiors.

    “It lies on the rim of the light of Fomalhaut, twenty some light years from this spot. Fomalhaut, itself, can be reached in four days accelerating from the zone of weightlessness between Saturn and Jupiter—in this system, Saturn and Jupiter are the sixth and fifth planets from the sun, respectively. At steady acceleration, we should reach fourteen hundred light speeds in a few hours. It is unwise to accelerate to a greater rate for such a short trip, so it will take us four days.”

    “Four days seems like a lot of time for even a short trip like this one,” countered the young commander.

    “Under normal circumstances that would be true, but 1 want to decelerate out of the ultra speeds near the sub-planet Pandral—but not too near. That’s what will take the time.”

    “Pandral, Lord Mion? I can’t recall ever having heard of it before.”

    “Neither had I until I read Sathanas’ mind—but that is where these fiends have taken the Lady Arl—and that’s where I am determined to go—alone, if need be.”

    “You will not have to go alone, Lord Mion—but, first, let us take another look at Sathanas’ brain. If the place looks vulnerable, we will chance it. If not, we will report the place—and then scout it for the arrival of a real battle force.”

    I shook the man’s hand. He was not over-cautious or too subservient to ritual—the only mark of evil that one can find in the clean race of the Nor. He was a man. We set the course at once and blasted off into the ultra speed that is used on such journeys. Some eighty light speeds we attained at one jolt from the center of no-weight between Moon and Earth. I set the pursuit needle to seek out the trail of the ship that had borne Arl away to her ‘life of

    p. 195

    pleasure’ as these fiends ironically called condemning a human to a mindless life of slavery to evil desire. With another set of blasts from the ro-pilot as we passed between Saturn and Jupiter, we attained fourteen hundred light speeds—all that we required.

    Then we put the telaug on Sathanas’ mind and sat down to the job of examining every picture it contained that in any way related to our objective and the force that defended its evil existence. There was a great deal to know—to learn, we found. For many centuries this place—its true name was Pandral—had been in the business of manufacturing and peddling slaves for the Hell-holes of the rims of the Nor Empire. Like every great empire, Nor’s sway extended only so far, and where her authority stopped, there lived her parasites, those who pandered to the thoughtless sybarites of the Empire who sought outside Nor what could not be obtained where her law prevailed. The very absoluteness and thoroughness of Nor police work gave them their opportunity, for those thirsts of evil origin could not be quenched in Nor, but those who thirst will drink some way, and so Normen themselves supported their worst enemies—just as they do in less intelligent worlds.


    CHAPTER XI
    Plot Against Pandral
    Pandral was a planetoid about two thousand miles in diameter. To the eye, it was a lifeless ball, but so are all Nor planets and planetoids. There is not much use in their concealment, and the modern Nor are dropping the custom, but the ancient precaution of concealing all surface work to cut down the value of enemy observation from the exterior still exists, though there are few enemies for Nor to worry over any more. Within, Pandral was an exquisitely designed pleasure palace—all two thousand miles of it—honeycombed with the chambers that the life science of Nor knows so well how to build—honeycombed with the caverns of. our Ancient Race as is Mother Mu. Within these vast chambers where all imaginable conditions of life are reproduced, life was studied, not for what value could be made of it, but for what could be made from it for profit—what attractions could be created which the nature of man would be unable to resist. This creation of bait for the sucker was the prime purpose of Pandral’s existence. They did not create pleasure for itself; they created lures on which the rich fish would inevitably bite. Once hooked, the fish was exposed to their blackmail which was the source of their profit. He had no way of retaliating for fear of exposure to the Nor police system, and so Pandral extracted a great part of the income from the pockets of the weaker great of Nor. This process of milking Nor had gone on so long that it was practically taken for granted as not really evil but a natural result of the

    p. 197

    existence of fools with money in their pockets—and no prosperous nation can avoid creating bulging pockets—even those of fools. But, the true evil of Pandral was very carefully hidden beneath a vast network of subtle propaganda and more sinister fear of their strength which kept those mouths closed which might have remedied the evil. This was the cover which hid the business of creating those creatures which Sathanas had so great a taste for—those without minds except in the pursuit of pleasure. Well, be that as it may, we knew what Pandral was, but did nothing about it for the reason that they were very careful about whom they hurt and had so far managed to avoid antagonizing anyone strong enough to trim their spreading power. It was high time, I realized, that more was known of these dives which grew so prolifically about the far spread boundaries of the Nor Empire. Again I was struck by a thing I can never understand—how can great minds make such fearful mistakes? Here was Nor, with the greatest minds of space at her helf, surrounded by festering evil which she apparently did not even know existed. But, then, did I know those minds I so firmly believed in? No. I only believed in them because I knew a few such minds as the Princess Vanue’s. Again I was struck with my own ignorance in not realizing that even Nor had her ailments, and that this ailment must be chalked up to failure in her upper strata.

    Pandral was well defended, in Sathanas’ mind, both by ships and fixed batteries of rays far too powerful for any strength we had on our handful of ships—not quite two hundred powerful battlewagons, true, but no match for the strength we saw built into the stones of Pandral. We could not take the place by storm; we must take it by a strategem.

    I had a ready means of entry in the person of Sathanas who was known there. If I could retain control over him when I got within their ray—that was the problem. It

    p. 198

    would not be pleasant to be exposed by Sathanas within the power of Pandral’s forces, for their fear of Nor would make our demise swift.

    Using Sathanas’ mind for continual reference, I disguised myself as a certain friend of his, Profir, by name, who had been killed in the action. He was about my size and fair, but we worked on the disguise carefully to make it correspond with Sathanas’ mental images. Then, we dressed Sathanas’ locks with care, crowning our handiwork with a golden circlet, studded with gems, within which was a powerful little mental radio which kept the commands from my own telaug imposed upon his thought in such strength that there was no danger of his using his own will. My telaug and control device were concealed in a great metal studded belt I wore, from which hung a flame sword and a powerful dissociator pistol ray. More weapons would have disclosed our purpose. I counted on their familiarity with Sathanas. Making up a party of twenty, which was about the number usually in Sathanas’ parties on his visits here, we readied the Satana for a close look from examining ray. The crew was dressed in the uniforms of the captive crew, and carefully prepared mentally by hypnosis for their part as men whose allegiance was Sathanas’. However, a certain device was readied for general energy flows which would be released by me if at any time I needed their full minds for combat. When everything was ready, the Satana shot off to enter the watching ray beams of the pirate stronghold. If all went well, it would be the last time a ship would enter that place of mutilation. No more would minds of immortals be changed into the tools of fools. If I could hit that hole at all, I would not cease until it was a cinder floating in space, empty of life.

    The place we entered had the reputation among those who frequented the illegal dens as the most glamorous and the most dangerous of them all. We entered, the huge form of Sathanas in the lead and myself towering a little higher

    p. 199

    just behind him. The twenty stout fellows took up positions behind us where any attack could be shot at without interfering with each other. Thus protected at the back, we advanced down the tremendous hall. I knew that the people who ruled this place would not be glad to see Sathanas, knowing of his flight from the Nor Patrol. It was obvious that they welcomed anyone who was outside the law as a matter of general practice—and so, they could hardly refuse the great Sathanas one of the biggest gears in this machinery of space-wide vice.

    An obsequious female prostrated herself before us. “My Lords, may I bid you welcome?”

    With a sneer, and in his typically ungracious manner, Sathanas spoke:

    “We will speak with ‘the Boss’, My Lord Harald.”

    It didn’t sound like he held much respect or affection for this Harald—the way his voice dripped when he spoke his name. I, meanwhile, held my fingers tightly crossed under my cape, hoping that we were going through the usual Sathanas routine. Otherwise our little game would soon be terminated—perhaps fatally.

    I sensed that something was going wrong and I’d better find out what it was and soon. I focused my telaug on the poor wretch who now was standing, puzzled before us. In her mind was bewilderment that the great Lord Sathanas hadn’t gone at once to the chambers always held in readiness for the master of the Satana.

    I made Sathanas speak: “Take me and my men to our rooms.”

    Again that wonder that Sathanas wasn’t following his usual practice, but she obeyed.

    “Will my Lords follow me,” she offered as she led the way out of the hall that we were in.

    “Damn!” I thought, “how had I missed that entrance in Sathanas’ mind?” I thought that I had covered everything when I read his thoughts about this place. I didn’t

    p. 200

    know—or see—that he always met the big shot in the same place, in the same rooms.

    True, I did know where the rooms were—but I wanted the girl to lead the way. She had wondered about things that, if somebody here in this palace had read in her mind, would have roused suspicion. We were in dangerous enough territory without having anything that we could cover give us away. This first step of ours had been a slip. I prayed to the gods of space for no more mistakes—another one might prove fatal.

    One thing I knew. If it were usual for Sathanas to meet the Boss of this glorified den in some of the rooms in the immediate vicinity, then I could keep the girl who brought us here with us without arousing any suspicion—keep her here where we could watch that she didn’t repeat those thoughts of wonder that could have ruined our little plan.

    So, as she showed us into a large chamber off the great hall, I grasped her arm.

    “Little Dark Flower, stay with us. We have been far and your smile is pleasant. Will you dance for us?”

    The poor creature looked up into my eyes with her’s wet with gratitude that someone had noticed her among all the beautiful women from a score of strange planets. She was a pretty thing, about half my own height, alive with the lush dark beauty of the women from Bohan. Her natural charms had been enhanced and stimulated with the life influence that had been grown in her making her an instrument for men’s pleasure.

    She couldn’t speak for the rare pleasure of being noticed. but I read her thoughts. Again wonder.

    ‘A kind face among Sathanas’ friends? Now, perhaps, I shall get a little stim. Everyone around here is so tight with me. They begrudge even the breath I draw.’

    She glanced at me, and at my reassuring nod she

    pressed a wall stud that flooded the room with a strong

    p. 201

    vibrant ray of intense pleasure. Her face relaxed under it like one denied something a long time and then receiving it in abundance . . . something that was like the breath of life itself to her. I realized that stim replaced natural love with these maltreated creatures, that she loved those who gave her stim and had no emotions otherwise. Swiftly she shed her uniform, and donned a few slight spangles from a closet of female trappings in the wall. Then, adjusting a spot of stim ray, she placed it in my hand, telling me to keep it on her. I turned it up to full power, and her body writhed slowly, hands outstretched, as she warmed herself beautifully at the spot ray in my hands, begged and begged with her motions for a little indulgence, a little kindness. She was a master of the art of expressing her thoughts with her motions, and knowing her thoughts, I interpreted her motions correctly. Well, if I had my way, freedom or death would be her lot before long.

    The rest of the party sprawled about the chamber on the rich divans, and bawled at the attendants for drinks and women, just as we had seen Sathanas’ followers do in Sathanas’ mental images. Soon they were well supplied with diversion. Before each of them writhed a dancer and on each side of them nestled a beauty amorously inclined. Music was supplied by a half dozen Amero youths, a race whose talent for music is superior to that of most races, and whose talent in other directions is singularly lacking. They are much used in their present capacityunintrusive musical accompaniment.

    The party was really moving along at a deceptive pace when the gentleman we had come across vast stellar space to see appeared.

    A well concealed door at the rear of the chamber that we were in, opened, and, like a huge lumbering mammoth from the swamps of Mu, the Chief himself ambled through. He was dressed as we formerly decked out the mammoths of Mu for the annual games in which the Titans delighted.

    p. 202

    This portly creature was of some unguessable racial origin—horned like a Titan, but as fat and as ungainly corpulent as a hippopotamus. He was as tall as I am, but I’ll wager that he was thrice my weight. The fingers of the fat, pudgy hands swelled around many gaudy rings that his vain nature fancied. Reflecting the falsity and affectation of the many rings were his little gimlet eyes, sparkling with a sickly, unholy gleam through the generous folds of his too pig-like face. Pig eyes with the hidden, treacherous cunning of a fox somehow apparent within them. It had been many a year since I last slaughtered pigs on one of my estates on Mandark—but one look at this—this overstuffed imitation of a man, and my fingers itched to see a blade in my hand spread the fat folds of flesh on that accursed neck and send him to whatever lies beyond . . .

    His name I knew from reading the mind of Sathanas. It was, unappropriately enough, Harald. He had no official tie with any government, though there were probably many that would have given a lot to get him if they knew that it was he that was the master mind behind this space-wide slave ring. Here, on his little unsavory ball of matter that polluted the reaches of space, he was known as the “Ruler of Pandral, Sir Harald”.

    Out of the mouth of Sathanas came the words that I willed him to say, though I nearly choked on the thought:

    “Greetings, Sir Harald,” spoke the voice of Sathanas as he stood up and approached the gross body of Harald, now seating himself in the best pile of cushions as gracefully as a space freighter settling to a port with half its lifters gone.

    “Ugh . . . ugh . . .” the fat frog croaked.

    “Sir Harald,” Sathanas continued, “I have several matters that I wish to talk over with your Grace.”

    “His Grace” paused in his stuffing his fat mouth with some delicacy or another, to deign to raise an eyebrow and question, “Oh . . . yes?”

    p. 203

    “The price of the little morsel that I sent you . . . the Lady Arl.” I made Sathanas rub his hands as he would have, no doubt, if he were acting on his own volition.

    “And the other matters?”

    I thought to myself at this, ‘The old buzzard can talk then, if it interests him.’

    “The other matter,” said Sathanas, answering Harald’s question, “is our future plans, now that I am no longer numbered among the pillars of virtue of Nortan society.”

    As the Ruler of Pandral rearranged the folds of his crimson silken garments around him before continuing the talk with me, or as he thought, with Sathanas, Sathanas had to move as my mind ordered. There was this bloated thing before us, a thing that should not be insultingly alive and moving where we could see him.

    The other parts of the plot were moving as we had planned. While Sathanas and Harald were talking, the rest of the men were disporting themselves with Harald’s slaves. Some of them were feigning drunkenness and others merely were acting half drunk—making a clumsy attempt to dance and cavort with the girls they had chosen.

    Two of the latter, among the biggest in our crew, managed to dance with their prizes behind the spot where sat Sathanas, Harald, and myself, presumably Sathanas’ second in command.

    So smoothly and quickly that the others in the room weren’t aware of what was happening, our two suddenly stopped dancing and in a trice had the obese Harald, as he began to answer me in their iron embrace, and a circlet exactly like the one encircling Sathanas’ head was clapped upon his head. Instantly he relaxed, his will now was overpowered by a flood of synthetic nerve impulse from a teleradio within the belt of my lieutenant. Sir Harald was now a servant of a brain not his own. No impulse his brain could generate would be powerful enough to overrule the steady flow of power from an instrument ruled by

    p. 204

    another mind.

    “Can you read him?” I asked Tyron, my lieutenant. “Easily,” he answered.

    “Ask him what would be the thing he would do ordinarily when he left this apartment, if nothing had occurred.”

    “He would have gone directly to his own apartments to think over his talk with Sathanas and decide what was best to do. Then he would return to this chamber to tell Sathanas what he had decided.”

    “Did he ever take Sathanas to these apartments?”

    “Never,” answered Tyron. This had happened so quickly that only two of the attendant sirens had noticed the brief contact which had resulted in Harald’s loss of control. Those were suddenly overcome by a sudden inexplicable drunkenness emanating from a tiny gun in my sleeve. I examined the rest of the poor fair heads to see if they realized what had occurred, but the only two who had seen were those who were dancing with our two champions who had slipped the circlet on Harald’s head.

    The situation, Tyron went on to explain, necessitated that we go to Harald’s apartments for they were filled with apparatus which controlled the whole stronghold. I thought it best to dismiss the rest of the heterae before they overheard the strong mental conversation we were carrying on without their knowing it.

    “We’ll have to risk it. Whether or not it is the customary thing to do, we’re going to his apartments.”

    Sending Sathanas and Harald ahead, we strolled out of the chambers. Working the two controls, the obese Harold and Sathanas were engaged in animated conversation. Tyron and I came next. Behind us, the rest of the party casually strolled fanwise as before. After all, Harald had placed himself in our hands. It should not look unusual except to those whom we should meet within the ruler’s private nest.

    Nothing happened. Step after step, each seeming an

    p. 205

    age, and still nothing happened. We neared the ornate arch leading to Harald’s private sanctum; nothing barred our way, no ray swept over us in revealing inquiry. Would one of their rays reveal the control I held over Harold and Sathanas or would it pass over, seeing nothing? The next few minutes would tell. It could be seen by alert men trained in the type of work to which we were accustomed, but did the outlaws have men trained as we were, or were they men who had picked up their training hit or miss? But, these were not the thoughts to think and I brushed them aside and filled my mind with visions of the choice beauties Harald was to show us for our entertainment during our stay here—of all the varied stim experiences which were to fill my days here—of all the delectable pleasures I vas going to sample. With anything but the truth I filled my mind’s images.

    Then we were in the luxurious lounges of the rich pirate’s suite of rooms. The armed guards looked us over curiously. I made Sathanas talk: “I must see these new mechanisms for the conversion of character you have built. I must see their results in the living person, for I intend to buy a great many of them. I am building anew in a secret place.”

    My lieutenant made Harald answer: “Yes, you shall see many new things we have devised for the entertainment of the customers or victims, whichever they happen to be. We have created several new character types—several different fixed-idea mentalities which are extremely appealing to the desirous male.”

    Then it happened. The women there who were Harald’s things noticed the circlet. Stupidly they called attention to it, asking among themselves, “What is that new head ornament Harald is wearing? I have never seen it before.”

    One of the guards heard the women’s chatter and glanced at Harald’s head. Noting that Sathanas wore the same kind of head circlet, the truth flashed into his mind

    p. 206

    as he looked at the rest of us and saw the space bronzed iron of the patrol warriors, the sharp, undissipated eyes, the clean, healthy flesh, not one soft, self-indulgent character among them. The incongruity of our health and intent gave us away to the man. He saw it all too plainly.

    I shot him as he raised his voice to shout a warning. In an instant the rooms filled with a criss-cross of dissociator beams and the long flames of power swords reached at us from the rooms beyond. At the first bolt, we flung ourselves to the floor. The fire lasted but a minute, and the rooms were clear. Several of my men lay dead. As far as I could tell, the guards who had been there were also dead. I raced toward the inner rooms where the banks of control mech lay. I knew the whole stronghold could be ruled from these banks of instruments. I had carefully examined Harald’s brain for the methods behind the mech that lay here. I reached the great permalloy door as it was almost swung to, and crashed my shoulder into it. Someone screamed beyond and the door opened. A man of small stature lay sprawled inert across the room where my charge had flung him. There were a half dozen in the room—females—aging creatures, too. Why age? I did not stop to ask, perhaps they were dupes of Harald’s who had gained their allegiance with some promise of treatment.

    They sat at the great multi-vision screens watching the life of the place for any untoward activity. How they missed our own was easy to explain. One man can’t see everything, and we had not given them time to see much. I herded them into a corner and swiftly disarmed them. Now for the last bit of trickery. If it failed, I probably would die here before the place could be taken by the waiting battle fleet. I called Harald and his controller into the room full of mech. Standing him before the multi-screens, Tyron made him give the message we had composed.

    p. 207

    “Men, we are going to be inspected by the Nor patrol. Do not be alarmed. Everything is arranged between us and they will merely perform a routine and perfunctory inspection. Be on your guard that nothing happens while the patrol are about. We have nothing to hide from them. Be sure that nothing goes on while they are here that should be hidden from them. I give you five minutes to make ready for their arrival. Do not fire on the ships. Everything has been arranged between us.”

    On the screen, a sudden confused scramble marked the attempt to hide in five minutes, the tell-tale traces of illegal activities. I knew that they had been inspected before and would not think another inspection amiss, in spite of the short notice. It would have been unnatural for Harald to fight Nor men, for he could not hope to win in a long struggle. Obviously, he was submitting to a search. They had noted Sathanas’ arrival and may have thought Harald had decided to give the Great Sathanas up rather than defend him from pursuit. Whatever they thought, the fleet blazed up to a stop before the landing cradles and settled to a landing.

    Into the great locks trundled the patrol ships, one after the other. I knew that this was unusual in an inspection, as the ships hung outside, and a few officers did the inspecting, but I trusted the bustle of the five minute preparation to conceal the movement of the ships from general notice. The alarmed faces of several of Harald’s men announced this unusual feature to Harald’s visage on the screens, but Tyron made Harald gesture reassuringly and nothing further happened.

    The men dispersed through the great fortress as they had been ordered. After an interval of waiting for all the batteries to be invested, I showed my face on the screen beside Harald’s to see if all the batteries had been entered by Normen. They stood in readiness, disblasters in their hands, occupying each great battery of space guns that ordinarily

    p. 208

    would have made every attempt at assault useless. A wave of my hand and they arrested every officer of Harald’s guard, and disarmed the rest, a Nor man placing himself at every gun. The place was in our hands with not a shot fired since Harald had announced our entry on the screens. Such is subterfuge—a sweet weapon when it works, a deadly one to the user when it fails. In order to use it we had to place a chunk of our fleet under their guns in complete helplessness. But everything had gone without mishap.

    Now to find the Lady Arl before anything more happened to her. Leaving Tyron to run things, I took a dozen men and raced through the endless caverns of Harald’s pleasure palace looking for the growth caverns where his creatures were manufactured out of normal flesh and blood.


    CHAPTER XII
    Harald’s Hostages
    Servants of evil men can be fiends. These were. In the growth caverns, many things that no man should see were going on. Little girls were being trained by ro-mech to be faultless dancers—automatons of rhythm. The process was designed to develop those muscles and thoughts needed by a dancer to the exclusion of other growth within her body. To attain this, she was wired to a thought record taken from some famous dancer’s brain, and day after day, her little body mechanically repeated the motions and her brain mechanically repeated the thoughts of the dancer until the whole dance became automatism. A thing was produced which would never be human and a thing hard to describe to those who have not seen it.

    These creatures were slaves. They had nothing whatever to say about their fate in any way. Much of the treatment was very beneficial; the slavers adopted the best medical science of the immortal races to gain their own ends. It was the unbalance of the character aimed at by such men as Harald and Sathanas that was evil.

    There were hundreds of liquid nutrient tanks in which females of all sizes and races were suspended. Upon their brains telerays played, impressing repeatedly hypnotic commands as well as the whole gamut of erotic thoughts culled from millions of years of the development of the science of pleasure in just such gilded palaces of slavery. All this was extremely pleasant to the recipient, so much

    p. 210

    so as to crowd all other tendencies from their minds. They were given such treatment from the earliest childhood, if they fell into the hands of the slavers at that age. They received no other education. Thus, the art of pleasure was burned into their brains until they knew no other objective.

    Through every pleasure nerve of the body ran nutrient and growth stimulating flows introduced directly into the nerves by tiny needles. The whole body immersed in the nutrient liquid, evolved a covering flesh more alive, more soft, more reactive to sensation than is the case in the normally developed human being.

    Such women had many men passionately enslaved to them, giving them every penny of their income. All this went directly into the pockets of such as Harald. Naturally he never released any of these profitable slaves from his bondage.

    Thus all the growth and life science of the vast races of immortals was here perverted in this evil world of Pandral to the ends of the master—power and gold. No one but Harald had a will in any matter on all Pandral but for the profit of the master.

    The growth rays, if concentrated on those nerves which cause pleasure sensations, can give a person infinitely greater capacity for pleasure than in the normal person. But, when this is done, the ability to resist such pleasure does not grow normally and the creature becomes a servant to the will to pleasure. And, since the greatest pleasure comes from synthetic nerve impulse generators, they become a servant of the machine. While this could be a means of enhancing the joy of life in the proper hands, such men as Harald were certainly not the proper hands.

    At last I found and released my beloved. I cannot tell you what had been done to her, but I have hopes of repairing the damage. She would have become a delectable morsel for some mad master, for what had been designed for her was not a choice future.

    p. 211

    We herded the heterae, the drunken customers, the whole crew of unnatural servants aboard the captive vessels and dispatched them toward the courts of the Nor Empire. I will be there when their cases come up, and I will have plenty to say. Some of those child victims of his will yet grace Mandark after Vanue’s laboratories are through with their reconstruction. Vanue’s reward system will shake evil thought out of their beautiful young heads.

    I said to Harald: “You think you can pervert the life stream of the race to your own selfish ends. Love is sacred to the Gods. Your manufacture of will-less sirens will not be appreciated by the courts such men hold in Nor for just your kind. It’s only by accident that a youngster of my diminutive stature—a mere fifty feet of man—came upon your place in my pursuit of Sathanas. Had one of our leaders chanced upon information leading to this hole, your lot would have been different. Already you would have been dealt with. It pays to be virtuous so far as you can imagine virtue, for when one steps off the path, one faces these beings whom no power of our imagination could vision . . . no force we could conjure up would ever overcome, for their life is ages old and has been gaining in strength for all those years. Those who take a whole planet to build one home upon will not allow their laws to be set aside by any pipsqueak who conceives a new way to make money and fails to remember that the race is sacred to the Gods. You have forgotten that though the Gods must of necessity dwell afar, yet they do not forget their source. Some of the very creatures you have mutilated were kin of such mighty men, and if I had not caught up with you they would have, and your fate would have been far different from the trial and imprisonment I plan for you.”

    Harald made no answer, but only glared at me in furious frustration.

    “The great ones always search for the young of the race for better brains to carry out their mighty plans, and

    p. 212

    they are not pleased with the pollution of the blood that bears their agents. They guard the tree of life, for they have a mighty use for its fruit. Even assuming they were evil, and it is sometimes true that they guard the tree for nothing better than to pick the beautiful fruit—the young females as they mature—still they are not pleased with the malformation—-the defiling of the tree that bears their much desired beauties to grace the harems of Gods. Even assuming the Gods themselves had no higher purpose than yourself, would you believe that they would allow you to pollute a tree that produced the agents of their immortal pleasures? Has it not seemed strangely easy for me to overcome your greater strength? We are probably flooded with the observation and control rays of mightier ones that we can imagine exist. How else could a man take a fortress like this with two simple mental radios and a couple of dis-guns? If you are ever free again, don’t forget the Gods. One way to remain alive is to envision the will of the Gods and carry it out as if they were observing you, for sooner or later they will observe you. Go now, to central Nor and to trial for every ill deed you have worked against the life of Normen.”

    Pandral in the future will be a base for the Nor patrol. It is well suited to the purpose.

    Once more I took Sathanas aboard the Satana. I instructed the four Aesir in the mind reading apparatus until I felt sure that nothing Sathanas knew would be lost to them. Then setting them on their course for Earth, I abandoned them to their pursuit of knowledge they would get from Sathanas. The arch-fiend was immobilized by a nerve operation I performed. There is little danger that he will get out of hand on Earth before the Aesir have used him for the purpose to which I dedicated the rest of his misused life. He will serve as a map and a guide to the operations of the ships the Aesir will need for a migration to the dark spaces beyond the deadly light of any sun. And when

    p. 213

    the Aesir soar at last into the starless dark, Sathanas will lie in chains in one of the deepest pits of the forgotten cities beneath the Earth’s crust. May he lie there forever.

    . . . and Satan did lie there forever, as Dante tells us, but he succeeded in being a curse to man in spite of his chains.

    THE END


    Mr. Shaver’s Lemurian Alphabet
    A—Animal (used AN for short)

    B—Be (to exist—often command)

    C—See

    D—(also used DE) Disintegrant energy; Detrimental (most important symbol in language)

    E—Energy (an all concept, including motion)

    F—Fecund (use FE as in female—fecund man)

    G—Generate (used GEN)

    H—Human (some doubt on this one)

    I—Self; Ego (same as our I)

    J—(see G) (same as generate)

    K—Kinetic (force of motion)

    L—Life

    M—Man

    N—Child; Spore; Seed (as ninny)

    O—Orifice (a source concept)

    P—Power

    Q—Quest (as question)

    R—(used as AR) Horror (symbol of dangerous quantity of dis force in the object)

    S—(SIS) (an important symbol of the sun)

    T—(used as TE) (the most important symbol; origin of the cross symbol) Integration; Force of growth (the intake of T is cause of gravity; the force is T; tic meant science of growth; remains as credit word)

    U—You

    V—Vital (used as VI) (the stuff Messmer calls animal magnetism; sex appeal)

    W—Will

    X—Conflict (crossed force lines)

    Y—Why

    Z—Zero (a quantity of energy of T neutralized by an equal quantity of D)

    Some “English” Lemurian Words
    ABSENT—Animal be sent (one was sent, therefore is not here)

    ADDER—A der (the animal is a der. or deadly)

    ARREST—Animal stops to rest (the ar syllable means is dangerously stopped)

    BEGET—To cause to exist (command to generate the energy of inteorance)

    BAD—Be a de (to be a destructive force)

    BARD—Bar de (one who allays depressing de force, who over-joys us, decreases depression)

    BIG—Be I generate (in the act of generation, as pregnant)

    BILK—Be ill kinetic (to run away from ill, to dodge—K for movement)

    DARK—Detrimental horrible movement (harrowing things we are apt to see “in the dark”)

    DECEASE—Stopped by de (disintegrated to the noint of ceasing to be—death)

    DEVIATE—De vital ate (de has eaten the vital force. implicatiot. being the thing goes astray he-cause of destructive force)

    p. 215

    DEVIL—De vile (to be vile with de; completely destructive)

    DROP—De ro power (disintegrance governs power, thus it becomes less, falls)

    LADY—Lay de (allay depression; complimentary term)

    MAD—Man a de (one who may de, be apt to destroy)

    MEAN—Me animal (animal conscious only of self)

    MORBID—More be I de (I don’t want to be any more, I want to die)

    NEE—Child energy (charm)

    NEUTRAL—Ne you to ral (attracted by the charm of both parties)

    OBSCENE—Orifice see charm (orifice meant source of life, thus the meaning is evident)

    PACT—Power act (an empowered act)

    PEAL—Power all (power and all combine to give a loud sound)

    PRISON—Price on (to hold for ransom)

    QUIT—Quest you I to (get someone else to do good)

    VAN—Vital animal (the leader)

    ZEAL—Zero all (foolish ardor to zeal)


     

  • 1933: THE SACRED SYMBOLS OF MU

    1933: THE SACRED SYMBOLS OF MU


    1933: THE SACRED SYMBOLS OF MU


    September 1, 2012

    The First Man, Dual Principle
    Courtesy of P. K. Kosloff
    Over 20,000 years old. From the ancient Uighur Capital, beneath Karakhota, Gobi Desert.

    THE SACRED SYMBOLS OF MU

    BY

    COLONEL JAMES CHURCHWARD

    AUTHOR OF
    “THE LOST CONTINENT OF MU”
    “THE CHILDREN OF MU”
    ILLUSTRATED

    IVES WASHBURN; NEW YORK

    [1933]

    This book is dedicated to
    MARJORIE V. LEA HUDSON
    whose high ideals are the Four Great Virtues
    as inscribed in the Sacred Inspired
    Writings of Mu


    CONTENTS

    CHAPTER

    PAGE

    I. INTRODUCTION

    15

    II. RELIGIONS

    27

    III. SYMBOLS OF THE DEITY AND HIS ATTRIBUTES

    56

    IV. THE CREATION

    87

    V. SYMBOLS USED IN RELIGIOUS TEACHINGS

    118

    VI. SYMBOLS RELATING TO MU

    165

    VII. SACRED SYMBOLS CONNECTING NORTH AMERICA TO MU

    189

    VIII. THE MOUND BUILDERS OF NORTH AMERICA

    218

    IX. RELIGION IN EGYPT AND INDIA

    252

    X. THE TWIN SISTERS–RELIGION AND SCIENCE

    280


    p. ix

    LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

    The first man, dual principle Frontispiece
    Mu’s cosmogonic diagram 41
    The Babylonian cosmogonic diagram 43
    The Chaldean cosmogonic diagram 45
    The Hindu cosmogonic diagram 47
    The sun 57
    Isis 60
    The Hittite bird symbol facing page 68
    Truncated figures 81
    Ganesha 85
    Creation of the first pair 100
    The waters of the mother of life facing page 110
    The emersion of Mu 132
    Children of Mu leaving the Motherland by water 133
    Children of Mu leaving the Motherland by air and water 133
    The great hall of truth or judgment seat of Osiris 137
    A pair of ancient pillars 144
    Egyptian pillars 148
    Entrance to Tattu in Amenti 150
    Eight roads to Heaven 153
    The roadway of the soul facing page 155
    The tree and the serpent facing page 159
    An altar painting 169
    Thunder bird and whale 173
    Destruction of Mu 175
    The field of Aarru 177
    Sculptured Slab A 190
    Sculptured Slab B 194
    Ancient and modern water bottles 221
    Water bottle 222
    Symbol of the construction and the workings of the Sun 223
    Showing the Four Primary Forces moving from West to East 225
    Mound Builders’ Symbols 227
    A Mound Builder‘s Calendar Stone 230
    Vase of the Late Minoan I period facing page 238
    A group of octopus vases from Cyprus 241
    The Pipestone Octopus 242
    Gilders Pipe 244
    Osiris 263
    The daisy 281
    The syringa bush 283
    The lily 285
    The moonflower 287
    Mu as the mistress of and ruler of the whole earth facing Page 289

    PREFACE

    This work on Sacred Symbols has been compiled at the suggestion of the late Irving Putnam who felt and assured me that such a work would be appreciated by the public.

    The kindly way in which the public have received my first two books on Mu calls for my most sincere thanks and makes me feel that my life’s work has not been in vain.

    In this work I have given my personal view why religion is in such a chaotic state today. There are over three hundred religions and sects and only One God.


    J. C.


    CHAPTER I

    INTRODUCTION


    I wish particularly to point out in the present volume that I am not giving the meanings of symbols in the vestments in which they are now garbed. I am giving their origin and original meanings.

    Up to the time of Mu‘s submersion all symbols retained their original meanings. From the time of Mu’s destruction I must pass over about 5,000 or 6,000 years. Those were years when seemingly no history was written except a few scraps in India and Egypt.

    During this time mankind apparently was reviving and repeopling the earth, after its almost total destruction by the submersion of Mu and other lands and the subsequent formation of gas belts and mountains.

    On entering Egypt 6,000 years ago we find that many of the original symbols had survived but were very much Egyptianized, especially in pattern or design, with an incomprehensible theology attached to them. A multitude of new ones had besides been added, most of them having esoteric or hidden meanings.

    This confusion increased when Upper and Lower Egypt merged into one kingdom. The two peoples not only commingled personally, but also their two sets of symbols. Thus two sets were made into one without any being discarded. It meant at least two symbols for every conception. So great was the confusion of symbols in Egypt, 4,000 to 5,000 years ago, that hardly one-half of the priesthood understood those used in the temples of other cities, although they might be but a few miles away.

    The next period to note in Egyptian history is the reigns of the Ptolemys.

    Many Greek philosophers then went to Egypt and were taught the Egyptian Sacred Mysteries. This knowledge they took back to Greece, commencing about 600 B. C. In Greece the Sacred Mysteries were Grecianized, new names and further theology were added. The result, generally, was the creation of amusing myths. The familiar Grecian myths may therefore be said to be influenced by the legends and teachings of Egypt and India.

    The next point to note is Mu’s destruction, which removed her motherly control over religion and science throughout the world. The consequence was that each colony framed its own laws, at the same time making changes in religion to suit themselves.

    It is very noticeable among all ancient people that directly the control of the Motherland was removed, those countries began to fall back. As time went on they so degenerated in science and religion that the teachings of the First Great Civilization were at last entirely forgotten and became a thing of the past. Myths, those shadows of the past, alone remained. Here and there, however, solitary flowers strove to raise their heads out of the weeds which now choked the world’s garden.

    Coming down to present times, I find writers, supposed to be scholars, giving meanings to symbols that are purely mythical, the outcome, it may be, of fantastic dreams, and absolutely erroneous. Where they got their ideas I cannot imagine. Certainly not from the ancient writings. The result is that science has drifted into an age of theories. Theories are made subservient to facts. A fact cannot be a fact unless their crazy theories prove it. The more abstruse and bizarre the theory is, the more, apparently, it is scientifically thought of. A theory that is not even understood by the originator himself, and by no one else on earth, meets with scientific approval.

    SYMBOLS AND FREE MASONRY.–Freemasons in their ceremonies use many of the ancient symbols. They freely admit that the original meanings are now forgotten but they know that originally the symbols were sacred, being used in religious ceremonies in the infinite days that are past and had a religious and moral meaning in line with the First Religion of Man–their origin.

    Symbols and symbolisms are a principal division of archaeology. I am not a professional archaeologist, but I love the ancient and for over fifty years have been diligent in the study of it. When Mu went down the school of archaeology went with her.

    ARCHAEOLOGY.–The date when archaeology was first studied reaches far back into the distant past. More than 15,000 years ago, the ancients had special colleges for its study.

    In these colleges a very profound knowledge of their past was attained. The further we go back, the more profound we find that archaeological knowledge.

    Like all other ancient sciences, archaeology had a dark cloud cast over it when Mu the Motherland sank and the First Great Civilization was wiped out. Only seeds, remnants of mankind, were left here and there, out of which a new civilization was in time to develop.

    It is virtually within memory of living man that the study of archaeology has been again undertaken. Those who today call themselves archaeologists are, generally, diggers of the remains of man who lived, say, from 1,000 to 5,000 years ago. These are but of yesterday in human history. Why do they not go back to the beginning, as the ancients did 15,000 years ago? The archaeological study of the ancients included the whole history of man from his beginning 200,000 years before, if the astronomical evidence whereby such dates are computed may be accepted.

    Archaeology embraces much more than it is thought to do. As the ancients studied it, it was a fascinating story. It may be deemed a religion for, at every step, the student is confronted with works of a Supreme Conception, with symbols of the power and wisdom of the Creator. The sights cause him contemplation, contemplation brings him in touch with the Supreme, the great Architect and Builder of all. As the student progresses, he becomes aware that other branches of science are intimately connected with it: geology, chemistry, astronomy and the Cosmic Forces. These must all be mastered to obtain the full benefit of what has been written and left behind by our forefathers for us, to act as guideposts to the greater knowledge.

    NATURE.–Nature shows man what is the Origin of Life. It shows man’s connection with the Great Source and the Great Cosmic Forces which control the Universe.

    It also shows the origin of these Forces. Thus archaeology is but one letter in the long word that unfolds the wonders and glories of Creation, it brings man in closer touch with the Heavenly Father.

    Again, incidentally, it shows that true science is the twin sister of religion: they are inseparable for without religion man could not comprehend the Cosmic Forces, and without fully comprehending these Forces he could not approach the Great Divine Love which rules the Universe.

    The first chapters of the Bible were intended to teach man the workings of these Cosmic Forces. They failed to do so however because of the mistranslations of the Mosiac writings, which were in the tongue and characters of the Motherland, and were copies of the Sacred Writings of Mu that Moses expounded when he was High Priest of the temple at Sinai. The esoteric temple writings of Egypt related the cause of the Flood, showing what the phenomenon actually was. Whoever wrote these chapters, as we now have them, failed fully to understand the ancient form of writing, as present man fails fully to understand the symbols and symbolisms which were there correctly copied.

    The early part of the Bible therefore has not fully carried out the purpose for which it was intended. The Bible Moses actually handed down was the Sacred and Inspired Writings, the greatest and most profound work ever penned by man, containing a science beyond the conception of present man. Nothing however is, it seems, forever lost: for in various parts of the earth writings are being recovered which, when put together, provide us with a great part of the Original Sacred Inspired Writings of Mu. That which has been recovered gives:

    The account of Creation down to and including the Creation of man and of woman.

    The movements of all celestial bodies throughout the Universe, the Forces that are controlling their movement and the Source of these Forces.

    The Origin of Life and what Life is, with the cause of the necessary changes in types of life during the earth’s development.

    Various geological phenomena and what their causes were.

    And there is, finally, the coping stone of the Earth: Man.

    I find a word frequently occurs in the Bible which is misapplied. I refer to “Miracle.” There are no miracles. What seem miraculous is due to our ignorance. They are phenomena produced by the exercising of man’s own Spiritual Force, given him at his creation. The Sacred Writings say that this Force was given to man “to enable him to rule the earth.” Masters used their Spiritual Forces. Their works, not being understood by the multitude, were looked upon as miracles. “Master” was an ancient title bestowed on those who had mastered the use of their Spiritual Forces.

    Those who spend their time merely in unearthing objects of the ancients are not true archaeologists. They are only diggers or miners. The archaeologist reads what he finds written on stone and clay, and informs the public what they say. A stone or plaque of clay with writing on it is only a stone or dried mud, having no more value than any other curious stone until the inscription upon it is read. Then it becomes a page of written history and may be the means of revolutionizing the thought and teachings of present man.

    The value of archaeology is in this reading–thereby one gains a knowledge of the past. A voice is constantly calling, “Go forth unto nature and learn her great truths and lessons.” Nature is the great schoolhouse for higher learning. No authorities are found there to muddle us. Nature is the one and only authority.

    Every old rock, with its crinkly weathered face, every fossil, has its tale to tell; every leaf on tree and shrub whispers a story. The Universe, with its countless celestial bodies moving in perfect order and time, calls for observation and inspires a yearning to know the Source of all. All of these lessons are to be learned from nature to enable man in this life on the earth to prepare himself for the next step in his everlasting life.

    THE ORIGIN OF RELIGION.–What is Religion? Max Müller says: “Religion is a mental faculty which, independent of, nay, in spite of sense and reason, enables man to apprehend the Infinite under different names and under varying disguises. Without that faculty no religion, not even the worship of idols and fetishes, would be possible, and if we will but listen attentively we can hear in all religions a groaning of the Spirit, a struggle to conceive the inconceivable, to utter the unutterable, a longing after the Infinite, a love of God.

    “As soon as we know anything of the thoughts of man and his feelings, we find him in possession of a religion.

    “The intention of religion, wherever we find it, is always holy. However imperfect a religion may be, it always places the human soul in the presence of God, and however imperfect and however childish the conception of God may be, it always expresses the highest ideal of perfection which the human soul, for the time being, can reach and grasp.”

    The period in man’s history which Max Müller here refers to is geologically known at the Pleistocene Period, coming after the submersion of Mu. Therefore what he found were shadows of the Sacred Inspired Religion of the Motherland, orally transmitted from father to son for thousands of years among the descendants of the remnants saved when the mountains went up and cataclysmic waves of water flooded the low-lying lands. This is corroborated in a paragraph where he says:

    “There was a primitive Aryan religion, a primitive Semitic religion and a primitive Tauranian religion before each of these primeval races was broken up and became separate in language, worship and national sentiment.

    “The highest god received the same name in the ancient mythology of India, Greece, Italy and Germany, and was retained by them. The name was Dyaus in Sanscrit; Zeus in Greek; Jovis in Latin; and Tiu in German (Wotan?). They bring before us all the vividness of an event which we witnessed but yesterday.

    “The ancestors of the whole Aryan race, thousands of years it may be before Homer or the Veda, worshipped an unseen being under the selfsame name, the name of Light and Sky. Let us not turn away and say that this was, after all, but nature worship and idolatry. No, it was not meant for that, though it may have been degraded into that in later times. Dyaus did not mean the blue sky nor simply the sky personified; it was meant for something else. We have in the Veda the invocation ‘Dyaus Pitar,’ the Greek ‘Zue Pater’ and the Latin ‘Jupitar,’ and that means in these three languages what it meant before these three languages were torn asunder: ‘Heaven Father.’

    Let us go back to the time when these languages were still one. In the Sacred Inspired Writings of Mu 70,000 years ago the deity is frequently designated as “Heavenly Father” and “Father in Heaven.” This name is more frequently used there than any other. Religion itself was based on the Fatherhood of God and the brotherhood of man. Being so prominent in the ancient writings, it is no wonder that it has persisted through the ages. Jesus, whose teachings were purely those of the First Religion, begins The Lord’s Prayer with “Our Father which art in Heaven.”

    Besides quoting Max Müller I shall give a few extracts from writers on the subject whom science calls authorities.

    Kant and Schiller both assert that “A myth does not represent a debasement, or a sinking down from original perfection, not a victory of sensuality over reason, but on the contrary, it manifests the advancement of a man from a state of comparative rudeness to freedom and civilization.”

    I am not in accord with these ideas because common reasoning tells me the case should be reversed. Fully ninety-nine per cent of the myths are traceable to legends. Legends are history orally handed down. History is a record of facts, so that myths instead of “manifesting advancement” manifest a retrogression; for they show that history, a part of civilization, is being forgotten. Therefore that civilization has declined.

    Taylor, in “Anthropology,” says, “In one sense every religion is a true religion. The great question which forced itself on their minds was one that we, with our knowledge, cannot half answer–what the life is which is sometimes with us but not always.”

    Taylor might with advantage consult the North American Indian, the semi-civilized Polynesians, the Maoris, the South African savages, and, beyond all, the Teachings of Jesus. The savages and semi-savages do not claim great knowledge on the subject. I have, however, found that they possess great wisdom which is untrammelled by the Queen of Myths, known as Science.

    De Brosses says, “All nations had to begin with fetishes, to be followed afterwards by Polytheism and Monotheism.”

    I suspect De Brosses of toying with theories of our Simian origin. They have upset everyone who has ever come in contact with them. However, we shall let it pass because such writers as Max Müller, Dr. Happell, and Professor Pfliderer are directly opposed to such assumptions.

    Hereafter, when dealing with the beginnings of religion, I shall show that man started with monotheism and it was only after Mu’s destruction that there was polytheism and idolatry was practiced. The next quotation is as extraordinary:

    “At a very remote period in the civilization of Egypt, Babylon, Mexico and Peru, the Sun God had gained supremacy as the first and greatest of gods.”

    This is contradicted by all ancient writings. The Sun was never looked upon as a god by the ancients but as a symbol only of the Deity. Therefore, it was never worshipped by them. The sun, from the beginning, was the monotheistic symbol of the Deity. Being the monotheistic or collective symbol of the Deity, it was esteemed the most sacred of all sacred symbols.

    This monotheistic symbol of the Deity existed tens of thousands of years before man settled in either Egypt, Babylon, Mexico or Peru. How, therefore, could it have gained supremacy during their time?


    CHAPTER II

    RELIGIONS


    Mu‘s RELIGION.–It is fairly well established that all religions have a common origin. Let us see what that source was.

    The first records of religion are more than 70,000 years old. They tell us that a body of trained masters from Mu, called Naacals, were carrying to her various colonies and colonial empires copies of the Motherland’s Sacred Inspired Religion. These Naacals formed in each country colleges for the teaching of the priestcraft religion, and the sciences. The priesthoods that were formed in these colleges in turn taught the people. There is a very interesting ancient writing about the Chaldis, as the colleges were called in Babylonia. It says: “Everyone was welcome, be he prince or slave. Directly they passed into the temple, they were equal, for they stood in the presence of the Heavenly Father, the Father of them all, and here they became brothers in fact. No payment was charged; all was free.”

    Throughout the colonies and colonial empires these teachings were known as the Sacred Mysteries, a name that has persisted down to the present. In theOrient they were also called the Books of the Golden Age. In later times, I find among Maya and Egyptian writings that the Sacred Mysteries were only entrusted to the high priesthood and the heir apparent to the throne.

    Clement of Alexandria wrote: “The Sacred Mysteries are only entrusted to high priests and the heir apparent to the throne.” This I find was not exactly true. Many of the Greek Philosophers who went to Egypt were entrusted with the Sacred Mysteries, among them being Solon, Plato, Pythagoras and Thales.

    From various Naacal writings, sometimes called Neferit, and translations of the Sacred Inspired Writings, I shall try to outline the First Religion and show how it was taught to primitive man.

    Religion started at a very early period in man’s history; evidently when he could not understand anything that was abstrusely expressed. Apparently it was found necessary for explanation to use object lessons, symbols, where sight would supply the absence of words. I find the earliest symbols were of an elementary character, plain lines and simple geometrical figures. I refer to a date prior to 70,000 years ago, for according to the records man was so far advanced at that time that he was mastering the most intricate vignettes, tableaux, et cetera, which today puzzle our great scientists.

    Evidently religion was originally taught in stages.

    First: Man was taught that there was a Supreme Being, Infinite and All Powerful. That it was the Creator who created all things above and below. That man was created by this Almighty Being and having been created by Him, was his son-that this Almighty was man’s Heavenly Father.

    Second: When man was created the Creator placed within the body of man a spirit or soul which never died but continued on through eternity.

    Third: When man was created it was ordained that his material body should return to the earth from which it was taken. When this material body died it released the soul which went into the world beyond, there to wait until it was called upon to occupy another material body.

    Apparently, as soon as his primitive mind could grasp the facts, he was taught that his soul was given a task. This task was for the soul to rule the material body by overcoming material desires. When this was accomplished his soul would be called back to the Great Source, and forever afterwards live in perfect joy and happiness.

    He was taught that one material life was so short that the soul could not overcome all of the material desires, so it was ordained that his soul should come into many bodies until the task was accomplished; that these reincarnations were the salvation of his soul.

    Fourth: It was thoroughly instilled into his mind that the Heavenly Father was The Great Love and that this great love ruled the Universe and never died.

    He was taught that the love of the Heavenly Father was far greater than the love of his earthly father, who was only a reflection of his Heavenly Father. Therefore he should always approach his Heavenly Father without fear or dread and in perfect confidence and love, knowing that loving hands were being held out to receive him when he came.

    Fifth: He was taught that all mankind were created by the same Heavenly Father; therefore all mankind were his brothers and sisters, and should be treated as such in all his dealings with them.

    Sixth: Finally he was taught his duties on earth, how he should live to prepare himself to become fit to pass into the world beyond when he was called. He was especially reminded that he must follow the paths of Truth, Love, Charity, Chastity, with perfect love and confidence in his Heavenly Father.

    From this short and inadequate sketch it is shown that the fundamental principles of the first religion of man were: The Fatherhood of God and the Brotherhood of Man.

    Judging from the various religious teachings of the Sacred Inspired Writings, the phrase “Brotherhood of Man” is not meant to convey the idea that all men are to, look upon each other as blood brothers. It would seem to me that this phrasing is symbolical or used as an example for explanation. I think our modern example better explains the meaning to the mind of present man, namely, “Do unto others as you would have them do unto you.” This seems to be confirmed by the forty-two questions in the Osirian Ritual. If we all followed this “Golden Rule” no discord could arise among mankind and the world would be in a virtual bond of brotherhood.

    Again, I think the meaning of the word “charity” is not fully comprehended today. It refers to the soul rather than to the material part of man. Not only material charitable actions, such as feeding the hungry and clothing the naked, but it includes good and charitable thoughts of others. We should think ill of no one but try to help them overcome their failings. The great Master, Jesus, gave us an example of this.

    SYMBOLS.–Throughout his teachings early man was constantly reminded that no symbol, however sacred, was to be worshipped in any way; that symbols were used only to enable him to concentrate his mind solely on the Deity and the particular subject of his supplication. By keeping his eyes on the symbol, other objects were excluded from his vision.

    Symbols in our churches would not be amiss today, at least in some cases. On one occasion my seat in church was directly behind the pew of a wealthy broker. Every time the congregation knelt in prayer this pillar of the church, for he was one of them, drew from the shelf a book bound as a prayer book. When he opened it I saw that it was a ledger with rows of figures in debit and credit columns. These he went up and down with his finger, all the time mumbling something so that those around him thought he was earnest in prayer. Were his thoughts of God? The symbol he was using guided him to the material-not the spiritual.

    THEOLOGY.–The religion of Mu had no theologies or dogmas. Everything was taught in the simplest, most comprehensive language, a language that even the most unschooled mind could grasp.

    Theologies and dogmas crept into religion after the submergence of the Motherland. With her destruction, her controlling influences were gone. Confusions in religion then began, and exist in full force today. Anyone considering present-day religion can see that it is in the process of crumbling, that it is only a question of time when it will be a mass of ruins. Then, when these ruins are cleared away, there will arise a new and purer conception of spiritual things. Religion cannot die until man has attained the perfection ordained for him.

    Our present religious state is not a new condition. Twice before, religion has fallen to the ground through theologies and their consequences. Out of the ashes new religions have arisen. Out of the ashes of present religions a new one will also arise. “He whom the gods destroy they first make mad.” Madness in the form of bigotry, impossible theologies, and other errors exists today.

    WHY PAST RELIGIONS HAVE FALLEN.–At various times in the history of man unscrupulous priesthoods have caused the downfall of religion by introducing into it vicious systems of theology made up of inventions, extravagances and immorality; omissions and false and vicious translations from the Sacred Inspired Religion of Mu from which all religions have sprung.

    These systems were invented by priesthoods for the purpose of inspiring superstitious fears in the hearts of the people, to ensnare them, body and soul, into slavery to the priesthood. Having accomplished this, it did not take long for these priesthoods to acquire wealth and become all powerful. This was vividly illustrated in Egypt, where the Priests of Ammon not only gained the riches of the country but seized the throne as well. When, however, they started to control the military, the soldiers revolted and at the point of the spear drove them down into Ethopia, where they were prevented from returning to Egypt. The accumulation and concentration of wealth invariably ruins a country. There are at least a dozen historical records of it.

    The first great outrage to religion I have found historically recorded occurred in Atlantis 22,000 years ago. It is referred to as “extravagances in the priestly teachings.” The great master, Osiris, dispelled these extravagances and reinstated the original religion of the Fatherhood of God and Brotherhood of Man. As a monument to the memory of this great master, Religion was named after him.

    THE OSIRIAN RELIGION.–When Thoth of Atlantis founded the colony on the Nile Delta, Egypt’s history began. Thoth built the first temple at Saïs and there taught Religion as purged by Osiris 6,000 years before.

    At the destruction of Mu, Ra Mu, the King and High Priest of the Motherland, addressed the pleading crowds, saying:

    “You shall all die together, you and your servants and your riches. From your ashes new nations shall arise and if they forget they are superior, not because of what they put on but what they put out, the same will befall them.”

    The foregoing indicates that the people had strayed from the teachings of the church, become materialistic and forgotten God, not that they had been led astray by the priests. It would appear that they were dropping the spiritual for the material: they were amassing riches and forgetting God. This would seem to be corroborated in a previous statement, where Ra Mu is quoted as saying:

    “Did I not predict all this?”

    It was the priesthood of Egypt that caused the cataclysmic wave of false gods, idolatry and spiritual degradation to sweep over the land. So well did they effect their nefarious designs that priestly orders throughout the world were drawn into the vortex contributing to religion’s spiritual downfall. This started over 5,000 years ago, and the prostituted Osirian religion has now long passed into the discard. Many of its extravagances have, however, persisted down to present times and are found embodied in our religious conceptions.

    The Egyptians were the first to teach the worship of symbols, a thing strictly forbidden in the Ancient Religion.

    Thus began idolatry. The next step was the invention of a devil whom they called Set. For this malevolent being they imagined a domain which they called Hell.

    The extravagances of their description of this domain had no bounds, and one wonders how any sane person could have accepted them. According to these teachings, it was a place of everlasting flames, of burning brimstone that never died. Cast into these sulphurous flames, the Soul remained scorching for all eternity.

    The soul of man is a spirit. No element can touch or come in contact with a spirit. Sulphur is an element. Therefore, it cannot come in contact with a spirit, for a spirit is negative to all elementary matter. Even if it were not, the forces of the spirit are so much higher than those of heat that the spirit could repel it.

    I shall next show how the devil himself managed to put in an appearance. The claim was made that the devil was an archangel, fallen from the ways of grace, and cast from heaven into hell. The four archangels are only another vestment for the Four Great Primary Forces, or as Max Müller calls it, “a new disguise.” As the Great Primary Forces still exist, working and controlling the Universe as of old, it is clear that none have fallen, as the story of Lucifer would have us believe.

    It was thus the Egyptian priesthood dragged the beautiful, pure Osirian Religion into the mud, the religion with which Egypt commenced her history 10,000 years before, causing the nation itself to fall and become the slave of foreign conquerors. Before the Egyptian invention, a devil was unknown. Man had been taught there were two influences attending him here on earth–a material influence emanating from his earthly body, and a spiritual influence that came from his soul. His spiritual influence had the power to overcome the material, and it was his destiny that it should eventually dominate. It might, however, take many incarnations before this was accomplished, after which his soul would return to the Great Source.

    Hindu priests, always quick to adopt anything of material advantage to themselves, followed Egypt in the debauchery of religion. An obstacle that had first to be overcome, however, was their Naacal teachers. These were unwavering in their adherence to the teachings of the First Religion. So the Brahminical priests started to persecute the Naacals, eventually driving them into the snow-capped mountains of the North. When these holy men were disposed of, the debauch commenced.

    Not wishing to borrow their devil from the Egyptians, the Brahmin priests invented one of their own and called him Siva (pronounced Sheva).

    From the time Siva was grafted into the Hindu religion, history shows that the Hindus fell from the high pinnacle of civilization which had been theirs since the period of the Motherland. A little history will verify this assertion:

    Universal History and M. D. Voltaire–A. D. 1758. Vol. 3, Page 13.

    “The school of the ancient gynosophists was still subsisting in the great city of Benares on the banks of the Ganges. There the Brahmins cultivated the Sacred Language which they called Hanferit, and look upon it as the most ancient of all languages. [The Naacal writings are in what is here called Hanferit.]

    “They admit of Genii, like the primitive Persians. They tell their disciples that symbols are made only to fix the attention of the people and are different emblems of the Deity. But as this sound theology would turn to no profit, they concealed it from the people. [And taught what produced superstitious awe and fear.]

    “Be that as it may, the Indians were no longer that people of superior knowledge into whose country the ancient Greeks used to travel for instruction.”

    India was the cradle of the Greek Philosophy. Up to 500 B. C. the Greeks were going to India for learning. When they commenced going I do not know–possibly a thousand years before.

    W. Robertson, “An Historical Disquisition of India,” Pub. 1794, Page 274.

    “The Brahmins, it is well known, borrowed religion, as well as all other sciences of civilization, from the highly civilized Nagas, whom afterwards they relentlessly persecuted.”

    One of the inventions of the Hindu priests was that Man was first created a grass, then a fish, passed into an amphibian, then a reptile, from a reptile into a mammal, and from this became a man. They also maintained that everything is a part of God and that all things put together are God. And yet this same priesthood says that idolatry is a sin. Let us analyze this.

    Idolatry is a sin. The worship of idols made of wood and stone is idolatry. The worship of God is not idolatry. As the wood and stone are parts of God, the worship of wood and stone would be worshipping parts of God: therefore there is no such thing as idolatry, since whatever is worshipped is a part of God. What can be more fantastic than this? Yet I find the same conception in one of our religious sects today, and they call themselves Christians. Did Jesus ever utter such inconceivable nonsense?

    The Brahminical priests did their work well, for they enslaved the people and froze their brains. But India is today awakening. She is casting off her priestly shackles and has started to regain her enviable place among nations, to regain her old religion and civilization. And she will again stand in the proud position from which she was dragged down. The Untouchables will no longer be Untouchables, but will receive their place as brothers in the land. But the Hindus must remember that they are only emerging, the top of the Cross is not clear of the water.

    Some few thousand years ago the Priesthoods generally put the coping stone of horrors on religion–they instituted the horrible practice of human sacrifice. This addition caused consternation and enhanced the fear of the people in all lands. No one knew but he might be the next to be stretched upon the bloody stone, or, be shrouded in the flames of the fiery furnace. Fear and dread reigned supreme. These human sacrifices have supposedly disappeared from what is termed “civilized peoples.” But have they? Is not human life sacrificed today under another guise? And what about present-day religions and people? The only difference from now and 3,000 years ago is a thicker veneer over our savagery.

    The Church of Rome has a bloody page disfiguring its record by the Inquisition.

    The Protestant Church has a great blot on her escutcheon with the burning of witches.

    The Mohammedan Church was born with the sword, has lived by the sword, and will die by the sword–blood covers every page of its history.

    Have Christians been following the teachings of the Great Master, Jesus, who preached only kindness and brotherly love? Certainly not! They have been following the cruel lust for blood bred of fanaticism and bigotry. Are we, ourselves, any better today? I think not. Our lust for blood causes us to hang, shoot and electrocute in the name of the law. What law? Not God’s, for His law says, “Thou shalt not kill.” With all our great professions of civilization we still remain savages at heart, and I have known many savages who are more truly civilized than we are. We erect towering buildings, make horrible wars on one another because of greed for power and wealth. Is this civilization, or mere display? Coat a pig with gold and the pig still remains a pig. The gold is only a veneer; the pig still exists in its original form. Our civilization is simply a veneer hiding our real selves–neither our hearts nor characters are affected by it for we are what we are.

    I shall now show by Mu’s Cosmogonic Diagram what the First Religion of Man was–the Sacred Inspired Religion of Mu.

    MU’S COSMOGONIC DIAGRAM.–The Cosmogonic Diagram of Mu was the mother of all the various cosmogonic diagrams found throughout the world. All subsequent diagrams were based on that of the Motherland.

    Inventions, alterations, additions in lines to adapt them to new meanings, made nightmares of them all.

    One of the most prominent additions in the Hindu, Babylonian, Assyrian, Chaldean and Egyptian was the addition of a hell. This hell is shown in various diagrams as a small circle below the main figure, the outside of the circle symbolizing the Universe, which was putting it far away from the earth. As the devil was unknown in Mu, no hell appears in her cosmogonic diagram.

    DECIPHERING MU’S DIAGRAM.–In Mu the novice was taught to learn the diagram thoroughly and repeat what was written upon it as his spiritual convictions. just as children are taught the Bible today, the children of lost Mu were instructed in this diagram.

    Mu’s Cosmogonic Diagram

    THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE DIAGRAM.–In the center is a circle within two crossed and interwoven triangles. Being interwoven or interlaced, these triangles form but one figure.

    These two triangles are enclosed within a second circle, thus leaving twelve divisions.

    Beyond this circle is a third, leaving a space between the two.

    On the outside of this third circle are 12 scallops. Falling from the outside of the scallops is a ribbon which has 8 divisions.

    THE MEANINGS OF THESE FIGURES.–The central circle is a picture of the Sun and the symbol of the Deity whose abode is Heaven.

    The twelve divisions, formed by the crossing of the two triangles, are the gates to Heaven where dwells the Heavenly Father. These gates symbolize virtues, the twelve great earthly virtues, which man must possess before he can enter the gates, among them being Love, Hope, Charity, Chastity, Faith, et cetera. Love stands at the head of the list.

    The space between the second and third circles is the world beyond, which the soul must pass through to reach the gates of Heaven.

    The twelve scallops on the outside of the outer circle are the gates to the world beyond and symbolize the twelve great earthly temptations which must be overcome by the material body, before the soul can pass through these gates to the world beyond.

    The Babylonian Cosmogonic Diagram

    The ribbon with the eight divisions symbolizes the eight roads to Heaven and tells what man’s actions and thoughts must be to ascend to the gates of the world beyond. Put into present language the foregoing would read:

    THE BELIEF.–I believe there are eight roads to travel to reach Heaven (mentioning them). My soul will first arrive after travelling these roads at the gates to the world beyond. To enter these my soul must show that my earthly body overcame the twelve great earthly temptations (mentioning them). Having shown that it had done so, my soul will be allowed to Pass into the world beyond. This I must traverse until I reach the gates of Heaven. Here my soul must prove that my earthly body possessed the twelve great virtues (mentioning them). Having shown that it did, my soul will then be passed through the gates into Heaven to the Throne of Glory, where sits the Heavenly Father waiting to receive it.

    Have we anything today in any of our religions and religious sects that will compare with this beautiful conception so simply worded?

    This was the Religion of Mu, the Motherland, and the First Religion of Man.

    JESUS AND THE CHRISTIAN RELIGION.–Jesus was a Master, the greatest and most proficient who has ever been on earth.

    Jesus did not teach a new religion; he simply taught the First Original Religion as it is written in the Sacred and Inspired Writings of Mu.

    The Chaldean Cosmogonic Diagram
    The Sri Santara

    The Lord’s Prayer, the greatest work of its kind ever penned or spoken, is to be found in the Sacred Writings of Mu. Jesus condensed the ancient text to suit the language of his day. He compacted the whole of the material parts of religion into a few short sentences, leaving out nothing that was vital to man’s salvation. The religion taught by Jesus has been called the Christian Religion, yet not five per cent of those who profess to follow His teachings do so; the other ninety-five per cent are following the supposed teachings of the apostles made up by a conclave of priests years after Jesus and his apostles had taken the long journey. This they called the Athenasian Creed. They borrowed the name Christian for their headline.

    The teachings of this religion today include some of the extravagances the priesthood of Egypt grafted into the Osirian Religion, which are so contrary to actual teachings of Jesus they are deplorable. Theologies and bigotry, to which may be added supreme obstinacy, are tolling the death knell of the Christian religion. The priesthoods of this religion condemn the falling away of the world from the churches. This is easily understood by anyone who will trouble to think. But thinking priesthoods seem never to have existed. While they are bitterly complaining of this “falling away from the church,” as they call it, the priesthood has only itself to blame. The public is receiving a higher education than heretofore. People are beginning to think for themselves.


    The Hindu Cosmogonic Diagram

    Thinking shows them the impossible theories and beliefs that are being handed out to them, and the bigotry attending it all. With higher education their reasoning powers will not allow them to accept it, so they simply keep away from it.

    Are people becoming irreligious? No! On the contrary, they are becoming more religious. The heart craves truth, a knowledge of the Loving Heavenly Father. Offer people a plain, untrammelled service of simplicity and truth and no church will be big enough to hold all those who will attend.

    There is, however, a crisis in the Church today. How long before the structure will fall? It is crumbling fast and soon will form a heap of ruins on the ground.

    With the atmosphere cleared, the Original Religion will return–the religion that places the spiritual above the material, that teaches the Love of the Heavenly Father, and makes a true brotherhood of man, as it did during the life of the Motherland.

    I have stated that we still retain in our present religions some of the inventions and extravagances grafted into religion by the unscrupulous priesthood. They still persist, they have never been cleansed from our present day religions. I shall mention some; to mention all would fill volumes.

    THE DEVIL AND HELL.–The origin and date already given.

    VIRGIN BIRTH.–The origin of this is to be found in the Sacred Writings of Mu. It appears in the Fifth Command of The Creation:

    “From these cosmic eggs life came forth as commanded.”

    In a subsequent table explaining the commands in creation, cosmic eggs are referred to as “the virgins of Life.” The sentence reads: “Hol Hu Kal.” Translated into English it reads: Hol–closed; Hu–virgin womb; and Kal–to open. Free reading: To pierce or open the virgin womb; and, by permissible extension: To pierce or open the virgin womb of life.

    For this reason the ancients called the waters “the mother of life”; for up to this period of the earth’s history, no life had appeared. Life, therefore, first appeared in the waters. The advent of life had opened the virgin womb in the waters.

    Later, The Four Great Creative Forces which emanate from the Deity had the additional name of Gods bestowed upon them.

    Being the First Known commands or executors of the commands of the Creator, they were called of virgin birth to correspond with the teachings of the Sacred Writings regarding earthly life–thus the First life either of the Gods or nature was the result of Hol Hu Kal.

    Upon this ancient conception modern priesthoods (within the last two thousand years) have invented virgin births and immaculate conceptions for various men that have lived, as an example, Masters. The Priesthoods have made the Great Master, Jesus, of virgin birth and, forgetting themselves, give his pedigree and family tree back to David.

    Our learned scholars are not to be surpassed by any priesthoods. They tell us that all ancient Kings were of virgin birth because they were “Sons of the Sun.” These Kings claimed nothing of the kind. “Son of the Sun” was a title bestowed on the rulers or emperors of a colonial empire by Mu, the Empire of the Sun and Suzerain of the whole world.

    Heretofore I have stated that Jesus did not teach a new faith but the Original Religion of Man.

    My old friend, the Rishi, never tired of talking of the Great Master, Jesus. One day he said to me: “The Lord’s Prayer, as the Christians call it, is the greatest masterpiece of phraseology and condensation ever written, for it embodies the whole of the ancient religion in a few short paragraphs. Take, for instance, the beginning, ‘Our Father which art in Heaven.’ In these six words many points in the ancient religion are covered. It first tells us that we are His children; therefore all mankind are brothers and sisters. “Forgive us our trespasses as we forgive others that trespass against us.” These simple words tell us our duty one to the other, and that we should love one another like brothers and sisters. Again ‘Our Father’ tells us that we should approach Him as we would our earthly father, with love and confidence. “Give us this day our daily bread” is another wonderful sentence and far-reaching. It tells us that we should avoid greed and the craving to amass wealth and depend on Him for our daily needs. He will care for us, thus leaving us free to amass spiritual wealth without anxiety about the material.

    “You will notice, my son, our temple has no wealth nor have those connected with it any wealth. We depend entirely on what the Heavenly Father sends us day by day through the people. Our faith in Him is implicit, so he never allows us to want.” And so he could go on through every sentence of the Lord’s Prayer.

    Another favorite sentence in the Lord’s Prayer to comment on was: “Lead us not into temptation.” This, he said, “was unquestionably a mistranslation of the Master’s words and, no doubt, was unintentional, arising from careless reading.” He then went on: “Let us reason it out. In one of the paragraphs it is shown that the Heavenly Father is the All Powerful, for it says: ‘For Thine is the Kingdom, the Power and the Glory.’ Here it is shown that the supposed leader into temptation is the All Powerful. Therefore, being All Powerful, He cannot fail; and who is the All Powerful? Our kindly Heavenly Father whose love is so great it rules the universe. Could He forget His great love and set a trap for a son’s downfall? Impossible!

    “I think the words of the Master, correctly translated, would be: ‘Let us not be led into temptation’; for in the Sacred Writings we find: ‘O Heavenly Father, let not temptation overtake or surround us. If it does, deliver us from it.’ These are the reasons why I feel that the words of the Great Master have been unintentionally misquoted or mistranslated.”

    He told me that one of the cardinal themes of the Great Master, Jesus, was re-incarnation, something almost entirely omitted in our Biblical account of Him, also in our religious services.

    He told me many legends about Jesus that permeated Oriental lore, one of which he said was universal and told everywhere. The scene is laid in Lahore where Jesus was staying with one, Ajainin, who was one of Jesus’ pupils.

    One day Jesus and Ajainin were sitting in the porch of the temple and while sitting there a band of wandering minstrels entered the court and began to play. Their music was very rich and delicate, and Jesus remarked:

    “Among the highest of the land we have no sweeter music than that which these uncouth children of the jungles bring to us.”

    Ajainin asked: “Whence do they get this talent? In one short life they surely could not acquire such perfection of voice and such knowledge of harmony and time.”

    Jesus answered: “Men call them prodigies. They are no prodigies; all things result from natural laws. These people are not young; a thousand years would not suffice to give them such divine expressions and such purity of voice. Ten thousand years ago these people had mastered harmony. In days of old they trod the busy thoroughfares of life and caught the melody of the voices of nature. They have come again to learn still other lessons from the varied notes of nature.”

    When walking one evening with the Rishi, talking on the subject of the many religions of today and the work of Christian missionaries, he related a tale that was popular among the native priesthood about a poor benighted Hindu and a Christian missionary.

    “A missionary asked one of his native flock what he thought of religion having so many sects? The poor Hindu answered: Religions are like the fingers on the hand. How are we to tell which is right? There was once a dispute among the fingers of the hand as to which was entitled to preëminence.

    “The thumb said, I ought to have the preëminence for it is plain none of you can do anything without me.

    “Ah I said the first finger, What is more important than pointing out the way? This is my office. I ought to have the preëminence.

    “I, said the second finger, rest my claims on mathematical principles. When you hold the hand upright which finger is the tallest? I am; therefore I ought to have the preëminence.

    “No, said the third finger, for although it is something to point out the way, and mathematics are strong, there is one thing stronger, and that is love. When you put the symbol of love upon the hand, it is on the third finger. Therefore the supremacy is mine.

    “Hear me, too, said the little finger, it is true I am small and you are large. Mathematics are strong and love is stronger. But there is one thing above all these and that is worship. When you approach God, I am the finger you choose to present nearest in your prayers. For then you press your hands together, lift them up and hold them thus. Therefore, I should have the preëminence.”

    And the old Rishi turned to me with a smile, saying: “What is your comment, my son?” The poor, benighted Hindu’s philosophy nonplussed me. So I leave it to my readers to supply it.

    On one occasion the old Rishi informed me that temple legends stated: “Jesus, during his sojourn in the Himalayan monastery, studied the contents of the Sacred Inspired Writings, the language, the writing and the Cosmic Forces of the Motherland.”

    That Jesus was a Master of the Cosmic Forces, with a perfect knowledge of the Original Religion, is manifest in the Books of the New Testament; but it is not there shown that he understood the language of Mu. His acquaintance with it is proved by his last words when nailed to the Cross: “Eli, Eli, lama sabac tha ni.”

    This is not Hebrew nor any tongue that was spoken in Asia Minor during the life of Jesus. It is the pure tongue of the Motherland, badly pronounced and spelt in the New Testament. It should have been spelt, read and pronounced: “Hele, hele, lamat zabac ta ni.”

    Translation:

    Hele–I faint. Hele–I faint; lamat zabac ta ni–darkness is coming over my face.

    I do not stand alone on this translation. The late Don Antonio Batres Jaurequi, a prominent Maya scholar of Guatemala, in his book, “History of Central America,” says: “The last words of Jesus on the Cross were in Maya, the oldest known language.” He says they should read, “Hele, Hele, lamah sabac ta ni.” Put in English: “Now I am fainting; the darkness covers my face.” Thus we virtually agree on all material points. The slight differences are easily explained.

    Jaurequi spells the word “lamah.” I spell it “lamat.” He spells the word “sabac.” I spell it “zabac.” This difference is brought about by the translations coming from two different lines of colonization. Mine comes from the Naga-Maya of Eastern Asia; Jaurequi’s comes from the modern Maya of Central America. The two, taken from vastly distant parts of the earth, agree in all material points.


    CHAPTER III

    SYMBOLS OF THE DEITY AND HIS ATTRIBUTES


    SACRED SYMBOLS.–To make the Sacred Symbols as intelligible as possible to my readers I am dividing them into classes. I shall start with the highest, most Sacred Symbol of all, the Sun as Ra symbolizing the Deity. It is the collective symbol representing the Deity with all His attributes, and the only symbol that does so.

    Next will be given symbols of His various attributes. Although I have narrated the Tale of the Creation in my first book, The Lost Continent of Mu, I am repeating it in this one for two reasons. First:–All symbols connected with the Creation were looked upon as sacred, and were used in religious ceremonies. Second:–In the version I am now giving I am extending it slightly, which makes it come nearer to the original version.

    This will be followed by symbols used in religious teaching.

    The following chapter will be the compound Sacred Symbols, with the changes from their beginnings.

    Decipherings of all symbols are given either accompanying the symbol or in “The Lost Continent of Mu.”

    This being the third book of a trilogy on Mu, I have not repeated in it various decipherings, but have referred to “The Lost Continent,” where they will be found.

     

    The Sun

    SYMBOLS OF THE DEITY.–The Sun was the Monotheistic Symbol of the Deity. As the monotheistic or collective symbol it was called RA, and being the monotheistic symbol it was looked upon as the most Sacred of all the Sacred Symbols.

    While each attribute of the Deity, in several cases, had various symbols expressing it, there was only one monotheistic or collective symbol.

    During the early history of man there were no gods but the One Great Infinite. The gods crept into religious ceremonies later. The beginning of the gods was when the Four Great Creative Forces were given the name of gods.

    Scientists and archaeologists, not comprehending the ancient form of writing and symbolisms, have unfortunately spread broadcast the error that the ancients worshipped the Sun, when the fact is that they regarded the Sun as a symbol only; and when they dedicated a temple to the Sun, it was to the Almighty as either the Deity, the One Lord God, or to the Almighty as His male attribute in creation.

    THE ATTRIBUTES OF THE DEITY

    THE CREATOR’S TWO PRINCIPLES.–This is one of the most interesting of the ancient conceptions. It arose from the assumption that to produce anything, male and female were required; so that gave the Creator the two principles–the sun symbolizing the male and the moon the female.

    Symbols were then designed to express the different phases, if it can be so called. First a symbol was devised to express the dual capacity; this they called Lahun  the English translation of which being “two in one, one in two” and by extension “all in one and one is all.” The glyph Lahun is a circle with a bar drawn through its center. The Mexican Tablet No. 150 shows the Sun symbolizing the male principle and the same cut shows the moon symbolizing the female principle.

    No. 150

    It was quite usual among the ancients, when erecting temples, to build two near each other. The larger one was dedicated to the Sun as the male principle and the smaller to the Moon as the female. The lines on Tablet No. 150 read: “The Creator created one. One became two and two produced three from whom all mankind descended.” The top face symbolizes the Sun; the lower face without rays the moon.

    Isis: The Egyptians were not content with having the Moon symbolize the female attribute of the Creator, so they devised a symbol for the moon which they called Isis; thus they made a symbol to symbolize a symbol.

    The intricacies of what Isis was, beyond symbolizing Nature, and being the executrix of God’s commands, was only understood by the Egyptians themselves, and they were not all in accord on the subject.

    In ceremonies and processions Isis wore as her headdress a moon with a pair of cow’s horns. With the Egyptians, cow’s horns symbolized motherhood. The goddess Sati of Upper Egypt, and the goddess Hathor both had cow’s horns in their headdress. Hathor had a moon also like Isis. It appears to me that Sati, Hathor and Isis all symbolized the same thing, only they were represented in slightly different vestments.

    Isis

    The old Oriental Empires followed the Egyptians in making a woman symbolize the moon.

    The Babylonians had Astoreth. The Hittites had Hepet. The Greeks rejoiced in their Aphrodite, and the Romans in Venus.

    Papyrus Ani: “In early days, before priests froze the thoughts of man into blocks of stone and built of them shrines to a thousand gods, many held that there was only One God.”

    THE DEITY AS THE CREATOR.–The Creation was one of the principal themes of the Ancients. In this they clearly distinguished between the Creator Himself and the work consummated, making a prominent dividing line in their symbols. I shall first take the symbols of the Deity as the Creator. The ancients looked upon the power of Creation as one of the attributes of the Almighty.

    The ancients had numerous figures, always conventional, symbolizing this attribute. Apparently the most popular were adorned serpents. Many designs of these serpents are found in ancient carvings and literature.

    Two of these serpents are especially prominent. One was the cobra, called in the Motherland, Naga. This one had seven heads. This number was given to correspond with the seven stages of creation, the seven mental planes, et cetera.

    The seven-headed serpent originated in Mu and was there called Naga. In various Mu colonies it received added names. judging from the geographical position of the colonies where we find it, I think that the lower western half of Mu was where it was used. The people using this symbol were called after it–the Nagas.

    Angkor Thom

    Anarajapoora–Ceylon

    The other serpent was covered with feathers instead of scales. This also originated in the Motherland and was there called Quetzacoatl. It is still to be found in the impenetrable jungles and swamps of Yucatan and Central America, but extremely rare. During all of my explorations I have only seen one, and I never want to see another. It is the most venomous serpent ever known on earth. Its location was apparently along the northern half of the Motherland. One tribe who made Quetzacoatl their symbol for the Creator, like the Nagas took their name from it, being known as–the Quetzals. The Quetzacoatl varied in design among these people.

    One of the most noteworthy conventional designs of the Quetzacoatl is the Dragon so prominent in the northern parts of eastern Asia today. In this effort the ancients carried the design to the extreme of conventionality, for they endowed it with a crest, which it had not, wings which it had and legs which were long instead of mere claws or feet. They not only gave it the wherewithal to fly, but to run also, which it could not do.

    The Pueblo Indians of Arizona and New Mexico bestowed on it the name of the bearded serpent as well as Quetzacoatl.

    The Quiche Mayas, in their sacred book the Popal Vuh, refer to it as follows:–

    “All was immobility and silence in the darkness, in the night; only the Creator, the maker, the dominator, the Serpent covered with feathers, they who engender, they who create, they are surrounded by green and blue, their name is Gucumatz.”

    Narayana

    The name Gucumatz here does not refer to the Creator Himself but to His Four Great Creative Forces, hence they are referred to as “they.”

    I found in a Nootka Indian tableau a serpent having a plume on his head, unquestionably one of the conventional designs of Quetzacoatl. Although the names of all other objects in the tableau were given, that of the Serpent was omitted by these British Colombian Indians.

    As Sacred Symbols of the Creative Powers, these were all held in great reverence. They stood next to the Sun–the most sacred symbol of all.

    I also find a feathered serpent in Egypt. In the tomb of Pharaoh Seti I is to be seen a painting of a serpent having three heads, four legs of man and feathered wings.

    THE SACRED FOUR.–The Sacred Four is among the oldest religious conceptions. I found it in the Sacred Inspired Writings of Mu.

    The Sacred Four are the Four Great Primary Forces, coming from the Almighty. They first brought order out of chaos throughout the Universe and then, on command, created the Universe with all the bodies and life therein. When creation was completed they were given charge of the physical universe. Today the Universe and all physical life is controlled by these Forces.

    An ancient Hindu picture

    The god Vishnu supported by the Serpent Ananta, having seven heads, the symbol of the Seven Commands of Creation.

    The ancients held these Forces in such reverence that nearly if not all of the very early temples were dedicated to them as the Creator’s executors. Most of the temples, I find, were subsequently dedicated to the Sun and Moon, the Sun Temple symbolizing the male principle of the Creator and the Temple of the Moon the female principle. Still later, I find temples dedicated to Seven Great Commands of Creation and symbolized by an adorned or conventional Serpent.

    From the beginning various symbols for the Sacred Four began to creep in. Also a plurality of names were given them at different times by various people. I have a collection of over fifty names given to them. Among them are: the Four Great Ones, the Four Powerful Ones, the Four Great Kings, the Four Great Maharajas, the Four Great Builders, the Four Great Architects, the Four Great Geometricians, the Four Great Pillars; and today we call them the Four Archangels.

    Somewhere about 6,000 or 7,000 years ago, a confusion was caused by giving the Pillars Keepers, which were called Genii. This addition of keepers for the Pillars must have occurred after the destruction of Mu, as I do not find them in any writings of the First Civilization. The Pillars were placed at the Four Corners of the earth to teach ancient man the Four Cardinal points. The earth’s symbol is a four-sided square, which when referring to anything but the Cardinal points is shown with sides, top and bottom parallel, thus  and when associated with the Cardinal points or referring to them is placed thus 06701 so that the points shall be in their true position. The crossing of these two squares was used by the Egyptians to symbolize the eight Roads to Heaven. 06702

    The writings about the Genii are so obtuse and so mixed up that I cannot look upon them as anything but a camouflage for the Pillars, consequently the changing of the name from the Sacred Four to Genii is a change of vestment only.

    BIRDS SYMBOLS OF THE SACRED FOUR.–Birds as symbols play an important part in the ancient religious conceptions but what they actually symbolized remained for the Mexican Tablets to tell us. We have an Egyptian record in their ancient god Seb, but what is said about him by the Egyptians is so purely symbolical, that without other evidences, the layman could hardly be brought to understand.

    THE GOD SEB: Egyptian Book of the Dead. Here the god Seb is called “the Father of the Gods,” “the Bearer of the Gods” and “the Leader of the Gods.” Seb was also called “the Great Cackler which produced the Mundane Egg.” He is spoken of as having “laid the egg out of which the earth and all therein came forth.” It further says: “I protect the egg of the Great Cackler, if I thrive it thrives, if I live it lives, if I breathe the breath of air it breathes.” The god carries on his head the figure of a goose. Seb was the Egyptian name for this particular species of goose.

    The Hittite Bird Symbol

    Courtesy of American Weekly

    The foregoing speaks of both the Creator and the Four Great Creative Forces emanating from Him. As hitherto stated, “the Gods” were the Sacred Four, thus showing that the old Egyptians knew perfectly well what the Origin of Forces is.

    Hawaiian Tradition: Ellis’ Polynesian Research. “In the Sandwich Islands there is a tradition saying that in the beginning there was nothing but water when a big bird descended from on high and laid an egg in the sea. The egg burst and Hawaii came forth.”

    It was Mexico, however, that has given us the clinching proof of what bird symbols of the ancients really signified. Among Niven’s collection of Mexican Tablets, there are over fifty showing birds. I have selected one to decipher, to tell what they all mean.

    Mexican Tablet No. 1086: Those who have read my two books–The Lost Continent of Mu and The Children of Mu will readily see the meaning of two glyphs which I here point out in the bird figure.

    The eye of the bird  is the Uighur form of the monotheistic symbol of the Deity. Projecting from the bird’s breast is the hieratic letter H in the alphabet of Mu  which was among all ancient people was the alphabetical symbol for the Four Great Forces. The body of the bird is in the shape of a pod–symbol for the home of the primary forces. The various lines in connection with the pod are old esoteric Uighur temple writings.

    This bird therefore symbolizes the Creative Forces of the Deity and the forces are shown as emanating from or coming out of the Deity. By extension, this figure reads: A symbol of the Almighty showing the four Great Primary Forces coming out of Him.

    Easter Island: On this little island have been found various bird symbols and conventional animals with birds’ heads. One has an egg in its claw, which seems to show that the ancient Easter Islanders had the same conceptions as the Hawaiians.

    Legends of some of the North American Indians show that bird symbols are their favorite symbol for the Creative Forces. Their name for this bird is the Thunder Bird.

    Birds appear among the ancient records of the Babylonians, Chaldeans and Hittites as one of their symbols of the Sacred Four–The Creative Forces.

    The Assyrian Genii included a bird.

    The Egyptians included a bird.

    The Bible also includes a bird.

    An Alaskan Totem Pole: A very old chief of the tribe of Haiden Indians, Queen Charlotte Island, Alaska, to which a totem pole belongs has stated: “The winged creature which crowns the totem pole is the Thunder Bird and represents the Great Creator.” It would have been more correct if he had said: “Represents the Great Creative Forces.”

    I am under the impression that the winged circle got its inspiration from a bird symbol. This ancient conception remains dear to us; for whenever heavenly beings are depicted, they are shown with wings like a bird.

    All the various bird symbols, from so many widely diversified spots, express the same conception, and it seems to me that, different as they are in appearance, they must have a common ancestor.

    CROSS SYMBOLS OF THE SACRED FOUR.–The Specialized Cross was one of the figures used by the ancients to denote the Sacred Four–the Four Great Primary Forces. The cross was always a favorite symbol among the ancients probably because they found it more expressive than any other figure. Studying and writing about the Sacred Four appears also to have been an absorbing theme with them. Today the Pueblo Indians of Arizona and New Mexico refer to the Sacred Four as “Those above.”

    The mother of all crosses was plain with four arms of equal length. I first find it in the Sacred and Inspired Writings as the symbol of The Sacred Four–The Great Creative Forces.

    Mexican Tablet No. 672: Is an exact duplication of the cross heretofore mentioned as appearing in the Oriental copies of the Sacred Inspired Writings of Mu. As time went on this cross evolved. It developed into four distinct lines, becoming more intricate al I the time.

    No. 672

    1. The end of the first line and the shortest, I have called the Pyramid Cross.

    2. The end of the second line is a cross formed of four loops, having the symbol of the Deity in the center. These I have called the Loop Crosses.

    3. The end of the third line is the well-known Swastika, known as “the good luck symbol.”

    4. The end of the fourth line was the winged circle. The ancients rioted in designs for this figure; the Egyptians excelling others in beautiful devices and marvelous artistry.

    Besides these four main lines, there were many single special designs.

    THE PYRAMID CROSS. LINE 1.–A group of Crosses among Niven’s collection of Mexican tablets is especially interesting. I have called them the Pyramid Crosses because they are designed on the lines of a pyramid. They are the cosmogony of a pyramid illustrated by a cross.

    The four arms are composed of four triangles corresponding with the four sides of a pyramid.

    The points of these triangles are covered with the monotheistic symbol of the Deity.

    The base of a pyramid is square; the four triangles brought together form a square. The pyramid is built on astronomical lines; so is the Cross.

    These Crosses were drawn before the submersion of Mu. Were any pyramids built before that date? I know of none. Were pyramids evolved out of these Crosses?

    Fig. A. Is the base of a pyramid divided into four triangles.

    Fig. B. Dotted lines within the circle show the points of the triangles, corresponding to the top of a pyramid.

    Fig. C. Shows the Cross with the monotheistic symbol of the Deity, Naga Pattern, crowning the points.

    Fig. D. Is the same as Fig. C with the exception that the Uighur monotheistic symbol crowns the points.

    Fig. E. The point of the triangle covered by the monotheistic symbol. The following is written on these tablets:

    “The Four Great Pillars,” “The Sacred Four,” “The Four Great Architects,” “The Four Great Builders” and “The Four Powerful Ones.”

    No. 777 confirms the fact that the four triangles forming the Cross are the Sacred Four because the symbol within the triangle reads: “Pillar.” The four triangles with their inscriptions therefore read: “The Four Great Pillars”–one of the names given to the Sacred Four.

    During the life of Mu it was taught that the Four Great Pillars sustained the Universe.

    After the destruction of Mu the Universe was forgotten and the earth given the honor of anchoring and sustaining the Pillars. A pillar was placed at each of the Cardinal Points:–North, South, East and West.

    THE LOOPED CROSSES. LINE 2.–The evolution of this line started with the plain cross shown in the Sacred Writings and ended with the Deity being added to four loops symbolizing the Four Great Forces, with the names of the Forces given within the loop.

    The evolution of the Looped Crosses

    Fig. 1. The Original Cross.

    Fig. 2. The oldest form of Looped Cross I have as yet found. It is very ancient from the fact that the symbol of the Deity is of the ancient pattern and not specialized. It is a question in my mind whether a link is not missing between Fig. 1 and Fig. 2; the change appears to me to be too radical for the ancients.

    Sometime during the teachings of primitive man trouble apparently began to accumulate over the circle, which was used to symbolize various things. It was then decided to specialize the circle which symbolized the Deity. The Nagas added a dot in the center and the Uighurs an inner circle. Fig. 2 has neither of these specializations.

    Fig. 3a. Is the same as Fig. 2 except that Fig. 3a has the Naga pattern of the symbol for the Deity.

    Fig. 3b. Is the same as Fig. 2 except that this cross has the Uighur pattern for the symbol of the Deity.

    Fig. 4. This figure shows the last addition to the Looped Crosses. Within the arms of the loops the names of the Force are written, in this case the name of the Force being “builder”07501 (a two-sided square). The loop is a symbol that a certain divine order has been carried out. The Force has returned to the giver of the command.

    A group of representative Looped Crosses taken from Niven’s Mexican Tablets

    Various other Crosses were used by the ancients in their writings, and each one had a different meaning. They are however easily distinguishable from the Crosses symbolizing the Sacred Four. The original Cross of the Sacred Four was a solid plain cross; all the others are open crosses.

    1. This Cross reads U-luumil which means “the Land of,” “the Country of,” “the Empire of,” et cetera.

    2. Another Cross is formed by four lines drawn across each other.

    3. Sometimes but not often we find the ends of this Cross connected. The meaning of it is “slowly,” “little by little” “slow progress,” et cetera.

    THE SWASTIKA. LINE 3.–The Swastika was originally associated with good luck from being the favorite symbol of the Sacred Four who were in charge of the physical Universe and therefore the means by which all good things came to man. While the Swastika is one of the oldest and most universal of symbols, being found throughout the ancient world, its origin and meaning have been lost for the past 3,500 years. The loss occurred when the fierce Brahminical priesthood of India persecuted and drove their teachers, the mild and highly educated Naacals, into the snow-capped mountains of the North.

    I found the origin and meaning of this symbol:

    First: In the Naacal writings which were brought from the Motherland and for thousands of years, probably, had lain dust covered and almost forgotten in the archives of Oriental temples and monasteries.

    Second: Confirmed by the Mexican Stone Tablets.

    Fate, however, ordained that their coverings of dust and ashes of thousands of years should be removed and their secrets be once more known to the world.

    The “good luck symbol” is a very appropriate name for the Swastika, since it represents the physical welfare of man and all the Universe. The Swastika evolved from the plain original Cross.

     

    The Evolution of the Swastika:

    Fig. 1. Is the original plain Cross.

    Fig. 2. Here we have a circle added, surrounding the Cross. The Circle is the symbol of the Deity. The Cross is shown within the Deity; therefore it is apart of Him, emanating from Him. This accounts for the ancients calling their works: “the Commands of the Creator,” “His Desires,” “His Wishes,” et cetera. The Forces symbolized by the Cross were the executors of His commands. With the circle drawn around the Cross it became a composite glyph symbolizing the ancient’s full Godhead of Five–i. e. The Deity and His Four Great Primary Forces, the Four original Gods.

    Fig. 3. Is a glyph found among the North American cliff writers. The arms of the Cross extend beyond the circle.

    Fig. 4. The next step was to project the arms beyond the circle and turn their ends down at right angles thus forming a two-sided square, which was the ancient glyph for “Builder.” Thus were shown the Four Great Builders of the Universe. Without question it soon became evident to the ancients that by extending the original Cross they had deprived themselves of the possibility of mentioning the Four Great Forces without including the Deity. They could not write the Sacred Four, but they must write the full Godhead of five. To rectify this and bring back the symbol to its original meaning they eliminated the circle, leaving only the Four Great Builders of the Universe.

    Throughout the world have been found glyphs which archaeologists have called Swastikas. I refer to a glyph which is formed by crossing the hieratic letters N which are crossed thus  This is not a Swastika but the diphthong Sh in the Motherland’s alphabet. Where the ends of a cross are curved, it is not a Swastika. The arms of a Swastika must be bent over at perfect right angles to form a perfect two-sided square, the symbol for “Builder.”

    Clement of Alexandria wrote: “These Four Powerful Ones, these Four Canobs, these Heavenly Architects, emanate from the Great Supreme Infinite One, and evolved the material Universe from chaos.”

     

    THE WINGED CIRCLE. LINE 4.–Apparently there was only one step between the original cross and the winged circle, unless we accept the Mexican butterfly winged circle as a step.

    Fig. 1. The Original Cross.

    Fig. 2. Dhyan Choans. Ancient, Oriental, and Mexican.

    Fig. 3. Butterfly winged Circle. Mexican.

    Fig. 4. Bird winged Circle. Hindu.

    As will be seen, in all cases except one, the circles have feathered wings. All these, I believe, originated since the destruction of Mu. The Butterfly winged circle was in existence before Mu went down. The winged circle was popularly received by all people but everyone appears to have had a different conception of how it should be designed. The Egyptian designs exceeded all others in gorgeously beautiful feather work.

    TRUNCATED FIGURES.–Among the Mexican Tablets–Niven’s collection–I find over one hundred peculiar truncated figures.. They are purely conventional and were not intended to represent any of Nature’s lives.

    On deciphering them I found that they are symbolical of the workings of two of the Great Primary Forces.

    The trunk indicates the direction in which these Forces work. The body is that of a chrysalis or pod, the symbol for the home of the Primary Forces. The lines are the numeral writings of the ancients–Uighur pattern.

    The legs and arms point to the positions of these Forces under certain conditions.

    Truncated Figures

    From Niven’s collection of Mexican prehistoric tablets

    CHINESE SYMBOLS.–From the Chinese writings it is hard to tell whether Fig. 1 was the symbol for the


     

    Sacred Four or the Four Genii or both. The mountain was called Yo. Fig. 2 is a jade ornament from Peking. It is one of the symbols of the Sacred Four, and looked upon as a sacred emblem by the Chinese.

    THE SCARAB.–Hitherto the Scarab beetle has been looked upon as a symbol of Egyptian origin. I am here giving records which prove that the Scarab beetle was used as a symbol of creative energy in the Motherland tens of thousands of years before men settled in Egypt.

    Fig. 2. Is a little tableau carved on the handle of a knife. A record exists saying that this knife was worn by Prince Maya of India. Prince Maya was the son of the first ruler over the Naga Empire of India. Traditions say that Prince Maya lived 25,000 years ago; other traditions say 35,000 years ago. Temple histories show that the Naga Empire was in existence 25,000 years ago.

    Inscriptions on the handle of this knife state that it was made before India was turned into a Colonial Empire.

    It is believed, based on a tradition, that this knife was made in the Motherland and obtained there by Prince Maya who brought it back to India on his return after he had completed his studies in a Naacal College. It is without question the oldest known knife in the world. When it was presented to me by an Indian prince, a written history was given with it, telling what ancient kings had worn it.

    Referring back to the tableau, the Scarab is shown surrounded by rays of glory, and kneeling in adoration are two deer called Ceh. This species of deer was the ancient symbol for first manCeh is often shown as the symbol for first man in ancient writings, both Hindu and Maya. Upper Egypt was colonized from India. Without question, the colonists brought this symbol with them, so that the Scarab as a sacred symbol originated not in Egypt but in Mu the Motherland whence it was brought to Egypt by way of India.

    Fig. 3. Is one of the vignettes of the Book of the Dead and is a reflex of the symbol just described.

    Fig. 1. Is a vignette of the Egyptian god Khepra also taken from the Book of the Dead.

    Egyptian writings vary somewhat as to what the scarabaeus beetle actually symbolizes.

    The name Khepra is derived from the Egyptian word kheper, to create.

    On the tablet of Ramases II at Kuban we read:–“The God Ra is like thee in his limbs, the god Khepra in creative Force.”

    From the writings of Anana, 1320 B. C.:–“To the Egyptians the Scarabaeus beetle is no god, but an emblem of the Creator, because it rolls a ball of mud between its feet and sets therein its eggs to hatch, as the Creator rolls the world around, thereby causing it to produce life.”

    GANESHA.–Ganesha is the symbol of the attribute who cares for the welfare of the crops and fields, and is generally known as “The Lord of the crops and fields” upon which humanity depends for its sustenance. On that account he is very much beloved.

    Ganesha is depicted as having a man’s body painted red with an elephant’s head placed upon it.

    In India he is to be found at the crossroads sitting upon a stone.

    Dear old Ganesha, (for he is very old, having originated in the Motherland) everyone loves him, even the little children. No one ever passes him without placing a flower between his arms, so that he is always bedecked with flowers.

    In Java he is more thought of still, for there he is held to be the emblem of good luck also, and his representation is found everywhere, over the doors of shops, on bank windows; in fact no place apparently can be lucky without him. The Javanese give him Four Arms corresponding with the Four Great Primary Forces from which we receive all our blessings.

    Ganesha from India

     

    Ganesha from Java

    Courtesy New York American


    CHAPTER IV
    THE CREATION


    VIGNETTES FROM THE SACRED WRITINGS OF MU.–

    Fig. 1

    . Fine, straight, horizontal lines. Symbol for Space.
    Fig. 2

    . Symbolizing the Seven-headed Serpent as the Deity moving through Space. The surrounding circle is the symbol for the Universe.
    Fig. 3

    . Wavy horizontal lines symbolize Earthly Waters.
    Fig. 4

    . The Circle. The monotheistic symbol of the Deity.
    Fig. 5

    . The Plain Cross. Symbol of the Sacred Four. The Four Great Primary Forces coming direct from the Almighty.
    Fig. 6

    . The full Godhead of Five. The Deity and his Four Great Primary and Creative Forces.
    Fig. 7

    . Lahun. The dual principle of the Creator.
    Fig. 8

    . The Fires of the Underneath. The Earth’s Center.
    Fig. 9

    . Vertical, fine, dotted lines from the Sun symbolize the Sun’s affinitive Forces to the Earth’s Light Forces.
    p. 88

    Fig. 10.

    Vertical, fine, straight lines from the Sun, symbolize the Sun’s affinitive Forces to the Earth’s Light Forces.

    Fig. 11

    . Vertical, wavy lines from the Sun, symbolize the Sun’s affinitive Force to the Earth’s Heat Force.
    Fig. 12

    . The Sun’s affinitive Forces to the Earth’s Life Forces striking the Earth’s Forces in the Cosmic Eggs formed in the waters.
    Fig. 13

    . The Sun’s affinitive Forces to the Earth’s [paragraph continues]
    p. 89

    Life Forces striking the Earth’s Forces in Cosmic Eggs which have been formed on the land.

    Fig. 14

    . Symbol of the Waters as the Mother of Life.
    Fig. 15

    . The Tau, symbol of Resurrection and Emersion.
    Fig. 16

    . The Tree of Life and the Serpent. The Serpent symbolizes the Waters and the Tree–Mu, the Mother of Man, the Only Life. All of nature’s lives are illusion; they do not continue on. Only man is Life and Life is everlasting.
    Mexican Tablet No. 1231

    : I consider this cross the most valuable writing which has come down to us from the First Civilization both as regards religion and science. This cross tells us that all Forces throughout the Universe have their origin in the Deity. That these Forces are controlling life and all movements of matter down to the atom and particles of atoms, either directly or indirectly. It shows us that the Forces called Atomic Forces are only indirect workings of Primary Forces through Atoms. It tells us how the Great Primary Forces are working in a manner to maintain regular and perfect movements of each and every body throughout the Universe.
    All of the arms of this cross are symbols of the Primary Forces coming from and out of the Deity. All of these arms or Forces are pointing towards the East–the four form a circle. Therefore, the Primary Forces are all working in a circle from a Center and proceeding

    p. 90


    Tablet No. 1231

    in an Easterly direction.

    Detailed deciphering of this symbol is to be found in The Lost Continent of Mu, Page 34.

    The Origin of Forces has always been a mooted question among scientists. We have here a writing by the scientists of the earth’s First Great Civilization, telling us what the origin is; and not only that, but also the manner and direction of their workings. Especially

    p. 91

    it shows us the curvatures apparent throughout the Universe, which are causing so much controversy among scientists today.

     

    How long ago this was written I cannot say: but certainly more than 12,000 years ago.

    Mexican Tablet No. 988

    : I am giving this tablet as a confirmation of the previous one regarding the direction in which the Forces are working throughout the Universe. This particular glyph shows the lines running from the outside to the Center–therefore it is the Centripetal Force.

    This glyph, without any script, appears on many of the Yucatan and Central American inscriptions.

    Pedro Beltram, Le Plongeon and others have written that this glyph refers to the movement of the Sun. Here it distinctly states that it represents the workings of a primary Force.

    Mexican Tablet No. 339

    : This interesting little tablet symbolizes the Four Great Primary Forces, in the shape of a butterfly, flying through space and evolving law and order out of chaos in obedience to the command of the Creator–His first command in Creation.

    ”Let Land Appear”
    ”And waters covered the face of the earth”

    A full deciphering of this tablet is given in The Lost Continent of Mu, Page 37.

    Mexican Tablet No. 1267

    :
    Fig. 1

    . The outside circle–The Universe.
    Fig. 2

    . The wavy circle–The Waters.
    Fig. 3

    . The inside–The Earth.
    Fig. 4

    . “The Fires of the underneath”–Volcanic gases. The Force symbol, coming out of the Fires, tells us that land is about to be raised.
    Mexican Tablet No. 328

    : This Mexican tablet symbolizes the actual first life on earth. A full reading of this compound glyph is given in The Children of Mu, page 76.
    THE TALE OF THE CREATION.–The following is what I found in the old Oriental Naacal writing, supplemented by the Mexican Tablets:

    “Originally the Universe was only a soul or spirit. Everything was without form and without life. All was calm, silent and soundless. Void and dark was the immensity of space. Only the Supreme Spirit, the Great Self-Existing Power, the Creator, the Seven-Headed Serpent, moved within the abyss of darkness.”

    “The desire came to Him to create worlds, and the desire came to Him to create the earth with living things upon it, and He created the earth and all therein. This is the manner of the creation of the earth with all there is within and upon it:–The Seven-headed Serpent)


    No. 328

    the Creator, gave seven great commands.”

    These two tablets tell us that these seven commands

    p. 96

    were given to the Four Great Primary Forces. That these Forces were the executors of the Creator’s commands throughout the Creation.

    “The First Command: ‘Let the gases, which are scattered throughout space and without form and order, be brought together and out of them let worlds be formed.’

    Then the gases were brought together in the form of whirling masses.”

    “The Second Command: ‘Let the gases solidify and let the earth be formed.’ Then the gases solidified. Volumes were left on the outside of the crust, from which the waters and the atmosphere were to be formed; and volumes were left enveloped within the crust. Darkness prevailed, and there was no sound for as yet neither the atmosphere nor the waters were formed.”

    p. 97

    “The Third Command: ‘Let the outside gases be separated and let them form the waters and the atmosphere.’

    [paragraph continues] And the gases were separated. One part went to form the waters, the remainder formed the atmosphere. The waters settled upon the face of the Earth so that no land appeared anywhere.”

    “The gases which did not form the waters, went to form the atmosphere. And the shafts of the Sun met the shafts of the earth’s light contained in the atmosphere, which gave birth to light. Then there was light upon the face of the Earth.”

    “And the shafts of the Sun met the shafts of the Earth’s heat which was contained in her atmosphere

    p. 98

    and gave it life. Then there was heat to warm the face of the earth.”

    “The Fourth Command: ‘Let the fires that are within the earth raise land above the face of the waters.’ Then the fires of the underneath lifted the land on which the waters rested until the land appeared above the face of the waters-this was the dry land.”


    Naacal
    No. 12


    Naacal
    No. 13


    Egyptian
    No. 1


    Hindu
    No. 2


    Mexican No. 328

     

    “The Fifth Command: ‘Let life come forth in the waters.’ And the shafts of the Sun met the shafts of the earth in the mud of the waters, and out of particles of

    p. 99

    mud formed cosmic eggs. From these eggs life came forth as commanded.”


    Naacal No. 13

    “The Sixth Command: ‘Let Life come forth on the land.’ And the shafts of the Sun met the shafts of the earth in the dust of the land and out of particles of dust formed cosmic eggs. From these cosmic eggs life came forth as commanded.” (What I have translated as arrows and shafts is the glyph .)

    “The Seventh Command: And when this was done, the Seventh Intellect said: ‘Let us make man after our own fashion and let us endow him with powers to rule this earth.’ Then the Seven-Headed Intellect, The Creator of All Things throughout the Universe, created man and placed within his body a living, imperishable spirit, and man became like the Creator in intellectual power.”

    What does the phrase “after our own fashion” mean? It certainly does not mean in the image of the Creator; for, a little farther on in the Sacred Writings, it says: “To man the Creator is incomprehensible. He can

    p. 100

     


    Mexican Tablet No. 1584
    Creation of the First Pair
    Man and Woman

     

    p. 101

    neither be pictured nor named, He is the Nameless.”

    If man were “in the image of God” he would be a picture of God; and, as God can neither be pictured nor named, being incomprehensible, the Bible has erred in translation by using the word “image.”

    “Like the Creator” unquestionably means, in intellect and mystic powers, for man possesses both.

    Mexican Tablet No. 1584

    : This tablet reads:–“Man was created with the dual principle, male and female. The Creator caused this man to pass into a sleep (our death) and while he slept, the principles were severed by Cosmic Forces. When he awoke (born again) he was two–man and woman.”
    There are innumerable writings stating that man was created alone, and that woman was taken from a part of the original man. I shall quote a few prominent writings on the subject and also include some legends.

    THE BIBLE.–Genesis. 2. V. 21-22.

    “And the Lord God caused a deep sleep [Among the ancients death was called sleep: therefore, here sleep is equivalent to our death.] to fall upon Adam, and he slept: [that is he died] and He took one of his ribs, and closed up the flesh instead thereof. And the rib which the Lord God had taken from man, made he a woman, and brought her unto the man.”

    This is Ezra’s translation of the writings of Moses 800 years after. Moses’ writings were copies of the Naga in the language and writing of the Motherland and were only partially understood by Ezra who had not

    p. 102

    become a Master in the Chaldi in Babylonia before he was released from bondage and returned to his own land.

    EGYPT.–Egypt obtained the Sacred Inspired Writings of Mu from two sources, in which the creation of woman appears. First, from India, brought by the Nagas when they made their first settlement at Maioo in Nubia, Upper Egypt. Second, from Atlantis, brought by the Mayas under the leadership of Thoth, who made his first settlement at Saïs on the Nile Delta, Lower Egypt. This probably accounts for two versions of the Creation in the early chapters of the Bible. One was from the people who came from India–the other from the people who came from Atlantis, forming Upper and Lower Egypt.

    HINDU.–The Sacred Inspired Writings of Mu were brought to India by the Naacals from the Motherland, and from India they were carried by the Naacals to the more recent colonies of Babylonia on the Euphrates and to Maioo in Upper Egypt.

    CHALDEAN.–The Chaldean and Egyptian were therefore reflexes of the Hindu, and the Hindu a reflex of the Motherland: thus showing, definitely, that the legend of woman coming out of man originated in Mu, the Motherland.

    HAWAII. PACIFIC ISLANDS.–The Hawaiians have a very ancient legend stating:–“Taaroa made man out of red earth Araca, and breathed into his nostrils. He made woman from man’s bones and called her Ivi.”

    p. 103

    This part of the legend is identical with the Biblical arid continues so throughout, except in unimportant details.

    In the Polynesian language every letter in a word is pronounced: thus Ivi in Polynesian is pronounced Eve-y. Mu was destroyed about 12,000 years ago, so that this legend must have been orally handed down for at least 12,000 years.

    THE GREEK LEGEND.–In all of their conceptions, the Greeks were always original. They gave a viewpoint on a subject different from all others, even to the creation of man and woman.

    Plato says

    : “Human beings were originally created with the man and woman combined in one body. Each body had four arms and four legs. The bodies were round, and they rolled over and over, using the arms and legs to move them. By and by they began to treat the gods badly. They stopped their sacrifices and even threatened to roll up Mount Olympus to attack and overthrow the gods.
    “One god said, ‘Let us kill them all. They are dangerous.’

    “Another said, ‘No, I have a better idea. We will cut them in half. Then they will only have two arms and two legs; they won’t be round. They won’t be able to roll. Being multiplied by two, they will offer twice as many sacrifices, and what is the most important, each half will be so busy looking for the other half that they will not have time to bother us.’

    p. 104

    UIGHUR.–The frontispiece of this book, coming from the ancient capital of the Uighurs destroyed about 18,000 to 20,000 years ago–Chinese records say 19,000 years ago–is probably the oldest record of man being created with the dual principle.

    There are in this world those, the spiritual part of whose brains are so finely keyed to each other, that words are unnecessary to express the feelings of one towards the other when they first meet. These possibly are the two halves of man and woman which in bygone times made one soul. All the past is bridged at a glance. The divine, pure love for one another leaps into life again on the instant. Many modern writers have vulgarly termed this “the man call.” It is not the man call; it is the souls’ call, mates. The “man call” is materialism. Materialism has nothing to do with it, because the call is spiritual.

    Again, two persons, meeting for the first time, may or may not take a dislike to one another. One of them at least may take a dislike to the other and mistrust the other for no apparent reason. This is popularly termed “first impressions.” Probably if their past incarnations could be recalled and they could see all that happened in them, the question would be answered.

    A glyph, generally a circle but sometimes oblong with two parallel lines drawn through its center dividing it into three parts as shown Cut. 1 (Niven’s Mexican Tablet No. 2379), is a common universal symbol.

    It is found among the cliff writings of our western

    p. 105

    states, in inscriptions on the Mexican Pyramid at Xochicalco, in the Maya writings of Yucatan. It appears in a writing on Inscription Rock, northeast Brazil


    Cut 1. Mexican No. 2379


    Cut 2. A paragraph in the Sacred Inspired Writings (Naacal writing)

    near the boundary of British Guiana, and in other various American carvings. It occurs in the ancient writings of the Uighurs, Hindus, Babylonians and Egyptians.

    p. 106

    In the Oriental Naacal writings of the Sacred Inspired Writings, The Books of the Golden Age, it is one of three glyphs forming a paragraph. (See Cut. 2.) The paragraph reads: ( Hun)-The Creator is one. ( Lahun, two)–He is two in one. ( Mehen, man)–These two engendered the son, mehen–man. It is thus shown that the glyph refers to the Creation of man, and by the ordinary extensions given these very ancient symbols, includes producing a continuance of, et cetera.

    Lao Tzu in Tao te King, a Chinese book written about 600 B. C. just before the time of Confucius, we read: “Reason Tao made One. One became two. Two produced three. From these three, all mankind descended.”

    In deciphering and translating this glyph, collected from many parts of the earth, I have invariably found that, in the ancient explanation of it, three words persist in every translation of it, viz: made or created, became and produced; thus:

    The Creator created man, man became two, these two produced three, clearly in each case showing and defining the form of the steps in progression, and the difference between each step.

    An ancient glyph which by the ancients was called “The Mysterious Writing” is an esoteric temple writing, a numeral writing, conveying the same meaning and conception as the Mexican Tablet No. 2379.

    p. 107

    THE MYSTERIOUS WRITING.–The Mysterious Writing consisted of either six small circles or six small disks, placed so as to form a triangle, pyramid or keystone. The rows are so placed that they count-one, two, three.


    Cut 3. The Mysterious Writing

    The two figures forming Cut 3 are written with the Naga form of numerals. Sometimes the Nagas used circles, at other times disks; this appears to have been optional, dependent on the taste of the writer.

    The Uighurs, generally, used a bar or line to express their numerals. I find their expression of the one, two and three most frequently written thus or .

    KARA INSCRIPTION IN BRAZIL.–On a large prairie-like plain in the northeastern part of Brazil near the boundary of British Guiana stands an immense rock with many smooth faces which are literally covered with very old inscriptions in the characters of the ancient Karas or Carians.

    The following is one of the inscriptions with its deciphering and translation:

    p. 108

    1. This is a universal symbol found in the writings of all ancient people.

    2. The Northern or Uighur form of writing the numeral 1. (Cara or Karian pattern)

    3. Numeral 2.

    4. Numeral 3. This glyph is specialized by not having one end closed which gives it a special significance.

     

    The Legend

    : One became two. Two produced three. From these three the life was continued on.
    The continuation is shown in the glyph for numeral 3 where the ends of the bars are left open. The ancients designated by unattached ends that unfinished work was being carried on.

    It may be well to note here that the Cara glyph for 1, an enclosed bar, was the Naga glyph for 5. All Naga counts were made up of 5’s; thus ten would be two or twice five. Ten being the numeral symbol of the Infinite,

    p. 109

    was never used. As the symbol of the Infinite it was looked upon as being too sacred.

    I have here shown a South American inscription composed of a symbol or vignette with its meaning given in script. This, to a great extent, follows the character of the Sacred Inspired Writings of Mu; further, it is unquestionable that this passage was taken from the Sacred Writings for on the other side of the world comes the Motherland. In China we find Lao Tzu in Tao te King, using virtually the same words about 600 B. C. which he took from the Sacred Writings of the Motherland.

    XOCICALCO PYRAMID–MEXICO.–On this celebrated pyramid there are many inscriptions. I have selected one which appears to me to be relative to the creation of the first pair.


    Uighur writing

    1st Line

    . Numerals one, two and three with their hidden meaning as previously given.
    2nd Line

    . Includes the Uighur glyph for man having the dual principle. Man before he became divided.
    3rd Line

    . Includes man as the male principle only
    p. 110

    When mankind was referred to, the Uighur plain letter M was given.)


    The evolution of the Uighur letter M
    1, Naga Mu. 2. Uighur Mu. 3. Second changing the right leg to be the longer. 4. Third, the last pattern handed down to the Chinese.

    THE WATERS–THE MOTHER OF LIFE.–Throughout all ancient writings the waters are referred to as “The Mother of Life.” Thus it is shown that the ancients knew perfectly well what is confirmed by geology today: that is, the first life on earth was marine life, that is, it first appeared in the waters.

    To think that life first appeared in the waters is not only reasonable, but it was imperative according to natural laws that it should do so; for, life can only commence at a temperature below 200° F. I have been unable to produce life at over 175° F.

    During the earth’s cooling, the waters were always a step in advance of the rocks in cooling; therefore the waters being in advance of the rocks in cooling were down to a temperature where life could make a start before life could start among the rocks, or at the best hot, rocky, gravelly sand with little or no actual soil.

     


    The Waters of the Mother of Life

     

    p. 111

    The first life that appeared on this earth were tiny microscopical marine grasses and lichens. These were destined to become the foundation stones of The House of Life–Nature’s lives and so the house was built upon them until Man, the Special Creation, came to form the Divine coping stone.


    Fig. 1.


    Fig. 2.

     

    Various serpents are mentioned in the ancient writings, each one symbolizing something different from the others. These ancient Serpent Symbols are divided into two classes:

    1. The adorned Serpent symbolizing the Creative Attribute of the Deity.

    2. Plain unadorned Serpents were symbols of the waters. The symbolic water symbol was called Khan.

    Fig. 1

    . This serpent is one of the vignettes appearing in the Sacred Writings–Fifth Command. As this serpent has a nest of eggs within her coils, it is permissible to assume that this creation refers to various forms of marine life.
    Mexican Tablet, No. 328. This serpent symbolizes

    p. 112

    actual first life in the waters, therefore the first life on earth.

    Fig. 2

    . Is the usual form of the water symbol, without any additions, such as eggs, et cetera.


    Egyptian Vignette

    HORUS IN COMBAT WITH APHOPHIS.–This vignette comes from an Egyptian papyrus dating about 3,000 B. C. It depicts Horus the symbol of the Sun in combat with Aphophis the waters.

    This illustration plainly shows a great difference in the teachings from the original that are found in the Sacred Writings and which are repeated and confirmed in the Mexican Tablet No. 328. There the scientific account is given. In the Egyptian a symbol is given without the explanation. The Mexican Tablet is at least 7,000 years older than this Egyptian vignette.

    But Egypt did not stand alone in this obtuse teaching:–the Greeks had their Apollo, the Sun, killing the Serpent Python, the waters. The Hindus had Krishma killing the Serpent Anatha, the waters, and the Chaldeans had Belmarduk, the Sun, overcoming Tiamat, the waters.

    Chaldean tablet found in the library of the palace of King Assurbanipal: “At a time when neither the heavens above nor the earth below existed, there was the watery abyss: the first of seed, the mistress of the depths, the mother of the Universe.

    “The waters covered everything; no product had ever been gathered nor was there any sprout seen, aye, the very gods had not yet come into being.

    “The gods are preparing for a grand contest against the monster known as Tiamat, the waters; the god Belmarduk overthrows Tiamat.”

    Tiamat is a Naga word meaning water everywhere, nowhere land. Belmarduk was the Babylonian name for the Sun as the celestial orb and not as the symbol Ra.

    From the foregoing it appears to be that the first two extracts correspond to the Mexican Tablet No. 339) and the last to the advent of life on earth. Some connecting tablets are evidently missing.

    In the Sacred Writings of Mu it is plainly shown that there was no combat or fighting. That it was the commingling of forces in connection with elementary matter that produced the results and that the Natural Law regarding the creation of Life had only been followed.

    The savages and semi-savages of the South Sea Islands have legends among themselves showing that they understand the workings of the Forces better than the myths taught by the Egyptians, Greeks, Hindus and Chaldeans, which go to prove that these myths were bred after Mu went down and the South Sea Islands became isolated from the rest of the world.

    The South Sea Islanders explain that all creations are the result of marriages (commingling) between gods (Forces), which is correct. Theirs is the original explanation orally handed down for 12,000 years, and wonderfully well they have kept it.

    Of course there are divergences from the original, but when one considers the time they have been orally passed on from father to son, it is a miracle that the differences are so immaterial; but they have had no unscrupulous priesthoods to tamper with the great things left behind.

    THE BIBLE.–Referring to the Bible again, and to show how extremely old some parts of it are, those which came out of the Sacred Inspired Writings, I will call attention to a few facts.

    Moses without question bases his religious laws on the Pure Osirian as taught by Thoth. Take for instance the ten commandments. In the Great Hall of Truth of [paragraph continues]

    p. 115

    Osiris there are placed forty-two gods in a row, to ask the soul when it enters this judgment Hall forty-two questions regarding the life of the material body in which it had dwelt.

    Moses took these forty-two questions and in a condensed form made forty-two commands out of them which he condensed to ten commands. This drastic change made by Moses was unquestionably necessary to meet the condition into which his people had fallen. Moses changed nothing in conception, he simply made more emphatic how they must live their lives here on earth. He applied these laws to the living directly instead of to the dead. The ten commandments, however, are found in the Sacred Inspired Writings of Mu more than 70,000 years ago, only in the form of questions instead of commands.

    But the Jews were not the only people who had a conception that their religious laws came directly from the Supreme God through some agent, and this may be so for we have no record who wrote the writings of Mu and it is distinctly stated they are Sacred and Inspired. Who was the inspired one? What was his name?

    Diodorus Siculus

    says:
    “The Egyptians claim that their religious laws were given to Menevis by Hermes.

    “The Cretans held that their religious laws were given by Minos who received them from Zeus.

    “The Lycedaemonians claimed that theirs were the gift of Apollon to Lykurgus.

    p. 116

    “The Aryans were given theirs by Zathraustes who received them from the Good Spirit.

    “The Getae claim that Zamolxis obtained theirs from the goddess Hestia.

    “The Jews claim that Moses received theirs from Iao.”

    The inscriptions on the old Akkadian ruins of Babylonia, clearly express the feelings and ideas of these people 10,000 to 15,000 years ago about man and the creation. They believed man was a special creation and showed how he came into being. They clearly indicate that God was the Creator and that His Forces control the Universe and all therein. This is corroborated by the Sacred Inspired Writings, the writings on the Mexican Tablets, and the cliff writings of North America. All support the fact that the first religion was pure Monotheism, that the Creator created all things and today is controlling the Universe with all the life throughout it.

    Writings from western Thebes by one Amenemopet (Priest) are word for word the same as the Proverbs written by Solomon. These writings are dated several hundreds of years before Solomon was born.

    Solomon was a scholar and reproduced these wonderful epics. Further, it is clearly shown that besides being a Jew he was an Osirian–the building of his temple showed it. Wherever possible in its construction, Solomon carried out the most minute details, shown in the symbolical Hall of Truth, Osiris presiding.

    The Porch especially is noteworthy, for it has the two pillars with identically the same names and the same decorative ornamentations.

    Without question Solomon knew and appreciated that his religion was nothing more or less than the Pure Osirian religion, arranged and modified to suit the people of his times.


    CHAPTER V

    SYMBOLS USED IN RELIGIOUS TEACHINGS


    THE symbols which were used in the religious teachings of early man are popularly known as the Sacred Symbols.

    When symbols were first used it was to concentrate man’s mind on the Infinite One, so that by keeping his eyes on the symbol no outside sights or sounds might call off his attention from the object of worship. Man was most carefully taught that the symbol itself was not to be worshipped; the symbol was only a picture to keep his mind from wandering. He was carefully taught that there was only One Deity, but that One Deity had many attributes which looked after health and strength, rain and sunshine, crops; in fact, after the whole welfare of mankind.

    In the beginning three symbols only were used. When these were understood, they were compounded and others added, and as time grew so did the number of symbols, also their complexity, until we come down to Egypt about 3,000 or 4,000 years ago, when there was such a riot of symbols scarcely one temple understood the meaning of half the symbols used in another.

    p. 119

    The three original symbols which I have referred to are: The CircleThe Equilateral Triangle and The Square.

    THE CIRCLE.–The Circle is a picture of the Sun and was the symbol of the Infinite One. As it embraced all of His attributes it was the Monotheistic Symbol. Being the Monotheistic Symbol it was considered the Most Sacred Symbol of all. According to legend, the Sun was selected for this symbol because it was the most powerful object that came within the sight and understanding of man at that time.

    The circle having no beginning and no ending also symbolized:–everlasting, without end and infinity.

    Before very long it is shown that the circle was being used to symbolize so many things that it became necessary to specialize the circle when using it as the Monotheistic Symbol of the Deity. The Nagas made an addition by placing a dot in the center of the circle. The Uighurs added a smaller circle within, making it a double circle.

    Papyrus Anana

    : This is one of the most beautiful Egyptian writings that I have come across. Anana was chief scribe and king’s companion to the gentle Seti II about 1320 B. C.

    “Behold! is it not written in this roll? Read, ye who

    p. 120

    shall find in the days unborn, if your gods have given you the skill. Read, O children of the future, and learn the secrets of the past, which to you is so far away, and yet in truth so near.

    “Men do not live once only and then depart hence forever; they live many times in many places, though not always in this world. That between each life there is a veil of darkness.

    “The doors will open at last, and show us all the chambers through which our feet wandered from the beginning.

    “Our religion teaches us that we live on eternally. Now eternity having no end, can have had no beginning–it is a circle; therefore, if one be true, namely that we live on forever, it would seem that the other must be true also: namely, that we have always lived.

    “To men’s eyes God has many faces, and each one swears that the one he sees is the only true God. Yet they are all wrong, for all are true.

    “Our Kas, which are our spiritual selves, show them to us in various ways. Drawing from the infinite well of wisdom that is hidden in the being of every man, gives us glimpses of the truth, as they give us, who are instructed, power to work marvels.

    “The Spirit should not be judged by the body or the god by his house.

    “Among the Egyptians the Scarabaeus Beetle is no god, but a symbol of the Creator, because it rolls a ball of mud between its feet and sets therein its eggs to hatch

    p. 121

    as the Creator rolls the world around which seems to be round causing it to produce life.

    “All gods send their gift of love upon this earth, without which it would cease to be. My faith teaches me more clearly perhaps than yours, that life does not end with death, and therefore that love, being life’s soul, must endure while it endures.

    “The strength of the invisible tie will bind two souls together long after the world is dead.

    “The spirits or souls of one incarnation possibly may meet again in another incarnation, and may be drawn together as if by a magnet but for what cause neither knows.

    “Man comes into being many times, yet knows nothing of his past lives; except occasionally some daydream or a thought carries him back to some circumstance of a previous incarnation. He cannot, however, determine in his mind when or where the circumstance occurred only that it is something familiar. In the end, however, all of his various pasts will reveal themselves.”

    Various forms and modifications of the Sun as Ra are to be found in the ancient writings.

    Fig. 1

    . The Original Monotheistic Symbol of The Deity.

    Fig. 2

    . A subsequent change made by the Nagas.

    p. 122


     

    p. 123

    Fig. 3

    . A subsequent change made by the Uighurs.

    Fig. 4

    . Part of the headdress of some of the Egyptian gods.

    Fig. 5

    . This generally appears as a red sphere on tops of pillars and monuments to the dead.

    The foregoing Suns are all the Monotheistic Symbol of the Deity and among the ancients was called Ra.

    I will now take some pictures of the Sun appearing in ancient writings as the celestial orb and not as Ra the Monotheistic symbol.

    Fig. A

    . Is an eight-ray’d Sun. This was Mu’s symbol on her Royal Escutcheon. The name in the Motherland of the Sun as the celestial orb was–Kin. In Egypt the name was–Horus. In Greece–Apollo and in Babylonia–Belmarduk, et cetera.

    Fig. B

    . A Sun with rays all around it represented the Sun at his meridian in mid-heavens.

    Fig. C

    . A rising Sun with rays, half the orb above the horizon, was the symbol on the escutcheon of a colonial empire of Mu.

    Fig. D

    . A Sun with half the orb above the horizon without rays had a dual symbolization. It was the symbol of the setting Sun. It was also the symbol of a colony of Mu, before it became a colonial empire.

    Fig. E

    . The Lands of the West in darkness. The three-pointed figure is Mu’s numeral symbol as the Lands of the West. The Sun above without rays says that no light reaches Mu–she is in darkness. A vignette from the “Book of the Dead.”

    p. 124

    Fig. F

    . The Sacrifice of Mu. The Lotus above is Mu’s floral symbol; being shown withered and dying it symbolizes Mu as being dead. A rayless Sun stands between Mu and the altar; therefore Mu is dead in the region of darkness–on the altar as a sacrifice.

    Fig. G

    . “Peaks only remain above the water.” Mu is here depicted as being dead and in darkness with only points or peaks remaining above the water. Kin no longer shines upon her. Vignette from the Egyptian “Book of the Dead.”

    THE EQUILATERAL TRIANGLE.–The equilateral triangle has a dual significance, dependent upon where and how it is used. Its origin dates back as solving to primitive man the emersion of the three lands which formed the Land of Mu–the Lands of the West.

    The Lands of the West consisted of a huge continental island and two small ones, separated from the big one by narrow seas, called in the Egyptian “canals.” Tradition says that the big continental island was first emerged and that the two small islands were subsequently emerged at different periods. It was to explain this phenomenon, of the three lands coming up at different periods, that the triangle was selected.

    The equilateral triangle has three equal sides joined to one another and forming a single unbroken line without ends.

    It was pointed out to primitive man that it was the same Creator that raised all three lands, each land being raised by separate commands: Thus there were not

    p. 125

    three Creators but only one. Apparently, to make it more understandable, each was raised by a separate attribute.

    This formed the first Triune Godhead whereon have been built the enormous number of Pantheons that have permeated all ages. The conception of a Triune Godhead has been handed down from the beginning of religious teachings and still remains with us.

    An equilateral triangle symbolized the Creator, and, as the Creator dwells in Heaven, the triangle must necessarily symbolize heaven also; for, where the Lord is, there is Heaven.

    I find this verified among the Egyptian symbols, as the glyph shows. Here we find the Monotheistic Symbol of the Deity within the triangle-within Heaven. Wherever or whenever the equilateral triangle is met with in ancient writings or inscriptions, it is either in reference to the Triune Godhead, or Heaven, or both.

    At the time of Confucius, the Chinese Sage, about 500 B. C., in place of the triangle the Chinese used a glyph in the form of the present-day capital Y. This they called: “the Great Term,” “the Great Unite,” “the Great Y.” “The Y has neither body nor shape, all that has body and shape was made by that which has no shape. The Great Term or the Great Unite comprehends

    p. 126

    three–One in three-and three in One.”

    THE FOUR-SIDED SQUARE.–The Four-sided Square completes the trilogy of the first and original Sacred Symbols.

    The square was selected as a conventional symbol of the earth for apparently two reasons:–To prevent it from being confounded with the Sun whose picture was a circle; and for the purpose of teaching to primitive man the cardinal points North, South, East and West. Being drawn as a square gave the earth “four corners” which were to be explained as teaching developed. Later the four corners became the positions of the “Four Great Pillars,” one of the many names given to the Four Great Primary Forces which emanate from the Creator. These Forces first evolved law and order out of chaos and darkness; then created the bodies of the Universe and all therein. They now continue and uphold the work that they have accomplished, hence the name of “Pillars” having been given to them. The next step was to appoint keepers for the Pillars. These were known as the Genii.

    Apparently, when the meanings of the foregoing three symbols were learnt by primitive man, his next lesson was the compounding of these three symbols.

    TRIANGLE WITH THREE STARS.–Fig 1. The triangle here symbolizes Heaven. The three stars within symbolize the three members of the Triune Godhead. The Triune Godhead dwells in Heaven.

    TRIANGLE WITH FIVE STARS.–Fig 2. The triangle

    p. 127

    symbolizes Heaven. The five stars within symbolize the full Godhead of Five, namely, the Deity and his Four Great Primary or Creative Forces. The Deity with His Great Forces dwells in Heaven.

    A TRIANGLE SURMOUNTING A SQUARE. Fig. 3. This glyph is composed of the four-sided square the symbol of the earth, with the triangle symbol of Heaven surmounting it; thus showing Heaven above Earth. Above, in this case, does not refer to altitude in any way. It means: that Heaven is on a higher plane, where life is more perfect than here on earth. Thus this symbol depicts Heaven as being more perfect than earth, more blissful and happy.

    A TRIANGLE SURMOUNTING A SQUARE AND THE TRIANGLE HAVING THREE STARS WITHIN.–Fig. 4. In this symbol there is an addition of three stars placed within the triangle, symbolizing that the Triune Godhead is in Heaven, above the Earth. This symbol is to be seen on the end wall of an end room of an ancient temple in Uxmal, Yucatan. This temple has been called “The Temple of Sacred Mysteries” because there is an inscription on a wall stating that the people came from [paragraph continues]

    p. 128

    Mu and brought the Sacred Mysteries with them. In the room where this symbol appears, the postulant received his second degree.

    The temple was built about 11,500 to 12,000 years ago as shown by an inscription on its walls which states, “that this temple was erected as a monument to Mu.”

    A TRIANGLE SURMOUNTING A SQUARE AND THE TRIANGLE HAVING FIVE STARS WITHIN.–Fig. 5. As previously stated five stars symbolize the full Godhead of Five–The Deity and His Four Great Primary Forces. This symbol is to be seen on the end of the wall of the opposite room to the one previously mentioned in the Temple of Sacred Mysteries at Uxmal. Here the postulant received his third degree, and was then prepared to enter the Holy of Holies.

    This ends the compounding of the three original symbols.

    The Sacred Symbols:–The circle, triangle, square and pentagon became the foundation of the wonderful geometrical. knowledge attained in Mu and thoroughly entwined religion with science.

    SYMBOLS OF MORTALITY.–A short space above the lintel of the entrance to the sanctuary of the Temple of Sacred Mysteries at Uxmal, Yucatan, is a cornice that surrounds the whole edifice. On it are sculptured the symbols of mortality which are many times repeated. The emblems of mortality occupied a very prominent place in ancient religion. It was extensively used by the Mayas, Quiches, Egyptians, Hindus and Babylonians

    p. 129

    and was found in the writings and inscriptions of all ancient lands.

    The emblems of mortality were used in the ancient religious ceremonies to impress upon the postulant what his end would be and the end of all mortality, and with this end in view impress upon him constantly the necessity of living a life that would bring no terrors when the soul releases itself from the body to pass into the world beyond.

    The Egyptian was a reflex of the Maya, and the Maya the teachings direct from the Motherland so that, from Egypt, we can get the original ceremonies with but immaterial changes. In the temple within the Great Pyramid was found in one of the chambers a sarcophagus with the emblems of mortality arranged alongside of it. The postulant was placed in the sarcophagus; here he was reminded that after his soul leaves his mortal body another life awaits him. This ceremony persists with the Freemasons today.

    p. 130

    The TAU (Ta-oo).–The Tau is not only one of the most interesting, but it is one of the most ancient symbols, as it. is found repeatedly in the oldest writings of the Motherland.

    It is the symbol of both resurrection and emersion. Emersion is really only a resurrection of land. I know of no country on the face of the earth today that has not been under water several times-thus each time it was emersed it was resurrected.


    The Tau

    The name today is as it was in the Motherland–Tau; it was Tau then and it is Tau today. It is one of the very few words that has persisted through all time without a change in any way. The name means “the stars which bring the water.” Ta–stars, and ha–water. The Marquesans today pronounce it “Ta-ha” (the pure Motherland pronunciation).

    The Tau is the picture of the constellation, the Southern Cross, the most gorgeous group of stars appearing south of the equator. When the Southern Cross appeared at a certain angle over Mu, the rainy season commenced. The parched, dry land responded to the moisture from above. Leaves, flowers and fruit sprang forth upon tree and shrub. Seeds in the ground, that had been lying dead, germinated and sprang forth into life, enriching

    p. 131

    the land with golden grain. Mu became the land of plenty. Life had been resurrected.


    Fig. A.

     

    Fig. A

    : This is an example, showing how the Mayas often depicted the Tau as a tree, with two branches bearing flowers and fruit.

    Fig. B.

     

    Fig. B

    : This vignette comes from the Troano MS. It describes the arrival of the rainy season in Mayax. The figures are symbolical.

    p. 132

    I give now three cuts that show the Tau symbolizing emersion.


    The Emersion of Mu and the Advent of Man on Earth

     

    Sacred Writings

    : This is a vignette from the Sacred Inspired Writings symbolizing Mu as the land emerged.

    Naga Vignette

    : Children of Mu leaving the Motherland by water, the Tau is Mu emerged. This is from a Hindu carving 2s,000 years old.

    Naga Vignette

    : Children of Mu leaving the Motherland

    p. 133

     


    Children Of Mu leaving the Motherland by water


    Children of Mu leaving the Motherland by air and by water

     

     

    p. 134

    by air and water. The Tau is Mu emerged. This is from a Hindu carving 25,000 years old.

    THE DOUBLE TRIANGLE.–A pair of triangles bound together at their base, thus forming a double triangle, was the ancient symbol for an offering, and often appeared on the altar where offerings were made. These altars were generally in the form of the Tau, or had a Tau carved on the face of the altar. The rain brought by the Tau made offerings possible. These offerings, generally, were in the form of flowers or fruit, or products from the fields.

    Before the destruction of Mu, sacrifices were unknown. Sacrifice was a word coined to describe the awful destruction of the beloved Motherland.

    The general position in which the double triangle was placed was directly under the arms of the Tau, and in the ancient ritual these are supposed to say or read, “Place thine offering upon this altar.

    THE TWO-SIDED SQUARE The two-sided square is known among the Masonic brotherhood as the two-sided or Mason’s square. It is a very ancient glyph,

    p. 135


    Group of Niven’s Mexican Tablets showing the Two-sided Square

     

     

    p. 136

    reading “Builder,” and apparently was first used in the crosses symbolizing The Sacred Four when the name of the Great Builders of the Universe was given to them. This glyph was placed within the arm or loop of the cross which symbolized The Four Primary Forces, thus naming them “Builders.”

    The two-sided square is on many of Niven’s Mexican tablets. I am giving a page of examples. In all of these tablets they are referring to the Sacred Four as “The Great Builders of the Universe.” Down to the time of Mu’s destruction, this symbol was used only to express builders as the name of the Creative Forces.

    When, however, thousands of years afterwards, we enter Egypt, we find this symbol with a new vestment and a new name. Here it became the symbol of justice and uprightness.

    It has always been thought that this symbol originated in Egypt but it goes back thousands of years beyond the commencement of Egyptian history. The two-sided square is a symbol which is constantly found in the Book of the Dead, also in various Egyptian papyrii. All seats where either gods or goddesses are shown sitting are composed of the two-sided square. In the Great Hall of Truth where Osiris is shown sitting in judgment his seat is composed of the two-sided square.

    The people of Egypt were taught that this symbol of the two-sided square represented: “Right from wrong, to act on the square, to act rightly, to act justly, to act truthfully according to Maat.” To only the initiated and

    p. 137

    The Great Hall of Truth or Judgment Seat of Osiris. Left to right: Osiris in judgment chair. A leopard skin, his banner. Four genii over closed lotus flower, symbol of Mu. Great beast of Amenti. Thoth with Ibis head recording history of the deceased. Anubis with jackal’s head and Horus with hawk’s head weighing the heart in pair of scales against a feather. The deceased, hands aloft exposing his heart, being led into the Hall of Truth by a feather and being received by Maat, goddess of Truth. From the Egyptian “Book of the Dead,” chapter 125

    .

    p. 138

    the priesthood of Egypt was the actual meaning of this symbol known. This is shown by the title and symbol of the god Ptah. Two of his titles were “The Divine Artificer” and “The Divine Builder”; accompanying these titles was the two-sided square. In all of the designs of Egyptian Pillars, they symbolize the ancient and true meaning.

    THE CUBE.–This symbol is especially interesting to Arch Masons. It is found in the 64th Chapter of the Book of the Dead which is the oldest and one of the most important chapters in this sacred volume, having been written by Thoth at Sais at the commencement of Egyptian history about 14,000 B. C. Translations of it vary somewhat but not materially. The following are some of the translations.

    M. Paul Pierret

    translated one of the sentences from the Turin Copy as: “I am yesterday, and I know tomorrow, I am able to be born again.”

    London Papyrus

    reads: “I am yesterday, today and tomorrow.”

    The Ruberic

    says: “This chapter was found in the city of Khemennu upon a block of iron from the South which had been inlaid with letters of real Lapis Lazuli, under the foot of God during the reign of his majesty the King of the North and the South Men-Kan-Ra triumphant by the royal son Heru-Ta-Ta-f triumphant. He found it when he was journeying about to make an investigation of the temples. One Neskit was with him who was diligent in making him understand it, and he

    p. 139

    brought it to the King as a wonderful object. When he saw that thing of mystery which had never been seen or looked upon.” London Papyrus dating 3733 B. C. The cube is what was found.

     


    The Cube


    Top of Cube

     

     

    M. Paul Pierret’s

    translation from the Turin Papyrus: “This chapter was found out in Hermopolis on a brick of burnt clay, written in blue, under the feet of the god Thoth. The finding out at the time of King Menekara was made by Prince Har-titi-f in this place when he was travelling to inspect the temples. It related in itself a hymn which transported him into ecstasy. He brought it to the King’s chariot as soon as he saw what was drawn on the cube–a great mystery.”

    Papyrus Mes-em-neter

    dated 4266 B. C.: “This chapter was found in the foundation of a plinth of the shrine of the Divine Hennu Boat by the chief mason in the time of the King of the North and the South Hesepti triumphant, and it is there directed that it shall be recited only by one who is ceremoniously clean and pure.”

    p. 140

    THE INTERLACED TRIANGLES.–The crossed triangle is an exceedingly old symbol. The oldest record of it that I have is in the Cosmogonic Diagram of the Motherland which is the mother of all cosmogonic


    The Divine Hennu Boat

    The flight of the soul to the region of incarnation. The deceased sailing his bark through the field of stars to Amenti, the domain of Osiris, for judgment and reincarnation

    .

    diagrams. I did not find it in any of the Sacred Writings which I read, but that is no criterion, nor does it say that it does not appear in the Sacred Writings. There are over ten thousand tablets covering these writings. I have only seen about three thousand out of the ten.

    The figure shows a central circle enclosed within a pair of triangles crossed and interwoven. Again the two triangles are enclosed within an outer circle which leaves twelve divisions between the two circles. The central symbol, the circle, is the monotheistic symbol of the Deity; the triangle of heaven, and the outer circle the Universe. The twelve divisions between the two

    p. 141

    circles are gates, “The twelve gates to heaven.” Each gate was a virtue, and these twelve gates must be opened by the twelve virtues before heaven could be entered. Among the twelve virtues were first of all Love; then followed Faith, Hope, Charity, et cetera.

    THE FEATHER.–The feather is another of the very prominent Ancient Sacred Symbols; it symbolized Truth.

    Three feathers adorned the Crown of Mu. Three feathers were the ornament on the head piece of Ra Mu, the King High Priest of Mu–Niven’s Mexican Stone Tablet No. 1780.

    We find feathers as symbols among the Mayas, the difference in color denoting the rank of the wearer. In Mu yellow was the color for royalty, blue for the priesthood and red for soldiers and nobility. In these ancient times yellow appears to have been the royal color throughout the world. A dark blue is the mourning color in the Orient today. Research shows that this color was adopted when Mu was sacrificed, and corresponds with the color of her burial shroud–the blue waters of the Pacific Ocean.

    The feathers worn by the North American Indian today is a relic which he has inherited from his forefathers. Whether they know the original meaning of the feather, I cannot say. When on the warpath, however, they color the ends of their feathers red, corresponding with the red feathers of the soldiers and nobility of Mu.

    In Egypt, however, we find more extensive information

    p. 142
    The Feather Symbol of Truth

     

     

    p. 143

    about the feather. In the early Egyptian times, as in Mu, a straight feather was used. About the time of Menes a curled ostrich feather was used on all new symbolizations. The curled feather is in the headdress of Osiris and Maat, and in the Great Hall of Truth an ostrich feather is shown as being weighed against the heart of the deceased, the feather symbolizing Truth.

    Legend says that the feather was selected to symbolize Truth because a puff of wind blows it away. Truth is just as liable and easy to be frightened away as the feather is to be blown away.

    The ancient name for the feather was Kukum, Ku or Kuk. Among the Mayas of North America we find a serpent called Kukul Khan which translated would be Khan–king, Kuk–feather, and ul–covered; so that a free translation would be: The King of Serpents which is covered with feathers. This corresponds with the Quiche Maya as recorded in their Sacred Book the Popol Vuh.

    Pillars

    as sacred symbols are of an extremely ancient origin. My personal opinion is they date back to the first temple ever erected for the worship of the Infinite One and that was more than 70,000 years ago. The Pillar is one of the multitude of symbols which symbolize the Four Great Creative Forces. They were first used at the doorway or entrance to the temple. They were specialized in their construction and shapes. From various old tablets and fallen ruins I have reconstructed a pair as they were erected 20,000 years ago.

    p. 144


    A Pair of Ancient Pillars

     

     

    p. 145

    A Pair of Ancient Pillars

    : The pillar on the left was square and capped with the glyph strength. The right hand pillar was round and capped with the glyph  which in a general way means established, built up, and by extension, finished, accomplished, dependent on how and where used. Both pillars were in


    Pillar Cross

    four sections, to correspond with the Four Great Primary Forces, the Four Great Gods, et cetera.

    A Pillar Cross

    : The four arms of this cross are in

    p. 146

    THE SACRED SYMBOLS OF MU shape like the ancient glyph for Pillar. Connecting them all is shown their source, the great Creator.

    The upper pillar, or arm of the cross, is capped with two glyphs strength.  establish. Thus, this cross reads “The Pillars have been established in strength.”


    Temple Porch with Two Pillars

    Temple Porch with two Pillars

    : Niven’s Mexican Stone Tablet No. 50, over 12,000 years old.

    This temple has a dedication over the center of the

    p. 147

    arch, the hieratic letter H in the alphabet of Mu. This was the alphabetical symbol of the Four Creative Forces. So this temple was dedicated to the Four Great primary Forces. Below are shown two pillars, each one has four sections the numeral four (Uighur form) corresponding to the four Primary Forces. The left hand pillar is capped with the glyph strength, and the right hand one with the glyph  establish.

    The ground plan of this temple which is on another tablet shows the left hand pillar to be square and the right hand one round.

    A very old written record, dating back to about 11,000 years, comes from the Greek, and refers to the pillars of the temple dedicated to Poseidon of Atlantis.

    The foregoing I think clearly establishes the antiquity of pillars as sacred symbols, with their shapes and meanings.

    I shall now pass on to the Egyptians of much more recent time, taking the period of about 1,000, to 4,500 B. C.

    Egyptian Pillars

    : This is a group of pillars taken from the Book of the Dead and various Egyptian Papyrii. By these it will be seen that the Egyptians did not adhere to the patterns and details of the ancients, but rather made a display of their imagination and artistry. Pillars came to Egypt with both tides of colonists, the Eastern Line brought them and the Western Line

    p. 148


    Egyptian Pillars

     

     

    p. 149

    brought them and between the two, new conceptions of what pillars ought to be developed.

    The Egyptians called them Tat Pillars. They are, however, better known throughout the world as Totem Pillars.

    The Egyptians called one pillar “Tat” which in their language means “in strength.” The other pillar they called “Tattu” which means “to establish,” and when conjoined, “In strength this place is established for ever.” The Egyptians considered the figure of a Tat an emblem of strength and stability.

    It will be noticed that all of the pillars in this group carry four horizontal bars, in this way symbolizing the Four Great Primary Forces, or, as they were more wont to call them:–“The Four Great Gods.”

    The entrance to Amenti

    taken from the papyrus Anana, one of the most beautiful papyri I have ever seen. In Egyptian mythology, two Tats form the entrance to Tattu. Tattu is the gateway to the region where the mortal soul is blended with an immortal spirit and “established in the mysteries of Amenti for ever.”

    In the porch or entrance to King Solomon’s Temple two special pillars were erected.

    I Kings. Chap. 7, Verses 21-22. “And he set up the pillars in the porch of the temple, and he set up the right pillar, and called the name thereof Jachin, and he set up the left pillar, and called the name thereof Boaz.”

    At the entrance of King Solomon’s Temple, and at the Osirian Great Hall of Truth, two pillars were

    p. 150


    Entrance to Tattu in Amenti (Egyptian) Showing the Two Symbolic Pillars

     

     

    p. 151

    erected standing perpendicularly. In each case they have identically the same meanings, language considered, with identically the same names. Beyond this the ornamentation on the pillars–lily work–are also the same: showing that King Solomon’s pillars were a complete copy of the pillars at the Great Hall of Truth; and while both change the pattern of the pillars that they both retained their original meaning: that is, they symbolized the work of the Four Great Primary Forces.

    North American Indian

    : The Indians of our Northwestern states and of western Canada erect Totem Poles and hold ceremonies at their base. I have been unable to get anything about them except legend: but these legends and carvings on the Totem Poles strongly confirm the fact that the forefathers of those Indians came from Mu, and from that part of the Motherland where the bird was their symbol of the Creator.

    The Maoris of New Zealand

    : A common practice of the Maoris of New Zealand is to erect Totem Poles or Pillars at the main entrance to their villages.

    The Karangs of Java

    : Forbes in writing says:–“In Java is a tribe called Karangs, supposed to be the descendants of the aborigines of the island, whose old men and youths, four times a year repair secretly, in procession, to a sacred grove in a dense forest, the old men to worship, the youths to see and learn the mysteries of their forefathers.

    “In this grove are the ruins of terraces laid out in

    p. 152

    quadrilateral enclosures, the boundaries of which are marked by blocks of stone, or fixed in the ground. Here and there on the terraces are prominent monuments, erect pillars, and especially noteworthy, a pillar erect within a square.

    “Here these despised and secluded people follow the rites and customs that have been handed down to them from their forefathers through vastly remote ages (about 12,000 years) repeating with superstitious awe a litany which they do not understand or comprehend. This very litany is found in the Egyptian Book of the Dead.”

    The Israelites in Egypt

    : While in Egypt the Israelites had two pillars of red brick at the entrance of their poor little temples. In many of their synagogues today, they erect two pillars at the entrance and say they symbolize the legendary pillars of fire and smoke that accompanied them during their exodus. What did their Egyptian Pillars symbolize?

    Atlantis

    : Plato the Greek philosopher informs us that:–“The people of Atlantis gathered every fifth and sixth year alternately and with sacrifices of bulls swore to observe the sacred inscriptions carved on the pillars of the temple.”

    Troano MS

    : I have found the following mistranslations in the Troano MS Plate. . This has been translated “Can the King.” The correct translation is “The Four Pillars of the Earth.”  is the hieratic

    p. 153


    Eight Roads to Heaven

     

     

    p. 154

    letter M in the Motherland’s alphabet. The alphabetical symbol for mother, earth, land, et cetera,  or  is the symbol for a pillar when the actual pillar is not shown; therefore, this glyph reads:–“The four pillars at the four corners of the earth.” The whole of this plate is a mistranslation.

    THE EIGHT ROADS TO HEAVEN.–The eight Roads to Heaven was a religious symbolic teaching which I first found in the Cosmogonic Diagram of Mu which attests its great antiquity. In this Cosmogonic Diagram it was used to show man how he must live on this earth to be prepared to pass into the world beyond when his call came. The eight Roads to Heaven was not an actual conception; it was a symbolic teaching, religious in character. These special teachings were unquestionably universal, as they are found among ancient people throughout the world. Such form of teaching must have been very popular since there were so many designs of symbols for it. Every ancient people appear to have had their own idea as to what design and figure best symbolized the eight Roads to Heaven.

    THE LIFE SYMBOL-CRUX ANSATA OR ANKH.–Although known now as an Egyptian symbol only, like the Scarab it is very old. It is found in the writings of the [paragraph continues]

    p. 155


    The Roadway of the Soul
    Courtesy of Mrs. M. U. L. Hudson

     

     

    First Civilization, also carved on the stones of the North American cliff dwellers or their predecessors. The Life Symbol is a compound of two symbols. The O loop at the top symbolizes a mouth or gateway. It was from the Egyptian that the symbol of Venus, the looped cross, originated, and with its adoption a new vestment was given to it. With Venus it symbolized the triumph of the spirit over bodily matter, the soul over materialism. Venus was the Roman and Aphrodite the Greek. We find, among the Egyptian relics, that many of the symbols were very much ornamented. In the ancient writings I have only come upon plain, unornamented ones: all of the Egyptian were, however, not ornamented. As an example is the base on which the seat of Osiris rests in the Great Hall of Truth. Here it is many times repeated. Among the cliff dwellers or their predecessors, there is a tendency to curve the perpendicular member of the cross, thus , which has led many archaeologists astray, inducing them to give the glyph an erroneous meaning.

    THE ROADWAY OF THE SOUL.–I have found in my wanderings two figures prominently placed, but never came across the name by which they are called. As they are generally found on the outside of, and on the walls and ceilings of, burial chambers, I have given them the name as shown in the above caption. Some day perhaps their correct name may be known, then this temporary name can be abandoned.

    For many years the spiral figure, shown in cut, has

    p. 15600

    been a puzzle to me, as it has been found all along the line of the great Uighur migration. The picture I am showing comes from New Grange, County Meath, Ireland.

    The figure is either an explanation of the esoteric or hidden meaning of the hieratic letter N in Mu’s alphabet, or the letter itself, highly embellished, I cannot say which. After a careful study of many of the writings of Mu in which the letter N appears, I find a slight variation in them. Sometimes they are formed thus , sometimes thus. The difference is that in one the ends are left open–in the other they are closed–there are no ends. As there are no ends, the figure becomes a continuous line, returning to the starting point, and proceeding on as it can find no place to stop. It is therefore equivalent to a circle, which has no beginning or end.

    In the picture shown from New Grange it will be seen the spirals have no ends, but when the center is reached the line returns on itself. There is no starting point in either of the spirals and no end given, consequently, these spirals are also the equivalent of a circle.

    In the Sacred Writings of Mu we are told man’s soul lives on until finally it reaches the source of its origin. Ana., 1320 B. C., Egyptian Papyrus: “If we live on we must continue for ever, and if we continue for ever, like the circle and eternity, man had no beginning.”

    Here we find two ancient references to man’s soul

    p. 157

    having no end nor beginning. These spirals have no end or beginning and are generally found, associated with the passing on of the soul, in burial chambers of the material body. A careful study of the symbol and where and under what circumstances it is found leads me to the belief that:–These hitherto unreadable spiral symbols give the hidden meaning of the hieratic letter N–Mu’s alphabet; that they are intended to depict the continuance of the soul from one cycle to another, from one incarnation to another, eventually ending whence it came. In the New Grange picture which I have shown there are three spirals all running into each other without an end. I take it that the third spiral is meant to indicate the passing of the soul into the world beyond or maybe to some other body in the Universe specially prepared to receive it.

    On the walls of New Grange there are carved other symbols, spirals, squares, zig-zags, et cetera.

    , A spiral with an end pointing to the right is an ancient Uighur symbol meaning, “going to somewhere.” It is also found in Mexico and among the North American Indians.

    A spiral with an end pointing left is the corresponding symbol, saying, “coming from.”

    The original cosmogonic form or picture of the earth was a square. When placed flat it symbolized the earth. When placed on end it was to show the four

    p. 158

    cardinal points and in reference to the Four Pillars.

    A square within a square placed on end symbolizes that something has gone from it.

    Is the Uighur mountain and Chinese Yo; it is equivalent to the triangle. Freely read, “ascended.”

     A zig-zag or herring-bone with the points defined is the universal ancient symbol for a tank fire, an abyss of molten fire without flames, prominent in Egyptian symbology.

    All these glyphs are on the stones of New Grange. I would not attempt to write a legend without seeing the stones personally. No draughtsman ever draws these ancient figures as they are identically shown on the stones. This has been my experience. Consequently no reading, or possibly an erroneous reading, would be made.

    This is a figure found under identically the same circumstances as the previously mentioned spirals; found along the lines of the Mayas and Carians running easterly from the Motherland. It is composed of the hieratic letter H or rather two of the letters following one another but connected with each other. The second is drawn in reverse of the first one, symbolizing a return. [paragraph continues]


    The Tree and the Serpent

     

     

    p. 159

    These also are generally found at the entrance of burial chambers.

    THE TREE AND THE SERPENT.–This work would seem incomplete to me if I omitted the Tree and the Serpent. Innumerable legends about the Serpent and the Tree are found in religions. The tree is invariably called “Tree of Life,” and the serpent entwining it, “Tempter,” or whatever else signifies Satan. The Tree and the Serpent started as a legend, then gradually drifted into myths: the climax being reached when the tree was credited with its fantastic crop of apples. These apples became necessary to carry out a myth for how otherwise could old Satan tempt Eve to eat apples and Eve tempt Adam? They were needed to accomplish the downfall of Adam. By this action poor woman has been made the cause of every ill befalling mankind. It is a monumental piece of cowardice on the part of man to put that responsibility on the shoulders of the woman. The irony is that a man and not a woman was to blame. The Eve alibi has stood for nearly 3,000 years but it must now be set aside. Had Ezra been able to read correctly the symbols which appeared in the writings of Moses, he would have given a very different version of the wily old Serpent and the Tree of Life.

    The small vignette comes from the Sacred Inspired Writings of Mu. These Sacred Writings teach that there is only one real life on this earth, which is the Soul of Man, and which these writings sometimes call The Man also The Inner Man. It was taught that man’s

    p. 160

    material body was only a temporary habitation. All other forms which are known to us as life are of a temporary nature also. They are taken from the earth and to earth they must return. Of all the forms of earthly creations, man only had an imperishable part which survived the material body and lived on for ever; therefore Man’s Soul was the only true life on earth.

    Man first appeared on earth in the Land of Mu; therefore the first actual life on earth appeared in Mu. In these writings man is also spoken of as a fruit. Trees bear fruit, and man was the first fruit of a tree and the fruit was life. The Land of Mu was the Tree of Life. Thus Mu was symbolized as a tree–the Tree of Life.

    In the vignette, the tree is shown as having a serpent coiled around it, thus surrounding the tree. It is an unadorned serpent, therefore it is Khan the symbol of Khanab, “The Great Waters,” the ocean. Here it is symbolically shown that Mu was surrounded by water. Mu had no land connections with any other continental land. The Serpent is the waters surrounding Mu.

    The foregoing shows and intelligently explains what the Tree of Life was, and why a Serpent is coiled around it. What Moses undoubtedly wrote were plain facts, in symbolical language–a symbolically written history, true in all respects. Translations, erroneous and misleading, perverted his writings.

    THE ANCIENT MEANINGS OF CERTAIN NUMERALS.–The number 3 is now commonly called the lucky number. Why? We must go back to tradition to tell us.

    p. 161

    On one occasion, I asked the old Rishi, “Do you know why we call the numeral three, the lucky number?” His answer was, “I can only surmise; what is three the symbol of?” My answer was, “Heaven and the Triune Godhead and, yes, the numeral symbol of the Motherland of Mu.” He answered: “Don’t you think man was lucky to have a Motherland, and more so to know that he will not meet the fate of the Motherland?”

    He then turned and said to me: “Four is the lucky numeral because it is the Four Great Primary Forces that have charge of us and care for our material bodies through their earthly lives and their numeral is Four. In ancient times, Four stood amongst the most revered numbers, but today it is almost–if not entirely–forgotten. Possibly the mythical teachings of modern science has much to do with this loss. As Three is looked upon as the Lucky Number, Seven is looked upon as the Sacred Number.”

    THE SACRED SEVEN.–The original sacred Seven was the Seven Great Commands of the Creator. These were given to the Four Great Primary Forces, to carry out “his will, command or wishes,” thus emanating from the Creator. They are the Creative Forces of the Almighty.

    The predilection of ancient peoples in their sacred ceremonies for the use of the numeral Seven is very great and conspicuous.

    Chaldeans

    : The Seven Days of rainfall that produced the “Flood.”

    p. 162

    Hindu

    : The Seven Days of the prophecy of the Flood made by Vishnu to Satyravata.

    The Bible

    : The Seven Days of the prophecy of the Flood made by the Lord to Noah.

    Babylonian

    : The Seven Vases used by the priests in their sacrifices.

    Persian

    : The Seven Horses of the Aryans, that drew the chariot of the Sun. The Seven Apris or shapes of the flame. The Seven Rays of Agni.

    Hindu

    : The Seven Steps of Buddha at his birth. The Seven Rishi Cities of India.

    Egyptian

    : Their Seven Days of Creation. Their Seven Days of the week. And the Seven Classes of Egyptians.

    Greek

    : The Seven Islands sacred to Proserpine. The Seven-headed Hydra killed by Hercules.

    Norse

    : The Seven Families who accompanied the mythical Wotan, founder of the city of Nachan.

    Hebrew

    : The Seven Lamps of the Ark. The Seven Branches of the Golden Candlestick. The Seven Days’ Feast of the dedication. The Seven Years of plenty. And the Seven Years of famine. The Seven People who escaped from the flood.

    Christians

    : The Seven Golden Candlesticks. The Seven Churches with the Seven Angels at their head. The Seven Heads of the beasts that rose from the sea. The Seven Seals of the Book. The Seven Trumpets of the angels. The Seven Vials of the wrath of God. The Seven Last Plagues of the Apocalypse.

    p. 163

    Nahualts

    : The Seven Caves from which the ancestors of the Nahualts emerged.

    Zuni Indians

    : The Seven Cities of Cibola.

    Uighurs

    : The Seven Sacred cities of the Uighurs.

    Atlantis

    : The Seven Great Cities of Atlantis.

    Carian

    : The Seven Antilles.

    Marquesan

    : The Seven People who were saved from the “Flood.”

    The Seven Marouts or genii of the winds in the hierarchy of Mazdeism.

    The Seven Rounds of the ladder in the cave of Mirtha.

    Mu, the Motherland

    : The Seven Sacred Cities with their golden gates.

    The Hidden Meaning of One to Ten

     

    English Naga Maya The Hidden Meaning
    1. Hun. Hun. The Universal One
    2. Cas. Ca. The Dual God
    3. Ox. Ox. Who by His power caused
    4. San. Can. The Four Powerful Ones
    5. Ho. Ho. to come
    6. Uac. Uac. To arrange things in order
    7. Uuac. Uuac. to create, and
    8. Uaxax. Uaxax. to make man. To stand erect and
    9. Bolan. Bolan. to make his parts revolve on themselves
    10. Lahun. Lahun. He is two in one.

     

     

    p. 164

     

    The Naga Form of Writing Numerals

     

    1. Hun
    2. Cas.
    3. Ox.
    4. Zan. (Hindu: San)
    5. Ho
    6. Uac.
    7. Uuac.
    8. Uaxac.
    9. Bolan.
    10. Lahun.

    The ancients counted in fives to avoid mentioning ten. Ten was the numeral of the Deity; therefore too sacred to be mentioned. Ten was counted twice five, fifteen three times five and so on up to twenty.

    I will take one more example in numerals–the number 13. Thirteen is always looked upon as unlucky especially when in connection with Friday.

    Mu, the Motherland, was destroyed on a Friday, the 13th day of the Month of Zac (the white month). The memory of that day, the 13th, has been carried down as an unlucky day for mankind.


    CHAPTER VI

    SYMBOLS RELATING TO MU

    THE SACRED LOTUS.–The Lotus has always been looked upon as the most sacred of all sacred flowers–why?

    Because it was selected as Mu’s floral symbol. Why was it so selected? The Lotus was the first flower to beautify the earth. Being the first flower and Mu the land where man first appeared on earth, Mu and the Lotus were naturally symbolic synonyms. As a mark of love and mourning, the Egyptians, after the destruction of Mu, never depicted the lotus as an open, living flower but always as closed and dead.

    The lotus is a prominent figure in the carvings and adornments of all ancient temples, and, except in Egypt, was continued down as open and conventional until King Solomon’s Temple. In this form, the tips of the petals are turned in.

    The lotus was indigenous to Mu. The plant was carried to all parts of the world by the colonists, so that wherever we find the lotus today, we know that the parent stock, like the parent stock of man, came originally from Mu.

    Fig. 2

    . The hieratic letter M in Mu’s alphabet

    p. 166

     

    <I>Symbols Relating to Mu</I>
    Click to enlarge

    Symbols Relating to Mu

     

     

    p. 167

    which was the alphabetical symbol for Mu as the Motherland of man.

    Fig. 3

    . The second of the four glyphs for M in Mu’s alphabet. This was the symbol for Mu as the Mother of man.

    Fig. 4

    . This is the numeral 3. Three was the numeral symbol for Mu and very much used.

    Fig. 5

    . The two lotus buds are the symbols for the two islands adjacent to Mu. Mu and these two islands were geologically known as the Lands of the West.

    Fig. 6

    . An open lotus very much used in decorations and in traceries on temple walls, when it was desired to refer to Mu. The ends of the petals are turned in to denote Death.

    Fig. 7

    . This is a symbol constantly appearing in the Maya writings and has been translated in every conceivable way except the correct one. Some of these decipherings are absolutely ludicrous, Le Plongeon’s as an example. This glyph is a compound symbol being composed of the second M in Mu’s alphabet  and having at the end of each arm an imix  the symbol f or breast. These breasts are shown distant from  the mother; therefore physically not actually attached to it.

    Cortez, as we are told by Bishop Landa, asked the natives what the symbol meant. Their answer was Mother. This is correct as far as it goes, but it does not

    p. 168

    go far enough.  is the alphabetical symbol for Mu, the mother of man.  These imix’ say, the breast of Mu. In many of the ancient writings the two islands are called the breasts of Mu. Therefore a liberal translation would be “Mu, the Mother of Man,” and because the two islands are included, the Lands of the West. The imix is drawn as follows in the Troano MS.:

     Front view of the breast.

     Representing side view of the breast.

    Fig. 8

    . The withered and dying lotus: Mu’s floral symbol after she was dead.

    Fig. 9

    . The Lands of the West, at the time she was above water.

    Fig. 10

    . Mu is submerged. No light shines upon her. She is in the region of darkness.

    Fig. 11

    . The Lands of the West are in darkness. No light shines upon her.

    Fig. 12

    . Mu, the Lands of the West. Maya.

    Fig. 13

    . That Land of Kui–Maya writing.

    Fig. 14

    . Peaks only remain above the watery abyss. Codex Cortesianus.

    Fig. 15

    . The ten tribes which were submerged with Mu. Troano MS.

    Fig. 16

    . Mu is sacrificed. She lies in the region of darkness. Book of the Dead.

    p. 169

     

    <I>An Altar Painting</I>
    Click to enlarge

    An Altar Painting

     

     

    p. 170

    Fig. 17

    . The light of day has gone from Mu. Cliff writing, Nevada.

    Fig. 18

    . Mu lies beyond the horizon over the great waters. Cliff writing, Nevada.

    Fig. 19

    . The Tree and Serpent. Cliff writing, Nevada.

    Fig. 20

    . The Tree and the Serpent, as it appears in the Sacred Writings.

    Fig. 21

    . One of the forms of the letter M found in various ancient writings.

    Fig. 22

    . The royal escutcheon of Mu.

    Altar Painting–The Legend, Deciphering and Translation

    : This temple is dedicated to the Sacred Four–the Four Great Forces which issue from the mouth of The Almighty and are His commands. They first of all evolved law and order out of chaos throughout the Universe, and then created all things. They have now the charge of the physical welfare of all creations. They order and control the movements of the Universe today. This temple is under the jurisdiction of the mother church of Mu, whose High Priest is Ra Mu, who is the mouthpiece of the Almighty One.

    This legend is a key to the extreme age of the Mexican tablets. The legend shows that at the time the temple was built Mu was above water, because the temple is under the jurisdiction of Mu. Mu was submerged about 10,000 B. C., thus showing that this temple was built more than 12,000 years ago, but how much longer I have found nothing to indicate.

    p. 171

     

    ''Mu, the Motherland, the Lands of the West''
    ”Mu, the Motherland, the Lands of the West”

    ''The Lord God speaks through the mouth of Mu''
    ”The Lord God speaks through the mouth of Mu”

     

    p. 172

    Mexican Tablet No. 684

    reads: “Mu, the Motherland, the Lands of the West.”

    Mexican Tablet No. 1005

    reads: “God speaks through the Mouth of Mu.”

    <I>Legends on the Vignettes</I>
    Legends on the Vignettes

    “Mu, the Empire of the Sun, the Lands of the West, has fallen into an abyss. She is in the region of darkness, where the Sun never shines upon her. Her crown no longer rules the earth.”

    While there are scores) hundreds even, of writings that tell of the destruction of Mu, I have found only two tableaux depicting her destruction. First I found the Egyptian, and next this North American Indian. Legend: “The Creator considered the destruction of the Motherland of Man. So the Four Great Forces the executors of His commands caused the waters to swallow her up. They caused her to be carried down into a watery abyss and be submerged.

    Three Vignettes from the Egyptian

    “‘Book of the Dead” depicting the destruction of Mu by falling into a “tank” of fire–a fiery pit. As she went down, flames arose around and enveloped her.

    Fig. 1. No pillars showing.

    Fig. 2. The Eastern pillar showing.

    p. 173

     

    <I>Thunder Bird and Whale<BR>
 A North American Nootka Indian Tableau recounting the Submergence of Mu</I>
    Click to enlarge

    Thunder Bird and Whale
    A North American Nootka Indian Tableau recounting the Submergence of Mu

     

     

    p. 174

    Fig. 3. All of the four pillars are found showing. This Egyptian Vignette shows one phase only of the destruction of Mu, how she sank into the fiery depths, The Nootka Indian shows the other phase, her burial by water. Arizona also supplies data on Mu’s destruction by the symbolic pictures, pecked on her stones by the men of past ages. The American records are hoary with age.

    <I>Three Vignettes from the ''Book of the Dead''</I>
    Three Vignettes from the ”Book of the Dead”

    A Mexican Stone Tablet

    : This is one of the most extraordinary tablets I have ever examined. It is a stone with highly glazed colors. The glyphs are like glass and have been cut out of the face of the stone–a fine sandstone–for a depth of about 1/16th of an inch. The writings are in ancient, very ancient, characters used by the priesthood only. Of what age it is, I have no idea: but the one who arranged the glyphs had a temple knowledge. All of the glyphs are found among the [paragraph continues]

    p. 175

     

    <I>Tablet from Mexico<BR>
 Destruction of Mu</I>
    Tablet from Mexico
    Destruction of Mu

     

    p. 176

    Nagas only. It cannot be over 12,000 years old, because the writing is a description of the destruction of Mu. It was bought from an Indian in Mexico City who said he found it in a ruin. We must take the statement for what it is worth.

    Legend

    : “Kuiland, The Great Ruler of the Earth, exists no longer. She was shaken up and down by earthquakes in various places. The land rolled like ocean swells. Finally, the Pillars that supported her gave way. She then sank into a fiery abyss. As the Great Ruler went down, flames from the fires of the underneath arose and enveloped her. The waters rolled in over her sunken form. Then was Kuiland, The Great Ruler, submerged.”

    The Field of Aarru, Chapter 110, “Book of the Dead.”

    This large vignette, one of the largest in the Book of the Dead, was not comprehended by Ezra or any of his associates. Neither has it been comprehended by any Egyptologist of the present time. To substantiate my contention I have shown the two ends of this symbolic picture.

    The Vignette depicts the life of man in the Motherland. The lower part is a conventional map of Mu. On the left hand top corner of the upper part, there are three cartouches bearing the names of three waters, shown in the lower part. The lower part also shows three lands, each surrounded by water. The names of these waters as read by Egyptologists are: Power of waters. Innumerable waters. Great place of waters.

    p. 177

     

    <I>The beginning of the Vignette</I>
    Click to enlarge

    The beginning of the Vignette

     

    <I>The end of the Vignette<BR>
 The Field of Aarru, Chapter 110, ''Book of the Dead''</I>
    Click to enlarge

    The end of the Vignette
    The Field of Aarru, Chapter 110, ”Book of the Dead”

     

     

    p. 178

    Now let us see what Ezra’s translations of them are: Genesis, Chapter 2, Verse 11. “The name of the first is Pison. The name of the second Gihon. And the third Hiddekel.” Next I shall take the Biblical boundaries of the Garden of Eden. They are given thus:–

    Verse 8

    And the Lord God planted a garden eastward in Eden and there he put the man whom he had formed.


    Power of waters


    Innumerable waters


    Great place of waters

     

     

    (Anyone looking at the map today taking in Ethiopia, Assyria and the Valley of the Euphrates–and seeing how a land might possibly cover this area–to represent either an island or a garden, must at once feel that the Biblical description is purely symbolical, which is corroborated in Verse 8, where it says the garden was eastward in Eden. Where this was written was either in Egypt or Palestine-therefore, according to present general acceptance, in the middle of the garden itself, being in the east or towards the east is a link showing the Garden of Eden that was Mu in another vestment.)

    Verse 9

    And out of the ground made the Lord God to grow every tree that is pleasant to the sight, and good

    p. 179

    for food: the tree of life also in the midst of the garden, and the tree of knowledge of good and evil.

    Verse 10

    And a river went out of Eden to water the garden; and from thence it was parted, and became into four heads.

    Verse 11

    The name of the first is Pison, that is it which compassed the whole land of Havilah, where there is gold.

    Verse 12

    And the gold of that land is good, there is bedellium and the onyx stone.

    Verse 13

    And the name of the second river is Gihon the same it is that compasseth the whole land of Ethiopia.

    Verse 14

    And the name of the third river is Hiddekel: that is it which goeth towards the east of Assyria, and the fourth river is Euphrates.

    The Four Genii

    , as I have previously stated, were, to my mind another vestment of the Sacred Four; which, in turn were given the name of the Four Great Pillars, the executors of the Creator’s commands.

    The Genii appeared to be very popular among all ancient peoples since the demise of Mu for I do not find their names before that date. But in all nations and peoples during the past 10,000 or 11,000 years the Genii are quite prominent. Most of the ancient peoples seem to have had a varied conception of them, and how they should be described. I find them associated with all histories and traditions of the creation. One of the oldest records that I have found of them comes from the [paragraph continues]

    p. 180

    Mayas of Yucatan and Central America. With them the Genii were referred to as “the Keepers of the Pillars.”

    The Mayas as well as all other ancients symbolized the earth as a four-sided square. At times and for certain purposes, for explanation, they stood the square on one of its points forming a diamond out of it. This brought the four points into astronomical lines pointing north, south, east and west, making Four Cardinal Points. The theology said–that at these four points, were four pillars sustaining heaven, and at the foot of each pillar, was stationed one of the Genii, to look after and care for it. The names of the Maya genii were:–

    Kan-Bacab

    –the Yellow Bacab, placed in the South.

    Chac-Bacab

    –the Red Bacab, placed in the East.

    Zac-Bacab

    –the White Bacab, placed in the North.

    Ec-Bacab

    –the Black Bacab, placed in the West.

    It is thus seen that the Mayas, chose to define their genii by colors.

    The Hindus

    had four Genii presiding at their Four Cardinal Points. (The Hindus used the words cardinal points symbolically. They did not refer to any particular spot or spots, but to wherever they might be.)

    Instead of colors their Genii were called by phenomena connected with life, their names were:–

    Rouvera

    –the God of Wealth, placed in the North.

    Yama

    –the judge of the Dead, placed in the South.

    Indra

    –the King of Heaven, placed in the East.

    Varona

    –the God of the Waters, placed in the West.

    The Genii were also called gods by the Hindus.

    p. 181

    Chinese

    . The Chinese designated their Genii as Yo’s–mountains. The four mountains Tse-Yo. They also referred to them as the four quarters of the earth. They are

    Tai-Tsong

    –the Yo of the East.

    Saing-Fou

    –the Yo of the West.

    How-Kowang

    –the Yo of the South.

    Chin-Si

    –the Yo of the North.

    [paragraph continues] The Chinese symbolized these mountains as a mountain in the shape of a triangle with an eye at the apex of the mountain looking down from it.

    Egyptian

    . According to the Egyptian theology there were Four Genii in Amenti, which were placed at the Four Cardinal Points in charge of the pillar which stood there, their names were:–

    Amset

    –the genius at the Cardinal Point in the East.

    Hapu

    –the genius at the Cardinal Point in the West.

    Tesautmutf

    –the genius at the Cardinal Point in the North.

    Quabsenuf

    –the genius at the Cardinal Point in the South.

    Chap. 125, Book of the Dead, has a large picture of the great Hall of Truth of Osiris. Near the seat of Osiris in this picture are shown the Four Genii. They are symbolized as men in mummy form. One has the head of a human being, another the head of a monkey, a third the head of a hawk, and the fourth the head of a jackal (Anubis).

    Chaldean

    . The Chaldeans believed that there were [paragraph continues]

    p. 182

    Four Genii protecting and looking after the welfare of all human beings. This example does much to show the origin of the genii. As by the swastika, we frequently see in the ancient writings that man’s welfare is constantly being watched over by the Sacred Four, symbolized by crosses et cetera, and that by watching over and caring for the physical welfare of the universe, including man, they are acting as the executors of the Creator’s wishes, desires, commandments et cetera. This is the exact work of the genii as conceived by the Chaldeans. The names given to the genii by the Chaldeans are:–

    Sed-Alap

    or Kirub–Represented as a bull with a human face.

    Lamas

    or Nigal–Represented as a lion with a man’s head.

    Ustar

    –After the human likeness.

    Nattig

    –Represented with the head of an eagle.

    The Hittites

    Assyrians and Persians all had the Genii engrafted in their cosmogony.

    The Israelites

    . Although I cannot find any direct reference in the Jewish research which I have made, that is no criterion and does not say that they entirely rejected the idea.

    In Ezekiel, Chapter 1, Verse 10, there is something at least touching on it, for it says: “They four had the face of a man, and the face of a lion, on the right side: and they four had the face of an ox on the left side; they four also had the face of an eagle.” The foregoing is

    p. 183

    given as a vision of Ezekiel. At the time this was written Ezekiel was a captive among the Chaldeans.

    Let us compare this vision with the Chaldean creed which had been in existence thousands of years before Ezekiel came on earth.

    Ezekiel’s dream

    . Four beasts with the heads of a man, another an ox, another a lion, and the fourth, an eagle.

    Chaldean Belief

    . Four Genii, beasts with heads; one with a human face, one with a face of a bull one with the face of a lion and the fourth with the face of an eagle. These Chaldean genii stood at the bottom of steps leading to temples and palaces, one could not walk through a city without seeing many of them.

    Thus to me it seems unquestionable that Ezekiel must have seen many of them during his captivity. A set of four is now in the British Museum and came from the king’s palace, Nineveh. Ezekiel’s vision looks like an embellishment of the Chaldean Creed. Is the Biblical translation correct?

     

    HIERATIC LETTERS FROM THE ALPHABET OF MU

    The hieratic letter A, pronounced Ahau. The monotheistic alphabetical symbol of the Deity. 183

    p. 184

    The hieratic letter H, the alphabetical symbol of the Four Great Primary Forces, called in the Sacred Inspired Writings, “the Sacred Four.”

    The hieratic letter M, pronounced Mā and Mu, the u is pronounced as in German u. The alphabetical

    symbol of Mu, the Motherland. It was also the symbol for mother, earth, land, country, empire, anything pertaining to the soil.

    The hieratic letter N, the alphabetical symbol for the Serpent of Creation.

    The hieratic letter T, pronounced Tāó, the alphabetical symbol for resurrection, also emersion. Used in the Sacred Writings symbolizing Mu’s emersion.

    The hieratic letter U, pronounced as oo in moon. The alphabetical symbol for an abyss, a deep hole, a valley. In the body of a word another of the “u” glyphs is generally used as a V.

    p. 185

     

    <I>Dress ornament<BR>
 Society Islands</I>
    Dress ornament
    Society Islands

    <I>Dress ornament<BR>
 Marquesan</I>
    Dress ornament
    Marquesan

     

    p. 186

    SOME MISCELLANEOUS SYMBOLS RELATING TO MU

    This glyph is often found in ancient writings. It is one of the figures that was used to symbolize the Four Great Primary Forces–the Sacred Four. It is composed of four circles, each with one of its sides incomplete.

    Another glyph symbolizing the Sacred Four. This was a very favorite symbol among the Uighurs and is revered by the Chinese today. I have also found it as a dress ornamentation among the South Sea Islanders especially the Polynesians.

    This peculiar glyph is found in various parts of the earth, but not often. I have found it in writings where

    p. 187

    the ten tribes of people who went down with the Motherland at her destruction are spoken of.

    Apparently this is a Maya symbol. I have found it in no other writings. It is found in the Maya description of the destruction of the Motherland. It reads: “Peaks only rise out of the abyss.” It therefore refers to the islands that were formed between the gas chambers.

    An equilateral triangle with the monotheistic symbol of the Deity within symbolizes: the triangle–Heaven, The circle within–the Deity, reading the Deity, the Infinite, dwells in Heaven, Heaven is His abode.

    An equilateral triangle with an eye within symbolizes the Deity looking out from heaven. In Egypt it was changed to the all seeing Eye of Osiris looking down from heaven. These two symbols are found in all ancient writings. Rather, they appear in many writings and among all people.

    A large dot within a small circle was occasionally

    p. 188

    used by the Egyptians as an equivalent for an eye.

    A conventional map of the Lands of the West after submersion. (From the Troano Manuscript.)


    CHAPTER VII

    SACRED SYMBOLS CONNECTING NORTH AMERICA TO MU

    SLABS FROM PATAMBO.–These two slabs were found by William Niven in an ancient grave on the banks of the river Rio del Oro in the state of Guerraro, Mexico. They are not the work of a very ancient civilization like those of Chimalpa, Remedios et cetera. This civilization occupied Mexico less than 12,000 years ago as is shown by the inscription on one of the tablets, “returned to the region of darkness” which was submerged Mu.

    Their actual age I cannot estimate. Each slab has a top and bottom division. The divisions are formed by a carved line running horizontally across the face of the slab near its center. The central figure in each of the top divisions is a conventional, symbolical head of Quetzalcoatl the bearded or feathered serpent, the symbolic serpent of the Creator in one part of Mu, and corresponds with Naga or Narayana the seven-headed serpent of Oriental countries.

    The ancient peoples of North America had various names for their Serpent of Creation. The Quiches, called it Gucumatz, the serpent covered with feathers.[paragraph continues]

    p. 190

     

    <I>Sculptured Slab A</I>.
    Click to enlarge

    Sculptured Slab A.

     

    Found by William Niven in a grave at Rio del Oro near Placeres del Oro, state of Guerrero, Mexico. Size–28 inches long, 18 inches wide and 2 inches thick

    .

     

    p. 191

    The Mayas called it Ac le Chapat, the plumed or feathered serpent. The Quetzals, the first of men who trod the soil of America called it Quetzalcoatl, the bearded serpent.

    The Pueblo Indians of Arizona and New Mexico, even at the present time, call it Quetzalcoatl, the bearded serpent, thus showing that many thousands of years ago there was an intimate religious connection between the Pueblo Indians and this past civilization which dwelt in the valley of Rio del Oro, Mexico. An interesting question arises. Were they intimately connected by blood? Or were they even the same people? The Quetzals, the first people to arrive in America, took their name from this serpent in the Motherland just as the Oriental Nagas took their name from Naga, their serpent of creation.

    These two slabs have far reaching significance. They are filled with hieratic letters from the alphabet of Mu. I can find nothing on these slabs to even intimate by what name these people were known.

    Slab A. Upper Division

    . The central figure of the upper division of this slab consists of portions of the head of a symbolical serpent called Quetzalcoatl, the bearded, also the feathered serpent. A very important detail in the head are the eyes. This part of the carving is too mutilated to make anything out of it. The beard of the serpent is prominent and intact; this alone is sufficient to say to what serpent it belongs.

    p. 192

    The mouth is an oblong square in the form of the hieratic letter M.

    Evidently the nose and eyebrows are formed by a pair of serpents in the act of gliding away, leaving for some reason.

    The head is resting on the hieratic letter U, the symbol of an abyss, deep down, et cetera.

    The ends of the U are bent outwards ending with the symbol of the sun as Kin, not Ra, thus showing that it is the earth referred to and not heaven. The bottom part of this division assumes the form of an urn, symbolizing the body of the earth. The U opening at the top symbolizes the abyss. Within this urn are two glyphs, squares pointing downward with the symbol, “lost light,” engraved upon them (literal translation–The light has gone forth from the day).

    Slab A. Lower Division

    . This division symbolizes a grave where the body is lying in rest and darkness as shown by the pointer glyphs. In the upper division the pointer indicated downward, the direction taken by the body. Here the pointer is changed to horizontal.

    The design of this lower division is the two halves of a head placed back to back with each other. The eyes are again formed of the sun as Kin, the celestial orb, again telling us that this tableau refers to the earth, not to heaven.

    Beneath the eyes are two conventional mouths in the form of the hieratic letter M. This form of M was used both by the Mayas and Egyptians.

    p. 193

    Within these mouths is another hieratic letter, the letter N, which was the alphabetical symbol of the Serpent of Creation. This symbol is universal throughout the ancient world.

    The American Serpent of Creation is adorned with either feathers or a beard, the Oriental with seven heads, but in all cases, wherever found, an adorned serpent is the symbol of the Creator and Creation and among all ancient peoples the hieratic letter N was its alphabetical symbol. Thus we find here in America, the same symbol used as in the Orient.

    Slab A. The Legend

    . Quetzalcoatl, the Creator, the Bearded Serpent called him, and his soul passed on to the region of darkness (submerged Mu) there to await the call from the great serpent for re-incarnation.

    Slab. B

    . Slab B, like Slab A, has two divisions, an upper and a lower. These two slabs are so intimately connected that they may be looked upon as belonging to the same legend–Life and Death. Slab A symbolized Death and B, Life.

    Upper Division

    . The central figure in this tableau is also the conventional head of the Bearded Serpent, Quetzalcoatl. In this drawing the action of the two serpents forming the nose and eyebrows differ from that in Slab A. Instead of gliding away, they are here shown with their heads bent towards the eyes. The double tongue of the serpents is curving around the eye, not striking it. Their tongues form the symbol for speech, so they are giving a command.

    p. 194

     

    <I>Sculptured Slab B</I>.
    Click to enlarge

    Sculptured Slab B.

     

     

    p. 195

    Above and surrounding the head is the hieratic diphthong letter, Dz, a glyph with three steps, which symbolizes the three steps to the throne.

    In the right hand lower corner of the slab the margin forms another Dz with the addition Am. It now reads Dzam, translated–He who sits upon the throne. At the foot of the throne is the monotheistic symbol of the Creator. Consequently, it is He, the Creator, who sits upon the throne.

    The head, as in Slab A, rests over an urn having also an opening at the top in the form of U. This urn has an ornamental border composed of a string or succession of the hieratic letter N. This appears to me to form a strong adjective. Within the body of the urn which symbolizes the body of the earth are two glyphs, symbolizing darkness, i. e. the region of darkness, submerged Mu.

    Lower Division

    . In the lower division of Slab B we find the exact opposite of Slab A. Here we find the two halves of the head brought together again and joined with opened, light-seeing eyes. This symbolizes the soul and body being joined together again, the re-incarnation. This face is twice repeated, the second forming the adjective to the accomplishment. The mouth in both faces is the oblong square, the symbol of Mu, thus saying that it is in Mu that the re-incarnation has taken place.

    This is identically the same conception as the Egyptian where the soul returns to “Amenti,” “The region

    p. 196

    of darkness,” “The domain of Osiris,” “Submerged Mu.” It was also the conception of the Mayas of Yucatan, as it is in some Oriental countries today.

    On each side of the lower division there are symbolical borders. The border on the left is composed of the third glyph of the letter H in Mu’s alphabet and extends from the top to the bottom of the division. On the right hand border at the top is the hieratic letter H, the symbol of the Sacred Four.

    The various symbols on the right hand border read: “the great serpent, who created all things. He who sits upon the throne. He who embodies the Sacred Four.”

    The Legend

    . When Quetzalcoatl, the Bearded Serpent, the Creator, he who sits upon the throne, whose Four Great Commands evolved law and order out of chaos, calls–the eyes of those closed in sleep are opened, the time of their re-incarnation has arrived. They answer the call of the Great Serpent and come forth into a new day.

    Note

    . The glyphs on these slabs show an intimate connection between these people and the ancient Mayas of Yucatan. They were also closely connected with the people of Arizona and New Mexico. The cosmogony of all three is identical.

    QUETZAL AND QUETZACOATL.–A popular misconception is that the sun was worshipped by the ancients. A parallel misconception exists about Quetzal and Quetzalcoatl.

    Quetzals

    was the name of the first people whose feet

    p. 197

    trod the soil of America, who were a blond race with light flaxen hair. Their last king was called Quetzal. They derived their name Quetzals from their chief symbol for the commands of the Creator, the serpent, Quetzalcoatl.

    Quetzalcoatl

    is a feathered and winged serpent. In the Motherland to the South of the Quetzals were a people whose corresponding symbol was the Cobra-de-Capella, which they called Naga. They were known as the Nagas. They gave their Naga seven heads to correspond with the Seven Commands” or mental planes of creation. The early settlers in North America, coming, generally, from the northern parts of the Motherland, made the feathered serpent their symbol.

    In the ancient Quiche Maya sacred book, the Popol Vuh, which was written in Guatemala, the Quetzalcoatl is referred to as “the serpent covered with feathers” and the symbol of Creation.

    In Guatemala, where the Popol Vuh was written, legends permeate the country, in which Quetzal is referred to as “the last king of the blond white race” which occupied Central America and Southern Mexico.

    Among the Mayas of Yucatan of later date I find that two different serpents were used to symbolize the creative commands: the Naga, the seven-headed serpent which they called Ac-la-Chapat, and the Quetzalcoatl, which they called kukul-khan. Kukul comes out of two words of the language of Mu, kuk–a feather and ul–

    p. 198

    covered with, coated with et cetera, a free reading is, “covered with feathers.”

    The Aztecs as usual made a scramble out of the two words Quetzal and Quetzalcoatl, and after being thoroughly scrambled they turned the pan over, and out came Quetzalcoatl as the god. Then to add to the mix-up they gave this serpent-man, or god, a son, which they called Tescat, who was to be an avenger, for having taken the land from the Quetzals and driven them out of the country.

    With this combination the Aztec priesthood instilled terror into the hearts of the people throughout the land. Their teachings were that the only way to appease Tescat was by human sacrifices. Thus human sacrifices were introduced by this vile priesthood, rivers of blood flowed throughout the land.

    All People, even the king, lived in dread of the priesthood for no one knew but that he or she might be the next to be stretched upon the bloody stone. Thus the priesthood gained their point. They held control of life and property throughout the land.

    In an old Spanish book written about the time of Cortez it says that: “when Cortez invaded Mexico more than 50,000 human sacrifices were carried out annually.” As these old Spanish writers were not very accurate about what they wrote this passage of theirs should be discounted. It might have been more or it might have been less. All one can say is an immense number were sacrificed.

    p. 199

    The Oriental Dragon

    is only a conventional Quetzalcoatl. I find that when either Naga or Quetzalcoatl is shown by any and all ancient peoples it is invariably in some conventional form. The forms of Quetzalcoatl are, none of them, anything like the serpent itself, except in being feathered.

    The dragon is probably the most grotesque of all. Among the North American Indians I have never found the Naga, and only a few of the tribes have the feathered or plumed serpent, so far as I have yet learned.

    Is Quetzalcoatl a mythical serpent? No, it is not

    . Quetzalcoatl is a feathered flying serpent, and the most venomous ever recorded: for, within two minutes, and apparently almost suddenly, the victim falls to the ground dead after being struck. The reptile is of a very peculiar shape, having a body about the size of a duck or small goose. The real serpent part of it is its head and neck, which, in the one I refer to extended about five feet from the body. The head is very broad, flat and V shaped, like most of our known venomous serpents. Apparently it had no snake-like tail, but in its place a tuft of short feathers. From the head to the body the neck is covered with short hair-like feathers. The general color of the neck and body is almost white, thickly mottled with grey; the upper wing feathers are very long and droop like the bird of paradise. These have a prismatic sheen. Their flight is very clumsy, and then they can only fly a very short distance, a few

    p. 200

    yards. Apparently they have great difficulty in settling on the branch of a tree. A soft-nosed bullet from a 30-30 so mashed and cut the one referred to that it is pretty difficult to describe it accurately. The meeting of this reptile ended in a triple tragedy. The Indians would go no farther, so the explorer returned.

    It is said by the Indians that the Quetzalcoatl is to be occasionally found back in the swampy deep unexplored forests of Yucatan and Guatamala, but is very scarce.

    Niven’s Mexican tablets show that over 12,000 years ago Quetzalcoatl was used as a symbol by the people who occupied the Valley of Mexico at that time.

    THE ORIGIN OF THE RED INDIAN.–I will now make a short review of the North American Indians, showing that nearly, if not all of our Red Indian Brothers, have among themselves vast numbers of Mu’s original Sacred Symbols, retaining almost identically the same meanings they conveyed in Mu. These supplemented with their astounding legends show us clearly that the North American Indians came to America from Mu in boats.

    Times without number, it has been scientifically recorded that the North American Indians came to America from Asia via the old Bering Land Bridge. They neither came from Asia nor did they use the Bering Land Bridge, and from their own legends and writings I shall show from where they actually came and how they came to America.

    The trouble with our scientists in the past has been that when they came across anything they could neither

    p. 201

    comprehend nor understand, they cordially agreed that “It came from Asia via the Bering Land Bridge.” Being thus agreed, it became orthodox science.

    Our American scientists were not alone in piling up scientific accusations against Asia. The European scientists have splendidly seconded their American cousins in this respect. But the Europeans had no dear old bridge to carry their woes, so they dumped them on the Caucasian plains, the boundary line between Eastern Europe and Asia, saying: “It came from somewhere in

    the mountains of Central Asia.” Then this became orthodox science. The Caucasian Plain myth like the Bering Land Bridge dream has broken up. The European scientists have turned their venom on Africa, and are accusing it of the most unheard of things. That is no business of ours, we have our own troubles to account for our Red-Skin Brothers. We cannot deny that they are here, and that they were here when we first came to America to make it our home; so they must originally have come from somewhere, but where? I am going to commence with the Indians down in Arizona and New Mexico, then work my way up through our Western States to British Columbia and Alaska. My keystone will be–two Indian writings, not legends, written by the Indians themselves. These writings tell us of their origin and where they came from to America, also, how they came.

    In Arizona, New Mexico, Colorado, Nevada, Utah, et cetera, are various tribes of Pueblo Indians. They

    p. 202

    have many legends and traditions about their ancient past. During the short time I spent among them in Arizona and New Mexico they told me many of their legends. At a ceremonial dance I was astonished to see that the blanket of the Chief was covered with the Sacred Symbols of the Motherland, Mu. One symbol in particular attracted my attention, as it was identically like the central figure of the Hindu Cosmic Diagram, the Sri Santara. It is also the same as the Motherland’s, with one exception. In the Motherland’s Diagram the Twelve Gates to the World Beyond, are symbolized by twelve scallops. The Pueblos like the Hindus have symbolized theirs by twelve triangle points.

    It is needless to say that when I read the symbols which appeared on the Chief’s blanket, and told them their meanings, which were what they understood themselves, it was the open sesame for me to their hearts. I became at once a brother.

    They have a legend, “That far, far back, they did not live in America, but in a land in the direction of the setting Sun, across the great waters. That their forefathers came from this land to America in boats.”

    They have a very complicated legend about the great flood. It varies a great deal in minor details by different narrators, but in all essential points it is the same.

    Many of their present day words are to be found in Mu’s vocabulary. Also, many of their other words have their roots in words of the Mother tongue.

    Certain symbols persist from the north of Yucatan in

    p. 203

    Mexico to Nevada, Utah and Colorado, which leads one to believe that at one time all this area was occupied by Pueblos or near relatives.

    Having come to America from the Motherland in boats it shows that the Pueblos have been in America more than 12,000 years, the approximate date of Mu’s destruction.

    When they came to America they were a very highly educated, civilized people. Their legends show that they knew more about geology than our scientists did fifty years ago.

    Why do we find them in the state they are today? The answer is the old, old, tale of mountain raising. When the mountains were raised, the earth went through a period of volcanic upheavals and workings such as she had never known before nor since. The outside parts of the earth’s crust were literally torn to pieces. They were then forced up into ridges by the volcanic gases beneath; rocks were hurled and thrown from ridge to ridge, covering the valleys between. The earthquakes shook all cities and buildings into ruins, burying tens of millions of human beings in the débris.

    Then to complete the destruction, the most violent volcanic outbursts followed. Fire, rocks, lava and smoke were belched forth burying the whole of the surrounding country with these ejections. Few of the people in the regions of the rising mountains escaped with their lives, a few here and there only.

    An Oriental legend states that nearly a billion of

    p. 204

     


    Click to enlarge

     

     

    p. 205

    lives were lost in Asia during the raising of the Asiatic mountains. In America stands a lava flow twenty-six feet thick and nearly thirty miles long. This is from one out of many surrounding craters. I find no record of the loss of life in America, it was, however, great.

    After the mountains went up destroying most of the people and their country, the surviving Pueblos, to carry on, had to resort to primitive methods, so that they could only carry down by legends a few details of their great past.

    Nevada. The following symbols have been found carved upon the rocks of Nevada. Some of them were etched before the mountains were raised on which they now stand, others were written after the mountains had gone up. There are two distinct dates when these writings were made. Those that were etched after the mountains went up are much more recent than those which were written before the mountains were raised. Probably thousands of years intervened between the two.

    Among these Nevada writings there are three very distinct sets.

    1. This is a symbol of the rising sun. Universal throughout the world.

    2. Symbol of the setting sun. Universal throughout the world.

    3. Symbol of the sun at his meridian. Universal throughout the world.

    4. Symbol of the Sacred Four. The Four Great [paragraph continues]

    p. 206

    Primary Forces. Universal throughout the world. S. Symbol of the sun as Ra. Universal throughout the world. This is the earliest pattern of the Sun as Ra.

    6. The plain colored disk without rays symbolizes that the sun has sunk below the horizon and is giving no light to the land.

    7. A colored disk with three feathers appearing above symbolizes: First the plain disk–darkness–Second the three feathers symbolizes Mu. A free reading–Mu is in the region of darkness, no light shines upon her, she is dead, submerged.

    8. This an open cross within a circle and reads U luumil Kin. The land of the sun. The empire of the sun. The sun is here called Kin, not Ra. Kin was the name of the sun as the celestial orb, not the symbol. Note the difference in the two crosses No. 4 and this. No. 4 is a solid cross and this is an open one.

    9. The hieratic letter A, Naga pattern symbolizing the great ruler, the Creator, the Deity.

    10. This is another symbol of the Sacred Four, one of the steps towards the swastika in its evolution. This symbol superseded No. 4. It is now two steps from the swastika.

    11. This is a little vignette saying that Mu lies beyond the horizon across the great water. The serpent is Khan the great water. The Arc is the symbol of the horizon and the three feathers is one of Mu’s symbols. Her numeral symbol–three.

    12. I am unable to give this.

    p. 207

    13. This is an inscription reading Chi-po-ze, which translated reads: “A mouth opened, fires came forth with vapours, the pillars gave way, the land went down.”

    14. A serpent unadorned, the symbol for water. This might have been a guide post pointing the way to water.

    15. One of the glyphs of the letter H in the Motherland’s alphabet.

    16. This symbol was called by the ancients the Mysterious Writing. Its import is the same as the Cardinal number i.

    17. The tree and the Serpent. I have given the origin and meaning of this.

    18. This reads: The great ruler–The empire of the sun.

    19. This symbolizes the contour of some land with two islands adjacent.

    20. This glyph is the Life Symbol. It appears hundreds of times in the Egyptian Book of the Dead. An exact duplication of this glyph will be found at the base of the Naos or Chair of Osiris. There it is many times repeated. Book of the Dead, Chapter 125.

    21. This is the bud of a lotus flower. The floral symbol of Mu. The sacred flower among all ancient peoples.

    22. An Uighur Symbol. Gone down from the sight of the sun.

    23. An Uighur symbol, Mehen–Man.

    24. The original symbol for the Sacred Four. Found

    p. 208

    in the Sacred Inspired Writings of Mu. This symbol was universal throughout the world.

    25. The ancient symbol for water. Universal throughout the world.

    26. The hieratic letter U. Symbol for an abyss, a deep hole, a valley. Universal throughout the world.

    27. This is a guide telling the way to a temple which is dedicated to the Sacred Four.

    28. An Uighur symbol. I cannot give the meaning.

    29. An Uighur symbol, the letter X.

    3o. An Uighur symbol for hard.

    31. An Uighur symbol, heaven above earth.

    32. An Uighur pattern of the feather, symbol for Truth. Universal throughout the world.

    33. One of the glyphs for the letter N in the alphabet of the Motherland.

    34. A human hand, not a symbol.

    35. The ancient symbol for the active and passive elements in nature. Universal throughout the world.

    36. An Uighur symbol, fires of the underneath.

    37. An Uighur pattern of the symbol for multitudes. The Egyptians reversed the leaf, having the stem on top.

    38. An outline of an animal, not a symbol.

    39. The skin of an animal, not a symbol.

    40. Tracks of an animal, not a symbol.

    41. An animal’s head, not a symbol.

    42. One of the glyphs of the letter H in the alphabet of the Motherland.

    p. 209

    A. B. C. D. E

    . are symbols perfectly new to me. I have no key whereby I can read them: and there are not enough out of which to form a key.

    In this collection of Nevada symbols, there is a great mix-up of Naga and Uighur characters. They show, however, a very close connection with the ancients of both Yucatan and the people who wrote Niven’s Stone tablets.

    There are two distinct eras of writings, written by neither Naga, Uighur nor Yucatan Maya, probably one or two of the ten tribes of the Motherland, who were in close proximity with all three in the Motherland.

    Among the Klamath Indians of Oregon there are to be found several legends–one about a great flood. In Washington and British Columbia among the Kooteney Indians they have a legend stating that, “their forefathers came to America from the Land of the Sun.” Land of the Sun and Empire of the Sun were the common names for Mu before she was submerged.

    Upon one of their ceremonial dresses I found a border with the hieratic letter M, Mu’s alphabetical symbol. Prominently resting over the left breast of the wearer was an emblem, an eight-rayed Sun, the central figure of Mu’s escutcheon.

    The Sun was a pale yellow, the rays of a warm pinkish red with their points a pale blue. Blue was Mu’s symbolic color.

    I think this symbol in conjunction with their legend clearly proves that the forefathers of the Kooteney [paragraph continues]

    p. 210

     

    <I>Ornament on a ceremonial blanket<BR>
 Koteney Indian, British Columbia</I>
    Ornament on a ceremonial blanket
    Koteney Indian, British Columbia

    <I>Fan with Mu's symbol, eight pointed sun<BR>
 Gilbert Islands</I>
    Fan with Mu’s symbol, eight pointed sun
    Gilbert Islands

     

    p. 211

    Indians originally came from Mu; also that they themselves are aware of the fact.

    I will now take a leaf out of the history of the Haiden Indians of Queen Charlotte Island, near Alaska. The leaf is a totem pole, one of the prettiest and one of the most interesting totem poles I have ever seen. The pole is capped with a large eagle-like looking bird which is called the Thunder Bird. Extending nearly the whole length of the pole is a symbolical fish which is called the Killer Whale. About half-way between the head and tail of the fish stands a man who is thrusting a spear into the back of the fish. This man is called the Steel-headed Man.

    A very wise, wizened old Chief, who thoroughly understood the legends of his people, kindly explained the symbols on the pole as follows: “The winged creature that crowns the pole is the Thunder Bird–representative of the Creator.

    “Lightning is the winking of the Thunder Bird’s sharp eyes, and thunder is the flapping of its wings. Rain is the spilling of water from a huge lake in the middle of its immense back. The talons of the bird are fastened in the tail of the Killer Whale.”

    This is all symbolical; let us see what it all means. First the bird is a representative of the Creator. From other ancient writings this statement is elucidated by saying the Bird symbolizes the Forces which carried out the commands of the Creator– His executors in creation. Birds as symbols for the Creative Forces are

    p. 212

    common throughout the world. The Thunder Bird appears to be the universal symbol among the Indians of our Northwest. Thunder, lightning, rain, et cetera, are ascribed to the Thunder Bird. This is again true, the Thunder Bird being the executive of the Supreme Power. The natural phenomena result from the workings of what we call nature, and nature is the will of the Supreme. Bird Symbols for the Four Great Creative Forces are found in Mexico, Central America,

    Egypt, Assyria, Babylonia, India, among the Hittites, et cetera, in fact among all ancient people, so that the Thunder Bird follows in line with the rest.

    The Killer Whale

    is the symbol for ocean waters among the North American Indians of our Northwest. Most of the ancients used an unadorned serpent to symbolize the waters which they called Khanab. The name Killer Whale was probably given to it, on account of its drowning the 64,000,000 millions of people when the Motherland Mu was submerged.

    The Steeled-headed Man. I will now resume the old Chief’s description–“The man piercing the back of the Killer Whale is the Steel-headed Man. In the days of the great flood the Steel-headed man was the leader of all men, and much beloved by the Thunder Bird, the Thunder God and all other gods. When the flood swept over the face of the earth the gods feared for the life of the Steeled-headed man whom they miraculously changed into a Steeled-headed salmon.”

    There again we have a great symbolism. It says the [paragraph continues]

    p. 213

    Steel-headed man was the leader or governor of all men. This clinches the point that the Steel-headed man was the symbol of Mu among the Haiden Indians. Ancient literature is permeated with sayings that “Mu was the ruler of all mankind,” “Mu rules the earth,” and in the Maya book, the Codex Cortesianus, Mu is referred to as “The Great Ruler,” “The Great Ruler exists no longer,” et cetera.

    I will again return to the Chief’s description: “During the days of the flood, the transformed leader of men lived in the waters of the Minkish River. He gathered the posts and timber for his dwelling, but found he lacked strength to do the building. Then the Thunder Bird appeared before the Steel-headed man in a crashing and rumbling of Thunder. The Thunder Bird lifted his god mask and revealed a human face to the Steel-headed man, ‘I am as human as you’ said the bird, ‘and I will put up the timbers for you. There shall I stay with you to set up your tribe and be your protector for ever.’ Then with four claps of thunder, the bird caused to appear a group of warriors who sprang out of the crashing din full armed. They with the Steel-headed man were the nucleus from which the Haiden people grew.”

    There we have a myth so covering a legend that it becomes hard to extract the legend from the myth.

    Steel and Steel-headed Salmon were names unknown in America, up to a few hundred years ago.

    At this point there is also an omission in the legend. [paragraph continues]

    p. 214

    How did the Steel-headed Salmon become a man again? How did the group of warriors arrive, and where did they come from? There is no mention of women without whom the tribe could not be formed.

    In many of the Oriental pictures of emigrants leaving Mu by boat, they are pictured as fish jumping along on the surface of the water. Was the Steel-headed man one of these jumping fishes?

    In completing the reading of the totem pole the old Chief said that the base told the tale of:

    The Killer Whale and the Sea Lion

    . “The Sea Lion was helping a warrior to save his wife from the Killer Whale (drowning) when he was overcome and struck down by the Killer Whale (the waters). He was saved and restored to his family by Kolus the protecting god of the household. The Sea Lion was made a member of the tribe and married the warrior princess, the daughter of the Steel-headed man.” The Sea Lion was unquestionably a man of another tribe whose totem was the Sea Lion. In ancient times it was usual to call a man by the name of his totem.

    One of the most extraordinary picture writings I have ever come across is a painted tableau depicting the submersion of Mu, and one of two pictures–only that I have found depicting the submersion of Mu. The other is the Egyptian. The picture has three archaeological divisions:–Top–A serpent with a plume of feathers on its head. Middle–The Thunder Bird with its talons embedded in the body of the Killer Whale. Bottom–The [paragraph continues]

    p. 215

    Killer Whale covered with symbols. This tableau comes from the Nootka Indians who live on the west coast of Vancouver Island, British Columbia, Canada.

    While there are hundreds of writings telling of the destruction of Mu, also various compound symbols forming vignettes in the ancient Maya writings, throughout the world I have only found two tableaux or pictures showing the manner of her destruction, the Egyptian and now the Nootka Indian. There is, however, a marked difference in the two. The Egyptian depicts Mu falling into an abyss of fire, while the Nootka Indian depicts her as being submerged and covered with water. Two phases in her destruction and both correct.

    The three divisions are deciphered as follows:

    Top. The Serpent

    . This serpent has a plume of feathers on its head, it is therefore an adorned serpent, the well known Quetzalcoatl of the Mayas, and the symbol of the Deity as the Creator among the northern people of Mu. Thus the picture commences by saying that the Creator is dominating what is proceeding below.

    Middle. The Thunder Bird

    . Thunder Bird legends permeate the tales of the Indians of the Northwest. Birds were one of the symbols, symbolizing the four great Primary Forces which are the executors of the Deity’s commands. Birds were the favored symbol to express these Forces in the Northern parts of Mu,

    p. 216

    while to the south crosses were more frequently used. While Birds were not the favorite symbol in the more southern parts of Mu, yet, as I have said before, they were not excluded by any of the ancient peoples.

    Bottom. The Killer Whale

    . This division is the crux of the whole picture–the top and middle amounts to but a preliminary setting.

    The Killer Whale is purely a conventional fish, just a symbol. The eye is made out of the compound symbol mother and land which, conjoined, reads Motherland. The pupil is a solid black square symbolizing darkness, therefore the Motherland is in darkness.

    The neck is shown as broken, with the symbol, abyss and magnetic Forces, falling from the wings of the Thunder Bird (the Four Great Forces) into the broken neck, thus showing that it is subsidiary forces coming from the Primary that is accomplishing the destruction ‘

    Within the mouth is the symbol for flowing water, at the end of the mouth a passageway is shown, beyond this passage way is the hieratic letter U, the alphabetical symbol for an abyss, thus saying the Motherland has been carried down into an abyss of water. Directly following the abyss is the Uighur numeral four, four bars. On the backbone is the Naga form of number four, four circles or disks. The number four was the numeral symbol for the Four Great Primary Forces. Above the backbone are five bars, the Uighur way of writing five. Five was the numeral symbol of the full or monotheistic godhead.

    p. 217

    Legend

    . Thus repeating within the fish what was said by top and middle figures. The whole as a legend would read: the Creator ordered or commanded the submergence of Mu. His executors the Four Primary Forces proceeded to carry out the command by dispatching subsidiary Forces to do the work. These caused the land to sink and the waters to cover over the sunken land.


    CHAPTER VIII

    THE MOUND BUILDERS OF NORTH AMERICA

    NONE of the prehistoric races that have inhabited North America have caused more interest and speculation than the Mound Builders. Among their remains, in their mounds and burial grounds, have been found pottery of a high order, bone needles with eyes, stone pipes with elbows, strings of fine beads made from shells, fragments of cloth, ornaments of catlinite, silver, copper and tortoise shell, and some strings of extraordinarily large pearls, etc. 1

    On their ornaments and pottery are found various religious symbols, connecting them with a prehistoric race in Mexico and with Mu, the Motherland of Man. By these symbols it is shown that they possessed a highly scientific knowledge, for they perfectly understood the great Cosmic Sciences which today are just dawning on our scientific world. The Cosmic Sciences include the origin and workings of the Four Great Primary Forces, the parents of all forces. My object is not to attempt to give a history of the Mound Builders but simply to give some of the high lights about them which

     

    p. 219

    apparently have been overlooked by the archaeological authorities who have been keeping the public informed regarding the mysteries of the Mound Builders. My object is to show their great civilization, which I think has been underestimated, and that they came from Mu via Mexico.

    Regarding the time when they were living in America I have found nothing whereby even an approximate date could be suggested except that it was after Atlantis went down about 11,500 years ago. My opinion is that they were among the last of the prehistoric races that can be called prehistoric.

    Geographically they occupied what may be termed the Mississippi Watershed. This area before the sinking of Atlantis was a shallow inland sea extending north from the Gulf of Mexico. The sinking of Atlantis in the Atlantic Ocean formed an immense hole in the Atlantic. To fill this in and level off the waters the surrounding waters were drawn in. This drew off the waters from various shallow inland seas, made them either dry habitable lands, or swamps. It also extended the coast lines. During the process of the readjustment of the waters the Mississippi Valley was drained. Even after the land was drained it was a long time before it assumed a condition where man could live and thrive upon it. This condition seems verified by the fact that no remains of the Cliff Dwellers, or those that preceded them, have been discovered in the Mississippi Valley proper.

    p. 220

    The end of the Mound Builders, like the Khymers of Cambodia, apparently came very suddenly, leaving no trace behind it. While the Mound Builders show no cause for their apparent sudden disappearance the Khymers do, for it is geologically shown that the Khymers were destroyed by a flood, a cataclysmic wave having rolled up the Meikong River and surrounding Khymer country.

    The Mound Builders as a people are gone, but did they leave no descendants in America? If Sacred Symbols, which I have found the most reliable source with which to trace the movements of people from time to time, are acceptable (I say this after fifty years of study), then we have something with which to make a start. This, with other evidence which may hereafter be found, may eventually show that they have descendants still among us in some of the Indian tribes of our southwestern states.

    Fig. 1

    . Is a bottle recovered from a mound on a line between Southeast Missouri and Arkansas. Therefore, this is of ancient workmanship.

    Fig. 2

    . Is a water bottle I personally own. It was bought from Indians in New Mexico within the last ten years and was perfectly new when given to me. This, therefore, is modern. The main figure on each of these two bottles is identical, with the exception of coloring. The ancient has a creamy white ground with brilliant figures. The modern has a brick red ground with black figures edged with white.

    p. 221

    The symbol referred to is the same, line for line, and is an artistic design of the cross symbolizing the Sacred Four, the Four Great Primary Forces. The lines of the cross are drawn to extend in westerly directions, thus running from west to east. This is also shown on some of the Mexican tablets.

    There is evidence that the Mound Builders of North

    <I>1</I>.<BR>
 <I>Ancient</I>
    1.
    Ancient

    <I>2</I>.<BR>
 <I>Modern</I>
    2.
    Modern

     

     

    [paragraph continues] America had an advanced knowledge of the Cosmic Forces which they could have attained only by some connection with, or direct, from the Motherland. Thus it is shown that their forefathers came from Mu, but by what gate did they enter America? I find among the traditions and lore of the Indians who now are on the lands where the mounds are found that: “The Mound Builders came to the Mississippi Valley from Mexico.” Can these traditions of the Indians which say that the Mound Builders came to North America from Mexico be proven?

    p. 222

    I already have shown one example where an ancient prehistoric people of Mexico had the same symbols as the Mound Builders, conveying identically the same meaning in both cases. By comparing other symbols of the Mound Builders with those found carved on Niven’s Mexican tablets it appears to show some definite connection between them, and that these Indian legends are history, orally handed down.

    <I>Water Bottle<BR>
 From a mound, Mississippi County, Missouri</I>
    Water Bottle
    From a mound, Mississippi County, Missouri

    As an example, I will take the symbols found on another Mound Builder’s water bottle and compare them with some of the symbols on the Mexican tablets. Here we find an exceedingly strong link connecting the American [paragraph continues]

    p. 223

    Mound Builders with the prehistoric race of Mexico, heretofore referred to.

    <I>Symbol of the construction and workings of the Sun</I>
    Symbol of the construction and workings of the Sun

    This symbol is one of many found on a Mound Builder’s water jar in Mississippi County, Missouri, and is a diagram showing how the Forces of the Sun are generated and carried throughout the Solar System. The dissection of it shows:

    That the Sun has a hard crust and a soft center.

    That the Sun is being revolved by her Superior Sun from west to east.

    The revolving hard crust carries around the soft center in the same direction, but not at the same velocity, thus forming a frictional line, a magnet. This is shown by the soft material in the center being curved.

    It is shown to refer to the Four Great Primary Forces by the central soft material being divided into four arms forming a cross, the first and original symbols of the Four Great Forces.

    p. 224

    The form of the rays of the Sun are in the shape of the symbol for activity, thus saying that the rays are active in carrying the Forces somewhere, i.e., the generated Forces are taken from the hard crust by the rays and delivered in a manner to carry out certain functions not shown in this diagram.

    This diagram of the American Mound Builders is the only one I have come across so far that fully carries out the writings about this phase of the Sun, which are found in the Books of the Golden Age, and thus showing the excellence of the scientific knowledge of the Mound Builders of America. Many of the Mexican tablets give parts of it but none in whole as does this one. Writings from Egypt show that they understood the Cosmic Forces in 1200 B. C., but how much later I cannot say.

    The Mound Builders of America date back to when? This brings forward a question–since when were the Cosmic Sciences lost to the world? Yet, they have never been entirely lost. The old Rishi understood them. Scraps of them still are known in the Orient and among the Polynesians, and I am not so sure that some scraps are not known among some of the tribes of the North American Indians. I have good reasons for saying this. In this diagram the Sun is drawn as representative of Kin, the Celestial Orb, and not as Ra, the monotheistic symbol of the Deity.

    The foregoing are definitely the teachings found in the Sacred Writings.

    p. 225

    This is a compound cross symbolizing the Sun as the Celestial Orb with a white cross in the center surmounted with a red cross. The white open cross reads U luumil, which translated is the Country of, the Land of, the Empire of–and being within the Sun, reads–the Empire of the Sun, Mu.

    The plain cross surmounting the white open cross is the oldest and original symbol for the Four Great Primary Forces, sometimes depicted with the Swastika, subsequently termed the “Good Luck” symbol.

    <I>Mound Builders</I>
    Mound Builders

    <I>Mexican</I>
    Mexican

     

    Showing the Four Primary Forces moving from West to East

    I have selected just one of the Mexican Tablets to show beside a Mound Builder’s symbol, Niven’s No. 1331. I have taken this Mexican tablet for comparison as I have hitherto, in various of my writings, stated that this tablet was one of the most important among [paragraph continues]

    p. 226

    Niven’s collection of over 3000, and one of the most important finds in any part of the world.

    In both cases the Mound Builders and the Mexican show the Four Great Primary Forces emanating from the Creator, and are said by the ancients “To be His commands, His desires, His wishes.” They are, in both symbols, shown moving from west to east, thus causing the whole universe to revolve from west to east, and all living moving spheres to revolve on their axes from west to east.

    This is a universal symbol found in all ancient countries throughout the world. It is a picture of the Sun as Ra, the monotheistic symbol of the Deity.

    MOUND BUILDERS’ SYMBOLS.–

    Line 1. Figs. 1 to 5

    . All these symbols are pictures of the Sun, and are universal, that is, they are found among the writings of all ancient peoples.

    Line 2. Figs. 6 to 10

    . These five symbols are all recording the Four Great Primary Forces, and that they emanate from the Creator. Figs. 6, 7, and 8 are frequently found among Niven’s Mexican tablets, and in the Mexican they are always shown as originating from the demand or order of the Creator. Figs. 9 and 10 are more universally found among ancient writings.

    Line 3. Figs. 11 to 15

    . These figures symbolize the

    p. 227

     

    <I>Mound Builders' Symbols</I>
    Click to enlarge

    Mound Builders’ Symbols

     

     

    p. 228

    earth’s Forces and their origin and the manner in which they work. Figs. 11 and 12 are skeleton, or outline, drawings of 13 and 14. These four figures show the earth’s molten center being carried around and grinding against the earth’s hard crust. This grinding forms a frictional line between the two, which in turn forms a magnet. The magnet has two divisions, one affecting Forces, the other, elementary matter. The Division, having control over elements, is what is commonly known as the Force of Gravity, therefore, what is known as the Force of Gravity is the power of the Cold Division of the Earth’s great Central Dual Magnet. The Division, having power over Forces, affects the Earth’s Forces only. It has no control over any Forces emanating from beyond the earth’s atmosphere. Fig. 15 shows the earth’s Forces passing out of her body into the atmosphere (they are thus drawn out by their affinitive Forces carried in the Sun’s rays). Earthly Forces like elements become exhausted, and when exhausted the Sun’s affinitive Forces have no further attraction or control over them. The Central Magnet then proceeds to draw them back into the great frictional line where they are regenerated and again sent to perform the duties required of them by nature. I may say further that this example of the workings and origin of earthly Forces may also apply to all revolving bodies throughout the universe, and thus show that a single Divine system is controlling the Universe.

    Line 4. Figs. 16 to 20

    . These are also symbols of

    p. 229

    the Four Great Primary Forces. Figs. 17, 19 and 20 are shown as emanating from the Deity. Fig. 16 is the original and oldest symbol for the Sacred Four or the Four Great Primary Forces as it is found in the Sacred Writings of Mu, which are more than 70,000 years old.

    All of these symbols are found embodied in the Mexican tablets. Fig. 19 is an exact duplicate of what I have heretofore given as the Pyramid Cross.

    Line 5. Figs. 21 to 24

    . In this line I shall note only one figure, 22. The others are common and universal. Fig. 22 is a very rare symbol. I have found only one duplicate of it, and that is the Hindu writings of about 4000 to 5000 years ago. This figure symbolizes the Sun sending forth his rays throughout his System (the solar). They are shown as being of two varieties–dark and invisible because of their intensity, and light, which are apparent to vision. The rays are in the form of Forces, as shown by the Force symbol. Again they are curved, pointing to the east and thereby telling us that they are working from west to cast and forming a circle. As they are taking a circular route all rays coming from the Sun would not strike the earth in a straight line from the Sun but in a curve.

    This again shows that our prehistoric Americans were further advanced in science than we are today. Do our present scientists appreciate this fact? Does this not show that we are thousands of years behind in our knowledge of science, based on theory alone? Personally, I think so.

    p. 230

    <I>A Mound Builder's Calendar Stone Found in the Ouachita River, Hot Springs, Arkansas</I><BR>
 From Col. J. R. Fordyce, Little Rock, Arkansas
    Click to enlarge

    A Mound Builder’s Calendar Stone Found in the Ouachita River, Hot Springs, Arkansas
    From Col. J. R. Fordyce, Little Rock, Arkansas

     

    A MOUND BUILDER’S CALENDAR STONE.–

    Dimensions

    . The stone is pear shaped. Length about 16 inches, and about 13 inches across at its widest part. “It is a sandstone bowlder such as found in shale near Hot Springs. It weighs 22½ pounds.”

    Description

    . In the center is a slightly raised ring 7¼ inches in diameter. This ring is divided into thirteen equal divisions. On each division is inscribed a figure or a glyph. Superimposed on this circle is another which is much higher. This, I presume to be meant for a picture of the Sun, as the symbol of the Deity. Above this main figure is engraved a caption, the Moon in its various phases during a calendar month. This tells us the meaning of what is below, namely: the circle with the thirteen divisions represents thirteen calendar months, making one year. The thirteen

    p. 231

    months, forming a circle, tell us that the year is completed, the beginning and the end. Over the caption is shown the All Seeing Eye looking down from heaven above. This is an ancient symbol dating back to the earliest writings, and universally found. Outside of the calendar proper, to the edge of the stone, various animals are shown, including Man.

    The Calendar Glyphs

    .

    1

    . This is too indistinct to say positively what is meant or represented. However, it appears to be a bird with wings outspread. If this is correct, then it probably would be the American Indian Thunder Bird.

    2

    . This seems to portray the Maya month of Zac, the white month, when snow covers the ground with a white blanket.

    3

    . This is a new symbol to me. I do not know its meaning.

    4

    . This is a fish which is symbolically heading upstream, denoting that during this month fish are most plentiful, the time when they make their spring run up to their spawning beds.

    5

    . This glyph is one of the letters in Mu’s alphabet. It has an esoteric meaning.

    6

    . This is a picture of the Sacred Lotus flower, Mu’s floral symbol. The lotus was the most beloved and revered of all Mu’s symbols. The Egyptians always ref erred to Mu as the Lotus.

    7

    . Without this is a line drawing of the head of the Mound Builders’ conventional serpent. I do not know

    p. 232

    what it is. Among the etchings at the Pipestone Quarry, Minnesota, there are some that are almost identically like it. The Pipestone are without question the heads of the Serpent.

    8

    . This is a sacred symbol common in Oriental countries. Once, and only once, before have I found it in America. That was among the Mound Builders’ remains taken from one of their burial grounds. It is one of those ancient religious symbols whose meaning was lost when the Brahmins persecuted and drove their teachers, the Naacals, out of India into the snowcapped ranges of the Himalayas about 2000 to 2500 B. C. The meaning of the symbol is expressed in four words of the ancient tongue. These words were used before the commencement of a supplication, or prayers. They are being repeated to this day but the priesthood does not know their meaning. The meaning of AUM was forgotten about the same date. So far in months 6 and 8 we find a direct connection between the people who made this calendar stone and the Mound BuildersMu and the Orient.

    9

    . This glyph is new to me. It appears to picture ripe grain being cut and harvested. The time on this stone is given about August or September. It would thus correspond with harvest time when grain is reaped and stored.

    10

    . This symbol is frequently found in ancient writings. It pictures the fall of the year when trees and

    p. 233

    shrubs shed their leaves, leaving the branches bare and leafless.

    11

    . This is one of the most conclusive symbols on this stone and directly connects the makers of this stone calendar with the Mound Builders, the Polynesians, and therefore, Mu, as their ancestors came from the Motherland. The symbol is the Grey and Black Pointed Spider, which is discussed later in this chapter. I have received information that similar spiders have been found among the treasures recovered by Schliemann in ancient Troy, Asia Minor. These, however, I have not seen.

    12

    . This symbol is questionable. Is it the outline of a deer?

    13

    . This is certainly an outline drawing of a bison. It is now the last month in the year, the head of this buffalo is pointing in. Is this the time of the year when food has become scarce further north and he is now working in to the south where conditions for the time being suit him better? I think so. The same question applies to the 12th, the deer.

    Comments

    . There are various animals shown on the outer side of the stone. These I have not taken into account although two are very prominent in ancient picture writings and in Indian legends.

    It must be apparent that the designers of this Calendar Stone were acquainted with the Cosmic Forces and the Cosmic Sciences as taught during the First [paragraph continues]

    p. 234

    Great Civilization. Therefore, America at one time was enjoying the highest civilization the earth has ever known.

    THE GREAT SERPENT MOUNDS.–The feature which has captivated the public interest most in the Mound Builders is their great serpent-shaped mounds. That these serpent mounds were symbolical there can be no doubt. Serpents of various patterns and designs have always, from the beginning of religion, played an important part in religious ceremonies, not among one particular race but among all ancient people from the time symbols were first used.

    One of the most important of the American Serpent Mounds is situated at Brush Creek near Peebles, Ohio. I cannot say definitely in what way this Serpent Mound was symbolically used–whether as the Seven Great Commands of Creation, the Waters, or the destruction of Mu, the Motherland. Possibly it may have included two of the foregoing. That it, or ceremonies connected with it, referred to Mu there is ground for belief for the following reason: it is stated that some of the Serpent Mounds have sacrificial stones or altars upon them, with the possibility that all had them originally. As Mu went down it was into “a fiery abyss,” fires of the underneath. It became a custom among all surviving peoples thereafter at various times and occasions to commemorate her destruction by fire. Fire is shown to have been used in commemorative services by the Mayas and Quiches who had their fiery house, and the

    p. 235

    Egyptians who used a fiery tank, and others who used burnt sacrifices of some description.

    In England near Stonehenge there is a Serpent Mound said to be an exact duplication of the American at Peebles, Ohio. Thus, we find in England a specialized symbol of the same as used by the Mound Builders of America, and in both cases the same meaning and conception is conveyed. What is a reasonable deduction? Common origin, without doubt. By what route did the Mound Builders get into England? It is questionable when we trace the various symbols that have been found in England, and the still more pronounced display found in Egypt.


    Click to enlarge

     

    SPIDERS.–While the great Serpent Mounds have captured the most public interest among the Mound Builders’ relics, the Spiders have the greatest fascination for me, personally. While exploring among the South Sea Islands some fifty years ago I constantly came across legends about the Grey and Black Pointed Spider. These legends showed that the Spider was symbolic of something, and that it was a sacred symbol,

    p. 236

    but of what I could not determine. The legends were all too obtuse. As examples:

    “There the Grey and Black Pointed Spider would have mounted to Heaven, but he was held back by the bitterness of the cold.”

    “The roads were cunningly constructed to represent the web of the Grey and Black Pointed Spider, and no man could discover the beginning or the end thereof.”

    Now after waiting fifty years and having given up all hope of ever solving the riddle of the Grey and Black Pointed Spider I find the answer given at our very doorstep. Truly, here in America lies the key to unlock the great past history of man.

    These Spiders were brought to my notice by my friend, Dr. Thomas M. Stewart, of Cincinnati, Ohio. They are engraved on circular pieces of shell, and on each of their backs is a symbol showing what they represented. These peculiar relics have been found in the burial vaults of the Mound Builders of Missouri, Arkansas and Tennessee. Because of the location of the places where they have been found Dr. Stewart suggested that they might have been used in the same manner as the Scarab in the Egyptian burial chambers.

    The symbols on the backs of these Spiders are duplications of the symbols found as ornaments on the Water Bottle shown on page 241. No. 1 is the original symbol for the Four Great Forces shown in No. 2 on page 241. No. 2 shows the Forces working from west

    p. 237

    to east as in No. 3 on page 241. No. 3 is the same compound symbol as shown in No. 2, page 241.

    Some of these symbols are shown on pottery recovered from the ancient ruined cities in Crete, Cyprus and ancient Troy 1 in Asia Minor.

    Although exceedingly rare, I think that the Grey and Black Spider, as a symbol, had a wide range at one time and we still may find many of them on pottery that have been overlooked because their import was unknown.

    I think that the foregoing bears out my assertion that merely digging up old remains, symbols, inscriptions and writings is not archaeology, that archaeology is the reading of these symbols and writings when found. A builder, digging a foundation for a structure, who unearths a stone bearing an ancient inscription does not make the builder an archaeologist–he is only a builder. A farmer, ploughing his ground, turns over an old stone with an inscription on it. This does not make the farmer an archaeologist–he is only a cultivator of the soil. Or his son may be digging potatoes and unearth an old piece of pottery. The son is only a potato digger, not an archaeologist.

    The Mound Builders’ Symbols, before they are read, are only artistic ornamentations and mean nothing, just potatoes on a piece of pottery. But, when read, they may give a line on a page of the early history of North [paragraph continues]

     

    p. 238

    America by telling us that a mysterious race called the Mound Builders, who once occupied a part of our land, originally came from Mu via Mexico, that they were a highly civilized and enlightened people, having a knowledge of the Cosmic Forces and their workings, thus showing that they had a scientific knowledge greater than we have today.

    THE OCTOPUS, A SACRED SYMBOL

    THE OCTOPUS.–The Octopus is one of the very rare sacred symbols. By this I do not mean that it was seldom used, but that only a few symbols of it have been found. As a matter of fact I think it was a very common symbol among some of the ancient peoples. At present when found, generally on pottery, archaeologists have looked upon them as mere decorations and ignored the fact that many of the specimens show, without a doubt, that they were sacred symbols.

    The Octopus is often found on the ancient Greek pottery. It was used in Peru, Brazil, North America, Greece and Scandinavia until a few thousand years ago. Judging by the way it was used it was the symbol of a Water Demon, the Enemy of Life. Its rôle was to prevent the advent of life on earth.

    Most of the ancient writings telling about the advent of life on earth symbolize it in such a manner that it represents a battle between the Sun and the Waters for supremacy over something, but does not say what that something is.

     

    <I>Vase of the Late Minoan I Period (about 1600-1100 B. C.) found on Gournia, Crete<BR>
 Courtesy of the Metropolitan Museum of Art</I>.
    Click to enlarge

    Vase of the Late Minoan I Period (about 1600-1100 B. C.) found on Gournia, Crete
    Courtesy of the Metropolitan Museum of Art
    .

     

    For example: the Babylonians say Belmarduk, the Sun, fights Tiamet, the Waters. From a Cuneiform Tablet-“The gods are preparing for a grand contest against the monster, Tiamet.” “The god Belmarduk overthrows Tiamet.” The Egyptians have it that Horus, the Sun, overcomes and kills the serpent Aphopis, the Waters. The Hindus say that Krisna, the Sun, destroyed the serpent Anatha, the Waters. And the Greeks record that Apollo, the Sun, overcomes Python, the Waters. The Fifth Command of the Sacred Writings of Mu is: “And the arrows of the Sun met the arrows of the Earth in the mud of the waters and out of particles of the mud formed cosmic eggs”–life germs.

    From the foregoing, combined with the legends about the Octopus, it appears that the Octopus was the symbol of the resistance of the mud against allowing the Sun’s Forces to draw the Earth’s Forces out into the water to form life’s cosmic eggs. The Sun’s Forces, however, prevailed and met the Earth’s Forces and formed cosmic eggs, and life commenced according to Divine Command.

    The legends as told today about the Octopus are perfect myths, but by going behind the myth and finding its origin we discover the true legend.

    It was very noticeable that wherever a legend is found the phenomenon is shown to have occurred in that particular spot. This is especially so among savage and semi-savage people. As examples: the Fijians have

    p. 240

    a legend about the “Tower of Babel.” According to them the “Tower of Babel” was being built on one of the Fijian Islands. The Fijians are courteous to visitors and will take anyone gladly to the spot where it stood. The Polynesians have a legend about the “Ark.” They claim that it was built on one of their islands. The Maoris have a legend about “Cain and Abel.” They tell you that Cain and Abel were New Zealanders and that the murder of Abel occurred in New Zealand.

    The symbolic Octopus, like the Sun, is known by many names, its name being taken from the language of the people where it is found. With all people the Octopus was a Water Demon and the Enemy of Life. It had no other meaning.

    SHADOWS FROM GREECE AND ASIA MINOR.–From the ancient cities of the Grecian Archipelago and Asia Minor, which have been and are being unearthed, many pieces of pottery have been found which have the Octopus either engraved, raised or painted on them, making prominent and striking decorations. In Crete, Cyprus and Troy many fine and perfect specimens have been discovered. Fortunately, the motif designs vary considerably which gives one a fair chance to read their correct meaning, as for instance, on vases B and C in the Cyprus Group. On both the tentacles and body are intact. Here the Octopus is simply a reminder of that which it symbolizes. Vase A, from the same ruined city, shows a totally different phase. Here the Octopus

    p. 241

    is depicted as having been in battle and got the worst of the encounter. This is shown by his broken and cut tentacles, his fighting weapons.

    <I>A group of octopus vases from Cyprus</I>
    Click to enlarge

    A group of octopus vases from Cyprus

     

    From where did the Greeks get the octopus? First, the octopus appears to have been one of the symbols used by Mu. From the Motherland it was taken by the Carians into Peru and Brazil. Second, when the Carians, the forefathers of the Greeks, continued their

    p. 242

    advance towards the cast and finally settled at the eastern end of the Mediterranean they carried their sacred symbols along with them and among these was the Octopus.

    I think the foregoing shows sufficient proof that the Octopus was one of the early sacred symbols and that it was carried to the southeastern parts of Europe and Asia Minor by the Carians. But what people carried it to Scandinavia is an open question.

    <I>The Pipestone Octopus<BR>
 Witoonti, Pipestone, Minnesota</I>
    Click to enlarge

    The Pipestone Octopus
    Witoonti, Pipestone, Minnesota

     

    THE PIPESTONE OCTOPUS.–In trying to read this pictograph one apparently is met by three contradictions: [paragraph continues]

    p. 243

    First, the Octopus has within the grasp of one of its upper tentacles a Serpent, a specialized Serpent, an exact duplication of one of the Mound Builders’ Serpent Mounds. What connection is there between the Mound Builders and the people who carved this rock picture? Were they the same people? Or was this peculiar specialized Serpent used by various peoples and was this picture etched by one of them? The Octopus, having the Serpent within the grasp of one of its tentacles, intimates that the circle from which the tentacles project is the body of the Octopus; but being a circle it is a picture of the Sun. This would suggest that the circle was a Sun symbol and not the body of the Octopus.

    Second, as against reading the circle as a Sun symbol we see projecting from the lower side of the circle the beak of the Octopus in the form of the ancient symbol for a cutting or dividing Force. This symbol also appears on the Mexican tablet No. 1584, Woman’s Creation. Added to this in the small Fig. B, the Octopus is shown with a real body, nearly round, with the Serpent held in one of the tentacles.

    Third, the foregoing shows a possibility that the circle forming the body in Fig. A may actually be symbolizing the Sun’s Forces as Kin, the Celestial orb, and not Ra, the monotheistic symbol of the Deity.

    One of the difficulties in attempting to read this picture is that the ends of most of the tentacles are so indistinct that their meanings are doubtful. This picture

    p. 244

    requires a great deal of study with the assistance of other pictures referring to the same subject to obtain the full meaning in detail. The fact remains that it may convey the same meaning as the Octopus on the Cyprus Vase A and many other pictures of the Greeks, Egyptians, Hindus, Babylonians, etc.

    At the lower right hand corner is shown either a wolf or a dog. In the Scandinavian myths this dog or wolf plays an important part.

    THE PIPESTONE QUARRY.–This quarry in Pipestone, Minnesota, is the oldest quarry on earth to have been worked by man, for it was known and worked back in the Tertiary Era, before the mythical Glacial Period, the last Magnetic Cataclysm.

    <I>Gilders Pipe, Omaha, Nebraska, over 15,000 years old, made out of the red mottled stone of Pipestone Quarry</I>
    Gilders Pipe, Omaha, Nebraska, over 15,000 years old, made out of the red mottled stone of Pipestone Quarry

    The age of the Pipestone Quarry is proven by two facts. First, by Gilders Pipe which was found among the remains of man who lived during the Tertiary Era. The clay from which this pipe is made is found only at one spot on earth (as far as is known to geology), and that is at Pipestone. The geological name of this

    p. 245

    stone is Catlinite. (It has been claimed by some that Catlinite is also found at Feuerte Farm about three miles from Portsmouth, Ohio. The only way that this can be decided satisfactorily is by comparing the chemical analysis of the two–the Pipestone deposit and that found at Portsmouth.)

    According to Indian traditions the location of the Pipestone Quarry was lost for a long period of time. Its rediscovery forms one of the Sioux legends. The Indian legends about the Pipestone and other subjects are fascinating, and when shorn of their mythical adornments tell us that the first Americans came from Mu, which adds another link to the overwhelming chain of evidence that America was Mu’s first colony and that America today is the oldest land above water that has been inhabited by man. America antedates Atlantis, Egypt, Greece, Babylonia, India and. all other ancient nations. The Pipestone Indian legends also show that the first Americans were highly civilized people, and that they came from a land in the west beyond the Setting Sun.

    In reference to the rediscovery of the quarry, Omaha and Yaukton Indian legends relate that “Walregela, the Omaha wife of a Yaukton Sioux, following the trail of a white bison discovered the Pipestone on the banks of the Pipestone Creek, where it had been ex posed by the bison s hoofs.”

    Extracts from Chon-oopa-sa.–Legend by Pa-la-nea-pa-pe (Man that was struck by the Ra).

    p. 246

    The Advent of Man

      “In the far off past
    A million, million, million moons ago,
    The first of mortals to this earth below
    By great Wo-kon was cast:
    The first Dakota moulded from a star
    He tossed and watched him fall
    Down through the dark, till he alighted there
    Upon soft ground. He was not hurt at all
    And Wa-kin-yan, first Sioux.”

    “He ranged the land in hunting many a year
    Until at last this solitary man”

    Where afar we see the sunset
    Summer days
     in golden glory
    In the mystic land of legend
    In that far land of the west
    Land of Red-man’s home and story.
    Land of legend, strange tradition,
    Vale of dim unwritten hist’ry.”

    The Woman

    “And Wa-kin-yan prayed hourly (never tired . . .
    Wa-kon to send him what he most desired . . .
    And Wa-kon heard his pleading,–broke a beam p. 247
    At noon from off the blazing summer Sun
    And moulded, fashioned-beauteous as a dream,–
    The first of all her sex-the longed for One!
    . . . Sweet Co-tan-ka–”

    The Demon Octopus

    “Wi-toon-ti, he that stayed
    By day in the river’s mud.”

    “Wi-toon-ti, he that feared
    Wa-kin-yan’s bow and shaft.”

    “A monster he.”

    “Then Wa-kon-da, vengeance taking
    For the murdered Sunbeam’s daughter.”

    “Then he seized a blazing tail star
    Formed another mighty arrow
    Sent it flying to Wa-kin-yan.”

    “The Wa-kin-yan rose up quickly
    By the blazing shaft he sighted!
    Twang! behold it forward flying
    See it flare and flash and hurtle
    Through the rain of fiery sparks
    Through Wi-toon-ta . . .”

    p. 248

    [paragraph continues] This appears to me to be another version of the fight between the Sun and the Waters, for the creation of Life, so frequently found in the ancient writings on the Creation.

    While other Indian legends refer to Mu none of them say what she and her people were like or where she lay except that she was “Beyond the Setting Sun.” This Sioux legend goes further–it describes the land as being tropical “Summer days in golden glory.” That the teller of the legend was cognizant of the fact that Mu had disappeared and was no more is shown in the passage, “The mystic land of legend.” It also tells us that legends about her greatness and civilization were being orally handed down. “Land of Red-man’s home and story” informs us that the Indians know that originally they came from Mu. “Dim unwritten hist’ry” tells us that as far as the Indian knows there is no written history of Mu, only legendary.

    Another interesting bit of Pipestone lore is the symbolic Bird of Creation. Here at Pipestone among the Sioux legends we again find the Bird of Creation the symbol of the Creative Forces throughout the world. Catlin, in 1836, recounting his visit to the Pipestone, says: “Not far from us, in the solid rock, are the deeply impressed footprints of the Great Spirit in the form of the tracks of a Great Bird. (See Fig. C. Page 242.)

    The following are extracts from a Sioux legend: “‘Before the creation of man, the Great Spirit, whose

    p. 249

    tracks are yet to be seen on the stones of the Red Pipe in the form of that of a great bird.”

    “Here the Great Spirit used to slay the buffaloes and eat them on the edge of the rock. The blood running over the rocks turned them red.”

    “One day a large snake had crawled into the nest of the bird to eat his eggs. One of the eggs hatched out in a clap of thunder, and the Great Spirit catching hold of a piece of pipestone to throw at the snake (here part of the legend missing) moulded it into a man. The man’s feet grew fast in the ground, where it stood fast for many ages like a great tree, therefore he grew very old. (In all of the ancient pictures of Mu she is depicted as a very old woman.) At last another tree grew up beside him when a large snake ate them both off at the roots and they wandered off together. From these have sprung all the people now on earth.” Here we have two of the ancient writings merged into one–the Advent of Man on Earth, and the Destruction of Mu.

    Although no particular name has been given to the Great Bird in this Sioux legend beyond the Great Spirit I think that by its connection with thunder it was the Thunder Bird of all the Indians to the west of the Sioux and was, as told by the old Hayden chief, the symbol of the Creative Forces. The Great Bird eating buffaloes is without question a perfect myth invented by some old Medicine Man to save his face

    p. 250

    when pressed by his followers to account for the pipestone being red. The legend says before man came on earth the Great Spirit used to slay buffalos to eat. First, spirits do not eat anything material. Second, it occurred before man was on earth, “A million, million, million moons ago.” And third, the buffalo is a recent addition to the picture gallery of life of America.

    Man first appeared on Mu. One of the names given to Mu was the Tree of Life. In this legend the man and the tree are combined in one. Yet this is not so far wrong, for the Sacred Writings of Mu tell us that Mu was the Tree of Life and that Man was its fruit. This is corroborated where the Sioux legend tells of a great serpent biting off the trees at their roots. A serpent was always the symbol for the waters and when Mu was destroyed she was swallowed by the waters. Biting, in the Sioux legend, is a correct word to use symbolically, for Mu was certainly bitten off from the rest of the land above water. “From these have sprung all the people that now inhabit the earth” clearly shows that this refers to the migrated children of Mu and is confirmed by the saying, “They wandered off” for they had left the land of their birth where they grew up, to go to other lands where they might find living easier.

    All extracts, pictures and information about the Pipestone are taken from a booklet entitled, The Pipestone Indian Shrine, by Miss Winifred Bartlett, President of the Pipestone Indian Shrine Association, who kindly and courteously sent me the booklet from which

    p. 251

    to make notes, with a view of placing America where it belongs on the ancient map, and to give the Redskin his just due. The translations of the Indian legends are by D. Ivan Downs.


    Footnotes

    218:1 The pearls, fragments of cloth, ornaments of silver and copper were found in the Bainbridge Mound in Ohio.

    237:1 Schliemann’s “Treasures of Priam.”


    CHAPTER IX

    RELIGION IN EGYPT AND INDIA

    THE EGYPTIAN PANTHEON.–Many of our religious conceptions today are strong reflections of the old Egyptian. One might say indeed that our present day religion came to us from Egypt via the Jews. For that reason I have decided to give in this book an Egyptian Pantheon, which I have made up from the Egyptian Book of the Dead.

    In many cases, it will be seen that the symbol of a certain belief or conception is represented by more than one god shown in the Pantheon. Under different guises and different names they, however, symbolize but a single conception. This comes from the scrambling of two sets of symbols when Upper and Lower Egypt were joined and became one kingdom.

    I am giving 24 figures placing them 6 on a page for easy reference. There are many others which I have not included; these are the principal ones only. I can only give an outline description, space will not permit of more. If more data is required about them, it will be found in many books written about Egypt.

    Amen

    was the great god at Thebes, and was ad

    p. 253

     


    Click to enlarge

     

     

    p. 254

    dressed as the “King of the gods.” The Latinized form of the name is Ammon. The Romans identified him with Jupiter. The Greeks called him Zeus. He is also called “the hidden god.” Before the 18th Dynasty he was worshipped at Thebes as Amen simply; but was afterwards merged into Amen Ra: “the hidden Sun.” His color was a light blue.

    Kneph

    was called “the moulder.” He was known by the Greeks as Knonphis. Kneph is one of the oldest of the Egyptian gods and was especially worshipped in Nubia and Philae. His headdress is a ram’s head surmounted with a solar disk and uraeus. Kneph is spoken of as “the soul of the Universe” and “The Creator.” His color was bright green. Kneph’s female consort was Sati.

    Sati

    was the female consort of Kneph, and was looked upon as the Egyptian Juno. Her principal seat of worship was Elephantine, and throughout Nubia and Ethiopia. Her headdress was the Crown of Upper Egypt with a pair of cow’s horns extending from it. Sati’s color was a warm red human flesh color. I think that there can be no question but what Kneph and Sati were intended to symbolize the two principles of the Creator: male and female.

    Khem

    was one of the deified attributes of the Creator. His special seat of worship was Chemmo (Panopolis). He was worshipped at Thebes and to some extent throughout Egypt. His headdress consisted of two straight feathers. He was generally colored blue.

    p. 255

    Ptah the Opener” was the oldest of the Egyptian gods. His principal seat of worship was at Memphis. Ptah was the symbol of the Creative power of the Deity. The Egyptians called him “the divine artificer.” One of his symbols was the two-sided square.  He had many titles; one was: “The Father of beginnings.” The Greeks considered Ptah the same as their Vulcan His name, peculiar to Memphis, was Ptah-Sokar-Osiris. The regular Egyptian name, however, was Ptah-Sekar-Usar. His color was blue. Ptah was without doubt the symbol of the Four Great Primary Forces–The Sacred Four.

    Neith

    was the Egyptian Minerva, and was the goddess of the lower heavens. She is generally pictured holding up the heavens on her head. Neith was the special goddess at Sais. A corresponding symbol–a god upholding the heavens on his head-is found in the Maya of Yucatan. His color was blue. Neith was the symbol of The Four Great Pillars that upheld the Universe–The Sacred Four.

    Maut

    called “the Mother” was the consort of Amen Ra at Thebes, and in this capacity represented the Mother of all: thus in Amen Ra and Maut we find another symbolization of the dual principle of the Creator. Maut was especially worshipped at Thebes in connection with Amen and at Chons with Amen Ra. She was also honored throughout Nubia and Ethiopia. Her color was warm, flesh colored red.

    p. 256

     


    Click to enlarge

     

     

    p. 257

    Ra

    was the name of the Sun as the monotheistic symbol of The Creator–monotheistic or collective. In the “Litany of Ra” he is called “the Supreme Power,” “the only one,” et cetera. To the initiated, he symbolized the power of the Deity; but to the populace he was stated to be a created god, the Son of Ptah and Neith. More errors have been made about this symbol by historians than any other symbol used by the ancients. His color was red.

    Khepra

    . Although this symbol is found in the Egyptian Pantheon, it did not originate in Egypt but in the Motherland and was brought to Upper Egypt by the Nagas from the Motherland via Burma and India. The symbol is the Scarab beetle, which is placed over the head of a human figure in the Egyptian symbol. The Scarab symbolizes creative energy.

    From the Papyrus Ani., King’s Companion to Seti II: “Among the Egyptians, the Scarabeaus Beetle is no god, but one of the emblems of the Creator, because it rolls a ball of mud between its feet and sets therein its eggs to hatch. As the Creator rolls the world around, and causes it to produce life.”

    The foregoing passage is one that should be especially studied by students of the ancient past: for it shows us that the Egyptians up to the time of Seti 2nd understood the ancients’ sciences and the workings of the Great Cosmic Forces, both of which are unknown to the scientists of today.

    Before our sciences can advance to any perceptible

    p. 258

    degree the present grotesque myths, the orthodox scientific teachings, must be abandoned and a study of the Four Great Primeval Forces made. On them the true sciences must be built up–sciences which teach us what life is and how it originates, the workings of the Four Great Forces throughout the Universe, with their origin, et cetera.

    The vignette shows an engraving which I found in a very ancient Maya carving in India. It is thousands of years older than the first occupation of Egypt by man. The engraving is symbolical, as it shows the Creator symbolized by a Scarab, which is placed within rays of glory and rests on the symbol of Mu. Kneeling in adoration on either side of the rays is first man shown by his symbol Kėė the deer.

    This vignette is taken from the Egyptian sacred book, the Book of the Dead. It symbolizes man in adoration of the Scarab Beetle as the symbol of the Creator. The Egyptian god Khepra undoubtedly comes out of the Nagas–Kėė

    Atum

    or Turn was the god of the setting Sun: otherwise Amenti–the Sun below the horizon.

    Shu

    was the firstborn of Ra and Hathor and brother of Tefnut. Shu was looked upon as a symbol of the Celestial Forces. His color was generally black.

    p. 259

     


    Click to enlarge

     

     

    p. 260

    Mentu

    was one of the deified attributes of the Sun and often bears the name Mentu-Ra. He was merely a phase of Ra who with Atum symbolized the rising and the setting Sun. Mentu was the special protector of Egypt.

    Osiris

    was one of the oldest of the Egyptian gods. Later in this chapter I shall give the history of Osiris and show who he was. In the text of the Book of the Dead it is stated that he was the son of Seb and Nut.

    Hathor

    was simply another name for Isis and is represented with the attributes of Isis. She was sometimes called Isis Hathor. Hathor personified Nature with all that was true and beautiful in it–the female principle of the Creator.

    Isis

    is the goddess of the triad–Osiris, Isis and Horus. In the triad she was the wife of Osiris.

    Horus

    was the son of Osiris and Isis and symbolized the Sun.

    Seb

    was the father of Osiris and Isis and was called “the father of gods.” Tefnut was his consort. In Seb and Tefnut again we find the dual principles of the Creator symbolized.

    Khons

    was worshipped at Thebes, and, with Amen and Maut, formed the Theban triad. Khons symbolized the moon; he wears the disk and crescent moon.

    Thoth

    was the god of writing, learning, and medicine. It was he who composed the early and most important portions of the Book of the Dead. Thoth is supposed to be the Egyptian Hermes.

    p. 261

     


    Click to enlarge

     

     

    p. 262

    Nephthys

    was the sister of Isis and Osiris and consort of Set.

    Anubis

    was the god of embalming and embalmed his father Osiris.

    Tefnut

    was the goddess of the rain and dew. She held a conspicuous place among the contemporary deities of Thebes.

    Ma

    or Maat was the goddess of truth. She represents the truth and justice of the Supreme God.

    Nu

    or Nut. Nut is the feminine form of Nu. Nu was the father, Nut the mother–the life givers.

    Bast

    was the wife of Ptah and with their son Tum or Atum formed the great triad of Memphis.

    Set

    was the son of Nut and brother of Osiris. According to the myth he murdered Osiris.

    Anuka

    was the third member of the triad of Thebaid, composed of Khnum (Kneph), Sati and Anuka.

    OSIRIS.–Osiris was one of the oldest of the Egyptian gods. His worship was universal throughout Egypt at all times. Osiris was the representative of all that was good.

    The myths in Egypt about Osiris are bewildering. They claim that Osiris was once the monarch of Upper and Lower Egypt. It is claimed that Osiris was buried at Philae–other towns claim his remains. According to all these myths, Osiris must have lived since the union of Upper and Lower Egypt was accomplished under Menes about 5,000 B. C.

    Against this we find that Thoth, the founder of the [paragraph continues]

    p. 263

     

    <I>Osiris</I>.
    Click to enlarge

    Osiris.

     

     

    p. 264

    Lower Egyptians taught at Sais the Osirian Religion and this was 14,000 B. C. There were no kings of Egypt for an immensely long period after Thoth’s time. Egypt was a sub-colony of the Motherland under direct control of the colonial empire–Atlantis.

    Now let us see who Osiris actually was and the time when he lived. In two Himalayan monasteries–one in India, the other in Tibet–there are two Naacal tablets belonging to the Sacred Inspired Writings of the Motherland: they are identically the same, word for word, were copied from the originals in the Motherland and brought to the continent of Asia by Naacal missionaries. They belong to the historical section of the Sacred Books. They relate:

    “Osiris, when entering manhood, left the home of his birth, Atlantis, and came to the motherland where he entered one of the Naacal colleges. Here he studied the religion and Cosmic Sciences of the Motherland. When he passed his degree of Master and adept, he returned to his own country, Atlantis. There he devoted his life to the teachings of the people, the first religion of man, and to weeding out and eliminating extravagances, inventions and misconceptions that had crept into the religion of Atlantis under a rank priesthood.”

    Osiris became the Hieratic Head of Religion in Atlantis which office he held during a long life. The people loved and worshipped him for his gentleness, goodness and kindness. They wished to dethrone Ouranos the King and place Osiris on the throne. This [paragraph continues]

    p. 265

    Osiris would not allow to be spoken of and so condemned the idea that it was abandoned.

    He was murdered by a brother on account of jealousy–this was about 20,000 B. C. His name was so revered, and he so beloved, that at his death he was deified, and as a lasting monument to his name religion was called after him, viz., “The Osirian religion,” just as today we have the Christian religion. I could not find the name of the brother who murdered him, so the probability is the Egyptians invented the name. Nor do I find anything about Isis and Nephthys, but it is mentioned that he had a son, who became the Hieratic Head of Atlantis at the death of his father. I do not, however, find his name.

    Osiris and Christ taught identically the same religion. Some of their preachings are word for word, line for line, and sentence for sentence the same. Both learned from the same book–the Sacred Inspired Writings of the Motherland.

    THE RELIGION OF EGYPT.–The first we know about the religion of Egypt is where an ancient record states that about 16,000 years ago Thoth, the son of an Atlantian Priest, planted the Egyptian colony at the mouth of the Nile, and at Saïs on the banks of the Nile built a temple and taught the Osirian religion.

    The Osirian religion as I have previously shown was the religion of Mu after Osiris had cleansed it of all the extravagances that had crept into it in Atlantis, 22,000 years ago, the religion being then called after

    p. 266

    him the Osirian religion. When he died his son became the hieratical head and was supposed to be called Horus, but whether Horus was his actual name or a title I cannot say, but a Horus was always the hieratical head of the Osirian religion down to the time of Menes or about S,000 B. C. Thus it is shown that the religion of Egypt commenced with that of the Motherland as taught in the Sacred Inspired Writings.

    From the time of Thoth down to the time of Menes, the Egyptian colony was ruled by the church, under the head of a Horus. The last Horus is recorded when Menes took the throne.

    Manetho, the Egyptian priest historian, says that during the 11th Dynasty the priesthood began to teach the people to worship the Sacred Symbols instead of the Deity Himself as heretofore. This was the first step to the debauchery of the Egyptian religion which reached its peak during the 18th Dynasty and ended in every conceivable extravagance coupled with idolatry. The advent of Mohammedanism wiped out the old religion of Egypt, although the Christian religion had made a little headway owing to a people called the Copts.

    We must now go back some few hundred years to the time when the Israelites were the slaves of the Egyptians. A Master rose up among them–Moses. Who was Moses? And how did he form a religion? Who he was is a question; but he was the most proficient Master of his time, and, at one time, was the High Priest of the temple at Sinai, which then was an [paragraph continues]

    p. 267

    Osirian temple. Whatever Moses was, it is known that his wife was an Israelite and that he threw in his lot with the Israelites in all their troubles and adversities contingent with slavery. They elected him their head. He saw the Osirian or the Inspired Religion being debased by idolatry and was determined to save his people from it, so he modified the ancient Osirian religion to suit the then existing surroundings and conditions. The symbols of the attributes of the Deity, he discarded almost entirely, retaining only a few which could not very well be worshipped. He made the worship of one Lord God only–the Deity.

    Many of the teachings in the Osirian religion were in the form of questions. These he condensed and put into the form of commands. As for example: Osirian–Have you honored and do you honor your father and mother, et cetera. Moses–Honor your father and your mother, et cetera. There were forty-two questions in the Osirian. Moses turned them into ten commands.

    Many readers of the Bible have been nonplussed when they come across the passage where Moses makes a serpent for the people to look upon in the Wilderness. Some claim that it was a touch of idolatry. It was nothing of the kind. Circumstances warranted him in returning to symbolism for the occasion. The symbol–the Serpent–was to concentrate their thoughts on God as the Creator and the Giver of All Good Things.

    One of the ceremonies among the Jews was a burnt sacrifice. The Bible tells us that the sons of the first

    p. 268

    man, Adam, offered up burnt sacrifices. Yet among ancient records we find that 60,000,000 of people lost their lives at one time in the same land before sacrifices were commenced.

    I never came across the word sacrifice or its equivalent in any of the writings of the First Civilization. The first time I saw the word was in an old Maya book about 5,000 or 6,000 years old in which it says: “And during the night Mu was sacrificed.” In the writings of the First Civilization offerings only are mentioned; these offerings consisted generally of fruit, flowers and products of the fields and gardens. These were taken to the temple and placed on an altar specially provided for the ceremony. On the front of this altar were inscribed the Tau and underneath each arm was a double triangle that reads: “Place thine offering upon this altar.”

    After Mu went down with her 60,000,000 of souls, all the surviving people of the world commemorated her memory in one way or another, some by literature, some by edifices and others by fire in some form. The Quiche Mayas had a fiery house in their religious ceremonies; the Egyptians a fiery tank in theirs; and without doubt burnt sacrifices in the beginning was the form the Semites chose. In later years the Jews applied a theology to the ceremony. I wonder if there is a single Jew living today who knows the origin of their burnt sacrifices. I have never yet found one. The Phoenicians, another Semitic race, adopted idolatry and fell so low

    p. 269

    as to degrade themselves by offering human beings for sacrifice.

    Was Moses an Israelite? An Egyptian record would lead one to believe that he was not a pure Israelite. The record I refer to says: “Moses was the son of an Egyptian Princess who afterwards became the great Queen Hatshepsut.” Not a word is said about the bull-rushes.

    As an example of the gross extravagances in symbols and teachings of the Egyptian priesthood I shall take the triad–Osiris, Isis and Horus. Let us see who they were and what was taught from them.

    Osiris was a man who lived on earth and about whom there are many Egyptian myths. There is also a short authentic history about him, showing that he was a great Master and lived about 22,000 years ago. Isis was the symbol of the Creator’s female attribute. From this union a son was born called Horus. Isis had a sister called Nephthys and a brother called Set. So that the female attribute of the Creator had three members–two females and one male–Isis, Nephthys and Set.

    In plain unadorned language the foregoing says: An earthly man Osiris marries a spirit a female attribute of the Creator Isis and they have a son. But Isis was only one forming the female attribute of the Creator. The writings of the Motherland say the Creator was Lahun, two in one, not four in one.

    Can anything more grotesque or atrocious than the foregoing be imagined? Yet this seems to be the theology

    p. 270

    and teachings of the Egyptian priesthood for a long period in their history–thousands of years. Is it any wonder that they were thrown into the discard? Dozen of other examples could be quoted, but I think this one all sufficient to show the abuses engrafted into their religion.

    During the early part of the history of religion in Egypt, such grossness does not appear. As soon as we know anything about her religion we find its theology very complicated and, without question, this complicated theology was the parent of the diabolical abuses which crept into religion later on.

    In the early Egyptian religion I find symbolizations ran somewhat parallel with that of the Polynesians. For instance, the marriage of gods. There is, however, this difference. The result of the marriage of Egyptian gods with other gods was only further to complicate theology. With the Polynesians the marriage of gods resulted in phenomena, such as light, sound, et cetera, which is correct, being the workings of the Cosmic Forces. I shall now give some examples both Egyptian and Polynesian.

    The Polynesians believe that all that has been created came from the marriage of gods. The first four gods were the Four Great Primary Forces–a name given them during the earth’s First Great Civilization. The Polynesians say: “In the beginning there was no light, life or sound in the world. A boundless night called Po enveloped everything, over which Tanaoa (darkness)

    p. 271

    and Mutu-Hei (silence) reigned supreme. Then the god of light separated from Tanaoa (darkness), fought him and drove him away, and confined him to the night. Then the god Ono (sound) was evolved from Atea (light) and banished silence. From all this struggle was Atauana (dawn) born. Atea (light) married Atauana (dawn) and they created earth, animals and man.”

    Now let us have a little Egyptian Cosmogony:–

    Seb and Tefnut: offspring, the gods: Osiris, Isis, Nephthys, and Set.

    Ra and Hathor: offspring, the gods: Shu and Tefnut.

    Osiris and Isis: offspring, the god: Horus.

    There were also the marriages of the gods and goddesses:

    Amen Ra and Maut.

    Kneph and Sati.

    Ptah and Bast.

    Set and Nephthys.

    I have shown what all these gods symbolized, in a short way, in the Pantheon.

    THE ISRAELITES IN EGYPT.–While we are on the subject of the Israelites, let us follow them in their Exodus from Egypt.

    When the Israelites made their exodus from Egypt, they left Goshen which is a part of the Nile Delta, and, according to Egyptian records (papyrus), they crossed the “Sea of Reeds” and passed into Asia. The Sea of Reeds or rushes is situated at one of the mouths of the

    p. 272

    Nile. The water is very shallow and most of it can be waded without danger. When they arrived at the Sea of Reeds a submarine earthquake occurred in the Mediterranean Sea off the mouth of the Nile–probably on the gas belt which runs down from Crete and extends under Africa a short distance from the Nile Delta. This quake first drew off the water, leaving the Sea of Reeds dry–the Israelites passed over, the Egyptian army followed. During its passage the returning cataclysmic wave rolled in over the Sea of Reeds overwhelming the Egyptians. A mistranslation evidently occurs in the Bible. The Sea of Reeds was mistaken for the Red Sea. The Red Sea at the point where it is stated the Israelites crossed lies 200 miles from Goshen. The Sea of Reeds joined Goshen. To have crossed the Red Sea, the Israelites would have had to pass through 200 miles of enemy country, with an army in close pursuit, which means that they would have been overtaken and slain.

    Pillars

    : The Israelites when in bondage in Egypt erected two pillars of brick at the entrance of their temples. In the inner part of these temples was the Holy of Holies where only the high priest might enter.

    The Hebrews

    : The word “hebrew” comes from ebber meaning further back. Apparently, the Jews descended from four groups. Two of the tribes entered Palestine about 1375-1350 B. C. Later ten tribes joined them. These came from Egypt about 1200 B. C. or from 150 to 175 years later than the two tribes.

    p. 273

    About 973 B. C. the tribes separated, the two seceded and appointed Jeraboam their king. Reaboam was at the time the king of the ten tribes.

    Years later, the Assyrians attacked the ten tribes, and history states that the Assyrians destroyed them. Whether or not they were wholly destroyed they disappeared from history and are now spoken of as “the lost tribes.”

    It cannot be conceived that all were put to the sword. Unquestionably some were taken into captivity, and became assimilated with the Assyrians, especially as both were Semites.

    The Assyrians in turn were overthrown by the Medes and Persians. What has become of the Assyrians? Among their descendants today, we should, no doubt, find some of the descendants of the ten tribes, but whether there would be any of them with pure Israelitish blood in them is very doubtful.

    Still later, the Babylonians conquered the two remaining tribes. These still survive in our Jews of today. They are, however, scattered throughout the world among all nations.

    These Jews hold the Feast of the Passover– Why? They are the descendants of the two tribes who were not in Egypt. It was the ten lost tribes that were concerned in the Exodus and consequently the Passover.

    Ezra and his associates wrote the Bible. What is known as the Book of Moses was written by them from documents obtained from the ten tribes who were

    p. 274

    in Egypt. The writings of Moses were partly in Naga and partly in Egyptian. Ezra obtained a slight knowledge of Naga in a Chaldi during the time he was in captivity; but neither Ezra nor any of his associates were Egyptian scholars. Is it any wonder they made so many errors in translating the Egyptian? Yet for all their errors their work was wonderful.

    THE RELIGION OF INDIA.–The religion of very ancient India was that of the Motherland, brought there from Mu by the Naacals, a holy brotherhood. These men were taught religion and the Cosmic Sciences in the Motherland and when proficient were sent to the colonial empires to form colleges and perfect the local priesthoods, who in turn taught the people.

    About 5,000 years ago, a race of Aryans began to drift down into India from the bleak valleys of the Hindu Koosh and adjoining mountains. Their first settlement was among the Nagas in the Saraswatte Valley. They were just hardy mountaineers, uncouth and uneducated. The Nagas, the most highly educated race in the world, took compassion on them, welcomed them into their schools and colleges, educated and advanced them. The Nagas received them too well for their own good, for, it called from the mountains nearly all who had multiplied there since the destruction of the great Uighur Empire of whom they were descendants. In time these Aryans dominated the whole of the Northern parts of India including their schools and colleges. Thinking they had learnt from the Naacals all there

    p. 275

    was to be learnt, they proceeded to drive their gentle, kindly instructors out of the country into the snowcapped mountains of the North.

    After a period a sect was formed which was called Brahmins who took or usurped the charge of religious teachings. To attain their own ends, they introduced into religion perverted, incomprehensible theologies having all kinds of extravagance. This was the commencement of the downfall of India, which gained impetus as time went on. They introduced caste, commencing with three only. The caste system was extended, until at last the lowest caste was looked upon as untouchables, and for a touch of an untouchable, the receiver of a higher caste must go into a purification before he could be received again by his own people. The result of this was the final step which brought India down from the high position of leading the world in religion, arts and sciences. All that was left were a few embers where at one time was the bright light of a fire representing everything worth-while in life.

    Then a great one sprang up among them, a Prince Guatama. He went back to the original teachings of the Sacred Writings. A vast throng followed his teachings and these became the Buddhists. Buddhism was carried throughout the Orient and was the universal religion.

    It was only a question of time before a crafty priesthood began its negative work. The Buddhist priesthood of Northern India fell away from the gentle

    p. 276

    teacher, Guatama Buddha, and introduced all sorts of impossible theologies and theories for the sole purpose of enslaving the people. Only those in the South remained true to Guatama’s actual teachings. Today the center of Buddhism is a little unostentatious temple at Kandy, in the Central Mountains of Ceylon. But with all these priestly traps and pitfalls common to religions today a spark of the truth has been again kindled and will soon shine throughout the world. Priesthoods and politicians never have seen nor ever will see “the writing on the wall” until those walls are falling on them and it becomes too late to escape. This has been the history of the world for the past 12,000 to 15,000 years. The people rise and crush the politicians and the Lord, in His own way, weeds his garden.

    A U M is an inscription that has baffled scholars and scientists throughout the world, the Hindus included, for more than 2,300 years. Its import was lost when the Naacals were driven out of India by the Brahmins. Many scholars have attempted to fathom its meaning. None, however, arrived at any satisfactory conclusions; even the oldest are indefinite. Examples:

    Manava dharma Sastra

    an ancient Hindu book. Book 2. Sloka 74. “In the beginning the Infinite only existed called Aditi. In this Infinite dwelt A U M

    p. 277

    whose name must precede all prayers and invocations.”

    Book of Manu

    , Sloka 77. “The monosyllable A U M means earth sky and heaven.”

    I. T. Wheeler, History of India

    , Vol. 2. Page 481 says:

    “As regards the three letters A U M little can be gathered, excepting, that when brought together in the word A U M they are said by Manu to form a symbol of the Lord of created things–Brahma.”

    H. T. Colebrook

    in Asiatic Research says: “According to Noruka which is an ancient glossary of the Vedas the syllable A U M refers to every Deity.

    “The Brahmins may reserve for their initiates an esoteric more ample than that given by Manu.”

    Noruka must have been reading a Brahminical version of the Vedas, which they stole from the Naacals, changed it to suit their own vile purposes and then foisted it on the world as their own writings.

    The Original Vedas are a Naacal writing. The Naacals acknowledged One Deity only. Therefore, when Noruka mentions “every Deity” it shows without the possibility of contradiction that the Vedas which he refers to were altered and doctored and were not the original writings.

    A U M conveys identically the same meaning and conception as the Mysterious Writing and Niven’s Mexican tablet No. 2379. The difference between these and A U M is in the form of the writing. The Mysterious Writing and the Mexican tablet are in the old

    p. 278

    temple esoteric numeral writing. The Hindu A U M is written in alphabetical symbols which reads:

    A–Ahau Masculine-Father
    U– Feminine–Mother–She
    M–Mehen The engendered–The Son–Man

     

    Note

    : U is here used as the feminine pronoun–She. M would have been used but it would have been con founded with the following M for Mehen.

    The Brahmins formed a complicated theology around this conception, introducing a confusion absolutely incomprehensible to the people. It became a wonderful breeder of awe and superstition.

    BIBLICAL SYMBOLISMS TAKEN LITERALLY. Tower of Babel: The Biblical Tower of Babel has been literally taken as a structure of stone or brick. From some old writings, I am brought to believe that it is a purely symbolical term: that “confusion of tongues” is the crux of the legend.

    This legend was not written during the life of Mu. It came later, many years later, when ancient history was being recorded again and mankind once more widely populated the earth. It was therefore a product of the New Civilization.

    Extravagances in theology and technology in the various temples, colleges and schools were the cause of the “Confusion of tongues” and the whole structure of Religion and Science was the Tower. Each temple had its own terms and words for its theology. Each college and school had its own particular words and

    p. 279

    terms for its technical teachings. So that no temple or college could understand the teachings of another. All in fact spoke different languages, no one understanding another. This made a “Tower of Confusion,” “A Babel of Tongues”: so that the name given to the condition was the only one which would adequately describe it.

    Today we are running headlong into another such storm, another such confusion of tongues. We have over 100 sects of Christianity, yet there is only one God. Each sect declares all others are in error. They cannot comprehend each other’s language. In Mu there were no sects, no theology. All teachings and wording were so simple that the most uncultivated mind could comprehend them. Mu’s religious teachings lasted 200,000 years. When the present Tower of Babel comes crashing to the ground, a new structure will arise on its ruins. And that structure will be the simple religion of Mu.

    The Flood: The Biblical legend of the Flood is not a myth nor is it symbolical. It has been wrongly described. Those who wrote the Biblical description simply failed to understand the writings of Moses.

    There was a flood which destroyed about one half of the earth and all life thereon; but it was not due to a heavy rain. The Flood resulted from magnetic influences.

    The Last Magnetic Cataclysm, the Biblical Flood and the Geological Myth, the Glacial Period, are all one and the same thing.


    CHAPTER X

    THE TWIN SISTERS–RELIGION AND SCIENCE

    IN the writings of the earth’s First Great Civilization it is distinctly shown that the ancients considered religion and science as necessary one to the other. This is shown by their using the same symbols both for religion and science. These symbols, in the early days, were all geometrical figures.

    Pythagoras

    , on his return to Athens from Egypt, taught his pupils: “To honor numbers and geometrical designs with the name of God.”

    Whence did these ancients get their geometrical designs of figures? And what induced them to use identically the same figures to teach both religion and science?

    On close examination and comparison I find that most of the geometrical figures used may be found in the shape and details of flowers, leaves, et cetera, as the following examples show:

    Fig. 1

    . The Daisy, a circle. Symbolizing the Sun and His Rays.

    Fig. 2

    . The Syringa, a square. Symbolizing the Sacred Four.

    Fig. 3

    . The Lily, a triangle and crossed triangles.

    p. 281

     

    <I>Fig. 1. The Daisy<BR>
 The Circle-the Sun and her Rays</I>
    Click to enlarge

    Fig. 1. The Daisy
    The Circle-the Sun and her Rays

     

     

    p. 281

    Fig. 4

    . The Moonflower, a triangle surmounting a square.

    It appears to me irrefutable that the ancients borrowed their patterns of geometrical figures from flowers et cetera. These were nature’s creations. Being nature’s creations, the ancients did not theorize but followed along the lines laid down by the Creator. They accepted the Divine Examples and Laws to follow. In nature the ancient found the highest and finishing school for learning, which calls back a memory of the steps of an old Hindu temple at Lahar, where the, great Master said, referring to some wandering jungle minstrels who were playing at the foot of the steps, “Men call them prodigies. There are no prodigies. All things result from natural Laws.”

    The Egyptians in their early days excelled in Music. “They constructed their instruments to copy the voices of nature.”

    The old Rishi’s parting words: “Go forth into the world, my son, and learn that which is written by nature.”

    Papyrus Ani. Dated 1320 B. C.: “Behold is it not written in this roll? Read ye, if ye come in the days unborn, if the gods have given you the skill.”

    The books from which the ancients learnt their lessons are with us today, and at our disposal. Will we learn to read them? Have the gods given us the skill? I shall answer. We have the power to attain the skill. It rests with ourselves to do so.

    p. 283

     

    <I>Fig. 2. The Syringa Bush<BR>
 The Square--the Four Primary Forces</I>
    Click to enlarge

    Fig. 2. The Syringa Bush
    The Square–the Four Primary Forces

     

     

    p. 284

    I think the foregoing is sufficient to show that the First Great Civilization obtained its knowledge of religion, arts, and sciences, not by fostering grotesque ideas, mythical theories, theological mirages and mysterious technology, but by studying, copying and applying nature’s object lessons that lay before it, and lessons which lie before us today in nature’s school of which the Infinite One is the Head Master.

    Nature was created and built up on fundamental laws. These Divine Laws have been and are being fully expressed in created objects, all of which have been consistently followed throughout Time. They cannot be improved upon by man because they are divine. Being divine, they are perfect.

    To represent religious and philosophic ideas and conceptions, even of the most abstract order, the ancients employed basic geometric forms as symbols. That they borrowed their knowledge of these geometric forms from natural objects–flowers, leaves and so forth–almost goes without saying. The four drawings of flowers by Viola de Gruchy which were shown at the beginning of this chapter, illustrate strikingly the manner in which the symbols of the ancients occur in nature.

    During the past twenty to thirty years, numerous scholars and naturalists have delved deeply into the study of nature’s geometry, and with the aid of the light cast by their researches we are beginning to obtain a more just appreciation of the knowledge of the

    p. 285

    <I>Fig. 3. The Lily<BR>
 The Triangle--the Symbol of Heaven</I>
    Click to enlarge

    Fig. 3. The Lily
    The Triangle–the Symbol of Heaven

     

     

    p. 286

    ancients and of the extent to which they made practical application of that knowledge in their works of art and science.

    A. H. Church (on the relation, of Phyllotaxis to Mechanical Laws), T. A. Cook (The Curves of Life) and D’Arcy W. Thompson (On Growth and Form) are but three of the many who have in this century contributed to the rapid development of morphology into an advanced science. And one of the most amazing and valuable results of their researches has been the discovery that the natural laws they reveal were not only understood by the ancients, but applied to an extent unheard of in this civilization of ours, which we too readily accept as the most advanced that has ever graced this earth.

    Floral symbols were frequently used by the ancients. Many of these floral symbolizations became myths simply because those of later date of the New Civilization did not comprehend the symbols of the ancients. Something had been forgotten or something was purposely changed for priestly purposes.

    As an example and applicable to this work I will quote from: The Human Side of Plants by Royal Dixon: “From the earliest history down to the present day, there have been races and individuals who believed implicitly in the spirituality of plants.”

    “Spirituality is a condition of responsiveness to and membership in the universal spirit of the Creator. The Infinite Substance–God.”

    p. 287

    <I>Fig. 4. The Moonflower<BR>
 The Pentagon--the Full Godhead</I>
    Click to enlarge

    Fig. 4. The Moonflower
    The Pentagon–the Full Godhead

     

     

    p. 288

    “The old Greeks and the Romans gave to the trees and plants the spirits of gods and men: and many more in modern times have lavishly bestowed souls on plants as did Adamson, Bonnet, Hedwig, and Edward Smith–with Martins and Fechner in Germany defending these views and being very liberal in their supply of souls to plants.”

    “Surely there is a suggestion of some existent truth, which should cause this universal interest and investigation into the possibility of plant spirituality.”

    In commenting on the foregoing paragraph, I shall say that there is not only a “suggestion” but an “actual truth” which is shown in the ancient writings known and understood by the priesthoods 5,000 years ago and probably only half of that time.

    Originally nearly all of the prominent attributes of the Deity had several symbols, or perhaps it would be better to say more than one symbol. A principal symbol for each was either a flower or a tree. Flowers were given the preference for symbolizing Divine Forces and trees for lands and countries. Flowers were very popular to symbolize each of the Four Great Primary Forces. They were also called “the gods,” being the command, desire, or will of the Creator. On a few occasions I have found them called “His executive children.” These Forces have also prominent geometrical symbols. Take the geometrical symbol and place it on the floral symbol of the gods and it will be seen that the geometrical symbol is on the lines of the sacred flower.

    p. 289

     


    Click to enlarge

     

    One of the two oldest known bronzes in the world. It is a symbolical figure of Mu as the mistress and ruler of the whole earth. It was made in either Mu or in the Uighur Capital City over 18,000 years ago.
    Courtesy of George N. Leiper

    <I>Drawn and analyzed by Viola de Gruchy</I>
    Click to enlarge

    Drawn and analyzed by Viola de Gruchy

     

     

    p. 290

    In the Greek and Roman myths, it is shown that the ancients used flowers as patterns for the designs of geometrical symbols. The flower was the foundation, the geometrical figure the superstructure: so that by using flowers as symbols for something divine it was quite consistent with the ancient teachings to call these flowers divine, with souls or spirits or whatever the inner self may be for:–The ancients were not referring to the flower itself but to the divine attribute, which it represented in their minds.

    We see this clearly illustrated by the Hindus, Egyptians, Mayas and other ancient peoples where they symbolize Mu the Motherland with a Lotus flower. Times without number, especially in the Egyptian writings, Mu is referred to as “the Lotus”–which was her floral symbol. In these cases, the Egyptians and the others did not refer to the flower, but to what it represented in their minds–Mu, the Motherland. Mu was symbolized as a tree, The Tree of Life.

    The bronze statue here drawn and analyzed by Miss de Gruchy is one of the most ancient bronzes in existence. It is more than 18,000 years old. Its basic design theme is the equilateral triangle, and the skill and rigid consistency with which the whole and its parts are made to adhere to that theme are remarkable.

    Is it only a coincidence that the triangle, symbol of Heaven, was employed in the design of this figure representing the Mother Goddess–Mu?

    We can take any of the ancient statues, carvings, pictures

    p. 291

    and designs, found in either India, China, Mexico, Central America, Greece or any other of the old civilizations, and on test it will be found that they all have the foundation of their designs in the first of the Sacred Symbols, prominently the oldest four–the circle, the triangle, the square and the pentagon.

    My next and last example will relate to science pure and simple.

    We all know that our modern geometry has been handed down to us by Euclid, the ancient Greek. Euclid obtained his knowledge of geometry in Egypt. The Egyptians inherited it from their forefathers who came to Egypt from the Motherland. When the science was fully developed in the Motherland, it is hard to say. In India there are exhibits which show that it was perfected 35,000 years ago. And in the Sacred Writings of Mu 70,000 years old it is shown to be perfected. How far back beyond this last date it goes I do not know. Possibly 100,000 years or more. As examples in geometry I shall take one of Euclid’s problems.

    First Book–Problem 1. “To describe an equilateral triangle upon a given finite straight line.”

    The lines of this problem consist of the first two of the Sacred Symbols–the circle and the triangle.

    Euclid’s works were only one of the dying embers of the earth’s First Great Civilization.

    Hundreds of other examples might be given involving most of our modern sciences. I think, however, that the foregoing are all sufficient to prove my assertion

    p. 292

    that during the time of the First Great Civilization which received its death blow with the destruction of Mu, Religion and Science were completely intertwined in their teachings.

    <I>Problem 1.<BR>
 ''To describe an equilateral triangle upon a given finite straight line''</I>
    Problem 1.
    ”To describe an equilateral triangle upon a given finite straight line”

    There can be no perfect religion without science: for science unfolds nature, and nature is the mouthpiece which unfolds the Creator and gives the proof of God.

    Confucious. 556 B. C.: “Does God speak? The four seasons hold their course, and all things continue to live and grow, yet, tell me, does God speak?”

    Were I called upon to deliver a sermon my text would be Love, that great Divine Love which rules the universe. There would be no hell with its fire of brimstone. For God never made a hell, it is only man’s invention and the only hell is what man makes for himself.

    p. 293

    “A soul released finds nothing to affright
    Save visions false, of terror, bred by creeds,
    And deep remorse, that gnaws at evil deeds.”

    Love is eternal, hell never existed. With the great Divine Love implanted in the hearts of man all would be a great brotherhood of Love. This would end all discord, turmoils and wars among God’s family. These turmoils are with us today, caused by greed, selfishness, envy, hatred, malice and distrust. These evils could not be bred or exist if all men were making spiritualism their primary object in life, and all men worshipped the Heavenly Father instead of Mammon.

    With the Divine Love supreme the lion and the lamb could lie down together. God Himself is all Love and is in control of the hearts of man. Without the great Divine Love chaos, with all of its attendent evils, must exist. Chaos reigns supreme throughout the world today. Where earthly love exists we see the reflection of the great Divine Love.

    Walking along the jungle paths of the Polynesian Islands one may meet a company of these children of the Sun. When passing they accost you with Koaha-E, which means, My love to you. They do not know our phrases, Good morning, or How do you do. They do not come in their language for our phrases are of modern civilization and their language comes down to them from the ancient, but while the words may have become altered the conception remains the same.

    p. 294

    If you meet one of the f air daughters of the islands her Koaha-E does not invite a flirtation. It is an inherited form of greeting from her ancient forefathers of 12,000 years ago, the time that Mu, her Motherland, sank to form the bottom of the ocean that surrounds her, where the teachings of her forefathers were–Love God and Love One Another.

    The ancients in Mu were never taught to fear God. On the contrary, they were taught that the Heavenly Father was all Love and that He could therefore be approached with love and confidence. The ancient religion was based on this. The recent religious teachings have been the reverse of this in general. This condition certainly calls for attention and gives food for thought, that is, for those who are not too busy to think, and for those who are not too egotistical to think. Materialism is responsible for the present chaotic state of the world, if we can believe in the prophecy of Ra Mu at the time Mu was going down into the flames of the underneath. “You shall all die together with your servants and your riches, and from your ashes new nations shall arise. If they forget they are superior, not because of what they put on, but what they put out, a similar fate will befall them.”

    For the past 12,000 years, since Ra Mu uttered these words, his prophecy has been carried out and will continue to be carried out to the end. How many empires have arisen during the past 12,000 years? Where are they? What has become of them? Why did they fall? [paragraph continues]

    p. 295

    They are gone according to the prophecy of Ra Mu. I now ask–what is going to become of our present civilization?

    One of the pearls from the teachings of my dear old friend, the Rishi, which he uttered during one of our conversations was: “My son, the brain of man is his storehouse for knowledge, but the holding capacity of this storehouse is limited. Therefore, never put anything into it that is not valuable for your spiritual progress, or that which is not absolutely necessary for the development and continuance of your material body to the end of this incarnation, in order to prepare for your entrance into the world beyond.

    “Learn and store the wisdom of the teachings of nature, for nature is the great school house for attaining wisdom, nature is God’s voice speaking.

    “Materialism, generally, is not worth storing, only that which appertains to the elevation of your mind and soul, that which will raise you to a higher plane, thus preparing you for the continuance of your life in the world beyond, a step in your eternal life.

    “And remember, that when you enter the world beyond, you will leave all materialism behind. You can take nothing with you, nor will you remember anything about it, only Love you will remember, for Love, like your soul, is everlasting, it cannot die.

    “Approach the Heavenly Father with full confidence and love. His loving arms are always stretched out to welcome you. If you slip or fall by the way, yet

    p. 296

    approach Him in confidence and penitence, He will forgive and welcome you because He, Himself, is all Love. The Great Master Jesus explained this in his parable about the return of the prodigal son where he said: ‘Joy shall be in Heaven over one sinner that repenteth, more than over ninety and nine just persons which need no repentance.’”

    Once again I ask–what is to be the end of this present civilization?